Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 1265

New and improved products in

the FIBRO Standard Parts


catalogue 2014
2130.03.
Screw-in lifter
stud with cable
securing device
C12

2130.13.
Lifter stud with
cable securing
device, with
welded disc
C14

2132.10.55.
Die lifting bolt
with safety
ring and
spring, to VW
standard
C30

2192.90.
Screw plug
C47

2022.16.48.
Guide pillar
with groove
D59

2051.92.
Guide bush
ECO-LINE,
bronzeplated,
ISO9448-2
D97

2051.72.
Guide bush
ECO-LINE,
Bronze with
solid lubri
cation rings,
ISO9448-2
D98

2060.61.
Ball cage with
circlip groove,
Aluminium
D103

2060.63.
Ball cage with
assembly aid,
Aluminium
D105

2060.65.
Ball cage with
circlip and
fastening ring
groove,
Aluminium
D107

2081.68.
Headed guide
bush with ball
cage retainer
D109

2091.68.
Flanged guide
bush with ball
cage retainer
D111

2091.91./
92./94.
Flanged guide
bush
ECO-LINE,
bronze plated,
ISO9448-4
D137-D139

2961.82.
Retaining
plate, Steel
with solid
lubricant,
NAAMS
D181

2960.30.
Sliding pad,
Steel with
sinterlayer,
VDI3357
D190

2960.88.
Sliding pad,
Steel, VDI3357
D212

2960.93.
Sliding pad,
Bronze
with solid
lubricant,
VDI3357
D214

2960.73.
Guide bracket,
Steel with solid
lubricant,
VDI3387
D222

2960.90.
Overrun cam,
Steel,
hardened,
VDI3357
D225

2960.91.
Overrun cam,
Steel, hardened
and gas
nitrided,
VDI3357
D226

2960.92.
Overrun cam,
Bronze
with solid
lubricant,
VDI3357
D227

2962.73.
Angled guide
gib, Bronze
with solid
lubricant
D232

2445.10.
Centring pin
D263

2072.46.30.
Screw clamp
with screw,
GMStandard
D275

2443.10.
Guide
D279

2443.10.20.
Guide to
Mercedes-Benz
Standard,
unhardened
D280

2443.10.20..1
Guide to
Mercedes-Benz
Standard,
hardened
D281

244.10.15.
Stop Washer
F75

2533.10.
Spacer for
dierelease
F93

2533.20.
Spacer for
dierelease
F94

2533.00.01.
Hinge for
spacer
F95

2478.30..3
Stripper
F127

2478.20.20.3
Damper for
lifting units to
MercedesBenz Standard
F132

2478.20.20.4
Spacer sleeve
for lifting units
to MercedesBenz Standard
F133

2480.051.
03.00030
Clamping
flange
F164

2482.74..2
Gas spring,
small
dimension and
low force
F164

2480.13.00250.
Gas spring,
Standard
F174

2480.044.03.
Flange to
VDI3003
F174-F306,
L76-L80

2480.13.00500.
Gas spring,
Standard
F176

2480.011.
10000.2
Flange plate
F188, F234

2480.057.
03.01000
Square collar
flange
F224, F246

2490.14.
Compact gas
spring
F238-F255

2486.22.
Gas spring DS
F282-F287

2480.00.54.10
Hose press,
pneumatic
F371

2450.10A.
Damper,
light duty
G22

2450.11B.
Damper,
light duty
G23

2450.20A./
20B.
Damper,
heavy duty
G24-G25

2451.10D.
Damper
stopper
G26

280.822405
Release agent
FIBROLIT TW
H14

2198.50.55.04
Spring
mounted roller
to VW
Standard
J13

10

subject to alterations

A Die Sets
Cast iron, steel and aluminium die set press units
Lamination die set units, tooling pallet die sets

B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars


C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

FIBRO - your production partner


FIBRO an internationally successful company.

But good products are not enough on their own.

As a market leader in Standard Parts, Rotary Indexing Tables


and Automation, FIBRO provides products and solutions to
ensure your production keeps moving.

FIBRO combines excellent products, the know-how and service


competence of an internationally focused company, matched
to the actual needs of customers - wherever they are.

So what is the secret of the FIBRO success? Products developed


in-house, tailor-made for the market with uncompromising
quality.

Hassmersheim plant

Standard Parts
Today the Standard Parts Division operates from the
Hassmersheim and Weinsberg works, which manufacture a
comprehensive range of standard parts and maintain stocks
ready for immediate despatch world-wide.
The machine tool, mechanical engineering and systems
engineering product ranges have been developed to meet the
needs of customers.
They include steel die sets, guide elements, oilless guide
elements and precision components such as punches and
matrixes, special steel compression springs, gas springs, forming
materials, metal bonding agents, moulding resins, peripheral
equipment for pressing and tool making, tool slides with cam
or roller slides and hydraulic cam systems.
FIBRO has become renowned world-wide for its comprehensive
range of products in stock and its readiness to deliver.

subject to alterations

FIBRO is customer-focused world-wide. A well-developed


network of sales and service points and strategic partners
ensure that help is always at hand. This ensures technical
advance, world-wide experience in applications and rapid
availability of products.

Facts and figures on FIBRO:


- founded 1958
- approximately 770 staff
- more than 70 representatives and service stations
world-wide
- branches in France, USA, India, Switzerland, Singapore and
China
- ISO 9001:2000 Quality Assurance and VDA 6.4 certification

Manufacturing of precision parts

Rotary Tables
FIBRO The worldwide pioneer in the field of rotary tables
A comprehensive range of types:
FIBROPLAN
FIBRODYN
FIBROMAX
FIBROTAKT
FIBROTOR

NC rotary table with worm drive


NC rotary table with direct torque drive
Heavy-duty NC rotary table with Twin
Drive
Rotary indexing table with Hirth face
gear
Electromechanical rotary indexing table
for applications that do not involve
machining

Rotary tables for all applications from flexible workpiece


positioning through rotary and multiple-axis machining to
assembly automation
Used in all branches of industry from the automobile
industry through solar energy to machine tools
A wide range of sizes from micro-machining to processing
of very large parts
Customer-oriented design from the standard modular table
to customer-specific special solutions
subject to alterations

DE

Auendienst Andreas Otto

Immenweg 3 16356 Ahrensfelde OT Eiche

T +49 30 423 97 15 M +49 170 739 00 64
a.otto@fibro.de
PLZ 10000-19000




PLZ

Walter Ruff GmbH


Heerenholz 9 28307 Bremen
T +49 421 43878 0 F +49 421 43878 22
mail@praeziruff.de www.praeziruff.de
20000-28000, 49000






PLZ

Auendienst Jrg Dyck


Walter Ruff GmbH
Postfach 450118 28295 Bremen
T +49 421 43878 0 F +49 421 43878 22
M +49 173 9252243 mail@praeziruff.de
29000-31000, 37000-39000




PLZ

Auendienst Dirk Bechinka


Neuer Kamp 74 32584 Lhne
M +49 170 5760009 d.bechinka@fibro.de
32000-34000, 48000, 49000




PLZ

Auendienst Ralf Feldmann


Wiesenstrae 23b 58339 Breckerfeld
M +49 151 12590159 r.feldmann@fibro.de
35000-36000, 57000, 60000, 61000, 65000





PLZ

Auendienst Lars Jahncke


Locher Strae 44 42719 Solingen
T +49 212 2543462 F +49 212 2543390
M +49 170 7637125 l.jahncke@fibro.de
42000, 44000-46000, 58000-59000


Auendienst Hartwig Hennemann

Staubenthaler Hhe 79 42369 Wuppertal

T +49 202 283 17 56 F +49 202 759 55 80

M +49 175 29 659 30
h.hennemann@fibro.de
PLZ 40000-41000, 42000, 47000, 50000-53000,




PLZ

Auendienst Oliver Koop


Burgstrae 14 66780 Rehlingen-Siersburg
T +49 6835 923 28 10 F +49 6835 608 59 09
M +49 175 438 53 81 o.koop@fibro.de
54000-55000, 56000, 66000


Auendienst Matthias Ehrenfried

Steigerwaldstrae 25 74172 Neckarsulm

T +49 7132 34 56 90 F +49 7132 98 94 82

M +49 171 864 95 52
m.ehrenfried@fibro.de
PLZ 71000, 74000, 75000, 97000

Auendienst Manfred Wagner

Breslauer Strae 57 74372 Sersheim

T +49 7042 350 86 F +49 7042 37 48 20

M +49 170 563 52 30
m.wagner@fibro.de
PLZ 70000, 71000, 72000, 73000, 88000, 89000

Auendienst Markus Rssl

Johann-Strau-Strae 16/1

74906 Bad Rappenau

T +49 7264 20 64 17 F +49 7264 20 64 18

M +49 160 97 25 23 93
m.roessl@fibro.de
PLZ 63000, 64000, 67000, 68000, 69000,

76000, 77000




PLZ

Auendienst Matthias Jrg


In der Krautbndt 44
77656 Offenburg-Zunsweile
M +49 151 21 28 25 00 m.joerg@fibro.de
72000, 77000, 78000-79000, 88000

info@fibro.de www.fibro.com

Geschftsbereich Normalien
Business Area Standard Parts
Dpartement Elments normaliss
Settore commerciale Normalizzati
Sector Empresarial Elementos Normalizados
Czci znormalizowane
Obchodn oddlen normovanch dl
Alan Standart Kalp Elemanlar

Postfach 1120 74851 Hassmersheim


August-Lpple-Weg 74855 Hassmersheim
T +49 6266 73-0* F +49 6266 73-237


Jugard + Knstner GmbH

Landsberger Strae 289 80687 Mnchen

T +49 89 546 15 60 F +49 89 580 27 96
muc@jugard-kuenstner.de
www.jugard-kuenstner.de
PLZ 80000-87000, 88000, 89000

Jugard + Knstner GmbH

Weidentalstrae 4 90518 Altdorf bei Nrnberg

T +49 9187 936 69-0 F +49 9187 936 69-90
nbg@jugard-kuenstner.de
www.jugard-kuenstner.de
PLZ 90000-96000, 97000





PLZ

HELD Werkzeugmaschinen
Przisionswerkzeuge GmbH
Sorge 34 07545 Gera
T +49 365 824 91 0 F +49 365 824 91 11
info@held-wzm.de www.held-wzm.de
01000-09000, 98000-99000

AT


Rath & Co. Ges. m.b.H.


Teiritzstrasse 3 2100 Korneuburg
T +43 2262 608 0 F +43 2262 608 60
office@rath-co.at www.rath-co.at

AU Bruderer Presses Australia Pty. Ltd.



92 Trafalgar Street Annandale, NSW 2038

T +61 419 400 995 F +61 296 864 809
Brudsyd@tpgi.com.au
BA Oro-Tech trgovina d.o.o.

Ulica borcev 1/b SI-2000 Maribor

T +386 2 426 08 43 F +386 2 426 08 44
oro-tech.trgovina@siol.net


BE Schiltz S.A.
Chaussee de Gand 1034 1082 Bruxelles
T +32 2 464 4830 F +32 2 464 4839
info@schiltz.be www.schiltz-norms.be

BG Bavaria 2002 EOOD



Patriarh Evtimii 10

5100 Gorna Orjachoviza

T +359 618 64158 F +359 618 64960
bavaria2002@gorna.net
www.bavaria2002.hit.bg
BR Industcnica Equipamentos

Industriais Ltda.

R. Olvia Guedes Penteado 759

04766-001 So Paulo

T +55 11 5548 4333 F +55 11 5522 4400
industecnica@fixo.com.br
www.industecnica.com.br
CH Auendienst David Lindauer

Sportplatzweg 10 6440 Brunnen

M +41 76 4173 239
d.lindauer@fibro.de www.fibro.com



Brtsch/Regger Werkzeuge AG
Heinrich-Stutz-Strasse 20 8902 Urdorf
T +41 44 736 63 63 F +41 44 736 63 00
info@brw.ch www.brw.ch

CL



Bermat S.A.
Coyancura 2283, Of. 601
Casilla 9781 Santiago
T +56 2 231 88 77 F +56 2 231 42 94
bermat@bermat.cl www.bermat.cl

CN



FIBRO (Shanghai) Standard Parts Co., Ltd.


1st Floor, Building 3, No. 253, Ai Du Road
Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai 200131
T +86 21 6083 1589 F +86 21 6083 1599
info@fibro.cn www.fibro.cn

Jilin Province Feibo Tooling Standard Parts Co., Ltd.


Add: Room303, No. 5470, Xian Avenue, Luyuan
District, Changchun City, Jilin Province
T +86 431 8120 3792 F +86 431 8120 3792
feibomuju@sina.cn www.fibro.com

Shenzhen Poleda Investment Co.,Ltd.


Add: 4/F, SED Technology Tower,
No.1 Keji Road, Hi-tech Industrial Park,
Nanshan District, Shenzhen
T +86 755 2398 5026/2398 5029
F +86 755 2398 5596
anson@poleda.cn www.fibro.com

CY Militos Trading Ltd.



K. Erotokritou & A. Demetriou Ltd.

P.O.B. 27297 1643 Nicosia

T +357 2 75 12 56 F +357 2 75 22 11
militos@cytanet.com.cy

VVB2-1 10/2015

Vertretungen
Representatives
Reprsentations
Rappresentantes
Representaciones
Przedstawicielstwa
Zastoupen
Mmessiller

CZ


Gore, s.r.o.
Konova 3090/29a 61200 Brno - Kralovo Pole
T +42 541 219 607 F +42 541 219 606
obchod@gore.cz www.gore.cz

IT


Millutensil S.R.L.
Corso Buenos Aires, 92 20124 Milano
T +39 02 2940 4390 F +39 02 204 6677
info@millutensil.com www.millutensil.com

SE


Lideco AB
Verkstadsvgen 4 51463 Dalstorp
T +46 321 53 03 50 F +46 321 603 77
info@lideco.se www.lideco.se

DK


EBI A/S
Metalbuen 28 Postbox 79 2750 Ballerup
T +45 4497 8111 F +45 4468 0626
ebi@ebi.dk www.ebi.dk

KR




FIBRO Korea Co. Ltd.


Namdongsanggong Bd. 401ho
632-1, Gojan-Dong, Namdong-Gu
Incheon, Korea (zip code 405-817)
T +82 32 821 0131 F +82 32 821 0030
fibro@chol.com www.fibro.com

SG



FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.


9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
Singapore 486361
T +65 65 43 99 63 F +65 65 43 99 62
info@fibro-asia.com www.fibro.com

DZ Pneumacoupe Blida Boufarik



86 Bld. Menad Mohamed

Boufarik, 09400 Blida

T +213 347 5655 F +213 347 5655
pneumacoupe@yahoo.fr
EE CLE Baltic O

Sra street 10 Peetri village

Rae county 75312 Estonia

T +372 780 3530 F +372 668 8679

roland.rebane@clegroup.com
www.clebaltic.com
EG Smeco

68, Abdel Rahman El Raffei St.

11351-Heliopolis West, Cairo

T +20 2 620 06 71 F +20 2 620 06 74
r.metwally@tedata.net.eg
ES





Daunert Mquinas-Herramientas, S. A.
c/. Tirso de Molina s/n Esquina
c/. Albert Einstein
Polgono Industrial Almeda
08940 Cornell de Llobregat Barcelona
T +34 93 475 1480 F +34 93 377 6464
info@daunert.com www.daunert.com

FI CLE

Trollbergintie 10 10650 Tammisaari

T +358 2075 19-600 F +358 2075 19-619

info@cle.fi www.cle.fi
FR


FIBRO France Sarl


26, avenue de lEurope 67300 Schiltigheim
T +33 3 90 20 40 40 F +33 3 88 81 08 29
info@fibro.fr www.fibro.com

LI Auendienst David Lindauer



Sportplatzweg 10 6440 Brunnen

M +41 76 4173 239
d.lindauer@fibro.de www.fibro.com
LT


Cle Baltic O
Pramones gatve 94-7 11115 Vilnius, Lithuania
T +370 663 56309 F +370 520 40914
info@clebaltic.com www.clebaltic.com

LV


Cle Baltic O
Starta iela 6b 1026 Riga, Latvia
T +371 671 39991 F +371 671 39992
info@clebaltic.com www.clebaltic.com

MA Chiba Industrie

Bd. Mohamed Bouziane Lot 96

Hay My Rachid Casablanca

T +212 22 72 69 89 F +212 22 72 69 83
chibaindustrie@menara.ma
MY



FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.


9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
Singapore 486361
T +65 65 43 99 63 F +65 65 43 99 62
info@fibro-asia.com www.fibro.com

NL


Jeveka B.V.
Platinaweg 4 1362 JL Almere Poort
T +31 36 303 2000
info@jeveka.com www.jeveka.com

NZ APS Tooling Ltd.



17A Spring Street Onehunga, Auckland, 1061

T +64 9 579 2208 F +64 9 579 2207
info@apstools.co.nz

Bruderer UK Ltd.
Unit H, Cradock Road
PE Ing. E. Brammertz S.c.r.l.
Luton Bedfordshire LU4 0JF

Av. Jos Pardo 182 OF. 905
T +44 1582 563 400 F +44 1582 493 993
Apartado 0173 Miraflores, Lima 18
mail@bruderer.co.uk www.bruderer-presses.com

T +51 1 445 81 78 F +51 1 445 19 31
GR Konstantinos Koutseris & Co. - MEK
braming@terra.com.pe

Pyloy 100 10441 Athen
PL Przedstawiciel Piotr Kaszuba

T +30 210 5220557 F +30 210 5221208

ul. Lwa Tostoja 14/5 56-400 Olenica

info@mek.com.gr www.mek.com.gr

T +48 71 398 53 08 F +48 71 398 53 08
HK Forsteppe Asia Ltd.

M +48 609 987 285

Unit 207, 2/F

p.kaszuba@fibro.de www.fibro.com

Shing Chuen Industrial Building

Przedstawiciel Marcin Pitka

25-27 Shing Wan Road

Roczyny, ul. Bielska 8 34-120 Andrychow

Tai Wai, Shatin, N. T., Hong Kong

T +48 33 813 72 13 M +48 605 987 284

T +852 26 01 13 68 F +852 26 01 16 38

m.pietka@fibro.de www.fibro.com

annie.li@forsteppe.com www.forsteppe.com

Doradztwo Techniczne Micha Gadomski
HR WML Robert Bednjanec

Suchatowka 8 88-140 Gniewkowo

Vlaska 76 10000 Zagreb

M +48 609 987 247

T +385 984 16005

m.gadomski@fibro.de www.fibro.com
robert.bednjanec@net.hr
Ferrometal Lda.
PT
HU Rath & Co. Ges. m.b.H.

Estrada Manuel Correia Lopes

Teiritzstrae 3 AT-2100 Korneuburg

Parque Industrial Progresso, Armazm 1 Polima

T +43 2 262 608 0 F +43 2 262 608 60

2785-001 S. Domingos de Rana

office@rath-co.at www.rath-co.at

T +351 214 447 160 F +351 214 447 169
ID FIBRO Asia Pte. Ltd.
ferrometal@ferrometal.pt

9, Changi South Street 3, #07-04
RO Reprezentant Vnzari Daniel Andrei Sibisan

Singapore 486361

Str. Zizinului nr. 8, ap. 21 Brasov, 500414

T +65 65 43 99 63 F +65 65 43 99 62

T +40 744 44 05 83 F +40 368 78 00 08

info@fibro-asia.com www.fibro.com

d.sibisan@fibro.de www.fibro.com
IE Bruderer UK Ltd.
Andrija Tesic, Dipl. Ing.
RS

Unit H, Cradock Road

Partisanska 12/a-II 11090 Beograd

Luton Bedfordshire LU4 0JF

T +381 11 2338 362 F +381 11 2338 362

T +44 1582 563 400 F +44 1582 493 993

mail@bruderer.co.uk www.bruderer-presses.com atesic@verat.net
RU CL Engineering & Co. Ltd.
IL A. J. Englander 1980 Ltd.

ul. Sofyiskaya 66 192289 S. Petersburg

13 Harechev Street Tel Aviv 67771

T +7 812 575 1592 F +7 812 324 7388

T +972 3 537 36 36 F +972 3 537 33 25

info@cleru.ru www.cleru.ru

info@englander.co.il www.englander.co.il

VVB2-2 10/2015

GB



IN



FIBRO INDIA PRECISION PRODUCTS PVT. LTD.


Plot No: A-55, Phase II, Chakan MIDC
Taluka Khed, Pune - 410 501
T +91-2135 67 09 03 M +91-98810 00273
info@fibro-india.com www.fibro.com

IR Eximrad Co.

268 Dr. Mofatah Ave. Tehran 15848

T +98 21 8882 12 3 F +98 21 8830 9778
eximrad@yahoo.com

OOO VTF Instrumsnab


ul. Topolinaya 9A 445047 Togliatti
T +7 8482681424 F +7 8482681452
office@instrumsnab.ru www.instrumsnab.ru

SA



Al Rasha Est
Old Makkah Road - Kilo 3 Dar Al Oloum Street
P. O. Box 130029 Jeddah 21372
T +966 12 645 85 41 F +966 12 645 85 39
fibro.sa@gmail.com www.al-rasha.com

SI Oro-Tech trgovina d.o.o.



Ulica borcev 1/b SI-2000 Maribor

T +386 2 426 08 43 F +386 2 426 08 44
oro-tech.trgovina@siol.net
SK


Technicky konzultant Vladimir Taneck


CSA 89/8 96223 Ocova
M +421 905 32 94 56
v.tanecka@fibro.de www.fibro.com

TH




LuBo (Thailand) Co., Ltd.


777 Moo 15 Soi Thai Prakarn 2
Theparak Road km. 21
Bangsaothong, Samut Prakarn 10540
T +66 2 317 6226 F +66 2 317 6224
sale@luboasia.com www.luboasia.com

TR



Ender Kesici ve Teknik Takimlar Sanayi Ticaret A.S.


Tersane Caddesi No. 105
34420 Karaky/Istanbul
T +90 212 253 2600 F +90 212 254 5791
info@enderltd.com www.enderltd.com

TW SunNan Enterprises Co. Ltd.



2F, No. 7, Alley 6, Lane 235 Pao-Chiao Road

Hsin-Tien City Taipei

T +886 22917 6454 F +886 22911 0398
sun-ss@umail.hinet.net
US



FIBRO Inc.
139 Harrison Ave. Rockford, IL 61104
P. O. B. 5924 Rockford, IL 61125
T +1 815 229 1300 F +1 815 229 1303
info@fibroinc.com www.fibro.com

ZA



Herrmann & Herrmann Pty. Ltd.


24, Shaft Road P. O. B. 13030
Knights 1413
T +27 11 828 01 00 F +27 11 828 60 21
hermstools@mweb.co.za www.hermstools.com

Index
24-cone-threaded Joint
F344-346
Accessories for punches
E181
Accessories for Retainers, triangular, for Ball-Lock
Punches
E174
Accessories for retainers, triangular, for punches ISO
8020
E180
ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, heavy
duty
E176
ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, light
duty
E175
Adjusting washer
D258, L11
Adjusting washer, CNOMO
D260-262
Air springs to VW standard
F319
Aligning- and tryout press unit
A59
Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
A39, B7
Anaerobic metal adhesives for securing of screws and
bearing bushes
H10
Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant
D228-235
Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO D229
Anti-rotation element
E121-141
Assembling cone
F369
Assembly Arrangenment of Gas Springs in Servial
Connection Compression Fitting
F343
Ball bearing guide, complete
L29
Ball bearing guides - Loading Diagram
D286
Ball bearing guides - Tables of dynamic load indexes
D287
Ball bearing insert with collar
J8
Ball bearing insert without collar
J8
Ball bearing rail
J9
Ball cage with assembly aid, Aluminium
D105
Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass
D104
Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove,
Aluminium
D107
Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Brass
D106
Ball cage with circlip groove, Aluminium
D103
Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass
D102
Ball cage, plastic, for highest stroking speed
D71
Ball cage, small dimension
D26
Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard
D67
Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, heavy duty
E98
Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, light duty
E72
Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, heavy duty
E97
Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, light duty
E71
Ball lock punch, blank, heavy duty
E73
Ball lock punch, blank, light duty
E47
Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty
E79
Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
E53
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, heavy
duty
E85
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, light duty E59
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with
ejector pin, heavy duty
E91
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with
ejector pin, light duty
E65
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with
radiussed corners, heavy duty
E90
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with
radiussed corners, light duty
E64
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with
radiussed corners, with ejector pin, heavy duty
E96
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with
radiussed corners, with ejector pin, light duty
E70
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular,
heavy duty
E88
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular,
light duty
E62
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular,
with ejector pin, heavy duty
E94

10

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular,


with ejector pin, light duty
E68
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, heavy
duty
E86
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, light
duty
E60
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with
ejector pin, heavy duty
E92
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with
ejector pin, light duty
E66
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, heavy duty E89
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, light duty E63
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with
ejector pin, heavy duty
E95
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with
ejector pin, light duty
E69
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, heavy
duty
E87
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, light
duty
E61
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with
ejector pin, heavy duty
E93
Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with
ejector pin, light duty
E67
Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed
corners, heavy duty
E78
Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed
corners, light duty
E52
Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed
corners, with ejector pin, heavy duty
E84
Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed
corners, with ejector pin, light duty
E58
Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, heavy duty
E76
Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, light duty
E50
Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin,
heavy duty
E82
Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin,
light duty
E56
Ball lock punch, stepped, round, heavy duty
E74
Ball lock punch, stepped, round, light duty
E48
Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, heavy
duty
E80
Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, light
duty
E54
Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, heavy duty
E77
Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, light duty
E51
Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, heavy
duty
E83
Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, light duty E57
Ball lock punch, stepped, square, heavy duty
E75
Ball lock punch, stepped, square, light duty
E49
Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, heavy
duty
E81
Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, light
duty
E55
Blanking and forming with FIBROFLEX-Elastomers
G31-37
Bolster insert plate
A58
Bolt guide
L42
Bolt-on die set shank, ~DIN ISO 10242-2
C9
Bush for die lifting bolt
C32
Cable - straight
D285
Cable , 90 connector
D285
Cage retainers
D269-271
Cam slide units KBV 1
K6
Cam slide units KBV 2
K7
Centering unit
D257
Centering unit with adjusting washer
D256
Centring pin
D263
Centring pin to Mercedes-Benz standard
D264
Centring sleeve
L13
subject to alterations

Index
Centring unit
L10
Centring unit, CNOMO
D259-261
Centring unit, flat
L10
Circlip DIN 471
D113
Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B
C34
Clamp, goose neck shape, DIN 6316
C37
Clamp, goose neck shape, with setscrew
C37
Clamp, straight, DIN 6314
C36
Clamp, straight, with setscrew
C36
Clamping claw, goose-neck shape
C34
Clamping claw, infinitely variable
C35
Clamping flange with retaining ring, ~AFNOR
D53
Clamping tool set
C50-51
Cleaner
H11
Compact gas spring
F237-255
Compact Nitrogen Booster
F364-365
Comparative graphs
E15
Compression Fitting Compound Threaded Joints
F341-342
Compression Pad
F90
Compression spring set screw
F89
Concertina shroud for gas springs
F328-329
Concertina shroud with spacer bush
D265
Concertina shroud with spacer tube
D267
Connecting hose with 24 cone
F345
Connector system 24 conus micro
F347-351
Connector system micro
F350
Control fitting
F353-356
Control fitting for gas springs
F353
Controllable gas springs
F318
Conveyor belt, electrically controlled
J20-23
Counter view, mechanical
J14
Coupling spigot
A42
Coupling spigot holder
A42
Coupling spigot with thread
C10
Cyanoacrylate adhesive
H12
Cylinder pressure regulator
F363
Damper for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz
F132
Damper stopper
G26
Damper, heavy-duty
G24
Damper, light-duty
G22-23
Date stamp complete (short version), embossed lettering L59
Date stamp complete, embossed lettering
L58
Deflection of pillars and bending equation
D25
Delimiting guide for conveyor belt
J24
Delimiting guide with loss prevention for conveyor belt J25
Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing
D72-74
Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut D76
Demountable guide pillar with conical centre fixing
D77
Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage
retainer, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
D42
Diaphragm pressure switch
F358
Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, to VW
standard
C30
Die lifting bolt with safety ring, CNOMO Standard
C31
Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for lifting flange 2133.12.C33
Die lifting bolt with safety ring, VDI 3366
C29
Die set
A17-21
Die set ~DIN 9816 Shape D
A13
Die set ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415
A24-31
Die set coupling spigot
C10
Die set DIN 9812 Shape C/CG
A14
Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG
A10
Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG
A15
Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG
A11
Die set DIN 9816 Shape D
A12
Die set DIN 9819 Shape C/CG
A16
Die set DIN 9822 Shape C
A19
Die set ECO-LINE
A36-37

subject to alterations

Die set press unit


A40-41
Die set press units - Accessories
A42
Die set shank with collar
C9
Die set shank, straight
C8
Die set to costumers specifications, Steel
A35
Die set to customers specifications, Aluminium
A32-35
Die set to customers specifications, Steel
A32-34
Disc
F76
Disc spring DIN 2093
F55
Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734
E198-199
Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN
EN ISO 8735
E192-193
Drill bush with collar, DIN 172, Shape A
E200
Drill bush without collar, DIN 179, Shape A
E201
Dynamic stripping element (DAE)
E162
Dynamometer for gas springs
F366-367
Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751
L44-45
Ejector pin, hardened, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694
L48
Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
L50-51
Ejector Pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751
L46-47
Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694
L49
Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
L52
Ejector rod
L12
Ejector sleeve, hardened, DIN ISO 8405
L56
Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405
L57
Elastomer Stripper
F186
Electro-mechanical transporter horizontal centre gear position, two slides, with profile
and support
J36
Electro-mechanical transporter horizontal gear position
J33
Electro-mechanical transporter horizontal gear position, two slides, with profile and
support
Electro-mechanical transporter horizontal gear position, with profile and support

J35
J34

Electro-mechanical transporter vertical centre gear position, two slides, with profile and
support
J36
Electro-mechanical transporter vertical gear position
J33
Electro-mechanical transporter vertical gear position, two slides, with profile and
support
Electro-mechanical transporter vertical gear position, with profile and support
Electro-mechanical transporters Angled mounting with adapter plate
Electro-mechanical transporters Distance
Electro-mechanical transporters Fastening element
Electro-mechanical transporters Fastening element with height adjustment system
Electro-mechanical transporters Quick clamp for guiding system
FIBRO Compact Cam (FCC) Tool slides
FIBROELAST Tubular spring element 70 Shore A
FIBROELAST-Hollow round rod
FIBROELAST-Plate
FIBROELAST-Round rod
FIBROFIX-SECHS
FIBROFIX-SECHS - Technical data
FIBROFIX-SECHS Application with the injection gun
FIBROFLEX - Blanking, forming and embossing tools -
Application examples
FIBROFLEX - Technical data
FIBROFLEX-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX-Spring
system

J35
J34
J39
J38
J37
J37
J38
K8
F66
G20
G18
G19
H7
H6
H17
G27-29
G8-9
F58

11

Index
FIBROFLEX-Hollow round rod
FIBROFLEX-Hollow Square rod
FIBROFLEX-Hollow triangular rod (60)
FIBROFLEX-Plate
FIBROFLEX-Round rod
FIBROFLEX-Square rod
FIBROFLEX-Triangular rod (60)
FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element
FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element 80 Shore A, to DIN
ISO 10069-1
FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element 90 Shore A, to DIN
ISO 10069-1
FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element 95 Shore A, to DIN
ISO 10069-1
FIBROFLEX-U-Profil rod
FIBROLIT Press tool lubricant
FIBROLIT-ARF Marking out blue
FIBROLIT-Grease-LD
FIBROLIT-LSP Leak Detector Spray
FIBROLIT-Metal adhesive MK - Technical data
FIBROLIT-Oil-LD
FIBROLIT-RL Penetration lubricant spray
FIBROLIT-TW Release agent
FIBROLIT-ZWO
FIBROLIT-ZWO - Technical data
FIBROLIT-ZWO und FIBROFIX-SECHS Application
examples
FIBROZIPP
Filling and control fitting
Filling hose
Fine blanking die set
Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid
lubricant rings, ISO 9448-4
Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-
4
Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer
Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with
long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-4
Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN ISO 8693
Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN ISO 8693
Flat guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with
solid lubricant
Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Flat mushroom head screw with hexagon socket
Flex cam
Fluid Metal
Foil shim
Forming / Demoulding
Gas spring (Spring plunger), to WDX
Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI
3004
Gas spring (spring-loaded plunger) MOULD LINE
Gas spring connection systems
Gas spring DS
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
Gas spring LCF, damped
Gas spring MOULD LINE
Gas spring MOULD LINE - Description
Gas spring MOULD LINE - Installation instructions
Gas spring POWERLINE
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned
Gas spring with external thread
Gas spring with hexagonal flange
Gas spring with male fixing thread, POWERLINE
Gas spring with male fixing thread, small mounting
height
Gas spring with thread
Gas spring with through bore passage
12

G15
G13
G17
G10
G14
G11
G16
F81
F60
F62
F64
G12
H16
H13
H15
H11
H8
H15
H13
H14
H7
H6
H18-19
E194
F363
F363
A22
D140-142
D137-139
D143-145
D110-111
D134-136
L54
L55
D174
D171-176
C48
K3
H12
B20
L41
F157
F154-156
L72-73
F330
F279-287
F191-201
F309-317
L63-81
L64-66
L67-68
F211-235
F267-277
F292-296
F300
F298-299
F297
F291
F203-209

Gas spring, small dimension and low force


F159-171
Gas spring, Standard
F173-189
Gas spring, with low build height
F257-265
Gas springs - Accessories
F321
Gas springs - Application examples
F373-380
Gas springs - Description
F142-145
Gas springs - General overview
F149
Gas springs - Mounting Directions
F146-147
Gas springs - Synopsis
F150-151
Gas springs (Spring plungers)
F153
Gas springs from FIBRO - The Safer Choice
F148, L70
Gas springs with fastening to Ford standard WDX
F289
Gauge pin - boxed set
E205
Gauge pin DIN 2269
E202
Gauge pin holder
E204
Gauge pin with handle
E205
Gauge pins - boxed set
E205
Gas springs for working temperatures up to 120 C
F301
Guide
D279
Guide bar with four sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
lubricant
D219
Guide bar with one sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
lubricant
D220
Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
lubricant
D217-221
Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
lubricant
D218
Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
lubricant, CNOMO
D216
Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid
lubricant, VDI 3357
D215
Guide bearing for ball bearing guide
D87
Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide
D93
Guide bearing with headed guide bush with solid
lubricant
D94
Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide D90
Guide bearing with screw holes, sintered guide
D89
Guide bearing with solid lubricant
D84
Guide bearing, low build height, sintered guide
D92
Guide bearing, sintered guide
D86
Guide bracket, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3387
D223
Guide bracket, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3387
D222
Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication
rings, ISO 9448-2
D98
Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2
D97
Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR
D100
Guide bush for ball bearing, for highest stroking speed D70
Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3
D70-99
Guide bush for ball bearing, small dimension
D26
Guide bush for ball bearing, with stroke limitation
D101
Guide bush for punch DIN 9845, Shape C
E148
Guide bush for punch ISO 8978
E149
Guide bush for spring ram 2478.20. .1
F140
Guide bush with collar, bronze coated, ~AFNOR
D155
Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
D162, L33
Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant,
CNOMO
D169
Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, DIN
9834/ISO 9448
D166
Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant,
NAAMS
D167-168
Guide bush with collar, Bronze, CNOMO
D170
Guide bush with collar, for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
D154
Guide bush, Bronze
L36-37
Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
D160, L35
Guide Bush, headed
L27
Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-2
D96
Guide elements - Mounting guidelines, Dimension tables D288-294
subject to alterations

Index
Guide elements - Pairing classification
D22-23
Guide elements - Selection matrix
D24
Guide elements for mould making
L9
Guide pillar
L14-15
Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/
~ISO 9182-2
D38
Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
D36
Guide pillar (Angle pin)
L25
Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
D27
Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN
9825/~ISO 9182-2
D34
Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-
2
D32
Guide pillar for large tools, DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3
D47
Guide pillar for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz
F130
Guide pillar with 5 pilot taper, to VW-Standard
D48
Guide Pillar with ball cage retainer
D28
Guide pillar with collar
D69
Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE"
D68
Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer
D64
Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, DIN
9825/~ISO 9182-5
D62
Guide pillar with collar, to WDX
D60
Guide pillar with flange
L24
Guide pillar with groove
D59
Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO
D58
Guide pillar with groove, to VW
D50
Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides, ~DIN
9825/~ISO 9182-2
D29
Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/
~ISO 9182-2
D30
Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO
9182-2
D31
Guide pillar with pilot taper, VDI 3356
D49
Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes-
Benz Standard
D56
Guide pillar with retaining ring groove, ~AFNOR
D52
Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz
Standard
D54
Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
D40
Guide pillar, shouldered
L16-19
Guide pin
F72
Guide sleeve
L26
Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - hardened
D281
Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - unhardened
D280
Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE
D82
Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE
D80
Guide with part position control and spring
D282
Guide with part position control, VDI
D283
Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid
lubricant rings, ISO 9448-6
D126-128
Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6D123-125
Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
D150-152
Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
D129-133
Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer
D108-109
Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
D115-117
Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with
long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
D146-148
Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with
long-term lubrication, ISO 9448-6
D118-122
Helical spring for ball cage retention
D268
Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B
C39
Hexagon nut with collar, DIN 6331
C40
Hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw, ISO 10642
- Strength class 8.8
C46
Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 -
Strength class 12.9
C43
Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 -
Strength class 8.8
C42

subject to alterations

Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head


and key guide, DIN 6912 - Strength class 8.8
C44
High performance compression spring DIN ISO 10243
F24-53
High performance compression springs - Cyclic stress
maxima/minima as applicable to extended/limited life F23
High performance compression springs - Description
F22
High-Precision special parts to customers drawings
E188-189
Hinge for spacer
F95
Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional
C18
Holding sleeve for lifter units to BMW standard
F136
Hose press, pneumatic
F371
Hose shears
F371
Inductive proximity switch
D284
Injection gun for FIBROFIX-SECHS
H7
Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape A
E25
Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape B
E26
Insertion tool
F120
Installation frame for counter view
J15
Instruction for hose assembly in the Minimess system
F331
LCF Gas Spring, damped
F303-316
Lifter pin for press tool strips
D273
Lifter rail for lifter units to BMW standard
F136
Lifter stud
C15
Lifter stud VDI 3366
C13
Lifter stud with cable securing device
C14
Lifter stud with cable securing device, with welded disc C13
Lifter unit with installation block to BMW standard
F135
Lifter, round with pilot pin hole to BMW standard
F134
Lifting eye bolt, high tensile
C16
Lifting eye bolt, rotatable
C17
Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring
C26-27
Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to BMW
C25
Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key,
to CNOMO Standard
C28
Lifting unit (not damped/damped) to Mercedes-Benz
F129
Liner bush for dowel pin, for bonding
E196
Liner bush for dowel pin, for push fit
E197
Locating bolt
F70
Locating bolt, threaded
F70
Locating guide bush, headed
L28
Locating guide pillar, shouldered
L20-23
Locating plate for guide pillar, to VW
D51
Manifoldsystems
F320
Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank
E166
Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round
E168
Matrix with collar, conical
E155
Matrix with collar, cylindrical
E153
Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B
E151
Matrix with shoulder, blank, ISO 8977
E131
Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners,
ISO 8977
E140
Matrix with shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977
E136
Matrix with shoulder, round, ISO 8977
E132
Matrix with shoulder, slot, ISO 8977
E138
Matrix with shoulder, square, ISO 8977
E134
Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank E165
Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round E167
Matrix without collar, conical
E154
Matrix without collar, cylindrical
E152
Matrix without collar, DIN 9845 Shape A
E150
Matrix without shoulder, blank, Automotive Standard
E142
Matrix without shoulder, blank, ISO 8977
E119
Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiused
corners, Automotive Standard
E147
Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiussed
corners, ISO 8977
E128
Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, Automotive
Standard
E145

13

Index
Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977
Matrix without shoulder, round, Automotive Standard
Matrix without shoulder, round, ISO 8977
Matrix without shoulder, slot, Automotive Standard
Matrix without shoulder, slot, ISO 8977
Matrix without shoulder, square, Automotive Standard
Matrix without shoulder, square, ISO 8977
Metal adhesive FIBROLIT MK
Micro control fitting
Minimess - Compound Threaded Joints
Minimess Compound Threaded Joints
Mounting arrangement for gas springs in the Minimess
system
Multiple control fitting
Notes on guide elements
Oil
Oilless guide elements
Oilless guide elements - Mounting examples
O-ring, Viton
Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and gas nitrided, VDI 3357
Overrun Cam, Steel hardened, VDI 3357
Pallet carrier plate
Pillar wiper
Pilot pin with parabolic tip, ISO 8020
Pilot pin with tapered tip, ISO 8020
Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard
Piloted counterbore for tapered-head punch
Pneumatic conveyor
Precision components - Description of materials
Precision feeler gauge
Precision flat and square bar steel with machining
allowance, DIN 59350
Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350
Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350
Pressure plate, shock absorbing
Pressure reservoir
Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
Prismatic guide, Steel
Prismatic guide, Steel, NAAMS
Prismatic guide, Steel, VDI 3357
Progression lamination die set unit
Punch DIN 9844, Shape A
Punch DIN 9844, Shape B
Punch DIN 9861 Shape C
Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA
Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752
Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA
Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A
Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B
Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C
Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D
Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C
Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA
Punch similar to VDI 3374
Punch VDI 3374
Punch with ejector pin
Punch with ejector pin, stepped, long point
Punch with ejector pin, stepped, short point
Punch with head, square / rectangular, Shape A
Punch with tapered head 30, Shape C
Punch with tapered head 30, Shape D
Punch with tapered head, Shape D
Punch without head, square / rectangular, Shape A
Punch, blank, ISO 8020
Punch, blank, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiused corners, ISO
8020
14

E124
E143
E120
E146
E126
E144
E122
H9
F352
F337-340
F336
F331-335
F355
A7, D21
H14
D157-158
D252-255
L61
D227
D226
D225
A58
D272
E114
E113
E115
E31
J29
E16-17
B20
B9-19
B8
B18
F325
F322-324
D239-240
D242
D237
D238
A47-52
E33
E34
E21
E20
E19
E18
E41
E42
E44
E43
E23
E22
E35
E24
E36
E38
E37
E191
E28
E27
E30
E190
E101
E107
E106

Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with


ejector pin, ISO 8020
Punch, stepped, rectangular, ISO 8020
Punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
Punch, stepped, round, ISO 8020
Punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
Punch, stepped, slot, ISO 8020
Punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
Punch, stepped, square, ISO 8020
Punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
Punches - Mounting guidelines
Punching and embossing unit with matrix for punched
holes and self tapping screws
Quill holder for core tempering
Rectangular guide, Steel with Rollers
Rectangular Guide, Steel with solid lubricant
Release agent
Representatives
Retaining bolt
Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2020.64.
Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50., DIN
9825/ISO 9182-4
Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR
Retaining disc with countersunk head cap screw, DIN
9825/ISO 9182-4
Retaining disc with screw
Retaining disc with socket cap screw, ~ AFNOR
Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant
Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, NAAMS
Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
Retaining plate, Steel, CNOMO
Retaining plate, Steel, VDI 3357
Retaining washer
Retention bearing
Retention bearing for guide pillars for large tools
Retention bearing with screw holes
Retention bearing, low build height
Ring block with position lock
Ring nut DIN 1804
Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass
Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass
Roller insert with collar
Roller insert without collar
Roller rail
Roller slide units
Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty, with ball bearing
Rotary safety eyebolt, light duty, with ball bearing
Round wire compression spring
Screw clamp with screw
Screw clamp with screw, CNOMO
Screw clamp with screw, GM Standard
Screw clamp with screw, NAAMS
Screw for T-slot, DIN 787
Screw plug
Screw-in lifter stud VDI 3366
Screw-in lifter stud with cable securing device
Securing flange with screws, CNOMO
Selection table multiple layering
Service station, mobile, for gas springs
Set screw
Setting-up bumper, round
Setting-up bumper, square
Shedder insert
Shock absorbing washer
Shoulder screw
Silicon oil

E112
E104
E110
E102
E108
E105
E111
E103
E109
E32
E206
L60
L39
L38
H14
8-9
F80
D78
D45
D46
D44
D66
D44
D180
D183
D177
D181
D179
D182
D178
L11
D85
D95
D88
D91
C24
D79
D114
D112
J10
J10
J11
K5
C20
C19
F54
D274-275
D276
D275
D275
C41
C47
C11
C12
D276
G25
F370
C39
F91
F92
F90
F79, G21
F88
H14

subject to alterations

Index
Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant D244-248
Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant,
CNOMO
D246
Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel
D245-249
Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel, CNOMO
D247
Sleeve for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz
F131
Slide centre guide, Bronze with solid lubricant
D224
Slide stop
D250
Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant
D243
Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
D237
Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
D238
Sliding block, Steel
D239-240
Sliding pad, Bronze with oil groove, CNOMO
D210
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant
D194-198
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO
9183-2
D204
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
D197
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, ISO 9183-1
D192
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
D202
Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
D186-214
Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze with solid lubricant D184
Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant,
AFNOR/ISO9183-2
D206
Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove, CNOMO
D208
Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer, VDI 3357
D190
Sliding Pad, Steel with solid lubricant
D201
Sliding pad, Steel, CNOMO
D200
Sliding pad, Steel, NAAMS
D203
Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357
D188-212
Slotted nut
D156
Snap ring
D57
Socket head cap screw, with low profile head, DIN 7984 -
Strength class 8.8
C45
Spacer bush
D266
Spacer for die release
F93
Spacer plate toothed, with adjusting plate
D278
Spacer plug
F77
Spacer sleeve
F76
Spacer sleeve for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz
F133
Spacer tube
D266, F74
Spacer with spring for die release
F94
Special die set to customer's specifications
A43-46
Spigot holder
C11
Spring and spacer unit
F87
Spring- and spacer unit
F84-85
Spring- and spacer unit, low installation space
F86
Spring mounted rollers to VW Standard
J12-13
Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004, Colour
marking: red
F102-103
Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004, Colour
marking: white
F100-101
Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004, Colour
marking: yellow
F98-99
Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version F117
Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version,
with collar
F118-119
Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon
socket, increased spring force
F107
Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon
socket, standard spring force
F106
Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot,
increased spring force
F105
Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot,
standard spring force
F104-108
Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with
hexagon socket, increased spring force
F113
Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with
hexagon socket, standard spring force
F112

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, straight version,


with collar
Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon
socket, increased spring force
Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon
socket, standard spring force
Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot,
increased spring force
Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot,
standard spring force
Spring plungers
Spring ram with gas spring
Spring ram with gas spring to VW standard
Spring unit for elastomer spring
Spring unit for helical spring
Stacked control fittting for individual control
Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2
Stand for conveyor belt
Standard cam slide units
Standardised special shapes
Steel plate ISO 6753-1
Stepped Block DIN 6318
Stock lifter
Stock lifter with attachment lug
Stop buffer
Stop washer
Stripper
Strippers for blanking dies
Stripping unit - Mounting plate
Stripping unit - Pressure plate
Stripping unit for punches
Stripping unit, flanged mounting
Stripping unit, wall and bottom mounting
Support, adjustable
T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Thinning agent for FIBROLIT-ZWO
Thinning agent for FIBROLIT-ZWO - Technical data
Threaded die set shank DIN ISO 10242-1
Threaded disc for compression springs
Threaded disc for elastomer springs
Thrust Pad
Thrust pad driver
Thrust plate
Thrust plate to Renault standard
Thrust washer
Thrust washer, Bronze with solid lubricant
Tooling pallet die set
Tooling pallet die set - Accessories
Toolkit for assembling gas springs
Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty
Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty
Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 with anti-
rotation element
Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 without anti-
rotation element
Trust washer for compression springs
Trust washer for elastomer springs
Tubular Spring Element, Rubber 70 Shore A
Universal lifter unit according to BMW standard
Universal rotary safety eyebolt for chain
Universal rotary safety eyebolt with eye hook
Universal rotary safety eyebolt with oval ring
Washer DIN 6340
Wireless Pressure Monitoring - wireless monitoring of
gas springs
Wooden box

F117
F114
F111
F113-116
F109-115
F97
F138
F139
F82
F83
F357
F71
J26
K4
E157-161
A38, B6
C38
F124-125
F126
D251
E187, F75, L11
F127
F96
E184
E183
E182
F123
F122
C38
D236
H9
H8
C8
F78
F78
F326
F120
F326-327
F327
F71, F80
D159
A53-57
A58
F368
E171-173
E170-172
E179
E178
F73
F72
F68
F137
C22
C23
C21
C40
F360-362
E204

15

Numerical Index
201.01.
201.03.
201.05.
201.07.
201.11.
201.13.
201.145.
201.149.
201.21.
201.23.
201.26.
201.31.
201.33.
201.36.
201.39.
201.45.
201.46.
201.47.
201.49.
201.50.
201.65.
201.66.
201.67.
201.69.
201.95.
201.96.
201.97.
201.98.
2010.
2010.55.
2010.57.
2010.59.
2011.45.
2011.49.
2016.
2016.13.
2016.23.
2016.25.
2017.
2018.
2018.00.60.08.030
2018.00.60.23.01.5
2018.00.60.23.02.5
202.17.
202.19.
202.21.
202.22.
202.23.
202.24.
202.29.
202.31.
202.53.
202.55.
202.60
202.61.
202.91.
202.92.1.
202.93.
2020.62.
2020.63.
2020.64.
2021.29.
2021.39.
2021.43.
2021.44.
2021.46.
2021.50.
2021.53.
16

A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A41
A41
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A32
A33
A34
A35
A47-52
A32
A33
A34
A35
A53-57
A58
A58
A59
A24-31
A36-37
A36-37
A36-37
A40
A40
K4
K7
K6
K8
K5
K3
D284
D285
D285
D28
D27
D32
D29
D30
D31
D36
D38
D44
D34
D76
D69
D269
D270
D271
D74
D72
D77
D68
D45
D66
D64
D62
D40
D44

2021.58.
2021.64.
2022.12.
2022.13.
2022.15.
2022.16.
2022.16.45.
2022.16.48.
2022.17.
2022.19.
2022.25.
2022.29.
2022.40.1.
2024.94.
2024.96.
2025.94.
2031.01.
2031.02.
2031.04.
2031.31.
2031.34.
2031.38.
2031.41.
2031.42.
2031.44.
2031.70.
2032.02.
2032.70.
2051.32.
2051.72.
2051.92.
2052.70.
2052.71.
2053.70.
206.41.
206.49.
206.51.
206.54.
206.71.
206.72.
206.73.
206.75.
206.91.
206.92.
206.93.
206.94.
206.95./2061.95.
2060.61.
2060.63.
2060.65.
2061.44.
2061.47.
2061.48.
2061.82.
2061.84.
2062.44.012.
207.45
207.48.
2071.45
2072.45.
2072.46
2072.46.30.
2072.47
2072.48.45.
2073.45.
2073.46.
2073.48.
2081.31.

D42
D78
D56
D48
D49
D54
D58
D59
D50
D47
D52
D60
D51
D80
D82
D67
D85
D88
D91
D86
D89
D92
D87
D90
D93
D84
D95
D94
D96
D98
D97
D160-161
F140
D159
D71
D100
D26
D26
D102
D113
D104
D106
D265
D267
D266
D266
D272
D103
D105
D107
D70-99
D101
D57
D112
D114
D70
D274
D156
D274
D274
D275
D275
D275
D276
D276
D53
D79
D118

2081.32.
2081.33.
2081.34.
2081.35.
2081.44.
2081.45.
2081.46.
2081.47.
2081.49.
2081.67.
2081.68.
2081.71.
2081.74.
2081.75.
2081.81.
2081.84.
2081.85.
2081.91.
2081.94.
2081.95.
2082.70.
2082.71.
2085.70.
2085.71.
2085.72.
2086.70.
2086.71.
2087.70.
2087.71.
2087.72.
2087.73.
2091.31.
2091.32.
2091.34.
2091.44.
2091.45.
2091.46.
2091.67.
2091.68.
2091.71.
2091.72.
2091.74.
2091.91.
2091.92.
2091.94.
210.31.
210.34.
210.35.
210.39.
210.44.
210.45.
210.46.
210.85.
2102.70.
2102.71.
211.11.
211.12.
211.13.
211.14.
212.11.
212.15.
212.16.
212.16.1.
213.12.
213.13.
2130.03.
2130.11.
2130.12.

D119
D120
D121
D122
D129
D130
D131
D132
D133
D108
D109
D126
D127
D128
D115
D116
D117
D123
D124
D125
D166
D167
D162
D163
D165
D164
D168
L31
L32
L30
L33
D134
D135
D136
D143
D144
D145
D110
D111
D140
D141
D142
D137
D138
D139
D146
D147
D148
D46
D150
D154
D152
D155
D169
D170
C8
C8
C9
C9
A42, C10
A42, C10
C11
A42
C11
C15
C12
C13
C13

2130.13.
2131.10.
2131.11.
2131.15.
2131.20.
2131.21.
2131.22.
2131.23.
2131.25.
2131.26.
2132.10.
2132.10.03. .1
2132.10.55.
2132.11.
2133.11.
2133.12.
2133.12. .1
2133.13.
2140.01.01.
2140.01.02.
2140.02.
2140.10.
2140.11.
2140.13.
2140.14.
2140.15.
2140.16.
2140.17.
2140.18.
2140.19.
2140.20.
2140.30.
2140.32.
2140.33.
2140.34.
2192.10.
2192.12.
2192.20.
2192.30.
2192.40.
2192.61.
2192.90.
2195.114.
2195.115.
2195.116.
2195.117.
2195.120./121.
2195.130./131.
2195.140./141.
2195.150./151.
2195.218.
2195.219.
2195.220.
2195.221.
2195.301.
2195.302.
2195.401.
2195.402.
2198.32.
2198.33.
2198.34.
2198.35.
2198.42.
2198.44.
2198.50.55.
2199.03/10/40/70
220.
2201.

C14
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
C24
C23
C21
C22
C29
C32
C30
C31
C25
C26-27
C33
C28
C50
C51
C39
C36
C37
C35
C35
C34
C36
C34
C37
C38
C38
C41
C39
C40
C40
C42
C43
C44
C46
C45
C48
C47
J24
J24
J24
J24
J26
J26
J26
J26
J25
J25
J25
J25
J20
J21
J22
J23
J8
J8
J10
J10
J9
J11
J12-13
J29
E33
E101

subject to alterations

Numerical Index
2202.
2203.
2204.
2205.
221.
2211.
2212.
2213.
2214.
2215.
222.
2221.
2222.
2223.
2224.
2225.
223.
2231.
2232.
2233.
2234.
2235.
224.
2241.
2242.
2243.
2244.
2245.
225.
2251.
2252.
2253.
2254.
2255.
2261.
2262.
2263.
2271.
2272.
2273.
2276.
2280.01.
2280.02.
2281.
2282.01.
2284.00.
2284.3.
2291.
2299.001.
2299.002.
2299.011.
2299.012.
2299.121.
2299.122.
2299.221.
2299.222.
2299.510
2299.511
2299.520
2299.530
2299.540
2299.541
230.
231.
232.
233.
234.
235.1.
subject to alterations

E47
E73
E59
E85
E34
E102
E48
E74
E60
E86
E18
E103
E49
E75
E61
E87
E19
E104
E50
E76
E62
E88
E20
E105
E51
E77
E63
E89
E21
E106
E52
E78
E64
E90
E113
E71
E97
E114
E72
E98
E115
L58
L59
E27
E206
E31
E30
E28
J33
J33
J34
J34
J35
J35
J36
J36
J37
J37
J38
J39
J38
J38
E190
E191
E24
E25
E26
E198

2351.1.
236.001.
236.1.
2361.1.
237.1.
237.8.
238.1.
238.8.
239.1.
239.8.
240.1./2.
240.11.
240.22.
240.31.
240.32.
240.45.
240.91.
240.92.
241.00.1.
241.02.
241.14.10.
241.14.13.
241.14.16.
241.14.20.
241.14.25.
241.14.32.
241.14.40.
241.14.50.
241.14.63.
241.15.10.
241.15.13.
241.15.16.
241.15.20.
241.15.25.
241.15.32.
241.15.40.
241.15.50.
241.15.63.
241.16.10.
241.16.13.
241.16.16.
241.16.20.
241.16.25.
241.16.32.
241.16.40.
241.16.50.
241.17.10.
241.17.13.
241.17.16.
241.17.20.
241.17.25.
241.17.32.
241.17.40.
241.17.50.
241.18.
242.01.
243.7.
243.7. .1
2431.7.
244.00.2.
244.1.
244.10.
244.10.15.
244.11.
244.12.
244.13.
244.14.0.
244.15.0.

E199
E194
E192
E193
L44-45
L46-47
L48
L49
L50-51
L52
E202
E205
E205
E205
E205
E204
E204
E204
F89
F54
F24
F26
F28
F32
F36
F40
F44
F48
F52
F24
F26
F29
F33
F37
F41
F45
F49
F53
F25
F27
F30
F34
F38
F42
F46
F50
F25
F27
F31
F35
F39
F43
F47
F51
D268
F55
F186
F187
E182
D273
F58
F76
F75
F76
F77
F77
F82
F83

244.16.
244.17.
244.20./25./32./40.
244.20./25./32./
40.3.
244.4.
244.5.
244.6.
244.7.
244.9.
2441.11.
2441.11.0.
2441.11.3.
2441.13.
2441.13.3.
2441.13.3.45.
2441.13.45.
2441.14.
2441.14.1.
2441.15.
2441.15.1.
2441.16.
2441.18.
2441.3.
2441.5.
2441.6.
2442.12.
2442.12.3.
2442.12.4.
2442.13.
2443.10.
2443.10.20.
2443.10.20. .1
2443.12.
2443.13.
2444.12/2444.13
2445.10.
2445.11.
2450.
2450.10A.
2450.11B.
2450.20.
2451.10D.
2451.6.
2451.6. .2
246.5.
246.6.
246.7.
2461.2.
2461.4.
247.6.
2470.10. .016. .1
2470.10. .016. .2
2470.10. .016. .3
2470.10. .1
2470.10. .2
2470.10. .3
2470.10.11
2470.12.010.017
2471.01.
2471.02.
2471.03.
2471.04.
2471.05.
2471.31.
2471.32.
2471.33.
2471.34.

F87
F88
F84-85
F86
F71
F72
F72
F73
F74
D257
D256
D258
D261
D262
D260
D259
F78
F82
F78
F83
F80
F80
F71
F70
F70
L10
L11
L11
L10
D279
D280
D281
D282
D283
D278
D263
D264
F79, G21
G22
G23
G24-25
G26
D250
D251
F60
F62, F81
F64
F68
F66
F90
F99
F103
F101
F98
F102
F100
F120
F120
F104
F105
F106
F107
F108
F104
F105
F106
F107

2471.35.
2471.6.
2472.01.
2472.02.
2472.03.
2472.04.
2472.05.
2472.06.
2472.07.
2472.08.
2472.11.
2472.21.
2472.22.
2472.31.
2472.33.
2472.34.
2472.35.
2472.36.
2472.37.
2473.01.
2473.02.
2475.01.
2475.02.
2475.03.
2475.04.
2477. .1.01
2477. .1.02
2478.
2478.10.
2478.20. .1
2478.20.15.10
2478.20.15.20.
2478.20.15.23.
2478.20.15.24.
2478.20.15.30.
2478.20.20.
2478.20.20.1.
2478.20.20.2.
2478.20.20.3
2478.20.20.4
2478.30. .1
2478.30. .2
2478.30. .3
2479.030.
2479.031.
2479.032.
2479.034.
2480.00.10.
2480.00.22.
2480.00.23.
2480.00.24.
2480.00.25.
2480.00.26.
2480.00.27.
2480.00.27.01.
2480.00.28.
2480.00.30.
2480.00.30.13
2480.00.31.
2480.00.31.02
2480.00.31.11
2480.00.32.07
2480.00.32.21
2480.00.32.71.
2480.00.34.
2480.00.35.
2480.00.35.04
2480.00.39.01.

F108
F90
F109
F113
F111
F114
F115
F116
F112
F113
F120
F110
F110
F109
F111
F114
F115
F116
F112
F117
F117
F118
F118
F119
F119
F122
F123
F138
F124
F139
F134
F135
F136
F136
F137
F129
F130
F131
F132
F133
F125
F126
F127
F154
F155
F156
F157
F341-342
F350
F336
F337-340
F345
F344-346
F348
F347
F349-351
F353
F354
F353
F363
F356
F363
F363
F364-365
F352
F366
F367
F357
17

Numerical Index
2480.00.39.04.
2480.00.45.
2480.00.50.04
2480.00.50.11
2480.00.50.20.
2480.00.54.03
2480.00.54.10
2480.00.70.
2480.00.90.
2480.004.
2480.009.
2480.015.
2480.018.
2480.019.
2480.019.45.
2480.080.
2480.12.01500.
2480.12.10000.
2480.13.00250.
2480.13.00500.
2480.13.00750.
2480.13.03000.
2480.13.05000.
2480.13.07500.
2480.21.
2480.22. .1
2480.23.
2480.32.
2480.32.00250.
2480.33.
2480.82.00250.
2482.72.
2482.73. .1
2482.74. .2
2484.12.01500.
2484.13.00750.
2484.13.03000.
2484.13.05000.
2484.13.07500.
2485.12.00500.
2485.12.00750.
2485.12.01500.
2486.12.00750.
2486.12.01500.
2486.12.03000.
2486.12.05000.
2486.22.03000.
2486.22.05000.
2486.22.07500.
2487.12.00170.
2487.12.00320.
2487.12.00350.
2487.12.00500.
2487.12.00750. .1
2487.12.01000. .1
2487.12.01500.
2487.12.02400.
2487.12.04200.
2487.12.06600.
2487.12.09500.
2487.12.20000.
2487.82.01000.
2488.13.01000.
2488.13.02400.
2488.13.04200.
2488.13.06600.
2488.13.09500.
2490.14.00420.
18

F355
F358
F369
F368
F370
F371
F371
F322-324
F360-362
F326
F326
F325
F326
F327
F327
F328-329
F180-181
F188-189
F174-175
F176-177
F178-179
F182-183
F184-185
F186-187
F166-167
F168-169
F170-171
F292-293
F294-295
F300
F296-297
F160-161
F162-163
F164-165
F310-311
F308-309
F312-313
F314-315
F316-317
F260-261
F262-263
F264-265
F270-271
F272-273
F274-275
F276-277
F282-283
F284-285
F286-287
F212-213
F214-215
F216-217
F218-219
F220-221
F222-223
F224-225
F226-227
F228-229
F230-231
F232-233
F234-235
F299
F192-193
F194-195
F196-197
F198-199
F200-201
F238-239

2490.14.00750.
2490.14.01000.
2490.14.01800.
2490.14.03000.
2490.14.04700.
2490.14.07500.
2490.14.11800.
2490.14.18300.
2496.12.00270.
2496.12.00490.
2496.12.01060.
250.
251.
2511.3.
252.
252.7.
253.
2531.4.
2531.7.
2532.2.
2533.00.01.
2533.10.
2533.20.
254.
2541.4.
255.
256.
257.
260.
2601.
2602.
2605.
2606.
2607.
261.
2611.
2612.
2615.
2616.
2617.
2618.
2618.06.
2618.07.
2618.16.
2618.17.
262.
2621.
2625.
2626.
2627.
263.1.
263.8.
2635.
2636.
2637.
264.1.
264.8.
2645.
2646.
2647.
265.1.
2650.1.
2655.
2656.
2657.
266.
2664.02.
2664.04.

F240-241
F242-243
F244-245
F246-247
F248-249
F250-251
F252-253
F254-255
F204-205
F206-207
F208-209
G12
G10
G18
G11
F92
G14
G19
F91
F96
F95
F93
F94
G15
G20
G13
G16
G17
E150
E154
E152
E142
E119
E131
E151
E155
E153
E143
E120
E132
E162
E165
E166
E167
E168
E148
E149
E144
E122
E134
L54
L55
E145
E124
E136
L56
L57
E146
E126
E138
E196
E197
E147
E128
E140
E35
E178
E179

2664.05.
2664.06.
2664.07.
2664.10.
2667.1.
2667.2.
2668.2.
2668.3.
267.
268.
269.
270.
2701.
2702.
2703.
2704.
2705.
271.
2711.
2712.
2713.
2714.
2715.
272.
2721.
2722.
2723.
2724.
2725.
273.
2731.
2732.
2733.
2734.
2735.
274.
2741.
2742.
2743.
2744.
2745.
275.
2751.
2752.
2753.
2754.
2755.
276.
277.
280.02
280.05
280.08
280.09
280.131
280.15
280.20
280.23
280.24
280.27
280.34
280.35
280.36.006
280.8001
280.8021
280.822405
281.01
281.147
281.243

E170
E171
E172
E173
E183
E184
E175
E176
E36
E37
E38
E41
E107
E53
E79
E65
E91
E42
E108
E54
E80
E66
E92
E43
E109
E55
E81
E67
E93
E44
E110
E56
E82
E68
E94
E22
E111
E57
E83
E69
E95
E23
E112
E58
E84
E70
E96
E200
E201
H7
H7
H7
H7
H13
H13
H11
H13
H9
H14
H15
H15
H16
H14
H14
H14
H9
H12
H10

281.270
281.401
281.454
281.648
281.706
2900.
2910.
2922.1730.
2922.2842.
2923.0570.
2923.2099.
2923.2162.
2923.2312.
2923.2343.
2923.2363.
2923.2379.
2923.2436.
2923.2767.
2923.2842.
2925.
2960.30.
2960.44.45.
2960.54.45.
2960.70.
2960.71.
2960.72.
2960.73.
2960.74.
2960.75.
2960.76.
2960.79.
2960.80.
2960.81.
2960.85.
2960.86.
2960.87.
2960.88.
2960.89.
2960.90.
2960.91.
2960.92.
2960.93.
2961.70.
2961.71.
2961.73.
2961.74.
2961.75.
2961.76.
2961.77.
2961.78.
2961.79.
2961.79.45.
2961.81.
2961.81.45.
2961.82.
2962.70.
2962.70.45.
2962.71.
2962.72.
2962.73.
2962.74.
2962.75.
2962.75.45.
2962.76.
2962.77.
2962.78.
2962.78.45.
2962.79.

H10
H12
H12
H10
H11
A38, B6
A39, B7
B8
B18
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B19
B20
D190
D208
D210
D192
D186
D184
D222
D204
D206
D196
D202
D203
D211
D194
D195
D188
D212
D223
D225
D226
D227
D214
D175
D171
D174
D177
D176
D172
D173
D180
D178
D182
D179
D183
D181
D228
D229
D230
D231
D232
D219
D215
D216
D217
D218
D198
D197
D220
subject to alterations

Numerical Index
2962.80.
2962.81.
2962.82.
2962.83.
2962.84.45.
2962.85.
2963.70.
2963.71.
2963.72.
2963.73.
2963.80.
2963.81.
2963.82.
2963.83.
2963.84.
2963.85.
2964.77.
2964.78.
2965.80.
2965.80.45.
2965.81.
2965.82.
2965.82.45.
2965.83.
2966.72.
2967.10.
3100.04.
3100.09.
3110.11.
3111.10.
3111.20.
3111.21.
3111.31.
3120.40.
3120.42.
3120.65.
3120.70.
3120.71.
3131.40.
3131.80.
3202.12.
3202.13.
3300.10.
3479.030.
3479.032.
3487.12.00300.
3487.12.00500.
3487.12.00750.
3487.12.01000.
3710.00.12.01
3710.12.01
3800.01.01.01.
3820.10.

subject to alterations

D221
D233
D234
D235
D200
D201
D239
D239
D240
D240
D243
D242
D237
D237
D238
D238
D236
D236
D248
D246
D244
D249
D247
D245
D224
L42
L13
L26
L25
L15
L16-19
L20-23
L24
L27
L28
L29
L34-35
L36-37
L38
L39
L14
L14
L12
L72
L73
L74-75
L76-77
L78-79
L80-81
J15
J14
L61
L60

19

20

subject to alterations

2000.500.008 GB

07/2002

Experience and expertise


you can rely on
FIBRO Quality Assurance

21

Experience and expertise


you can rely on
FIBRO Quality Assurance
FIBRO is renowned for its quality world-wide. This high quality is achieved
through our dedication and commitment to Quality Assurance.
FIBRO testing starts on the raw material and continues right through
production to the completed product. The test facilities themselves are
also subject to stringent continuous testing. Only by setting itself such
stringent standards can a company support its customers long term in
safety, cost-effectiveness and quality.

Tests during production


Precision shape and contour testing equipment is used directly in
production. This ensures early confirmation of the quality of the product.
The shape testing equipment tests for qualities such as roundness,
concentricity, straightness and rectangularity.
FIBRO state of the art technology provides 3D visualisation of
concentricity, coaxiality and cylindricity.

Materials testing - raw materials to


specification
The FIBRO laboratories carry out microscopic investigation of the raw
materials, including enlargement to 2,500 times natural size.
Spectral analysis determines whether the material is correct in terms of
chemical composition.

Hardening hardness testing


All the process parameters in the hardening process in our own hardening
shop are recorded and documented.
Hardness testing is used to monitor the results of the hardening process
on every batch.

Final tests
For precision at micro level if certain basic requirements have to be met.
It goes without saying that the temperature of the measuring room at
FIBRO is kept at 20C. Here the fine precision FIBRO products are
measured after production before being released to the customer.

FIBRO GmbH Standard Parts Division


Postfach 1120 D-74851 Hassmersheim
T +49 6266-73-0* F +49 6266-73-237
e-mail: info@fibro.de www.fibro.com

22

A Die Sets
Cast iron, steel and aluminium die set press units
Lamination die set units, tooling pallet die sets

B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars


C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Cast Iron-,
All-Steel- and
Aluminium
Die Sets
A2

Cast Iron-, All-Steel- and Aluminium


Die Sets and Plates
Remarks and Guide Lines
Execution

Contour faces of FIBRO Steel Die Sets are fully machined.


Contour faces of Aluminium Die Sets are sawn, as are those
of Aluminium Plates. However, these contour faces can also
be machined on request. To all die set plates, a general
thickness tolerance of 2 mm applies.

Special Die Sets and Plates to


Customers Drawings

Die sets and plates up to size 22003 1100 mm (external


dims.) will be made to customers drawings, with any
special features and highest precision.

Guide Elements

Special Machining Features

Lifting Aids on Die Sets

Enquiry Forms for Special Die Sets

Guide pillars DIN 9825/ISO 9182 (209.19.) and headed


guide bushes DIN 9831/ISO 9448 (2081.) are normal
equipment on all-steel die sets.
Detailed information under Guide Elements.
Plate sizes with edges a1+b1 ^ 1000 mm, and die sets
weighting more than 100 kg, are fitted with threaded holes
for two lifter eyebolts per plate. Eyebolts etc. are supplied
against special order.

subject to alterations

Wherever possible, all larger apertures or holes should be


done by FIBRO before final machining of die sets, for their
application at the customers works must result in die set
distortion and impairment of accuracy.
Special pre-printed forms for enquiries and ordering are
available on request. All the customer has to do is the
filling-in of dimensions and the specifying of guide elements or special machining features where applicable.

A3

Contents
A7
Notes on guide elements

201.01.

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

Die set DIN 9819 Shape C/CG

A4

201.33.

A20

201.36.

A21

201.39.

A22

Fine blanking die set

A15

Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG

201.21.

A19

Die set

Die set DIN 9812 Shape C/CG

201.13.

201.31.

Die set

Die set ~DIN 9816 Shape D

201.11.

A18

Die set DIN 9822 Shape C

Die set DIN 9816 Shape D

201.07.

201.26.
Die set

Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG

201.05.

A17

Die set

Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG

201.03.

201.23.

2010.

A24-31

Die set ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415

A16

201.45.

A32

Die set to customers specifications,


Steel

subject to alterations

Contents
201.65.

A32

Die set to customers specifications,


Aluminium

201.46.

A33

A33

A34

A34

A35

Die set ECO-LINE

subject to alterations

2910.

A39

2011.45.

A40

2011.49.

A40

Die set press unit

A35

Die set to customers specifications,


Aluminium

2010.55.

A38

Die set press unit

Die set to costumers specifications,


Steel

201.69.

2900.

Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1

Die set to customers specifications,


Aluminium

201.49.

A36-37

Steel plate ISO 6753-1

Die set to customers specifications,


Steel

201.67.

2010.59.
Die set ECO-LINE

Die set to customers specifications,


Aluminium

201.47.

A36-37

Die set ECO-LINE

Die set to customers specifications,


Steel

201.66.

2010.57.

201.145.

A41

Die set press unit

A36-37

201.149.

A41

Die set press unit

A5

Contents
A42
Die set press units - Accessories

212.16.1.

A42

201.97.

A58

Bolster insert plate

A42

Coupling spigot

212.15.

A58

Pallet carrier plate

Coupling spigot holder

212.11.

201.96.

201.98.

A59

Aligning- and tryout press unit

A42

Coupling spigot

A43-46
Special die set to customer's
specifications

201.50.

A47-52

Progression lamination die set unit

201.95.

A53-57

Tooling pallet die set

A58
Tooling pallet die set - Accessories

A6

subject to alterations

Notes on Guide Elements


FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides
Carbonitrided Sintered Ferrite Bushes
These guides employ bushes made from sintered ferrite of high purity with carbonitrided surface.
Bearing surfaces are fine-ground.
The sintered ferrite has a porosity content of 18-20 % by volume, vacuum filled with special lubricant
FIBROLIT LD. As additional long term lubrication it is recommended to fill up the grove in the bushing
with FIBROLIT LD 280.34, see chapter H. Even under arduous running conditions, this material can be
relied upon for good protection against oil film rupture.
Under no circumstances must molybdenum disulfite be added to the lubricant.
For bearing clearance ranges, see chapter D.

FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides, bronze-coated


consists of a steel body with bronze-coated running surface with helical oil groove and a grease nipple
for lubrication.
The steel body guarantees excellent resistance to breaking, even when subject to high loading
at the edges.

FIBRO High Precision Ball Bearing Guides


Careful manufacture at narrowest tolerances, and exactly the right amount of preloading* result in a
play-free guide element of exceptional performance potential.
Our superfinished running surfaces further enhance the advantages of ball bearing guides.
Toolmakers favour ball bearing buides because of their free movement on the bench.
FIBRO ball bearing guides can be equipped with a choice of brass or aluminium ball cages, which have
proved to be very successful in practice due to their ball density and stability
Ball bearing guides with their point contact of the balls remain somewhat sensitive to shock and sustained radial loads. To some extent, generous dimensioning of pillar diameters helps to compensate
for this inherent disadvantage.
* Average preloading:
4 m
on pillars from 8 to 12 mm diameter
7 9 m on pillars from 15 to 16 mm diameter
911 m on pillars from 18 to 42 mm diameter
1113 m on pillars from 50 to 80 mm diameter

FIBRO Precision Roller Guides


The profile roller cages are in linear contact with the guide bushing and guide pillar. This feature offers
much greater capacity for radial loads in the individual roller than an identical size of ball bearing.
The caulking of the roller bearing arrangement is implemented with the same FIBRO-specific solution
as that used in ball cages.
The profile rollers are arranged in a spiral formation in an axial direction. This gives each profile roller
its own path. The roller cages are designed with a recess for a circlip conforming to DIN 471.
The much larger contact area with the ball bearing guide permits a significant reduction in preload
values.
The following preload values apply to FIBRO Roller Guides:
For static loads/low velocities, For Dynamic Loads/High Velocipillar diameters
ties, pillar diameters
up to 25 = 2,5 m
up to 25 = 1,5 m
30/32
= 3,5 m
30/32
= 2,5 m
40-50
= 3,5 m
40-50
= 2,5 m
63
= 4 m
63
= 3 m
subject to alterations

Use only pairing class


guide pillar
red
= .30
guide bush
yellow = .10

A7

A8

subject to alterations

Cast Iron Die Sets

A9

Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG


201.01.

Section A - A

c3

c2

f
e

Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

c1
c7

Guide Elements
Ball Bearing
Guides

d3

d2
Section B - B

b2

Order No (part II)


Available without or
with shank thread
in top bolster

.030

.040

d1
a2

M
.031

.041

201.01. Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG


Work area
Order No part 1*
d1
a2
201.01.063.
63
182
201.01.080.
80
236
201.01.100.
100
275
201.01.125.
125
300
201.01.160.
160
360
201.01.180.
180
380
201.01.200.
200
400
201.01.250.
250
496
201.01.315.
315
563
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type

b2
100
120
140
165
200
220
240
300
365

c1
40
50
50
50
56
56
56
56
63

c2
25
30
30
30
40
40
40
50
50

c3
60
80
80
80
90
90
90
100
100

c7
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

d2
16
20
25
25
32
32
32
40
40

d3
15
19
24
24
30
30
30
38
38

e
106
140
165
190
240
260
280
350
417

f
73
90
110
139
174
194
218
268
333

l
140
160
160
160
180
180
180
200
224

r
20
28
35
35
40
40
40
48
48

M
16x1,5
20x1,5
20x1,5
20x1,5
24x1,5
24x1,5
24x1,5
30x2
30x2

Ordering Code (example):


Die set DIN 9812 Type D/DG
Work area D1
Guide elements FA
Shank thread ZG
Order No
A10

=201.01.
160 mm
=
160.
Sintered ferrite=
03
without
=
0
=201.01. 160.030
subject to alterations

Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG


201.03.
45

Section A - A

c3
c2

f
e

c4
l

c8

Guide Elements

c1
c7

Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

Ball Bearing
Guides

d2

d3

Section B - B
r

b2

Stripper

Steel

Order No (part II)


Available without or
with shank thread
in top bolster

d1
a2

Steel

.034

.054

M
.035

.055

201.03. Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG


Work area
Order No part 1*
d1
a2
201.03.100.
100
275
201.03.125.
125
300
201.03.160.
160
360
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type

b2
140
165
200

c1
50
50
56

c2
30
30
40

c3
50
50
60

c4
22
22
27

c7
30
30
30

c8
18
18
18

d2
25
25
32

d3
24
24
30

e
165
190
240

f
119
144
184

l
160
160
180

r
35
35
40

M
20x1.5
20x1.5
24x1.5

Ordering Code (example):


Die set DIN 9814 Type D/DG
Work area D1
Guide elements FA
Shank thread ZG
Order No
subject to alterations

=201.03.
125 mm
=
125.
Sintered ferrite=
03
without
=
4
=201.03. 125.034
A11

Die set DIN 9816 Shape D


201.05.

Section A - A

c2

Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

c1
c7

Guide Elements
Ball Bearing
Guides

d3

d2
Section B - B

b2

Order No (part II)


Without shank thread
in top bolster
.030

d1
a2

.040

201.05. Die set DIN 9816 Shape D


Work area
Order No part 1*
d1
201.05.063.
63
201.05.080.
80
201.05.100.
100
201.05.125.
125
201.05.160.
160
201.05.200.
200
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type

a2
182
236
275
300
360
400

b2
100
120
140
165
200
240

c1
40
50
50
50
56
56

c2
65
70
75
80
90
100

c7
20
30
30
30
30
30

d2
16
20
25
25
32
32

d3
15
19
24
24
30
30

e
106
140
165
190
240
280

l
140
160
160
160
180
180

r
20
28
35
35
40
40

Ordering Code (example):


Die set DIN 9816 Shape D
Work area D1
Guide elements FA
Order No
A12

=201.05.
125 mm
=
125.
Sintered ferrite=
030
=201.05. 125.030
subject to alterations

Die set ~DIN 9816 Shape D


201.07.

Section A - A

c2

c1
20

Guide Elements
Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

d3

d2
Section B - B

b2
b1

d1
a2

201.07. Die set ~DIN 9816 Shape D


Order No
201.07.040.030
201.07.063.030

subject to alterations

Work area
d1
40
63

a2
112
142

b1
45
68

b2
55
78

c1
36
40

c2
40
55

d2
16
16

d3
15
15

e
66
90

l
100
125

r
13
14

A13

Die set DIN 9812 Shape C/CG


201.11.

Section A - A

c3

c2

f
e

c1

Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

Ball Bearing
Guides

30

Guide Elements

d3

d2

Section B - B

b2
b1

Order No (part II)


Available without or
with shank thread
in top bolster

.030

a1
a2

.040

M
.031

.041

201.11. Die set DIN 9812 Shape C/CG


Work area
Order No part 1*
a1 x b1
a2
201.11.070.050.
70 x 50
170
201.11.080.063.
80 x 63
235
201.11.100.063.
100 x 63
253
201.11.100.080.
100 x 80
265
201.11.125.080.
125 x 80
290
201.11.160.080.
160 x 80
325
201.11.200.080.
200 x 80
365
201.11.125.100.
125 x 100
290
201.11.160.100.
160 x 100
325
201.11.200.100.
200 x 100
395
201.11.160.125.
160 x 125
355
201.11.200.125.
200 x 125
395
201.11.250.125.
250 x 125
445
201.11.315.125.
315 x 125
510
201.11.200.160.
200 x 160
395
201.11.250.160.
250 x 160
445
201.11.250.200.
250 x 200
496
201.11.315.200.
315 x 200
563
201.11.315.250.
315 x 250
563
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type
A14

b2
70
103
103
120
120
120
120
140
140
140
165
165
165
165
200
200
250
250
300

c1
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
63
63
63

c2
22
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50

c3
50
80
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100

d2
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
40
40
40

d3
19
19
19
24
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
38
38
38

e
110
140
158
165
190
225
265
190
225
280
240
280
330
395
280
330
350
417
417

f
73
90
110
110
139
174
218
139
174
218
174
218
268
333
218
268
268
333
333

l
140
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
180
180
180
180
180
200
200
224
224
224

r
20
27
27
30
30
30
30
30
30
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
48
48
48

M
20x1.5
20x1.5
20x1.5
20x1.5
20x1.5
20x1.5
20x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
30x2
30x2
30x2
30x2
30x2

subject to alterations

Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG


201.13.
45

Section A - A

c3
c2

f
e

c8

Guide Elements
Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

30

c1

c4
l

d3

Ball Bearing
Guides

d2
Section B - B
r

b2
b1

Stripper

Steel

Order No (part II)


Available without or
with shank thread
in top bolster

a1
a2

Steel

.034

.054

M
.035

.055

201.13. Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG


Work area
Order No part 1*
a1 x b1
a2
201.13.080.063.
80 x 63
235
201.13.100.080.
100 x 80
265
201.13.125.100.
125 x 100
290
201.13.160.125.
160 x 125
355
201.13.200.160.
200 x 160
395
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type

b2
103
120
140
165
200

c1
50
50
50
56
56

c2
30
30
40
40
50

c3
50
50
60
60
70

c4
18
22
22
27
27

c8
14
18
18
18
18

d2
20
25
25
32
32

d3
19
24
24
30
30

e
140
165
190
240
280

l
160
160
160
180
200

r
27
30
30
37
37

M
20x1.5
20x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
30x2

Ordering Code (example):


Die set DIN 9814 Shape C/CG
Working area length A1
Working area width B1
Guide elements FA
Shank thread ZG
Order No
subject to alterations

=201.13.
125 mm
=
125.
100 mm
=
100.
Sintered ferrite=
03
without
=
4
=201.13. 125.100.034
A15

Die set DIN 9819 Shape C/CG


201.21.

f
e2

e
1

c3

c2

Section A - A

Ball Bearing
Guides

c1

Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

30

Guide Elements

d3

d2
r

b2
b1

Section B - B

Order No (part II)


Available without or
with shank thread
in top bolster

.030

.040

M
.031

a1
a2

.041

201.21. Die set DIN 9819 Shape C/CG


Work area
Order No part 1*
a1 x b1
a2
201.21.080.063.
80 x 63
120
201.21.100.063.
100 x 63
140
201.21.100.080.
100 x 80
140
201.21.125.080.
125 x 80
165
201.21.125.100.
125 x 100
165
201.21.160.100.
160 x 100
200
201.21.200.100.
200 x 100
240
201.21.160.125.
160 x 125
200
201.21.200.125.
200 x 125
240
201.21.250.125.
250 x 125
290
201.21.315.125.
315 x 125
355
201.21.200.160.
200 x 160
240
201.21.250.160.
250 x 160
290
201.21.250.200.
250 x 200
300
201.21.315.200.
315 x 200
365
201.21.315.250.
315 x 250
365
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type

A16

b2
103
103
120
120
140
140
140
165
165
165
165
200
200
250
250
300

c1
50
50
50
50
50
50
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
63
63
63

c2
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50

c3
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100

d2
20
20
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
40
40
40

d3
19
19
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
38
38
38

e
80
100
100
125
125
160
200
160
200
250
315
200
250
250
315
315

e1
145
157
175
191
206
229
268
259
286
323
375
312
346
392
436
472

e2
121
121
144
144
164
164
179
204
204
204
204
240
240
302
302
352

f
73
73
90
90
110
110
110
139
139
139
139
174
174
218
218
268

l
160
160
160
160
160
160
180
180
180
180
180
200
200
224
224
224

r
27
27
30
30
30
30
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
48
48
48

M
20x1.5
20x1.5
20x1.5
20x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
30x2
30x2
30x2
30x2
30x2

subject to alterations

Die set
201.23.

f
e2

e
1

Guide Elements
Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

30

c1

c8

c4
l

c3
c2

Section A - A

d3

Ball Bearing
Guides

d2
r

Section B - B

b2
b1

Stripper

Steel

Order No (part II)


Available without or
with shank thread
in top bolster

Steel

.034

.054

a1
a2

M
.035

.055

201.23. Die set


Work area
Order No part 1*
a1 x b1
a2
201.23.100.080.
100 x 80
140
201.23.125.100.
125 x 100
165
201.23.160.100.
160 x 100
200
201.23.160.125.
160 x 125
200
201.23.200.125.
200 x 125
240
201.23.250.160.
250 x 160
290
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type

b2
120
140
140
165
165
200

c1
50
50
50
56
56
56

c2
30
40
40
40
40
50

c3
50
60
60
60
60
70

c4
22
22
22
27
27
27

c8
15
15
15
15
15
15

d2
25
25
25
32
32
32

d3
24
24
24
30
30
30

e
100
125
160
160
200
250

e1
175
206
229
259
286
346

e2
144
164
164
204
204
240

f
98
118
118
148
148
184

l
160
160
160
180
180
200

r
30
30
30
37
37
37

M
20x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
30x2

Ordering Code (example):


Die set
Working area length A1
Working area width B1
Guide elements FA
Shank thread ZG
Order No
subject to alterations

=201.23.
160 mm
=
160.
125 mm
=
125.
Sintered ferrite=
03
without
=
4
=201.23. 160.125.034
A17

Die set
201.26.

f
e2

e1

Section A - A

c3

c2

c1

Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

Ball Bearing
Guides

30

Guide Elements

d3

d2

b2
b1

Section B - B

Order No (part II)


Available without or
with shank thread
in top bolster

.030

.040

M
.031

a1
a2

.041

201.26. Die set


Work area
Order No part 1*
a1 x b1
a2
201.26.125.100.
125 x 100
165
201.26.160.100.
160 x 100
200
201.26.160.125.
160 x 125
200
201.26.200.125.
200 x 125
240
201.26.200.160.
200 x 160
240
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type

b2
140
140
165
165
200

c1
50
50
56
56
56

c2
40
40
40
40
50

c3
90
90
90
90
100

d2
25
25
32
32
32

d3
24
24
30
30
30

e
125
160
160
200
200

e1
206
229
259
286
312

e2
164
164
204
204
240

f
110
110
139
139
174

l
160
160
180
180
200

r
30
30
37
37
37

M
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
24x1.5
30x2

Ordering Code (example):


Die set
Working area length A1
Working area width B1
Guide elements FA
Shank thread ZG
Order No
A18

=201.26.
160 mm
=
160.
125 mm
=
125.
Sintered ferrite=
03
without
=
0
=201.26. 160.125.030
subject to alterations

Die set DIN 9822 Shape C

e3

201.31.

Section A - A

c3

c2

e1

Guide Elements
Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

30

c1

d2

Ball Bearing
Guides

d2
r

b1

b2

Section B - B

Order No (part II)


Without shank thread
in top bolster

a1
a2

.030

.040

201.31. Die set DIN 9822 Shape C


Work area
Order No part 1*
a1 x b1
a2
201.31.063.050.
63 x 50
95
201.31.080.063.
80 x 63
125
201.31.100.063.
100 x 63
145
201.31.100.080.
100 x 80
145
201.31.125.080.
125 x 80
170
201.31.160.080.
160 x 80
205
201.31.125.100.
125 x 100
170
201.31.160.100.
160 x 100
205
201.31.200.100.
200 x 100
245
201.31.160.125.
160 x 125
215
201.31.200.125.
200 x 125
255
201.31.250.125.
250 x 125
305
201.31.200.160.
200 x 160
255
201.31.250.160.
250 x 160
305
201.31.250.200.
250 x 200
305
201.31.315.250.
315 x 250
370
*Order No part 2 = complete guide type

subject to alterations

b2
84
105
105
130
130
130
150
150
150
180
180
180
225
225
270
320

c1
40
45
45
50
50
50
56
56
56
56
56
56
63
63
63
63

c2
25
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50

c3
50
60
60
70
70
70
90
90
90
90
90
90
120
120
120
120

d2
20
20
20
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
32
32
40
40
50
50

e1
72
80
100
100
125
160
125
160
200
160
200
250
200
250
250
315

e3
77
92
92
112
112
112
140
140
140
165
165
165
210
210
260
310

f
55
68
68
87
87
87
107
107
107
132
132
132
167
167
207
257

l
140
160
160
160
160
160
180
180
180
180
180
180
224
224
224
224

r
22
27
27
30
30
30
37
37
37
37
37
37
48
48
56
56

11.2014

Die set

e4

201.33.

Section A - A

Ball Bearing
Guides

20

Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

c4
c1

Guide Elements

c3
c2

d2

d2

Section B - B

e4
b1

e3
b2

Order No (part II)


Without shank thread
in top bolster
.030

a1
a2

.040

201.33. Die set


Work area
Order No part 1*
a1 x b1
a2
201.33.063.050.
63 x 50
116
201.33.080.060.
80 x 60
116
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type

b2
110
117

c1
25
25

c2
25
25

c3
40
40

c4
45
45

d2
16
20

e
72
72

e3
88
95

e4
74
81

f
57
62

l
125
160

r
22
22

Ordering Code (example):


Die set
Working area length A1
Working area width B1
Guide elements FA
Order No
A20

=201.33.
80 mm
=
080.
60 mm
=
060.
Sintered ferrite=
030
=201.33. 080. 060. 030
subject to alterations

Die set

b3

201.36.

Section A - A

Guide Elements

c1
c7

c3

c2

Sintered Ferrite
Guide Bushes

Ball Bearing
Guides

Section B - B
d2

d2

b2
e3

e2

Order No (part II)


Without shank thread
in top bolster

d1
a2

.030

.040

201.36. Die set


Work area
Order No part 1*
d1
a2
201.36.050.
50
80
201.36.063.
63
94
201.36.080.
80
110
201.36.100.
100
140
201.36.125.
125
166
201.36.160.
160
200
201.36.180.
180
220
201.36.200.
200
250
201.36.250.
250
300
*Order No Part 2 = complete guide type

b2
80
94
110
140
166
200
220
250
300

b3
65
78
95
120
145
180
200
225
275

c1
40
45
50
50
56
63
63
63
63

c2
30
30
30
30
40
50
50
50
50

c3
50
60
70
70
90
120
120
120
120

c7
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

d2
20
20
25
25
32
40
40
50
50

e
66
82
105
125
157
200
224
250
300

e2
33
41
52
57
73
85
90
95
120

e3
73
88
107
127
156
185
200
220
270

l
125
125
160
160
180
224
224
224
224

r
20
25
30
30
38
48
48
56
56

Ordering Code (example):


Die set
Work area D1
Guide elements FA
Order No
subject to alterations

=201.36.
125 mm
=
125.
Sintered ferrite=
030
=201.36. 125.030
A21

Fine blanking die set


201.39.

b2

b1

Section A - A

c1

c7

e
a2

c1

Guide Elements

c7

Ball Bearing
Guides

d3

d2
Section B - B

r2

b1

r1

d1

Faces front and rear fine machined after assembly their perfect
alignment permits use as datum reference.

201.39. Fine blanking die set


Order No
201.39.100.040
201.39.125.040
201.39.160.040
201.39.200.040
201.39.250.040

A22

Work area
d1
100
125
160
200
250

a2
220
245
290
340
400

b1
50
62
80
100
125

b2
85
100
140
160
200

c1
75
75
75
80
85

c7
22
25
25
30
32

d2
25
25
32
40
40

d3
24
24
30
38
38

G
60
80
80
90
100

e
140
165
200
250
300

l
140
140
140
160
180

r1
27
27
35
45
50

r2
6
6
6
8
10

subject to alterations

All-Steel- and
Aluminium
Die Sets

A23

c4

c2

Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415

c1

2010.5.

b1

a1
e1
a2

Standard Guide Systems


Headed Sintered
Ferrite Bushes,
carbonitrided = .834.

Headed Ball
Bearing Bushes = .862.

d1

d2

2010.6.
a1
e1
a2

2081.34.

2081.44.
a3
e2
b1

206.71.

202.19.

202.19.

d1

d2

2010.7.
a1
e1

b1

Description:
a4

e3

FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
screw clamps.

Execution:

d2

Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground


a1 or b1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
a1 or b1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6

d2

2010.9.
a1
e4
a2

Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground


a1 or b1 = +1/+4

On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
Guide Elements (see die sets to customers drawings).
FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features.

A24

a3
e2
b1
d2

Note:

e2

lengthwise
across

d2

for example: 2010.49.2520.4.862.1


.2

d2

Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working


surface, determined by last part of the Order No,

d2

Advisory: Ordering Code:

e1
subject to alterations

Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415


2010. . Die set similar DIN 9868/ISO 11415 without stripper
Ordering Code (principle):
2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 862 . 2

Type

Position of work area: 2


Guide system: Headed ball bearing
bushes
Thickness combinations P:
c1 - c2
External dimensions: a1 = 400 u b1 = 250
Type:
Position of guide elements
Material:
4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
Standard Die sets

2010.5.
2010.6.
2010.7.
2010.9.

Order No.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.

.1608. 1.
.1610. 1.
.1612. 1.
.1616. 1.
.2010. 1.
.2010. 2.
.2010. 3.
.2010. 4.
.2012. 1.
.2012. 2.
.2012. 3.
.2012. 4.
.2016. 1.
.2016. 2.
.2016. 3.
.2016. 4.
.2020. 1.
.2020. 2.
.2020. 3.
.2020. 4.
.2512. 1.
.2512. 2.
.2512. 3.
.2512. 4.
.2516. 1.
.2516. 2.
.2516. 3.
.2516. 4.
.2520. 1.
.2520. 2.
.2520. 3.
.2520. 4.
.2525. 1.
.2525. 2.
.2525. 3.
.2525. 4.
.3116. 1.
.3116. 2.
.3116. 3.
.3116. 4.
.3120. 1.
.3120. 2.
.3120. 3.
.3120. 4.
.3125. 1.
.3125. 2.
.3125. 3.
.3125. 4.
.3131. 1.
.3131. 2.
.3131. 3.
.3131. 4.
.4020. 1.
.4020. 2.
.4020. 3.
.4020. 4.
.4025. 1.
.4025. 2.
.4025. 3.
.4025. 4.
.4031. 1.
.4031. 2.

subject to alterations

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

external
dimensions
a1 b1
160 80
160 100
160 125
160 160
200 100
200 100
200 100
200 100
200 125
200 125
200 125
200 125
200 160
200 160
200 160
200 160
200 200
200 200
200 200
200 200
250 125
250 125
250 125
250 125
250 160
250 160
250 160
250 160
250 200
250 200
250 200
250 200
250 250
250 250
250 250
250 250
315 160
315 160
315 160
315 160
315 200
315 200
315 200
315 200
315 250
315 250
315 250
315 250
315 315
315 315
315 315
315 315
400 200
400 200
400 200
400 200
400 250
400 250
400 250
400 250
400 u 315
400 u 315

work area
across
a2b1
60 80
60 100
60 125
60 160
70 100
70 100
70 100
70 100
70 125
70 125
70 125
70 125
70 160
70 160
70 160
70 160
70 200
70 200
70 200
70 200
120 125
120 125
120 125
120 125
120 160
120 160
120 160
120 160
120 200
120 200
120 200
120 200
120 250
120 250
120 250
120 250
165 160
165 160
165 160
165 160
165 200
165 200
165 200
165 200
165 250
165 250
165 250
165 250
165 315
165 315
165 315
165 315
250 200
250 200
250 200
250 200
250 250
250 250
250 250
250 250
250 u 315
250 u 315

work area
lengthwise
a1a3

160 60

200 70
200 70
200 70
200 70

250 70
250 70
250 70
250 70
250 120
250 120
250 120
250 120

315 50
315 50
315 50
315 50
315 100
315 100
315 100
315 100
315 165
315 165
315 165
315 165
400 50
400 50
400 50
400 50
400 100
400 100
400 100
400 100
400 u 165
400 u 165

work area
lengthwise
a1a4
c1 2 c2 2 c4 S

32 32 20
160 50 32 32 20
160 75 32 32 20
160 110 32 32 20

40 40 36

40 32 36

32 40 36

32 32 36
200 60
40 40 36
200 60
40 32 36
200 60
32 40 36
200 60
32 32 36
200 95
40 40 36
200 95
40 32 36
200 95
32 40 36
200 95
32 32 36
200 135 40 40 36
200 135 40 32 36
200 135 32 40 36
200 135 32 32 36
250 60
40 40 36
250 60
40 32 36
250 60
32 40 36
250 60
32 32 36
250 95
40 40 36
250 95
40 32 36
250 95
32 40 36
250 95
32 32 36
250 135 40 40 36
250 135 40 32 36
250 135 32 40 36
250 135 32 32 36
250 185 40 40 36
250 185 40 32 36
250 185 32 40 36
250 185 32 32 36
315 85
50 50 45
315 85
50 40 45
315 85
40 50 45
315 85
40 40 45
315 125 50 50 45
315 125 50 40 45
315 125 40 50 45
315 125 40 40 45
315 175 50 50 45
315 175 50 40 45
315 175 40 50 45
315 175 40 40 45
315 240 50 50 45
315 240 50 40 45
315 240 40 50 45
315 240 40 40 45
400 125 50 50 45
400 125 50 40 45
400 125 40 50 45
400 125 40 40 45
400 175 50 50 45
400 175 50 40 45
400 175 40 50 45
400 175 40 40 45
400 u 240 50 50 45
400 u 240 50 40 45

c4 K
36
36
36
36
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63

d1/d2 l
19/20 160
19/20 160
19/20 160
19/20 160
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
24/25 180
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 200
30/32 u 200
30/32 u 200

D
39
39
39
39
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53

e1
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310

e2

100

120
120
120
120

120
120
120
120
170
170
170
170

110
110
110
110
160
160
160
160
225
225
225
225
110
110
110
110
160
160
160
160
225
225

e3

70
95
130

85
85
85
85
120
120
120
120
160
160
160
160
85
85
85
85
120
120
120
120
160
160
160
160
210
210
210
210
115
115
115
115
155
155
155
155
205
205
205
205
270
270
270
270
155
155
155
155
205
205
205
205
270
270

e4

103

123
123
123
123

173
173
173
173
173
173
173
173

228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
313
313
313
313
313
313
313
313
313
313

A25

c4

c2

Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415

c1

2010.5.

b1

a1
e1
a2

Standard Guide Systems


Headed Sintered
Ferrite Bushes,
carbonitrided = .834.

Headed Ball
Bearing Bushes = .862.

d1

d2

2010.6.
a1
e1
a2

2081.34.

2081.44.
a3
e2
b1

206.71.

202.19.

202.19.

d1

d2

2010.7.
a1
e1

b1

Description:
a4

e3

FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
screw clamps.

Execution:

d2

Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground


a1 or b1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
a1 or b1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6

d2

2010.9.
a1
e4
a2

Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground


a1 or b1 = +1/+4

On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
Guide Elements (see die sets to customers drawings).
FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features.

A26

a3
e2
b1
d2

Note:

e2

lengthwise
across

d2

for example: 2010.49.2520.4.862.1


.2

d2

Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working


surface, determined by last part of the Order No,

d2

Advisory: Ordering Code:

e1
subject to alterations

Die set without stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415


2010. . Die set similar DIN 9868/ISO 11415 without stripper
Ordering Code (principle):
2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 862 . 2

Type

Position of work area: 2


Guide system: Headed ball bearing
bushes
Thickness combinations P:
c1 - c2
External dimensions: a1 = 400 u b1 = 250
Type:
Position of guide elements
Material:
4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
Standard Die sets

2010.5.
2010.6.
2010.7.
2010.9.

Order No.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.

.4031. 3.
.4031. 4.
.4040. 1.
.4040. 2.
.4040. 3.
.4040. 4.
.5025. 1.
.5025. 2.
.5025. 3.
.5025. 4.
.5031. 1.
.5031. 2.
.5031. 3.
.5031. 4.
.5040. 1.
.5040. 2.
.5040. 3.
.5040. 4.
.5050. 1.
.5050. 2.
.5050. 3.
.5050. 4.
.6331. 1.
.6331. 2.
.6331. 3.
.6331. 4.
.6340. 1.
.6340. 2.
.6340. 3.
.6340. 4.
.6350. 1.
.6350. 2.
.6350. 3.
.6350. 4.
.6363. 1.
.6363. 2.
.6363. 3.
.6363. 4.
.7140. 1.
.7140. 2.
.7140. 3.
.7140. 4.
.7150. 1.
.7150. 2.
.7150. 3.
.7150. 4.
.7163. 1.
.7163. 2.
.7163. 3.
.7163. 4.
.8040. 1.
.8040. 2.
.8040. 3.
.8040. 4.
.8050. 1.
.8050. 2.
.8050. 3.
.8050. 4.
.8063. 1.
.8063. 2.
.8063. 3.
.8063. 4.

subject to alterations

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

external
dimensions
a1 b1
400 u 315
400 u 315
400 u 400
400 u 400
400 u 400
400 u 400
500 u 250
500 u 250
500 u 250
500 u 250
500 u 315
500 u 315
500 u 315
500 u 315
500 u 400
500 u 400
500 u 400
500 u 400
500 u 500
500 u 500
500 u 500
500 u 500
630 u 315
630 u 315
630 u 315
630 u 315
630 u 400
630 u 400
630 u 400
630 u 400
630 u 500
630 u 500
630 u 500
630 u 500
630 u 630
630 u 630
630 u 630
630 u 630
710 u 400
710 u 400
710 u 400
710 u 400
710 u 500
710 u 500
710 u 500
710 u 500
710 u 630
710 u 630
710 u 630
710 u 630
800 u 400
800 u 400
800 u 400
800 u 400
800 u 500
800 u 500
800 u 500
800 u 500
800 u 630
800 u 630
800 u 630
800 u 630

work area
across
a2b1
250 u 315
250 u 315
250 u 400
250 u 400
250 u 400
250 u 400
330 u 250
330 u 250
330 u 250
330 u 250
330 u 315
330 u 315
330 u 315
330 u 315
330 u 400
330 u 400
330 u 400
330 u 400
330 u 500
330 u 500
330 u 500
330 u 500
430 u 315
430 u 315
430 u 315
430 u 315
430 u 400
430 u 400
430 u 400
430 u 400
430 u 500
430 u 500
430 u 500
430 u 500
430 u 630
430 u 630
430 u 630
430 u 630
510 u 400
510 u 400
510 u 400
510 u 400
510 u 500
510 u 500
510 u 500
510 u 500
510 u 630
510 u 630
510 u 630
510 u 630
600 u 400
600 u 400
600 u 400
600 u 400
600 u 500
600 u 500
600 u 500
600 u 500
600 u 630
600 u 630
600 u 630
600 u 630

work area
lengthwise
a1a3
400 u 165
400 u 165
400 u 250
400 u 250
400 u 250
400 u 250
500 u 80
500 u 80
500 u 80
500 u 80
500 u 145
500 u 145
500 u 145
500 u 145
500 u 230
500 u 230
500 u 230
500 u 230
500 u 330
500 u 330
500 u 330
500 u 330
630 u 115
630 u 115
630 u 115
630 u 115
630 u 200
630 u 200
630 u 200
630 u 200
630 u 300
630 u 300
630 u 300
630 u 300
630 u 430
630 u 430
630 u 430
630 u 430
710 u 200
710 u 200
710 u 200
710 u 200
710 u 300
710 u 300
710 u 300
710 u 300
710 u 430
710 u 430
710 u 430
710 u 430
800 u 200
800 u 200
800 u 200
800 u 200
800 u 300
800 u 300
800 u 300
800 u 300
800 u 430
800 u 430
800 u 430
800 u 430

work area
lengthwise
a1a4
c1 2 c2 2 c4 S
400 u 240
40
50 45
400 u 240
40
40 45
400 u 325
50 50 45
400 u 325
50 40 45
400 u 325
40 50 45
400 u 325
40 40 45
500 u 165
50 50 45
500 u 165
50 40 45
500 u 165
40 50 45
500 u 165
40 40 45
500 u 230
50 50 45
500 u 230
50 40 45
500 u 230
40 50 45
500 u 230
40 40 45
500 u 315
50 50 45
500 u 315
50 40 45
500 u 315
40 50 45
500 u 315
40 40 45
500 u 415
50 50 45
500 u 415
50 40 45
500 u 415
40 50 45
500 u 415
40 40 45
630 u 215
63 63 50
630 u 215
63 50 50
630 u 215
50 63 50
630 u 215
50 50 50
630 u 300
63 63 50
630 u 300
63 50 50
630 u 300
50 63 50
630 u 300
50 50 50
630 u 400
63 63 50
630 u 400
63 50 50
630 u 400
50 63 50
630 u 400
50 50 50
630 u 530
63 63 50
630 u 530
63 50 50
630 u 530
50 63 50
630 u 530
50 50 50
710 u 300
63 63 50
710 u 300
63 50 50
710 u 300
50 63 50
710 u 300
50 50 50
710 u 400
63 63 50
710 u 400
63 50 50
710 u 400
50 63 50
710 u 400
50 50 50
710 u 530
63 63 50
710 u 530
63 50 50
710 u 530
50 63 50
710 u 530
50 50 50
800 u 300
63 63 50
800 u 300
63 50 50
800 u 300
50 63 50
800 u 300
50 50 50
800 u 400
63 63 50
800 u 400
63 50 50
800 u 400
50 63 50
800 u 400
50 50 50
800 u 530
63 63 50
800 u 530
63 50 50
800 u 530
50 63 50
800 u 530
50 50 50

c4 K
63
63
63
63
63
63
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

d1/d2 l
30/32 u 200
30/32 u 200
30/32 u 200
30/32 u 200
30/32 u 200
30/32 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
38/40 u 200
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 224
48/50 u 224

D
53
53
53
53
53
53
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77

e1
310
310
310
310
310
310
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680

e2
225
225
310
310
310
310
150
150
150
150
215
215
215
215
300
300
300
300
400
400
400
400
195
195
195
195
280
280
280
280
380
380
380
380
510
510
510
510
280
280
280
280
380
380
380
380
510
510
510
510
280
280
280
280
380
380
380
380
510
510
510
510

e3
270
270
355
355
355
355
200
200
200
200
265
265
265
265
350
350
350
350
450
450
450
450
255
255
255
255
340
340
340
340
440
440
440
440
570
570
570
570
340
340
340
340
440
440
440
440
570
570
570
570
340
340
340
340
440
440
440
440
570
570
570
570

e4
313
313
313
313
313
313
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683

A27

c4

c2

Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415

c1

c5

c3

2010.5.
a1
e1
a2

Standard Guide Systems


b1

Headed Ball
Bearing Bushes = .865.

Headed Sintered
Ferrite Bushes,
carbonitrided = .835.

206.71.
2081.33.*
(2081.35.)

2081.49.*
(2081.47.)

2081.35.

2081.47.

d1

d2

2010.6.
206.71.

a1
e1
a2

202.19.

a3
e2
b1

202.19.

*up to size 2010..1616. = 2081.35./2081.47.

Description:
FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
screw clamps.

d1

2010.9.

Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground


a1 or b1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
a1 or b1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6

a1
e4
a2

Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground


a1 or b1 = +1/+4

On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
Guide Elements (see die sets to customers drawings).
FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features.

d2

d2

lengthwise
across

Note:

A28

a3
e2
b1

Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working


surface, determined by last part of the Order No,

e2

d2

Advisory: Ordering Code:

d2

Execution:

for example: 2010.49.2520.4.865.1


.2

d2

e1

subject to alterations

Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415


2010. . Die set similar DIN 9868/ISO 11415 with stripper
Ordering Code (principle):
2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 835 . 2

Type

Position of work area: 2


Guide system: Headed guide bushes,
ferrite
Thickness combinations P:
c1 - c2
External dimensions: a1 = 400 u b1 = 250
Type:
Position of guide elements
Material:
4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
Standard Die sets

2010.5.
2010.6.

2010.9.

Order No.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.

.1608. 1.
.1610. 1.
.1612. 1.
.1616. 1.
.2010. 1.
.2010. 2.
.2010. 3.
.2010. 4.
.2012. 1.
.2012. 2.
.2012. 3.
.2012. 4.
.2016. 1.
.2016. 2.
.2016. 3.
.2016. 4.
.2020. 1.
.2020. 2.
.2020. 3.
.2020. 4.
.2512. 1.
.2512. 2.
.2512. 3.
.2512. 4.
.2516. 1.
.2516. 2.
.2516. 3.
.2516. 4.
.2520. 1.
.2520. 2.
.2520. 3.
.2520. 4.
.2525. 1.
.2525. 2.
.2525. 3.
.2525. 4.
.3116. 1.
.3116. 2.
.3116. 3.
.3116. 4.
.3120. 1.
.3120. 2.
.3120. 3.
.3120. 4.
.3125. 1.
.3125. 2.
.3125. 3.
.3125. 4.
.3131. 1.
.3131. 2.
.3131. 3.
.3131. 4.
.4020. 1.
.4020. 2.
.4020. 3.
.4020. 4.
.4025. 1.
.4025. 2.
.4025. 3.
.4025. 4.
.4031. 1.
.4031. 2.

subject to alterations

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

external
dimensions
a1 b1
160 u 80
160 u 100
160 u 125
160 u 160
200 u 100
200 u 100
200 u 100
200 u 100
200 u 125
200 u 125
200 u 125
200 u 125
200 u 160
200 u 160
200 u 160
200 u 160
200 u 200
200 u 200
200 u 200
200 u 200
250 u 125
250 u 125
250 u 125
250 u 125
250 u 160
250 u 160
250 u 160
250 u 160
250 u 200
250 u 200
250 u 200
250 u 200
250 u 250
250 u 250
250 u 250
250 u 250
315 u 160
315 u 160
315 u 160
315 u 160
315 u 200
315 u 200
315 u 200
315 u 200
315 u 250
315 u 250
315 u 250
315 u 250
315 u 315
315 u 315
315 u 315
315 u 315
400 u 200
400 u 200
400 u 200
400 u 200
400 u 250
400 u 250
400 u 250
400 u 250
400 u 315
400 u 315

work area
across
a2b1
60 u 80
60 u 100
60 u 125
60 u 160
70 u 100
70 u 100
70 u 100
70 u 100
70 u 125
70 u 125
70 u 125
70 u 125
70 u 160
70 u 160
70 u 160
70 u 160
70 u 200
70 u 200
70 u 200
70 u 200
120 u 125
120 u 125
120 u 125
120 u 125
120 u 160
120 u 160
120 u 160
120 u 160
120 u 200
120 u 200
120 u 200
120 u 200
120 u 250
120 u 250
120 u 250
120 u 250
165 u 160
165 u 160
165 u 160
165 u 160
165 u 200
165 u 200
165 u 200
165 u 200
165 u 250
165 u 250
165 u 250
165 u 250
165 u 315
165 u 315
165 u 315
165 u 315
250 u 200
250 u 200
250 u 200
250 u 200
250 u 250
250 u 250
250 u 250
250 u 250
250 u 315
250 u 315

work area
lengthwise
a1a3

160 u 60

200 u 70
200 u 70
200 u 70
200 u 70

250 u 70
250 u 70
250 u 70
250 u 70
250 u 120
250 u 120
250 u 120
250 u 120

315 u 50
315 u 50
315 u 50
315 u 50
315 u 100
315 u 100
315 u 100
315 u 100
315 u 165
315 u 165
315 u 165
315 u 165
400 u 50
400 u 50
400 u 50
400 u 50
400 u 100
400 u 100
400 u 100
400 u 100
400 u 165
400 u 165

c1 2
32
32
32
32
40
40
32
32
40
40
32
32
40
40
32
32
40
40
32
32
40
40
32
32
40
40
32
32
40
40
32
32
40
40
32
32
50
50
40
40
50
50
40
40
50
50
40
40
50
50
40
40
50
50
40
40
50
50
40
40
50
50

c2 2
32
32
32
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
40
32
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40
50
40

c3 2
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32

c4
12
12
12
12
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32

c5
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

d1 / d2 u l
19/20 u 180
19/20 u 180
19/20 u 180
19/20 u 180
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
24/25 u 200
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224

D
39
39
39
39
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53

e1
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310

e2

100

120
120
120
120

120
120
120
120
170
170
170
170

110
110
110
110
160
160
160
160
225
225
225
225
110
110
110
110
160
160
160
160
225
225

e4

103

123
123
123
123

173
173
173
173
173
173
173
173

228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
313
313
313
313
313
313
313
313
313
313

A29

c4

c2

Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415

c1

c5

c3

2010.5.
a1
e1
a2

Standard Guide Systems


b1

Headed Ball
Bearing Bushes = .865.

Headed Sintered
Ferrite Bushes,
carbonitrided = .835.

206.71.
2081.33.*
(2081.35.)

2081.49.*
(2081.47.)

2081.35.

2081.47.

d1

d2

2010.6.
206.71.

a1
e1
a2

202.19.

a3
e2
b1

202.19.

*up to size 2010..1616. = 2081.35./2081.47.

Description:
FIBRO Die Sets offer the choice between sintered ferrite sliding guides and
those of the ball bearing type to DIN-ISO. Both come with headed guide
bushes. These are seated in push-fit bolster bores and retained there by
screw clamps.

d1

2010.9.

Steel: External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground


a1 or b1 %630 = +0,2/+0,4
a1 or b1 .630 = +0,2/+0,6

a1
e4
a2

Aluminium: External contours sawed, thickness surfaces ground


a1 or b1 = +1/+4

On request, Standard Die Sets can also be fitted with any other FIBRO
Guide Elements (see die sets to customers drawings).
FIBRO will furthermore supply die sets with special machining features.

d2

d2

lengthwise
across

Note:

A30

a3
e2
b1

Hole pattern for the screw clamps depends on positioning of working


surface, determined by last part of the Order No,

e2

d2

Advisory: Ordering Code:

d2

Execution:

for example: 2010.49.2520.4.865.1


.2

d2

e1

subject to alterations

Die set with stripper ~DIN 9868/ISO 11415


2010. . Die set similar DIN 9868/ISO 11415 with stripper
Ordering Code (principle):
2010 . 4 5 . 4025 . 1 . 835 . 2

Type

Position of work area: 2


Guide system: Headed guide bushes,
ferrite
Thickness combinations P:
c1 - c2
External dimensions: a1 = 400 u b1 = 250
Type:
Position of guide elements
Material:
4 = Steel, 6 = Aluminium
Standard Die sets

2010.5.
2010.6.

2010.9.

Order No.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.
2010.

.4031. 3.
.4031. 4.
.4040. 1.
.4040. 2.
.4040. 3.
.4040. 4.
.5025. 1.
.5025. 2.
.5025. 3.
.5025. 4.
.5031. 1.
.5031. 2.
.5031. 3.
.5031. 4.
.5040. 1.
.5040. 2.
.5040. 3.
.5040. 4.
.5050. 1.
.5050. 2.
.5050. 3.
.5050. 4.
.6331. 1.
.6331. 2.
.6331. 3.
.6331. 4.
.6340. 1.
.6340. 2.
.6340. 3.
.6340. 4.
.6350. 1.
.6350. 2.
.6350. 3.
.6350. 4.
.6363. 1.
.6363. 2.
.6363. 3.
.6363. 4.
.7140. 1.
.7140. 2.
.7140. 3.
.7140. 4.
.7150. 1.
.7150. 2.
.7150. 3.
.7150. 4.
.7163. 1.
.7163. 2.
.7163. 3.
.7163. 4.
.8040. 1.
.8040. 2.
.8040. 3.
.8040. 4.
.8050. 1.
.8050. 2.
.8050. 3.
.8050. 4.
.8063. 1.
.8063. 2.
.8063. 3.
.8063. 4.

subject to alterations

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

external
dimensions
a1 b1
400 u 315
400 u 315
400 u 400
400 u 400
400 u 400
400 u 400
500 u 250
500 u 250
500 u 250
500 u 250
500 u 315
500 u 315
500 u 315
500 u 315
500 u 400
500 u 400
500 u 400
500 u 400
500 u 500
500 u 500
500 u 500
500 u 500
630 u 315
630 u 315
630 u 315
630 u 315
630 u 400
630 u 400
630 u 400
630 u 400
630 u 500
630 u 500
630 u 500
630 u 500
630 u 630
630 u 630
630 u 630
630 u 630
710 u 400
710 u 400
710 u 400
710 u 400
710 u 500
710 u 500
710 u 500
710 u 500
710 u 630
710 u 630
710 u 630
710 u 630
800 u 400
800 u 400
800 u 400
800 u 400
800 u 500
800 u 500
800 u 500
800 u 500
800 u 630
800 u 630
800 u 630
800 u 630

work area
across
a2b1
250 u 315
250 u 315
250 u 400
250 u 400
250 u 400
250 u 400
330 u 250
330 u 250
330 u 250
330 u 250
330 u 315
330 u 315
330 u 315
330 u 315
330 u 400
330 u 400
330 u 400
330 u 400
330 u 500
330 u 500
330 u 500
330 u 500
430 u 315
430 u 315
430 u 315
430 u 315
430 u 400
430 u 400
430 u 400
430 u 400
430 u 500
430 u 500
430 u 500
430 u 500
430 u 630
430 u 630
430 u 630
430 u 630
510 u 400
510 u 400
510 u 400
510 u 400
510 u 500
510 u 500
510 u 500
510 u 500
510 u 630
510 u 630
510 u 630
510 u 630
600 u 400
600 u 400
600 u 400
600 u 400
600 u 500
600 u 500
600 u 500
600 u 500
600 u 630
600 u 630
600 u 630
600 u 630

work area
lengthwise
a1a3
400 u 165
400 u 165
400 u 250
400 u 250
400 u 250
400 u 250
500 u 80
500 u 80
500 u 80
500 u 80
500 u 145
500 u 145
500 u 145
500 u 145
500 u 230
500 u 230
500 u 230
500 u 230
500 u 330
500 u 330
500 u 330
500 u 330
630 u 115
630 u 115
630 u 115
630 u 115
630 u 200
630 u 200
630 u 200
630 u 200
630 u 300
630 u 300
630 u 300
630 u 300
630 u 430
630 u 430
630 u 430
630 u 430
710 u 200
710 u 200
710 u 200
710 u 200
710 u 300
710 u 300
710 u 300
710 u 300
710 u 430
710 u 430
710 u 430
710 u 430
800 u 200
800 u 200
800 u 200
800 u 200
800 u 300
800 u 300
800 u 300
800 u 300
800 u 430
800 u 430
800 u 430
800 u 430

c1 2 c2 2 c3 2
40
50
32
40
40
32
50
50
32
50
40
32
40
50
32
40
40
32
50
50
32
50
40
32
40
50
32
40
40
32
50
50
32
50
40
32
40
50
32
40
40
32
50
50
32
50
40
32
40
50
32
40
40
32
50
50
32
50
40
32
40
50
32
40
40
32
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40
63
63
40
63
50
40
50
63
40
50
50
40

c4
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

c5
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

d1 / d2 u l
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
30/32 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
38/40 u 224
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 280
48/50 u 250
48/50 u 250

D
53
53
53
53
53
53
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77

e1
310
310
310
310
310
310
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680
680

e2
225
225
310
310
310
310
150
150
150
150
215
215
215
215
300
300
300
300
400
400
400
400
195
195
195
195
280
280
280
280
380
380
380
380
510
510
510
510
280
280
280
280
380
380
380
380
510
510
510
510
280
280
280
280
380
380
380
380
510
510
510
510

e4
313
313
313
313
313
313
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
403
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
513
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
593
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683
683

A31

Die set to customers specifications.


Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
201.45. Die set to customers specifications Steel
201.65. Die set to customers specifications Aluminium
without stripper

Guide Pillars
202.19.
Guide Pillar
DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2

with stripper
202.21.
Guide Pillar
endwise bolt-on type

2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention

2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.43.
Disc and screw

2021.50.
Demountable Pillar,
conical, central screw
retention
2021.39. Liner Bush
2021.53.
Disc and Screw
202.60.
Stripper-Mounted
Pillars with Collar,
demountable, push fit,
ring nut retention

Guide Bushes
2031.34. Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.42. ditto
Ball bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2031.38. Shallow Mounting Flanges,
rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.44. ditto Ball
bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide Bush,
carbonitrided, bonded
2061.44. Guide Bush
for Ball Bearing Guide
206.71. Ball Cage

Enquiry m Order m
Material: Aluminium m 201.65.

Steel m 201.45.

Company

Telephone

2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
Headed Guide Bushes,
Sintered Ferrite,
carbonitrided
2081.44./.45./.46./
.47./.49. Guide Bushes
for Ball Bearing Guide
206.71. Ball Cage
2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
carbonitrided

Name (ref. for replies)

Signature

2091.44./.45./.46.
Guide Bushes for Ball
Bearing Guide, push fit
206.71. Ball Cage

A32

subject to alterations

Die set to customers specifications.


Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
Guide Pillars
202.19.
Guide Pillar
DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2

201.46. Die set to customers specifications Steel


201.66. Die set to customers specifications Aluminium
without stripper

with stripper

202.21.
Guide Pillar
endwise bolt-on type

2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention

2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.43.
Disc and screw

2021.50.
Demountable Pillar,
conical, central screw
retention
2021.39. Liner Bush
2021.53.
Disc and Screw
202.60.
Stripper-Mounted
Pillars with Collar,
demountable, push fit,
ring nut retention

Guide Bushes
2031.34. Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.42. ditto
Ball bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2031.38. Shallow Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide
bush, carbonitrided
2031.44. ditto Ball
bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide
Bush, carbonitrided, bonded
2061.44. Guide Bush
for Ball Bearing Guide
206.71. Ball Cage

2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
Headed Guide Bushes,
Sintered Ferrite,
carbonitrided
2081.44./.45./.46./
.47./.49. Guide Bushes
for Ball Bearing Guide
206.71. Ball Cage

Enquiry m Order m
Material: Aluminium m 201.66.

Steel m 201.46.

Company

Telephone

Name (ref. for replies)

Signature

2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide


Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
carbonitrided
2091.44./.45./.46.
Guide Bushes for Ball
Bearing Guide, push fit
206.71. Ball Cage

subject to alterations

A33

Die set to customers specifications.


Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
201.47. Die set to customers specifications Steel
201.67. Die set to customers specifications Aluminium
without stripper

Guide Pillars
202.19.
Guide Pillar
DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2

with stripper
202.21.
Guide Pillar
endwise bolt-on type

2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention

2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.43.
Disc and screw

2021.50.
Demountable Pillar,
conical, central screw
retention
2021.39. Liner Bush
2021.53.
Disc and Screw

Guide Bushes
2031.34. Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.42. ditto
Ball bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2031.38. Shallow Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide
bush, carbonitrided
2031.44. ditto Ball
bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide
Bush, carbonitrided, bonded
2061.44. Guide Bush
for Ball Bearing Guide
206.71. Ball Cage

Enquiry m Order m
Material: Aluminium m 201.67.

Steel m 201.47.

Company

Telephone

2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
Headed Guide Bushes,
Sintered Ferrite,
carbonitrided
2081.44./.45./.46./
.47./.49. Guide Bushes
for Ball Bearing Guide
206.71. Ball Cage
2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide
Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
carbonitrided

Name (ref. for replies)

Signature

2091.44./.45./.46.
Guide Bushes for Ball
Bearing Guide, push fit
206.71. Ball Cage

A34

subject to alterations

Die set to costumers specifications.


Please copy this page, complete questions, and mail to FIBRO
Guide Pillars
202.19.
Guide Pillar
DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2

201.49. Die set to costumers specifications Steel


201.69. Die set to costumers specifications Aluminium
without stripper

with stripper

202.21.
Guide Pillar
endwise bolt-on type

2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention

2021.46.
Demountable Pillars
with collar, push fit,
screw clamp retention
2021.43.
Disc and screw

2021.50.
Demountable Pillar,
conical, central screw
retention
2021.39. Liner Bush
2021.53.
Disc and Screw
202.60.
Stripper-Mounted
Pillars with Collar,
demountable, push fit,
ring nut retention

Guide Bushes
2031.34. Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide bush,
carbonitrided
2031.42. ditto
Ball bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2031.38. Shallow Mounting
Flanges, rectangular;
sintered guide
bush, carbonitrided
2031.44. ditto Ball
bearing Guide Bush
206.71. Ball Cage
2051.32. Sintered Ferrite Guide
Bush, carbonitrided, bonded
2061.44. Guide Bush
for Ball Bearing Guide
206.71. Ball Cage

2081.31./.32./.33./.34./.35.
Headed Guide Bushes,
Sintered Ferrite,
carbonitrided
2081.44./.45./.46./
.47./.49. Guide Bushes
for Ball Bearing Guide
206.71. Ball Cage

Enquiry m Order m
Material: Aluminium m 201.69.

Steel m 201.49.

Company

Telephone

Name (ref. for replies)

Signature

2091.31./.32./.34. Flanged Guide


Bushes, Sintered Ferrite,
carbonitrided
2091.44./.45./.46.
Guide Bushes for Ball
Bearing Guide, push fit
206.71. Ball Cage

07.2015

Die set without / with stripper ECO-LINE

c4

c2

without Stripper

2081.94.

c1

c4

c2

with Stripper

2081.94.

c5

c3

c1

2081.95.

Executions:
With press-fitted guide pillars 202.29.
a1
e1
a2

Headed
Guide
Bushes
bronze
plated
with
stripper

b1

l1

l2

2010.55.
Headed
Guide
Bushes
bronze
plated
without
stripper

2010.5...894

2010.5...895

Headed
Guide
Bushes
bronze
plated
with
stripper

2010.57.
a1
e1

a4

e3

b1

l4

l3

Headed
Guide
Bushes
bronze
plated
without
stripper

d2

d1

With demountable guide pillars 2021.29.***

2010.5...894.29

2010.5...895.29

Description:
d2
FIBRO 2010.5x all-steel die sets are supplied with bronze plated guide
bushes. These are supplied in push-fit bolster bores and retained by screw
clamps.

d2

2010.59.
a1
e4
a2

Execution:

d2

a3
e2
b1

d2
d2

e2

Note:
*** to be fixed only with screw clamps

d2

External contours milled


Thickness surfaces ground

e1

A36

subject to alterations

Die set without / with stripper ECO-LINE


2010.5. Die set without / with stripper ECO-LINE
Type

2010.55.
2010.57.
2010.59.

Order No
Type
Size
2010.55. 2512.
2010.55. 2512.
2010.57. 2520.
2010.57. 2520.
2010.59. 2520.
2010.59. 2525.
2010.55. 3116.
2010.55. 3116.
2010.55. 3120.
2010.57. 3120.
2010.59. 3120.
2010.57. 3125.
2010.59. 3125.
2010.59. 3125.
2010.59. 3131.
2010.55. 4020.
2010.59. 4020.
2010.55. 4025.
2010.57. 4025.
2010.59. 4025.
2010.59. 4025.
2010.57. 4031.
2010.59. 4031.
2010.59. 4040.
2010.59. 4040.
2010.55. 5025.
2010.59. 5025.
2010.59. 5025.
2010.55. 5031.
2010.59. 5031.
2010.59. 5040.
2010.59. 5050.

ExeP* cution
1.
4.
1. 894
4. 894
4.
4.
1.
4.
4.
4. 894
4.
1. 894
1.
4.
1.
4.
4.
1.
1. 894
1.
4.
4. 894
1.
1.
4.
1.
1.
4.
1.
1.
1.
1.

Execution***

ext. dim.
a1xb1
250 x 125
250 x 125
250 x 200
250 x 200
250 x 200
250 x 250
315 x 160
315 x 160
315 x 200
315 x 200
315 x 200
315 x 250
315 x 250
315 x 250
315 x 315
400 x 200
400 x 200
400 x 250
400 x 250
400 x 250
400 x 250
400 x 315
400 x 315
400 x 400
400 x 400
500 x 250
500 x 250
500 x 250
500 x 315
500 x 315
500 x 400
500 x 500

Work area(s)**
a2xb1
a1xa3
a1 x a4
120 x 125

120 x 125

250 x 135

250 x 135
120 x 200 250 x 50

120 x 250 250 x 100

165 x 160

165 x 160

165 x 200

315 x 125
165 x 200 315 x 30

315 x 175
165 x 250 315 x 80

165 x 250 315 x 80

165 x 315 315 x 145

250 x 200

250 x 200 400 x 30

250 x 250

400 x 175
250 x 250 400 x 80

250 x 250 400 x 80

400 x 240
250 x 315 400 x 145

250 x 400 400 x 230

250 x 400 400 x 230

325 x 250

325 x 250 500 x 75

325 x 250 500 x 75

325 x 315

325 x 315 500 x 140

325 x 400 500 x 225

325 x 500 500 x 325

c1
2
40
32
40
32
32
32
50
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
40
40
50
50
50
40
40
50
50
40
50
50
40
50
50
50
50

c2
2
40
32
40
32
32
32
50
40
40
40
40
50
50
40
50
40
40
50
50
50
40
40
50
50
40
50
50
40
50
50
50
50

c3
2
32
32

32
32
32
32
32

32

32
32
32
32
32
32

32
32

32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32

c4
36
36
36
36
36
36
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

c5
12
12

12
12
12
12
12

12

12
12
12
12
12
12

12
12

12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

d1 / d2
24/25
24/25
/25
/25
/25
/25
30/32
30/32
30/32
/32
/32
/32
/32
/32
/32
30/32
/32
30/32
/32
/32
/32
/32
/32
/32
/32
38/40
/40
/40
38/40
/40
/40
/40

l1 / l2
180/200
180/200
180/
180/
180/200
180/200
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/
200/224
200/
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/
200/224
200/224
200/
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224
200/224

l3/ l4
140/180
140/180
140/
140/
140/180
140/180
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/
160/200
160/
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/
160/200
160/200
160/
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200
160/200

D
46
46
46
46
46
46
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
63
63
63
63
63
63
63

e1
170
170
170
170
170
170
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
400
400
400
400
400
400
400

e2

120
170

110

160
160
225

110

160
160

225
310
310

150
150

215
300
400

e3

160
160

155

205

205

270

e4

173
173

228

228
228
228

313

313
313

313
313
313

403
403

403
403
403

*Thickness combinations
**Work area dimensions are not affected
by the positions of the screw clamps that retain the bushes!
***With demountable guide pillars 2021.29.

day
t
x
Ne

e
eliv

ry!

Ordering code (example):


Type of Die Set (external dimensions
a1 x b1 = 400 x 250; c1 = c2 = 50)
Execution with stripper
with demountable guide pillars 2021.29.
Order No

= 2010. 55.4025.1.
=
895.
=
29
= 2010. 55.4025.1.895.29

Ordering code (example):


Type of Die Set (external dimensions
a1 x b1 = 400 x 250; c1 = c2 = 50)
Execution with stripper
Order No
subject to alterations

= 2010. 55.4025.1.
=
895
= 2010. 55.4025.1.895

A37

Steel plate ISO 6753-1


2900.

Execution:

External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground

Note:

l or b 630 = +0,2 / +0,4


l or b > 630 = +0,2 / +0,6
Plates from 500 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.

2900.

Steel plate ISO 6753-1

Order No
2900.1608.25
2900.1608.32
2900.1610.25
2900.1610.32
2900.1612.25
2900.1612.32
2900.1616.25
2900.1616.32
2900.2010.25
2900.2010.32
2900.2010.40
2900.2012.25
2900.2012.32
2900.2012.40
2900.2016.25
2900.2016.32
2900.2016.40
2900.2020.25
2900.2020.32
2900.2020.40
2900.2512.25
2900.2512.32
2900.2512.40
2900.2516.25
2900.2516.32
2900.2516.40
2900.2520.25
2900.2520.32
2900.2520.40
2900.2525.25
2900.2525.32
2900.2525.40
2900.3116.32
2900.3116.40
2900.3116.50
2900.3120.32

A38

Size
lxbxt
160 x 80 x 25
160 x 80 x 32
160 x 100 x 25
160 x 100 x 32
160 x 125 x 25
160 x 125 x 32
160 x 160 x 25
160 x 160 x 32
200 x 100 x 25
200 x 100 x 32
200 x 100 x 40
200 x 125 x 25
200 x 125 x 32
200 x 125 x 40
200 x 160 x 25
200 x 160 x 32
200 x 160 x 40
200 x 200 x 25
200 x 200 x 32
200 x 200 x 40
250 x 125 x 25
250 x 125 x 32
250 x 125 x 40
250 x 160 x 25
250 x 160 x 32
250 x 160 x 40
250 x 200 x 25
250 x 200 x 32
250 x 200 x 40
250 x 250 x 25
250 x 250 x 32
250 x 250 x 40
315 x 160 x 32
315 x 160 x 40
315 x 160 x 50
315 x 200 x 32

Order No
2900.3120.40
2900.3120.50
2900.3125.32
2900.3125.40
2900.3125.50
2900.3131.32
2900.3131.40
2900.3131.50
2900.4020.32
2900.4020.40
2900.4020.50
2900.4025.32
2900.4025.40
2900.4025.50
2900.4031.32
2900.4031.40
2900.4031.50
2900.4040.32
2900.4040.40
2900.4040.50
2900.5025.32
2900.5025.40
2900.5025.50
2900.5031.32
2900.5031.40
2900.5031.50
2900.5040.32
2900.5040.40
2900.5040.50
2900.5050.32
2900.5050.40
2900.5050.50
2900.6331.32
2900.6331.40
2900.6331.50
2900.6331.63

Size
lxbxt
315 x 200 x 40
315 x 200 x 50
315 x 250 x 32
315 x 250 x 40
315 x 250 x 50
315 x 315 x 32
315 x 315 x 40
315 x 315 x 50
400 x 200 x 32
400 x 200 x 40
400 x 200 x 50
400 x 250 x 32
400 x 250 x 40
400 x 250 x 50
400 x 315 x 32
400 x 315 x 40
400 x 315 x 50
400 x 400 x 32
400 x 400 x 40
400 x 400 x 50
500 x 250 x 32
500 x 250 x 40
500 x 250 x 50
500 x 315 x 32
500 x 315 x 40
500 x 315 x 50
500 x 400 x 32
500 x 400 x 40
500 x 400 x 50
500 x 500 x 32
500 x 500 x 40
500 x 500 x 50
630 x 315 x 32
630 x 315 x 40
630 x 315 x 50
630 x 315 x 63

Order No
2900.6340.32
2900.6340.40
2900.6340.50
2900.6340.63
2900.6350.32
2900.6350.40
2900.6350.50
2900.6350.63
2900.6363.32
2900.6363.40
2900.6363.50
2900.6363.63
2900.7140.32
2900.7140.40
2900.7140.50
2900.7140.63
2900.7150.32
2900.7150.40
2900.7150.50
2900.7150.63
2900.7163.32
2900.7163.40
2900.7163.50
2900.7163.63
2900.8040.32
2900.8040.40
2900.8040.50
2900.8040.63
2900.8050.32
2900.8050.40
2900.8050.50
2900.8050.63
2900.8063.32
2900.8063.40
2900.8063.50
2900.8063.63

Size
lxbxt
630 x 400 x 32
630 x 400 x 40
630 x 400 x 50
630 x 400 x 63
630 x 500 x 32
630 x 500 x 40
630 x 500 x 50
630 x 500 x 63
630 x 630 x 32
630 x 630 x 40
630 x 630 x 50
630 x 630 x 63
710 x 400 x 32
710 x 400 x 40
710 x 400 x 50
710 x 400 x 63
710 x 500 x 32
710 x 500 x 40
710 x 500 x 50
710 x 500 x 63
710 x 630 x 32
710 x 630 x 40
710 x 630 x 50
710 x 630 x 63
800 x 400 x 32
800 x 400 x 40
800 x 400 x 50
800 x 400 x 63
800 x 500 x 32
800 x 500 x 40
800 x 500 x 50
800 x 500 x 63
800 x 630 x 32
800 x 630 x 40
800 x 630 x 50
800 x 630 x 63

subject to alterations

Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1


2910. .2

2910. .0

Execution:

Execution:

Note:

Note:

2910...2
Two external contours milled. Thickness surfaces ground.
Plates from 500 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.

2910...0
External contours sawed, Thickness surfaces ground.
Plates from 500 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.

2910. Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1


Order No
2910.1608.25.
2910.1608.32.
2910.1610.25.
2910.1610.32.
2910.1612.25.
2910.1612.32.
2910.1616.25.
2910.1616.32.
2910.2010.25.
2910.2010.32.
2910.2010.40.
2910.2012.25.
2910.2012.32.
2910.2012.40.
2910.2016.25.
2910.2016.32.
2910.2016.40.
2910.2020.25.
2910.2020.32.
2910.2020.40.
2910.2512.25.
2910.2512.32.
2910.2512.40.
2910.2516.25.
2910.2516.32.
2910.2516.40.
2910.2520.25.

Size
lxbxt
160 x 80 x 25
160 x 80 x 32
160 x 100 x 25
160 x 100 x 32
160 x 125 x 25
160 x 125 x 32
160 x 160 x 25
160 x 160 x 32
200 x 100 x 25
200 x 100 x 32
200 x 100 x 40
200 x 125 x 25
200 x 125 x 32
200 x 125 x 40
200 x 160 x 25
200 x 160 x 32
200 x 160 x 40
200 x 200 x 25
200 x 200 x 32
200 x 200 x 40
250 x 125 x 25
250 x 125 x 32
250 x 125 x 40
250 x 160 x 25
250 x 160 x 32
250 x 160 x 40
250 x 200 x 25

Order No
2910.2520.32.
2910.2520.40.
2910.2525.25.
2910.2525.32.
2910.2525.40.
2910.3116.32.
2910.3116.40.
2910.3116.50.
2910.3120.32.
2910.3120.40.
2910.3120.50.
2910.3125.32.
2910.3125.40.
2910.3125.50.
2910.3131.32.
2910.3131.40.
2910.3131.50.
2910.4020.32.
2910.4020.40.
2910.4020.50.
2910.4025.32.
2910.4025.40.
2910.4025.50.
2910.4031.32.
2910.4031.40.
2910.4031.50.
2910.4040.32.

Size
lxbxt
250 x 200 x 32
250 x 200 x 40
250 x 250 x 25
250 x 250 x 32
250 x 250 x 40
315 x 160 x 32
315 x 160 x 40
315 x 160 x 50
315 x 200 x 32
315 x 200 x 40
315 x 200 x 50
315 x 250 x 32
315 x 250 x 40
315 x 250 x 50
315 x 315 x 32
315 x 315 x 40
315 x 315 x 50
400 x 200 x 32
400 x 200 x 40
400 x 200 x 50
400 x 250 x 32
400 x 250 x 40
400 x 250 x 50
400 x 315 x 32
400 x 315 x 40
400 x 315 x 50
400 x 400 x 32

Order No
2910.4040.40.
2910.4040.50.
2910.5025.32.
2910.5025.40.
2910.5025.50.
2910.5031.32.
2910.5031.40.
2910.5031.50.
2910.5040.32.
2910.5040.40.
2910.5040.50.
2910.5050.32.
2910.5050.40.
2910.5050.50.
2910.6331.32.
2910.6331.40.
2910.6331.50.
2910.6331.63.
2910.6340.32.
2910.6340.40.
2910.6340.50.
2910.6340.63.
2910.6350.32.
2910.6350.40.
2910.6350.50.
2910.6350.63.
2910.6363.32.

Size
lxbxt
400 x 400 x 40
400 x 400 x 50
500 x 250 x 32
500 x 250 x 40
500 x 250 x 50
500 x 315 x 32
500 x 315 x 40
500 x 315 x 50
500 x 400 x 32
500 x 400 x 40
500 x 400 x 50
500 x 500 x 32
500 x 500 x 40
500 x 500 x 50
630 x 315 x 32
630 x 315 x 40
630 x 315 x 50
630 x 315 x 63
630 x 400 x 32
630 x 400 x 40
630 x 400 x 50
630 x 400 x 63
630 x 500 x 32
630 x 500 x 40
630 x 500 x 50
630 x 500 x 63
630 x 630 x 32

Order No
2910.6363.40.
2910.6363.50.
2910.6363.63.
2910.7140.32.
2910.7140.40.
2910.7140.50.
2910.7140.63.
2910.7150.32.
2910.7150.40.
2910.7150.50.
2910.7150.63.
2910.7163.32.
2910.7163.40.
2910.7163.50.
2910.7163.63.
2910.8040.32.
2910.8040.40.
2910.8040.50.
2910.8040.63.
2910.8050.32.
2910.8050.40.
2910.8050.50.
2910.8050.63.
2910.8063.32.
2910.8063.40.
2910.8063.50.
2910.8063.63.

Size
lxbxt
630 x 630 x 40
630 x 630 x 50
630 x 630 x 63
710 x 400 x 32
710 x 400 x 40
710 x 400 x 50
710 x 400 x 63
710 x 500 x 32
710 x 500 x 40
710 x 500 x 50
710 x 500 x 63
710 x 630 x 32
710 x 630 x 40
710 x 630 x 50
710 x 630 x 63
800 x 400 x 32
800 x 400 x 40
800 x 400 x 50
800 x 400 x 63
800 x 500 x 32
800 x 500 x 40
800 x 500 x 50
800 x 500 x 63
800 x 630 x 32
800 x 630 x 40
800 x 630 x 50
800 x 630 x 63

Ordering Code (example):


Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
Length L
Width B
Thickness T
Execution FORM
Order No
subject to alterations

400 mm
400 mm
40 mm
sawed

=2910.
=
40
=
40.
=
40.
=
0
=2910. 4040.40.0
A39

Die Set Press Unit with/without guided bolster

c 22

2011.45.
2011.49.

d3

c 32

daylight acc. to
customers specifications

d3

c 12

tee slot
DIN 650
10 H8

2011.45.

b2

e1

b2
e2
b1

2011.49.

a1
e
a2

a1
e
a2

Coupling spigots and -holders between cylinder and tool:


see next page but one.

Order number system:


2011.4

.4031.

.1
T grooves:

.0 = without
.1 = in lower part and intermediate plate

Installation height h
Version:

000. = without guide bolster


001. = without guide bolster tension rod not hardened
831. = guide bolster with plain bearing
862. = guide bolster with ball bearing guide

External dimensions (a2 b2)

40: a2 = 400 mm; 31: b2 = 315 mm

Number of pillars:

5. = two guide pillars


9. = four guide pillars

Steel plates
Die Set Press Unit ISO sizes

2011. Die Set Press Units with/without guided bolster


Order No
2011.

A40

.2020.
.2520.
.2525.
.3125.
.3131.
.4031.
.4040.

work area
a1ub2
86 u 200
136 u 200
120 u 250
185 u 250
185 u 315
270 u 315
270 u 400

work area
a2ub1
200 u 65
250 u 64
250 u 100
315 u 100
315 u 165
400 u 165
400 u 250

max. press thrust


kN
20
20
40
40
40
80
80

a2
200
250
250
315
315
400
400

b2
200
200
250
250
315
315
400

c1
32
32
40
40
40
50
50

c2
32
32
40
40
40
50
50

c3
32
32
40
40
40
50
50

d3
25
25
32
32
32
32
32

e
132
182
174
239
239
324
324

e1
132
132
174
174
239
239
324

e2
129
129
171
171
236
236
321

subject to alterations

Die Set Press Unit with guided top bolster, manual actuation

c 22

201.149.

d3

c 12

d3

l1
c 32
height to guided
bolster bottom

daylight acc. to
customers specification

tee slot
DIN 650
10 H12

201.145.

201.149.

e1

b2

b2
e2
b1

hydraulic jack

a1
e
a2

a1
e
a2
Execution:

Order number system:


201.14

.4031.

Headed guide bushes,


hydraulic jack.

.1
T grooves:

.0 = without
.1 = in top bolster and intermediate plate

Installation height h
Version:

831. = guide bolster with plain bearing


862. = guide bolster with ball bearing guide

External dimensions (a2 3 b2)

40: a2 = 400 mm; 31: b2 = 315 mm

Number of pillars:

5. = two guide pillars


9. = four guide pillars

Steel plates
Die Set Press Unit ISO sizes

201. Die Set Press Unit with guided top bolster manual actuation
Order No
201.

.2020.
.2520.
.2525.
.3125.
.3131.
.4031.
.4040.

subject to alterations

work area
a1ub2
86 u 200
136 u 200
120 u 250
185 u 250
185 u 315
270 u 315
270 u 400

work area
a2ub1
200 u 65
250 u 64
250 u 100
315 u 100
315 u 165
400 u 165
400 u 250

max. press thrust


kN
20
20
40
40
40
80
80

a2
200
250
250
315
315
400
400

b2
200
200
250
250
315
315
400

c1
32
32
40
40
40
50
50

c2
32
32
40
40
40
50
50

c3
32
32
40
40
40
50
50

d3
25
25
32
32
32
32
32

e
132
182
174
239
239
324
324

e1
132
132
174
174
239
239
324

e2
129
129
171
171
236
236
321

stroke
l1 max.
180 130
180 130
180 130
200 130
200 130
245 160
245 160

A41

Die Set Press Unit-Accessories


Coupling Spigot Holder
Coupling Spigot
212.16.1. Coupling Spigot Holder

212.16.1.
SW

Order No
212.16.1.026
212.16.1.033

d4
26
33

d5
33
49

d8
45
60

SW
50
65

l1
70
86

l2
l5*
57,4
67,4

M*

s1
12,6
18,6

s2
7
10

* upon customers specification

l1

s1

s2

l2

l5

d8
M

d4
d5

212.11. Coupling Spigot

212.11.

Order No
212.11.016
212.11.030

M
M16 1.5
M30 2

d4
25
32

d5
32
48

l3
18
30

l5
23
43

SW
36
60

d5
d4

l3

l5

SW

212.15. Coupling Spigot

212.15.
4 socket cap screws
M8 x 25
DIN EN ISO 4762

Order No
212.15.063
212.15.080

d4
25
32

d5
32
48

d8
63
80

d7
46
63

l3
18
18

l5
31
37

l5
l3

d5
d4

d7
d8

A42

subject to alterations

Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers Specification

subject to alterations

A43

Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers Specification

A44

subject to alterations

Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers Specification

1350

subject to alterations

A45

Special Die Set (All-Steel) to Customers Specification

A46

subject to alterations

Progression
Lamination
Die Set Units

A47

Progression Lamination Die Set Unit

Top Clamping Plate


Ball Bearing
Guide 2061.44.
206.71.

Top Bolster
Combination Spring- and
Spacer Unit 244.25./.40.
Retainer Gib
Thrust Plate

Stripper-Mounted Pillar
202.60.

Ball Bearing
Guide 2061.44.
206.71.

Top Spacer
(Compensation Disc)
Punch Retainer Plate
Clamping Stripper
Bottom Spacer
Bottom Bolster
Bottom Clamping Plate

Bunter Bar

Clamping Area

A48

subject to alterations

Progression lamination die set unit


Die set units for progression/lamination dies
The accuracy of a stamping die starts with the die set! When we designed
these new units, special attention was paid to the stability and load capacity of the guide pillars.
The eventual introduction of the stripper-mounted pillar in its present form
brought an eightfold increase in transverse load-carrying capacity relative
to conventional pillars; under the same radial force, deflection is reduced
to one-eigth.
While modern high-speed presses have made ball bearing guides all but
mandatory, the limited load capacity of these bearings remains a disadvantage, calling for generous nominal pillar diameters and the use of more
than two guide bearings.
Considerable forces of inertia are encountered during the reversal of stroking motion at speeds in excess of 500 SPM. In order to keep these harmful
forces to a minimum, FIBRO Stripper-Mounted Pillars are provided with
hollow cores.
Considerations such as these formed the basis for the development of
our new die set units with stripper-mounted pillars a concept that has
resulted in greatly improved accuracy, overall stability and speed capacity.

Top Bolster
Stripper-Mounted Pillar
Ring Nut
Stripper
Collar
Bottom Bolster

Combination spring/spacer units


Strippers on FIBRO progression/lamination die set units are laid out for
the functions of punch guiding and clamping of the stock, derived from
preloaded spring/spacing units of highly compact design.
The advantages of these compact units, in accordance with executions
1to4, are as follows:
a)

compactness the combination of both spring- and spacer functions


saves die space

b)

ease of die maintenance punch regrinding and replacement, as well


as dimensional adaptation, can be done without dismantling of the
stripper.
Note: regrinding of punches = regrinding of spacer!

c)

ease of springs maintenance after removal of only the top clamping


plate, the complete spring/spacer unit can be taken out for replacement etc. This feature applies to executions 1and2 only.

Retaining slots for matrixes and


guiding-stripper plate
It is of paramount importance to the accuracy of the final die assembly
that both these slots are in perfect vertical alignment, to within a fewmm.
From long experience we know that all heavy machining of die set
apertures must precede the finish-machining of the two retainer slots for
the matrix inserts and the guiding/clamping stripper plate.
Whenever the machining of such apertures is not entrusted to us we will
supply our die set units with pre-ground slots only.

subject to alterations

A49

Progression Lamination Die Set Unit


Executions

201.50.
244.25.33

(mounting of top bolster to ram of press)

53

16

201.50.
...1

with projecting top


clamping plate

with threaded hole in top clamping plate, for threaded shank

16

b3

201.50.
...2

20

25

16

70

33

15

(240)
62

M 24x1,5

201.50.
...3

15

90

53

202.60.019.

b 1 -0,05
-0,10

32

with threaded hole in


top bolster, for threaded shank

201.50.
...4
with clamping pockets milled
in top bolster

M 24x1,5
25

25

140
246
* For the sizes 201.50.2520 and 3020 guide pillars 202.60.025

Guide Elements

a2

Ball Bearing Guides

Width of slot b1 to be determined by


customer!
2D-CAD data are available on request for each Die Set Unit.
The designer need only draw the active die elements.
Prints can be taken from this master.
b2
Die daylight and strip height can be reduced by up to 3 mm
through a reduction in the thickness of the Bottom Clamping Plate.

201.50. Progression Lamination Die Set Unit


Order No
Type Size
201.50. 1320.
201.50. 1620.
201.50. 2020.
201.50. 2520.
201.50. 3020.

b1
.
.
.
.
.

Spring
Type Exec.
.
.
.
.
.

ext. dims
a2 3 b2
126 3 196
156 3 196
196 3 196
246 3 196
296 3 196

Comb.
spring+
b1
spacer
max.
unit
40
4
50
4
60
6
75
8
75
8

b3
40
50
60
75
75

max. spring
compr. (without
pre load) (mm)
241
14
15
16
6,0
6,0
5,0
6,0
6,0
5,0
6,0
6,0
5,0
6,0
6,0
5,0
6,0
6,0
5,0

spring
preload
(mm)
3
3
3
3
3

preloading in N
(per spring unit)
241..25.032
14
15
16
241 354 891
241 354 891
241 354 891
241 354 891
241 354 891

17

spring coefficient c (N)


241..25.032
14
15
16
17
80,3 118,1 297

80,3 118,1 297

80,3 118,1 297

80,3 118,1 297

80,3 118,1 297

Ordering Code (example):


Die Set Unit
a2 b2 = 296 196
b1 = 75 mm
Springs (type) 241.15.
With projecting top clamping plate
Order No

A50

= 201.50.
=
3020.
=
075.
=
15.
=
1
= 201.50.3020.075.15.1

Die Set Units 201.50. can also be supplied in special sizes


as well as special executions, acc. to customers specifications.
subject to alterations

Progression Lamination Die Set Unit


201.50.

Executions

244.25.44

(mounting of top bolster to ram of press)

201.50.
...1

with threaded hole in top clamping plate, for threaded shank

b3

63

with projecting top


clamping plate

16

201.50.
...2

16
9
20

70

33

15

(250)
62

25

16

M 24x1,5

with threaded hole in


top bolster, for threaded shank

with clamping pockets milled


in top bolster

15

b 1 -0,05
-0,10

22

201.50.
...4

90
63

201.50.
...3

202.60.025.

M 24x1,5
25

25

170
296

Guide Elements

a2

Ball Bearing Guides

Width of slot b1 to be determined by


customer!
2D-CAD data are available on request for each Die Set Unit.
The designer need only draw the active die elements.
Prints can be taken from this master.
Die daylight and strip height can be reduced by up to 16 mm
through a reduction in the thickness of the Bottom Clamping Plate.

b2

201.50. Progression Lamination Die Set Unit

Order No
Type Size
201.50. 1625.
201.50. 2025.
201.50. 2525.
201.50. 3025.
201.50. 3525.

b1
.
.
.
.
.

Spring
Type Exec.
.
.
.
.
.

ext. dims
a2 b2
156 246
196 246
246 246
296 246
346 246

Ordering Code (example):


Die Set Unit
a2b2 = 296 246
b1 = 100 mm
Springs (type) 241.15.
With projecting top clamping plate
Order No
subject to alterations

Comb.
spring+
b1
spacer
max.
unit
60
4
75
6
90
8
100
8
100
10

max. spring compr.


preloading in N
(without pre load)
spring
(per spring unit)
(mm) 241
preload
241..25.045
b3 14 15 16 17 (mm)
14
15
16
17
60 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4
4
212 323 748 977
75 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4
4
212 323 748 977
90 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4
4
212 323 748 977
100 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4
4
212 323 748 977
100 8,0 8,0 7,8 5,4
4
212 323 748 977

= 201.50.
=
3025.
=
100.
=
15.
=
1
= 201.50.3025. 100. 15. 1

spring coefficient c
(N)
241..25.045
14 15 16
17
53 80,8 187 244,2
53 80,8 187 244,2
53 80,8 187 244,2
53 80,8 187 244,2
53 80,8 187 244,2

Die Set Units 201.50. can also be supplied in special sizes


as well as special executions, acc. to customers specifications.

A51

Progression Lamination Die Set Unit


Executions

244.40.48

201.50.

(mounting of top bolster to ram of press)

with projecting top


clamping plate

80

16

20

20

38

(282)
71

with threaded hole in top clamping plate, for threaded shank


M 24x1,5

16

b3

201.50.
...2

25

73

19

201.50.
...1

100
73

20

202.60.032.

201.50.
...3

with threaded hole in


top bolster, for threaded shank

b 1 -0,05

19

-0,10

201.50.
...4
with clamping pockets milled
in top bolster

25

M 24x1,5
25

210
346

Guide Elements

a2

Ball Bearing Guides

Width of slot b1 to be determined by


customer!
2D-CAD data are available on request for each Die Set Unit.
The designer need only draw the active die elements.
Prints can be taken from this master.
Die daylight and strip height can be reduced by up to 16 mm
through a reduction in the thickness of the Bottom Clamping Plate.

b2

201.50. Progression Lamination Die Set Unit

Order No
Type Size
201.50. 2030.
201.50. 2530.
201.50. 3030.
201.50. 3530.
201.50. 4030.

b1
.
.
.
.
.

Spring
Type Exec.
.
.
.
.
.

ext. dims
a2 b2
196 296
246 296
296 296
346 296
396 296

Ordering Code (example):


Die Set Unit
a2b2 = 296 296
b1 = 100 mm
Springs (type) 241.15.
With projecting top clamping plate
Order No

A52

Comb.
spring+
b1
spacer
max.
unit
75
4
100
6
100
8
125
8
125
8

b3
75
100
100
125
125

max. spring compr.


preloading in N
(without pre load)
spring
(per spring unit)
(mm) 241
preload
241..25.045
14 15 16 17 (mm)
14
15
16
17
7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2
8
736 1432 2800 5027
7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2
8
736 1432 2800 5027
7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2
8
736 1432 2800 5027
7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2
8
736 1432 2800 5027
7,0 7,0 5,0 4,2
8
736 1432 2800 5027

= 201.50.
=
3030.
=
100.
=
15.
=
1
= 201.50.3030. 100. 15. 1

spring coefficient c
(N)
241..25.045
14 15 16
17
92 179 350 628,4
92 179 350 628,4
92 179 350 628,4
92 179 350 628,4
92 179 350 628,4

Die Set Units 201.50. can also be supplied in special sizes


as well as special executions, acc. to customers specifications.
subject to alterations

Tooling Pallet
Die Sets

A53

Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling


Description
The fast exchange of pallet-born tooling sets, with the concept of rapid
mechanical positioning, meets the demands for:
lowering of tooling cost
reduction in setting costs
faster response to market trends.
Instead of a multitude of complete die set-born press tools, the new
system is based on a carrier die set with rapid-exchange features. This die
set can remain in the press, while any number of tooling pallet sets can be
accommodated expediently and precisely, one at a time.
There are no individual guide elements associated with a tooling pallet set
the necessary guiding remains a function of the carrier die set exclusively.
Tooling pallet sets are mounted to standard carrier plates the top and
bottom tooling simply slides into position, where a stop provides the
positioning control, to allow entry of the locating pins upon the required
half-turn of each of the four pin actuation levers on the die set. With the
tooling pallets now positioned accurately, the hexagonal clamping screws
at the front of the die set can be turned with a box spanner, each activating
one clamp via an internal cam, moved by threading action of the screw. The
cam angle is such that self-locking is obtained.

Press Tool Types


Sets of pallet tooling can be designed as:

combination progression tools


compound tools
draw dies
bending- and forming dies
combination tools etc.

Setting and Tryout Aids


The absence of individual guide elements is a fundamental feature of tooling pallet sets which greatly assists the overall economy of the system. In
order to facilitate the aligning of top- and bottom tooling, conical centring
units can be fitted, thus providing alignment between both members by
direct means even outside the carrier die set, on the toolmakers bench.
As a further aid for setting and tryout of pallet sets we offer the FIBRO
Aligning- and Tryout Press Unit 201.98. with simplified but basically similar
positioning- and locking features as the carrier die set.

A54

subject to alterations

Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling


Setting

Positioning Aids

slide each pallet into its position


positioning
clamping

Pallet tooling sets can be


equipped with conical
centring units.

These steps can be completed in a minute.

Slide-In Insertion

Sheet Thicknesses
Sheet less than 0,4mm in thickness is normally not recommended for the
system on account of the smaller punch-to-die clearances associated
with thin stock materials, where the normal positioning accuracy within
the carrier die set (approximately 0,02mm) becomes insufficient.
However, through fitting of conical centring units the overall alignment
accuracy can be improved to an extent where even sheet below 0,4mm
thickness can be processed successfully.

Positioning

Clamping

subject to alterations

A55

Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling


Top Bolster of Pallet Die Set
1 top bolster
2 pallet carrier plate for slide-in insertion
3 guide bushes optionally sliding
or ball bearing guides
4 clamp
5 positioning pin descends below surface
6 positioning pin lever
7 stop pin
8 clamping screw

8
5
2

3
4
5
6
8

Bottom Bolster of Pallet Die


Set
1 bottom bolster
2 pallet carrier plate for slide-in insertion
3 guide pillar
4 clamp
5 positioning pin descends below surface
6 positioning pin lever
7 stop pin
8 clamping screw
9 bolster insert plate
10 box spanner

3
9
7

1
5
8
6

4
8
6

A56

10

subject to alterations

Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling


201.95.

201.95. Fast Exchange System for Pallet Tooling


Order No
201.95.1010.
201.95.2121.
201.95.3030.
201.95.3521.

Type of
guides*

work area
aub
100u100
210u210
300u300
350u210

a2
350
450
550
600

a3
300
400
500
550

a4
a5
b2
b3
b4
80,5
200 60 80,5
161 180,2 315 150 180,2
241 270,5 420 220 250,5
320

315 120 150

c1
40
50
63
50

c2
40
40
40
40

c3
16
25
25
25

d
25
40
40
40

e
220
300
380
450

y
120
220
320
370

e3
260
360
460
510

f
168
270
365
270

f2
f3
113 93
208 133
305 185
208 133

h
29
38
38
38

l1
160
180
180
180

* Type of guides: 831 for sliding guides or 862 for ball guides

subject to alterations

A57

Pallet Carrier Plate


Bolster Insert Plate
Pallet Carrier Plates

201.96.

For each pallet tooling set, two carrier plates


201.96. are required one for mounting the top
tooling details, the other for the bottom tooling.

16

work area

H7

b2

The tooling components are dowelled into


position.

R5

10

c3

a2

201.96. Pallet Carrier Plate


Order No
201.96.1010
201.96.2121
201.96.3030
201.96.3521

work area
ab
100 u 100
210 u 210
300 u 300
350 u 210

a2
150
250
350
400

Bolster Insert Plates


This insert plate has to be added to a tooling
pallet set if:

b2
115
225
315
225

c3
16
25
25
25

x
50,1
160,1
250,1
160,1

y
120
220
320
370

z
130
230
330
380

201.97.
non-reversing dowel

scrap holes near the centre require additional


support
spring cushions or bottom ejectors have to be
employed

b3

Bolster insert plates have a dowel that makes


them non-reversible.

h1

b4

other features of specific die designs require


an individual insert plate

a4

c1

a5

201.97. Bolster Insert Plate


Order No
201.97.1010
201.97.2121
201.97.3030
201.97.3521

A58

work area
ab
100 100
210 210
300 300
350 210

a4
80
160
240
320

a5

180
270

b3
60
150
220
120

b4
80
180
250
150

c1
40
50
63
50

h1
20
25
30
25

subject to alterations

Aligning- and Tryout Press Unit


Description

201.98.

50 2

These press units have manual actuation by way


of a hydraulic jack which forces the guided
bolster upwards. In the toolroom they serve as
tryout- and setting press, especially for tooling
pallet sets. For the latter purpose they are
equipped with simplified but functionally similar
features for positioning and clamping as those in
FIBRO Tooling Pallet Die Sets.

200

Moreover the press units provide ideal facilities


for the press-fitting of pillars and bushes etc. or
their removal. For blueing-in and tryout of all
sorts of press tools they soon prove themselves
as an indispensable workshop facility, with a
maximum thrust of 10 tons.

Material:
50 2

Plate: St 52-2

Execution:

220

Headed ball bearing guide bushes,


hydraulic jack, 10 tons capacity

50 2

40

b2

hydraulic jack

a
a2

201.98. Aligning- and Tryout Press Unit


Order No
201.98.1010.863
201.98.3030.863
201.98.3030.863
201.98.3030.863

subject to alterations

work area
ab
100 100
210 210
300 300
350 210

a2
315
630
630
630

b2
250
315
315
315

A59

A60

subject to alterations

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
Steel and aluminium plates, flat and square tool steels
Precision feeler gauges, foil shims

C Lifting and Clamping Devices


D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Precision Ground
Plates
and Flat Bars

B2

subject to alterations

B3

Contents
2900.

B6

Steel plate ISO 6753-1

2910.

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

2923.2767.

B17

2922.2842.

B18

2923.2842.

B19

Precision flat and square bar steel


with machining allowance,
DIN59350

B12

Precision flat and square bar steel


with machining allowance,
DIN59350

2923.2343.

B16

Precision flat and square bar steel,


DIN 59350

Precision flat and square bar steel


with machining allowance,
DIN59350

2923.2312.

2923.2436.

Precision flat and square bar steel


with machining allowance,
DIN59350

Precision flat and square bar steel


with machining allowance,
DIN59350

2923.2162.

B15

Precision flat and square bar steel


with machining allowance,
DIN59350

Precision flat and square bar steel


with machining allowance,
DIN59350

2923.2099.

2923.2379.
Precision flat and square bar steel
with machining allowance,
DIN59350

Precision flat and square bar steel,


~DIN 59350

2923.0570.

B14

Precision flat and square bar steel


with machining allowance,
DIN59350

Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1

2922.1730.

2923.2363.

2925.

B20

Precision feeler gauge

B13

Precision flat and square bar steel


with machining allowance,
DIN59350

B4

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

B5

Steel plate ISO 6753-1


2900.

Execution:

External contours milled, thickness surfaces ground

Note:

l or b 630 = +0,2 / +0,4


l or b > 630 = +0,2 / +0,6
Plates from 500 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.

2900.

Steel plate ISO 6753-1

Order No
2900.1608.25
2900.1608.32
2900.1610.25
2900.1610.32
2900.1612.25
2900.1612.32
2900.1616.25
2900.1616.32
2900.2010.25
2900.2010.32
2900.2010.40
2900.2012.25
2900.2012.32
2900.2012.40
2900.2016.25
2900.2016.32
2900.2016.40
2900.2020.25
2900.2020.32
2900.2020.40
2900.2512.25
2900.2512.32
2900.2512.40
2900.2516.25
2900.2516.32
2900.2516.40
2900.2520.25
2900.2520.32
2900.2520.40
2900.2525.25
2900.2525.32
2900.2525.40
2900.3116.32
2900.3116.40
2900.3116.50
2900.3120.32

B6

Size
lxbxt
160 x 80 x 25
160 x 80 x 32
160 x 100 x 25
160 x 100 x 32
160 x 125 x 25
160 x 125 x 32
160 x 160 x 25
160 x 160 x 32
200 x 100 x 25
200 x 100 x 32
200 x 100 x 40
200 x 125 x 25
200 x 125 x 32
200 x 125 x 40
200 x 160 x 25
200 x 160 x 32
200 x 160 x 40
200 x 200 x 25
200 x 200 x 32
200 x 200 x 40
250 x 125 x 25
250 x 125 x 32
250 x 125 x 40
250 x 160 x 25
250 x 160 x 32
250 x 160 x 40
250 x 200 x 25
250 x 200 x 32
250 x 200 x 40
250 x 250 x 25
250 x 250 x 32
250 x 250 x 40
315 x 160 x 32
315 x 160 x 40
315 x 160 x 50
315 x 200 x 32

Order No
2900.3120.40
2900.3120.50
2900.3125.32
2900.3125.40
2900.3125.50
2900.3131.32
2900.3131.40
2900.3131.50
2900.4020.32
2900.4020.40
2900.4020.50
2900.4025.32
2900.4025.40
2900.4025.50
2900.4031.32
2900.4031.40
2900.4031.50
2900.4040.32
2900.4040.40
2900.4040.50
2900.5025.32
2900.5025.40
2900.5025.50
2900.5031.32
2900.5031.40
2900.5031.50
2900.5040.32
2900.5040.40
2900.5040.50
2900.5050.32
2900.5050.40
2900.5050.50
2900.6331.32
2900.6331.40
2900.6331.50
2900.6331.63

Size
lxbxt
315 x 200 x 40
315 x 200 x 50
315 x 250 x 32
315 x 250 x 40
315 x 250 x 50
315 x 315 x 32
315 x 315 x 40
315 x 315 x 50
400 x 200 x 32
400 x 200 x 40
400 x 200 x 50
400 x 250 x 32
400 x 250 x 40
400 x 250 x 50
400 x 315 x 32
400 x 315 x 40
400 x 315 x 50
400 x 400 x 32
400 x 400 x 40
400 x 400 x 50
500 x 250 x 32
500 x 250 x 40
500 x 250 x 50
500 x 315 x 32
500 x 315 x 40
500 x 315 x 50
500 x 400 x 32
500 x 400 x 40
500 x 400 x 50
500 x 500 x 32
500 x 500 x 40
500 x 500 x 50
630 x 315 x 32
630 x 315 x 40
630 x 315 x 50
630 x 315 x 63

Order No
2900.6340.32
2900.6340.40
2900.6340.50
2900.6340.63
2900.6350.32
2900.6350.40
2900.6350.50
2900.6350.63
2900.6363.32
2900.6363.40
2900.6363.50
2900.6363.63
2900.7140.32
2900.7140.40
2900.7140.50
2900.7140.63
2900.7150.32
2900.7150.40
2900.7150.50
2900.7150.63
2900.7163.32
2900.7163.40
2900.7163.50
2900.7163.63
2900.8040.32
2900.8040.40
2900.8040.50
2900.8040.63
2900.8050.32
2900.8050.40
2900.8050.50
2900.8050.63
2900.8063.32
2900.8063.40
2900.8063.50
2900.8063.63

Size
lxbxt
630 x 400 x 32
630 x 400 x 40
630 x 400 x 50
630 x 400 x 63
630 x 500 x 32
630 x 500 x 40
630 x 500 x 50
630 x 500 x 63
630 x 630 x 32
630 x 630 x 40
630 x 630 x 50
630 x 630 x 63
710 x 400 x 32
710 x 400 x 40
710 x 400 x 50
710 x 400 x 63
710 x 500 x 32
710 x 500 x 40
710 x 500 x 50
710 x 500 x 63
710 x 630 x 32
710 x 630 x 40
710 x 630 x 50
710 x 630 x 63
800 x 400 x 32
800 x 400 x 40
800 x 400 x 50
800 x 400 x 63
800 x 500 x 32
800 x 500 x 40
800 x 500 x 50
800 x 500 x 63
800 x 630 x 32
800 x 630 x 40
800 x 630 x 50
800 x 630 x 63

subject to alterations

Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1


2910. .2

2910. .0

Execution:

Execution:

Note:

Note:

2910...2
Two external contours milled. Thickness surfaces ground.
Plates from 500 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.

2910...0
External contours sawed, Thickness surfaces ground.
Plates from 500 500 mm on are manufactured with lifting thread.

2910. Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1


Order No
2910.1608.25.
2910.1608.32.
2910.1610.25.
2910.1610.32.
2910.1612.25.
2910.1612.32.
2910.1616.25.
2910.1616.32.
2910.2010.25.
2910.2010.32.
2910.2010.40.
2910.2012.25.
2910.2012.32.
2910.2012.40.
2910.2016.25.
2910.2016.32.
2910.2016.40.
2910.2020.25.
2910.2020.32.
2910.2020.40.
2910.2512.25.
2910.2512.32.
2910.2512.40.
2910.2516.25.
2910.2516.32.
2910.2516.40.
2910.2520.25.

Size
lxbxt
160 x 80 x 25
160 x 80 x 32
160 x 100 x 25
160 x 100 x 32
160 x 125 x 25
160 x 125 x 32
160 x 160 x 25
160 x 160 x 32
200 x 100 x 25
200 x 100 x 32
200 x 100 x 40
200 x 125 x 25
200 x 125 x 32
200 x 125 x 40
200 x 160 x 25
200 x 160 x 32
200 x 160 x 40
200 x 200 x 25
200 x 200 x 32
200 x 200 x 40
250 x 125 x 25
250 x 125 x 32
250 x 125 x 40
250 x 160 x 25
250 x 160 x 32
250 x 160 x 40
250 x 200 x 25

Order No
2910.2520.32.
2910.2520.40.
2910.2525.25.
2910.2525.32.
2910.2525.40.
2910.3116.32.
2910.3116.40.
2910.3116.50.
2910.3120.32.
2910.3120.40.
2910.3120.50.
2910.3125.32.
2910.3125.40.
2910.3125.50.
2910.3131.32.
2910.3131.40.
2910.3131.50.
2910.4020.32.
2910.4020.40.
2910.4020.50.
2910.4025.32.
2910.4025.40.
2910.4025.50.
2910.4031.32.
2910.4031.40.
2910.4031.50.
2910.4040.32.

Size
lxbxt
250 x 200 x 32
250 x 200 x 40
250 x 250 x 25
250 x 250 x 32
250 x 250 x 40
315 x 160 x 32
315 x 160 x 40
315 x 160 x 50
315 x 200 x 32
315 x 200 x 40
315 x 200 x 50
315 x 250 x 32
315 x 250 x 40
315 x 250 x 50
315 x 315 x 32
315 x 315 x 40
315 x 315 x 50
400 x 200 x 32
400 x 200 x 40
400 x 200 x 50
400 x 250 x 32
400 x 250 x 40
400 x 250 x 50
400 x 315 x 32
400 x 315 x 40
400 x 315 x 50
400 x 400 x 32

Order No
2910.4040.40.
2910.4040.50.
2910.5025.32.
2910.5025.40.
2910.5025.50.
2910.5031.32.
2910.5031.40.
2910.5031.50.
2910.5040.32.
2910.5040.40.
2910.5040.50.
2910.5050.32.
2910.5050.40.
2910.5050.50.
2910.6331.32.
2910.6331.40.
2910.6331.50.
2910.6331.63.
2910.6340.32.
2910.6340.40.
2910.6340.50.
2910.6340.63.
2910.6350.32.
2910.6350.40.
2910.6350.50.
2910.6350.63.
2910.6363.32.

Size
lxbxt
400 x 400 x 40
400 x 400 x 50
500 x 250 x 32
500 x 250 x 40
500 x 250 x 50
500 x 315 x 32
500 x 315 x 40
500 x 315 x 50
500 x 400 x 32
500 x 400 x 40
500 x 400 x 50
500 x 500 x 32
500 x 500 x 40
500 x 500 x 50
630 x 315 x 32
630 x 315 x 40
630 x 315 x 50
630 x 315 x 63
630 x 400 x 32
630 x 400 x 40
630 x 400 x 50
630 x 400 x 63
630 x 500 x 32
630 x 500 x 40
630 x 500 x 50
630 x 500 x 63
630 x 630 x 32

Order No
2910.6363.40.
2910.6363.50.
2910.6363.63.
2910.7140.32.
2910.7140.40.
2910.7140.50.
2910.7140.63.
2910.7150.32.
2910.7150.40.
2910.7150.50.
2910.7150.63.
2910.7163.32.
2910.7163.40.
2910.7163.50.
2910.7163.63.
2910.8040.32.
2910.8040.40.
2910.8040.50.
2910.8040.63.
2910.8050.32.
2910.8050.40.
2910.8050.50.
2910.8050.63.
2910.8063.32.
2910.8063.40.
2910.8063.50.
2910.8063.63.

Size
lxbxt
630 x 630 x 40
630 x 630 x 50
630 x 630 x 63
710 x 400 x 32
710 x 400 x 40
710 x 400 x 50
710 x 400 x 63
710 x 500 x 32
710 x 500 x 40
710 x 500 x 50
710 x 500 x 63
710 x 630 x 32
710 x 630 x 40
710 x 630 x 50
710 x 630 x 63
800 x 400 x 32
800 x 400 x 40
800 x 400 x 50
800 x 400 x 63
800 x 500 x 32
800 x 500 x 40
800 x 500 x 50
800 x 500 x 63
800 x 630 x 32
800 x 630 x 40
800 x 630 x 50
800 x 630 x 63

Ordering Code (example):


Aluminium plate ~ISO 6753-1
Length L
Width B
Thickness T
Execution FORM
Order No
subject to alterations

=2910.
400 mm =
40
400 mm =
40.
40 mm =
40.
sawed =
0
=2910. 4040.40.0
B7

Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350


ver
we degliinal
ori

2922.1730.

Material:

1.1730 / C45U
Unalloyed tool steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined


s +0,2

b +0,2

1000 +30

2922.1730. Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350


s
b
10
12
15
16
20
25
30
32
40
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
120
125
140
150
160
175
180
200
250
300
315
350
400
450
500

10

12

15

16

20

25

30

32

40

50

60

63

70

80

100

120

150

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel, ~DIN 59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
B8

=2922.1730.
100 mm =
100.
4 mm
=
004.
1000 mm =
1000
=2922.1730. 100.004. 1000
subject to alterations

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
Material:

ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.0570.

1.0570 / St 52-3
Non-alloyed construction steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined


s +0,2

b +0,2

1000 +30

2923.0570.
s
b
10.4
12.4
15.4
20.3
20.4
25.3
25.4
30.3
30.4
32.3
32.4
40.3
40.4
50.3
50.4
60.3
60.4
63.3
63.4
70.3
70.4
80.3
80.4
100.3
100.4
120.3
125.3
140.3
150.3
160.3
180.3
200.3
250.3
300.3
350.3
400.3

4.2

5.2

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
6.2

8.2

10.4

12.4

15.4

16.4

20.4

25.4

30.4

32.4

50.4

60.4

60.6

63.4

70.4

100.4

80.4

40.4

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
subject to alterations

=2923.0570.
40.3 mm =
040.
4.2 mm =
004.
1000 mm =
1000
=2923.0570. 040. 004. 1000
B9

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.2099.

Material:

quality

1.2099 / X5 CrS 12
Stainless steel for plastic moulding, tempered to 900-1050 N/mm

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined


s +0,2

b +0,2

500 +5

2923.2099.
s
b
20.3
25.3
30.3
40.3
50.3
60.3
80.3
100.3
125.3
150.3
200.3
250.3
300.3

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350

6.2

8.2

10.4

15.4

20.4

25.4

30.4

40.4

50.4

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
B10

=2923.2099.
80.3 mm=
080.
6.2 mm =
006.
500 mm =
0500
=2923.2099. 080. 006. 0500
subject to alterations

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
Material:

ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.2162.

1.2162 / 21 MnCr 5
Case hardened steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined


s +0,2

b +0,2

1000 +30

2923.2162. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s
b
20.3
20.4
25.3
25.4
30.3
30.4
32.3
32.4
40.3
40.4
50.3
50.4
60.3
60.4
70.3
80.3
80.4
100.3
150.3
200.3
250.3
300.3

8.2

10.4

12.4

15.4

16.4

20.4

25.4

30.4

32.4

40.4

50.4

60.4

80.4

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
subject to alterations

=2923.2162.
32.3 mm =
032.
8.2 mm =
008.
1000 mm=
1000
=2923.2162. 032.008. 1000
B11

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.2312.

Material:

1.2312 / 40 CrMnMoS 8-6


Steel for plastic moulding, pre-tempered to 900-1050 N/mm

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined


s +0,2

b +0,2

1000 +30

2923.2312. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s
b
12.4
15.4
16.4
20.3
20.4
25.3
25.4
30.3
30.4
32.3
32.4
40.3
40.4
50.3
50.4
60.3
60.4
63.3
70.3
70.4
80.3
80.4
100.3
100.4
125.3
150.3
200.3
220.3
250.3
300.3

4.2

5.2

6.2

8.2

10.4

12.4

15.4

16.4

20.4

25.4

30.4

32.4

40.4

50.4

60.4

70.4

80.4

100.4

90.4

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
B12

=2923.2312.
30.3 mm =
030.
8.2 mm =
008.
1000 mm=
1000
=2923.2312. 030.008. 1000
subject to alterations

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
Material:

ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.2343.

1.2343 / X 37 CrMoV 5-1


Hot work steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined

Note:

s +0,2

500 +5 / 1000 +30

b +0,2

= available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths


= only available in 500 mm lengths
= only available in 1000 mm lengths

2923.2343. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s
b
10.3
10.4
12.4
15.3
15.4
20.3
20.4
25.3
25.4
30.3
30.4
32.3
32.4
40.3
40.4
50.3
50.4
60.3
60.4
63.3
80.3
80.4
100.3
100.4
125.3
150.3
200.3

4.2

5.2

6.2

8.2

10.4

15.4

16.4

12.4

20.4

25.4

30.4

32.4

40.4

50.4

60.4

80.4

100.4

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
subject to alterations

=2923.2343.
15.3 mm=
015.
4.2 mm =
004.
500 mm =
0500
=2923.2343. 015.004. 0500
B13

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.2363.

Material:

1.2363 / X 100 CrMoV 5-1


Cold worked steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined


s +0,2

b +0,2

1000 +30

2923.2363.

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350

s
b
20.4
25.3
25.4
30.3
30.4
40.3
40.4
50.3
50.4
60.3
60.4
80.3
80.4
100.3
100.4
125.3
150.3
200.3
250.3

8.2

10.4

12.4

15.4

20.4

25.4

30.4

40.4

50.4

60.4

80.4

100.4

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
B14

=2923.2363.
30.3 mm =
030.
8.2 mm =
008.
1000 mm=
1000
=2923.2363. 030.008. 1000
subject to alterations

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
Material:

ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.2379.

1.2379 / X 155 CrVMo 12-1


Cold worked steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined

Note:

500 +5 / 1000 +30

s +0,2

b +0,2

= available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths


= only available in 500 mm lengths
= only available in 1000 mm lengths

2923.2379. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s
2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 10.4 12.4 15.4 16.4 20.4 25.4 30.4 32.4 40.4 50.4 60.4 63.4 70.4 80.4 100.4 120.4 150.4
b
6.2

8.2

10.3

10.4

12.4

15.3

15.4

16.4

20.3

20.4

25.3

25.4

30.3

30.4

32.3

32.4

40.3

40.4

50.3

50.4

60.3

60.4

63.3

63.4

70.3

70.4

80.3

80.4

90.3

100.3

100.4

120.4

125.3

150.3

150.4

160.3

175.3

200.3

250.3

300.3

350.3

400.3

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
subject to alterations

=2923.2379.
20.3 mm=
020.
2.2 mm =
002.
500 mm =
0500
=2923.2379. 020.002.0500
B15

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.2436.

Material:

1.2436 / X 210 CrW 12


Cold worked steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined

Note:

s +0,2

500 +5 / 1000 +30

b +0,2

= available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths


= only available in 500 mm lengths
= only available in 1000 mm lengths

2923.2436.
s
b
8.2
10.3
10.4
12.4
15.3
15.4
16.4
20.3
20.4
25.3
25.4
30.3
30.4
32.3
32.4
40.3
40.4
50.3
50.4
60.3
63.3
80.3
100.3
125.3
150.3
160.3
175.3
200.3
250.3
300.3
315.3

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

8.2

10.4

12.4

15.4

16.4

20.4

25.4

30.4

32.4

40.4

50.4

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
B16

=2923.2436.
30.3 mm=
030.
2.2 mm =
002.
500 mm =
0500
=2923.2436. 030.002.0500
subject to alterations

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
Material:

ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.2767.

1.2767 / X 45 NiCrMo 4
Cold worked steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined

Note:

s +0,2

500 +5 / 1000 +30

b +0,2

= available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths


= only available in 500 mm lengths
= only available in 1000 mm lengths

2923.2767. Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
s
b
10.3
10.4
12.4
15.3
15.4
16.4
20.3
20.4
25.3
25.4
30.3
30.4
32.3
32.4
40.3
40.4
50.3
50.4
60.3
60.4
63.3
63.4
70.3
80.3
80.4
100.3
100.4
125.3
150.3
200.3
250.3
300.3

4.2

5.2

6.2

8.2

10.4

12.4

15.4

16.4

20.4

25.4

30.4

32.4

40.4

50.4

60.4

63.4

80.4

100.4

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
subject to alterations

=2923.2767.
20.3 mm=
020.
4.2 mm =
004.
500 mm =
0500
=2923.2767. 020.004. 0500
B17

Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350


ver
we degliinal
ori

2922.2842.

Material:

1.2842 / 90 MnCrV
Cold worked steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined

Note:

s +0,05
500 / 1000 +5

b +0,2

= available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths


= only available in 500 mm lengths

2922.2842.
s
b
4
6
8
10
12
15
16
18
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
125
150
160
180
200
250
300

Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350


2

10

12

15

16

18

20

25

30

40

50

60

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel, DIN 59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
B18

=2922.2842.
50 mm =
050.
1 mm =
001.
500 mm=
0500
=2922.2842. 050.001.0500
subject to alterations

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350
Material:

ver
we degliinal
ori

2923.2842.

1.2842 / 90 MnCrV
Cold worked steel

quality

Execution:

Thickness precision ground, width ground or milled, length machined

Note:

s +0,2

500 +10/ 1000 +30

b +0,2

= available in 500 mm and 1000 mm lengths

2923.2842.
s
b
10.3
10.4
12.4
15.3
16.4
20.3
20.4
25.3
25.4
30.3
30.4
32.3
32.4
40.3
40.4
50.3
50.4
60.3
60.4
63.3
63.4
70.3
80.3
80.4
100.3
100.4
120.3
125.3
150.3
160.3
180.3
200.3
250.3
300.3

Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance, DIN 59350

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

8.2

10.4

15.4

16.4

12.4

20.4

25.4

30.4

32.4

40.4

50.4

60.4

63.4

80.4

100.4

Ordering Code (example):


Precision flat and square bar steel with machining allowance,
DIN59350
Width B
Thickness S
Length L
Order No
subject to alterations

=2923.2842.
30.3 mm=
030.
2.2 mm =
002.
500 mm =
0500
=2923.2842. 030.002.0500
B19

Precision feeler gauge


Foil shim
Typical Applications:
h Tolerance measurement of internal and external dimensions.
h Adjustment of tooling devices and machine parts.
h Testing valve and cylinder clearances.

Material:
C-Steel, Material-No.: 1.1274
Stainless steel, Material-No.: 1.4310

2925.

Precision feeler gauge, Foil shim

Width mm c

Precision feeler gauge


Contents per can/spool
5 m 10 m 5 m
5m
12,7 12,7
6
25

Thickness mm .
0,005
0,01
0,02
0,03
0,04
0,05
0,06
0,07
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,12
0,15
0,20
0,25
0,30
0,35
0,40
0,45
0,50
0,55
0,60
0,70
0,80
0,90
1,00

m
m
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r

m
m
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r

5m
50

5m
100

m
m
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r

r
r
r
r

r
r
r
r

m
m
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r

m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m

r
r
r
r
r

r
r
r
r
r

Technical specifications
Foil shims
tensile strength N/mm
Contents: foil shims per pack
10
5
5
Format
Format
Format
Tolerance
for
carbon steel
503300 mm 1003500 mm 1503500 mm
6 mm

m
m
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r

r
r
r
r
r

m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m

m
m
m
m

0,001
0,002
0,002
0,002
0,003
0,003
0,003
0,004
0,004
0,004
0,004
0,004
0,005
0,006
0,007
0,007
0,008
0,009
0,009
0,010
0,010
0,010
0,012
0,013
0,013
0,013

20002200
20002200
20002200
20002200
20002200
20002200
20002200
20002200
20002200
20002200
20002200
18002100
18002100
18002100
18002000
16001900
16001900
16001900
16001900
16001900
16001900
16001800
16001800
16001800

for
stainless steel
>1500
>1500
>1500
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700
15001700

Order No. Part II = Material


r C-Steel, Material-No.: 1.1274

is 1

m Stainless steel, Material-No.: 1.4310

is 2

Ordering code (example):


Precision feeler gauge
Material-No.: 1.1274
Thickness 0,07 mm
Width 12,7 mm
Length 10 m
Order No

B20

Ordering code (example):


=
=
=
=
=
=

2925.
2925.1.
2925.1.0070.
2925.1.0025.0012.
2925.1.0025.0127.10000
2925.1.0070.0012.10000

Foil shim
Material-No.: 1.4310
Thickness 0,02 mm
Width 50 mm
Length 300 mm
Order No

=
=
=
=
=
=

2925.
2925.2.
2925.1.0020.
2925.1.0025.050.
2925.1.0025.050.300
2925.2.0020.050.300
subject to alterations

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
C Lifting and Clamping Devices
Shanks, lifter studs, eyebolts
Clamping claws, screws and bolts

D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Lifting and
Clamping
Devices

C2

subject to alterations

C3

Contents
211.11.

C8

Die set shank, straight

211.12.

C8

C9

C9

C10

C10

Screw-in lifter stud VDI 3366

C4

2130.13.

C14

213.13.

C15

2131.10.

C16

Lifting eye bolt, high tensile

C11

Spigot holder

213.12.

C13

Lifter stud

Die set coupling spigot

212.16.

2130.12.

Lifter stud with cable securing


device

Coupling spigot with thread

212.15.

C13

Lifter stud with cable securing


device, with welded disc

Bolt-on die set shank,


~DINISO10242-2

212.11.

2130.11.
Lifter stud VDI 3366

Die set shank with collar

211.14.

C12

Screw-in lifter stud with cable


securing device

Threaded die set shank


DINISO10242-1

211.13.

2130.03.

2131.11.

C17

Lifting eye bolt, rotatable

C11

2131.15.

C18

Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional

subject to alterations

Contents
2131.20.

C19

Rotary safety eyebolt, light duty,


with ball bearing

2131.21.

C20

C21

C22

C23

C24

Lifting flange with bolt with safety


ring

subject to alterations

2132.11.

C31

2132.10.03. .1

C32

2133.12. .1

C33

Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for


lifting flange 2133.12.

C25

Lifting flange with bolt with safety


ring, to BMW

2133.12.

C30

Bush for die lifting bolt

Ring block with position lock

2133.11.

2132.10.55.

Die lifting bolt with safety ring,


CNOMO Standard

Universal rotary safety eyebolt with


eye hook

2131.22.

C29

Die lifting bolt with safety ring and


spring, to VW standard

Universal rotary safety eyebolt for


chain

2131.23.

2132.10.
Die lifting bolt with safety ring,
VDI3366

Universal rotary safety eyebolt with


oval ring

2131.26.

C28

Lifting flange with bolt with safety


ring, with feather key, to CNOMO
Standard

Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty,


with ball bearing

2131.25.

2133.13.

2140.17.

C34

Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B

C26-27

2140.15.

C34

Clamping claw, goose-neck shape

C5

Contents
2140.13.

C35

Clamping claw, infinitely variable

2140.14.

C35

C36

C36

C37

C37

Stepped Block DIN 6318

C6

2140.34.

C40

2140.30.

C41

2192.10.

C42

Hexagon socket head cap screw,


DINEN ISO 4762 - Strength class 8.8

C38

Support, adjustable

2140.19.

C40

Screw for T-slot, DIN787

Clamp, goose neck shape, with


setscrew

2140.20.

2140.33.

Washer DIN 6340

Clamp, goose neck shape, DIN6316

2140.11.

C39

Hexagon nut with collar, DIN 6331

Clamp, straight, with setscrew

2140.18.

2140.32.
Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B

Clamp, straight, DIN 6314

2140.10.

C39

Set screw

Clamping claw, infinitely variable

2140.16.

2140.02.

2192.12.

C43

Hexagon socket head cap screw,


DINEN ISO 4762 - Strength class
12.9

C38

2192.20.

C44

Hexagon socket head cap screw,


with low profile head and key guide,
DIN 6912 - Strength class 8.8

subject to alterations

Contents
2192.40.

C45

Socket head cap screw, with low


profile head, DIN 7984 - Strength
class 8.8

2192.30.

C46

Hexagon socket countersunk head


cap screw, ISO 10642 - Strength
class 8.8

2192.90.

C47

Screw plug

2192.61.

C48

Flat mushroom head screw with


hexagon socket

2140.01.01.

C50

Clamping tool set

2140.01.02.

C51

Clamping tool set

subject to alterations

C7

Die set shank, straight


Threaded die set shank DIN ISO 10242-1
211.11.
l2

d 1 h11

l3

l5

l1

SW

d3

211.11. Die set shank, straight


Order No
d1
211.11.20.016
20
211.11.25.016
25
211.11.25.020
25
211.11.32.020
32
211.11.32.024
32
211.11.40.024
40
211.11.40.030
40
211.11.50.030
50
211.11.65.042
65
*SW = width across flats

d3
M16X1,5
M16X1,5
M20x1,5
M20x1,5
M24x1,5
M24x1,5
M30x2
M30x2
M42x3

l1
40
45
45
56
56
70
70
80
100

l2
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
8

d 1 f9

l5
58
68
68
79
79
93
93
108
128

SW*
17
21
21
27
27
36
36
41
55

10

d2

l4

SW

l3

l5

l1

l2

211.12.

l3
18
23
23
23
23
23
23
28
28

d3

211.12. Threaded die set shank DIN ISO 10242-1


Order No
d1
211.12.20.016
20
211.12.25.016
25
211.12.25.020
25
211.12.32.020
32
211.12.32.024
32
211.12.40.024
40
211.12.40.027
40
211.12.40.030
40
211.12.50.030
50
211.12.65.042
65
*SW = width across flats

C8

d2
15
20
20
25
25
32
32
32
42
53

d3
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M20x1,5
M20x1,5
M24x1,5
M24x1,5
M27x2
M30x2
M30x2
M42x3

l1
40
45
45
56
56
70
70
70
80
100

l2
2
2.5
2.5
3
3
4
4
4
5
8

l3
18
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
28
28

l4
12
16
16
16
16
26
26
26
26
26

l5
58
68
68
79
79
93
93
93
108
128

SW*
17
21
21
27
27
36
36
36
41
55

subject to alterations

Die set shank with collar


Bolt-on die set shank, ~DIN ISO 10242-2
211.13.
d 1 f9
l2

10

l1

d2

l3

b1

l4

l5

SW

d3
d4

211.13.

Die set shank with collar

Order No
d1
211.13.20.016
20
211.13.25.016
25
211.13.25.020
25
211.13.32.020
32
211.13.32.024
32
211.13.40.024
40
211.13.40.030
40
211.13.50.030
50
*SW = width across flats

d2
15
20
20
25
25
32
32
42

d3
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M20x1,5
M20x1,5
M24x1,5
M24x1,5
M30x2
M30x2

d4
28
34
34
42
42
52
52
62

l1
40
45
45
56
56
70
70
80

l2
2
2.5
2.5
3
3
4
4
5

l3
16
16
20
20
24
24
30
30

l4
12
16
16
16
16
26
26
26

l5
61
66
70
82
86
102
108
118

b1
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

SW*
17
21
21
27
27
36
36
41

211.14.
d1 f9
l2

10

l5

l1

15

l3

l4

d2

9(4x)
d10
d11

211.14.

Bolt-on die set shank, ~DIN ISO 10242-2

Order No
211.14.20.063
211.14.25.063
211.14.25.080
211.14.32.097
211.14.32.122
211.14.40.097
211.14.40.122

subject to alterations

d1
20
25
25
32
32
40
40

d2
15
20
20
25
25
32
32

d10
45
45
63
80
105
80
105

d11
63
63
80
97
122
97
122

l1
40
45
45
56
56
70
70

l2
2
2.5
2.5
3
3
4
4

l3
18
18
18
23
23
23
23

l4
12
16
16
16
16
26
26

l5
58
63
63
79
79
93
93

C9

Coupling spigot with thread


Die set coupling spigot
212.11.
d5
d4

l3

l5

s3

s2
s1

SW

d3

212.11. Coupling spigot with thread


Order No
d3
212.11.016
M16x1,5
212.11.020
M20x1,5
212.11.024
M24x1,5
212.11.030
M30x2
*SW = width across flats

d4
25
32
32
32

d5
32
48
48
48

l3
18
23
23
23

l5
41
64
64
66

s1
13
19
19
19

s2
6.5
9.5
9.5
9.5

s3
23
41
41
43

SW*
36
50
50
60

212.15.

l3

l5

s1

s2

d5
d4

9(4x)
15
d7
d8

212.15. Die set coupling spigot


Order No
212.15.063
212.15.080
212.15.097
212.15.122

C10

d4
25
32
32
32

d5
32
48
48
48

d7
46
63
80
105

d8
63
80
97
122

l3
18
18
23
23

l5
31
37
42
42

s1
13
19
19
19

s2
6.5
9.5
9.5
9.5

subject to alterations

Spigot holder
Screw-in lifter stud VDI 3366
212.16.
d 1 d9

10

l4

d2

s2
s1

l3

l5

l1

l2

d4
d5
d8

212.16. Spigot holder


Work area
d1
25
32
40

Order No
212.16.025
212.16.032
212.16.040

213.12.

d2
20
25
32

d4
26
33
33

d5
33
49
49

d8
56
80
80

l1
45
56
70

l2
4
4
5

l3
25
30
30

l4
16
16
26

s1
12.6
18.6
18.6

s2
7
10
10

VDI 3366

l2

d3

d1

SW

l4
l5

l3

213.12. Screw-in lifter stud VDI 3366


Order No
d1
213.12.016
16
213.12.020
20
213.12.024
25
213.12.030
32
213.12.036
40
*SW = Width across flats

subject to alterations

d3
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36

l2
20
22
25
32
40

l3
28
34
38
45
56

l4
5
6
8
10
12

l5
58
68
78
95
118

SW*
24
30
36
41
50

Lifting capacity [kg]


320
500
1000
1500
2500

C11

Screw-in lifter stud with cable securing device


2130.03.

l3

SW

d3

l5
l4

d1

l2

Note:

For opening the cable safety device, use key 2130.00.03.01 (to be
ordered separately).

2130.03. Screw-in lifter stud with cable securing device


Order No
d1
2130.03.020
20
2130.03.024
25
2130.03.030
32
2130.03.036
40
*SW = Width across flats

C12

d3
M20
M24
M30
M36

l2
22
25
32
40

l3
34
38
45
56

l4
6.5
8
10
12

l5
8.5
9
10
11

SW*
30
36
41
50

r
38
42
50
57

Lifting capacity [kg]


500
1000
1500
2500

subject to alterations

Lifter stud VDI 3366


Lifter stud with cable securing device, with welded disc
2130.11.
t

l3

l6

l4

l6

l4

f
f

f
2

d1

l2

d2
d4

d1

l5

2130.11. Lifter stud VDI 3366


Order No
2130.11.020
2130.11.025
2130.11.035
2130.11.040
2130.11.050
2130.11.060
2130.11.080
2130.11.100
2130.11.120

d1
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

d2
9
11
13.5
17.5
22
26
22
26
33

d4
15
18
20
26
33
40
33
40
48

f
20
25
35
40
50
60
80
100
120

l2
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
15
15

l3
20
25
30
32
40
45
50
65
80

l6

l4

l6

l4

l4
10
10
12
16
18
22
20
25
30

l5
80
90
100
120
140
160
200
250
300

l6
34
37
38
46
54
59
78
100
125

t
9
11
13
17.5
21.5
25.5
21.5
25.5
32

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4

Lifting capacity [kg]


320
630
1250
2000
3200
5000
8000
12500
20000

2130.12.

d5
f

d1
d1

l3

d5
f

l2

2130.12.

Lifter stud with cable securing device, with welded disc

Order No
d1
d2
d4
d5*
2130.12.020
16
9
15
60
2130.12.025
20
11
18
70
2130.12.035
25
13.5
20
70
2130.12.040
32
17.5
26
110
2130.12.050
40
22
33
110
2130.12.060
50
26
40
150
2130.12.080
63
22
33
150
2130.12.100
80
26
40
150
2130.12.120
100
33
48
150
*Pulley for cable securing device welded on

subject to alterations

d2
d4

l5

f
2

f
20
25
35
40
50
60
80
100
120

l2
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
15
15

l3
20
25
30
32
40
45
50
65
80

l4
10
10
12
16
18
22
20
25
30

l5
80
90
100
120
140
160
200
250
300

l6
34
37
38
46
54
59
78
100
125

t
9
11
13
17.5
21.5
25.5
21.5
25.5
32

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4

Lifting capacity [kg]


320
630
1250
2000
3200
5000
8000
12500
20000

C13

Lifter stud with cable securing device


2130.13.
t

d4
d2

d1

f

l4

l2
l3

l6
l5

d1

f/2
f

l4
l6

Note:

For opening the cable safety device, use key 2130.00.03.01 (to be
ordered separately).

2130.13.

Lifter stud with cable securing device

Order No
2130.13.025
2130.13.035
2130.13.040
2130.13.050
2130.13.060
2130.13.080

d1
20
25
32
40
50
63

C14

d2
11
13.5
17.5
22
26
22

d4
18
20
26
33
40
33

f
25
35
40
50
60
80

l2
8
8
10
10
12
15

l3
25
30
32
40
45
50

l4
10
12
16
18
22
20

l5
99
112.5
132.5
152.5
173
213.5

l6
37
38
46
54
59
78

r
38
42
52
60
66
80

t
11
13
17.5
21.5
25.5
21.5

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
4

Lifting capacity [kg]


630
1250
2000
3200
5000
8000

subject to alterations

Lifter stud
20

t2
t1

h
h1

213.13.

d4
d1

d2
d3
l6
b

30

l7

l2

l4
l5

l3

l4

213.13. Lifter stud


Order No
213.13.060
213.13.080
213.13.100

b
60
80
100

subject to alterations

d1
32
40
50

d2
13.5
17.5
22

d3
20
26
33

d4
44
60
70

h
24
32
40

h1
40
50
65

l2
8
10
12

l3
60
70
88

l4
14
16
20

l5
100
120
145

l6
32
44
56

l7
24
26
30

t1
15
20
25

t2
29
35.5
46.5

Lifting capacity [kg]


2000
3500
6000

C15

Lifting eye bolt, high tensile


2131.10.
d

F1

F2

F2

Description:

During use check that the eyebolt is firmly seated.


Rotation during the lifting operation must be avoided.
It will not rotate automatically to the correct load angle.
Not approved for mining applications.

Material:

1.6541, heavy duty heat treated.


100% electromagnetically crack tested, to EN 1677-1, safety factor 4:1.

Note:

Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in


completely.
Format: = octagonal, Grade 8.
Identification: clear indication of permissible load for F2 category critical
loads (not permissible for DIN 580).

2131.10.
Order No
2131.10.006
2131.10.008
2131.10.010
2131.10.012
2131.10.014
2131.10.016
2131.10.020
2131.10.024
2131.10.030
2131.10.036
2131.10.042
2131.10.048

Lifting eye bolt, high tensile


a
35
35
35
41
48
48
55
70
85
130
130
130

b
11
11
11
13
15
15
17
21
26
43
43
43

c
12
12
15
18
21
24
30
36
45
54
63
67

d
25
25
25
30
35
35
40
50
60
90
90
90

M
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48

e
25
25
25
30
35
35
40
50
60
100
100
100

Max. carried load G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment, Arrangement
of the suspension points
Number of lines

F1

F2
G

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.10.006
2131.10.008
2131.10.010
2131.10.012
2131.10.014
2131.10.016
2131.10.020
2131.10.024
2131.10.030
2131.10.036
2131.10.042
2131.10.048

0,4
0,8
1
1,6
3
4
6
8
12
16
24
32

C16

045

4560

2
3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
asymmeasymmetri045
4560
trical
cal

carried load in tonnes


0,8
1,6
2
3,2
6
8
12
16
24
32
48
64

ou
hat y
end t 31.11.
m
m
21
co
We re e eyebolt le in the
h
use t s adjustab e for the
i
that on of forc n with no
ti
c
e
r
i
ensio
ds!
d
f susp arried loa
o
e
c
f
typ
o
ls
detai

subject to alterations

Lifting eye bolt, rotatable


2131.11.

360
d
e1

F1

F2

F2

Description:

During use check that the hexagon socket screw is firmly seated. Can be
set for the direction of application so that there is no accidental turning
and flipping over. Captive hexagon socket screw. No tools are required
as the hexagon socket screw is supplied with a hardened star profile
key. The star profile key engages in the hexagon socket. It can be
screwed and unscrewed by hand.
Make sure that the ring is free to rotate through 360 when the unit is
screwed in.

Note:

Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in


completely.
Format: stellate clearly distinguishable to DIN 580 eye bolt
Identification: clear indication of permissible load for the loading
capacity in the plane of the ring.

Material:

1.6541, forged, heavy duty heat treated.


100% electromagnetically crack tested, to EN 1677-4, safety factor 4:1.

2131.11.
Order No
2131.11.008
2131.11.010
2131.11.012
2131.11.016
2131.11.020
2131.11.024
2131.11.030
2131.11.036
2131.11.042
2131.11.048

Lifting eye bolt, rotatable


a
34
34
42
49
57
69
86
103
120
137

b
11
11
13
15
17
21
26
32
38
43

c
12
15
18
24
30
36
45
54
63
72

d
25
25
30
35
40
48
60
72
82
94

e
25
25
30
35
40
48
60
75
85
100

e1
11.7
12.1
14.9
17.3
20.5
25.4
30.1
37.6
43.7
48.1

M
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48

Max. carried load G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment, Arrangement
of the suspension points
Number of lines

F1

F2
G

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.11.008
2131.11.010
2131.11.012
2131.11.016
2131.11.020
2131.11.024
2131.11.030
2131.11.036
2131.11.042
2131.11.048

1
1
2
4
6
8
12
16
24
32

0,4
0,4
0,75
1,5
2,3
3,2
4,5
7
9
12

2
2
4
8
12
16
24
32
48
64

0,8
0,8
1,5
3
4,6
6,4
9
14
18
24

subject to alterations

045

4560

carried load in tonnes


0,56
0,4
0,56
0,4
1
0,75
2,1
1,5
3,22
2,3
4,48
3,2
6,3
4,5
9,8
7
12,6
9
16,8
12

2
3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
asymmeasymmetri045
4560
trical
cal
0,4
0,4
0,75
1,5
2,3
3,2
4,5
7
9
12

0,84
0,84
1,6
3,15
4,83
6,7
9,4
14,7
18,9
25,2

0,6
0,6
1,12
2,25
3,45
4,8
6,7
10,5
13,5
18

0,4
0,4
0,75
1,5
2,3
3,2
4,5
7
9
12

C17

Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional


2131.15.
b
c

SW
n

db

Description:

The hinged unit is free to rotate through 360, self-align with the
direction of pull and folding. The hoisting Snap Link must be installed in
the stress direction before loading, must be able to move freely and
may not be supported at an angle.
Do not rotate under load.
Full load bearing capacity in any direction.
Complete with a 100% crack-checked outer and inner hexagonal bolt
for universal tool use.

Note:

Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in


completely.

2131.15.

Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional

Order No
a
2131.15.008.036 30
2131.15.010.036 30
2131.15.012.036 32
2131.15.016.036 33
2131.15.020.050 50
2131.15.024.050 50
2131.15.027.065 60
2131.15.030.065 60
2131.15.036.065 60
2131.15.036.080 77
2131.15.042.080 77
2131.15.042.100 95
2131.15.048.100 95
*SW = Width across flats

b
max.
54
54
54
56
82
82
103
103
103
122
122
156
156

c
34
34
34
36
54
54
65
65
65
82
82
100
100

d
e
35 40
36 39
37 38
46 39
55 55
58 67
78 69
80 67
72 74
100 97
103 94
113 109
117 105

f
10
10
10
13.5
16.5
18
22.5
22.5
22.5
26.5
26.5
36
36

g
29
29
29
36
43
43
61
61
55
77
77
87
87

h
Standard
11
16
21
24
32
37
39
49
52
63
73
63
73

l
k
Standard
45
40
45
45
45
50
47
60
64
75
78
80
80
100
80
110
80
107
110
140
110
150
130
150
130
160

j
75
75
75
86
113
130
151
151
151
205
205
230
230

M
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M27
M30
M36
M36
M42
M42
M48

n
5
6
8
10
12
14
0
17
0
22
24
24
27

SW*
13
17
19
24
30
36
41
46
55
55
65
65
75

R
32
32
32
38
48
48
67
67
67
87
87
100
100

t
75
75
75
85
110
125
147
147
146
197
197
222
222

Thightening
torque [Nm]
30
60
100
150
250
400
400
500
700
800
1000
1500
2000

db
24
24
26
30
45
45
60
60
60
70
70
85
85

Max. carried load G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment, Arrangement
of the suspension points
Number of lines

Angle of inclination/ load direction


Order No
2131.15.008.036
2131.15.010.036
2131.15.012.036
2131.15.016.036
2131.15.020.050
2131.15.024.050
2131.15.027.065
2131.15.030.065
2131.15.036.065
2131.15.036.080
2131.15.042.080
2131.15.042.100
2131.15.048.100
C18

Thread
M 8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M27
M30
M36
M36
M42
M42
M48

2 symmetrical

90

90

0,3
0,63
1,0
1,5
2,5
4,0
4,0
5,0
7,0
8,0
10,0
15,0
20,0

0,3
0,63
1,0
1,5
2,5
4,0
4,0
5,0
7,0
8,0
10,0
15,0
20,0

0,6
1,26
2,0
3,0
5,0
8,0
8,0
10,0
14,0
16,0
20,0
30,0
40,0

0,6
1,26
2,0
3,0
5,0
8,0
8,0
10,0
14,0
16,0
20,0
30,0
40,0

045

4560

carried load in tonnes


0,42
0,3
0,88
0,63
1,4
1,0
2,1
1,5
3,5
2,5
5,6
4,0
5,6
4,0
7,0
5,0
9,8
7,0
11,2
8,0
14,0
10,0
21,0
15,0
28,0
20,0

2
3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
asymmeasymmetri045
4560
trical
cal
0,3
0,63
1,0
1,5
2,5
4,0
4,0
5,0
7,0
8,0
10,0
15,0
20,0

0,63
1,32
2,1
3,15
5,25
8,4
8,4
10,5
14,7
16,8
21,0
31,5
42,0

0,45
0,95
1,5
2,25
3,75
6,0
6,0
7,5
10,5
12,0
15,0
22,5
30,0

0,3
0,63
1,0
1,5
2,5
4,0
4,0
5,0
7,0
8,0
10,0
15,0
20,0

subject to alterations

Rotary safety eyebolt, light duty, with ball bearing


2131.20.

360

180

F3
F1

F2

f 1)

d2
d1

SW

Description:

For loads that are turned and rotated.


Mounted on ball-bearings can be rotated through 360 under load
(F3).
Cannot be rotated under full load at 90 to the threaded fixing (F1, F2).
Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
Can be loaded on all sides with a safety factor 4:1.
High-strength suspension eye conforming to EN 1677-4
1) Other thread lengths available upon request.

Note:

Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in


completely.
The threaded connection on the transported load must be suitable for
transferring forces.

2131.20.

Rotary safety eyebolt, light duty, with ball bearing

Rated carrying
capacity
Order No
for F1 [t]
2131.20.008.013
0.3
2131.20.010.017
0.45
*SW = Width across flats

a
8
8

b
33
33

c
29
29

d1
30
36

d2
8
10

e
76
78

f
13
17

g
36
38

SW*
28
30

Max. carried load G in tonnes for various types of attachment


F3

Type of attachment, Arrangement


of the suspension points
Number of lines
Angle of inclination/ load direction
Order No
2131.20.008.013
2131.20.010.017

subject to alterations

F1(F2)
G

Thread
M8
M10

2 symmetrical

90

90

0,6
0,9

0,3 (0,4)
0,45 (0,6)

1,2
1,8

0,6 (0,8)
0,9 (1,2)

045

4560

2
3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
asymmeasymmetri045
4560
trical
cal

carried load in tonnes


0,42 (0,56)
0,3 (0,4)
0,3 (0,4)
0,63 (0,84)
0,45 (0,6)
0,45 (0,6)

0,63 (0,84)
0,95 (1,26)

0,45 (0,6)
0,68 (0,9)

0,3 (0,4)
0,45 (0,6)

C19

Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty, with ball bearing


2131.21.

F3
a

360
180
a

F1

F2

SW

d1

d2

Description:

For loads that are turned and rotated.


Mounted on ball-bearings can be rotated through 360 under load
(F3).
Cannot be rotated under full load at 90 to the threaded fixing (F1, F2).
Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
Can be loaded on all sides with a safety factor 4:1.

Note:

Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in


completely.
The threaded connection on the transported load must be suitable for
transferring forces.

2131.21. Rotary safety eyebolt, heavy duty, with ball bearing


Rated carrying
capacity
Order No
for F1 [t]
2131.21.036
8
2131.21.042
10
2131.21.045
10
2131.21.048
10
2131.21.056
15
2131.21.064
15
2131.21.090
35
*SW = Width across flats

a
22
26
26
26
32
32
40

b
87
112
112
112
120
120
125

c
50
65
65
65
70
70
80

d1
90
98
98
98
120
120
170

d2
36
42
45
48
56
64
90

e
210
240
240
240
280
280
332

f
54
63
67
68
84
95
135

SW*
80
85
85
85
95
95
130

Max. carried load G in tonnes for various types of attachment


F3

Type of attachment, Arrangement of the suspension points


Number of lines
Angle of inclination/ load direction
Order No
2131.21.036
2131.21.042
2131.21.045
2131.21.048
2131.21.056
2131.21.064
2131.21.090

C20

F1(F2)
G

Thread
M36
M42
[M45]
M48
M56
M64
M90

2 symmetrical

90

90

12,5
16
16
16
25
25
35

8 (10)
10 (12,5)
10 (12,5)
10 (12,5)
15 (18)
15 (18)
35 (40)

25
32
32
32
50
50
70

16
20
20
20
30
30
70

(20)
(25)
(25)
(25)
(36)
(36)
(80)

045

4560

3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4


2
asymmeasymme045
4560
trical
trical

carried load in tonnes


11,2 (14)
8 (10)
8 (10)
14 (17,5)
10 (12,5)
10 (12,5)
14 (17,5)
10 (12,5)
10 (12,5)
14 (17,5)
10 (12,5)
10 (12,5)
21 (25,2)
15 (18)
15 (18)
21 (25,2)
15 (18)
15 (18)
49 (56)
35 (40)
35 (40)

16,8 (21)
21 (26,2)
21 (26,2)
21 (26,2)
31,5 (38)
31,5 (38)
73,5 (84)

12 (15)
15 (18,8)
15 (18,8)
15 (18,8)
22,5 (27)
22,5 (27)
52,5 (60)

8 (10)
10 (12,5)
10 (12,5)
10 (12,5)
15 (18)
15 (18)
35 (40)

subject to alterations

Universal rotary safety eyebolt with oval ring


2131.25.
c

SW

m
d

Description:

The unviversal rotary safety eyebolts with oval ring with double ball
bearing for smooth non-jerking action tipping, rotating and turning.
Also rotates 90 in direction of screwing in with full load.
Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
The special design avoids damage to lifting elements and the valuable
load when turning.
For ring hoists, slings, cables, hooks etc.

Note:

Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in


completely.

2131.25. Universal rotary safety eyebolt with oval ring


Rated carrying
Order No
capacity [t]
2131.25.012
0.63
2131.25.016
1.5
2131.25.020
2.5
2131.25.024
4.0
2131.25.030
5.0
2131.25.036
8.0
*SW = Width across flats

a
9
11
13
16
21
24

b
65
65
75
95
130
140

c
35
35
40
45
60
65

d
40
46
61
78
95
100

e
105
115
135
172
223
242

f
18
24
30
36
45
54

g
41
50
61
77
93
102

m
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36

SW*
36
41
55
70
85
90

Max. carried load G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment, Arrangement
of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
6,5
10,0

0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
5,0
8,0

1,26
3,0
5,0
8,0
13,0
20,0

1,26
3,0
5,0
8,0
10,0
16,0

Order No
2131.25.012
2131.25.016
2131.25.020
2131.25.024
2131.25.030
2131.25.036

subject to alterations

045

4560

carried load in tonnes


0,88
0,63
2,1
1,5
3,5
2,5
5,6
4,0
7
5
11,2
8,0

2
3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
asymmeasymmetri045
4560
trical
cal
0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
5
8,0

1,32
3,15
5,25
8,4
10,5
16,8

0,95
2,25
3,75
6,0
7,5
12,0

0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
5,0
8,0

C21

Universal rotary safety eyebolt for chain


2131.26.

SW

m
d

Description:

The unviversal rotary safety eyebolts for chains with double ball bearing
for smooth non-jerking action tipping, rotating and turning.
Also rotates 90 in direction of screwing in with full load.
Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
The special design avoids damage to lifting elements and the valuable
load when turning.
For ring hoists, slings, cables, hooks etc.

Note:

Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in


completely.
Use only Grade 10 chains.
Supplied without chain.

2131.26.

Universal rotary safety eyebolt for chain


a
Chain
connection
4
6
8
10
13
16

Rated carrying
Order No
capacity [t]
2131.26.012
0.63
2131.26.016
1.5
2131.26.020
2.5
2131.26.024
4.0
2131.26.030
5.0
2131.26.036
8.0
*SW = Width across flats

d
40
46
61
78
95
100

f
18
24
30
36
45
54

g
41
50
61
77
93
102

m
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36

SW*
36
41
55
70
85
90

Max. carried load G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment, Arrangement
of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
6,5
10,0

0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
5,0
8,0

1,26
3,0
5,0
8,0
13,0
20,0

1,26
3,0
5,0
8,0
10,0
16,0

Order No
2131.26.012
2131.26.016
2131.26.020
2131.26.024
2131.26.030
2131.26.036

C22

045

4560

carried load in tonnes


0,88
0,63
2,1
1,5
3,5
2,5
5,6
4,0
7
5
11,2
8,0

2
3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
asymmeasymmetri045
4560
trical
cal
0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
5
8,0

1,32
3,15
5,25
8,4
10,5
16,8

0,95
2,25
3,75
6,0
7,5
12,0

0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
5,0
8,0

subject to alterations

Universal rotary safety eyebolt with eye hook

2131.23.

SW

m
d

Description:

The unviversal rotary safety eyebolts with eye hooks with double ball
bearing for smooth non-jerking action tipping, rotating and turning.
Also rotates 90 in direction of screwing in with full load.
Not suitable for extended rotational movement when fully loaded.
The special design avoids damage to lifting elements and the valuable
load when turning.
For ring hoists, slings, cables, hooks etc.

Note:

Ensure that the bolting surface is flat. Thread must be screwed in


completely.

2131.23. Universal rotary safety eyebolt with eye hook


Rated carrying
Order No
capacity [t]
2131.23.012
0,63
2131.23.016
1,5
2131.23.020
2.5
2131.23.024
4.0
2131.23.030
5.0
2131.23.036
8.0
*SW = Width across flats

a
13
20
28
36
37
49

b
75
97
126
150
174
208

c
18
25
30
35
40
48

d
40
46
61
78
95
100

e
116
147
187
227
267
310

f
18
24
30
36
45
54

g
41
50
61
77
93
102

m
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36

SW*
36
41
55
70
85
90

Max. carried load G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment, Arrangement
of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
6,5
10,0

0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
5,0
8,0

1,26
3,0
5,0
8,0
13,0
20,0

1,26
3,0
5,0
8,0
10,0
16,0

Order No
2131.23.012
2131.23.016
2131.23.020
2131.23.024
2131.23.030
2131.23.036

subject to alterations

045

4560

carried load in tonnes


0,88
0,63
2,1
1,5
3,5
2,5
5,6
4,0
7
5,0
11,2
8,0

2
3 and 4 symmetrical 3 and 4
asymmeasymmetri045
4560
trical
cal
0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
5,0
8,0

1,32
3,15
5,25
8,4
10,5
16,8

0,95
2,25
3,75
6,0
7,5
12,0

0,63
1,5
2,5
4,0
5,0
8,0

C23

Ring block with position lock


2131.22.016

k
92 0,5

18

Lock plate
17 DIN 463 St.

d2

2131.22.

m
M16

2)

max. carrying capacity


= 3,0 t when secured
at four points

6 min.

53

Position lock
e 0,5
d 1+0,2 1)
1x45

180

screw

d2

Position lock

g min.

d 1 +0,2

e 0,5

f 0,4
m

Description:

2131.22.016.: Only use hexagonal bolts to ISO 4014. Fit washers before
tightening and securing bolts (tightening torque 120 Nm).

Note:

2131.22.020./030.: Use only hexagon socket head screws conforming to


ISO 4762 (2131.22.020 tightening torque 300 Nm, 2131.22.030
tightening torque 600 Nm).

The position locks protect the fixing bolts against bending and shear
stresses. The ring can be folded down.
Drill the holes for the position locks first.
Fix the ring block in the position lock and then tap the holes.
Ensure that the bolting surface is flat.
See also loading of eyebolts.
The threaded connection on the transported load must be suitable for
transferring forces.

1)
2)

Fixing:

Only use 100% crack tested bolts.


Once bolts have been in use for some time, check that they are firmly
seated.
Minimum grade of screws, see table: "Y"

2131.22.

Ring block with position lock

Order No
2131.22.016
2131.22.020
2131.22.030

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
3
10
16

a
67
102
131

b
16
22
30

c
5
6
8

d
48
65
90

d1
18
30
46

d2
M16
M20
M30

e
136
143
198

f
78
104

g
30
50
70

h
50
45
63

j
8
10

k
178
213
270

m
34
120
170

n
16
25
32

y
10.9
12.9
12.9

p
71
100
134

Max. carried load G in tonnes for various types of attachment


F3
Type of attachment,
G
Arrangement of the suspension points
1
Number of lines
0
Angle of inclination/ load direction
Order No
Thread
2131.22.016
3
2 M16
2131.22.020
10
4 M20
2131.22.030
16
4 M30

C24

F1(F2)
G

1
90

2
0

2
90

3
10
16

6
20
32

6
20
32

2 symmetrical
2
045
4560
asymm.
carried load in tonnes
4,2
3
3
14
10
10
22,4
16
16

3 and 4 symmetrical
045
4560
6,3
21
33,6

4,5
15
24

3 and 4
asymm.
3
10
16

subject to alterations

Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional


2131.33.
g
b

SW
s

h
c

Description:

The hinged unit is free to rotate through 360, self-align with the d
irection of pull and folding. The hoisting Snap Link must be installed in t he
stress direction before loading, must be able to move freely and may
not be supported at an angle.
Do not rotate under load.
Full load bearing capacity in any direction.
Complete with a 100% crack-checked outer and inner hexagonal bolt
for universal tool use.

Material:

Alloyed tool steel

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.

2131.33. Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional


Order No
2131.33.008.055
2131.33.010.055
2131.33.012.057
2131.33.014.057
2131.33.016.057
2131.33.018.082
2131.33.020.082
2131.33.024.082
2131.33.027.099
2131.33.030.099
2131.33.036.099
2131.33.036.124
2131.33.042.124
2131.33.042.158
2131.33.048.158

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
0.3
0.63
1
1.2
1.5
2
2.5
4
4
5
7
8
10
15
20

M
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M24
M27
M30
M36
M36
M42
M42
M48

g
55
55
57
57
57
82
82
82
99
99
99
124
124
158
158

a
30
30
33
33
33
50
50
50
60
60
60
77
77
95
95

b
35
35
37
37
37
54
54
54
65
65
65
85
85
104
104

c
35
36
44
45
46
57
57
59
79
81
86
101
104
115
119

d
11
11
14
14
14
17
17
17
23
23
23
27
27
36
36

e
12
16
18
21
24
26
30
36
38
48
54
62
72
63
72

f
84
86
98
98
98
142
142
142
170
170
177
225
225
256
258

h
28
29
36
36
36
44
44
44
62
62
63
78
78.5
89
89

s
6
6
8
10
10
12
12
14
17
17
22
22
24
24
27

SW
13
17
19
22
24
30
30
36
41
46
55
55
65
65
75

Tightening torque [Nm]


30
60
100
120
150
200
250
400
400
500
700
800
1000
1500
2000

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.33.008.055
2131.33.010.055
2131.33.012.057
2131.33.014.057
2131.33.016.057
2131.33.018.082
2131.33.020.082
2131.33.024.082
2131.33.027.099
2131.33.030.099
2131.33.036.099
2131.33.036.124
2131.33.042.124
2131.33.042.158
2131.33.048.158

04.2016

0.3
0.63
1
1.2
1.5
2
2.5
4
4
5
7
8
10
15
20

0.3
0.63
1
1.2
1.5
2
2.5
4
4
5
7
8
10
15
20

0.6
1.26
2
2.4
3
4
5
8
8
10
14
16
20
30
40

0.6
1.26
2
2.4
3
4
5
8
8
10
14
16
20
30
40

2 symmetrical
045

4560

3 and 4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.42
0.3
0.63
0.88
0.63
1.32
1.4
1
2.1
1.7
1.2
2.5
2.1
1.5
3.1
2.8
2
4.2
3.5
2.5
5.2
5.6
4
8.4
5.6
4
8.4
7
5
10.5
9.8
7
14.7
11.2
8
16.8
14
10
21
21
15
31.5
28
20
42

4560
0.45
0.95
1.5
1.8
2.2
3
3.7
6
6
7.5
10.5
12
15
22.5
30

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

0.3
0.63
1
1.2
1.5
2
2.5
4
4
5
7
8
10
15
20

0.3
0.63
1
1.2
1.5
2
2.5
4
4
5
7
8
10
15
20

subject to alterations

Attachment point screwable profilift gamma


2131.31.

b
a

M
f

Description:

Note:

When replacing, make sure the Allen screw is seated firmly. Adjustable
in the direction of force, thus no unintended opening up and overtwisting! Screwing in and out by hand possible. The ring must be able to be
turned 360 in the screwed tight state.

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
Set attachment point in permitted loading direction before loading.

Material:

Structural parts: High-strength chrome nickle alloyed Q & T steel.


Screws: High-strength screws strength class 10.9, 100 % crack tested

When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 4
Other lengths (n) on request!

2131.31. Attachment point screwable profilift gamma


Order No
2131.31.008
2131.31.010
2131.31.012
2131.31.016
2131.31.020
2131.31.024
2131.31.030
2131.31.036
2131.31.042
2131.31.048

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
0.3
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.3
3.2
4.9
7
9
12

M
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48

a
25
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
80
95

b
45
45
55
64
69
86
110
132
152
179

c
10
10
12
14
16
18
25
31
36
42

d
27
27
32
36
41
50
60
70
72
88

e
53
53
63
70
78
93
114
136
153
179

f
35
35
43
50
54
69
90
108
126
148

n
15
15
20
25
30
35
45
55
65
75

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment

Number of lines

90

90

Angle of inclination/ load direction


Order No
2131.31.008
2131.31.010
2131.31.012
2131.31.016
2131.31.020
2131.31.024
2131.31.030
2131.31.036
2131.31.042
2131.31.048

07.2015

tightening torque [Nm]

simply tighten
handtight

1
1.5
2
4
5
6.5
12
15
22
30

0.3
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.3
3.2
4.9
7
9
12

2
3
4
8
10
13
24
30
44
60

0.6
1
1.4
3
4.6
6.4
9.8
14
18
24

3+4

3+4

045

4560

045

4560

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.4
0.3
0.6
0.7
0.5
1
1
0.7
1.4
2.1
1.5
3
3.2
2.3
4.8
4.5
3.2
6.7
6.9
4.9
10.3
9.8
7
14.7
12.6
9
18.9
16.8
12
25

0.4
0.7
1
2.2
3.4
4.8
7.3
10.5
13.5
18

2
asymme
trical

3+4
asymme
trical

0.3
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.3
3.2
4.9
7
9
12

0.3
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.3
3.2
4.9
7
9
12

subject to alterations

Attachment point screwable profilift gamma ring nut


2131.32.

b
a

Description:

Pay attention to firm seating of the ring nut when inserting. Adjustable
in the direction of force, thus no unintended opening up and overtwisting! Screwing in and out by hand possible. The ring must be able to be
turned 360 in the screwed tight state.

Material:

Structural parts: High-strength chrome nickle alloyed Q & T steel.


Nuts: High-strength nuts, strength class 10, 100 % crack tested

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
Set attachment point in permitted loading direction before loading.
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 4.

2131.32. Attachment point screwable profilift gamma ring nut


Order No
2131.32.008
2131.32.010
2131.32.012
2131.32.016
2131.32.020
2131.32.024
2131.32.030

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
0.3
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.3
3.5
4.9

M
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30

a
25
25
30
35
40
50
60

b
45
45
55
64
69
86
110

c
10
10
12
14
16
18
25

d
21
21
25
29
34
40
47

e
55
55
65
72
80
95
115

f
35
35
43
50
54
69
90

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment

Number of lines

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.32.008
2131.32.010
2131.32.012
2131.32.016
2131.32.020
2131.32.024
2131.32.030

subject to alterations

1
1.5
2
4
4.5
5
12

0.3
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.3
3.5
4.9

2
3
4
8
9
10
24

0.6
1
1.4
3
4.6
7
1.4

3+4

3+4

045

4560

045

4560

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.4
0.3
0.6
0.7
0.5
1
1
0.7
1.4
2.1
1.5
3
3.2
2.3
4.8
4.9
3.5
7.4
6.9
4.9
10.3

0.4
0.7
1
2.2
3.4
5.2
7.3

2
asymme
trical

3+4
asymme
trical

0.3
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.3
3.5
4.9

0.3
0.5
0.7
1.5
2.3
3.5
4.9

07.2015

Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional


2131.33.
g
b

SW
s

h
c

Description:

The hinged unit is free to rotate through 360, self-align with the direction of pull and folding. The hoisting Snap Link must be installed in the
stress direction before loading, must be able to move freely and may
not be supported at an angle.
Do not rotate under load.
Full load bearing capacity in any direction.
Complete with a 100% crack-checked outer and inner hexagonal bolt
for universal tool use.

Material:

Alloyed tool steel

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.

2131.33. Hoisting snap link, omnidirectional


Rated carrying
Order No
capacity [t]
2131.33.008.055
0.3
2131.33.010.055
0.63
2131.33.012.057
1
2131.33.014.057
1.2
2131.33.016.057
1.5
2131.33.018.082
2
2131.33.020.082
2.5
2131.33.024.082
4
2131.33.027.099
4
2131.33.030.099
5
2131.33.036.099
7
2131.33.036.124
8
2131.33.042.124
10
2131.33.042.158
15
2131.33.048.158
20
*SW = Width across flats

M
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M24
M27
M30
M36
M36
M42
M42
M48

g
55
55
57
57
57
82
82
82
99
99
99
124
124
158
158

a
30
30
33
33
33
50
50
50
60
60
60
77
77
95
95

b
35
35
37
37
37
54
54
54
65
65
65
85
85
104
104

c
35
36
44
45
46
57
57
59
79
81
86
101
104
115
119

d
11
11
14
14
14
17
17
17
23
23
23
27
27
36
36

e
12
16
18
21
24
26
30
36
38
48
56
62
72
55
74

f
84
86
98
98
98
142
142
142
170
170
177
225
225
256
258

h
28
29
36
36
36
44
44
44
62
62
63
78
78.5
89
89

s
6
6
8
10
10
12
12
14
17
17
22
22
24
24
27

SW*
13
17
19
22
24
30
30
36
41
46
55
55
65
65
75

Tightening torque [Nm]


30
60
100
120
150
200
250
400
400
500
700
800
1000
1500
2000

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.33.008.055
2131.33.010.055
2131.33.012.057
2131.33.014.057
2131.33.016.057
2131.33.018.082
2131.33.020.082
2131.33.024.082
2131.33.027.099
2131.33.030.099
2131.33.036.099
2131.33.036.154
2131.33.042.154
2131.33.042.158
2131.33.048.158

07.2015

0.3
0.63
1
1.2
1.5
2
2.5
4
4
5
7
8
10
15
20

0.3
0.63
1
1.2
1.5
2
2.5
4
4
5
7
8
10
15
20

0.6
1.26
2
2.4
3
4
5
8
8
10
14
16
20
30
40

0.6
1.26
2
2.4
3
4
5
8
8
10
14
16
20
30
40

2 symmetrical
045

4560

3 and 4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.42
0.3
0.63
0.88
0.63
1.32
1.4
1
2.1
1.7
1.2
2.5
2.1
1.5
3.1
2.8
2
4.2
3.5
2.5
5.2
5.6
4
8.4
5.6
4
8.4
7
5
10.5
9.8
7
14.7
11.2
8
16.8
14
10
21
21
15
31.5
28
20
42

4560
0.45
0.95
1.5
1.8
2.2
3
3.7
6
6
7.5
10.5
12
15
22.5
30

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

0.3
0.63
1
1.2
1.5
2
2.5
4
4
5
7
8
10
15
20

0.3
0.63
1
1.2
1.5
2
2.5
4
4
5
7
8
10
15
20

subject to alterations

Attachment point screwable profilift delta


a

180
d

2131.34.

M
e

Description:

Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.


Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.

For loads which are turned and flipped.


Ball-bearing-mounted under load turnable by 360
Not suitable for continuous turning movements under full load.

Material:

Structural parts: High-strength chrome nickle alloyed Q & T steel.


Screws: High-strength screws strength class 12.9, 100 % crack tested

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
force transmission.
Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number

When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
- when fit closely at edges or surfaces
Safety factor 4
* 2131.34.014 only by request!

2131.34. Attachment point screwable profilift delta


Order No
2131.34.008
2131.34.010
2131.34.012
2131.34.014*
2131.34.016
2131.34.020
2131.34.024
2131.34.030
2131.34.036
2131.34.042
2131.34.048

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
0.3
0.5
0.7
1
1.5
2.5
4
6
8
10
12.5

M
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48

a
30
30
35
35
35
35
40
50
50
65
65

b
38
38
48
48
48
55
66
70
91
91
116

c
54
54
54
54
54
75
82
92
124
124
124

d
13
13
13
13
13
16
17
23
23
27
27

e
38
38
38
38
38
55
63
72
92
92
92

n
20
20
22
22
33
33
40
40
55
60
68

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment

Number of lines

3+4

3+4

Angle of inclination/load direction

90

90

045

4560

045

4560

0.6
1
1.4
2
2.8
5
7
10
12.5
16
16

0.3
0.5
0.7
1
1.5
2.5
4
6
8
10
12.5

1.2
2
2.8
4
5.6
10
14
20
25
32
32

0.6
1
1.4
2
3
5
8
12
16
20
25

0.6
1
1.4
2.1
3.1
5.3
8.4
12.6
16.8
21
26.5

0.4
0.75
1
1.5
2.1
3.5
6
9
12
15
18

Order No
2131.34.008
2131.34.010
2131.34.012
2131.34.014*
2131.34.016
2131.34.020
2131.34.024
2131.34.030
2131.34.036
2131.34.042
2131.34.048
subject to alterations

tightening torque [Nm]


10
10
15
25
30
80
150
230
450
600
600

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.4
0.3
0.7
0.5
0.95
0.7
1.4
1
2.1
1.5
3.5
2.5
5.5
4
8.4
6
11.2
8
14
10
17.5
12.5

2
3+4
asymme- asymmetrical
trical
0.3
0.5
0.7
1
1.5
2.5
4
6
8
10
12.5

0.3
0.5
0.7
1
1.5
2.5
4
6
8
10
12.5

07.2015

Triple vortice ring


2131.35.

s1
h
a

s2
g

l1

Description:

Material:

The triple vortice rings with double bearing mount for smooth tipping,
turning and flipping.<br>
Also turnable 90 for screw-in direction under full load.<br>
Not suitable for continuous turning movement under full load.<br>
The optimised design prevents damage to lifting tackle and the
valuable load when turning.<br>
For ring assembly, round slings, wire ropes, hook assemblies, etc.

High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,


Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
inspected

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.

2131.35. Triple vortice ring


Order No
2131.35.008
2131.35.010
2131.35.012
2131.35.014
2131.35.016
2131.35.018
2131.35.020
2131.35.022
2131.35.024
2131.35.027
2131.35.030
2131.35.036
2131.35.042
2131.35.048
2131.35.056

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3
10
12.5
20
22

M
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56

l1
14
17
21
23
27
27
30
33
36
36
45
54
63
68
78

s1
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
14
14
14
14
19
19
19
19

s2
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
30

a
33
33
33
45
45
45
45
62
62
62
62
81
84
100
104

b
56
56
56
76
76
76
81
105
105
105
105
140
146
178
184

c
30
30
30
45
45
45
45
60
60
60
60
80
80
110
110

d
41
41
41
56
56
56
56
80
80
80
80
111
111
135
135

e
25
25
25
37
37
37
37
45
45
45
45
71
71
90
90

f
10
10
10
14
14
14
14
20
20
20
20
30
30
42
42

g
58
58
58
79
79
79
79
106
106
106
106
148
148
180
190

h
5.5
9.5
9.5
13
13
13
13
19
19
19
19
26.5
26.5
33
33

Tightening torque [Nm]


6
10
15
30
50
70
100
120
160
160
250
320
400
600
600

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.35.008
2131.35.010
2131.35.012
2131.35.014
2131.35.016
2131.35.018
2131.35.020
2131.35.022
2131.35.024
2131.35.027
2131.35.030
2131.35.036
2131.35.042
2131.35.048
2131.35.056

07.2015

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3
10
12.5
20
22

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3
10
12.5
20
22

0.6
1.2
2
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
12.6
20
25
40
44

0.6
1.2
2
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
12.6
20
25
40
40

045

4560

4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.4
0.3
0.6
0.8
0.6
1.3
1.4
1
2.1
1.8
1.3
2.7
2.2
1.6
3.4
2.8
2
4.2
3.5
2.5
5.3
4.2
3
6.3
5.6
4
8.4
7
5
10.5
8.8
6.3
13.2
14
10
21
17.5
12.5
26.3
28
20
42
30.8
22
46.2

4560
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3
10
12.5
20
22

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3
10
12.5
20
22

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3
10
12.5
20
22

subject to alterations

Double vortice hook


2131.36.
f

s1
h
a

s2
g

l1

Description:

The double vortice rings with double bearing mount for smooth tipping,
turning and flipping.
Also turnable 90 for screw-in direction under full load.
Not suitable for continuous turning movement under full load.
The optimised design prevents damage to lifting tackle and the
valuable load when turning.
For ring assembly, round slings, wire ropes, hook assemblies, etc.

Material:

High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,


Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
inspected

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.

2131.36. Double vortice hook


Order No
2131.36.008
2131.36.010
2131.36.012
2131.36.014
2131.36.016
2131.36.018
2131.36.020

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5

M
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20

l1
14
17
21
23
27
27
30

s1
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

s2
16
16
16
20
20
20
20

a
33
33
33
45
45
45
45

b
56
56
56
76
76
76
81

c
30
30
30
45
45
45
45

d
44
44
44
58
58
58
58

e
32
32
32
46
46
46
46

f
23
23
23
29
29
29
29

g
58
58
58
79
79
79
79

h
9.5
9.5
9.5
13
13
13
13

Tightening torque [Nm]


6
10
15
30
50
70
100

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.36.008
2131.36.010
2131.36.012
2131.36.014
2131.36.016
2131.36.018
2131.36.020

subject to alterations

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5

0.6
1.2
2
2.6
3.2
4
5

0.6
1.2
2
2.6
3.2
4
5

045

4560

4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.4
0.3
0.8
0.6
1.4
1
1.8
1.3
2.2
1.6
2.8
2
3.5
2.5

0.6
1.3
2.1
2.7
3.4
4.2
5.3

4560
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5

07.2015

Double vortice ring


2131.37.

360
f

>180

s1
h
a

s2
g

l1

Description:

force transmission.
Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.

The double vortex ring was especially designed to guarantee lifting


under rotation.
Its double joint permits a perfect alignment for load suspension.

Material:

High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,


Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
inspected

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the

When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5

2131.37. Double vortice ring


Order No
2131.37.004
2131.37.005
2131.37.006
2131.37.008
2131.37.010
2131.37.012
2131.37.014
2131.37.016
2131.37.018
2131.37.020
2131.37.022
2131.37.024
2131.37.027
2131.37.030

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
0.05
0.075
0.1
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3

M
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30

l1
15
15
15
14
17
21
23
27
27
30
33
36
40
45

s1
3
4
5
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
14
14
14
14

s2
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

a
33
33
33
33
33
33
45
45
45
45
62
62
62
62

b
30
30
30
30
30
30
42
42
42
42
55
55
55
55

c
30
30
30
30
30
30
45
45
45
45
60
60
60
60

d
38
38
38
38
38
38
54
54
54
54
83
83
83
83

e
27
27
27
27
27
27
38
38
38
38
55
55
55
55

f
14
14
14
14
14
14
17
17
17
17
25
25
25
25

g
53
53
53
53
53
53
76
76
76
76
117
117
117
117

h
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
13
13
13
13
19
19
19
19

Tightening torque [Nm]


2
3
4
6
10
15
30
50
70
100
120
160
160
250

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.37.004
2131.37.005
2131.37.006
2131.37.008
2131.37.010
2131.37.012
2131.37.014
2131.37.016
2131.37.018
2131.37.020
2131.37.022
2131.37.024
2131.37.027
2131.37.030
07.2015

0.05
0.075
0.1
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3

0.05
0.075
0.1
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3

0.1
0.15
0.2
0.6
1.2
2
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
12.6

0.1
0.15
0.2
0.6
1.2
2
2.6
3.2
4
5
6
8
10
12.6

045

4560

3+4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.07
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.6
0.15
1.4
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.6
0.8
0.6
1.3
1.4
1
2.1
1.8
1.3
2.7
2.2
1.6
3.4
2.8
2
4.2
3.5
2.5
5.3
4.2
3
6.3
5.6
4
8.4
7
5
10.5
8.8
6.3
13.2

4560
0.05
0.075
0.1
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

0.05
0.075
0.1
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3

0.05
0.05
0.1
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6.3

subject to alterations

Double vortice ring with central device


2131.38.

>180

360

90

d1

h
a

s1

t +1
+0,5

s2
g

l1

Description:

The double vortex ring with centring device was especially designed to
guarantee lifting under rotation.
The centring device increases the resistance of the axis in case of lateral
mounting.

Material:

High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,


Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
inspected

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
force transmission.
Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5

2131.38. Double vortice ring with central device


Order No
2131.38.004
2131.38.005
2131.38.006
2131.38.008
2131.38.010
2131.38.012
2131.38.014
2131.38.016
2131.38.018
2131.38.020
2131.38.022
2131.38.024
2131.38.027
2131.38.030

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
0.05
0.075
0.1
0.5
0.8
1.2
1.3
2
2
2.7
3
5
5
6.3

M
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30

l1
15
15
15
14
17
21
23
27
27
30
33
36
40
45

s1
3
4
5
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
14
14
14
14

s2
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

a
33
33
33
33
33
33
45
45
45
45
62
62
62
62

b
30
30
30
30
30
30
42
42
42
42
55
55
55
55

c
30
30
30
30
30
30
45
45
45
45
60
60
60
60

d
38
38
38
38
38
38
54
54
54
54
83
83
83
83

e
27
27
27
27
27
27
38
38
38
38
55
55
55
55

f
14
14
14
14
14
14
17
17
17
17
25
25
25
25

g
53
53
53
53
53
53
76
76
76
76
117
117
117
117

h
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
13
13
13
13
19
19
19
19

d1 Tolrances d1
16
+0,25/0
16
+0,25/0
16
+0,25/0
16
+0,25/0
20
+0,25/0
20
+0,25/0
20
+0,30/0
20
+0,30/0
30
+0,30/0
30
+0,30/0
30
+0,30/0
30
+0,30/0
36
+0,30/0
36
+0,30/0

t
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4

Tightening torque [Nm]


2
3
4
6
10
15
30
50
70
100
120
160
200
250

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.38.004
2131.38.005
2131.38.006
2131.38.008
2131.38.010
2131.38.012
2131.38.014
2131.38.016
2131.38.018
2131.38.020
2131.38.022
2131.38.024
2131.38.027
2131.38.030
subject to alterations

0.05
0.075
0.1
0.5
0.8
1.2
1.3
2
2
2.7
3
5
5
6.3

0.05
0.075
0.1
0.5
0.8
1.2
1.3
2
2
2.7
3
5
5
6.3

0.1
0.15
0.2
1
1.6
2.4
2.6
4
4
5.4
6
10
10
12.6

0.1
0.15
0.2
1
1.6
1.68
2.6
4
4
5.4
6
10
10
12.6

045

4560

3+4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.07
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.075
0.15
0.14
0.1
0.21
0.7
0.5
1.05
1.12
0.8
1.68
1.2
1.2
2.52
1.82
1.3
2.73
2.8
2
4.2
2.8
2
4.2
3.78
2.7
5.67
4.2
3
6.3
7
5
10.5
7
5
10.5
8.82
6.3
13.23

4560
0.05
0.075
0.1
0.5
0.8
1.2
1.3
2
2
2.7
3
5
5
6.3

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

0.05
0.075
0.1
0.5
0.8
1.2
1.3
2
2
2.7
3
5
5
6.3

0.05
0.075
0.1
0.5
0.8
1.2
1.3
2
2
2.7
3
5
5
6.3
07.2015

Double vortice ring with internal thread


2131.39.

360
f

>180

s
g

h
a=l

Description:

The double vortex ring with internal thread was especially designed to
guarantee lifting under rotation.
Its double joint permits a perfect alignment for load suspension.

Material:

High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
force transmission.

Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number


Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5

2131.39. Double vortice ring with internal thread


Order No
2131.39.008
2131.39.010
2131.39.012
2131.39.014
2131.39.016
2131.39.018
2131.39.020
2131.39.022

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
0.3
0.6
1
1
1.6
2
2.5
3

M
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22

l
45
45
45
45
45
62
62
62

s
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24

a
45
45
45
45
45
62
62
62

b
42
42
42
42
42
55
55
55

c
45
45
45
45
45
60
60
60

d
54
54
54
54
54
83
83
83

e
38
38
38
38
38
55
55
55

f
17
17
17
17
17
25
25
25

g
76
76
76
76
76
117
117
117

h
13
13
13
13
19
19
19
19

Tightening torque [Nm]


6
10
15
30
50
70
100
120

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.39.008
2131.39.010
2131.39.012
2131.39.014
2131.39.016
2131.39.018
2131.39.020
2131.39.022

07.2015

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3

0.6
1.2
2
2.6
3.2
4
5
6

0.6
1.2
2
2.6
3.2
4
5
6

045

4560

3+4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


0.4
0.3
0.8
0.6
1.4
1
1.8
1.3
2.2
1.6
2.8
2
3.5
2.5
4.2
3

0.6
1.3
2.1
2.7
3.4
4.2
5.3
6.3

4560
0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3

0.3
0.6
1
1.3
1.6
2
2.5
3

subject to alterations

Double vortex ring screw


2131.40.

360

360

b
a

s
f

Description:

The double vortex ring screw was especially designed for the lifting and
rotating of heavy loads.
Load bearing capacity in all directions and perfect alignment for load
suspension.

Material:

High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,


Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
inspected

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the

force transmission.
Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5 - 2131.40.024 through 2131.40.042
Safety factor 4 - 2131.40.045 through 2131.40.100

2431.40. Double vortex ring screw


Order No
2131.40.024
2131.40.030
2131.40.033
2131.40.036
2131.40.039
2131.40.042
2131.40.045
2131.40.048
2131.40.052
2131.40.056
2131.40.064
2131.40.072
2131.40.080
2131.40.090
2131.40.100

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
4.5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20
25
32.1
25
32.1
32.1
32.1

M
M24
M30
M33
M36
M39
M42
M45
M48
M52
M56
M64
M72
M80
M90
M100

l
36
45
50
54
58
63
63
68
68
78
90
90
90
90
90

s
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19

a
61
61
61
61
61
61
61
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79

b
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38

c
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
90
90
90
95
95
95
95
95

d
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

e
73
73
73
73
73
73
73
91
91
91
91
91
91
91
91

f
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184

g
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

Tightening torque [Nm]


160
250
250
320
320
400
400
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.40.024
2131.40.030
2131.40.033
2131.40.036
2131.40.039
2131.40.042
2131.40.045
2131.40.048
2131.40.052
2131.40.056
2131.40.064
2131.40.072
2131.40.080
2131.40.090
2131.40.100
subject to alterations

4.5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20
25
32.1
25
32.1
32.1
32.1

4.5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20
25
32.1
25
32.1
32.1
32.1

9
14.6
16
20
20
25
30
40
40
50
64.2
50
64.2
64.2
64.2

9
14.6
16
20
20
25
30
40
40
50
64.2
50
64.2
64.2
64.2

045

4560

3+4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


6.3
4.5
9.5
10.2
7.3
15.3
11.2
8
16.8
14
10
21
14
10
21
17.5
12.5
26.3
21
15
31.5
28
20
42
28
20
42
35
25
52.5
44.9
32.1
67.4
35
25
52.5
44.9
32.1
67.4
44.9
32.1
67.4
44.9
32.1
67.4

4560
4.5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20
25
32.1
25
32.1
32.1
32.1

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

4.5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20
25
32.1
25
32.1
32.1
32.1

4.5
4.5
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20
25
32.1
32.1
32.1
32.1
32.1

07.2015

Double vortex ring screw with centring


2131.41.
360

90

d1

t +1
+0,5

b
a

s
f

Description:

360

Note:

The double vortex ring screw with centring device was especially designed for the lifting and rotating of heavy loads. The centring device
increases the resistance of the axis in case of lateral mounting.
Load bearing capacity in all directions and perfect alignment for load
suspension.

Material:

High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,


Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
inspected

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
force transmission.
Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5 - 2131.41.024 through 2131.41.042
Safety factor 4 - 2131.41.045 through 2131.41.064

2134.41. Double vortex ring screw with centring


Order No
2131.41.024
2131.41.030
2131.41.033
2131.41.036
2131.41.042
2131.41.045
2131.41.048
2131.41.056
2131.41.064

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
5
8
8
11
13
15
22
26
32.1

M
M24
M30
M33
M36
M42
M45
M48
M56
M64

l
36
45
50
54
63
63
68
78
90

s
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19

a
61
61
61
61
61
61
79
79
79

b
31
31
31
31
31
31
38
38
38

c
70
70
70
70
70
70
90
90
95

d
104
104
104
104
104
104
125
125
125

e
73
73
73
73
73
73
91
91
91

f
145
145
145
145
145
145
184
184
184

g
29
29
29
29
29
29
36
36
36

d1
30
36
48
48
48
48
64
64
74

Tolrances d1
+0,3/0
+0,3/0
+0,3/+0,1
+0,5/+0,1
+0,5/+0,1
+0,5/+0,1
+0,6/+0,1
+0,6/+0,1
+0,6/+0,1

t
4
4
6
6
6
8
8
8
10

Tightening torque [Nm]


160
250
250
320
400
400
600
600
600

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.41.024
2131.41.030
2131.41.033
2131.41.036
2131.41.042
2131.41.045
2131.41.048
2131.41.056
2131.41.064

07.2015

5
8
8
11
13
15
22
26
32.1

5
8
8
11
13
15
22
26
32.1

10
16
16
22
26
30
44
52
64.2

10
16
16
22
26
30
44
52
64.2

045

4560

3+4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


7
5
10.5
11.2
8
16.8
11.2
8
16.8
15.4
11
23.1
18.2
13
27.3
21
15
31.5
30.8
22
46.2
36.4
26
54.6
44.9
32.1
67.4

4560
5
8
8
11
13
15
22
26
32.1

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

5
8
8
11
13
15
22
26
32.1

5
8
8
11
13
15
22
26
32.1

subject to alterations

Double vortex ring screw Mega DSS


360

360

2131.42.

b
a

s
f

Description:

Note:

The Mega double vortex ring screw was specially designed to lift and
rotate under a load of up to 50 tons. It can be used directly with the
lifting equipment (hook of the travelling crane).
Load bearing capacity in all directions and perfect alignment for load
suspension.

Material:

High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel,


Screws: high-strength screws, min. strength category 10.9, 100 % crack
inspected

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
force transmission.
Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number
Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 4

2131.42. Double vortex ring screw Mega DSS


Order No
2131.42.064
2131.42.072
2131.42.080
2131.42.090
2131.42.100

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
33
35
40
45
50

M
M64
M72
M80
M90
M100

l
100
110
120
135
150

s
36
36
36
36
36

a
127.5
127.5
127.5
127.5
127.5

b
64.5
64.5
64.5
64.5
64.5

c
158
158
158
158
158

d
186
186
186
186
186

e
143
143
143
143
143

f
278
278
278
278
278

g
57.5
57.5
57.5
57.5
57.5

Tightening torque [Nm]


600
700
800
900
1000

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.42.064
2131.42.072
2131.42.080
2131.42.090
2131.42.100

subject to alterations

33
35
40
45
50

33
35
40
45
50

66
70
80
90
100

66
70
80
90
100

045

4560

3+4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


46
33
49
35
56
40
63
45
70
50

69
74
84
95
105

4560
33
35
40
45
50

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

33
35
40
45
50

33
35
40
45
50

07.2015

Double vortice ring with internal thread


360

360

e
M

2131.43.

b
a

Description:

The double vortex ring with internal thread was especially designed for
the lifting and rotating of heavy loads.
Its double joint permits a perfect alignment for load suspension.

Material:

High-strength chrome-nickle alloyed Q & T steel

Note:

Ensure even screw-in surface, threads must be screwed in completely.


The threaded connection on the transport belt must be suitable for the
force transmission.

Each attachment point is provided with an individual serial number


Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.
Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table
in the specified directions of pull.
When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
Safety factor 5 - 2131.43.024 through 2131.43.042
Safety factor 4 - 2131.43.045 through 2131.43.052

2131.43. Double vortice ring with internal thread


Order No
2131.43.024
2131.43.027
2131.43.030
2131.43.033
2131.43.036
2131.43.039
2131.43.042
2131.43.045
2131.43.048
2131.43.052

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
4.5
5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20

M
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
M39
M42
M45
M48
M52

l
66
66
66
66
66
89
89
89
89
89

s
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60

a
66
66
66
66
66
89
89
89
89
89

b
31
31
31
31
31
38
38
38
38
38

c
70
70
70
70
70
95
95
95
95
95

d
104
104
104
104
104
125
125
125
125
125

e
73
73
73
73
73
91
91
91
91
91

f
145
145
145
145
145
184
184
184
184
184

g
29
29
29
29
29
36
36
36
36
36

Tightening torque [Nm]


160
200
250
250
320
320
400
400
600
600

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment,
Arrangement of the suspension points
Number of lines

2 symmetrical

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.43.024
2131.43.027
2131.43.030
2131.43.033
2131.43.036
2131.43.039
2131.43.042
2131.43.045
2131.43.048
2131.43.052

07.2015

4.5
5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20

4.5
5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20

9
10
14.6
16
20
20
25
30
40
40

9
10
14.6
16
20
20
25
30
40
40

045

4560

3+4 symmetrical
045

carrying capacity in tonnes


6.3
4.5
9.5
7
5
10.5
10.2
7.3
15.3
11.2
8
16.8
14
10
21
14
10
21
17.5
12.5
26.3
21
15
31.5
28
20
42
28
20
42

4560
4.5
5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20

2
asymme
trical

3 and 4
asymme
trical

4.5
5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20

4.5
5
7.3
8
10
10
12.5
15
20
20

subject to alterations

Attachment point weldable profilift eta


2131.50.
b

180

Description:

in the specified directions of pull.

For welding work, the conditions according to DIN EN ISO 14341 apply.
Welding work may only be performed by a welder with qualification
according to EN 287-1.

Material:

Weld-on bracket: S355 J2 G3


Ring: high-strength alloyed steel

When selecting the arrangement, make sure that unequal loading does
not occur, e.g. if:
- no free adjustment is possible in the direction of pull
- direction of pull does not lie in the specified range
- when fit closely at edges or surfaces

Note:

Information about installation and removal, see operating instructions.


Load capacity according to operating instructions or load capacity table

2131.50. Attachment point weldable profilift eta


Order No
2131.50.006
2131.50.008
2131.50.010
2131.50.013
2131.50.016
2131.50.022

Rated carrying
capacity [t]
1.12
2
3.15
5.3
8
15

Size
006
008
010
013
016
022

a
36
37
41
61
63
89

b
40
42
45
55
70
97

d
11
13
16.5
22
25
33

e
67
73
80
97
120
163

f
42
45
47
53
73
92

l
35
37
40
50
64
90

Max. carrying capacity G in tonnes for various types of attachment


Type of attachment

Number of lines

Angle of inclination/ load direction

90

90

Order No
2131.50.006
2131.50.008
2131.50.010
2131.50.013
2131.50.016
2131.50.022

subject to alterations

1.12
2
3.15
5.3
8
15

1.12
2
3.15
5.3
8
15

2.24
4
6.3
10.6
16
30

2.24
4
6.3
10.6
16
30

3+4

3+4

045

4560

045

4560

carrying capacity in tonnes


1.5
1.12
2.3
2.8
2
4.2
4.4
3.15
6.6
7.4
5.3
11.2
11.3
8
16.9
21
15
31.8

1.6
3
4.7
7.9
12
22.5

2
asymme
trical

3+4
asymme
trical

1.12
2
3.15
5.3
8
15

1.12
2
3.15
5.3
8
15

07.2015

Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to BMW


27

b
p

d2
c = (2 x r)

t1

d4

2133.11.

22 H7
d3
2445.10.022.045

2133.11..1

10 x 45

m
u

d1

2133.11.032 - .062.
2133.11.082.1

m
90
u

h
w

f
a
l

t t

m
u

h
w v

f
a
d1

m
90
u

R4

t t

30

2133.11.082

Note:

Centering pin 2445.10.022.045 to be ordered separately


Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.11..1
Order No for lifting flange with bolt, with safety ring, two centering pins
and fixing screws, to BMW: 2133.11.00.15., 2133.11.00.15.062.36

2133.11. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to BMW


max. carrying capacity
Order No
(2 lifting flanges) [kg]*
2133.11.032
6400
2133.11.042
10000
2133.11.052
16000
2133.11.062.36
25000
2133.11.082
36000

d1
30
40
50
60
80

d2 a b c e f g h k l m n
32 126 185 80 75 50 38 85 50 158 45 40
42 150 210 100 95 60 45 87 55 187 52 50
52 175 240 120115 75 50 95 70 220 62.5 60
62 200 300 140130 80 60 145 80 246 77.5 65
82 250 300 160150100 75 105 95 305 100 90

p
12
12
16
20
20

s t u
16 20 40
20 22.5 45
24 25 50
30 35 65
30 30 60

v
30
25
35
60
30

w d3 d4 t1
35 17.5 26 17.5
40 22 33 21.5
45 26 40 25.5
65 39 57 38
60 33 48 32

Socket head cap screw


DIN EN ISO 4762
M16x80
M20x100
M24x120
M36x160
M30x160

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.

subject to alterations

11.2014

Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to AUDI


2133.11.10.

d6

c1
d2
c

20
25

e
e2

25

22 H7

2445.10.022.045

d5
n
v
h

b1

2133.11.10..1
2133.11.10.052

t t

f
a1
l

d1

m
u

m
u

2133.11.10..1
2133.11.10.065

45

m
u

f
a1
l

m
u

d1

Note:

Centering pin 2445.10.022.045 to be ordered separately


Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.11.10..1
Order No for lifting flange with bolt, with safety ring, two centering pins
and fixing screws, to AUDI: 2133.11.00.10.

2133.11.10. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, to AUDI


max. carrying
capacity (2 lifting
Order No
flanges) [kg]*
2133.11.10.052
16000
2133.11.00.10.052
16000
2133.11.10.065
25000
2133.11.00.10.065
25000

d1
50
50
63
63

d2 a a1 b b1 c c1
52 188 177 290 227.5125 35
52 188 177 290 227.5125 35
65 280 220 333 258 150 47
65 280 220 333 258 150 47

e
67
67
91
91

f h k l m n s
75 37.5 80 221 68.5 135 35
75 37.5 80 221 68.5 135 35
80 42 90 277 107 150 35
80 42 90 277 107 150 35

t
31
31
45
45

u v w
62 42.5 45
62 42.5 45
90 42 65
90 42 65

x
20
20
46
46

d5
26
26
39
39

d6
40
40
58
58

e2
65
65
84
84

Socket head cap screw


DIN EN ISO 4762
M24x100
M24x100
M36x120
M36x120

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.

01.2016

subject to alterations

Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring


2133.12.
m

w
n

2133.12..1

a
b

d 3

Note:

Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.12..1

2133.12. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring


Order No
2133.12.016
2133.12.021
2133.12.026

max. carrying capacity


(2 lifting flanges) [kg]*
1200
2000
4000

a
80
90
100

b
50
60
65

c
40
40
65

d
22.5
27.5
32.5

f
39
42
60

g
H13
16
21
26

h
70
79
90

l
32
36
50

m
12.5
16.5
21

n
80
90
120

o
145
160
215

p
52
56
70

w
11
13
20

d3
15.6
20.6
25.6

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.

C26

subject to alterations

Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring


2133.12.

o
n

w
l
a

f
t

c
b

d 3

2133.12..1

Note:

Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring: 2133.12..1

2133.12.

Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring

Order No
2133.12.034
2133.12.044

max. carrying capacity


(2 lifting flanges) [kg]*
8000
14000

a
b
c
d
135 56 84 60
180 80 110 70

g
e
f H13 h
i
l
m
n
20 85 34 125 100 96 111 18
30 100 44 160 125 130 140 22

o
28
36

p
50
60

q
30
40

r
30
35

s
t
w
72 221 30
90 270 40

d3
33
43

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.

subject to alterations

C27

Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key, to CNOMO
Standard
2133.13.

Note:

Order No for spare part bolt with safety ring:


2132.11.032 fr 2133.13.033
2132.11.040 fr 2133.13.041
Feather key to DIN 6885:
14x9x63 up to 2133.13.033
16x10x100 up to 2133.13.041

2133.13. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key, to CNOMO S tandard
Order No
2133.13.033
2133.13.041

max. carrying capacity


(2 lifting flanges) [kg]*
8000
12600

a b c d e f g h j k l m n p q r s t u v w y z a1 b1 d1 e1 f1 g1
32 33 35 55 55 36 125 221 100 135 50 30 25 111 48 30 28 20 60 42 24 10 20 14 4.5 4.5 18 28 17
40 41 50 60 60 45 160 270 125 180 60 40 35 140 65 35 40 30 70 55 27 12.5 25 16 5 5 22 36 21

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.

C28

subject to alterations

Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key, to BMW
2133.15.
b
d4

t1

d2

d2
p

2133.15.082.300

u
t

R4

d1

f
a
l

u
t

2133.15.082.345

w
v
65

122.5 122.5
u
u
t t

w
v
60

42 H7

R5

d1

50 H7
k

Note:

n
2 x 2133.15.082.345.2
1 x 2133.15.082.345.3

f
a
l

n
3 x 2133.15.082.300.2

e2

e1

d3

e2

e1

2133.15.082.300.1

Order number of spare part for bolt with safety ring:


2133.15.082..1
Order number of spare part for feather key:
3x 2133.15.082.300.2 for 2133.15.082.300
2x 2133.15.082.345.2 and 1x 2133.15.082.345.3 for 2133.15.082.345

2133.15.082.345.1

Order number of lifting flange with bolt and feather key including
mounting screws according to BMW norm:
2133.15.0.082.

2133.15. Lifting flange with bolt with safety ring, with feather key, to BMW
Order No
2133.15.082.300
2133.15.082.345

max. carrying capacity


Socket head cap screw
(2 lifting flanges) [kg]* d1 d2 a b c e f k l n p s t u v w d3 d4 t1 e1 e2
DIN EN ISO 4762
50000
80 82 300 435 200 140120115 360 199 30 30 70 100 45 125 39 58 37 21 19
M36x160
63000
80 82 345 480 240 170135130 405 220 30 30 50 85 50 130 39 58 37 26 22
M36x200

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two lifting flanges one their own are capable of carrying or t urning the tool.

subject to alterations

09.2014

Die lifting bolt with safety ring, VDI 3366


2132.10.

Mounting example

Note:

It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer


sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
side.
The Lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
towards the middle.

2132.10.
Order No
2132.10.032
2132.10.040
2132.10.050
2132.10.063
2132.10.076

Die lifting bolt with safety ring, VDI 3366


max. carrying capacity
(2 die lifting bolts) [kg]*
6400
10000
16000
25000
63000

d
40
50
60
75
95

d1
32
40
50
63
76

d2
32
40
50
63
76

d3
13
16
24
30
40

d4
M10
M12
M20
M24
M36

l1
175
225
273
347
422

l2
145
188
230
295
360

l3
10
10
11
14
15

s
10
14
16
18
20

s1
10
13
16
20
27

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the t ool.

subject to alterations

C29

Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, to VW standard

d
d 1 h11

d 1 h11

2132.10.55.

Mounting example

d2
d 1 h11

l 2 +1

l3

s +0,2
s 1+0,2
l 1 +1

Note:

It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer


sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
side.
The Lifting bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
towards the middle.

2132.10.55.
Order No
2132.10.55.032
2132.10.55.040
2132.10.55.050
2132.10.55.063
2132.10.55.076

Die lifting bolt with safety ring and spring, to VW standard


max. carrying capacity
(2 die lifting bolts) [kg]*
6400
10000
16000
25000
63000

d
40
50
60
75
95

d1
32
40
50
63
76

d2
21
28
36
45
56

l1
175
225
273
347
422

l2
145
188
230
295
360

l3
10
10
11
14
15

s
10
14
16
18
20

s1
10
13
16
20
27

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the t ool.

C30

subject to alterations

Die lifting bolt with safety ring, CNOMO Standard


2132.11.

Mounting example

Note:

It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer


sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
side.
The lifter bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
towards the middle.
**Steel spring included.

2132.11. Die lifting bolt with safety ring, CNOMO Standard


Order No
2132.11.032
2132.11.040
2132.11.050
2132.11.063

max. carrying capacity


(2 die lifting bolts) [kg]*
12000
18000
28000
45000

d
40
50
63
80

d1
32
40
50
63

d2
22
28
36
45

d3
12
16
20
25

d4
25
32
40
50

l1
154
197.75
247.6
309

l2
132
170
212
265

l3
6
8
10
12

s
10
12.5
16
20

s1
5
6
8
10

s2
11
13.75
17.6
22

t
2.5
3
4
5

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the t ool.

subject to alterations

C31

Bush for die lifting bolt


2132.10.03. .1

l
28

4
2

d1
d3
d2

Mounting example

d1
d3
d2

Description:

Bush for casting-in for lifting bolts 2132.10./11.

Material:
Steel

2132.10.03. .1
Order No
2132.10.03.032.1.1
2132.10.03.040.2.1
2132.10.03.050.3.1
2132.10.03.063.4.1
2132.10.03.076.5.1
2132.10.03.076.6.1

C32

Bush for die lifting bolt


max. carrying capacity
(2 die lifting bolts) [kg]
3200
5000
8000
12000
25000
31500

d1
32
40
50
63
76
76

d2
44
52
62
75
100
105

d3
34
42
52
65
78
78

l
40
50
60
80
100
100

Number of grooves
1
1
1
1
2
2

subject to alterations

Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for lifting flange 2133.12.
2133.12. .1

Mounting example

Note:

It is important to ensure that there is safety clearance on both outer


sides of the cast cheeks and that there is room for installation on one
side.
The lifter bolt must always be introduced from the outside of the tool
towards the middle.

2133.12. .1 Die lifting bolt with safety ring, for lifting flange 2133.12.
Order No
2133.12.016.1
2133.12.021.1
2133.12.026.1
2133.12.034.1
2133.12.044.1

max. carrying capacity


(2 die lifting bolts) [kg]*
1200
2000
4000
8000
14000

g
16
21
26
34
44

d
25
30
35
43
53

d1
15.6
20.6
25.6
33
43

d2
15.6
20.6
25.6
33
43

d3
6
7
9
12
16

d4
M5
M6
M6
M8
M12

l1
102.5
113.5
128.5
166.5
210.5

l2
77
86
100
135
175

l3
6
6
6
6
8

s
8
8
9
10
12

s1
11.5
13.5
13.5
15.5
20.5

*The maximum permissible load capacity is to be calculated such that two bolts on their own are capable of carrying or turning the t ool.

subject to alterations

C33

Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B


Clamping claw, goose-neck shape

2140.17.

b2

a2

b3

a1

b1

Material:

2140.17. Clamp, forked shape, DIN 6315-B

Note:

Order No
2140.17.09.080
2140.17.11.100
2140.17.14.125
2140.17.14.160
2140.17.14.200
2140.17.18.160
2140.17.18.200
2140.17.18.250
2140.17.22.200
2140.17.22.250
2140.17.22.315
2140.17.26.200
2140.17.26.250
2140.17.26.315

Heat-treated steel, painted


Holding and contact surfaces are plane-parallel. High clamping forces
can be achieved by using high-strength screws conforming to DIN 787.
The dimensions of the holding strap should be matched to the strength
of the bolts.
Supplied without clamping bolts,
suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.

a1
8
10
12 o. 14
12 o. 14
12 o. 14
16 o. 18
16 o. 18
16 o. 18
20 o. 22
20 o. 22
20 o. 22
24
24
24

a2
9
11
14
14
14
18
18
18
22
22
22
26
26
26

b1
80
100
125
160
200
160
200
250
200
250
315
200
250
315

2140.15.

b2
25
31
38
38
38
48
48
48
52
62
62
66
66
66

b3
8
10
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20

c
15
20
25
25
25
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

b1
e

a2

b2

a1

Material:

2140.15. Clamping claw, goose-neck shape

Note:

Order No
2140.15.22
2140.15.26
2140.15.32

Forged and heat-treated steel,


galvanised and yellow passivated
Clamping claws quickly span very different clamping heigths without
the need for additional supports and take up very little space on the
machine table. They are designed for maximum loads and are
particularly suitable for clamping cutting and punching tools.

a1
a2
20 o. 22 22
24 o. 26 26
36
32

b1
200
232
263

b2
e
f
k m
66 88 112 20 60
76 97 135 24 70
90 107 156 28 80

Clamping
height h
25 - 50
30 - 70
40 - 75

Supplied without clamping bolts,


suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.

C34

subject to alterations

Clamping claw, infinitely variable


2140.13.

d1
e

b1
f

b2

a2

a1

2140.13. Clamping claw, infinitely variable


Order No
a1
2140.13.12.17 12
2140.13.14.17 14
2140.13.16.17 16
2140.13.18.17 18
2140.13.16.21 16
2140.13.18.21 18
2140.13.22.21 22
*Clamping height

a2
17
17
17
17
21
21
21

b1
140
140
140
140
175
175
175

2140.14.

b2
50
50
50
50
60
60
60

c
55
55
55
55
70
70
70

d
60
60
60
60
80
80
80

e
30
30
30
30
40
40
40

f
110
110
110
110
135
135
135

h*
0 - 50
0 - 50
0 - 75
0 - 75
0 - 65
0 - 65
0 - 85

Clamping bolt
d1 x a1 x l
M12x12x125
M12x14x125
M16x16x160
M16x18x160
M16x16x160
M16x18x160
M20x22x200

Material:

Steel, forged and head-treated, tempered in burnishing clay.

Note:

Clamping claws quickly span very different clamping heigths without


the need for additional supports and take up very little space on the
machine table. They are designed for maximum loads and are
particularly suitable for clamping cutting and punching tools.
Supplied without clamping bolts,
suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.

a1
b1

a2
b2

a2

2140.14. Clamping claw, infinitely variable


Order No
2140.14.13
2140.14.18
2140.14.22
2140.14.26
2140.14.32

a1
12 o. 14
16 o. 18
20 o. 22
24 o. 28
36

a2
13
18
22
26
32

b1
88
130
140
174
200

b2
38
56
66
76
90

c
d
e
28 48 23
38 74 29
46 80 32
52 100 39
61 110 44

f
68
101
112
135
156

k m hmax
14 52 35
18 80 55
20 98 65
24 110 75
28 118 80

Material:

Forged and heat-treated steel,


galvanised and yellow passivated

Note:

Clamping claws quickly span very different clamping heigths without


the need for additional supports and take up very little space on the
machine table. They are designed for maximum loads and are
particularly suitable for clamping cutting and punching tools.
Supplied without clamping bolts,
suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.

subject to alterations

C35

Clamp, straight, DIN 6314


Clamp, straight, with setscrew

2140.16.

a2
b2

b3

a1

e1

Material:

2140.16.

Note:

Order No
2140.16.09.060
2140.16.11.080
2140.16.14.100
2140.16.14.125
2140.16.18.125
2140.16.18.160
2140.16.22.160
2140.16.22.200
2140.16.26.200
2140.16.26.250

Heat-treated steel, painted


Holding and contact surfaces are plane-parallel. High clamping forces
can be achieved by using high-strength screws conforming to DIN 787.
The dimensions of the holding strap should be matched to the strength
of the bolts.
Supplied without clamping bolts,
suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.
2140.16.26.250: c = 35 mm, does not conform to DIN

e2

b1

Clamp, straight, DIN 6314


a1
8
10
12 o. 14
12 o. 14
16 o. 18
16 o. 18
20 o. 22
20 o. 22
24
24

2140.10.

a2
9
11
14
14
18
18
22
22
26
26

b1
60
80
100
125
125
160
160
200
200
250

b3
10
12
14
14
18
18
22
22
26
26

c
12
15
20
20
25
25
30
30
30
35

e1
13
15
21
21
26
26
30
30
35
35

e2
22
30
40
50
45
65
60
80
80
105

d2

d1

b2
25
30
40
40
50
50
60
60
70
70

a2
b2

b3

a1

e1

Material:

Heat-treated steel, painted.

Note:

Supplied with clamping bolts and setscrews for T grooves conforming to


DIN 787 8.8 with nuts and washers.

C36

2140.10.

e2
b1

Clamp, straight, with setscrew

Order No
a1 a2 b1 b2 b3 c d1, 2 e1 e2
h*
2140.10.10 10 11 80 30 12 15 M10 15 30 8 - 32
2140.10.12 12 14 100 40 14 20 M12 21 40 10 - 40
2140.10.14 14 14 100 40 14 20 M12 21 40 10 - 38
2140.10.16 16 18 125 50 18 25 M16 26 45 13 - 49
2140.10.18 18 18 125 50 18 25 M16 26 45 13 - 46
2140.10.20 20 22 160 60 22 30 M20 30 60 16 - 65
2140.10.22 22 22 160 60 22 30 M20 30 60 16 - 65
*Clamping height depends on the groove depth

Clamping bolt
d1 x a1 x l
M10x10x80
M12x12x100
M12x14x100
M16x16x125
M16x18x125
M20x20x160
M20x22x160

subject to alterations

Clamp, goose neck shape, DIN 6316


Clamp, goose neck shape, with setscrew

2c

2140.18.

a1

a2
b2

b3

e3

e1

e2
b1

2140.18. Clamp, goose neck shape,


DIN 6316
Order No
2140.18.09.080
2140.18.11.100
2140.18.14.125
2140.18.18.125
2140.18.18.160
2140.18.22.160
2140.18.22.200
2140.18.26.200
2140.18.26.250

a1
8
10
12 o. 14
16 o. 18
16 o. 18
20 o. 22
20 o. 22
24
24

2140.11.

a2
9
11
14
18
18
22
22
26
26

b1
80
100
125
125
160
160
200
200
250

b2
25
30
40
50
50
60
60
70
70

b3
12
15
20
25
25
30
30
35
35

Heat-treated steel, painted


e1
25
32
40
49
49
55
55
72
72

e2
25
32
40
40
50
55
70
60
80

e3
9
12
16
20
20
24
24
28
28

Note:

Holding and contact surfaces are plane-parallel. High clamping forces


can be achieved by using high-strength screws conforming to DIN 787.
The dimensions of the holding strap should be matched to the strength
of the bolts.
Supplied without clamping bolts,
suitable clamping bolts: 2140.30.
2140.18.26.250: c = 35 mm, does not conform to DIN

d2

2c

d1

c
12
15
20
25
25
30
30
30
35

Material:

a1

a2
b2

b3

e3

e1

e2
b1

2140.11. Clamp, goose neck shape, with


setscrew
Order No
a1 a2 b1 b2 b3,c d1, 2 e1 e2 e3
2140.11.10 10 11 100 30 15 M10 32 32 12
2140.11.12 12 14 125 40 20 M12 40 40 16
2140.11.14 14 14 125 40 20 M12 40 40 16
2140.11.16 16 18 160 50 25 M16 49 50 20
2140.11.18 18 18 160 50 25 M16 49 50 20
2140.11.20 20 22 200 60 30 M20 55 70 24
2140.11.22 22 22 200 60 30 M20 55 70 24
*Clamping height depends on the groove depth

subject to alterations

h*
22 - 46
28 - 58
28 - 56
36 - 72
36 - 69
43 - 92
43 - 92

Clamping bolt
d1 x a1 x l
M10x10x80
M12x12x100
M12x14x100
M16x16x125
M16x18x125
M20x20x160
M20x22x160

Material:

Heat-treated steel, painted.

Note:

Supplied with clamping bolts and setscrews for T grooves conforming to


DIN 787 8.8 with nuts and washers.

C37

Support, adjustable
Stepped Block DIN 6318
2140.20.

h1

d1

12

d2

Material:

2140.20. Support, adjustable

Note:

Order No
2140.20.042
2140.20.050
2140.20.070
2140.20.100
2140.20.140
2140.20.190

h1
52
70
100
140
210
300

2140.19.

d1
50
50
50
65
70
80

d2
50
50
50
70
80
100

Fmax [daN]
6000
6000
6000
10000
17000
35000

B
b

7,5

15

30

90

37,5

Centring hole diameter 12 mm. Spindle with self-locking trapezoidal


thread and end lock.

h
42
50
70
100
140
190

15

Heat-treated steel, painted

20 15 15

15 15 h

Material:

Engineering cast iron, painted.

Note:

Holding and contact surfaces are plane-parallel. High clamping forces


can be achieved by using high-strength screws conforming to DIN 787.
The dimensions of the holding strap should be matched to the strength
of the bolts.

C38

b1

2140.19. Stepped Block DIN 6318


Order No
2140.19.050.050
2140.19.095.050
2140.19.140.050
2140.19.185.050
2140.19.230.050
2140.19.275.050
2140.19.050.080
2140.19.095.080
2140.19.140.080

Size
= h +37,5
50
95
140
185
230
275
50
95
140

a
42.5
95
100
105
110
115
42.5
95
100

b
50
50
50
50
50
50
80
80
80

b1
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90

h
Shape
12.5
A
57.5
B
102.5
B
147.5
B
192.5
B
237.5
B
12.5
A
57.5
B
102.5
B

subject to alterations

Set screw
Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B
2140.02.

d2
M

d3

2140.02. Set screw


Order No
2140.02.10
2140.02.12
2140.02.16
2140.02.20
2140.02.24

M
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

Material:

d2
16
20
25
25
34

d3
30
36
42
50
60

k
8
10
13
16
20

l
39
48
55
69
87

heat-treated, strength class 8.8

2140.32.

2140.32. Hexagon Nut DIN 6330 B


Order No
2140.32.08
2140.32.10
2140.32.12
2140.32.14
2140.32.16
2140.32.18
2140.32.20
2140.32.22
2140.32.24
2140.32.30

subject to alterations

M
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M30

e
15
18.4
20.7
24.2
27.7
31.2
34.6
39.2
41.5
53.1

m
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
45

Material:
s
13
16
18
21
24
27
30
34
36
46

heat-treated, strength class 10.9

Note:

Use washers conforming to DIN 6340.

C39

Hexagon nut with collar, DIN 6331


Washer DIN 6340

2140.33.

d1

Material:

heat-treated, strength class 10.9

Execution:

turned and milled

Note:

Thread length 1,5 x M

2140.33. Hexagon nut with collar,


DIN 6331
Order No
2140.33.08
2140.33.10
2140.33.12
2140.33.14
2140.33.16
2140.33.18
2140.33.20
2140.33.22
2140.33.24
2140.33.30

M
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M30

a
3.5
4
4
4.5
5
5
6
6
6
6

d1
18
22
25
28
31
34
37
40
45
58

e
15
18.4
20.7
24.2
27.7
31.2
34.6
39.2
41.5
53.1

m
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
45

s
13
16
18
21
24
27
30
34
36
46

2140.34.

d2

d1

Material:

heat-treated, strength 12001400 N/mm

C40

2140.34. Washer DIN 6340


Order No
2140.34.08
2140.34.10
2140.34.12
2140.34.14
2140.34.16
2140.34.18
2140.34.20
2140.34.22
2140.34.24
2140.34.30

M
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M30

d1
8.4
10.5
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
31

d2
23
28
35
40
45
45
50
50
60
68

s
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
10

subject to alterations

Screw for T-slot, DIN 787


2140.30.

d1

a1

a
e

Material:

heat-treated,
M 8 M12 to strength class 10.9
M14 M30 to strength class 8.8

Execution:

forged, thread rolled, T-slot milled

2140.30. Screw for T-slot, DIN 787


Order No
2140.30.08.08.032
2140.30.08.08.050
2140.30.08.08.080
2140.30.10.10.040
2140.30.10.10.063
2140.30.10.10.100
2140.30.12.12.050
2140.30.12.12.063
2140.30.12.12.080
2140.30.12.12.125
2140.30.12.12.200
2140.30.12.14.050
2140.30.12.14.063
2140.30.12.14.080
2140.30.12.14.125
2140.30.12.14.200
2140.30.14.16.063
2140.30.14.16.100
2140.30.14.16.160
2140.30.14.16.250
2140.30.16.16.063
2140.30.16.16.080
2140.30.16.16.100
2140.30.16.16.160
2140.30.16.16.200
2140.30.16.16.250
2140.30.16.18.063
2140.30.16.18.080
2140.30.16.18.100
2140.30.16.18.160
2140.30.16.18.200
2140.30.16.18.250
2140.30.20.20.080

subject to alterations

a1
8
8
8
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
20

a
7.7
7.7
7.7
9.7
9.7
9.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
13.7
13.7
13.7
13.7
13.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
17.7
19.7

b
22
35
50
30
45
60
35
40
55
75
120
35
45
55
75
120
45
65
125
150
45
55
65
100
125
150
45
55
65
100
125
150
55

d1
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M14
M14
M14
M14
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20

e
13
13
13
15
15
15
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
28
32

k
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
12

l
32
50
80
40
63
100
50
63
80
125
200
50
63
80
125
200
63
100
160
250
63
80
100
160
200
250
63
80
100
160
200
250
80

Order No
2140.30.20.20.100
2140.30.20.20.125
2140.30.20.20.160
2140.30.20.20.200
2140.30.20.20.250
2140.30.20.20.315
2140.30.20.22.080
2140.30.20.22.100
2140.30.20.22.125
2140.30.20.22.160
2140.30.20.22.200
2140.30.20.22.250
2140.30.20.22.315
2140.30.24.24.100
2140.30.24.24.125
2140.30.24.24.160
2140.30.24.24.200
2140.30.24.24.250
2140.30.24.24.315
2140.30.24.24.400
2140.30.24.28.100
2140.30.24.28.125
2140.30.24.28.160
2140.30.24.28.200
2140.30.24.28.250
2140.30.24.28.315
2140.30.24.28.400
2140.30.30.36.125
2140.30.30.36.160
2140.30.30.36.200
2140.30.30.36.250
2140.30.30.36.315
2140.30.30.36.500

a1
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
36
36
36
36
36
36

a
19.7
19.7
19.7
19.7
19.7
19.7
21.7
21.7
21.7
21.7
21.7
21.7
21.7
23.7
23.7
23.7
23.7
23.7
23.7
23.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
27.7
35.6
35.6
35.6
35.6
35.6
35.6

b
65
85
110
125
150
190
55
65
85
110
125
150
190
70
85
110
125
150
190
240
70
85
110
125
150
190
240
80
110
135
150
200
300

d1
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30
M30

e
32
32
32
32
32
32
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
54
54
54
54
54
54

k
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
22
22
22

l
100
125
160
200
250
315
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
100
125
160
200
250
315
400
100
125
160
200
250
315
400
125
160
200
250
315
500

C41

Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 8.8
2192.10.
k

l1

2192.10. Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 8.8
Order No
2192.10.04.012
2192.10.04.016
2192.10.04.020
2192.10.04.025
2192.10.05.020
2192.10.05.025
2192.10.05.030
2192.10.06.016
2192.10.06.020
2192.10.06.025
2192.10.06.030
2192.10.06.035
2192.10.06.040
2192.10.06.045
2192.10.06.050
2192.10.06.055
2192.10.06.060
2192.10.06.070
2192.10.06.080
2192.10.06.090
2192.10.08.016
2192.10.08.020
2192.10.08.025
2192.10.08.030
2192.10.08.035
2192.10.08.040
2192.10.08.045
2192.10.08.050
2192.10.08.060
2192.10.10.016
2192.10.10.020
2192.10.10.025
2192.10.10.030
2192.10.10.035
2192.10.10.040

10.2015

M
M4
M4
M4
M4
M5
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10

l
12
16
20
25
20
25
30
16
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
80
90
16
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
16
20
25
30
35
40

l1
10
14
18
23
18
23
22
13
17
22
27
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
16
21
26
31
28
28
28
28
11
15
20
25
30
35

d
7
7
7
7
8.5
8.5
8.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
16
16
16

k
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10

s
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8

Order No
2192.10.10.050
2192.10.10.060
2192.10.12.025
2192.10.12.030
2192.10.12.035
2192.10.12.040
2192.10.12.045
2192.10.12.050
2192.10.12.070
2192.10.12.080
2192.10.16.030
2192.10.16.035
2192.10.16.040
2192.10.16.045
2192.10.16.050
2192.10.16.055
2192.10.16.060
2192.10.16.100
2192.10.20.050
2192.10.20.060
2192.10.20.070
2192.10.20.090
2192.10.20.120
2192.10.24.060
2192.10.24.070
2192.10.24.080
2192.10.24.100
2192.10.24.120
2192.10.24.140
2192.10.30.140
2192.10.36.120
2192.10.36.160
2192.10.36.180
2192.10.36.200

M
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M30
M36
M36
M36
M36

l
50
60
25
30
35
40
45
50
70
80
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
100
50
60
70
90
120
60
70
80
100
120
140
140
120
160
180
200

l1
32
32
20
25
30
35
40
45
36
36
24
29
34
39
44
49
54
44
42
52
62
52
52
51
61
71
60
60
60
72
84
84
84
84

d
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
36
45
54
54
54
54

k
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
24
24
30
36
36
36
36

s
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
17
17
17
17
17
19
19
19
19
19
19
22
27
27
27
27

subject to alterations

Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 12.9
2192.12.

2192.12. Hexagon socket head cap screw, DIN EN ISO 4762 - Strength class 12.9
Order No
2192.12.03.008
2192.12.04.010
2192.12.06.010
2192.12.06.020
2192.12.06.025
2192.12.06.030
2192.12.06.035
2192.12.06.040
2192.12.06.045
2192.12.06.050
2192.12.06.055
2192.12.06.060
2192.12.06.070
2192.12.06.080
2192.12.06.085
2192.12.06.090
2192.12.06.100
2192.12.06.160
2192.12.06.200
2192.12.08.016
2192.12.08.030
2192.12.08.035
2192.12.08.040
2192.12.08.045
2192.12.08.050
2192.12.08.055
2192.12.08.060
2192.12.08.070
2192.12.08.075
2192.12.08.080
2192.12.08.090
2192.12.08.100
2192.12.08.110
2192.12.08.120
2192.12.10.030
2192.12.10.035
2192.12.10.040
2192.12.10.045
2192.12.10.050

subject to alterations

M
M3
M4
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10

l
8
10
10
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
80
85
90
100
160
200
16
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
90
100
110
120
30
35
40
45
50

l1
6
8
7
17
22
27
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
26
31
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
25
30
35
32
32

d
5.5
7
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
16
16

k
s
Order No
M
l
l1
3 2.5 2192.12.10.055 M10 55 32
4
3 2192.12.10.060 M10 60 32
6
5 2192.12.10.065 M10 65 32
6
5 2192.12.10.070 M10 70 32
6
5 2192.12.10.075 M10 75 32
6
5 2192.12.10.080 M10 80 32
6
5 2192.12.10.090 M10 90 32
6
5 2192.12.10.100 M10 100 32
6
5 2192.12.10.110 M10 110 32
6
5 2192.12.10.120 M10 120 32
6
5 2192.12.10.130 M10 130 32
6
5 2192.12.10.150 M10 150 32
6
5 2192.12.10.180 M10 180 32
6
5 2192.12.10.220 M10 220 32
6
5 2192.12.12.040 M12 40 35
6
5 2192.12.12.045 M12 45 40
6
5 2192.12.12.050 M12 50 45
6
5 2192.12.12.055 M12 55 36
6
5 2192.12.12.060 M12 60 36
8
6 2192.12.12.070 M12 70 36
8
6 2192.12.12.080 M12 80 36
8
6 2192.12.12.090 M12 90 36
8
6 2192.12.12.100 M12 100 36
8
6 2192.12.12.110 M12 110 36
8
6 2192.12.12.120 M12 120 36
8
6 2192.12.12.130 M12 130 36
8
6 2192.12.12.140 M12 140 36
8
6 2192.12.12.150 M12 150 36
8
6 2192.12.12.180 M12 180 36
8
6 2192.12.12.220 M12 220 36
8
6 2192.12.16.040 M16 40 34
8
6 2192.12.16.050 M16 50 44
8
6 2192.12.16.060 M16 60 54
8
6 2192.12.16.065 M16 65 44
10 8 2192.12.16.070 M16 70 44
10 8 2192.12.16.080 M16 80 44
10 8 2192.12.16.090 M16 90 44
10 8 2192.12.16.100 M16 100 44
10 8 2192.12.16.110 M16 110 44

d
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

k
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

s
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

Order No
2192.12.16.120
2192.12.16.130
2192.12.16.140
2192.12.16.150
2192.12.16.160
2192.12.16.180
2192.12.16.200
2192.12.16.220
2192.12.16.240
2192.12.16.260
2192.12.16.280
2192.12.16.300
2192.12.20.100
2192.12.20.110
2192.12.20.120
2192.12.20.130
2192.12.20.140
2192.12.20.150
2192.12.20.160
2192.12.20.180
2192.12.20.190
2192.12.20.200
2192.12.20.220
2192.12.20.230
2192.12.20.240
2192.12.20.260
2192.12.20.280
2192.12.20.300
2192.12.24.120
2192.12.24.130
2192.12.24.140
2192.12.24.150
2192.12.24.160
2192.12.24.180
2192.12.24.200
2192.12.30.140
2192.12.30.160

M
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M20
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M24
M30
M30

l
120
130
140
150
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
180
190
200
220
230
240
260
280
300
120
130
140
150
160
180
200
140
160

l1
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72

d
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
45
45

k
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
30
30

s
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
22
22

C43

Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head and key guide,
DIN6912 - Strength class 8.8
2192.20.

l1

2192.20. Hexagon socket head cap screw, with low profile head and key guide, DIN6912 Strength class 8.8
Order No
2192.20.04.008
2192.20.04.010
2192.20.04.012
2192.20.04.016
2192.20.04.020
2192.20.04.025
2192.20.04.030
2192.20.04.035
2192.20.04.040
2192.20.05.008
2192.20.05.010
2192.20.05.012
2192.20.05.020
2192.20.05.025
2192.20.05.030
2192.20.05.035
2192.20.05.040
2192.20.06.008
2192.20.06.010
2192.20.06.012
2192.20.06.016
2192.20.06.018
2192.20.06.020
2192.20.06.025

C44

M
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

l
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
8
10
12
20
25
30
35
40
8
10
12
16
18
20
25

l1
6
8
10
14
14
14
14
14
14
5.4
7.4
9.4
17.4
16
16
16
16
4.3
6.3
8.3
12.3
14.3
16.3
21.3

d
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

k
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

s
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Order No
2192.20.06.030
2192.20.06.035
2192.20.06.040
2192.20.06.045
2192.20.06.050
2192.20.08.012
2192.20.08.016
2192.20.08.018
2192.20.08.020
2192.20.08.025
2192.20.08.030
2192.20.08.035
2192.20.08.040
2192.20.08.045
2192.20.08.050
2192.20.08.060
2192.20.10.020
2192.20.10.025
2192.20.10.030
2192.20.10.060
2192.20.10.080
2192.20.10.090
2192.20.12.030
2192.20.12.035

M
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12

l
30
35
40
45
50
12
16
18
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
20
25
30
60
80
90
30
35

l1
18
18
18
18
18
7.3
11.3
13.3
15.3
20.3
22
22
22
22
22
22
14.5
19.5
25.5
26
26
26
20
25

d
10
10
10
10
10
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18

k
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
7.5
7.5

s
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10

subject to alterations

Socket head cap screw, with low profile head, DIN 7984 - Strength class 8.8
2192.40.

l1

2192.40. Socket head cap screw, with low profile head, DIN7984 - Strength class 8
.8
Order No
2192.40.04.008
2192.40.04.010
2192.40.04.012
2192.40.04.016
2192.40.04.020
2192.40.04.025
2192.40.04.030
2192.40.04.035
2192.40.04.040
2192.40.05.008
2192.40.05.010
2192.40.05.012
2192.40.05.016
2192.40.05.020
2192.40.05.025
2192.40.05.030
2192.40.05.035
2192.40.05.040
2192.40.06.010
2192.40.06.012
2192.40.06.016
2192.40.06.020

subject to alterations

M
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
M6

l
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
10
12
16
20

l1
5.9
7.9
9.9
13.9
17.9
14
14
14
14
0
7.6
9.6
13.6
17.6
22.6
16
16
16
7
9
13
17

d
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
10
10
10
10

k
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
4

s
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4

Order No
2192.40.06.025
2192.40.06.030
2192.40.06.035
2192.40.06.040
2192.40.08.012
2192.40.08.016
2192.40.08.020
2192.40.08.025
2192.40.08.030
2192.40.08.035
2192.40.08.040
2192.40.08.045
2192.40.08.050
2192.40.08.060
2192.40.10.020
2192.40.10.025
2192.40.10.030
2192.40.10.060
2192.40.10.080
2192.40.10.090
2192.40.12.030
2192.40.12.035

M
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M12
M12

l
25
30
35
40
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
20
25
30
60
80
90
30
35

l1
22
18
18
18
8.25
12.25
16.25
21.25
26.25
22
22
22
22
22
15.5
20.5
25.5
26
26
26
24.75
29.75

d
10
10
10
10
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18

k
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7

s
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8

C45

Hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw, ISO 10642 Strengthclass8.8


2192.30.

90

lg

2192.30. Hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw, ISO 10642 - Strength class 8
.8
Order No
2192.30.03.006
2192.30.03.008
2192.30.03.010
2192.30.04.008
2192.30.05.010
2192.30.05.012
2192.30.06.010
2192.30.06.012
2192.30.06.016
2192.30.06.020
2192.30.06.025
2192.30.08.016
2192.30.08.020
2192.30.08.025
2192.30.10.020
2192.30.10.025
2192.30.12.030

C46

M
M3
M3
M3
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M12

l
6
8
10
8
10
12
10
12
16
20
25
16
20
25
20
25
30

lg
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.4
5.2
5.2
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
8.2
8.2
8.2
10
10
11.8

d
6
6
6
8
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
20
20
24

k
1.7
1.7
1.7
2.3
2.8
2.8
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.4
4.4
4.4
5.5
5.5
6.5

s
2
2
2
2.5
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
8

subject to alterations

Screw plug
2192.90.

M
d

c
50
b

SW

1x45

3
42
50

10

Description:

Repair solution:
Screw plugs are used to seal off defective boreholes, pass-through holes
or shrink holes.

Note:

Screw in the screw plug as far as it will go (minimum screw-in length


=diameter).
The screw plug can be secured to prevent it becoming loose during
reworking by applying, for example, high-strength LOCTITE (order no.
281.270).
Remove width across flats and protuding thread mechanically.

2192.90. Screw plug


Order No
2192.90.1.12.150
2192.90.1.16.150
2192.90.1.20.150
2192.90.1.24.150
2192.90.1.28.150
2192.90.1.30.150
2192.90.1.32.150
2192.90.2.12.150
2192.90.2.16.150
2192.90.2.20.150
2192.90.2.24.150
2192.90.2.28.150
2192.90.2.30.150
2192.90.2.32.150
*SW = Width across flats
subject to alterations

Material
C15 (1.0401)
C15 (1.0401)
C15 (1.0401)
C15 (1.0401)
C15 (1.0401)
C15 (1.0401)
C15 (1.0401)
GG25 (EN-GJL-250)
GG25 (EN-GJL-250)
GG25 (EN-GJL-250)
GG25 (EN-GJL-250)
GG25 (EN-GJL-250)
GG25 (EN-GJL-250)
GG25 (EN-GJL-250)

M
M12x1,5
M16x1,5
M20x1,5
M24x1,5
M28x1,5
M30x1,5
M32x1,5
M12x1,5
M16x1,5
M20x1,5
M24x1,5
M28x1,5
M30x1,5
M32x1,5

b
12
16
20
24
28
30
32
12
16
20
24
28
30
32

c
8
10
12
14
14
12
14
8
10
12
14
14
12
14

d
8.5
12.5
16.5
20.5
24.5
27.4
28.5
8.5
12.5
16.5
20.5
24.5
27.4
28.5

SW*
10
12
17
19
22
22
22
10
12
17
19
22
22
22

C47

Flat mushroom head screw with hexagon socket


2192.61.
k

d
s

M
da

Mounting example

z.B.: 2052.70.

Material:

Strength class 10.9 = Code No 1.

2192.61. Flat mushroom head screw with hexagon socket


Order No
2192.61.06.012
2192.61.06.016
2192.61.06.020
2192.61.08.016
2192.61.08.020
2192.61.08.025
2192.61.10.020

C48

M
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M10

l
12
16
20
16
20
25
20

k
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.3
4.3
4.3
5.3

s
4
4
4
5
5
5
6

c
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.75

a
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
3

da
7
7
7
9.2
9.2
9.2
11.2

d
13.27
13.27
13.27
17.77
17.77
17.77
22.18

R
5.6
5.6
5.6
7.5
7.5
7.5
10

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

C49

Clamping tool set


Clamping tool set
with clamping jaws and screw paste.
The clamping tool set is designed for machine tools with bedplates that
have fixing slots and they contain all the necessary components for fast
clamping of tools, devices and workpieces. All parts are interchangeable
and complementary to each other. They are made of high tensile steel to
DIN or company standards. Bolt items strength class 8 or 10. The wooden
box has a detachable hinged cover.

2140.01.01. Clamping tool set


Order No
2140.01.01...
Contents
Universalclamping units
Step clamps
Screws for fixing slots
DIN787
(Order No 2140.30.)
Pin screws
Hexagonal nuts
1.5 d deep
Conical sockets,
similar to DIN
Extension nuts
3.0 d deep
Clamping jaws,
type Bulle
T-slot scraper
Ring/open ended
spanners
Screw paste

C50

Size
No.
Size
No.
Size
No.
Size
No.
Size
No.
Size
No.
Size
No.
Size
No.
Size
No.
Size
No.
No.

...10.10

...12.12

...12.14

...16.16

...16.18

M 1010
1
2
3
4
4
2
1180
4
100
63
40

M 1212

M 1214

M 1616

M 1618

4
80
4
M10
6
M10
6
M10
4
12
4
1616
1
1

2
4

3
4

14100
4
125
80
50
4

4
100
4
M12
6
M12
6
M12
4
12
4
1818
1
1

2
4

3
4

14100
4
125
80
50
4

4
100
4
M12
6
M12
6
M12
4
14
4
14-20
1
1818
1
1

2
4

3
4

18125
4
160
100
63
4

4
125
4
M16
6
M16
6
M16
4
16
4
14-20
1
2424
1
1

2
4

3
4

18125
4
160
100
63
4

125
4
M16
6
M16
6
M16
4
18
4
14-20
1
2424
1
1

subject to alterations

Clamping Tool Set


Clamping tool set
With spring-mounted clamp holder and screw paste.
Description as 2140.01.01 but without clamping jaws.
Contains 4 spring-mounted clamp holders instead.

2140.01.02. Clamping Tool Set


Order No
2140.01.02...
Contents
Universalclamping units
Step clamps
Screws for fixing slots
DIN787
(Order No. 2140.30.)

...10.10
Size
No.
Size
No.
Size
No.

Size
Pin screws
No.
Hexagonal nuts
Size
No.
1.5 d deep
Conical sockets. similar Size
No.
to DIN
Size
Extension nuts 3 d deep
No.
Size
T-slot scraper
No.
Ring/open ended
Size
No.
spanners
Size
Nuts for fixing slots
No.
Size.
Clamp holders
No.
No.
Screw paste

subject to alterations

...12.12

...12.14

...16.16

...16.18

...20.20

..20.22

...20.24

M 1010
M 1212
M 1214
M 1616
M 1618
M 2020
M 2022
M 2024
1 2 3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
4 4 2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1180
14100
14100
18125
18125
22160
22160
22160
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
100
63 125
80 125
80 160
100 160
100 200
125 200
125
4

4
80
4
M10
6
M10
6
M10
4
1616
1
1
4
1

4
100
4
M12
4
M12
6
M12
4
1818
1
2
4
1

4
100
4
M12
4
M12
6
M12
4
14-20
1
1818
1
2
4
1

4
125
4
M16
4
M16
6
M16
4
14-20
1
2424
1
3
4
1

4
125
4
M16
4
M16
6
M16
4
14-20
1
2424
1
3
4
1

4
125
4
M20
6
M20
6
M20
4
14-20
1
3030
1
4
4
1

4
125
4
M20
6
M20
6
M20
4
22-32
1
3030
1
4
4
1

200
4

125
8

M20
6
M20
6
M20
4
22-32
1
3030
1
M 2024
8
4
4
1

C51

C52

subject to alterations

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
Pillars, bushes, mounting flanges, ball cages, oilless guide elements

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Guide Elements

D2

Guide Elements
The great importance of exact alignment
between punches and matrices in stamping
dies has been recognized widely. The accuracy
and maintenance of this alignment depends
entirely on the quality and wear resistance of
the guide elements.
As a consequence of recent rapid developments
in stamping techniques it has also been
accepted that conventional bush-pillar sets of
casehardened steel can no longer stand up to
the demands of the modern press shop with its
more sophisticated dies, ever faster presses and
the stresses in todays carbide tools.
The introduction of FIBRO Guide Elements
made available an extensive range, principally
based on superlative quality, and comprising
some new, highly advanced bearing materials
as well as novel assembly techniques of
superior accuracy.
Recent additions have further broadened this
range, especially in regard of demountable
guiding components.
All FIBRO Guide Bushes for permanent fixing
are laid out for epoxy-bonding. This highly
reliable method ensures unparalleled accuracy
together with the elimination of shrink
allowances and rectification honing.
Ball Bearing Guides principally excel in
undemanding maintenance and through the
complete absence of bearing play. Their easy
movement on the bench makes them very
popular with die makers. Highest stroking
speeds present no problems. But common to all
ball bearings there remains the characteristic
weakness to shock loads, the danger of ball
impingement. To some extent this can be
compensated for by oversized pillar diameters
and the use of four-pillar die sets.

subject to alterations

The group of Sliding-Type Guides affords much


greater stability, partly due to the damping
effect of the all-important, vital oil film . . .
which in the past used to be threatened always
by the vagaries of lubrication service and the
propensity to rupture at high frequencies of
travel reversal.
Extensive protection against these perils is
offered by FIBRO Sintered Ferrite Bushes. Used
in most of our sliding guide systems, their
advanced technology comprises:
porous structure, vacuum-filled with oil
carbonitrided surface of extreme hardness
outstanding friction properties
exceptional wear-resistance
thousands of oil-retaining porosity pockets.
In combination with our mirror-finished pillars,
ferrite guide bushes represent a guiding system
of alltogether superior properties. A system
that virtually precludes seizing under all but
the most extreme running conditions.
Beyond such limitations there exist
combinations of high velocities with very short
strokes where even ferrite bushes cannot
guarantee permanence of the oil film.
Here, the rigidity of the sliding guide has to be
weighed up against the safety of ball bearings:
die set guides are not entirely without
problems yet! But at FIBRO we find ourselves
very busy indeed with the remainder.
Technical progress may incur modifications
without notice.
FIBRO GUIDE ELEMENTS DESIGNED
AND PRODUCED BY PEOPLE IN PURSUIT OF
PERFECTION.

D3

Contents
D21
Notes on guide elements

Guide elements - Pairing


classification

Guide elements - Selection matrix

Deflection of pillars and bending


equation

D26

D26

202.21.

D32

202.55.

D34

202.29.

D36

Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/


~ISO 9182-2

D27

Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2

D4

D31

Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type


with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/
~ISO9182-2

Guide bush for ball bearing, small


dimension

Guide Pillar with ball cage retainer

202.24.

Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type,


~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2

Ball cage, small dimension

202.17.

D30

Guide pillar with internal thread on


top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2

D25

202.19.

202.23.
Guide pillar with internal thread on
bottom, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2

D24

206.54.

D29

Guide pillar with internal thread on


both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2

D22-23

206.51.

202.22.

202.31.

D38

Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise


bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/
~ISO9182-2

D28

2021.50.

D40

Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/


ISO9182-4/AFNOR

subject to alterations

Contents
2021.58.

D42

Demountable guide pillar, conical,


with ball cage retainer, DIN 9825/
ISO9182-4/AFNOR

2021.53.

D44

D44

D45

D46

D47

Guide pillar with pilot taper,


VDI3356

subject to alterations

2073.46.

D53

2022.16.

D54

2022.12.

D56

Guide pillar with pilot tapper and


groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard

D48

Guide pillar with 5 pilot taper, to


VW-Standard

2022.15.

D52

Guide pillar with snap ring groove,


to Mercedes-Benz Standard

Guide pillar for large tools,


DIN9833/ISO 9182-3

2022.13.

2022.25.

Clamping flange with retaining ring,


~AFNOR

Retaining bush for guide pillar


conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR

2022.19.

D51

Guide pillar with retaining ring


groove, ~AFNOR

Retaining bush for guide pillar


conical 2021.50., DIN 9825/
ISO9182-4

210.39.

2022.40.1.
Locating plate for guide pillar, to VW

Retaining disc with socket cap s crew,


~ AFNOR

2021.39.

D50

Guide pillar with groove, to VW

Retaining disc with countersunk


head cap screw, DIN 9825/
ISO9182-4

202.53.

2022.17.

2061.48.

D57

Snap ring

D49

2022.16.45.

D58

Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO

D5

Contents
2022.16.48.

D59

Guide pillar with groove

2022.29.

D60

D62

206.41.
Ball cage, plastic, for highest
stroking speed

2021.44.

2020.63.

D64

Guide pillar with collar and ball cage


retainer

Demountable guide pillar with


centre fixing

2021.43.

2020.62.

D66

D67

Guide pillar with collar

D72

D74

202.60

D76

Demountable guide pillar with


centre fixing and ring nut

D68

Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE"

202.61.

D71

Demountable guide pillar with


centre fixing

Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz


Standard

2021.29.

D70-99

Guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO9448-3

Retaining disc with screw

D6

2061.44.

Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp


retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5

2025.94.

D70

Guide bush for ball bearing, for


highest stroking speed

Guide pillar with collar, to WDX

2021.46.

2062.44.012.

2020.64.

D77

Demountable guide pillar with


conical centre fixing

D69

2021.64.

D78

Retaining bush for guide pillar


conical 2020.64.

subject to alterations

Contents
2073.48.

D79

Ring nut DIN 1804

2024.94.

D80

D82

D84

D85

D86

Retention bearing with screw holes

subject to alterations

2031.38.

D92

2031.44.

D93

2032.70.

D94

Guide bearing with headed guide


bush with solid lubricant

D87

Guide bearing for ball bearing guide

2031.02.

D91

Guide bearing low build height, for


ball bearing guide

Guide bearing, sintered guide

2031.41.

2031.04.

Guide bearing, low build height,


sintered guide

Retention bearing

2031.31.

D90

Retention bearing, low build height

Guide bearing with solid lubricant

2031.01.

2031.42.
Guide bearing with screw holes, for
ball bearing guide

Guide unit with center fixing


MILLION GUIDE

2031.70.

D89

Guide bearing with screw holes,


sintered guide

Guide unit with collar


MILLIONGUIDE

2024.96.

2031.34.

2032.02.

D95

Retention bearing for guide pillars


for large tools

D88

2051.32.

D96

Guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-2

D7

Contents
2051.92.

D97

Guide bush "ECO-LINE",


bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2

2051.72.

D98

D100

D101

D102

D103

Ball cage with assembly aid,


Aluminium

D8

2081.68.

D109

2091.67.

D110

2091.68.

D111

Flanged guide bush with ball cage


retainer

D104

Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass

2060.63.

D108

Flanged guide bush with ball cage


retainer

Ball cage with circlip groove,


Aluminium

206.73.

2081.67.

Headed guide bush with ball cage


retainer

Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass

2060.61.

D107

Headed guide bush with ball cage


retainer

Guide bush for ball bearing, with


stroke limitation

206.71.

2060.65.
Ball cage with circlip and fastening
ring groove, Aluminium

Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR

2061.47.

D106

Ball cage with circlip and fastening


ring groove, Brass

Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with


solid lubrication rings, ISO 9448-2

206.49.

206.75.

2061.82.

D112

Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass

D105

206.72.

D113

Circlip DIN 471

subject to alterations

Contents
2061.84.

D114

Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass

2081.81.

D115

D116

D117

D118

D119

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6

subject to alterations

2081.95.

D125

2081.71.

D126

2081.74.

D127

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",


Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-6

D120

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6

2081.34.

D124

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",


Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-6

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6

2081.33.

2081.94.

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",


bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6

2081.32.

D123

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",


bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6

Headed guide bush, bronze coated,


ISO 9448-6

2081.31.

2081.91.
Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",
bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6

Headed guide bush, bronze coated,


ISO 9448-6

2081.85.

D122

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6

Headed guide bush, bronze coated,


ISO 9448-6

2081.84.

2081.35.

2081.75.

D128

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE",


Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-6

D121

2081.44.

D129

Headed guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO9448-7

D9

Contents
2081.45.

D130

Headed guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO 9448-7

2081.46.

D131

D132

D133

D134

D135

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",


bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4

D10

2091.72.

D141

2091.74.

D142

2091.44.

D143

Flanged guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO 9448-5

D136

Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-4

2091.91.

D140

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",


Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-4

Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-4

2091.34.

2091.71.

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",


Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-4

Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-4

2091.32.

D139

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",


Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-4

Headed guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO 9448-7

2091.31.

2091.94.
Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",
bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4

Headed guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO 9448-7

2081.49.

D138

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE",


bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4

Headed guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO 9448-7

2081.47.

2091.92.

2091.45.

D144

Flanged guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO 9448-5

D137

2091.46.

D145

Flanged guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO 9448-5

subject to alterations

Contents
210.31.

D146

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ~AFNOR

210.34.

Oilless guide elements

D147

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ~AFNOR

210.35.

D148

D150

D152

D154

Slotted nut

subject to alterations

2085.71.

D163

2086.70.

D164

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant

D155

Guide bush with collar, bronze


coated, ~AFNOR

207.48.

D162

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant

Guide bush with collar, for ball


bearing, ~AFNOR

210.85.

2085.70.

D160161

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant

Headed guide bush for ball bearing,


~AFNOR

210.45.

2052.70.
Guide bush, Bronze with solid
lubricant

Headed guide bush for ball bearing,


~AFNOR

210.46.

D159

Thrust washer, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite


carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ~AFNOR

210.44.

2053.70.

D157158

2085.72.

D165

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant

D156

2082.70.

D166

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant, DIN 9834/ISO 9448

D11

Contents
2082.71.

D167

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant, NAAMS

2086.71.

D168

D169

D170

D171

D172

Flat guide bar with two sliding


surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant

D12

2961.79.

D178

2961.81.

D179

2961.78.

D180

Retaining plate, Bronze with solid


lubricant

D173

Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2961.73.

D177

Retaining plate, Steel with solid


lubricant, VDI 3357

Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2961.77.

2961.74.

Retaining plate, Steel, VDI 3357

Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2961.76.

D176

Retaining plate, Bronze with solid


lubricant, VDI 3357

Guide bush with collar, Bronze,


CNOMO

2961.71.

2961.75.
Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid
lubricant

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant, CNOMO

2102.71.

D175

Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant, NAAMS

2102.70.

2961.70.

2961.82.

D181

Retaining plate, Steel with solid


lubricant, NAAMS

D174

2961.79.45.

D182

Retaining plate, Steel, CNOMO

subject to alterations

Contents
2961.81.45.

D183

Retaining plate, Bronze with solid


lubricant, CNOMO

2960.72.

D184

2962.78.45.

Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze


with solid lubricant

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant, CNOMO

2960.71.

2962.78.

2960.87.

D186

D188

D190

D192

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant

D200

2962.85.

D201

2960.79.

D202

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant, NAAMS

D194

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2960.86.

2962.84.45.

Sliding Pad, Steel with solid l ubricant

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant, ISO 9183-1

2960.85.

D198

Sliding pad, Steel, CNOMO

Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer,


VDI 3357

2960.70.

D197

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357

2960.30.

D196

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant, VDI 3357

subject to alterations

2960.76.

2960.80.

D203

Sliding pad, Steel, NAAMS

D195

2960.74.

D204

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2

D13

Contents
2960.75.

D206

Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25)


with solid lubricant, AFNOR/
ISO9183-2

2960.44.45.

D208

D210

D211

D212

D214

Guide bar with two sliding surfaces,


Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO

D14

2962.79.

D220

2962.80.

D221

2960.73.

D222

Guide bracket, Steel with solid


lubricant, VDI 3387

D215

Guide bar with two sliding surfaces,


Bronze with solid lubricant,
VDI3357

2962.75.45.

D219

Guide bar with three sliding


surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant

Sliding Pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant, VDI 3357

2962.75.

2962.74.

Guide bar with one sliding surfaces,


Bronze with solid lubricant

Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357

2960.93.

D218

Guide bar with four sliding surfaces,


Bronze with solid lubricant

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid


lubricant, VDI 3357

2960.88.

2962.77.
Guide bar with two sliding surfaces,
Bronze with solid lubricant

Sliding pad, Bronze with oil groove,


CNOMO

2960.81.

D217

Guide bar with three sliding


surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant

Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove,


CNOMO

2960.54.45.

2962.76.

2960.89.

D223

Guide bracket, Bronze with solid


lubricant, VDI 3387

D216

2966.72.

D224

Slide centre guide, Bronze with solid


lubricant

subject to alterations

Contents
2960.90.

D225

Overrun Cam, Steel hardened,


VDI3357

2960.91.

D226

D227

D228

D229

D230

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid


lubricant

subject to alterations

2964.77.

D236

2964.78.

D236

2963.82.

D237

Sliding block, Bronze with solid


lubricant, NAAMS

D231

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2962.73.

D235

T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2962.72.

2962.83.

T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid


lubricant, CNOMO

2962.71.

D234

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2962.70.45.

2962.82.
Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid
lubricant

Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid


lubricant, VDI 3357

2962.70.

D233

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and


gas nitrided, VDI 3357

2960.92.

2962.81.

2963.83.

D237

Prismatic guide, Steel, NAAMS

D232

2963.84.

D238

Sliding block, Bronze with solid


lubricant, VDI 3357

D15

Contents
2963.85.

D238

Prismatic guide, Steel, VDI 3357

2963.70.

D239

D239

D240

D240

D242

D243

D248

2965.82.

D249

2451.6.

D250

2451.6. .2

D251

Stop buffer

D244

Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze


with solid lubricant

D16

2965.80.

Slide stop

Sliding block, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2965.81.

D247

Single-sided prismatic sliding block,


Steel

Prismatic guide, Steel

2963.80.

2965.82.45.

Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze


with solid lubricant

Sliding block, Steel

2963.81.

D246

Single-sided prismatic sliding block,


Steel, CNOMO

Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2963.73.

2965.80.45.

Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze


with solid lubricant, CNOMO

Sliding block, Steel

2963.72.

D245

Single-sided prismatic sliding block,


Steel

Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid


lubricant

2963.71.

2965.83.

Oilless guide elements - Mounting


examples

D252255

subject to alterations

Contents
2441.11.0.

D256

Centering unit with adjusting


washer

2441.11.

D257

D258

D259

D260

D261

Centring pin

subject to alterations

206.94.

D266

206.92.

D267

241.18.

D268

Helical spring for ball cage retention

D262

Adjusting washer, CNOMO

2445.10.

D266

Concertina shroud with spacer tube

Centring unit, CNOMO

2441.13.3.

206.93.

Spacer tube

Adjusting washer, CNOMO

2441.13.

D265

Spacer bush

Centring unit, CNOMO

2441.13.3.45.

206.91.
Concertina shroud with spacer bush

Adjusting washer

2441.13.45.

D264

Centring pin to Mercedes-Benz


standard

Centering unit

2441.11.3.

2445.11.

202.91.

D269

Cage retainers

D263

202.92.1.

D270

Cage retainers

D17

Contents
202.93.

D271

Cage retainers

206.95./2061.95.

D272

D273

D274

D274

D274

Screw clamp with screw,


GMStandard

D18

2444.12/2444.13

D278

2443.10.

D279

2443.10.20.

D280

Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard -


unhardened

D275

Screw clamp with screw

2072.46.30.

D276

Guide

Screw clamp with screw

2072.46

2072.48.45.

Spacer plate toothed, with adjusting


plate

Screw clamp with screw

2072.45.

D276

Screw clamp with screw, CNOMO

Screw clamp with screw

2071.45

2073.45.
Securing flange with screws,
CNOMO

Lifter pin for press tool strips

207.45

D275

Screw clamp with screw, NAAMS

Pillar wiper

244.00.2.

2072.47

2443.10.20. .1

D281

Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard -


hardened

D275

2443.12.

D282

Guide with part position control and


spring

subject to alterations

Contents
2443.13.

D283

Guide with part position control, VDI

2018.00.60.08.030

D284

Inductive proximity switch

2018.00.60.23.01.5

D285

Cable - straight

2018.00.60.23.02.5

D285

Cable , 90 connector

D286
Ball bearing guides - Loading
Diagram

D287
Ball bearing guides - Tables of
dynamic load indexes

Guide elements - Mounting


guidelines, Dimension tables

subject to alterations

D288294

D19

D20

subject to alterations

Notes on Guide Elements


FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides
Carbonitrided Sintered Ferrite Bushes

These guides employ bushes made from sintered ferrite of high purity with carbonitrided surface. Bearing
surfaces are fine-ground.
The sintered ferrite has a porosity content of 18-20 % by volume, vacuum filled with special lubricant FIBROLIT
LD. As additional long term lubrication it is recommended to fill up the grove in the bushing with FIBROLIT LD
280.34, see chapter H. Even under arduous running conditions, this material can be relied upon for good protection against oil film rupture.
Under no circumstances must molybdenum disulfite be added to the lubricant.
For bearing clearance ranges, see chapter D.

FIBRO Precision Sliding Guides, bronze-coated

consists of a steel body with bronze-coated running surface with helical oil groove and a grease nipple for
lubrication.
The steel body guarantees excellent resistance to breaking, even when subject to high loading
at the edges.

FIBRO Sliding Bearings with Non-Liquid Lubricant


The pockets containing the non-liquid lubricant occupy some 25 to 30 per cent of the bearing surface consisting
of a bronze matrix.
After an initial oil lubrication on assembly, these elements are maintenance-free.
Wherever there is a demand for non-susceptibility against impact, contamination and heat,
FIBRO Maintenance-Free Bearings find their ideal application.
We recommend to apply the tolerance classes H7/f6 to bush/pillar combinations using these elements.

FIBRO High Precision Ball Bearing Guides

Careful manufacture at narrowest tolerances, and exactly the right amount of preloading* result in a play-free
guide element of exceptional performance potential.
Our superfinished running surfaces further enhance the advantages of ball bearing guides.
Toolmakers favour ball bearing buides because of their free movement on the bench.
FIBRO ball bearing guides can be equipped with a choice of brass or aluminium ball cages, which have proved to
be very successful in practice due to their ball density and stability
Ball bearing guides with their point contact of the balls remain somewhat sensitive to shock and sustained
radial loads. To some extent, generous dimensioning of pillar diameters helps to compensate for this inherent
disadvantage.
* Average preloading:
4 m
on pillars from 8 to 12 mm diameter
7 9 m on pillars from 15 to 16 mm diameter
911 m on pillars from 18 to 42 mm diameter
1113 m on pillars from 50 to 80 mm diameter

FIBRO Precision Roller Guides

The profile roller cages are in linear contact with the guide bushing and guide pillar. This feature offers much
greater capacity for radial loads in the individual roller than an identical size of ball bearing.
The caulking of the roller bearing arrangement is implemented with the same FIBRO-specific solution as that
used in ball cages.
The profile rollers are arranged in a spiral formation in an axial direction. This gives each profile roller its own
path. The roller cages are designed with a recess for a circlip conforming to DIN 471.
The much larger contact area with the ball bearing guide permits a significant reduction in preload values.
The following preload values apply to FIBRO Roller Guides:
For static loads/low velocities, For dynamic loads/High
pillar diameters
velocities, pillar diameters
up to 25 = 2,5 m
up to 25 = 1,5 m
Use only pairing class
30/32
= 3,5 m
30/32
= 2,5 m
guide pillar
red
= .30
40-50
= 3,5 m
40-50
= 2,5 m
guide bush
yellow = .10
63
= 4 m
63
= 3 m

subject to alterations

D21

Pairing Classification
Guide Pillars with sliding sintered Bushes
Guide Pillars with Ball Bearing Bushes
Cutting clearance
small

Sliding guide
bearing clearance
small

Ball bearing
preloading
large

medium

medium

medium

large

large

small

Piece parts with small tolerances, closely specified cut edge properties and contours also parts from thin material
Piece parts from sheet thicker than 1 mm also preferably for progression dies
Where demands on edges and burrs are not stringent; note that
large die clearances require smaller shearing forces

Pairing 1
Pairing 2
Pairing 3

Selection of punch-matrix clearance is largely determind by piece part charcteristics such as percentage of sheared land versus breakaway,
but also by demands on burr formation.
Further criteria are: properties of piece part materials, conditions of the tool as well as the condition of the eccentric press.

Colour coding by painted dots

Sliding guide
Pillar
Colour

Pairing 1

Ball bearing

Order No

Bush
Colour

Pillar
Colour

Order No

Order No

Bush
Colour

Order No

yellow
green

.10
.20

yellow
yellow

.10
.10

yellow
yellow
green

.10
.10
.20

red
green
red

.30
.20
.30

Pairing 2

green
red
yellow

.20
.30
.10

green
yellow
green

.20
.10
.20

yellow
green
red

.10
.20
.30

yellow
green
red

.10
.20
.30

Pairing 3

red
green
yellow

.30
.20
.10

red
red
red

.30
.30
.30

green
red
red

.20
.30
.30

yellow
green
yellow

.10
.20
.10

Selection Criteria:
die clearance stock thickness material

Note:
Please note that tight bearing clearances are normally unsuitable for 4-pillar die sets. In general, wherever retainer bore geometry is not absolutely perfect,
pairings 2 and 3 must be chosen. The pairing classification does not signify differences in quality, rather a selection of the necessary bearing clearance in the
case of guide pillars or preloading in the case of ball bearings (see also chart next page).

Ordering Code (example):


Guide Pillar, tolerance range 1, yellow
Sliding guide, tolerance range 1, yellow

D22

= 202.19.040.260.10 or green is then .20


= 2081.31.040.10

subject to alterations

Pairing Classification
Guide Pillars with sliding sintered Bushes
Guide Pillars with Ball Bearing Bushes
[ 60/63

30

[ 80

29

29

28

28

[ 48/50

27

27

26

26

25

25

[ 38/40

24
23

24
23

[ 30/32

22

22

21

21

20

20

[ 24/25

19

19

18

18

17

17

[ 19/20

16

16

15

15

m m

Guide Pillar

Guide Bush
Sliding Guide

14

14

[ 15/16

13

13

12

12

11

11

10

10

9
8

[ 8/11/12

+1

+1

[ 15/16

6
7
8

[ 19/20
[ 24/25

[ 30/32

[ 8/11/12

[ 38/40
[ 48/50

Guide Bush
Ball Bearing Guide

30

[ 60/63

[ 80

8
9

10

10

11

11

12

12

13

13

14

14

15

15

16

16

17

17

18
19

[ 15/16

18

[ 19/20
[ 24/25

20

[ 30/32

19

[ 38/40

20

21
22
23
24
25

subject to alterations

21
Tolerance range
yellow
green
red

is Order No.
.10
.20
.30

[ 48/50

22

[ 60/63

23
24
[ 80

25

D23

Ball bearing guide bushes


Mounting flanges with
ball bearing guide bushes

Guide bushes, sintered ferrite


Mounting flanges with
guide bushes, sintered ferrite

Guide bushes ECO-LINE bronze


with solid lubrication rings
Guide bushes
bronze coated
Guide bushes ECO-LINE
bronzeplated
Guide bushes with solid
lubrication
Mounting flanges with Guide
bushes with solid lubrication

2061.44.
206.49.
2061.47.
2081.67.
2091.67.
2091.44.
2091.45.
2091.46.
2031.41.
2031.44.

2081.44.
2081.45.
2081.46.
2081.47.
2081.49.
210.44.
210.45.
210.46.
2031.42.

2031.31.
2031.34.
2031.38.
2051.32.
2091.31.
2091.32.
2091.34.

2081.31.
2081.32.
2081.33.
2081.34.
2081.35.
210.31.
210.34.
210.35.

2081.71.
2081.74.
2081.75.
2081.81.
2081.84.
2081.85.
2081.91.
2081.94.
2081.95.
2085.70.
2085.72.
2087.70.
2087.72.
2082.70.

2091.71.
2091.72.
2091.74.
210.85.

Guide pillars for large tools

Guide pillars ECO-LINE

2022.12. 2022.13.
2022.15.
2022.16. 2022.17.
2022.19.
2022.29.

2021.29. 202.29.
202.31.

2022.25.

2020.62. 202.60.

Guide pillars to CNOMO

Guide pillars to AFNOR

Guide pillars
with centre fixing

Guide pillars
with centre fixing
2020.63. 2020.64.

Demountable guide pillars

Guide pillars, bolt-on type

2021.50.
2021.58.
210.39.
2021.44.
2021.46.
202.55.

2022.16.45.

Guide Bushes

202.17.
202.19.
202.21.
202.22.
202.23.
202.24.

Guide Pillars

Guide pillars to DIN 9825

Selection matrix
Guide Pillars - Guide Bushes

f6

h4

Tolerance
range

.30

.20

.10

h3

.30

.20

.10

h5

-0.010
-0.025

.10

.20

.30

.10

.20

.30

H6

ITS

H5

H7

2031.70.
2087.71.
2087.73.
2082.71.

Guide bushes with solid


lubrication

2085.71.

E7

Guide bushes with solid


lubrication

2086.70. 2032.70.
2052.70.

F7

Guide bushes with solid


lubrication

2102.70. 2102.71.

G7

Guide bushes with solid


lubrication

2086.71.

C9

= suitable
= suitable (see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D)
= conditionally suitable
= not suitable

The combinations should be considered as recommendations. Depending on the installation situation and type of use, a previous examination or test is
mandatory, since different combinations may result in varying clearance (slide guide) or pretension (ball guides) values.

D24

subject to alterations

Deflection of Pillars and Bending equation

3/1

202.21.

202.19.

2021.46.

2021.46.
2021.43.

2021.50.
2021.39.
210.39.

Deflection of Pillars

250
m

The practical applicatoin of these pillars demands a certain amount of


re-thinking in regard of tool design. Deflection under radially imposed
load is shown in the diagram of the right.

4
3

200

Mounting Instructions:

Deflection

Coat head and threads of screws with molydenum disulfite.


Tighten and undo screw twice before final tightening with torque wrench.

1
0

150

100
40
F

50

200

1000

130

2000
Radial Force

3000 N

Bending equation
The transverse load resistance to tool guides is greatly influenced by the
position of the guide pillar fixing.
For a tool with a spring-mounted die guide plate and pillar fixing at the top
or bottom of the tool, the defelction and pillar bending values do not differ
when the load is applied at the side since the distance (L) from the point of
application of the force is the same.
Significantly better pillar bending values can be achieved by fixing the
guide pillars in the guide plate, i.e. in the center of the pillar.
Since the distance ( L/2 ) between the point of application of the force and
the fixing surface is thus halved, the load-bearing capacity is increased by
eight times.
In order to keep moving mass to a minimum and thereby minimize detrimental forces of inertia, FIBRO Stripper-Mounted Pillars are made with a
hollow core. Rigidity of the die set - of paramount importance - remains
unaffected by the hollow design.

F
Bending
Equation
3
f F L
3 E J

subject to alterations

Bending
Equation
F

3
f F L
3 E J

f
Bending
Equation
L 3
f F 2
3 E J

D25

Ball cage, small dimension


Guide bush for ball bearing, small dimension

l1

206.51.

d1

Material:

206.51. Ball cage, small dimension

Cage: Brass
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)

d1
k
l1
10
15
20
25
30
40

Ordering Code (example):


Ball cage, small dimension
Guide diameter d 1
Length l 1
Order No

3
1
Total numbers of balls
21
35
49

4
1

5
1

6
1

21
35
49
64

29
49
69
89
109

36
61
69
89
109

8
1
61
69
89
109
149

=206.51.
5 mm =
005.
30 mm =
030
=206.51. 005. 030

206.54.

l1

d 3 h4

d 1 h3
d2

Material:

Roller bearing steel 100 Cr 6


Hardness: hardened to 60 + 4 HRC
Remarks: available in stainless steel on request

Execution:

Guide bush bores d2 fine-honed to IT3

Note:

Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the


end of chapter D.

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush for ball bearing, small
dimension
Guide diameter d 1
Length l 1
Order No
D26

=206.54.
5 mm =
005.
10 mm =
010
=206.54. 005. 010

206.54.
d1
d2
d3
l1
10
15
20
25
30
35
40

Guide bush for ball bearing,


small dimension
3
5
7

4
6
8

5
7
10

6
8
11

8
10
14

subject to alterations

Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2


202.19.

Mounting example
l2

l3

l1

d 1 h3

Material:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,8 mm ( up to
12, troughhardened)

Execution:

fine-ground and superfinished


Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
with O.D.

Note:

3 to 8 are not supplied classified.

10 to 12 only available in tolerance range yellow = .10


Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the
beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

202.19. Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2


d1
l2
l3
l1
30
40
50
60
80
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

3
2
2

45
2
2

6
2
2

8
3
3

10
3
3

1112
3
3

1516
4
3

1920
4
3

2425
6
3

3032
6
3

3840
6
3

4850
8
3

6063
8
3

80
8
3

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar DIN 9825/ISO 9182-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=202.19.
25 mm =
025.
224 mm =
224.
yellow =
10
=202.19. 025.224.10
D27

Guide Pillar with ball cage retainer


202.17.

d1

l8

l2

min.
20

l9

l1

Mounting example

d5

Material:

Note:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,8 mm

Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.91.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

Execution:

fine-ground and superfinished

202.17. Guide Pillar with ball cage retainer


d1
d5
l2
KG (l8 / l9)
1 (31 / 46)
2 (41 / 56)
3 (51 / 66)
4 (61 / 76)
5 (73 / 89)
l1
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

38
42
6

40
44
6

48
52
8

50
54
8

60
64
8

63
67
8

Ordering Code (example):


Guide Pillar with ball cage retainer
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Cage retainer size KG
Classification TOL
Order No
D28

48 mm
550 mm
1
yellow

=202.17.
=
048.
=
550.
=
1.
=
10
=202.17. 048.550.1. 10
subject to alterations

Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
202.22.

60

Mounting example

l1

20

M8

d 1 h3

Material:

Note:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,8 mm

Execution:

fine-ground and superfinished


Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
with O.D.

Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the


beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

202.22. Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
d1
l2
l1
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

1516
4

1920
4

2425
6

3032
6

3840
6

4850
8

6063
8

80
8

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with internal thread on both sides, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9
182-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=202.22.
32 mm =
032.
200 mm=
200.
yellow =
10
=202.22. 032.200.10
D29

Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2


202.23.

d 1 h3

20

l1

Mounting example

M8
60

Material:

Note:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,8 mm

Execution:

fine-ground and superfinished


Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
with O.D.

Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the


beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

202.23. Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
d1
l2
l1
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

1516
4

1920
4

2425
6

3032
6

3840
6

4850
8

6063
8

80
8

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with internal thread on bottom, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
D30

=202.23.
32 mm =
032.
200 mm=
200.
yellow =
10
=202.23. 032.200.10
subject to alterations

Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2


202.24.

Mounting example

60

l1

20

M8

d 1 h3

Material:

Note:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,8 mm

Execution:

fine-ground and superfinished


Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
with O.D.

Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the


beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

202.24. Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
d1
l2
l1
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

1516
4

1920
4

2425
6

3032
6

3840
6

4850
8

6063
8

80
8

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with internal thread on top, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=202.24.
32 mm =
032.
200 mm=
200.
yellow =
10
=202.24. 032.200.10
D31

Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2


202.21.

Hole pattern for column (pillar)


fastening
d 1 = 15/16
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40

3x
12
d 1 h3

l1 - 3

d 1 = 48/50
60/63

0,005/100 A

Material:

M
A

d3

d6
t
min.

d4

d 1 = 80

min.
1,5 x M

d6

Note:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,8 mm

Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the


beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

Execution:

fine precision ground


End face square within 0.005 mm in 100 mm

202.21. Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2


d1
d3
d4
d6
t
M
Cap screw
Tightening torque [Nm]
l1
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

1516
9
17
12
8
M8x35
21

1920
11
20
14
10
M10x40
37

2425
14
22
16
12
M12x40
85

3032
18
28
20.5
16
M16x40
150

3840
18
28
20.5
16
M16x40
150

4850
14
22
28
16
12
M12x50
85

6063
18
28
34
20.5
16
M16x60
200

80
18
28
54
20.5
16
M16x60
200

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
D32

=202.21.
32 mm =
032.
200 mm=
200.
yellow =
10
=202.21. 032.200.10
subject to alterations

subject to alterations

D33

Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
202.55.

d4

1,5 x m

d3

Material:

l2

min.
20

l9

l1

m
d1

l8

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface


hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness
penetration 1,8 mm

Execution:

fine precision ground


End face square within 0.005 mm in 100 mm

d5

Note:

Preloading see pairing classification at the


beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.91.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

Hole pattern for column (pillar)


fastening
d 1 = 15/16
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
3x
12
0

d 1 = 48/50
60/63

60

d6

XX

D34

subject to alterations

Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
202.55. Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
t
m
Cap screw
Tightening torque [Nm]
KG (l8 / l9)
1 (31 / 46)
2 (41 / 56)
3 (51 / 66)
4 (61 / 76)
5 (73 / 89)
l1
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

38
18
28
42
20.5
16
M16x40
150

40
18
28
44
20.5
16
M16x40
150

48
14
22
52
28
16
12
M12x50
85

50
14
22
54
28
16
12
M12x50
85

60
18
28
64
34
20.5
16
M16x60
200

63
18
28
67
34
20.5
16
M16x60
200

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar endwise bolt-on type with ball cage, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9
182-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Cage retainer size KG
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

48 mm
550 mm
1
yellow

=202.55.
=
048.
=
550.
=
1.
=
10
=202.55. 048.550.1. 10
D35

Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2


202.29.

l2

Mounting example

l1

d 1 h4

Material:

Note:

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,8 mm

Execution:

ground
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
with O.D.

202.29.
d1
l2
l1
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

Guide pillars only recommended for use with sliding guides!


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2


1516
4

1920
4

2425
6

3032
6

3840
6

4850
8

6063
8

80
8

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar "ECO-Line", ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D36

=202.29.
32 mm =
032.
125 mm =
125
=202.29. 032.125
subject to alterations

subject to alterations

D37

Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2


202.31.

l1 - 3

min.
1,5 x M

d 1 h4

Material:

d4

t
min.

d3

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness
penetration 1,8 mm

Execution:
ground

Note:

Guide pillars only recommended for use with


sliding guides!
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.

Hole pattern for column (pillar)


fastening
d 1 = 15/16
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
3x
12
0

d 1 = 48/50
60/63

60

d6

d 1 = 80

d6

D38

subject to alterations

Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2


X

202.31. Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
d1
d3
d4
d6
t
M
Cap screw
Tightening torque [Nm]
l1
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

1516
9
17
12
8
M8x35
21

1920
11
20
14
10
M10x40
37

2425
14
22
16
12
M12x40
85

3032
18
28
20.5
16
M16x40
150

3840
18
28
20.5
16
M16x40
150

4850
14
22
28
16
12
M12x50
85

6063
18
28
34
20.5
16
M16x60
200

80
18
28
54
20.5
16
M16x60
200

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar "ECO-Line" endwise bolt-on type, ~DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=202.31.
32 mm =
032.
125 mm =
125
=202.31. 032.125
D39

Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR


2021.50.
M8

l1

25
20

d 1 h3
417

l3

'20"

Description:

FIBRO demountable pillars with conical shaft


2021.50. are recommended where die
sharpening etc. demands frequent
demounting and re-fitting.

Material:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface


hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness
penetration 1,8 mm

Execution:

fine-ground and superfinished


Method of manufacturing entails that centre
holes are not concentric with O.D.

Note:

Matching retaining bushes 2021.39./210.39.


and retaining discs 2021.53./202.53. to be
ordered separately.
Preloading see pairing classification at the
beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

Mounting example

XX

D40

subject to alterations

Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR


2021.50. Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
d1
d5
M
l3
l1
82
95
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400

16
22
6
28
l
100
113
130
143

19 20
22
6
38

24 25
25
8
35

126
138
151
166
186
206
226

123
135
148
163
183
203
223
247
273

25
25
8
45

158
193
213
233

30 32
32
8
48

145
158
173
193
213
233
257
283
313

32
32
8
61

186
206
226
270

38 40
40
8
48

158
173
193
213
233
257
283
313
348

40
40
8
61

206
226
270
296

48 50
50
10
58

180
200
220
240
264
290
320
355
395

50
50
10
78

260
310
340
375

60 63
63
12
69

211
231
251
275
301
331
366
406

63
63
12
77

63
63
12
97

237
257
307
337
372

327
392
432
477

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar, conical, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
Guide diameter d1
Guide length l1
Cone length l3
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

38 mm
180 mm
48 mm
yellow

=2021.50.
=
038.
=
180.
=
048.
=
10
=2021.50.038.180.048.10
D41

Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage retainer,


DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
2021.58.

l3

l8

l2

min.
20

l9

l1

d1

d5

Description:

FIBRO demountable pillars with conical shaft


2021.58. are recommended where die
sharpening etc. demands frequent
demounting and re-fitting.

Material:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface


hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness
penetration 1,8 mm

Execution:

fine-ground and superfinished

Note:

Dimensions of ball cage retainer see 202.91.


Matching retaining bushes 2021.39./210.39.
and retaining discs 2021.53./202.53. to be
ordered separately.
Preloading see pairing classification at the
beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

Mounting example

XX

D42

subject to alterations

Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage retainer,


DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
2021.58. Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage retainer,
DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
d1
d5
m
l3
KG (l8 / l9)
1 (31 / 46)
2 (41 / 56)
3 (51 / 66)
4 (61 / 76)
5 (73 / 89)
l1
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400

38
42
8
48

l
158
173
193
213
233
257
283
313
348

38
42
8
48

40
44
8
48

40
44
8
61

48
52
10
58

50
54
10
58

50
54
8
78

60
64
12
69

63
67
12
69

63
67
12
77

63
67
12
97

158
173
193
213
233
257
283
313
348

158
173
193
213
233
257
283
313
348

180
200
220
240
264
290
320
355
395

180
200
220
240
264
290
320
355
395

211
231
251
275
301
331
366
406

211
231
251
275
301
331
366
406

206
226
270
296

260
310
340
375

237
257
307
337
372

327
392
432
477

Ordering Code (example):


Demountable guide pillar, conical, with ball cage retainer,
DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4/AFNOR
Guide diameter d1
Guide length l1
Cone length l3
Cage retainer size KG
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2021.58.
50 mm =
050.
200 mm=
200.
58 mm =
058.
1
=
1
yellow =
1
=2021.58.050.200.058.1 1
D43

Retaining disc with countersunk head cap screw, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4
Retaining disc with socket cap screw, ~ AFNOR
Mounting example

2021.53.

d5

Material:

2021.53. Retaining disc with countersunk head


cap screw, DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4

Note:

Order No
2021.53.020
2021.53.025
2021.53.032
2021.53.040
2021.53.050
2021.53.063

Retaining disc: Steel, burnished


Countersunk head cap screw DIN 7991/ISO 10642
Has to be ordered separately to guide pillar, conical according to
DIN 9825 / ISO 9182-4 2021.50. or 2021.58.

Mounting example

Nominal-
20
25
32
40
50
63

Pillar-
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63

d5
22
25
32
40
50
63

s
3
3
3
5
5
6

M
M6
M8
M8
M8
M10
M12

202.53.

d5

Material:

202.53. Retaining disc with socket cap


screw, ~ AFNOR

Note:

Order No
202.53.016
202.53.020
202.53.025
202.53.032
202.53.040
202.53.050
202.53.063

Retaining disc: Steel, burnished


Socket head cap screw DIN 6912
Has to be ordered separately to guide pillar, conical according to AFNOR
2021.50. or 2021.58.

03.2015

Pillar-
16
20
25
32
40
50
63

d5
18
22
25
32
40
50
63

s
3
3
4
4
4
5
6

M
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M10
M12

subject to alterations

Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50., DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4

d4
d2
d1
41

Mounting example

7'2

0"

l2

l4

l3

2021.39.

d5
d3 H5
js4

a1

d7 d6

d3

H5
js4

13

Material:

Note:

16 MnCr5,
case hardened 58 2 HRC
Hardness penetration: 0,8 mm

Execution:

Retaining bore, outside diameter and shoulder precision ground.

Outside diameter d3 same as that of guide bushes 2081. and 2091.


The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw
clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2021.39. Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50., DIN 9825/ISO 9182-4
d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
a
a1
l
l2
l3
l4

19 20
32
32
40
23
53
65.7
20.9
30.3
42 49
30 37
12
39

24 25
40
40
48
26
60
72.7
22.65
33.4
49 59
37 47
12
36

30 32
48
48
56
33
67
79.7
24.4
36.4
52 62
37 47
15
49

38 40
58
58
66
41
77
89.7
35.3
35.3
62 75
47 60
15
49

48 50
70
70
80
51
91
103.7
40.2
40.2
65 78
47 60
18
59

60 63
85
85
95
64
106
118.7
45.5
45.5
78 95
60 77
18
70

Ordering Code (example):


Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50., DIN 9825/ISO 9
182-4
Nominal diameter d1
Installation length l2
Order No
subject to alterations

=2021.39.
38 mm=
038.
47 mm=
047
=2021.39.038.047
D45

Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR


210.39.
41

7'2

0"

l2

l4

l3

d4
d2
d1
6

Mounting example

d5
d3 H5
js4

a1

d7 d6

H5
d 3 m5

13

Material:

Note:

16 MnCr5,
case hardened 58 2 HRC
Hardness penetration: 0,8 mm

Execution:

Retaining bore, outside diameter and shoulder precision ground.

Outside diameter d3 same as that of guide bushes 210.


The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw
clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

210.39. Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR


d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
a
a1
l
l2
l3
l4

16
29
28
32
19
45
57.7
18.9
26.9
40
30
10
30

20
32
32
36
23
49
61.7
19.9
28.6
50
38
12
40

25
41
40
45
26
57
69.7
21.9
32.1
50 60
38 48
12
37 47

32
51
50
56
33
67
79.7
24.4
36.4
63 76
48 61
15
50 63

40
65
63
70
41
81
93.7
36
36
63 76
48 61
15
50 63

50
84
80
90
51
101
113.7
43
43
79 96
61 78
18
63 80

63
100
90
110
64
121
133.7
50.1
50.1
98 118
78 98
20
79 99

Ordering Code (example):


Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2021.50.,~ AFNOR
Nominal diameter d1
Installation length l2
Order No
D46

=210.39.
40 mm=
040.
48 mm=
048
=210.39. 040. 048
subject to alterations

Guide pillar for large tools, DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3


2022.19.
d 1 f6

M12

l5

d3

l1

24
l2

15

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm

l6

Material:

Execution:

min. 5

d 1 H7
r6

ground
up to d1 = 80 without central hole
by d1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
from d1 = 100 with central hole (through) and with 2 lifting threads
M12

Note:
d5

The guide pillar is only recommended for use with solid lubricants.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2022.19. Guide pillar for large tools, DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3


d1
d3
d5
r
l2
l5
l6
l1
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560

25
2
8
40
4

32
2
8
45
4

40
2
8
56
4

50
2.5
10
70
4

63
2.5
10
80
4

80
3
10
100
4

100
50
72
3
10
125
4

125
65
90
4
12
140
5

160
95
132
4
12
180
5

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar for large tools, DIN 9833/ISO 9182-3
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2022.19.
63 mm =
063.
180 mm =
180
=2022.19.063.180
D47

Guide pillar with 5 pilot taper, to VW-Standard


Mounting example

2022.13.
d1

f6

d 2 H6
25

24

M12

r1
0

l1

5 -2

l6

l5

d2

Material:

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm

Execution:

precision ground
by d1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12

r6

Note:

The guide pillar is only recommended for use with solid lubricants.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Application:

Floating support in upper half of trimming tools.

2022.13. Guide pillar with 5 pilot taper, to VW-Standard


d1
d2
l5
l6
r
r1
l1
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400

40
40
56
4
2
3

50
50
70
4
2.5
5

63
63
80
4
2.5
6

80
80
100
4
3
8

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with 5 pilot taper, to VW-Standard
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D48

=2022.13.
63 mm =
063.
180 mm =
180
=2022.13.063.180
subject to alterations

Guide pillar with pilot taper, VDI 3356


2022.15.
d 1 f6

M12

l1

l2

24

15

l5

d3

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm

H7
1 r6

min. 5

l6

Material:

Execution:

ground
d1 = 80 without central hole with 1 lifting thread M12
from d1 = 100 with central hole (through) and with 2 lifting threads
M8

Note:
d5

The guide pillar is only recommended for use with solid lubricants.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2022.15. Guide pillar with pilot taper, VDI 3356


d1
d3
d5
r
l2
l5
l6
l1
280
315
355
400
450
500
560

80
3
50
4
100

100
50
62
3
50
4
125

125
65
82
4
50
5
140

160
95
119
4
50
5
180

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with pilot taper, VDI 3356
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2022.15.
125 mm =
125.
355 mm =
355
=2022.15.125.355
D49

Guide pillar with groove, to VW


2022.17.

d 1 f6
l2
24

r
15

l7
s

l1

e2
t

l6

l5

Material:

d 1 H7
r6

Note:

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm

Secure with locating plate 2022.40.1.


The guide pillar is only recommended for use with solid lubricants.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Execution:

ground
by d1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12

2022.17. Guide pillar with groove, to VW


d1
l2
l5
l6
l7
r
e2
t
l1
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500

25
8
40
4
7
2
20.5
3

32
8
45
4
7
2
24
3

40
8
56
4
10
2
29.5
4

50
10
70
4
10
2.5
33.5
4

63
10
80
4
12
2.5
43
6.5

80
10
100
4
12
3
50
8

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with groove, to VW
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D50

=2022.17.
50 mm =
050.
160 mm =
160
=2022.17.050.160
subject to alterations

Locating plate for guide pillar, to VW


2022.40.1.

b1

d9

a
e1

c x 45
s

2022.40.1. Locating plate for guide pillar,


toVW
Order No
2022.40.1.02
2022.40.1.04
2022.40.1.06

Pillar-
25 u. 32
40 u. 50
63 u. 80

a
40
48
60

b
20
25
34

s
5
8
10

c
1
2
2

b1
10
12.5
17

e1
20
24
30

Material:
Steel
d9
9
11
14

Note:

Screws not included!

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.

Ordering Code (example):


Locating plate for guide pillar, to VW
Nominal size NENN
Order No

subject to alterations

=2022.40.1.
04 =
04
=2022.40.1. 04

D51

Guide pillar with retaining ring groove, ~AFNOR


2022.25.

d 1 h5

15
d2
c

l 1 -1

d5

d4
l5

d 1 h5

d 1 d8

Material:

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm

Execution:
ground

Note:

The guide pillar is only recommended for use with solid lubricants.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Fixing:

Clamping flange with retaining ring, without screws, 2073.46.


order separately.

2022.25. Guide pillar with retaining ring groove, ~AFNOR


d1
d2
g
l5
l1
100
125
140
160
180
200
220
250
280
315
355
400
450
500

25
25
2.7
25

32
32
4.2
32

40
40
4.2
63

50
50
4.2
80

63
63
6.2
100

80
80
6.2
125

100
80
6.2
160

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with retaining ring groove, ~AFNOR
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D52

=2022.25.
50 mm =
050.
220 mm=
220
=2022.25.050.220
subject to alterations

Clamping flange with retaining ring, ~AFNOR


2073.46.
c

a
g

d5

d4

e1

e1

2073.46.
Order No
2073.46.025
2073.46.032
2073.46.040
2073.46.050
2073.46.063
2073.46.080
2073.46.100

subject to alterations

Clamping flange with retaining


ring, ~AFNOR
d1
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

d2
d4
22.3 6.6
27.8 6.6
35.8 6.6
45.8
9
56.8 11
73.8 13.5
93.8 13.5

d5
11
11
11
15
18
20
20

a
45
56
70
80
100
110
140

c
10
10
12
14
18
20
20

g
2.7
4.2
4.2
4.2
6.2
6.2
6.2

e1
31
36
50
55
70
80
100

Material:

Clamping flange: Steel


Retaining ring: Spring steel wire
t
7
7
7
9
11
13
13

Note:

For fixing the guide pillar 2022.25.


Order No. for reordering retaining ring: 2073.46..2

D53

Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard


2022.16.
d 1 f6

M12

l7
l8

d3

l1

24
l2

15

l5

X
5

l6

d6
d 1 H7
r6
d7

Execution:

ground
up to d1 = 80 without central hole
by d1 = 80 with 1 lifting thread M12
from d1 = 100 with central hole (through)
and with 2 lifting threads M12

Note:

d5

Secure with snap ring 2061.48.


The guide pillar is only recommended for use
with solid lubricants.
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional
requirements and tolerances at the end of
chapter D.

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness
penetration 1,5 + 1 mm

min. 5

Material:

Mounting example

b1

b2

r1

b3

XX

D54

subject to alterations

Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard


2022.16. Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
d1
d3
d5
d6
r
r1
l2
l5
l6
l7
l8
b1
b2
l1
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560

40
33
2
1
8
56
4
15
14
2
3.2

50
43
2.5
1
10
70
4
15
14
2
3.2

63
55.7
2.5
1
10
80
4
15
14
2
3.2

80
71.4
3
1.05
10
100
4
21
20
2.1
4.2

100
50
72
89.9
3
1.3
10
125
4
31
30
2.6
5.2

125
65
90
114.9
4
1.3
12
140
5
31
30
2.6
5.2

160
95
132
148.9
4
1.3
12
180
5
31
30
2.6
5.2

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with snap ring groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2022.16.
80 mm =
080.
224 mm =
224
=2022.16.080. 224
D55

Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard


Mounting example

2022.12.
d 1 f6

b1

b2

r1

l2

24

M12

15

l1

b3

l7
l8

d3

l5

X
5

Material:

ground
d1 = 80 without central hole with 1 lifting thread M12
from d1 = 100 with central hole (through) and
with 2 lifting threads M8

d6
d 1 H7
r6
d7

min. 5

l6

Execution:

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm

Note:

d5

Secure with snap ring 2061.48.


The guide pillar is only recommended for use with solid lubricants.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2022.12. Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
d1
d3
d5
d6
r
r1
l2
l5
l6
l7
l8
b1
b2
l1
280
315
355
400
450
500
560

80
71.4
3
1.05
50
100
4
21
20
2.1
4.2

100
50
62
89.9
3
1.3
50
125
4
31
30
2.6
5.2

125
65
82
114.9
4
1.3
50
140
5
31
30
2.6
5.2

160
95
119
148.9
4
1.3
50
180
5
31
30
2.6
5.2

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with pilot tapper and groove, to Mercedes-Benz Standard
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D56

=2022.12.
125 mm =
125.
355 mm =
355
=2022.12. 125. 355
subject to alterations

Snap ring
2061.48.

Mounting example

b1

b2

r1

d7

b3

b3

Material:

2061.48. Snap ring


Order No
2061.48.040
2061.48.050
2061.48.063
2061.48.080
2061.48.100
2061.48.125
2061.48.160

subject to alterations

Pillar-
40
50
63
80
100
125
160

b1
1.7
1.7
1.7
2.1
2.6
2.6
2.6

b3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.8
3.4
3.4
4

d7
43
53
66
83.2
103.8
128.8
164.3

s
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
2.5
2.5

Spring strip steel

Note:

For securing guide pillars 2022.12. and 2022.16.

D57

Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO


2022.16.45.
d1

R4

M12
l2

,5

30

Mounting example

10

l1

15

12

d 2 -0,5
d2

Material:

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 2 + 1,6 mm

Execution:

precision ground

2022.16.45.

10

l6

90

d6

Note:

Fit for receiving bore H7.


The guide pillar is only recommended for use with solid lubricants.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.

Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO

d1
Tolerance
d2
Tolerance
d6
l2
l6
l1
350
400
450

80
-0,010/-0,025
80
+0,04/+0,05
75
16
110

100
-0,010/-0,025
100
+0,045/+0,055
95
16
140

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with groove, to CNOMO
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D58

=2022.16.45.
100 mm =
100.
400 mm =
400
=2022.16.45. 100.400
subject to alterations

Guide pillar with groove


Mounting example

2022.16.48.
R4

25

,5

l2

d1
60
m

10

l1

15

d1 -1

e
l6

90

l6 /2

d6

l3

d2 -0,5
d2 p6

Material:

Note:

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 2 + 1,6 mm

Fit for receiving bore H7.


Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements
withsolid lubricant.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.

Execution:

precision ground

2022.16.48.
d1
Tolerance
d2
Tolerance
d6
l2
l3
l6
m
l1
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
250
300
350
400

Guide pillar with groove

25
-0,005/-0,015
25
+0,022/+0,035
21
5
5
30
M8

30
-0,005/-0,015
30
+0,022/+0,035
26
5
5
40
M8

40
-0,005/-0,015
40
+0,026/+0,042
36
5
5
50
M8

50
-0,005/-0,015
50
+0,026/+0,042
45
10
10
70
M12

60
65
80
-0,01/-0,02
-0,01/-0,025
-0,01/-0,025
60
65
80
+0,032/+0.051 +0,032/+0.051 +0,032/+0.051
55
60
75
10
10
10
10
10
10
90
100
120
M12
M12
M12

100
-0,01/-0,025
100
+0,037/+0,059
95
10
10
150
M12

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with groove
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2022.16.48.
60 mm =
060.
200 mm=
200
=2022.16.48. 060. 200
D59

Guide pillar with collar, to WDX


2022.29.

d 1 f6

M12

15

18

l3

Mounting example

d3

20

l 1 -1

d6

l 2 -0,5

d 2 H7
r6

10
4

M10

d 2 h6

Material:

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm

Execution:

precision ground
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
with O.D.

Note:

Guide pillar is recommended to be used only with guide elements with


solid lubricant.

2022.29.
d1
d2
d3
d6
l2
l3
l1
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400
500

Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of


chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Order No. for guide pillar with collar, to WDX, with screw clamps
2022.29...A

Fixing:

(to be ordered separately)


Screw clamps with screws 2072.46 (M10 x 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)
up to d1 = 50 - 2 screw clamps
from d1 = 63 - 3 screw clamps

Guide pillar with collar, to WDX


25
25
32
68
40
6

32
32
40
75
42
8

40
40
50
83
56
8

50
50
60
93
70
10

63
63
80
106
80
10

80
80
90
123
100
10

100
100
110
143
125
10

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with collar, to WDX
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
11.2015

=2022.29.
50 mm =
050.
160 mm =
160
=2022.29. 050. 160
subject to alterations

subject to alterations

D61

Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5
2021.46.
M8

l1

20
25

d1 h3

M6
m
20

Demountable pillars with shoulder are suited


to applications where die sharpening requires
dismantling and re-fitting.

l2

Description:

Material:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface


hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness
penetration 1,8 mm

d 2 H5
js4

Execution:

d7

13

d6

a1

fine precision ground


Method of manufacturing entails that centre
holes are not concentric with O.D.

15

12,5

d3

Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from


d1 = 38 with 4 Screw clamp , which are
included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw
clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
13).
Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing
classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional
requirements and tolerances at the end of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

Mounting example

2021.46.

2021.43.
XX

D62

subject to alterations

Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5
2021.46. Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention, DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5
d1
d2
d3
d6
d7
a
a1
m
l2
l1
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400

15 16
15 16
22
33
45.7
15.9
21.7
M8
20

19 20
19 20
25
36
48.7
16.6
23
M8
23

24 25
24 25
32
43
55.7
18.4
26
M8
30

30 32
30 32
40
51
63.7
20.4
29.5
M8
37

38 40
38 40
50
61
73.7
29.2
29.2
M8
37

48 50
48 50
63
74
86.7
33.8
33.8
M8
47

60 63
60 63
80
91
103.7
39.8
39.8
M8
47

80
80
95
106
118.7
46.2
46.2
M12
60

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with collar, screw clamp retention,
DIN 9825/~ISO 9182-5
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2021.46.
32 mm =
032.
315 mm =
315.
yellow =
10
=2021.46.032. 315. 10
D63

Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer


2021.44.

a1

13

d6

d7

M6

d2

js4

12,5

15

l2

Description:

Demountable pillars with shoulder are suited


to applications where die sharpening requires
dismantling and re-fitting.

d1

l1

Material:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from


d1 = 38 with 4 Screw clamp , which are
included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw
clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
13).
Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing
classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional
requirements and tolerances at the end of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

l8

Note:

fine precision ground

min.
20

Execution:

l9

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface


hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness
penetration 1,8 mm

d5

Mounting example
2021.43

XX

D64

subject to alterations

Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer


2021.44. Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer
d1
d2
d3
d5
d6
d7
a
a1
m
l2
KG (l8 / l9)
1 (31 / 46)
2 (41 / 56)
3 (51 / 66)
4 (61 / 76)
5 (73 / 89)
l1
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400

38
38
50
42
61
73.7
29.2
29.2
M8
37

40
40
50
44
61
73.7
29.2
29.2
M8
37

48
48
63
52
74
86.7
33.8
33.8
M8
47

50
50
63
54
74
86.7
33.8
33.8
M8
47

60
60
80
64
91
103.7
39.8
39.8
M8
47

63
63
80
67
91
103.7
39.8
39.8
M8
47

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with collar and ball cage retainer
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Cage retainer size KG
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2021.44.
48 mm =
048.
400 mm =
400.
1
=
1.
yellow =
10
=2021.44.048.400. 1. 10
D65

Retaining disc with screw


2021.43.

d5

Material:

Retaining disc: Steel


Countersunk head cap screw DIN 7991/ISO 10642

Note:

For fixing the guide pillars 2021.44., 2021.46. and 2021.29.

D66

2021.43. Retaining disc with screw


Order No
2021.43.016
2021.43.020
2021.43.025
2021.43.032
2021.43.040
2021.43.050
2021.43.063
2021.43.080

Nominal-
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80

Pillar-
15/16
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63
80

d5
22
25
32
40
50
60
70
93

s
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
12

m
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
12

subject to alterations

Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard


2025.94.

l2

d 2 R6
js4

l3

l6

d5

l4

d 1 h3

d 3 H5
js4

Material:

Demountable guide pillar: Steel, surface hardened


Guide bush: Tooling steel
Cage retainer: Steel
Ball cage: Brass

Execution:

Ball guide unit 2025.94. consisting of: Demountable guide pillar, guide
bush, ball cage, cage retainer, clamps and socket cap screws to
DIN EN ISO 4762.

d9

23

3x120

d6

2025.94.

Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard

Pillar diameter d1
d2
d3
d5
d6
d9
l2
l3
l4
l6

50
50
70
80
97
57
47
316
271
128

80
80
105
118
135
91
75
450
400
160

Ordering Code (example):


Ball guide unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard
Pillar diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2025.94.
80 mm=
080
=2025.94.080
D67

Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE"

l1

2021.29.

d 1 h4

l2

d3

Material:

M
d 2 H5
j6

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,5 + 1 mm

Execution:

ground
Method of manufacturing entails that centre holes are not concentric
with O.D.

Note:

d7

a1

Guide pillars only recommended for use with sliding guides!


The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw
clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

13

d6

2021.29. Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE"


d1
d2
d3
d6
d7
a
a1
M
l2
l1
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400

15 16
15 16
22
33
45.7
15.9
21.7
M8
20

19 20
19 20
25
36
48.7
16.6
23
M8
23

24 25
24 25
32
43
55.7
18.4
26
M8
30

30 32
30 32
40
51
63.7
20.4
29.5
M8
37

38 40
38 40
50
61
73.7
29.2
29.2
M8
37

48 50
48 50
63
74
86.7
33.8
33.8
M8
47

60 63
60 63
80
91
103.7
39.8
39.8
M8
47

80
80
95
106
118.7
46.2
46.2
M12
60

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with collar "ECO-LINE"
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D68

=2021.29.
32 mm =
032.
112
=
112
=2021.29.032.112
subject to alterations

Guide pillar with collar

R2

202.61.

h3

20

(l)

l2

d1

d 3 +0,002

l 1 -0,02
35

d2

Description:
d1

On small modular die sets the combination plastic ball cage 206.41./
collared guide pillar 202.61. has indeed been successful for several
years.

h3

Material:
R2

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1 0,2 mm

Execution:

precision ground

Note:

For use with ball cage 206.41. and guide bushes 2062.44.012. or
2061.44.15.

202.61. Guide pillar with collar


Order No
202.61.012.041.074
202.61.015.044.080

subject to alterations

d1
12
15

d2
15.9
23.5

d3
12.02
15.02

l
115
124

l1
41
44

l2
74
80

D69

Guide bush for ball bearing, for highest stroking speed


Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3
2062.44.012.

l1

d 2 IT 3
d1

d 3 h4

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Note:

2062.44.012.
Order No
2062.44.012.016.032
2062.44.012.017.032

Guide bush for ball bearing,


for highest stroking speed
d1
12
12

d2
16
17

d3
20
20

l1
32
32

for ball
2
2.5

For use with ball cage 206.41. and guide pillar 202.61.

2061.44.015.

l1

d 2 IT 3
d1

d 3 h4

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Note:

For use with ball cage 206.41. and guide pillar 202.61.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20

D70

2061.44. Guide bush for ball bearing,


ISO9448-3
Order No
2061.44.015.023.10
2061.44.015.023.20
2061.44.015.023.30
2061.44.015.030.10
2061.44.015.030.20
2061.44.015.030.30
2061.44.015.037.10
2061.44.015.037.20
2061.44.015.037.30
2061.44.015.047.10
2061.44.015.047.20
2061.44.015.047.30
2061.44.015.060.10
2061.44.015.060.20
2061.44.015.060.30

d1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

d2
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

d3
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28

l1
23
23
23
30
30
30
37
37
37
47
47
47
60
60
60
subject to alterations

Ball cage, plastic, for highest stroking speed


206.41.

l1

d1

206.41. Ball cage, plastic, for highest


stroking speed
Order No
206.41.012.020.021
206.41.012.020.042
206.41.012.025.021
206.41.012.025.042
206.41.015.030.045
206.41.015.030.056
206.41.015.030.063
206.41.015.030.071

subject to alterations

d1
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15

l1
21
42
21
42
45
56
63
71

Description:
k
2
2
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3

Owing to its much lower inertia, the plastic ball cage of particular
advantage in die sets operating at stroking speed of 1000 SPM and
more.
The phenomenon of ball-drag at the reversal point of cage travel, set up
by thecage inertia, no longer occurs. The negative influence of this drag
is eliminated and so are the wear symptoms associated with it.
On small modular die sets the combination plastic ball cage 206.41./
collared guide pillar 202.61. has indeed been successful for several
years.

Material:

Cage: Polyacetal tubing


Balls: Steel hardened DIN 5401- Quality Class 1

D71

Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing


2020.63.

Mounting example

L
2

l6

d 1 h3

l2

l5

L
2

d 5 -0,2

l1

l4

d 2 js4

Material:

l3

Steel, surface hardened


Surface hardness: 62 + 2 HRC, Hardness penetration 1 0,2 mm

Execution:

precision ground

Note:

l6

For press fit into register bore N5.


Bending equation see at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.

d 1 h3

2020.63.

Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing

Order No
2020.63.012.042.074
2020.63.016.064.094

D72

d1
12
16

d2
13
18

d5
15.9
21.9

l1
116
158

l2
42
64

l3
74
94

l4
12.5
16

l5
5
8

l6
3
5

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

D73

Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing


2020.62.

l2

l6

d2
d 1 h4

d7

d 4 js4

l3

l4

l1

l5

d6

Material:

l6

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface


hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness
penetration 2,0 + 1,6 mm

d 1 h4

Execution:

12

precision ground

Note:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 12.9.


Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing
classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Bending equation see at the beginning of
chapter D.
12 only available in tolerance range
yellow=.10
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

(3x

d3

L
2

L
2

Mounting example

XX

D74

subject to alterations

Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing


2020.62.
d1
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
19
19
19
19
19
19
25
25
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

d2
28
28
28
28
28
28
38
38
38
38
38
38
42
42
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
70

Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing


d3
20
20
20
20
20
20
28
28
28
28
28
28
32
32
32
32
32
32
38
38
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
56
56
56
56
56
56
56

d4
13
13
13
13
13
13
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
22
22
22
26
26
26
26
26
26
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
42
42
42
42
42
42
42

d6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

d7
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6

t
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
5.7
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8

l1
90
100
110
120
130
140
140
150
160
170
180
190
160
170
180
190
200
210
180
190
200
210
220
230
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
200
210
220
230
240
250
260

l2
40
40
50
50
60
70
60
60
70
70
80
90
70
70
80
80
90
100
80
80
90
90
100
110
80
80
90
90
100
100
110
110
90
90
100
100
110
110
120

l3
50
60
60
70
70
70
80
90
90
100
100
100
90
100
100
110
110
110
100
110
110
120
120
120
100
110
110
120
120
130
130
140
110
120
120
130
130
140
140

l4
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
27
27
27
27
27
27
27

l5
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

l6
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Ordering Code (example):


Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing
Guide diameter d1
Length with collar (short) l2
Length up to collar (long) l3
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

25 mm
80 mm
110 mm
yellow

=2020.62.
=
025.
=
080.
=
110.
=
10
=2020.62.025.080. 110.10
D75

Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut


5

R3

202.60.

Mounting example

d1 h4
d5
d4

I5

I3

d6

I4

d 3 js4
d2

I2

d1 h4
8

Material:

Note:

Steel, (Core strength: 900 N/mm) surface hardened


Surface hardness: 60 + 3 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,8 mm

Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the


beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Bending equation see at the beginning of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

Execution:

precision ground

202.60
d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
h
l2
l3
l4
l5

Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut


19
32
25
M22 x 1.5
8
40
9
80
120
29
45

25
38
30
M28 x 1.5
12
50
10
80
120
29
45

32
46
36
M35 x 1.5
20
55
11
100
140
34
50

40
56
46
M45 x 1.5
28
68
12
100
140
34
50

Ordering Code (example):


Demountable guide pillar with centre fixing and ring nut
Guide diameter d1
Length with collar l2
Length up to collar l3
Classification TOL
Order No
D76

32 mm
100 mm
140 mm
yellow

=202.60.
=
032.
=
100.
=
140.
=
10
=202.60.032.100.140.10
subject to alterations

Demountable guide pillar with conical centre fixing


Mounting example

2020.64.
d 1 h3

DIN 74 - Km 6
(3x)

12

R1

1x45

l2

L
2

R3

L
2

l5

l4

l3

d4

Material:

Steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

R3

Execution:

d 1 h3

precision ground

Note:

Matching retaining bush 2021.64.


Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 12.9.
Bearing clearance / Preloading see pairing classification at the
beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Bending equation see at the beginning of chapter D.

d3
d2

120 (3x)

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20

2020.64.
d1
d2
d3
d4
k
l2
l3
l4
l5

Demountable guide pillar with conical centre fixing

25
70
55
27.86
26
102
143
102
41

25
70
55
27.86
26
122
143
102
41

32
76
62
34.86
30
102
143
102
41

32
76
62
34.86
30
122
143
102
41

32
76
62
34.86
30
122
153
112
41

32
76
62
34.86
30
137
153
112
41

32
76
62
34.86
30
142
153
112
41

32
76
62
34.86
30
162
153
112
41

Ordering Code (example):


Demountable guide pillar with conical centre fixing
Guide diameter d1
Length with collar (short) l2
Length up to collar (long) l3
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

32 mm
122 mm
153 mm
yellow

=2020.64.
=
032.
=
122.
=
153.
=
10
=2020.64.032.122.153.10
D77

Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2020.64.


Mounting example

2021.64.

33,84

45
12

51

d5
d6

d1
d2
d 3 n5

Material:

16 MnCr5
Surface hardness: 60 2 HRC, Hardness penetration 0,81 mm

Fixing:

Ring nut 2073.48.15 order separately.

Execution:

Thread not hardenend

2021.64. Retaining bush for guide pillar conical 2020.64.


Order No
2021.64.025
2021.64.032

D78

D1xx
25.5
32.5

d2
M35x1,5
M40x1,5

d3
37
44

d5
43
50

d6
27.86
34.86

subject to alterations

Ring nut DIN 1804


2073.48.
d2

d8

2073.48. Ring nut DIN 1804


Order No
2073.48.35.15
2073.48.40.15

subject to alterations

d2
M35x1,5
M40x1,5

d8
48
54

Material:
h
11
12

Steel, hardened

Note:

For fixing the retaining bush 2021.64.

D79

Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE


2024.94.

l 8 -0,1

d 6* +0,12
+0,08
d1

l 1 -0,3

d 6 -0,01
-0,05

l9

l7

d 6 0,003

l6

d3

l2

l3

d 2 -0,018
-0,022
d 2 -0,04
-0,06
d 2 *-0,01

l4

Description:

l 5+1

FIBRO Million Guide guide units are used


wherever rigidity, robustness and a precision
guide function is required.
The large supporting surface of the needle
rollers ensures these properties.
For stroke speeds up to 50 m/min and
temperatures up to 80C.

m
d 2 -0,5
d4
d 5 +1

Material:

Needle roller cage: Plastic


Needle rollers: Steel, hardened
Guide bush: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
60 2 HRC
Guide pillar: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
60 2 HRC
Disk: Steel

Execution:

Guide unit consisting of paired guide pillar


and guide bush, needle roller cage and disk for
fixing the guide column. The fixing screw is
ordered separately as the screw required
depends on the thickness of the base plate.
Guide pillar and bushes are executed at:
16 with 4 running surfaces
12, 20 - 60 with 6 running surfaces
80 with 8 running surfaces

Note:

Guide unit must be installed in accordance


with the instructions!
Guide bush must be bonded!

Cross section of guide unit


guide piller

guide sleeve

* Mounting bore

needle rollers

needle roller cage

XX

D80

subject to alterations

Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE


2024.94.
d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
m
l2
l3
l4
l5
l6
l7
l8
l9
l1
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280

12
12
18
16
18
23
M5x8
12
6
7
3
5
29.8
40
0

Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE


16
16
24
22
24
30
M6x10
16
6
10
4
6
30
40
0

20
20
29
26
28
37
M8x20
20
8
13
5
8
52
60
20

25
25
35
32
34
44
M8x20
25
8
13
5
8
62
70
20

30
30
40
38
38
50
M10x25
30
8
16
7
9
68
78
20

32
32
42
40
40
54
M10x25
30
8
16
7
9
68
78
20

40
40
54
50
50
68
M12x30
35
8
18
9
10
78
92
20

50
50
64
60
60
78
M12x30
35
8
18
9
12
82
96
20

60
60
74
72
72
95
M14x30
42
15
20
12
15
116
120
20

80
80
98
105
105
120
M16x30
45
15
26
13
15
132
145
25

Ordering Code (example):


Guide unit with collar MILLION GUIDE
Guide diameter d1
Guide length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2024.94.
32 mm =
032.
100 mm =
100
=2024.94.032. 100
D81

Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE


2024.96.

l 8 -0,1
l 2 -0,3

l7

d 6* +0,12
+0,08
d1

d 6 -0,005
l9

d 6 -0,01
-0,05

l6

d3

l4

d 2* -0,015
-0,025
d 2 -0,005

l7

Description:

l 3 -0,3

l9

d 2 -0,05

l 8 -0,1

FIBRO Million Guide guide units are used


wherever rigidity, robustness and a precision
guide function is required.
The large supporting surface of the needle
rollers ensures these properties.
For stroke speeds up to 50 m/min and
temperatures up to 80C.

Material:

m
d1

Needle roller cages: Plastic


Needle rollers: Steel, hardened
Guide bushes: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
60 2 HRC
Guide pillar: Tool steel alloy, hardened,
60 2 HRC
Disk: Steel

Execution:

Guide unit consisting of a paired guide pillar,


guide bushes and needleroller cages.
Guide pillar and bushes are executed at:
16 with 4 running surfaces
12, 20 - 30 with 6 running surfaces

Note:

Guide unit must be installed in accordance


with the instructions!
Guide bushes must be bonded!
* Mounting bore

Cross section of guide unit


guide piller

needle rollers

guide sleeve

needle roller cage

XX

D82

subject to alterations

Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE


2024.96.
d1
d2
d3
d6
m
l4
l6
l7
l8
l9
l3
50
60
70
80
90
100
110

Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE


12
12.5
19
22
M5x8
12
4
29.8
30
l2
405060
405060
405060

16
16.5
23
28
M6x10
16
5
30
40
-

20
20.5
27
34
M8x20
20
5
46
50
20

405060
40506070
40506070

40506070
40506070
40506070

25
25.5
32
40
M8x20
25
5
56
60
20

30
30.5
37
48
M8x20
30
5
68
70
20

40506070
40506070
40506070

40506070
40506070
40506070

Ordering Code (example):


Guide unit with center fixing MILLION GUIDE
Guide diameter d1
Length up to collar l3
Length with collar l2
Order No
subject to alterations

=2024.96.
20 mm=
020.
80 mm=
080.
40 mm=
040
=2024.96.020.080. 040
D83

Guide bearing with solid lubricant


2031.70.

e2
b

a
e1

Guide Brush 2052.70.

h1

t1

d4

d5

d 1H7
d3

Mounting example

Material:

Basic body: Special cast iron


Guide bush 2052.70.: Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Face and top machined.

Note:

Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.

2031.70. Guide bearing with solid lubricant


d1
d3
d4
a
b
e1
e2
h
h1
t1

19 20
45
9
85
45
64
24
18
37
3

24 25
50
9
90
50
68
28
22
47
3

30 32
65
11
115
65
83
34
25
60
3

38 40
80
13.5
130
80
95
45
30
77
3

50
96
17.5
160
96
118
55
35
95
4

63
110
17.5
180
110
132
62
35
120
4

80
130
22
215
130
160
75
40
120
10

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bearing with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D84

=2031.70.
32 mm =
032
=2031.70.032
subject to alterations

Retention bearing
2031.01.

h1

d3
d 1 R6

Material:

Mounting example

Special cast iron

Execution:

Face and top machined. Hole fine bored to d1R6 fit.

Note:

Check squareness of pillars after press-fitting.

2031.01. Retention bearing


d1
d3
a
b
h
h1

15 16
35
70
35
18
30

19 20
45
85
45
18
37

24 25
50
90
50
22
47

30 32
65
115
65
25
60

38 40
80
130
80
30
77

48 50
96
160
96
35
95

60 63
110
180
110
35
120

80
130
215
130
40
120

Ordering Code (example):


Retention bearing
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2031.01.
32 mm =
032
=2031.01.032
D85

Guide bearing, sintered guide

2031.31.

h1

d1

d3

Mounting example

Material:

Basic body: Special cast iron


Guide bush 2051.32.: Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-
term lubrication

Execution:

Face and top machined. Bores honed.

Note:

Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2031.31. Guide bearing, sintered guide


d1
d3
a
b
h
h1

15 16
35
70
35
18
30

19 20
45
85
45
18
37

24 25
50
90
50
22
47

30 32
65
115
65
25
60

38 40
80
130
80
30
77

48 50
96
160
96
35
95

60 63
110
180
110
35
120

80
130
215
130
40
120

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bearing, sintered guide
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D86

=2031.31.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=2031.31.032.10
subject to alterations

Guide bearing for ball bearing guide

2031.41.

l1

h1

d1

d2
d3

Material:

Mounting example

Basic body: Special cast iron


Guide bush 2061.44.: Tool steel, Hardness: 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Face and top machined. Bores honed.

Note:

Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2031.41. Guide bearing for ball bearing guide


d1
15
16
19
20
24
d2
21
22
25
26
30
35
35
45
45
50
d3
a
70
70
85
85
90
b
35
35
45
45
50
h
18
18
18
18
22
30
30
37
37
47
h1
4
4
4
4
56
l1
l*
45
45
45
45
56
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

25
31
50
90
50
22
47
56
56

30
38
65
115
65
25
60
71
71

32
40
65
115
65
25
60
71
71

38
46
80
130
80
30
77
95
95

40
48
80
130
80
30
77
95
95

48
56
96
160
96
35
95
120
120

50
58
96
160
96
35
95
120
120

60
68
110
180
110
35
120
140
140

63
71
110
180
110
35
120
140
140

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bearing for ball bearing guide
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2031.41.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=2031.41.032.10
D87

Retention bearing with screw holes


2031.02.

t1

d3
d 1 R6

h1

d5

e2
b

d4

e1
a

Mounting example

Material:

Special cast iron

Execution:

Face and top machined. Hole fine bored to d1R6 fit.

Note:

Check squareness of pillars after press-fitting.

2031.02. Retention bearing with screw holes


d1
d3
d4
d5
t1
a
b
e1
e2
h
h1

15 16
35
6.6
11
3
70
35
53
19
18
30

19 20
45
9
15
3
85
45
64
24
18
37

24 25
50
9
15
3
90
50
68
28
22
47

30 32
65
11
18
3
115
65
83
34
25
60

38 40
80
14
20
3
130
80
95
45
30
77

48 50
96
18
26
4
160
96
118
55
35
95

60 63
110
18
26
4
180
110
132
62
35
120

80
130
22
33
4
215
130
160
75
40
120

Ordering Code (example):


Retention bearing with screw holes
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D88

=2031.02.
32 mm =
032
=2031.02.032
subject to alterations

Guide bearing with screw holes, sintered guide


2031.34.

e2

e1

a
d1

h1

t1

d4

d5

d3

Material:

Basic body: Special cast iron


Guide bush 2051.32.: Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-
term lubrication

Mounting example

Execution:

Face and top machined. Bores honed.

Note:

Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2031.34. Guide bearing with screw holes, sintered guide


d1
d3
d4
d5
t1
a
b
e1
e2
h
h1

15 16
35
6.6
11
3
70
35
53
19
18
30

19 20
45
9
15
3
85
45
64
24
18
37

24 25
50
9
15
3
90
50
68
28
22
47

30 32
65
11
18
3
115
65
83
34
25
60

38 40
80
14
20
3
130
80
95
45
30
77

48 50
96
18
26
4
160
96
118
55
35
95

60 63
110
18
26
4
180
110
132
62
35
120

80
130
22
33
4
215
130
160
75
40
120

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bearing with screw holes, sintered guide
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2031.34.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=2031.34.032.10
D89

Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide


e1

e2

2031.42.

a
d1

l1

h1

t1

d4

d5

d2
d3

Mounting example

Material:

Basic body: Special cast iron


Guide bush 2061.44.: Tool steel, Hardness: 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Face and top machined. Bores honed.

Note:

Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2031.42. Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide
d1
15 16
19 20
24 25
d2
21 22
25 26
30 31
35
45
50
d3
6.6
9
9
d4
11
15
15
d5
3
3
3
t1
a
70
85
90
b
35
45
50
53
64
68
e1
19
24
28
e2
h
18
18
22
30
37
47
h1
44
44
56
l1
l*
45
45
56
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

30 32
38 40
65
11
18
3
115
65
83
34
25
60
70
71

38 40
46 48
80
14
20
3
130
80
95
45
30
77
95
95

48 50
56 58
96
18
26
4
160
96
118
55
35
95
120
120

60 63
68 71
110
18
26
4
180
110
132
62
35
120
140
140

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bearing with screw holes, for ball bearing guide
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D90

=2031.42.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=2031.42.032.10
subject to alterations

Retention bearing, low build height


d4

h1

2031.04.

e2
b

d 1 R6
d 3 H5
js4

e1
a

Material:

Mounting example

Special cast iron

Execution:

Both faces machined to dims. h; O. D. d3 turned.


Hole fine bored to d1R6 - fit.

Note:

Check squareness of pillars after press-fitting.

2031.04. Retention bearing, low build height


d1
d3
d4
a
b
e1
e2
h
h1

15 16
32
7
70
35
53
19
16
30

19 20
42
9
85
45
64
24
16
37

24 25
47
9
90
50
68
28
20
47

30 32
62
11
115
65
83
34
23
60

38 40
77
14
130
80
95
45
28
77

48 50
93
18
160
96
118
55
33
95

60 63
107
18
180
110
132
62
33
120

80
127
22
215
130
160
75
38
120

Ordering Code (example):


Retention bearing, low build height
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2031.04.
32 mm =
032
=2031.04.032
D91

Guide bearing, low build height, sintered guide


2031.38.

e2
b

a
e1

h1

d1

d4
d 3 H5
js4

Mounting example

Material:

Basic body: Special cast iron


Guide bush 2051.32.: Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-
term lubrication

Execution:

Both faces machined to dims. h; O. D. d3 turned.


Bores honed.

Note:

Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2031.38. Guide bearing, low build height, sintered guide


d1
d3
d4
a
b
e1
e2
h
h1

15 16
32
7
70
35
53
19
16
30

19 20
42
9
85
45
64
24
16
37

24 25
47
9
90
50
68
28
20
47

30 32
62
11
115
65
83
34
23
60

38 40
77
14
130
80
95
45
28
77

48 50
93
18
160
96
118
55
33
95

60 63
107
18
180
110
132
62
33
120

80
127
22
215
130
160
75
38
120

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bearing, low build height, sintered guide
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D92

=2031.38.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=2031.38.032.10
subject to alterations

Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide


2031.44.

e2
b

a
e1

l1

h1

d 3 H5
js4

d4
d1
d2

Material:

Mounting example

Basic body: Special cast iron


Guide bush 2061.44.: Tool steel, Hardness: 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Both faces machined to dims. h; O. D. d3 turned.


Bores honed.

Note:

Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2031.44. Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide
d1
19 20
24 25
d2
25 26
30 31
42
47
d3
9
9
d4
a
85
90
b
45
50
64
68
e1
24
28
e2
h
16
20
37
47
h1
44
56
l1
l*
45
56
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

30 32
38 40
62
11
115
65
83
34
23
60
70
71

38 40
46 48
77
14
130
80
95
45
28
77
95
95

48
56
93
18
160
96
118
55
33
95
120
120

50
58
93
18
160
96
118
55
33
95
120
10

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bearing low build height, for ball bearing guide
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2031.44.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=2031.44.032.10
D93

Guide bearing with headed guide bush with solid lubricant


2032.70.

2072.45.

h2

M
d6
d7

d 1 H7
d 2 H7
a

h 1+1
h 2

l1

l5

d3

e2
b

2082.70.

e
e1

Mounting example

Material:

Basic body: Steel, St 37


Guide bush 2082.70.: Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Face machined.

Note:

Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.

2032.70. Guide bearing with headed guide bush with solid lubricant
Order No
2032.70.050
2032.70.063
2032.70.080
2032.70.100
2032.70.125
2032.70.160

10.2015

d1
50
63
80
100
125
160

a
160
180
215
230
270
315

b
100
125
145
170
205
250

h
60
70
90
110
140
180

H1
57
67
87
107
137
177

d2
63
80
100
125
160
200

d3
71
90
112
140
180
220

l1
71
80
100
125
160
200

L5
17
19
22
21
30
32

d6
17.5
17.5
22
22
26
26

d7
26
26
33
33
40
40

h2
40
50
66
86
112
152

e
89
123
143
168
203
243

e1
118
132
160
168
203
243

e2
55
62
75
110
142
170

M
M6
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10

subject to alterations

Retention bearing for guide pillars for large tools


2032.02.
d 1H7

h2

h1 2

d7

d6

e2
b

e1

Material:

Mounting example

Steel, St 37

Execution:

Face machined. Hole fine bored to d1H7 fit.

Note:

For guide pillars with mounting diameter r6.


Check squareness of pillars after press-fitting.

2032.02.
Order No
2032.02.050
2032.02.063
2032.02.080
2032.02.100
2032.02.125
2032.02.160

subject to alterations

Retention bearing for guide pillars for large tools


d1
50
63
80
100
125
160

a
160
180
215
230
270
315

b
100
125
145
170
205
250

h1
70
80
100
125
140
180

d6
17.5
17.5
22
22
26
26

d7
26
26
33
33
40
40

h2
40
50
66
86
112
152

e1
118
132
160
168
203
243

e2
55
62
75
110
142
170

10.2015

Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,


ISO9448-2
2051.32.
d3

H5
js4

l1

d 1*

Material:

Note:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces and outside diameter precision ground.

Slip-Fit Bonding:

The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
offering the following advantages:
- high accuracy and stiffness
- no problems to find position when changing bushings
We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned a
bove.

Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


* Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
8 - 12 not available in tolerance range red = .30.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2051.32. Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,


ISO 9448-2
d1
d3
l1
15
23
30
37
47
60
77
95
110
120

8
13.7

11 12
22

15 16
28

19 20
32

24 25
40

30 32
48

38 40
58

48 50
70

60 63
85

80
95.7

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
D96

=2051.32.
30 mm=
030.
30 mm=
030.
yellow =
10
=2051.32.030.030.10
subject to alterations

Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2


2051.92.

l2

d5

l1 -0,2
-0,5

d 3 H6
j6
d4
d 1 H5

Material:

Note:

Steel, d3 induction hardened

Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Execution:

Bronze coated internal bore


Outside diameter fine-ground

Slip-Fit Bonding:

The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
offering the following advantages:
- high accuracy and stiffness
- no problems to find position when changing bushings
We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned above.

2051.92. Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2


d1
d3
d4
d5
l2
l1
23
30
37
47
60
77
95
120
135

15 16
28
26
4
5

19 20
32
30
4
5

24 25
40
38
4
5

30 32
48
46
4
5

38 40
58
56
4
5

48 50
70
67
5
6

60 63
85
82
5
6

80
105
101
8
9

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2051.92.
32 mm=
032.
30 mm=
030
=2051.92.032.030
D97

Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication rings, ISO 9448-2
2051.72.

d 3 H6
j6

l1

d 1 H6
r

Material:

Note:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Execution:

Contact surface with solid lubricant rings


Outside diameter precision ground

Slip-Fit Bonding:

The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
offering the following advantages:
- high accuracy and stiffness
- no problems to find position when changing bushings
We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned a bove.

2051.72. Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication rings, ISO 9448-2
d1
d3
r
l1
23
30
37
47
60
77
95
120
135

15 16
28
2

19 20
32
2

24 25
40
2.5

30 32
48
2.5

38 40
58
3

48 50
70
3

60 63
85
3.5

80
105
4

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubrication rings,
ISO 9448-2
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D98

=2051.72.
32 mm=
032.
30 mm=
030
=2051.72.032.030
subject to alterations

Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3

l1

d 3 H5
js4
d *2
d1

2061.44.

Material:

Note:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


* Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
8 - 12 not available in tolerance range red = .30.

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Slip-Fit Bonding:

The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
offering the following advantages:
- high accuracy and stiffness
- no problems to find position when changing bushings

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned a bove.

2061.44. Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3


d1
8
10
11
12
15
16
19
d2
11
14
15
16
21
22
25
18
22
22
22
28
28
32
d3
l1 / l*
30 / 40

23 / 40

37 / 40

23 / 45

30 / 45

37 / 45

47 / 56

60 / 71

77 / 95

37 / 50
95 / 120
47 / 63
60 / 80
120 / 140
60 / 95
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

20
26
32

24
30
40

25
31
40

30
38
48

32
40
48

38
46
58

40
48
58

48
56
70

50
58
70

60
68
85

63
71
85

80
92
105

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-3
Guide diameter d1
Installation length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2061.44.
25 mm =
025.
23 mm =
023.
yellow =
10
=2061.44.025.023.10
D99

Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR


Mounting example

d 3 H6
m5
d *2
d1

l1

206.49.

Material:

We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned


above.

Execution:

Note:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC


Bearing surfaces honed,
outside diameter precision ground.

Slip-Fit Bonding:

The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H6. The
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
offering the following advantages:
- high accuracy and stiffness
- no problems to find position when changing bushings

206.49.

Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR

d1
16
20
d2
22
26
28
32
d3
l1 / l*
35 / 45

40 / 45

50 / 56

60 / 71

70 / 80

80 / 95

90 / 95
45 / 56
90 / 105
100 / 120
55 / 63
120 / 140
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

25
31
40

32
40
50

40
48
63

50
58
80

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush for ball bearing, AFNOR
Guide diameter d1
Installation length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
10.2014

=206.49.
32 mm =
032.
45 mm =
045.
yellow =
10
=206.49. 032. 045. 10
subject to alterations

Guide bush for ball bearing, with stroke limitation


2061.47.

stroke
2

l1

l2

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

Material:

Note:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.


* Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Slip-Fit Bonding:

The position of the bearing is given by push fit holes tolerance H5. The
adhesive (order no. 281.648) provides optimum push retention whilst
offering the following advantages:
- high accuracy and stiffness
- no problems to find position when changing bushings

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

We do not recommend to press fit for the same reasons mentioned a


bove.

2061.47. Guide bush for ball bearing, with stroke limitation


d1
15 16
19 20
d2
21 22
25 26
28
32
d3
l1 / l2*
60 / 44

77 / 44

95 / 50
120 / 65
120 / 80
120 / 95
*l2 = Manufacturing length of ball cage

24 25
30 31
40

30 32
38 40
48

38 40
46 48
58

48 50
56 58
70

60 63
68 71
85

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush for ball bearing, with stroke limitation
Guide diameter d1
Installation length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2061.47.
32 mm=
032.
95 mm=
095.
yellow =
10
=2061.47.032.095.10
D101

Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass


Material:

206.71.

Cage: Brass
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)

n
m

Note:

l1

Ball cages from 10 has a groove for circlip


to DIN 471.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
the end of chapter D.
l = Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length

d1

206.71. Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass


d1
k
n
l / l1
40 / 39
56 / 57
45 / 44
56 / 56
63 / 64
71 / 72
24 / 24
28 / 28
31 / 32
80 / 80
95 / 96
40 / 40
120 / 120
45 / 45
50 / 50
56 / 55
71 / 70
75 / 75
95 / 95
105 / 105
140 / 140
160 / 160
63 / 65
180 / 180
200 / 200
240 / 240
128 / 128
120 / 119
160 / 161
180 / 182
200 / 203
240 / 238

8
1.5
Total number of balls
80

10 11 12
2
1.1
176
272

15
3
1.6

16
3
1.6

19
3
1.6

20
3
1.6

24 25
3
1.6

144
192
224
256

144
192
224
256
64
80

180
240

180
240

180
240

320

320
80
100
120
360
440

320

120
360
440

120
360
440
160
560

30
4
2.1

32
4
2.1

38 40
4
2.1

48
4
2.1

50
4
2.1

280

280

336

392

392

120
440
140
160
180
240
260
340
380
520
600

120
440
140
160
180
240

528
168
192
216

616

616

224

224

408
456
624
720
264
816
912
1104

476
532
728
840
308
952
1064
1288

476
532
728
840
308
952
1064
1288
616

340
380
520
600

60 63
4
2.1

80
6
3

704

544
608
832
960

648

1088
1216
1472
540
756
864
972
1152

Ordering Code (example):


Ball cage with circlip groove, Brass
Guide diameter d1
Nominal ordering length l
Order No
D102

=206.71.
38 mm=
038.
45 mm=
045
=206.71. 038.045
subject to alterations

Ball cage with circlip groove, Aluminium


Material:

2060.61.

Cage: Aluminium
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
n
m

Note:

l1

Ball cages from 10 has a groove for circlip to


DIN 471.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
the end of chapter D.
l = Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length

d1

2060.61.
d1
k
n
l / l1
40 / 39
56 / 57
45 / 44
56 / 56
63 / 64
71 / 72
24 / 24
28 / 28
31 / 32
80 / 80
95 / 96
40 / 40
120 / 120
45 / 45
50 / 50
56 / 55
71 / 70
95 / 95
105 / 105
140 / 140
160 / 160
63 / 65
180 / 180
200 / 200
240 / 240
120 / 119
160 / 161
180 / 182
200 / 203
240 / 238

Ball cage with circlip groove, Aluminium


10
2
1.1
Total number of balls
176
272

11 12
2
1.1
176
272

15
3
1.6

16
3
1.6

19
3
1.6

20
3
1.6

24 25
3
1.6

144
192
224
256

144
192
224
256
64
80

180
240

180
240

180
240

320

320
80
100
120
360
440

320

120
360
440

120
360
440
160
560

30 32
4
2.1

38 40
4
2.1

48 50
4
2.1

280

336

392

528
168
192
216

616

408
456
624
720
264
816
912
1104

476
532
728
840
308
952
1064
1288

120
440
140
160
180
240
340
380
520
600

60 63
4
2.1

80
6
3

704

224
544
608
832
960
1088
1216
1472

648

540
756
864
972
1152

Ordering Code (example):


Ball cage with circlip groove, Aluminium
Guide diameter d1
Nominal ordering length l
Order No
subject to alterations

=2060.61.
38 mm=
038.
50 mm=
050
=2060.61.038.050
D103

Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass


206.73.

Material:

Cage: Brass
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)

l1

Note:

No assistant is needed for their assembly.


These cages are equipped with a suitably
positioned brake ring insert. That ensures
equal cage spacing especially on die sets with
multiple pillars.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
the end of chapter D.
Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length

206.73. Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass


d1
k
l / l1
40 / 39
56 / 57
45 / 44
56 / 56
63 / 64
71 / 72
24 / 24
28 / 28
31 / 32
80 / 80
95 / 96
40 / 40
120 / 120
45 / 45
50 / 50
56 / 55
71 / 70
95 / 95
105 / 105
140 / 140
160 / 160
63 / 65
180 / 180
200 / 200
240 / 240
120 / 119
160 / 161
180 / 182
200 / 203
240 / 238

10
2
Total number of balls
176
272

11 12
2
176
272

15
3

16
3

19
3

20
3

24 25
3

144
192
224
256

144
192
224
256
64
80

180
240

180
240

180
240

320

320
80
100
120
360
440

320

120
360
440

120
360
440
160
560

30 32
4

38 40
4

48 50
4

280

336

392

528
168
192
216

616

408
456
624
720
264
816
912
1104

476
532
728
840
308
952
1064
1288

120
440
140
160
180
240
340
380
520
600

60 63
4

80
6

704

224
544
608
832
960
1088
1216
1472

648

540
756
864
972
1152

Ordering Code (example):


Ball cage with assembly aid, Brass
Guide diameter d1
Nominal ordering length l
Order No
D104

=206.73.
38 mm=
038.
50 mm=
050
=206.73. 038.050
subject to alterations

Ball cage with assembly aid, Aluminium


2060.63.

Material:

Cage: Aluminium
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)

Note:

2060.63.
d1
k
l / l1
40 / 39
56 / 57
45 / 44
56 / 56
63 / 64
71 / 72
24 / 24
28 / 28
31 / 32
80 / 80
95 / 96
40 / 40
120 / 120
45 / 45
50 / 50
56 / 55
71 / 70
95 / 95
105 / 105
140 / 140
160 / 160
63 / 65
180 / 180
200 / 200
240 / 240
120 / 119
160 / 161
180 / 182
200 / 203
240 / 238

l1

No assistant is needed for their assembly.


These cages are equipped with a suitably
positioned brake ring insert. That ensures
equal cage spacing especially on die sets with
multiple pillars.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
the end of chapter D.
Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length

Ball cage with assembly aid, Aluminium


10
2
Total number of balls
176
272

11 12
2
176
272

15
3

16
3

19
3

20
3

24 25
3

144
192
224
256

144
192
224
256
64
80

180
240

180
240

180
240

320

320
80
100
120
360
440

320

120
360
440

120
360
440
160
560

30 32
4

38 40
4

48 50
4

280

336

392

528
168
192
216

616

408
456
624
720
264
816
912
1104

476
532
728
840
308
952
1064
1288

120
440
140
160
180
240
340
380
520
600

60 63
4

80
6

704

224
544
608
832
960
1088
1216
1472

648

540
756
864
972
1152

Ordering Code (example):


Ball cage with assembly aid, Aluminium
Guide diameter d1
Nominal ordering length l
Order No
subject to alterations

=2060.63.
38 mm=
038.
50 mm=
050
=2060.63.038.050
D105

Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Brass


206.75.

Material:

Cage: Brass
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)

d1

Note:

di

l2 Cage travel
=stroke
2
l3

l1

Notes on ball bearing type guides at the


beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
the end of chapter D.
l = Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length

206.75. Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Brass
d1
di x s
k
l2
n
l / l1
56 / 56
72 / 72
80 / 80
70 / 70
95 / 95
105 / 105
120 / 120
140 / 140

19
20 x 1
3
2.6
1.3
l3
31
41
51

20
21 x 1
3
2.6
1.3

24
25 x 1.2
3
2.6
1.3

25
26 x 1.2
3
2.6
1.3

31
41
51

31
41
51

31
41
51

30
31 x 1.2
4
2.6
1.3

32
33 x 1.2
4
2.6
1.3

38
39 x 1.5
4
3.45
1.85

40
41 x 1.75
4
3.45
1.6

48
50 x 2
4
4.3
2.15

50
51 x 2
4
4.3
2.15

60
60 x 2
4
4.3
2.15

63
63 x 2
4
4.3
2.15

51
41
61
61

51
41
61
61

51

51

51

51

61
61
73

61
61
73

61

61

61

61

73

73

73
83

73
83

Ordering Code (example):


Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Brass
Guide diameter d1
Nominal ordering length l
Groove length l3
Order No
D106

=206.75.
38 mm=
038.
80 mm=
080.
51 mm=
051
=206.75. 038.080. 051
subject to alterations

Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Aluminium


2060.65.

Material:

Cage: Aluminium
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)

d1

Note:

2060.65.
d1
di x s
k
l2
n
l / l1
56 / 56
72 / 72
80 / 80
70 / 70
95 / 95
105 / 105
120 / 120
140 / 140

di

l2 Cage travel
=stroke
2
l3

l1

Notes on ball bearing type guides at the


beginning of chapter D.
Bearing life and dynamic load indexes see at
the end of chapter D.
l = Nominal ordering length
l1 = Manufacturing length

Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Aluminium


19
20 x 1
3
2.6
1.3
l3
31
41
51

20
21 x 1
3
2.6
1.3

24
25 x 1.2
3
2.6
1.3

25
26 x 1.2
3
2.6
1.3

31
41
51

31
41
51

31
41
51

30
31 x 1.2
4
2.6
1.3

32
33 x 1.2
4
2.6
1.3

38
39 x 1.5
4
3.45
1.85

40
41 x 1.75
4
3.45
1.6

48
50 x 2
4
4.3
2.15

50
51 x 2
4
4.3
2.15

60
60 x 2
4
4.3
2.15

63
63 x 2
4
4.3
2.15

51
41
61
61

51
41
61
61

51

51

51

51

61
61
73

61
61
73

61

61

61

61

73

73

73
83

73
83

Ordering Code (example):


Ball cage with circlip and fastening ring groove, Aluminium
Guide diameter d1
Nominal ordering length l
Groove length l3
Order No
subject to alterations

=2060.65.
38 mm=
038.
80 mm=
080.
51 mm=
051
=2060.65.038.080. 051
D107

Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer


2081.67.
d5
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2

Cage
advance

6 4

l3

d4

l1

6 6

8,5

2,5

l2

d1

d8

Material:

Bush: Tool steel


Hardness: 62 2 HRC
Cage: Brass
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)

Note:

Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
the stroke length.
In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
length.
The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of
the tool, optimum position is achieved.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Price and delivery on request!

a1

d7

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

13

2081.67. Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer


d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
l1
l2
l3
l
a
a1

19 20
25 26
32
32
40
52
64.7
38.9
59
23
36
72
20.7
30

24 25
30 31
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
79
23
56
96
22.65
33.4

30 32
38 40
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
93
30
63
120
24.4
36.4

38 40
46 48
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
108
37
71
140
35.3
35.3

48 50
56 58
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
127
47
80
140
40.2
40.2

60 63
68 71
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
150
60
90
160
45.5
45.5

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer
Guide diameter d1
Cage advance VL
Classification TOL
Order No
D108

=2081.67.
38 mm=
038.
5 mm =
005.
yellow =
10
=2081.67.038.005.10
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer


2081.68.
d5
d 3 H5
js4
*d 2

Cage
advance

6 4

l3

d4

l1

6 6

8,5

2,5

l2

d1

d8

Material:

Bush: Tool steel


Hardness: 62 2 HRC
Cage: Aluminium
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)

Note:

Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
the stroke length.
In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
length.
The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of
the tool, optimum position is achieved.
The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw
clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Price and delivery on request!
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10; green = .20; red = .30

d
6

a1

d7

a
13

2081.68. Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer


d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
l1
l2
l3
l
a
a1

19 20
25 26
32
32
40
52
64.7
38.9
59
23
36
72
20.7
30

24 25
30 31
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
79
23
56
96
22.65
33.4

Headed guide bush with ball cage retainer


Guide diameter d1
Cage advance VL
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

30 32
38 40
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
93
30
63
120
24.4
36.4

38 40
46 48
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
108
37
71
140
35.3
35.3

48 50
56 58
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
127
47
80
140
40.2
40.2

60 63
68 71
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
150
60
90
160
45.5
45.5

=2081.68.
38 mm
=
038.
5 mm
=
005.
yellow mm =
10
=2081.68. 038. 005. 10
10.2015

Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer


2091.67.

l2

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

t1

6 4

l3

l1

d6

Cage advance

d7

Material:

Bush: Tool steel


Hardness: 62 2 HRC
Cage: Brass
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)

Note:

Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
the stroke length.
In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
length.
The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of
the tool, optimum position is achieved.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Price and delivery on request!

d4

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2091.67. Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer


d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
t1
k
l1
l2
l3
l

19 20
25 26
32
50
40
4.5
8
4.6
18
52
37
15
72

24 25
30 31
40
63
50
5.5
10
5.7
23
62
37
25
72

30 32
38 40
48
72
58
5.5
10
5.7
28
72
47
25
80

38 40
46 48
58
85
70
6.6
11
6.8
33
77
47
30
95

48 50
56 58
70
104
86
9
15
9
38
102
60
42
105

60 63
68 71
85
120
100
9
15
9
46
102
60
42
120

80
92
105
148
125
11
18
11
56
125
75
50
140

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer
Guide diameter d1
Cage advance VL
Classification TOL
Order No
D110

=2091.67.
38 mm=
038.
5 mm =
005.
yellow =
10
=2091.67.038.005.10
subject to alterations

Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer


2091.68.

l2

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

t1

6 4

l3

l1

d6

Cage advance

d7

Material:

Bush: Tool steel


Hardness: 62 2 HRC
Cage: Aluminium
Balls: Steel hardened (DIN 5401)
X

d4

2091.68.
d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
t1
k
l1
l2
l3
l

Note:

Ball cage position - please specify the required cage advance with order.
FIBRO Ball Cage Retainers ensure optimum starting position of ball
cages on inverted die sets - even if pillars retract from guide bushes. The
application determines the cage advance. Note that cage travel is half
the stroke length.
In this context it is of importance to note the minimum constructional
length.
The cage advance should be chosen so that during normal operation of
the tool, optimum position is achieved.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Price and delivery on request!
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer


19 20
25 26
32
50
40
4.5
8
4.6
18
52
37
15
72

24 25
30 31
40
63
50
5.5
10
5.7
23
62
37
25
72

Flanged guide bush with ball cage retainer


Guide diameter d1
Cage advance VL
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

30 32
38 40
48
72
58
5.5
10
5.7
28
72
47
25
80

38 40
46 48
58
85
70
6.6
11
6.8
33
77
47
30
95

48 50
56 58
70
104
86
9
15
9
38
102
60
42
105

60 63
68 71
85
120
100
9
15
9
46
102
60
42
120

80
92
105
148
125
11
18
11
56
125
75
50
140

=2091.68.
38 mm
=
038.
5 mm
=
005.
yellow mm =
10
=2091.68. 038. 005. 10
10.2015

Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass

l1

2061.82.

d1
Roller:
hardened steel
Cage
Guide bush
Guide pillar
k

Description:

Roller cages make linear contact with the guide bush and the guide
pillar. This results in a load carrying capacity for each individual roller
which is many times that of a ball of the same diameter. Roller bearings
feature a FIBRO specific seal, similar to the ball bearings. The profile
rollers are arranged in a spiral layout axially, so that every roller has its
own path. The cages are grooved to accept a DIN 471 circlip.

Material:

Roller Cage: Brass


Rollers: Steel hardened, 100 Cr6, DIN 5402

Note:

Preloading see at the beginning of Chapter D


For roller cages use only pairing class guide pillar red = .30 and guide
sleeve yellow = .10.

2061.82. Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass


d1
k
n
l1
45
55
65
75
85
95
105
115
125
135
145
155
165
175
185
205

19
3
1.6
Total number of rollers
32
40
48
56
64
72
80

20
3
1.6

24 25
3
1.6

30 32
4
2.1

32
40
48
56
64
72
80

40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120

48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180
192

38 40
4
2.1

48 50
4
2.1

63
4
2.1

70
84
98
112
126
140
154
168
182
196
210
224
238
252
280

108
126
144
162
180
198
216
234
252
270
288
306
324
360

154
176
198
220
242
264
286
308
330
352
374
396
440

Ordering Code (example):


Roller cage with circlip groove, Brass
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D112

=2061.82.
38 mm =
038.
115 mm =
115
=2061.82.038.115
subject to alterations

Circlip DIN 471


206.72.

Mounting example

d2

da
d1

Installation
space required

Description:

206.72. Circlip DIN 471


d1
10
11
12
15
16
18
19
20
24
25

da x s
13 x 1
14 x 1
15 x 1
20 x 1.2
21 x 1.2
23 x 1.2
24 x 1.2
25 x 1.2
29 x 1.5
30 x 1.5

d2
20.2
21.4
22.6
28.4
29.6
32.2
33.2
34.2
39.1
40.5

d1
30
32
38
40
48
50
60
63
80

da x s
37 x 1.5
38 x 1.75
45 x 1.75
47 x 1.75
55 x 2
57 x 2
67 x 2.5
70 x 2.5
90 x 3

d2
49
51.4
59.1
60.8
70.2
72.6
83.1
87
108.5

For securing the ball and roller cages

Execution:
to DIN 471

Ordering Code (example):


Circlip DIN 471
Guide diameter d 1
Order No

subject to alterations

=206.72.
25 mm =
025
=206.72. 025

D113

Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass

l1

2061.84.

d1
Roller Cage
hardened steel
Cage
Guide bush
Guide Pillar
k

Description:

Roller cages make linear contact with the guide bush and the guide
pillar. This results in a load carrying capacity for each individual roller
which is many times that of a ball of the same diameter. Roller bearings
feature a FIBRO specific seal, similar to the ball bearings. The profile
rollers are arranged in a spiral layout axially, so that every roller has its
own path.

Note:

No assistant is needed for their assembly. These cages are equipped


with a suitably positioned brake ring insert. That ensures equal cage
spacing especially on die sets with multiple pillars.
Preloading see at the beginning of Chapter D
For roller cages use only pairing class guide pillar red = .30 and guide
sleeve yellow = .10.

Material:

Roller Cage: Brass


Rollers: Steel hardened, 100 Cr6, DIN 5402

2061.84. Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass


d1
k
l1
45
55
65
75
85
95
105
115
125
135
145
155
165
175
185
205

19
3
Total number of rollers
32
40
48
56
64
72
80

20
3

2425
3

3032
4

32
40
48
56
64
72
80

40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120

48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180
192

3840
4

4850
4

63
4

70
84
98
112
126
140
154
168
182
196
210
224
238
252
280

108
126
144
162
180
198
216
234
252
270
288
306
324
360

154
176
198
220
242
264
286
308
330
352
374
396
440

Ordering Code (example):


Roller cage with assembly aid, Brass
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D114

=2061.84.
38 mm =
038.
115 mm =
115
=2061.84.038.115
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6


2081.81.

Mounting example

l3

l1

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H5
js4
d1

45

M8x1

d4
d8

Material:

1.0503
d3 and d8 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10.

Execution:

Bronze coated internal bore.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

a1

d7

Note:

2081.81. Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6


d1
Tolerance
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
+0.003/+0.012
32
32
40
52
64.7
39
20.9
30.3
59
23
36

24 25
+0.003/+0.012
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.7
33.4
79
23
56

30 32
+0.004/+0.015
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
93
30
63

38 40
+0.004/+0.015
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
108
37
71

48 50
+0.004/+0.015
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
127
47
80

60 63
+0.005/+0.018
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
150
60
90

80
+0.005/+0.018
105
105
118
129
141
115
54.5
54.5
150
60
90

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.81.
38 mm=
038
=2081.81.038
D115

Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6


Mounting example

2081.84.

l3

l1

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H5
js4
d1

45
M8x1
X

d4
d8

Material:

1.0503
d3 and d8 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10.

Execution:

Bronze coated internal bore.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

a1

d7

2081.84. Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6


d1
Tolerance
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
+0.003/+0.012
32
32
40
52
65.7
39
20.9
30.3
43
23
20

24 25
+0.003/+0.012
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.7
33.4
59
23
36

30 32
+0.004/+0.015
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
75
30
45

38 40
+0.004/+0.015
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
82
37
45

48 50
+0.004/+0.015
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
97
47
50

60 63
+0.005/+0.018
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
116
60
56

80
+0.005/+0.018
105
105
118
129
141
115
54.5
54.5
120
60
60

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D116

=2081.84.
38 mm=
038
=2081.84.038
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6


Mounting example

2081.85.

6
l3

l1

l2

d 3 H5
js4
d1

M8x1
X

d4
d5

Material:

1.0503
d3 and d8 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10.

Execution:

Bronze coated internal bore.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

a1

d7

Note:

2081.85. Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6


d1
Tolerance
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
+0.003/+0.012
32
32
40
52
65.7
20.9
30.3
35
23
12

24 25
+0.003/+0.012
40
40
48
60
72.7
22.7
33.4
35
23
12

30 32
+0.004/+0.015
48
48
56
67
79.7
24.4
36.4
42
30
12

38 40
+0.004/+0.015
58
58
66
77
89.7
35.3
35.3
52
37
15

48 50
+0.004/+0.015
70
70
80
91
103.7
40.2
40.2
65
47
18

60 63
+0.005/+0.018
85
85
95
106
118.7
45.5
45.5
80
60
20

80
+0.005/+0.018
105
105
118
129
141
54.4
54.4
80
60
20

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, bronze coated, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.85.
38 mm=
038
=2081.85.038
D117

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Mounting example

2081.31.

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*

l3

l1

d4

d8

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

d7

d6

a1

13

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2081.31. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO9448-6
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
40
52
64.7
39
20.7
30
59
23
36

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.65
33.4
79
23
56

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
93
30
63

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
108
37
71

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
127
47
80

60 63
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
150
60
90

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D118

=2081.31.
38 mm=
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.31.038.10
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Mounting example

2081.32.

l3

d4

l1

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*

d8

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

13

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

d6

a1

d7

Note:

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2081.32. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO9448-6
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.65
33.4
80
30
50

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
93
37
56

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
110
47
63

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
131
60
71

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.32.
38 mm=
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.32. 038.10
D119

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Mounting example

2081.33.

6 6

l1

l2

d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*

l3

d4

d8
X

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

d7

d6

a1

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

13

Note:

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2081.33. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO9448-6
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.65
33.4
55
30
25

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
69
37
32

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
79
47
32

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
96
60
36

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D120

=2081.33.
38 mm=
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.33.038.10
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Mounting example

2081.34.

l3

d4

l1

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*

d8
X

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

d7

Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

d6

a1

13

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2081.34. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO9448-6
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
40
52
64.7
39
20.7
30
43
23
20

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.65
33.4
59
23
36

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
75
30
45

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
82
37
45

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
97
47
50

60 63
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
116
60
56

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.34.
38 mm=
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.34.038.10
D121

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Mounting example

2081.35.

6
l3

l1

l2

d5
d 3 H5
js4
d 1*

d4
X

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

d7

d6

a1

13

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2081.35. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO9448-6
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
40
52
64.7
20.7
30
35
23
12

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
22.65
33.4
35
23
12

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
24.4
36.4
42
30
12

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
35.3
35.3
52
37
15

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
40.2
40.2
65
47
18

60 63
85
85
95
106
118.7
45.5
45.5
80
60
20

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D122

=2081.35.
38 mm=
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.35.038.10
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6


Mounting example

2081.91.

l3

l1

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H5

45

M8x1
X

d4
d8

Material:

Steel, d3 induction hardened

Execution:

Bronze plated internal bore.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

a1

d7

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2081.91. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6


d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
40
52
64.7
39
20.7
30.3
59
23
36

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.7
33.4
79
23
56

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
93
30
63

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
108
37
71

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
127
47
80

60 63
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
150
60
90

80
105
105
118
129
141
115
54.5
54.5
150
60
90

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.91.
38 mm=
038
=2081.91.038
D123

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6


Mounting example

2081.94.

l3

l1

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H5

45
M8x1
X

d4
d8

Material:

Steel, d3 induction hardened

Execution:

Bronze plated internal bore.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

a1

d7

2081.94. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6


d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
40
52
64.7
39
20.7
30.3
43
23
20

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.7
33.4
59
23
36

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
75
30
45

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
82
37
45

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
97
47
50

60 63
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
116
60
56

80
105
105
118
129
141
115
54.5
54.5
120
60
60

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D124

=2081.94.
38 mm=
038
=2081.94.038
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6


Mounting example

2081.95.

6
l3

l1

l2

d 3 H6
j6
d 1H5

M8x1
X

d4
d5

Material:

Steel, d3 induction hardened

Execution:

Bronze plated internal bore.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

a1

d7

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2081.95. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6


d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
40
52
64.7
20.7
30
35
23
12

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
22.65
33.4
35
23
12

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
24.4
36.4
42
30
12

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
35.3
35.3
52
37
15

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
40.2
40.2
65
47
18

60 63
85
85
95
106
118.7
45.5
45.5
80
60
20

80
105
105
118
129
141
54.4
54.4
80
60
20

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.95.
38 mm=
038
=2081.95.038
D125

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,


ISO9448-6
Mounting example

2081.71.

l3

l1

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6

45

d4
d8

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:
Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

a1

d7

2081.71. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9
448-6
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
40
52
64.7
39
20.7
30
59
23
36

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.65
33.4
79
23
56

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
93
30
63

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
108
37
71

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
127
47
80

60 63
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
150
60
90

80
105
105
118
129
141
115
54.5
54.5
150
60
90

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D126

=2081.71.
38 mm=
038
=2081.71.038
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,


ISO9448-6
Mounting example

2081.74.

l3

l1

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6

45
d4
d8
X

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:
Note:
X

a1

d7

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2081.74. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO 9
448-6
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
40
52
64.7
39
20.7
30
43
23
20

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
46
22.65
33.4
59
23
36

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
75
30
45

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
82
37
45

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
97
47
50

60 63
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
116
60
56

80
105
105
118
129
141
115
54.5
54.5
120
60
60

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.74.
38 mm=
038
=2081.74.038
D127

Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,


ISO9448-6
Mounting example

2081.75.

6
l3

l1

l2

d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6

d4
d5
X

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:
Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

a1

d7

2081.75. Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO9448-6
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
40
52
64.7
20.7
30
35
23
12

24 25
40
40
48
60
72.7
22.65
33.4
35
23
12

30 32
48
48
56
67
79.7
24.4
36.4
42
30
12

38 40
58
58
66
77
89.7
35.3
35.3
52
37
15

48 50
70
70
80
91
103.7
40.2
40.2
65
47
18

60 63
85
85
95
106
118.7
45.5
45.5
80
60
20

80
105
105
118
129
141
54.4
54.4
80
60
20

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-6
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D128

=2081.75.
38 mm=
038
=2081.75.038
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


Mounting example

2081.44.

l2

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

6 6

d5

l3

l1

d4

d8

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

a1

d7

Note:

13

2081.44. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


d1
19 20
24 25
30 32
d2
25 26
30 31
38 40
32
40
48
d3
32
40
48
d4
40
48
56
d5
52
60
67
d6
64.7
72.7
79.7
d7
39
46
53
d8
a
20.7
22.65
24.4
30
33.4
36.4
a1
59
79
93
l1
23
23
30
l2
36
56
63
l3
l*
71
95
120
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

38 40
46 48
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
108
37
71
120

48 50
56 58
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
127
47
80
140

60 63
68 71
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
150
60
90
160

80
92
105
105
118
129
141.7
115
54.5
54.5
150
60
90
160

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.44.
38 mm =
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.44. 038. 10
10.2014

Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


Mounting example

2081.45.

l2

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

l3

d4

l1

6 6

d5

d8

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

a1

d7

13

2081.45. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


d1
24 25
30 32
d2
30 31
38 40
40
48
d3
40
48
d4
48
56
d5
60
67
d6
72.7
79.7
d7
46
53
d8
a
22.65
24.4
33.4
36.4
a1
80
93
l1
30
37
l2
50
56
l3
l*
95
120
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

38 40
46 48
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
110
47
63
140

48 50
56 58
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
131
60
71
160

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
10.2014

=2081.45.
38 mm =
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.45. 038. 10
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


Mounting example

2081.46.

l2

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

l3

d4

l1

6 6

d5

d8

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

a1

d7

Note:

13

2081.46. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


d1
19 20
24 25
30 32
d2
25 26
30 31
38 40
32
40
48
d3
32
40
48
d4
40
48
56
d5
52
60
67
d6
64.7
72.7
79.7
d7
39
46
53
d8
a
20.7
22.65
24.4
30
33.4
36.4
a1
43
59
75
l1
23
23
30
l2
20
36
45
l3
l*
56
71
95
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

38 40
46 48
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
82
37
45
105

48 50
56 58
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
97
47
50
120

60 63
68 71
85
85
95
106
118.7
92
45.5
45.5
116
60
56
140

80
92
105
105
118
129
141.7
115
54.5
54.5
120
60
60
140

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.46.
38 mm =
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.46. 038. 10
10.2014

Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


Mounting example

2081.47.

l2

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

l1
6
l3

d5

d4
X

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

a1

d7

13

2081.47. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


d1
19 20
24 25
30 32
d2
25 26
30 31
38 40
32
40
48
d3
32
40
48
d4
40
48
56
d5
52
60
67
d6
64.7
72.7
79.7
d7
a
20.7
22.65
24.4
30
33.4
36.4
a1
35
35
42
l1
23
23
30
l2
12
12
12
l3
l*
45
45
56
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

38 40
46 48
58
58
66
77
89.7
35.3
35.3
52
37
15
63

48 50
56 58
70
70
80
91
103.7
40.2
40.2
65
47
18
80

60 63
68 71
85
85
95
106
118.7
45.5
45.5
80
60
20
95

80
92
105
105
118
129
141.7
54.5
54.5
80
60
20
120

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
10.2014

=2081.47.
38 mm =
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.47. 038. 10
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


Mounting example

2081.49.

l2

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

6 6

l1

d5

l3

d4

d8

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

a1

d7

Note:

13

2081.49. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7


d1
24 25
30 32
d2
30 31
38 40
40
48
d3
40
48
d4
48
56
d5
60
67
d6
72.7
79.7
d7
46
53
d8
a
22.65
24.4
33.4
36.4
a1
55
69
l1
30
37
l2
25
32
l3
l*
71
80
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

38 40
46 48
58
58
66
77
89.7
63
35.3
35.3
79
47
32
95

48 50
56 58
70
70
80
91
103.7
77
40.2
40.2
96
60
36
120

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-7
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2081.49.
38 mm =
038.
yellow =
10
=2081.49. 038. 10
10.2014

Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ISO 9448-4
Mounting example

2091.31.

l2

d 3 H5
js4
d 1*

l3

l1

d6

d7

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.


The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2091.31. Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO9448-4
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
k
l1
l2
l3
t

19 20
32
50
40
4.5
8
18
52
37
15
4.6

24 25
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
62
37
25
5.7

30 32
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
72
47
25
5.7

38 40
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
77
47
30
6.8

48 50
70
104
86
9
15
38
102
60
42
9

60 63
85
120
100
9
15
46
102
60
42
9

80
105
148
125
11
18
56
125
75
50
11

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-4
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D134

=2091.31.
38 mm=
038.
yellow =
10
=2091.31.038.10
subject to alterations

Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ISO 9448-4
2091.32.

Mounting example

l2

d 3 H5
js4
d 1*

l3

l1

d6

d7

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to 16: with screws to


DIN 6912, from 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2091.32. Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO9448-4
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
k
l1
l2
l3
t

15 16
28
45
35
4.5
8
15
36
30
6
3.4

19 20
32
50
40
4.5
8
18
45
30
15
4.6

24 25
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
55
30
25
5.7

30 32
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
62
37
25
5.7

38 40
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
67
37
30
6.8

48 50
70
104
86
9
15
38
89
47
42
9

60 63
85
120
100
9
15
46
89
47
42
9

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-4
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2091.32.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=2091.32.032.10
D135

Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ISO 9448-4
Mounting example

2091.34.

d 3 H5
js4
d 1*

l3

l1

l2

d6

d7

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.


X

5
4

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to 16: with screws to


DIN 6912, from 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Note:

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

2091.34. Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication,
ISO9448-4
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
k
l1
l2
l3
t

15 16
28
45
35
4.5
8
15
29
23
6
3.4

19 20
32
50
40
4.5
8
18
38
23
15
4.6

24 25
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
38
23
15
5.7

30 32
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
45
30
15
5.7

38 40
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
55
30
25
6.8

48 50
70
104
86
9
15
38
62
37
25
9

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ISO 9448-4
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D136

=2091.34.
30 mm=
030.
yellow =
10
=2091.34.030.10
subject to alterations

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4


2091.91.

Mounting example
d 3 H6
j6

l1

l2

d 1 H5

d6

d7

Material:

d4

Steel, d3 induction hardened

Execution:

Bronze plated internal bore.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

X
30

3x

12

Grease nipple
with thread
DIN 3405 -A M8x1

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.


The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

d5

Note:

2091.91. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4


d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
k
l1
l2
t

19 20
32
50
40
4.5
8
18
52
36
4.6

24 25
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
62
37
5.7

30 32
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
72
47
5.7

38 40
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
77
47
6.8

48 50
70
104
86
9
15
38
102
60
9

60 63
85
120
100
9
15
46
102
60
9

80
105
146
125
11
18
56
125
75
11

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2091.91.
38 mm=
038
=2091.91.038
D137

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4


Mounting example

2091.92.
Groove and
lubrication hole
by d1 = 15/16 mm

d 3 H6
j6
26*

l1

l 2 /2

l2

d 1 H5

d6

d7

Material:

d4

Steel, d3 induction hardened

Execution:

Bronze plated internal bore.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

X
30

Note:

Grease nipple
DIN 3405 -A M8x1
with thread
from d1 = 19 mm

3x

12

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to 16: with screws to


DIN 6912, from 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

d5

2091.92. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4


d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
k
l1
l2
t

15 16
28
45
35
4.5
8
15
36
30
3.4

19 20
32
50
40
4.5
8
18
45
30
4.6

24 25
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
55
30
5.7

30 32
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
62
37
5.7

38 40
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
67
37
6.8

48 50
70
104
86
9
15
38
89
47
9

60 63
85
120
100
9
15
46
89
47
9

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D138

=2091.92.
32 mm =
032
=2091.92.032
subject to alterations

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4


Mounting example

2091.94.
Groove and
lubrication hole
by d1 = 15/16 mm
d 3 H6
j6
26*

l1

l 2 /2

l2

d 1 H5

d6

d7

Material:

d4

Steel, d3 induction hardened

Execution:

Bronze plated internal bore.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

30

3x

12

Grease nipple
DIN 3405 -A M8x1
with thread
from d1 = 19 mm

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to 16: with screws to


DIN 6912, from 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

d5

Note:

2091.94.
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
k
l1
l2
t

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4


15 16
28
45
35
4.5
8
15
29
23
3.4

19 20
32
50
40
4.5
8
18
38
23
4.6

24 25
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
38
23
5.7

30 32
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
45
30
5.7

38 40
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
55
30
6.8

48 50
70
104
86
9
15
38
62
37
9

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", bronzeplated, ISO 9448-4
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2091.94.
30 mm=
030
=2091.94.030
D139

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,


ISO9448-4
Mounting example

2091.71.

l2

d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6

l3

l1

d6

d7

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Contact surface with solid lubricant rings


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.


The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2091.71. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO9448-4
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
k
l1
l2
l3
t

19 20
32
50
40
4.5
8
18
52
37
15
4.6

24 25
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
62
37
25
5.7

30 32
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
72
47
25
5.7

38 40
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
77
47
30
6.8

48 50
70
104
86
9
15
38
102
60
42
9

60 63
85
120
100
9
15
46
102
60
42
9

80
105
148
125
11
18
56
125
75
50
11

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-4
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D140

=2091.71.
38 mm=
038
=2091.71.038
subject to alterations

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,


ISO9448-4
2091.72.

Mounting example

l2

d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6

l3

l1

d6

d7

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Contact surface with solid lubricant rings


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to 16: with screws to


DIN 6912, from 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2091.72. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO9448-4
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
k
l1
l2
l3
t

15 16
28
45
35
4.5
8
15
36
30
6
3.4

19 20
32
50
40
4.5
8
18
45
30
15
4.6

24 25
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
55
30
25
5.7

30 32
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
62
37
25
5.7

38 40
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
67
37
30
6.8

48 50
70
104
86
9
15
38
89
47
42
9

60 63
85
120
100
9
15
46
89
47
42
9

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-4
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2091.72.
32 mm =
032
=2091.72.032
D141

Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,


ISO9448-4
Mounting example

2091.74.

d 3 H6
j6
d 1H6

l3

l1

l2

d6

d7

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Contact surface with solid lubricant rings


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to 16: with screws to


DIN 6912, from 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2091.74. Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings, ISO9448-4
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
k
l1
l2
l3
t

15 16
28
45
35
4.5
8
15
29
23
6
3.4

19 20
32
50
40
4.5
8
18
38
23
15
4.6

24 25
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
38
23
15
5.7

30 32
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
45
30
15
5.7

38 40
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
55
30
25
6.8

48 50
70
104
86
9
15
38
62
37
25
9

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush "ECO-LINE", Bronze with solid lubricant rings,
ISO9448-4
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D142

=2091.74.
30 mm=
030
=2091.74.030
subject to alterations

Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5


2091.44.

Mounting example

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

l1

d6

l3

l2

206.71.
2060.61.

d7
X

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Note:

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.


The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

d5
d4

2091.44. Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5


d1
19 20
24 25
30 32
d2
25 26
30 31
38 40
32
40
48
d3
50
63
72
d4
40
50
58
d5
4.5
5.5
5.5
d6
8
10
10
d7
k
18
23
28
52
62
72
l1
37
37
47
l2
15
25
25
l3
t
3.4
5.7
5.7
l*
71
71
80
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

38 40
46 48
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
77
47
30
6.8
95

48 50
56 58
70
104
86
9
15
38
102
60
42
9
120

60 63
68 71
85
120
100
9
15
46
102
60
42
9
120

80
92
105
148
125
11
18
56
125
75
50
11
140

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2091.44.
38 mm =
038.
yellow =
10
=2091.44. 038. 10
10.2014

Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5


Mounting example

2091.45.

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

l2

206.71.
2060.61.

l3

l1

d6

d7
X

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Note:

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to 16: with screws to


DIN 6912, from 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

d5
d4

2091.45. Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5


d1
15 16
19 20
24 25
d2
21 22
25 26
30 31
28
32
40
d3
45
50
63
d4
35
40
50
d5
4.5
4.5
5.5
d6
8
8
10
d7
k
15
18
23
36
45
55
l1
30
30
30
l2
6
15
25
l3
t
3.4
4.6
5.7
l*
45
56
71
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

30 32
38 40
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
62
37
25
5.7
71

38 40
46 48
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
67
37
30
6.8
80

48 50
56 58
70
104
86
9
15
38
89
47
42
9
95

60 63
68 71
85
120
100
9
15
46
89
47
42
9
95

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
10.2014

=2091.45.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=2091.45. 032. 10
subject to alterations

Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5


2091.46.

Mounting example

d 3 H5
js4
*d 2
d1

206.71.
2060.61.

l3

l1

l2

d6

d7
X

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Note:

The guide bush is fixed by means of 3 srews up to 16: with screws to


DIN 6912, from 19: with screws to DIN EN ISO 4762.
The screws are not contained in the scope of delivery.
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

d4

2091.46.

Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5

d1
12
15 16
19 20
d2
16
21 22
25 26
26
28
32
d3
43
45
50
d4
33
35
40
d5
4.5
4.5
4.5
d6
8
8
8
d7
k
13
15
18
25
29
38
l1
16
23
23
l2
9
6
15
l3
t
4.6
3.4
4.6
l*
40
45
45
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

24 25
30 31
40
63
50
5.5
10
23
38
23
15
5.7
45

30 32
38 40
48
72
58
5.5
10
28
45
30
15
5.7
56

38 40
46 48
58
85
70
6.6
11
33
55
30
25
6.8
63

48 50
56 58
70
104
86
9
15
38
62
37
25
9
80

Ordering Code (example):


Flanged guide bush for ball bearing, ISO 9448-5
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=2091.46.
25 mm =
025.
yellow =
10
=2091.46. 025. 10
10.2014

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ~AFNOR
Mounting example

210.31.

l3

d4

l1

6 6

8,5

2,5

l2

d5
d 3 H6
k5
d 3 H6f8
d 1*

d8
X

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

13

a1

d7

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

210.31. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
36
49
61.7
35
19.9
28.6
66
30
36

25
40
40
45
57
69.7
43.5
21.9
32.1
70
30
40

32
50
50
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
83
38
45

40
63
63
70
81
93.7
67
36
36
98
48
50

50
80
80
90
101
113.7
87
43
43
120
61
59

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ~AFNOR
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D146

=210.31.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=210.31. 032.10
subject to alterations

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ~AFNOR
210.34.

Mounting example

6 6
l3

8,5

l1

2,5

l2

d5
d 3 H6
k5
d 3 H6f8
d 1*

d4
d8
X

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

13

a1

d7

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

210.34. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
d8
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
36
49
61.7
35
19.9
28.6
42
30
12

25
40
40
45
57
69.7
43.5
21.9
32.1
50
38
12

32
50
50
56
67
79.7
53
24.4
36.4
63
48
15

40
63
63
70
81
93.7
67
36
36
76
61
15

50
80
80
90
101
113.7
87
43
43
96
78
18

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ~AFNOR
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=210.34.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=210.34. 032.10
D147

Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term


lubrication, ~AFNOR
Mounting example

210.35.

6
l3

8,5

2,5

l1

l2

d5
d 3 H6
k5
d 3 H6f8
d 1*

X
d4

Material:

Sintered ferrite of high purity, carbonitrided, long-term lubrication

Execution:

Bearing surfaces, diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from d1 = 38 with 4 Screw


clamp , which are included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw clamp
incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head 13).
Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Bearing clearance see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

13

a1

d7

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

210.35. Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term lubrication, ~AFNOR
d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
a
a1
l1
l2
l3

19 20
32
32
36
49
61.7
19.9
28.6
28
16
12

25
40
40
45
57
69.7
21.9
32.1
32
20
12

32
50
50
56
67
79.7
24.4
36.4
37
25
12

40
63
63
70
81
93.7
36
36
44
32
12

50
80
80
90
101
113.7
43
43
44
32
12

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush, sintered ferrite carbonitrided with long-term
lubrication, ~AFNOR
Guide diameter d1
Classification TOL
Order No
D148

=210.35.
32 mm =
032.
yellow =
10
=210.35. 032.10
subject to alterations

subject to alterations

D149

Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR


210.44.

l1

l3

6 6

l2

d5
d 3 H6
k5
*d 2
d1

d4
d8

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed.


Diameter d3 and collar face precision ground.

Note:

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from


d1 = 38 with 4 Screw clamp , which are
included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw
clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the
beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional
requirements and tolerances at the end of
chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

d6

a1

d7

13

Mounting example

XX

D150

subject to alterations

Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR


210.44. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
d1
16
20
25
d2
22
26
31
28
32
40
d3
29
32
40
d4
32
36
45
d5
45
49
57
d6
57.7
61.7
69.7
d7
31
35
43.5
d8
a
18.9
19.9
21.9
26.9
28.6
32.1
a1
32
36
40
l3
l1/l
l2*
23
55/63
63/71
30
62/71
66/71
70/80
38
70/71
74/80
78/95
48
88/100
61
101/120
78
98
123
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

32
40
50
50
56
67
79.7
53.5
24.4
36.4
45
68/80
75/80
83/95
93/105
106/120
123/120

40
48
63
63
70
81
93.7
67
36
36
50

50
58
80
80
90
101
113.7
87
43
43
63

80/95
88/95
98/105
111/120
128/140
148/160

101/120
111/120
124/140
141/160
161/180

63
71
90
90
110
121
131.7
107
50.1
50.1
63

161/180
186/200

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
Guide diameter d1
Installation length l2
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=210.44.
32 mm =
032.
61 mm =
061.
yellow =
10
=210.44. 032.061.10
D151

Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR


210.46.

l3

l4

l1

l2

d5
d 3 H6
k5
*d 2
d1

d4

Material:

Bush: tool steel


Hardness: 62 2HRC
Ball Cage: brass
Balls: hardened steel
DIN 5401

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed.


Outside diameter fine-ground.

Note:

d7

d6

a1

The attachment is with 3 Screw clamp, from


d1 = 38 with 4 Screw clamp , which are
included in delivery (Order No: 207.45 - Screw
clamp incl. socket cap screw DIN 6912, Head
13).
Notes on ball bearing type guides at the
beginning of chapter D.
Preloading see pairing classification at the
beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection
matrix at the beginning of chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional
requirements and tolerances at the end of
chapter D.

13

Mounting example

Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

XX

D152

subject to alterations

Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR


210.46. Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
d1
16
20
25
d2
22
26
31
28
32
40
d3
29
32
40
d4
32
36
45
d5
45
49
57
d6
57.7
61.7
69.7
d7
a
18.9
19.9
21.9
26.9
28.6
32.1
a1
10
12
12
l3
l1/l
l2*
23
33/45
30
40/45
42/45
42/45
38
48/56
50/56
50/56
48
58/63
60/71
60/71
61
73/80
78
90/105
98
123
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

32
40
50
50
56
67
79.7
24.4
36.4
15

40
48
63
63
70
81
93.7
36
36
15

50
58
80
80
90
101
113.7
43
43
18

45/56
53/71
63/71
76/80
93/105
113/120

63/80
76/95
93/105
113/120

79/95
96/405
116/140

63
71
90
90
110
121
131.7
50.1
50.1
20

118/120
143/160

Ordering Code (example):


Headed guide bush for ball bearing, ~AFNOR
Guide diameter d1
Installation length l2
Classification TOL
Order No
subject to alterations

=210.46.
32 mm=
032.
38 mm=
038.
yellow =
10
=210.46. 032.038.10
D153

Guide bush with collar, for ball bearing, ~AFNOR


Mounting example

210.45.

l3

l 2 +2

l
l1

h
l4

d6
M
*d 2
d1

d 3 H6
k5
d4

Material:

Tool steel, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Bearing surfaces honed,


outside diameter precision ground.

Note:

The guide bush is fixed with slotted nut 207.48.


Notes on ball bearing type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
*Preloading see pairing classification at the beginning of chapter D
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Ball guide capacity calculations at the end of chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.
Tolerance range:
yellow = .10
green = .20
red = .30

210.45. Guide bush with collar, for ball bearing, ~AFNOR


d1
16
16
20
20
20
25
25
25
32
32
32
40
40
40
50
50
d2
22
22
26
26
26
31
31
31
40
40
40
48
48
48
58
58
d3
28
28
32
32
32
40
40
40
50
50
50
63
63
63
80
80
d4
32
32
36
36
36
45
45
45
56
56
56
70
70
70
90
90
d6
40
40
44
44
44
55
55
55
65
65
65
81
81
81
100
100
M
M27x1 M27x1 M30x1 M30x1 M30x1 M39x1 M39x1 M39x1 M48x1 M48x1 M48x1 M60x1 M60x1 M60x1 M76x1 M76x1
h
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
l1
16
20
17
21
25
22
26
31
26
31
38
32
39
47
41
49
l2
8
12
8
12
16
12
16
21
15
20
27
20
27
35
26
34
l3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
l4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
10
10
l*
24
28
24
28
31
31
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
56
50
63
*l = Nominal ordering length of ball cage - prefered length

Guide bush with collar, for ball bearing, ~AFNOR


Guide diameter d1
Total length l1
Classification TOL
Order No
01.2016

=210.45.
32 mm =
032.
26 mm =
026.
yellow =
10
=210.45. 032. 026. 10
subject to alterations

Guide bush with collar, bronze coated, ~AFNOR


210.85.

Mounting example

d6
M

l2

l4

l3

d 1 G5/G6

l1

d5
d 2 k5
d4

Material:

1.0503
d2 induction hardened to 500+100 HV 10

Execution:

Bronze coated internal bore.


Diameter d2 and collar face precision ground.
up to d1 = 25 tolerance G6
from d1 = 32 tolerance G5

Note:

The guide bush is fixed with slotted nut 207.48.


Notes on sliding type guides at the beginning of chapter D.
Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

210.85. Guide bush with collar, bronze coated, ~AFNOR


d1
TOL
d2
d4
d5
d6
h
M
l
l1
l2
l3
l4

16
+0.006/
+0.017
28
32
3
40
3
M27x1
16
3
11
5
5.5

16
+0.006/
+0.017
28
32
3
40
3
M27x1
20
3
15
5
7.5

20
+0.007/
+0.020
32
36
4
44
4
M30x1
21
3
15
6
5

20
+0.007/
+0.020
32
36
4
44
4
M30x1
25
3
19
6
9.5

Guide bush with collar, bronze coated, ~AFNOR


Guide diameter d1
Total length l
Order No
subject to alterations

25
+0.007/
+0.020
40
45
4
55
4
M39x1
26
3
19
7
9.5

25
+0.007/
+0.020
40
45
4
55
4
M39x1
31
3
24
7
12

32
+0.009/
+0.020
50
56
4
65
5
M48x1
31
4
24
7
12

32
+0.009/
+0.020
50
56
4
65
5
M48x1
38
4
31
7
15.5

40
+0.009/
+0.020
63
70
7
81
6
M60x1
39
4
31
8
15.5

40
+0.009/
+0.020
63
70
7
81
6
M60x1
47
4
39
8
19.5

50
+0.009/
+0.020
80
90
7
100
8
M76x1
41
5
31
10
15.5

50
+0.009/
+0.020
80
90
7
100
8
M76x1
49
5
39
10
19.5

=210.85.
32 mm =
032.
31 mm =
031
=210.85. 032. 031
01.2016

Slotted nut
207.48.

b H13

m (5H)

t
d6

Material:
Steel

Note:

For fixing the guide bushes 210.45. and 210.85.

207.48. Slotted nut


Order No
207.48.016
207.48.020
207.48.025
207.48.032
207.48.040
207.48.050

D156

d6
40
44
55
65
81
100

b
5
5
6
6
7
8

t
3
4
4
5
6
8

h
3
4
4
5
6
8

m
M27 x 1
M30 x 1
M39 x 1
M48 x 1
M60 x 1
M76 x 1

subject to alterations

Oilless Guide
Elements

D157

Oilless guide elements


General description
Oilless Guide Elements with embedded solid lubricants are used in
applications of linear or rotary motion in toolmaking, general machine
construction and similar engineering uses. The structure of the base material provides closely spaced deposits of solid lubricant properties and
specifications as per table below.

Oilless guide elements Material data

The elements satisfy highest demands in terms of load bearing capacity at


low sliding speeds, within an extensive temperature band.

chemical composition

The lubricant deposits are arranged in staggered geometrical patterns,


thus ensuring optimal lubrication effect along the sliding motion, especially with counter bearings which are hardened and ground.

specific density kg/dm3


tensile strength Rm N/mm2
Brinell hardness HB 10
shear strength N/mm2
yield limit Rp 0,2 N/mm2
elongation to fracture A5 %
elongation %
modulus of elasticity kN/mm2
stroking velocity m/min
co-efficient of friction
temperature conductance W/(m K)
temperature resistance C
co-efficient of thermal expansion /C
co-efficient of shrinkage %
electric conductance m/( mm2)
alt. flexural strength N/mm2

The sliding surfaces should be lightly greased with lithium grease emulsion, prior to commissioning.
On flat guideways and pillar guides, from 25 to 30 per cent of the sliding
surfaces consist of lubricant deposits. Surfaces of counter bearings must
have a ground finish, preferably with a lay parallel with the sliding motion.

Choice of element-type
Standard:
for general uses at temperatures up to 200C
Special Types on request

ratio sliding surface to lubricant deposits (%)

Advantages of oilless guide elements

CU 6066%
Al 5,07,5%
Fe 2,04,0%
Mn 2,55,0%
Zn 17,531,5%
8,2
770
180210
560
450
8
12
105115
15
0,040,10
4555
+300
1,62,0 10-5
1,82,3
78
150
2530

good emergency sliding properties


highest carrying capacity at low speed
use under water or with chemical solutions
extremely wide temperature resistance hot and cold
damping properties in presence of vibration

PV value
The permissible bearing load is determined from the PVvalue.

The permissible bearing load is determined from the pressure and the
PVvalue, which defines the bearing wear.

PV
P
F
A

The PV value is the product of surface pressure (P) and running velocity (V).

= P V (N/cm2 m/min.)
= F/A (N/cm2)
= max. load (N)
= projected area of the bearing

Surface pressure, temperature, speed and lubrication


Surface pressure max. (N/cm2)

Temp. (C)

Speed (m/min.)

PV value (N/cm2 m/min)

Lubrication

5000
3000

80
150

30
60

10000
20000

Initial
Pressure Iubrication

D158

subject to alterations

Thrust washer, Bronze with solid lubricant

0,5 x 45

s -0,1

2053.70.

d7
90

d3
d5
d4

0,5 x 45

d6

Material:

Fixing:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

For combination loads use together with Bushes 2052.70.


Screws not included.

from d3 = 10,2
from d3 = 20,2
from d3 = 40,2
from d3 = 50,3
from d3 = 60,3
from d3 = 90,5

2 X M3
2 X M5
2 X M6
4 X M6
4 X M8
4 X M10

2053.70. Thrust washer, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d3
d4
d5
d6
d7
s
t

10
12
13
14
15
16
18
20
25
30
35
10.2 12.2 13.2 14.2 15.2 16.2 18.2 20.2 25.2 30.2 35.2
30
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
55
60
70
20
28
28
28
28
28
35
35
40
45
50
3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
3
3
3
3

40
40.2
80
60
6.6
13.7
7
3.6

45
50
55
45.3 50.3 55.3
90 100 110
67.5 75
85
6.6 6.6 6.6
13.7 13.7 13.7
7
8
8
3.6 3.6 3.6

60
60.3
120
90
9
18.3
8
4.6

65
65.3
125
95
9
18.3
8
4.6

70
75
80
70.3 75.3 80.3
130 140 150
100 110 120
9
9
9
18.3 18.3 18.3
10
10
10
4.6 4.6 4.6

90
90.5
170
140
11
22.7
10
5.9

100
120
100.5 120.5
190
200
160
175
11
11
22.7 22.7
10
10
5.9
5.9

Ordering Code (example):


Thrust washer, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2053.70.
40 mm=
040
=2053.70.040
D159

Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant


2052.70.

d1 F7

l4

l1

15

d2 m6

Material:

0,02 A

Attention:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.

Note:

Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2052.70. Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
r
l4
l1
8
10
12
15
16
20
25
30
35
37
40
47
50
60
70
77
80

8
12
0.5
2

10
14
0.5
2

10
15
0.5
2

12
18
0.5
2

13
19
0.5
2

14 15 16 18 19 20 20 20 24 25 25 25 28 30 30 30 31.5 32 35 35 38 40 40
20 21 22 24 25 26 28 30 32 32 33 35 38 38 40 42 40 42 44 45 48 50 55
0.5 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4 4 4

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
External diameter d2
Installation length l1
Order No
D160

=2052.70.
40 mm=
040.
55 mm=
055.
25 mm=
025
=2052.70.040. 055.025
subject to alterations

Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant


2052.70.

d1 F7

l4

l1

d2 m6

15

0,02 A

Material:

Attention:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.

Note:

Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2052.70. Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
r
l4
l1
30
35
40
50
60
70
80
95
100
120
130
140
150

45 45 45 50 50 50 55
55 56 60 60 62 65 70
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

60
74
2
4

60
75
2
4

63
75
2
4

65
80
2
4

70
85
2
4

70
90
2
4

75
90
2
4

75
95
2
4

80 80 85 90 100 110 120 125 130 140 150 160


96 100 100 110 120 130 140 145 150 160 170 180
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
External diameter d2
Installation length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2052.70.
40 mm=
040.
55 mm=
055.
25 mm=
025
=2052.70.040. 055.025
D161

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2085.70.

d3
d 1 H7

l2

l1

d 2 G7
k6

Material:

15
0,02 A

Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of


chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.


Bushes can also be fitted with Loctite.

2085.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
d3
r
l1 l2
20 14
25 19
30 24

12
16
18
2

16
20
24
2

20
26
28
2

24
30
35
4

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
D162

=2085.70.
20 mm=
020.
20 mm=
020
=2085.70.020.020
subject to alterations

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2085.71.

d3
d 1 E7

l3

r1
r1

l4

l2

l1

r2

d 2 H7
r6

15
0,02 A

Material:

Attention:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.

Note:

Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2085.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
d3
l3
l4
r1
r2
l1
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
67.5
80
100

10
14
22
2
2
1
0.4
l2
13
18

12
18
25
3
2
1
0.4

13
19
26
3
2
1
0.4

14
20
27
3
2
1
0.4

15
21
28
3
2
1
0.5

16
22
29
3
2
1
0.5

20
30
40
5
3
2
0.5

25
35
45
5
3
2
0.5

12
17

12
17

12
17

12
17
22
27

12
17
22
27

10
15
20
25

10
15
20
25

35

35

30
40
50
5
3
2
0.5

31.5
40
50
5
3
2
0.6

35
45
60
5
3
2
0.6

40
50
65
5
3
2
0.6

15
20
25
30
35
45

15

15

15

25
35
45

30

45
55
70
5
3
2
0.6

50
60
75
5
3
2
0.6

25

25

25

35
45

35
45
55

35
45
55

55
65
80
5
3
2
0.7

60
75
90
7.5
4
3
0.7

35

32.5
42.5

55

72.5

63
75
85
7.5
4
3
0.7

70
85
105
7.5
4
3
0.7

42.5
60

72.5

75
90
110
7.5
4
3
0.7

80
100
120
10
4
3
0.8

90
110
130
10
4
3
0.8

52.5

50

50

70
90

70

100
120
150
10
4
3
0.8

120
140
170
10
4
3
0.8

70
90

70
90

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2085.71.
35 mm=
035.
20 mm=
020
=2085.71.035.020
D163

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2086.70.

d3 h12
A

d 1 F7

l 1 0,2
l 2 0,1
R
0,
5

10
d2 H7
m6

Material:

0,02 A

Attention:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.

Note:

Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2086.70.
d1
d2
d3
r
l1
l2

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


12
18
25
1
15
4

16
22
30
1
20
5

20
28
36
1
25
5

25
33
43
1
30
5

30
38
48
1
35
5

40
50
60
2
45
5

50
62
75
2
55
6

60
75
90
3
65
7

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Total length l1
Order No
D164

=2086.70.
30 mm=
030.
35 mm=
035
=2086.70.030.035
subject to alterations

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2085.72.
d3

r1
r1

l2

l1

r1

l3

r2

d 1H7
H7
d 2 m6

A
0,02 A

Material:

Attention:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.

Note:

Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2085.72. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
d3
r
r1
r2
l3
l2
l1

25
35
45
10
1
2
7
33
40

30
40
50
20
1
2
10
40
50

40
55
65
20
2
2
10
60
70

50
65
75
20
2
2
10
70
80

60
75
85
20
2
2
10
70
80

65
80
90
20
2
2
10
70
80

65
80
90
20
2
2
10
110
120

80
100
110
20
2
2
10
90
100

80
100
110
20
2
2
10
130
140

100
120
130
20
2
3
10
90
100

100
120
130
20
2
3
10
130
140

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2085.72.
60 mm =
060.
80 mm =
080
=2085.72.060. 080
D165

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, DIN 9834/ISO 9448
2082.70.
d6
d3
d4
d1 H7

l5 -0,5
l3

l4

R1

-0,5
l 1 -1,0

d7

d2 H7
h6
0,02 A

Material:

Fixing:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of


chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2082.70.
d1
d2
d3
d4
d6
d7
l1
l3
l4
l5
h
r

(to be ordered separately)


Screw clamps with screws,
up to d1 = 50 - 2072.45.10 (M6 X 16 DIN EN ISO 4762)
from d1 = 60 - 2072.45.16 (M10 X 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)

Attention:

Bushes can only be used with axial motion!

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, DIN 9834/ISO 9448

2425
32
40
32
58
7
40
6.3
3
10
10
3

3032
40
50
40
66
7
50
6.3
4
12
10
3

3840
50
63
50
79
7
63
6.3
5
15
10
3

4850
63
71
63
89
7
71
6.3
6.3
17
10
5

6063
80
90
80
123
11.5
80
10
8
19
16
6

80
100
112
100
143
11.5
100
10
10
22
16
8

100
125
140
125
168
11.5
125
10
12.5
21
16
10

125
160
180
160
203
11.5
160
10
16
30
16
12

160
200
220
200
243
11.5
200
10
16
32
16
18

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant,
DIN 9834/ISO 9448
Guide diameter d1
Order No
D166

=2082.70.
50 mm=
050
=2082.70.050
subject to alterations

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS


2082.71.
d6
d3
d4
d 1 H7

16

l4

R2

l1
l 2 -2
-3

11,5

d 2 H7
g6

Material:

Fixing:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

(to be ordered separately)


Screw clamps with screws 2072.46 (M10 x 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)

Note:

Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of


chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

Attention:

Bushes can only be used with axial motion!

2082.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
d1
d2
d3
d4
d6
l1
l2
l4
r

25
32
40
32
75
40
30
3
3

32
40
50
40
83
50
40
4
3

40
50
63
50
93
63
50
5
3

50
63
71
63
106
71
56
6.3
5

63
80
90
80
123
80
63
8
6

80
100
112
100
143
100
80
10
8

100
125
140
125
168
125
106
12.5
10

125
160
180
160
203
160
132
16
12

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2082.71.
63 mm =
063
=2082.71. 063
12.2014

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS


2086.71.
d6
d3
d 1 C9

l1

13

30

R2

l2

M8

H7
d 2 g6

Material:

0,02 A

Fixing:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

(to be ordered separately)


Screw clamps with screws 2072.47 (M8 x 20 DIN EN ISO 4762)

Note:

Bushes can be used with radial or axial motion.


Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of
chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

2086.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
d1
d2
d3
d6
l1
l2

25
32
40
29
40
4

32
40
50
34
50
4

40
50
63
40.5
55
5

50
63
71
44.5
63
6

63
80
90
54
75
8

80
100
112
65
90
10

100
125
140
79
115
12

125
160
180
99
138
12

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS
Guide diameter d1
Order No
12.2014

=2086.71.
63 mm =
063
=2086.71. 063
subject to alterations

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO


2102.70.

d7
d6
d 1 G7

2073.45.
A

l4

l1
l2

l3
k

2072.48.45.

H6
d 2 m6
d3

t A

Material:

Fixing:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of


chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

(to be ordered separately)


Screw clamps with screws 2072.48.45. or
Securing flange 2073.45.

Attention:

Bushes can only be used with axial motion!


Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.

2102.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
d1
d2
d3
d6
d7
l1
l2
l3
l4
h
k
t

20
28
32
48
32
28
4
3
10
0.01

25
35
40
56
40
35
5
5
10
0.01

32
44
50
65
50
44
6
8
12
0.01

40
52
60
75
82
63
55
8
8
12
12
0.02

50
63
71
90
98
80
70
10
8
16
16
0.02

63
80
90
111
115
100
88
12
10
20
20
0.02

80
100
112
133
144
125
109
16
10
25
25
0.02

100
125
140
162
170
160
140
20
10
32
32
0.02

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
Guide diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2102.70.
50 mm =
050
=2102.70. 050
12.2014

Guide bush with collar, Bronze, CNOMO


2102.71.

d7
d6
d 1 G7

2073.45.
A

R1

l4

,5

Material:

d5
d 2 H6
m6
d3

l6
l 1/2

l7

l1
l2

l3
l6
k

2072.48.45.

t A

Fixing:

Bronze

Note:

Matching guide combinations, see selection matrix at the beginning of


chapter D.
Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

(to be ordered separately)


Screw clamps with screws 2072.48.45. or
Securing flange 2073.45.

Attention:

Bushes can only be used with axial motion!


Note that press fitment reduces inside bush diameter.

2102.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze, CNOMO


d1
d2
d3
d5
d6
d7
l1
l2
l3
l4
l6
l7
h
k
t

20
28
32
22
48
32
28
4
3
5
10
0.01

25
35
40
27
56
40
35
5
5
5
10
0.01

32
44
50
34
65
50
44
6
8
12
5
12
0.01

40
52
60
42
75
82
63
55
8
8
16
8
12
12
0.02

50
63
71
52
90
98
80
70
10
8
20
10
16
16
0.02

63
80
90
65
111
115
100
88
12
10
25
12
20
20
0.02

80
100
112
82
133
144
125
109
16
10
32
16
25
25
0.02

100
125
140
102
162
170
160
140
20
10
40
20
32
32
0.02

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze, CNOMO
Guide diameter d1
Order No
12.2014

=2102.71.
50 mm =
050
=2102.71. 050
subject to alterations

Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2961.71.

s +0,3

R2

2961.71. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


Order No
2961.71.020.004.0305
2961.71.025.005.0305
2961.71.030.004.0305
2961.71.030.006.0305
2961.71.030.008.0305
2961.71.030.010.0305
2961.71.030.012.0305
2961.71.035.010.0305
2961.71.040.005.0305
2961.71.040.006.0305
2961.71.040.008.0305
2961.71.040.010.0305
2961.71.040.012.0605
2961.71.040.016.0605
2961.71.050.010.0305
2961.71.050.012.0605
2961.71.050.020.0605
2961.71.060.012.0605
2961.71.060.016.0605
2961.71.080.010.0305
2961.71.080.012.0605
2961.71.080.016.0605
2961.71.080.020.0605
2961.71.080.025.0605
2961.71.100.016.0605
2961.71.100.020.0605
2961.71.100.025.0605
2961.71.125.020.0605
2961.71.125.025.0605
2961.71.160.025.0605

20
25
30
30
30
30
30
35
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
60
60
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
125
125
160

4
5
4
6
8
10
12
10
5
6
8
10
12
16
10
12
20
12
16
10
12
16
20
25
16
20
25
20
25
25

l
305

l
605

Material:
l
1005

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Sliding faces ground.

Ordering Code (example):


Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Width b
Thickness s
Length l
Order No
subject to alterations

=2961.71.
50 mm
=
050.
10 mm
=
010.
1005 mm =
1005
=2961.71. 050. 010. 1005
D171

Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2961.76.

0
s -0,015

0
a -0,2

b -0,1
-0,2

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Sliding faces ground.

2961.76. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


Order No
2961.76.025.005.050
2961.76.025.005.071
2961.76.025.005.090
2961.76.025.006.050
2961.76.025.006.063
2961.76.025.006.080
2961.76.025.006.100
2961.76.025.006.125
2961.76.040.005.050
2961.76.040.005.071
2961.76.040.005.090
2961.76.040.006.080
2961.76.040.006.100
2961.76.040.006.125
2961.76.040.006.160
2961.76.040.006.200
2961.76.063.006.080
2961.76.063.006.100
2961.76.063.006.125
2961.76.063.006.160
2961.76.063.008.125
2961.76.063.008.160
2961.76.063.008.200
2961.76.063.008.250
2961.76.063.008.315

D172

b
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63

s
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8

a
50
71
90
50
63
80
100
125
50
71
90
80
100
125
160
200
80
100
125
160
125
160
200
250
315

subject to alterations

Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2961.77.

0
s -0,015

b -0,1
-0,2

0
l -0,5

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Sliding faces ground.

2961.77. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


Order No
2961.77.025.006.500
2961.77.040.006.500
2961.77.063.008.500
2961.77.080.010.500

subject to alterations

b
25
40
63
80

s
6
6
8
10

l
500
500
500
500

D173

Flat guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
2961.73.
s

+0,3

b +0,1

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Sliding faces ground.

2961.73. Flat guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
Order No
2961.73.025.005.0305
2961.73.030.006.0305
2961.73.035.010.0605
2961.73.040.008.0605
2961.73.040.012.0605
2961.73.050.010.0605
2961.73.060.016.0605
2961.73.080.012.0605
2961.73.080.020.0605
2961.73.100.020.0605

D174

25
30
35
40
40
50
60
80
80
100

5
6
10
8
12
10
16
12
20
20

l
305

l
605

subject to alterations

Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2961.70.
A

R2

DIN 74 - Jm 6

+0,04

10 +0,01

e1
l

R2

DIN 74 - Jm 8

10 0,025

e1

e2

e3

Material:

e4

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Execution:

Sliding faces ground.

DIN 74 - Jm 8

Note:

Screws not included.


45
b

Fixing:

R2

Use socket cap screws DIN 7984.

10 0,025

e1

e2

e4

e3

2961.70. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


Order No
2961.70.018.075
2961.70.018.100
2961.70.018.125
2961.70.018.150
2961.70.028.075
2961.70.028.100
2961.70.028.125
2961.70.028.150
2961.70.035.100
2961.70.035.150
2961.70.035.200
2961.70.035.250
2961.70.035.300
2961.70.035.350
2961.70.038.075
2961.70.038.100
2961.70.038.125
2961.70.038.150
2961.70.048.075
2961.70.048.100
2961.70.048.125
2961.70.048.150
2961.70.050.100
2961.70.050.150
2961.70.050.200
2961.70.050.250
2961.70.050.300
2961.70.050.350
2961.70.050.400
2961.70.075.150
2961.70.075.200
2961.70.075.250
2961.70.075.300
2961.70.075.400
2961.70.075.500
subject to alterations

Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
F
F
F
F
F
F
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
E

b
18
18
18
18
28
28
28
28
35
35
35
35
35
35
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
48
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
75
75
75
75
75
75

l
75
100
125
150
75
100
125
150
100
150
200
250
300
350
75
100
125
150
75
100
125
150
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
150
200
250
300
400
500

e
15
25
25
25
15
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
15
25
25
25
15
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

e1
45
50
75
100
45
50
75
100
60
55
55
70
65
80
45
50
75
100
45
50
75
100
60
55
55
70
65
80
90
110
80
105
85
120
115

e2
55
50
70
65
75
55
50
70
65
75
90
80
105
90
120
115

e3
55
70
65
75
55
70
65
75
90
85
120
115

e4
65
80
65
80
90
115

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
5
5
4
6
6
8
8
10
D175

Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2961.75.
B

e1
b

e1

e2
b

a
l

a
l

2961.75.
C

e1

11
17,5

R2

0,02

R2

a
l

7,3

10 0,025

Material:

2961.75. Flat guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant

Note:

Order No
2961.75.028.075
2961.75.028.100
2961.75.028.125
2961.75.028.150
2961.75.038.075
2961.75.038.100
2961.75.038.125
2961.75.038.150
2961.75.048.075
2961.75.048.100
2961.75.048.125
2961.75.048.150
2961.75.048.200
2961.75.058.075
2961.75.058.100
2961.75.058.125
2961.75.058.150
2961.75.058.200
2961.75.075.075
2961.75.075.100
2961.75.075.125
2961.75.075.150
2961.75.075.200
2961.75.100.100
2961.75.100.125
2961.75.100.150
2961.75.100.200
2961.75.100.250
2961.75.125.150
2961.75.125.200
2961.75.125.250
2961.75.150.150
2961.75.150.200

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating
Screws not included.

Attention:

Direction of motion of flat guide


bars with a width of b = 28 and
38 mm only in longitudinal
direction.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN 7984


M10.

D176

Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

b
28
28
28
28
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
48
48
58
58
58
58
58
75
75
75
75
75
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
150
150

l
75
100
125
150
75
100
125
150
75
100
125
150
200
75
100
125
150
200
75
100
125
150
200
100
125
150
200
250
150
200
250
150
200

e
15
25
25
25
15
25
25
25
15
25
25
25
50
15
25
25
25
50
15
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

a
45
50
75
100
45
50
75
100
45
50
75
100
100
45
50
75
100
100
45
50
75
100
75
50
75
100
150
200
100
150
200
100
150

e1
14
14
14
14
19
19
19
19
24
24
24
24
24
29
29
29
29
29
37.5
37.5
37.5
37.5
37.5
25
25
25
25
25
37.5
37.5
37.5
25
25

e2
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
subject to alterations

Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357


C

2961.74.
A

D
e

b2
b1

b2
b1
b

e2

e
e2

e2

e2

e
a

e1

e1
a

e1

b2
b1
b

b2
b1
b

2961.74. Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant,


VDI3357
Order No
2961.74.035.10.160
2961.74.035.10.200
2961.74.035.10.250
2961.74.045.15.160
2961.74.045.15.200
2961.74.045.15.250
2961.74.055.15.160
2961.74.055.15.200
2961.74.055.15.250
2961.74.075.25.160
2961.74.075.25.200
2961.74.075.25.250
2961.74.085.28.240
2961.74.085.28.300
2961.74.085.28.350
2961.74.085.28.400
2961.74.085.28.450
2961.74.085.30.160
2961.74.085.30.200
2961.74.085.30.250
2961.74.085.30.300
2961.74.085.30.350
2961.74.085.30.400
2961.74.100.25.160
2961.74.100.25.200
2961.74.100.25.250
2961.74.100.25.400
2961.74.100.30.160
2961.74.100.30.200
2961.74.100.30.250
2961.74.100.30.400
2961.74.125.25.160
2961.74.125.25.200
2961.74.125.25.250
2961.74.125.25.300
2961.74.125.25.350
2961.74.125.25.400.1
2961.74.125.25.400
2961.74.125.25.450
2961.74.125.25.500
2961.74.125.30.160
2961.74.125.30.200
2961.74.125.30.250
2961.74.125.30.300
2961.74.125.30.350
2961.74.125.30.400
2961.74.125.30.450
2961.74.125.30.500

subject to alterations

Shape
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
B
D
D
D
C
A
A
B
B
B
C
A
A
B
C
A
A
B
C
A
A
B
D
D
D
C
C
C
A
A
B
B
B
C
C
C

b
35
35
35
45
45
45
55
55
55
75
75
75
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

s
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
30
30
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

a
160
200
250
160
200
250
160
200
250
160
200
250
240
300
350
400
450
160
200
250
300
350
400
160
200
250
400
160
200
250
400
160
200
250
300
350
400
400
450
500
160
200
250
300
350
400
450
500

b2
10
10
10
15
15
15
20
20
20
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

b1
20
20
20
30
30
30
35
35
35
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
75
75
75
80
80
80
75
80
80
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

d
11
11
11
13.5
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22
22
22
22
17.5
17.5
17.5
26
26
26
17.5
26
26
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

e
70
110
80
70
110
80
70
110
80
70
110
80
95
85
100
115
100
70
110
80
105
130
80
70
110
80
80
70
110
80
80
70
110
80
85
100
115
80
100
110
70
110
80
105
130
80
80
80

e1
80
100
120
100
75
75
75
80
100
120
75
100
115
75
95
120

e2
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
25
25
25
45
25
25
45
45
45
45
45
45
50
50

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
2
2
3
3
3
5
2
2
3
5
2
2
3
5
2
2
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
2
2
3
3
3
5
5
5

Mounting example

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.

D177

Retaining plate, Steel, VDI 3357


2961.79.

Steel, surface hardened

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.

D178

e1
a
e

b1
b

b1
b

e2

b1
b

Material:

e2

e2

e2
b1

Mounting example

e
a

e1

e1

2961.79. Retaining plate, Steel, VDI 3357


Order No
2961.79.035.10.160
2961.79.035.10.200
2961.79.035.10.250
2961.79.045.15.160
2961.79.045.15.200
2961.79.045.15.250
2961.79.055.15.160
2961.79.055.15.200
2961.79.055.15.250
2961.79.075.25.160
2961.79.075.25.200
2961.79.075.25.250
2961.79.085.28.240
2961.79.085.28.300
2961.79.085.28.350
2961.79.085.28.400
2961.79.085.28.450
2961.79.085.30.160
2961.79.085.30.200
2961.79.085.30.250
2961.79.085.30.300
2961.79.085.30.350
2961.79.085.30.400
2961.79.100.25.160
2961.79.100.25.200
2961.79.100.25.250
2961.79.100.25.400
2961.79.100.30.160
2961.79.100.30.200
2961.79.100.30.250
2961.79.100.30.400
2961.79.125.25.160
2961.79.125.25.200
2961.79.125.25.250
2961.79.125.25.400
2961.79.125.25.300
2961.79.125.25.350
2961.79.125.25.400.1
2961.79.125.25.450
2961.79.125.25.500
2961.79.125.30.160
2961.79.125.30.200
2961.79.125.30.250
2961.79.125.30.300
2961.79.125.30.350
2961.79.125.30.400
2961.79.125.30.450
2961.79.125.30.500

Shape
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
B
D
D
D
C
A
A
B
B
B
C
A
A
B
C
A
A
B
C
A
A
B
C
D
D
D
C
C
A
A
B
B
B
C
C
C

b
35
35
35
45
45
45
55
55
55
75
75
75
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

s
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
30
30
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

a
160
200
250
160
200
250
160
200
250
160
200
250
240
300
350
400
450
160
200
250
300
350
400
160
200
250
400
160
200
250
400
160
200
250
400
300
350
400
450
500
160
200
250
300
350
400
450
500

b1
20
20
20
30
30
30
35
35
35
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
75
75
75
75
80
80
80
80
80
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

d
11
11
11
13.5
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22
22
22
22
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
26
26
26
26
26
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

e
70
110
80
70
110
80
70
110
80
70
110
80
95
85
100
115
100
70
110
80
105
130
80
70
110
80
80
70
110
80
80
70
110
80
80
85
100
115
100
110
70
110
80
105
130
80
80
80

e1
80
100
120
100
75
75
75
75
80
100
120
100
115
75
95
120

e2
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
45
45
45
45
45
45
50
50

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
2
2
3
3
3
5
2
2
3
5
2
2
3
5
2
2
3
5
4
4
4
5
5
2
2
3
3
3
5
5
5

subject to alterations

Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3357


d

2961.81.
C

B
s

b2
b1

b2
b1
b

e2

e
e2

e2

e2

e
a

e1

e1
a

e1

b2
b1
b

b2
b1
b

2961.81. Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI3357


Order No
2961.81.035.10.160
2961.81.035.10.200
2961.81.035.10.250
2961.81.045.15.160
2961.81.045.15.200
2961.81.045.15.250
2961.81.055.15.160
2961.81.055.15.200
2961.81.055.15.250
2961.81.075.25.160
2961.81.075.25.200
2961.81.075.25.250
2961.81.085.28.240
2961.81.085.28.300
2961.81.085.28.350
2961.81.085.28.400
2961.81.085.28.450
2961.81.085.30.160
2961.81.085.30.200
2961.81.085.30.250
2961.81.085.30.300
2961.81.085.30.350
2961.81.085.30.400
2961.81.100.25.160
2961.81.100.25.200
2961.81.100.25.250
2961.81.100.25.400
2961.81.100.30.160
2961.81.100.30.200
2961.81.100.30.250
2961.81.100.30.400
2961.81.125.25.160
2961.81.125.25.200
2961.81.125.25.250
2961.81.125.25.300
2961.81.125.25.350
2961.81.125.25.400
2961.81.125.25.400.1
2961.81.125.25.450
2961.81.125.25.500
2961.81.125.30.160
2961.81.125.30.200
2961.81.125.30.250
2961.81.125.30.300
2961.81.125.30.350
2961.81.125.30.400
2961.81.125.30.450
2961.81.125.30.500

subject to alterations

Shape
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
B
D
D
D
C
A
A
B
B
B
C
A
A
B
C
A
A
B
C
A
A
B
D
D
C
D
C
C
A
A
B
B
B
C
C
C

b
35
35
35
45
45
45
55
55
55
75
75
75
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

s
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
30
30
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

a
160
200
250
160
200
250
160
200
250
160
200
250
240
300
350
400
450
160
200
250
300
350
400
160
200
250
400
160
200
250
400
160
200
250
300
350
400
400
450
500
160
200
250
300
350
400
450
500

b2
10
10
10
15
15
15
20
20
20
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

b1
20
20
20
30
30
30
35
35
35
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
75
75
75
80
80
75
80
80
80
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

d
11
11
11
13.5
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22
22
22
22
17.5
17.5
17.5
26
26
17.5
26
26
26
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

e
70
110
80
70
110
80
70
110
80
70
110
80
95
85
100
115
100
70
110
80
105
130
80
70
110
80
80
70
110
80
80
70
110
80
85
100
80
115
100
110
70
110
80
105
130
80
80
80

e1
80
100
120
100
75
75
75
80
100
75
120
100
115
75
95
120

e2
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
25
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
25
25
45
25
25
25
45
45
45
45
45
45
50
50

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
2
2
3
3
3
5
2
2
3
5
2
2
3
5
2
2
3
4
4
5
4
5
5
2
2
3
3
3
5
5
5

Mounting example

Material:

Steel, surface hardened. Sliding faces with


embedded solid lubricant.

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.

D179

Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant

e1

e1

e1

e1

10 0,025
11

e1

b1
b2
b

b1
b2
b

b1
b2
b

b1
b2
b

Material:

2961.78. Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant

Note:

Order No
2961.78.032.0100
2961.78.032.0150
2961.78.032.0160
2961.78.050.0200
2961.78.050.0250
2961.78.050.0300
2961.78.050.0350
2961.78.050.0400
2961.78.050.0500
2961.78.050.0600
2961.78.050.0800
2961.78.050.0605
2961.78.050.1005

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating
Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

D180

Shape
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
D
E
E
F
G
G

a
100
150
160
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
800
605
1005

b
32
32
32
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

b1
10
10
10
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

b2
21
21
21
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

e
60
55
60
50
70
65
80
90
95
115
130
-

e1
60
70
65
75
90
90
110
125
-

20

b2
b

20

b2
b

20

b1

20

b1

20

20

e
a

e1
a

e1

e1

Mounting example

e1

e1

10 0,1

2961.78.

b1
b

Number of
screw holes
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
7
-

subject to alterations

Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant


2961.82.

Form C
Form B

Form D
e

30

Form A

e
e1
a
e
25

20
b2
b1
b

25

20
b2
b1
b

25

20
b2
b1
b

25

20
b2
b1
b

e1

e1
a

e1

17,5

Mounting example

Material:

Steel, surface hardened. Sliding


faces with embedded solid lubricant.

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M16 x 50.

10.2013

2961.82. Retaining plate, Steel with solid lubricant


Order No
2961.82.075.200
2961.82.075.250
2961.82.075.250.1
2961.82.075.250.2
2961.82.075.315
2961.82.075.350
2961.82.075.400
2961.82.075.450
2961.82.100.200
2961.82.100.250
2961.82.100.250.1
2961.82.100.250.2
2961.82.100.315
2961.82.100.350
2961.82.100.400
2961.82.100.450
2961.82.125.200
2961.82.125.250
2961.82.125.250.1
2961.82.125.250.2
2961.82.125.315
2961.82.125.350
2961.82.125.400
2961.82.125.450
2961.82.150.200
2961.82.150.250
2961.82.150.250.1
2961.82.150.250.2
2961.82.150.315
2961.82.150.350
2961.82.150.400
2961.82.150.450

Shape
A
B
D
A
C
C
C
C
A
B
D
A
C
C
C
C
A
B
D
A
C
C
C
C
A
B
D
A
C
C
C
C

b
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

a
200
250
250
250
315
350
400
450
200
250
250
250
315
350
400
450
200
250
250
250
315
350
400
450
200
250
250
250
315
350
400
450

b1
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130

b2
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

e
75
65
65
100
65
75
90
100
75
65
65
100
65
75
90
100
75
65
65
100
65
75
90
100
75
65
65
100
65
75
90
100

e1
70
70
67.5
75
85
100
70
70
67.5
75
85
100
70
70
67.5
75
85
100
70
70
67.5
75
85
100

Number of
screw holes
3
4
4
3
5
5
5
5
3
4
4
3
5
5
5
5
3
4
4
3
5
5
5
5
3
4
4
3
5
5
5
5

subject to alterations

Retaining plate, Steel, CNOMO


2961.79.45.

20

Mounting example

,5

R2

17,5

35

Material:

Steel, surface hardened

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

35

R2,5

100

125
160

215
250

R2,5

28

28
80

80

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M16.

2961.79.45. Retaining plate, Steel, CNOMO


Order No
2961.79.45.080.20.160
2961.79.45.080.20.250

D182

Number of screw holes


2
3

subject to alterations

Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO


Mounting example

20

2961.81.45.

,5

R2

11

25

25

R2,5

125

135
160

225
250

R2,5

25
50
85

25
50
85

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

2961.81.45. Retaining plate, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO


Order No
2961.81.45.085.20.160
2961.81.45.085.20.250

subject to alterations

Number of screw holes


2
3

D183

Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze with solid lubricant


2960.72.
A

15

15

2960.72.
C

b
e1

Material:

2960.72.

Note:

Order No
2960.72.018.050
2960.72.018.075
2960.72.018.100
2960.72.018.150
2960.72.028.050
2960.72.028.075
2960.72.028.100
2960.72.028.150
2960.72.038.050
2960.72.038.075
2960.72.038.100
2960.72.038.150
2960.72.048.075
2960.72.048.100
2960.72.048.125
2960.72.048.150
2960.72.075.075
2960.72.075.100
2960.72.075.125
2960.72.075.150
2960.72.100.100
2960.72.100.125
2960.72.100.150

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating
Screws not included.
Use countersunk cap screws
DIN 7991/ISO 10642.

D184

15

5 0,025

Fixing:

e
15

90

b
e1

Sliding pad, small dimension, Bronze with solid lubricant


Shape
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
C
C
C
D
C
C
D

b
18
18
18
18
28
28
28
28
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
48
75
75
75
75
100
100
100

a
50
75
100
150
50
75
100
150
50
75
100
150
75
100
125
150
75
100
125
150
100
125
150

e
20
45
70
60
20
45
70
60
20
45
70
60
45
70
95
60
45
70
95
60
70
95
60

e1
45
45
45
45
70
70
70

d
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
3
4
4
4
6
4
4
6

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

D185

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357


2960.71.
D

l1

l1

e1

e1

b
e1

Material:

Fixing:

Screws not included.

Note:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

2960.71.

l1

l1

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.

0,02

10

20

0
-0,02

R5

15

3x45

d1

XX

D186

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357


2960.71. Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
Order No
2960.71.050.080
2960.71.050.100
2960.71.050.125
2960.71.050.160
2960.71.050.200
2960.71.080.050
2960.71.080.080
2960.71.080.100
2960.71.080.125
2960.71.080.160
2960.71.080.200
2960.71.080.250
2960.71.080.315
2960.71.100.050
2960.71.100.080
2960.71.100.100
2960.71.100.125
2960.71.100.160
2960.71.100.200
2960.71.100.250
2960.71.100.315
2960.71.125.050
2960.71.125.080
2960.71.125.100
2960.71.125.125
2960.71.125.160
2960.71.125.200
2960.71.125.250
2960.71.125.315
2960.71.160.050
2960.71.160.080
2960.71.160.100
2960.71.160.125
2960.71.160.160
2960.71.160.200
2960.71.160.250
2960.71.160.315

subject to alterations

Shape
B
B
B
B
B
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
G
G
G
G
G
G
D
D
G
G
G
G
H
H

b
50
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

a
80
100
125
160
200
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315

l1
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
25
25
40
40

e
30
50
75
110
150
30
50
75
110
150
170
235
50
75
110
150
170
235
50
75
110
150
170
235
50
75
110
150
170
235

e1
30
50
50
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110

d
9
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
9
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5

d1
15
20
20
20
20
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

t
9
13
13
13
13
9
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4

D187

Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357


2960.87.
D

l1

l1

e1

e1

b
e1

Material:

Fixing:

Screws not included.

Note:

Steel, surface hardened

2960.87.

l1

l1

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.

0,02

10

0
20 -0,02

R5

15

3x45

d1

XX

D188

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357


2960.87.
Order No
2960.87.050.080
2960.87.050.100
2960.87.050.125
2960.87.050.160
2960.87.050.200
2960.87.080.050
2960.87.080.080
2960.87.080.100
2960.87.080.125
2960.87.080.160
2960.87.080.200
2960.87.080.250
2960.87.080.315
2960.87.100.050
2960.87.100.080
2960.87.100.100
2960.87.100.125
2960.87.100.160
2960.87.100.200
2960.87.100.250
2960.87.100.315
2960.87.125.050
2960.87.125.080
2960.87.125.100
2960.87.125.125
2960.87.125.160
2960.87.125.200
2960.87.125.250
2960.87.125.315
2960.87.160.050
2960.87.160.080
2960.87.160.100
2960.87.160.125
2960.87.160.160
2960.87.160.200
2960.87.160.250
2960.87.160.315

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357


Shape
B
B
B
B
B
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
G
G
G
G
G
G
D
D
G
G
G
G
H
H

b
50
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

a
80
100
125
160
200
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315

l1
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
25
25
40
40

e
30
50
75
110
150
30
50
75
110
150
170
235
50
75
110
150
170
235
50
75
110
150
170
235
50
75
110
150
170
235

e1
30
50
50
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110

d
9
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
9
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5

d1
15
20
20
20
20
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

t
9
13
13
13
13
9
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4

D189

Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer, VDI 3357


2960.30.
D

l1

l1

e1

e1

b
e1

Steel with sinterlayer is a two-layer material.


It ensures low maintenance, selflubricating
service even in arduous multishift
applications.

Description:

l1

Steel plate with sinterlayer,


part of lubricant 20-25%.

l1

Material:
Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.

2960.30.

XX

D190

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer, VDI 3357


2960.30.
Order No
2960.30.050.080
2960.30.050.100
2960.30.050.125
2960.30.050.160
2960.30.050.200
2960.30.080.050
2960.30.080.080
2960.30.080.100
2960.30.080.125
2960.30.080.160
2960.30.080.200
2960.30.080.250
2960.30.080.315
2960.30.100.050
2960.30.100.080
2960.30.100.100
2960.30.100.125
2960.30.100.160
2960.30.100.200
2960.30.100.250
2960.30.100.315
2960.30.125.050
2960.30.125.080
2960.30.125.100
2960.30.125.125
2960.30.125.160
2960.30.125.200
2960.30.125.250
2960.30.125.315
2960.30.160.050
2960.30.160.080
2960.30.160.100
2960.30.160.125
2960.30.160.160
2960.30.160.200
2960.30.160.250
2960.30.160.315

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel with sinterlayer, VDI 3357


Form
B
B
B
B
B
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
G
G
G
G
G
G
D
D
G
G
G
G
H
H

b
50
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

a
80
100
125
160
200
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315

l1
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
25
25
40
40
25
40
25
25
25
25
40
40

e
30
50
75
110
150
30
50
75
110
150
170
235
50
75
110
150
170
235
50
75
110
150
170
235
50
75
110
150
170
235

e1
30
50
50
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110

d
9
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
9
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5

d1
15
20
20
20
20
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

t
9
13
13
13
13
9
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4

D191

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, ISO 9183-1


B

e1

l1

e1

l2

l1

2960.70.

e2

D
b

e1

l1

l2

Material:
Note:

e1

Fixing:

l1

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating


Screws not included.
Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

e2

l2

e2

l1

l1

e1

e1

e1

l2

e2

2960.70.
0,02

15

20

13,5

R5
0
R1

10

20

0,025

13

XX

D192

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, ISO 9183-1


2960.70.
Order No
2960.70.050.080
2960.70.050.100
2960.70.050.125
2960.70.050.160
2960.70.050.200
2960.70.050.250
2960.70.080.050
2960.70.080.080
2960.70.080.100
2960.70.080.125
2960.70.080.160
2960.70.080.200
2960.70.080.250
2960.70.080.315
2960.70.100.050
2960.70.100.080
2960.70.100.100
2960.70.100.125
2960.70.100.160
2960.70.100.200
2960.70.100.250
2960.70.100.315
2960.70.125.050
2960.70.125.080
2960.70.125.100
2960.70.125.125
2960.70.125.160
2960.70.125.200
2960.70.125.250
2960.70.125.315
2960.70.160.050
2960.70.160.080
2960.70.160.100
2960.70.160.125
2960.70.160.160
2960.70.160.200
2960.70.160.250
2960.70.160.315

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, ISO 9183-1


Shape
B
B
B
B
B
C
D
E
E
E
A
A
F
F
D
E
E
A
A
A
F
F
D
E
A
A
A
A
F
F
D
A
A
A
A
A
F
F

b
50
50
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

a
80
100
125
160
200
250
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315

l1
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

e1
35
55
80
115
155
100
35
55
80
115
155
100
132
35
55
80
115
155
100
132
35
55
80
115
155
100
132
35
55
80
115
155
100
132

l2
25
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

e2
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

D193

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant


2960.85.

C
B

e e1
b

e
b

2960.85.

2960.85.

e2

e2

e2

a
e3

a
e3

a
e3

e1
b

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant

0,02

18

11

12

20 0,025

R2

DIN 74Km

R5

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

D194

Order No
2960.85.028.075
2960.85.028.100
2960.85.028.125
2960.85.028.150
2960.85.038.075
2960.85.038.100
2960.85.038.125
2960.85.038.150
2960.85.038.200
2960.85.048.075
2960.85.048.100
2960.85.048.125
2960.85.048.150
2960.85.048.200
2960.85.058.075
2960.85.058.100
2960.85.058.150
2960.85.075.075.1
2960.85.075.075
2960.85.075.100.1
2960.85.075.100
2960.85.075.125
2960.85.075.150
2960.85.075.200
2960.85.100.100
2960.85.100.125
2960.85.100.150
2960.85.100.200
2960.85.100.250
2960.85.100.300
2960.85.125.125
2960.85.125.150
2960.85.125.200
2960.85.125.250
2960.85.125.300
2960.85.125.350
2960.85.150.150
2960.85.150.200
2960.85.150.250
2960.85.150.300
2960.85.200.200
2960.85.200.250
2960.85.200.300

Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
A
A
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C

b
28
28
28
28
38
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
48
48
58
58
58
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
200
200
200

a
75
100
125
150
75
100
125
150
200
75
100
125
150
200
75
100
150
75
75
100
100
125
150
200
100
125
150
200
250
300
125
150
200
250
300
350
150
200
250
300
200
250
300

e
14
14
14
14
19
19
19
19
19
24
24
24
24
24
29
29
29
37.5
25
37.5
25
37.5
37.5
37.5
25
25
25
25
25
25
37.5
37.5
37.5
37.5
37.5
37.5
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

e1
25
25
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
150
150
150

e2
15
25
25
25
15
25
25
25
25
15
25
25
25
25
15
25
25
15
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

e3
45
50
75
100
45
50
75
100
150
45
50
75
100
150
45
50
100
45
25
50
50
75
100
150
50
75
100
150
200
250
75
100
150
200
250
300
100
150
200
250
150
200
250

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant


2960.86.

100

2960.86.

25

100

25

B
e1

25
b

e1

3x45

,5

DIN 74Km
2x45

R5

2x45

R3

2x45

0,02
20 0,025
12
17

11

2x45
3x45
R5

R3

,5

A-A

2960.86.
Order No
2960.86.038.150
2960.86.075.150
2960.86.100.150

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant


Shape
A
A
B

b
38
75
100

a
150
150
150

e1
19
37.5
50

B-B

Material:
Number of
screw holes
2
2
4

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

subject to alterations

D195

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant


2960.76.

2960.76.

25

25

3x45

25

20

R2

14

R5

3x45

13 +0,5

25

e1
b

e1

e1

DIN 74
Km 12
25 -0,02
0,02

Material:

2960.76.

Note:

Order No
2960.76.080.100
2960.76.080.125
2960.76.080.160
2960.76.080.200
2960.76.100.125
2960.76.100.160
2960.76.100.200
2960.76.125.125

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating
Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D196

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant


Shape
A
A
A
B
A
A
B
A

b
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
125

a
100
125
160
200
125
160
200
125

e
50
75
110
75
75
110
75
75

e1
30
30
30
15
50
50
25
75

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
3
2
2
3
2

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO


2962.78.45.

h1
l

h1

c1
c2
a

c
a

0,02

16 +0,05
0
10
2x45

16

2962.78.45.

c
d
a

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO

Order No
Shape a
l b c c1 c2 d e
2962.78.45.050.16.063
A
50 63 15 35 2962.78.45.050.16.160
C
50 160 19 31 2962.78.45.050.16.250
D
50 250 19 31 2962.78.45.080.16.160
C
80 160 22 58 - 68 15
2962.78.45.080.16.250
D
80 250 22 58 - 68 25
2962.78.45.100.16.063
B 100 63 15 33 67 85 -

Number of
screw
Number of
f g h h1 h2 counterbores screw holes
- 12 51 2
- 21 147 2
- 21 121 237
3
145 - 31 147 2
2
105 235 21 121 237
3
3
- 12 51 4
-

16

0,02

c
d
a

C, D
16 +0,05
0
10
2x45

R3

subject to alterations

h1

h1

A, B
R3

h2

2962.78.45.

11

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.

D197

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant


2962.78.

a -0,5

l1

e 2 l1
b -0,1

e1

e1

b -0,1

e 2 l1
b -0,1

l1

e2
e1

b -0,1

e
l1

l1
b -0,1

e1

e1

a -0,5

a -0,5

e1

l1
b -0,1

s 0,025

0,02

1x45

5
s 0,025
0,02

R2

0,02

ts
0,025

15

1x45

d1

R2

ts
0,025

1x45

1x45

15

90

d1
d

R2

d1

1x45

d1

R2

F+G

1x45

A, B, C, D,
E, H, L, M

0,02

15

0,02

2962.78.

s 0,025

l1
b -0,1

l1
b -0,1

1x45

l1
b -0,1

e1

e3

a -0,5

e1

l1
b -0,1

e2

Fixing:

e1

Note:

e1

e3

a -0,5

e3

a -0,5

e1

e1

Screws are not included.


Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762, or
countersunk cap screws DIN 7991/ISO 10642.

e3

a -0,5

a -0,5

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

e3

e1

e1

e1

F
G

b -0,1

e1

e2

e2

e1

a -0,5

a -0,5

e1

e2

e2

e1

a -0,5

A
B

e1

d1

02.2016

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant


2962.78.

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant

Order No
2962.78.030.12.0100
2962.78.030.12.0160
2962.78.030.12.0240
2962.78.030.12.0250
2962.78.030.12.0300
2962.78.030.12.0350
2962.78.030.12.0400
2962.78.030.12.0450
2962.78.030.12.0500
2962.78.040.08.0100
2962.78.040.08.0160
2962.78.040.08.0250
2962.78.040.12.0100
2962.78.040.12.0160
2962.78.040.12.0250
2962.78.040.16.0100
2962.78.040.16.0160
2962.78.040.16.0250
2962.78.050.20.0100
2962.78.050.20.0160
2962.78.050.20.0240
2962.78.050.20.0240.1
2962.78.050.20.0250
2962.78.050.20.0300
2962.78.050.20.0300.1
2962.78.050.20.0350
2962.78.050.20.0350.1
2962.78.050.20.0400.1
2962.78.050.20.0450.1
2962.78.050.20.0500.1
2962.78.060.16.0100
2962.78.060.16.0160
2962.78.060.16.0250
2962.78.080.12.0100
2962.78.080.12.0160
2962.78.080.12.0250
2962.78.080.20.0100
2962.78.080.20.0160
2962.78.080.20.0250
2962.78.080.20.0300
2962.78.080.20.0300.1
2962.78.080.20.0350
2962.78.080.20.0350.1
2962.78.080.20.0400
2962.78.080.20.0400.1
2962.78.080.20.0450
2962.78.080.20.0450.1
2962.78.080.20.0500
2962.78.080.20.0500.1
2962.78.100.16.0100
2962.78.100.16.0160
2962.78.100.16.0250
2962.78.125.20.0100
2962.78.125.20.0160
2962.78.125.20.0250
2962.78.125.20.0400
2962.78.125.20.0450
2962.78.125.20.0500

subject to alterations

Shape
A
B
B
B
L
L
L
M
M
F
G
G
A
B
B
A
B
B
A
B
A
K
B
B
J
B
J
J
I
I
A
B
B
A
C
D
A
C
D
B
J
B
J
B
J
L
I
L
I
A
C
E
C
C
E
D
H
H

b
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125

s
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
12
12
12
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20

a
100
160
240
250
300
350
400
450
500
100
160
250
100
160
250
100
160
250
100
160
240
240
250
300
300
350
350
400
450
500
100
160
250
100
160
250
100
160
250
300
300
350
350
400
400
450
450
500
500
100
160
250
100
160
250
400
450
500

l1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
15
15
25
25
15
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25

e
20
20
25
20
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
20
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
20
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
50

e1
60
60
95
105
85
100
115
100
110
60
60
105
60
60
105
60
60
105
60
60
140
140
105
100
100
125
125
150
115
135
60
60
105
60
120
105
60
120
105
100
100
125
125
150
150
115
115
135
135
60
120
105
60
120
105
150
115
135

e2
20
10
10
30
15
15
40
40
20
40
40
20
60
60
60
85
85
85
37.5
37.5
37.5

e3
80
100
120
100
115
120
130
120
120
130
130
120
130

Number of
screw holes
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
2
3
3
2
4
5
2
4
5
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
2
4
6
4
4
6
5
6
6

d
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
18
18
18
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20

d1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
11
11
11
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
11
11
11
9
9
9
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
11
11
11
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5

t
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
5
5
5
9
9
9
11
11
11
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
11
11
11
9
9
9
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
11
11
11
13
13
13
13
13
13

02.2016

Sliding pad, Steel, CNOMO


2962.84.45.

234
a

Material:

Steel, surface hardened

12

l1
b

l1
b

2x45

11

16

17 0,025

12

0,02

1x45

11

16

M10
18

125

144
a

2962.84.45.

2962.84.45.

Sliding pad, Steel, CNOMO

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

D200

Order No
2962.84.45.050.17.160
2962.84.45.050.17.250
2962.84.45.080.17.160
2962.84.45.080.17.250

Shape
A
B
A
B

b
50
50
80
80

a
160
250
160
250

l1
38
38
68
68

Number of
screw
counterbores
2
3
2
3

Number of
threads
2
3
2
3

subject to alterations

Sliding Pad, Steel with solid lubricant


2962.85.
B

D
e1

e1

e2

l1
b

e1

e1
a

e1

e2

l1

2962.85.

e3
a
e1
e

R2

e1

e2

d1

e3
a

e2

e1

0,02

e1

l1

1x45
1x45

2962.85.

l1

t
s

Sliding Pad, Steel with solid lubricant

Order No
2962.85.050.20.0240
2962.85.050.20.0300
2962.85.050.20.0350
2962.85.080.20.0300
2962.85.080.20.0350
2962.85.080.20.0400
2962.85.080.20.0450
2962.85.080.20.0500
2962.85.125.20.0400
2962.85.125.20.0450
2962.85.125.20.0500

subject to alterations

l1

Shape b
s
A
50 20
B
50 20
B
50 20
B
80 20
B
80 20
B
80 20
L
80 20
L
80 20
D
125 20
H
125 20
H
125 20

a
240
300
350
300
350
400
450
500
400
450
500

l1
25
25
25
40
40
40
40
40
25
25
25

e
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

e1
e2
e3
140
100
125
100
125
150
115
120
135
130
150 37.5
115 37.5 120
135 37.5 130

Material:
Number of
screw holes
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
5
6
6

d1
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5

d
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

t
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

Steel, surface hardened. Sliding


faces with embedded solid
lubricant.

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D201

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS


2960.79.
B

e3

e3

a
e3

l1

30

l3
b

a
e2

2960.79.

DIN 74
Km 12
3x45
A

a
e2

e1

15

l1

0,02 A

l2

l3

l1

l3
b

0,1 A
20

2960.79.

Note:

Order No
2960.79.050.100
2960.79.050.150
2960.79.050.200
2960.79.080.100
2960.79.080.150
2960.79.080.200
2960.79.080.250
2960.79.080.315
2960.79.100.050
2960.79.100.080
2960.79.100.100
2960.79.100.150
2960.79.100.200
2960.79.100.250
2960.79.100.315
2960.79.125.080
2960.79.125.100
2960.79.125.150
2960.79.125.200
2960.79.125.250
2960.79.125.315
2960.79.160.100
2960.79.160.150
2960.79.160.200
2960.79.160.250
2960.79.160.315

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating
Screws not included.
Use socket cap screws
DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D202

l1

0,025

Material:

Fixing:

l3
b

a
e3

13 +0,5

20

13,5

10

R5

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS


Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
D
D
A
A
B
B
B
D
A
A
B
B
C
A
A
B
C
C

b
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
160

a
100
150
200
100
150
200
250
315
50
80
100
150
200
250
315
80
100
150
200
250
315
100
150
200
250
315

l1
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30

l2
20
28
28
28
37
37
50
-

l3
40
40
40
40
20
56
56
56
56
28
28
28
75
75
75
38
38
75
100
100
50
100
100

e
30
30
40
30
30
40
40
40
14
30
30
30
40
40
40
30
30
30
40
40
40
30
30
40
40
40

e1
25
25
25

e2
210
95
145
210
95
145
165
95
120
185

e3
30
80
120
30
80
120
170
25
13
20
30
80
25
25
25
20
30
80
25
25
25
30
80
25
25
25

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
4
2
2
3
4
4

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel, NAAMS


2960.80.
B

e3

e3

a
e3

l3
b

2960.80.

a
e2

30

l1

l3
b

a
e3

13,5

e1

10

e2

R5

l1

l2

l3

13 +0,5

l1

DIN 74
Km 12

l3
b

3x45
A

2960.80.
Order No
2960.80.050.100
2960.80.050.150
2960.80.050.200
2960.80.080.100
2960.80.080.150
2960.80.080.200
2960.80.080.250
2960.80.080.315
2960.80.100.050
2960.80.100.080
2960.80.100.100
2960.80.100.150
2960.80.100.200
2960.80.100.250
2960.80.100.315
2960.80.125.080
2960.80.125.100
2960.80.125.150
2960.80.125.200
2960.80.125.250
2960.80.125.315
2960.80.160.100
2960.80.160.150
2960.80.160.200
2960.80.160.250
2960.80.160.315

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel, NAAMS


Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
D
D
A
A
B
B
B
D
A
A
B
B
C
A
A
B
C
C

b
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
160

a
100
150
200
100
150
200
250
315
50
80
100
150
200
250
315
80
100
150
200
250
315
100
150
200
250
315

l1
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30

l2
20
28
28
28
37
37
50
-

20

l1

15

0,02 A
0,1 A
20 0,025

Material:
l3
40
40
40
40
20
56
56
56
56
28
28
28
75
75
75
38
38
75
100
100
50
100
100

e
30
30
40
30
30
40
40
40
14
30
30
30
40
40
40
30
30
30
40
40
40
30
30
40
40
40

e1
25
25
25

e2
210
95
145
210
95
145
165
95
120
185

e3
30
80
120
30
80
120
170
25
13
20
30
80
25
25
25
20
30
80
25
25
25
30
80
25
25
25

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
4
2
2
3
4
4

Steel, surface hardened

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D203

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2


2960.74.

b
25 e 2

C
e1

25

b
e1

25

b
e1

b
25 e 1

e3
20 e

e
20

e
20

F
E

b
25 e 1

H
25 e 1

e
e

e1

I
e1

e2

20 e 4 e 4

20

e3

25

e1

e1

b
e2

25 e 1

b
e2

e2

20

20

20

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

20 e 1

Fixing:

Screws not included.

Note:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Material:

b
e1
e

25

2960.74.

20

11

R 10

12

30

14
DIN 74 - Km
20 0,01
0,02

XX

D204

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2


2960.74.
Order No
2960.74.070.100
2960.74.070.150
2960.74.070.200
2960.74.100.100
2960.74.100.150
2960.74.100.200
2960.74.100.250
2960.74.100.300
2960.74.150.100
2960.74.150.150
2960.74.150.200
2960.74.150.250
2960.74.150.300
2960.74.200.100

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO 9183-2


Shape
A
B
D
I
C
D
E
F
G
H
D
E
F
G

b
70
70
70
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
200

a
100
150
200
100
150
200
250
300
100
150
200
250
300
100

e
50
50
50
25
50
50
50
50
50
50
-

e1
20
10
20
30
50
50
50
50
25
25
100
100
100
50

e2
20
20
50
50
50

e3
50
50
50

e4
25
-

Number of
screw holes
2
3
4
3
4
4
5
6
4
4
4
5
6
4

D205

Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant,


AFNOR/ISO9183-2
2960.75.

b
25 e 2

C
e1

25

b
e1

25

b
e1

b
25 e 1

e3
20 e

e
20

e
20

F
E

b
25 e 1

e
e

a
e

Special cast iron with solid lubricant is a low-


cost alternative, altthough absorption of the
surface pressure is reduced by 60%.

Description:

b
e1
e

25

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

25 e 1

I
e1

e2

20 e 4 e 4

20

e3

25

e1

e1

b
e2

25 e 1

e1

e2

b
e2

20 e 1

Screws not included.

20

20

Note:

20

Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant.

Material:

2960.75.

20

11

R 10

12

30

14
DIN 74 - Km
21 0,25
0,02

XX

D206

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant,


AFNOR/ISO9183-2
2960.75.
Order No
2960.75.070.100
2960.75.070.150
2960.75.070.200
2960.75.100.100
2960.75.100.150
2960.75.100.200
2960.75.100.250
2960.75.100.300
2960.75.150.100
2960.75.150.150
2960.75.150.200
2960.75.150.250
2960.75.150.300
2960.75.200.100

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Special cast iron (GG25) with solid lubricant, AFNOR/ISO9183-2
Shape
A
B
D
I
C
D
E
F
G
H
D
E
F
G

b
70
70
70
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
200

a
100
150
200
100
150
200
250
300
100
150
200
250
300
100

e
50
50
50
25
50
50
50
50
50
50
-

e1
20
10
20
30
50
50
50
50
25
25
100
100
100
50

e2
20
20
50
50
50

e3
50
50
50

e4
25
-

Number of
screw holes
2
3
4
3
4
4
5
6
4
4
4
5
6
4

D207

Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove, CNOMO


2960.44.45.
B
A

e1

e9

e5
e6
a

e5

e4

70

20

25

e9
e2
b

E
D

e4

45
25

e1
b

20
e1
b

e9

e9

e7
e5
145
e6

e1
b

e1

e4

e4
e5

e5
e6
a

70
25 e 1

e1
e9
e2
e3
b

e4

20

20
e9

a
e4

20
45
25

25 e 9

e1
b

H
G

e5

e6

e6
a
145
25

e1
b

e2
e3
b

25

e9
e2
b

20
32,5

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

e5

20
25

Fixing:

20

Screws not included.

e4

Note:

95

Steel, surface hardened

e4

Material:

e7

e8
a

25

e4
a

45

20

e9

2960.44.45.

R10

20

11

30
14

3x45

21 0,25
0,02

XX

D208

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove, CNOMO


2960.44.45.
Order No
2960.44.45.070.100
2960.44.45.070.150
2960.44.45.070.200
2960.44.45.100.100
2960.44.45.100.150
2960.44.45.100.200
2960.44.45.100.250
2960.44.45.100.300
2960.44.45.150.100
2960.44.45.150.150
2960.44.45.150.200
2960.44.45.150.250
2960.44.45.150.300
2960.44.45.200.100

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel with oil groove, CNOMO


Shape
A
B
D
I
C
D
E
F
G
H
D
E
F
G

b
70
70
70
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
200

a
100
150
200
100
150
200
250
300
100
150
200
250
300
100

e1
20
10
20
30
50
50
50
50
25
25
100
100
100
50

e2
20
50
75
75
100

e3
100
100
150

e4
70
70
70
45
45
70
70
70
70
45
70
70
70
70

e5
120
120
70
95
120
120
120
95
120
120
120
-

e6
170
120
170
170
170
120
170
170
170
-

e7
220
220
220
220
-

e8
270
270
-

e9
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
50
75

Number of
screw holes
2
3
4
3
4
4
5
6
4
4
4
5
6
4

D209

Sliding pad, Bronze with oil groove, CNOMO


2960.54.45.

e1
e9

25

e5

20

45

e4

e4

25
20

45

e1
b
e9

e9

e2
b
e1

2960.54.45.
I
R10

25

3x45

Bronze

Note:

Screws not included.


Use socket cap screws
DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

D210

20
32,5
e9
e2
b

e3
b

0,02

Material:

25

e1
e2

20 0,01

Fixing:

e4

20

e4

e5

70

e5

e6

20

11

12

30
14

2960.54.45.
Order No
2960.54.45.070.100
2960.54.45.070.150
2960.54.45.100.100
2960.54.45.150.150

Sliding pad, Bronze with oil groove, CNOMO


Shape
A
B
I
H

b
70
70
100
150

a
100
150
100
150

e1
20
10
30
25

e2
20
50
75

e3
100

e4
70
70
45
45

e5
120
70
95

e6
120

e9
10
10
25
50

Number of
screw holes
2
3
3
4

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357

15

e1

15

DIN 74
Km 8

3x45

DIN 74
Km 8

25

25

15

10

15

10

2960.81.

12 -0,02

Order No
2960.81.030.080
2960.81.030.100
2960.81.030.125
2960.81.030.160
2960.81.030.200
2960.81.030.225
2960.81.030.250
2960.81.030.260
2960.81.030.280
2960.81.030.300
2960.81.030.320
2960.81.040.080
2960.81.040.100
2960.81.040.125
2960.81.040.160
2960.81.040.200
2960.81.050.080
2960.81.050.100
2960.81.050.125
2960.81.050.160
2960.81.050.200
2960.81.050.225
2960.81.050.250
2960.81.050.300
2960.81.050.350
2960.81.050.400
2960.81.060.080
2960.81.060.100
2960.81.060.125
2960.81.060.160
2960.81.060.200
2960.81.060.225
2960.81.060.240
2960.81.060.250
2960.81.060.260
2960.81.060.280
2960.81.080.080
2960.81.080.100
2960.81.080.125
2960.81.080.160
2960.81.080.200
2960.81.080.225
2960.81.080.240
2960.81.080.250
2960.81.080.260
2960.81.080.280
2960.81.100.240
2960.81.100.260
2960.81.100.280

subject to alterations

12 -0,02
0,02

0,02

2960.81.

3x45

Sliding pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI3357


Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

b
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100

a
80
100
125
160
200
225
250
260
280
300
320
80
100
125
160
200
80
100
125
160
200
225
250
300
350
400
80
100
125
160
200
225
240
250
260
280
80
100
125
160
200
225
240
250
260
280
240
260
280

e
30
50
75
110
150
175
60
60
60
80
80
30
50
75
110
150
30
50
75
110
150
175
60
80
100
120
30
50
75
110
150
175
60
60
60
60
30
50
75
110
150
175
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

e1
80
90
110
90
110
80
90
100
110
70
80
90
110
70
80
90
110
70
90
110

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.

D211

Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357


A

15

25

15

10

2960.88.

3x45

12 -0,02

e1

Material:

15

15

10

0,02

Steel, surface hardened


e

Note:

Screws not included.


Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.

25

Fixing:

3x45
12 -0,02
0,02

XX

D212

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357


2960.88.
Order No
2960.88.030.080
2960.88.030.100
2960.88.030.125
2960.88.030.160
2960.88.030.200
2960.88.040.080
2960.88.040.100
2960.88.040.125
2960.88.040.160
2960.88.040.200
2960.88.040.225
2960.88.040.240
2960.88.040.250
2960.88.040.260
2960.88.040.280
2960.88.050.080
2960.88.050.100
2960.88.050.125
2960.88.050.160
2960.88.050.180
2960.88.050.200
2960.88.050.225
2960.88.050.240
2960.88.050.250
2960.88.050.260
2960.88.050.280
2960.88.060.080
2960.88.060.100
2960.88.060.125
2960.88.060.160
2960.88.060.200
2960.88.060.225
2960.88.060.240
2960.88.060.250
2960.88.060.260
2960.88.060.280
2960.88.060.300
2960.88.060.320
2960.88.060.340
2960.88.060.350
2960.88.080.080
2960.88.080.100
2960.88.080.125
2960.88.080.160
2960.88.080.200
2960.88.080.225
2960.88.080.240
2960.88.080.250
2960.88.080.260
2960.88.080.280
2960.88.080.300
2960.88.080.320
2960.88.080.340
2960.88.080.350
2960.88.100.250
2960.88.100.280
2960.88.100.300
2960.88.100.320
2960.88.100.340
2960.88.100.350

subject to alterations

Sliding pad, Steel, VDI 3357


Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

b
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100

a
80
100
125
160
200
80
100
125
160
200
225
240
250
260
280
80
100
125
160
180
200
225
240
250
260
280
80
100
125
160
200
225
240
250
260
280
300
320
340
350
80
100
125
160
200
225
240
250
260
280
300
320
340
350
250
280
300
320
340
350

e
30
50
75
110
150
30
50
75
110
150
175
60
60
60
60
30
50
75
110
130
150
175
60
60
60
60
30
50
75
110
150
175
60
60
60
60
80
80
80
100
30
50
75
110
150
175
60
60
60
60
80
80
80
100
60
60
80
80
80
100

e1
70
80
90
110
70
80
90
110
70
80
90
110
90
110
130
100
70
80
90
110
90
110
130
100
80
110
90
110
130
100

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

D213

Sliding Pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357


2960.93.

15

25

10

13

25

l2

l1

20

13,5

l2

R5

3x45

20 - 0,02
0,02

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D214

2960.93.
Order No
2960.93.050.250
2960.93.050.300
2960.93.050.350
2960.93.050.400
2960.93.050.450
2960.93.050.500
2960.93.080.250
2960.93.080.300
2960.93.080.350
2960.93.080.400
2960.93.080.450
2960.93.080.500
2960.93.100.250
2960.93.100.300
2960.93.100.350
2960.93.100.400
2960.93.100.450
2960.93.100.500
2960.93.125.250
2960.93.125.300
2960.93.125.350
2960.93.125.400
2960.93.125.450
2960.93.125.500
2960.93.160.250
2960.93.160.300
2960.93.160.350
2960.93.160.400
2960.93.160.450
2960.93.160.500

Sliding Pad, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357


b
50
50
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
160
160

l1
250
300
350
400
450
500
250
300
350
400
450
500
250
300
350
400
450
500
250
300
350
400
450
500
250
300
350
400
450
500

l2
60
80
100
120
140
150
60
80
100
120
140
150
60
80
100
120
140
150
60
80
100
120
140
150
60
80
100
120
140
150

subject to alterations

Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
2962.75.
s - 0,02

25

d1

b1

10

3x45

e
a

0,02

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

15

Screws not included.

b1

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762.

25

e
a

2962.75. Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357
Order No
2962.75.025.012.0110
2962.75.025.012.0120
2962.75.025.015.0110
2962.75.025.015.0120
2962.75.060.030.0125
2962.75.060.030.0150
2962.75.060.030.0160
2962.75.060.030.0200
2962.75.060.040.0125
2962.75.060.040.0150
2962.75.060.040.0160
2962.75.060.040.0200

subject to alterations

Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B

a
110
120
110
120
125
150
160
200
125
150
160
200

b
25
25
25
25
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

s
12
12
15
15
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40

b1
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

e
60
70
60
70
75
100
110
75
75
100
110
75

d
15
15
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

d1
9
9
11
11
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5

t
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
3

D215

Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO
2962.75.45.
A
R3

31
19

,5

21
147

2962.75.45.

,5

R3

10

16

31
19

2x45

21
121
20

237

+0,01
0

0,02

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.

D216

2962.75.45.

Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid


lubricant, CNOMO

Order No
2962.75.45.050.20.160
2962.75.45.050.20.200

Shape
A
B

a
50
50

l
160
250

Number of
screw holes
2
3

subject to alterations

Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
2962.76.

0,02

e
a

0,01
15

25

d1

l1

15

Material:

DIN 74 - Km

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:
l1

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.

25

e
a

2962.76.

Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant

Order No
2962.76.070.032.0125
2962.76.070.032.0150
2962.76.070.032.0200
2962.76.090.045.0125
2962.76.090.045.0150
2962.76.090.045.0200

subject to alterations

Shape
A
A
B
A
B
B

a
125
150
200
125
150
200

b
70
70
70
90
90
90

s
32
32
32
45
45
45

e
75
100
75
75
50
75

l1
40
40
40
55
55
55

d
20
20
20
26
26
26

d1
13.5
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5

t
13
13
13
17.5
17.5
17.5

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
2
3
3

D217

Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
2962.77.
l
s 0,1

e1

e2

e3

min
30

17

16

20

3x45

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

2962.77. Guide bar with two sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
Order No
2962.77.065.040.0150
2962.77.065.040.0200
2962.77.065.040.0250
2962.77.065.040.0300
2962.77.065.040.0350
2962.77.065.065.0150
2962.77.065.065.0200
2962.77.065.065.0250
2962.77.065.065.0300
2962.77.065.065.0350

D218

b
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

s
40
40
40
40
40
65
65
65
65
65

l
150
200
250
300
350
150
200
250
300
350

e1
110
80
105
90
105
110
80
105
90
105

e2
80
105
80
100
80
105
80
105

e3
90
105
90
105

Number of
screw holes
2
3
3
4
4
2
3
3
4
4

subject to alterations

Guide bar with four sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
2962.74.
l1

l1
l2

l1

l2

l2

l3

0,02/300
b 0,025

l3

l1

l 1

a 0,025
0,02 300

2962.74.

Guide bar with four sliding surfaces, Bronze with


solid lubricant

Order No
2962.74.015.010.075
2962.74.015.010.100
2962.74.015.010.125
2962.74.015.010.150
2962.74.015.010.175
2962.74.015.010.200
2962.74.015.010.225
2962.74.015.010.250
2962.74.015.010.275
2962.74.015.010.300
2962.74.025.015.105
2962.74.025.015.140
2962.74.025.015.175
2962.74.025.015.210
2962.74.025.015.245
2962.74.025.015.280
2962.74.025.015.315
2962.74.025.015.350
2962.74.025.015.385
2962.74.025.015.420
2962.74.025.015.455
2962.74.025.015.490
2962.74.035.025.135
2962.74.035.025.180
2962.74.035.025.225
2962.74.035.025.270
2962.74.035.025.315
2962.74.035.025.360
2962.74.035.025.405
2962.74.035.025.450
2962.74.035.025.495
2962.74.045.035.165
2962.74.045.035.220
2962.74.045.035.275
2962.74.045.035.330
2962.74.045.035.385
2962.74.045.035.440
2962.74.045.035.495

subject to alterations

a
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3

b
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
25.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
35.3
45.3
45.3
45.3
45.3
45.3
45.3
45.3

c
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

l
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
105
140
175
210
245
280
315
350
385
420
455
490
135
180
225
270
315
360
405
450
495
165
220
275
330
385
440
495

l1
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

l2
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

l3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

D219

Guide bar with one sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
2962.79.

R3

0,5x45

e1
25

d
25

e1

e2
a

e1

e1

R3

0,5x45

e
s 0,02

b +0,05
+0,02

e
s 0,02

b +0,05
+0,02

0,02

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

D220

2962.79.

0,02

Guide bar with one sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Order No
2962.79.030.040.150
2962.79.030.040.200
2962.79.030.040.250
2962.79.040.040.150
2962.79.040.040.200
2962.79.040.040.250
2962.79.045.050.150
2962.79.045.050.200
2962.79.045.050.250
2962.79.055.050.150
2962.79.055.050.200
2962.79.055.050.250
2962.79.060.050.150
2962.79.060.050.200
2962.79.060.050.250
2962.79.070.050.150
2962.79.070.050.200
2962.79.070.050.250

Shape
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B

b
30
30
30
40
40
40
45
45
45
55
55
55
60
60
60
70
70
70

s
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

a
150
200
250
150
200
250
150
200
250
150
200
250
150
200
250
150
200
250

e
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

e1
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75

e2
50
50
50
50
50
50

d
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

Number of
screw holes
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
3
4

subject to alterations

Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid lubricant
2962.80.

0
a -0,2

0
b -0,015

0
s -0,015

2962.80.

Guide bar with three sliding surfaces, Bronze with solid


lubricant

Order No
2962.80.025.016.080
2962.80.025.016.100
2962.80.025.016.125
2962.80.040.025.125
2962.80.040.025.160
2962.80.040.025.200
2962.80.063.040.200
2962.80.063.040.250
2962.80.063.040.315

subject to alterations

b
25
25
25
40
40
40
63
63
63

s
16
16
16
25
25
25
40
40
40

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

a
80
100
125
125
160
200
200
250
315

D221

Guide bracket, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3387


2960.73.
f x 45

B
f x 45

e1

l2
min. support

15

5 x 45

2960.73.

a
60

a
60

l1

l2
min. support

l1

e1

b f7

d1

10

32
45

15

Material:

Steel, surface hardened. Sliding


faces with embedded solid
lubricant.

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762.

D222

M16
17

10

10

15

b f7

2960.73.

Guide bracket, Steel with solid lubricant, VDI 3387

Order No
2960.73.063.180.036
2960.73.063.200.036
2960.73.063.224.036
2960.73.071.180.036
2960.73.071.200.036
2960.73.071.224.036
2960.73.090.200.045
2960.73.090.224.045
2960.73.090.250.045
2960.73.112.200.045
2960.73.112.224.045
2960.73.112.250.045
2960.73.140.315.045
2960.73.140.400.045
2960.73.140.400.056
2960.73.190.400.056
2960.73.240.500.056
2960.73.240.630.056

Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B

b
63
63
63
71
71
71
90
90
90
112
112
112
140
140
140
190
240
240

a
180
200
224
180
200
224
200
224
250
200
224
250
315
400
400
400
500
630

c
36
36
36
36
36
36
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
56
56
56
56

l1
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
40
40
40
40
40
40

l2
90
90
90
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
250
250

e
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80
160
160

e1
36
36
36
36
36
36
50
50
50
50
50
50
90
90
90
90
160
160

d
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
22
26
26

d1
20
20
20
20
20
20
26
26
26
26
26
26
33
33
33
33
40
40

f
18
18
18
18
18
18
28
28
28
28
28
28
36
36
36
36
36
36

t
16
16
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
21
21
21
25.5
25.5
25.5
25.5
30.5
30.5

Number of
r
screw holes
16
3
16
3
16
3
16
3
16
3
16
3
25
3
25
3
25
3
25
3
25
3
25
3
31.5
4
31.5
4
31.5
4
31.5
4
31.5
4
31.5
4

subject to alterations

Guide bracket, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3387


2960.89.
f x 45

B
e1

e1

a
60

l2
min. support

l1

l2
min. support

l1

f x 45

2960.89.

a
60

15

b f7

d1

5 x 45

10

32
45

15

10

M16
17

15
10

b f7

2960.89.
Order No
2960.89.063.180
2960.89.063.200
2960.89.063.224
2960.89.071.180
2960.89.071.200
2960.89.071.224
2960.89.090.200
2960.89.090.224
2960.89.090.250
2960.89.112.200
2960.89.112.224
2960.89.112.250
2960.89.140.315
2960.89.190.400
2960.89.240.500
2960.89.240.630

subject to alterations

Guide bracket, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3387


Shape
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B

b
63
63
63
71
71
71
90
90
90
112
112
112
140
190
240
240

a
180
200
224
180
200
224
200
224
250
200
224
250
315
400
500
630

l1
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
40
40
40
40

l2
e
e1
90 50 36
90 50 36
90 50 36
90 50 36
90 50 36
90 50 36
100 50 50
100 50 50
100 50 50
100 50 50
100 50 50
100 50 50
150 80 90
150 80 90
250 160 160
250 160 160

d
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
26
26

d1
20
20
20
20
20
20
26
26
26
26
26
26
33
33
40
40

f
18
18
18
18
18
18
28
28
28
28
28
28
36
36
36
36

c
36
36
36
36
36
36
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
56
56
56

t
16
16
16
16
16
16
21
21
21
21
21
21
25.5
25.5
30.5
30.5

r
16
16
16
16
16
16
25
25
25
25
25
25
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5

Number of
screw holes
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762.

D223

Slide centre guide, Bronze with solid lubricant


2966.72.
25

25

20

b1
0
b -0,02

50

14

2 x 45

6 x 45
0
s -0,1

13

15
c*

0
l -1,0

M8

50

25

Material:

2966.72.

Note:

Order No
2966.72.030.100.030
2966.72.030.150.030
2966.72.030.200.030
2966.72.030.250.030
2966.72.030.300.030
2966.72.030.350.030
2966.72.040.100.030
2966.72.040.150.030
2966.72.040.200.030
2966.72.040.250.030
2966.72.040.300.030
2966.72.040.350.030
2966.72.040.100.040
2966.72.040.150.040
2966.72.040.200.040
2966.72.040.250.040
2966.72.040.300.040
2966.72.040.350.040
*Solid lubricant area

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating
Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D224

3 x 45

6 x 45
l1

25

0
l -1,0

Slide centre guide, Bronze with solid lubricant


Shape
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
B
B

b
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

l
100
150
200
250
300
350
100
150
200
250
300
350
100
150
200
250
300
350

s
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40

b1
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

l1
100
125
150
175
100
125
150
175
100
125
150
175

c*
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3

subject to alterations

Overrun Cam, Steel hardened, VDI 3357

20

b
e

2960.90.

20

45
90

Mounting example

3x45

2960.91.

rad

R25

R3

ius

20

ed

s 0,01
t 15

13,5

2960.90.

16 h6
plug gauge

2960.90.

Overrun Cam, Steel hardened, VDI 3357

Order No
2960.90.100.170.045
2960.90.125.170.045
2960.90.150.170.045
2960.90.200.170.045
2960.90.100.150.045
2960.90.100.170.060
2960.90.125.150.045
2960.90.125.170.060
2960.90.150.150.045
2960.90.150.170.060
2960.90.200.150.045
2960.90.200.170.060

subject to alterations

b
100
125
150
200
100
100
125
125
150
150
200
200

a
170
170
170
170
150
170
150
170
150
170
150
170

s
45
45
45
45
45
60
45
60
45
60
45
60

e
60
85
110
160
60
60
85
85
110
110
160
160

t
30
30
30
30
30
45
30
45
30
45
30
45

Material:
w
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

l
143.37
143.37
143.37
143.37
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86

Steel, through-hardened

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D225

Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and gas nitrided, VDI 3357

20

b
e

2960.91.

20

Mounting example

45
90

3x45

rad

ius

R25

R3

2960.90.

20

ed

s 0,01
t 15

2960.91.

13,5

16 h6
plug gauge

Material:

Steel, through-hardened and gas


nitrided

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D226

2960.91.

Overrun Cam, Steel hardened and gas nitrided, VDI 3357

Order No
2960.91.100.170.045
2960.91.125.170.045
2960.91.150.170.045
2960.91.200.170.045
2960.91.100.150.045
2960.91.100.170.060
2960.91.125.150.045
2960.91.125.170.060
2960.91.150.150.045
2960.91.150.170.060
2960.91.200.150.045
2960.91.200.170.060

b
100
125
150
200
100
100
125
125
150
150
200
200

a
170
170
170
170
150
170
150
170
150
170
150
170

s
45
45
45
45
45
60
45
60
45
60
45
60

e
60
85
110
160
60
60
85
85
110
110
160
160

t
30
30
30
30
30
45
30
45
30
45
30
45

w
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

l
143.37
143.37
143.37
143.37
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86

subject to alterations

Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357

20

b
e

2960.92.

20

45
90

Mounting example

3x45

2960.90.

rad

R25

R3

ius

20

ed

s 0,01
t 15

13,5

2960.92.

16 h6
plug gauge

2960.92.

Overrun Cam, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357

Order No
2960.92.100.170.045
2960.92.125.170.045
2960.92.150.170.045
2960.92.200.170.045
2960.92.100.150.045
2960.92.100.170.060
2960.92.125.150.045
2960.92.125.170.060
2960.92.150.150.045
2960.92.150.170.060
2960.92.200.150.045
2960.92.200.170.060

subject to alterations

b
100
125
150
200
100
100
125
125
150
150
200
200

a
170
170
170
170
150
170
150
170
150
170
150
170

s
45
45
45
45
45
60
45
60
45
60
45
60

e
60
85
110
160
60
60
85
85
110
110
160
160

t
30
30
30
30
30
45
30
45
30
45
30
45

w
20
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

Material:
l
143.37
143.37
143.37
143.37
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86
127.86

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D227

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant

2962.70.

e1

20

a1

e2

e3

e4

a4

Note:

Screws are not included.

R2

+0,1
+0,05

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

a2

Material:

d1
a 3 0,1

2962.70.
Order No
2962.70.026.100
2962.70.026.150
2962.70.026.200
2962.70.032.100
2962.70.032.150
2962.70.032.200
2962.70.032.250
2962.70.050.200
2962.70.050.250
2962.70.050.300
2962.70.050.350

D228

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


a1
26
26
26
32
32
32
32
50
50
50
50

a2
20
20
20
30
30
30
30
45
45
45
45

l
100
150
200
100
150
200
250
200
250
300
350

a3
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
22
22
22
22

a4
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
25
25
25
25

e
9
9
9
11
11
11
11
14
14
14
14

e1
60
55
55
60
55
55
70
55
70
65
80

e2
55
50
55
50
70
50
70
65
75

e3
55
55
70
55
70
65
75

e4
65
80

d
15
15
15
18
18
18
18

d1
9
9
9
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

t
9.6
9.6
9.6
25
25
25
25

Number of
screw holes
2
3
4
2
3
4
4
4
4
5
5

subject to alterations

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO

28

2962.70.45.

b
c
d
a

40
18

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

R2

40

Screws are not included.


,5

R3

20 0,01
R1

13

Note:

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

11
16 0,1

2962.70.45.
Order No
2962.70.45.040.160
2962.70.45.040.250

subject to alterations

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO


a
160
250

b
15
15

c
145
145

d
225

Number of
screw holes
2
3

D229

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


2962.71.
l1

h 1 +0,1
+0,05

b 1 0,1

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

2962.71. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


Order No

b1

h1

2962.71.020.012.0305
2962.71.025.015.0305
2962.71.030.020.0305
2962.71.032.030.0605
2962.71.035.035.0605
2962.71.050.045.0605
2962.71.050.050.0605

20
25
30
32
35
50
50

12
15
20
30
35
45
50

5
7
9
10
12
22
16

6
8
12
15
24
25
34

D230

l
305

l
605

l
1005

subject to alterations

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


2962.72.
l

h 1 +0,1
+0,05

b 1 +0,5

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

2962.72.

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant

Order No

b1

h1

2962.72.015.012.0205
2962.72.020.017.0205
2962.72.020.022.0205
2962.72.028.027.0205
2962.72.028.036.0205
2962.72.028.046.0205
2962.72.040.066.0205
2962.72.040.086.0205

15
20
20
28
28
28
40
40

12
17
22
27
36
46
66
86

5
5
5
8
8
8
12
12

5
7
7
10
10
10
22
26

02.2016

l
205

l
320

l
605

subject to alterations

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


2962.73.
b1

h1

R1

h2

h3

b3

d
b2

Mounting example
Slide

Aligning surface

g
f

Provide
shoulders
to support
angle guide
for high
transverse
forces

Throughholes
for screws

e
c
b

Aligne
this side
only
l

Flat guide bar

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws are not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762.

2962.73. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


Order No
2962.73.025.125
2962.73.025.160
2962.73.032.125
2962.73.032.160
2962.73.032.200
2962.73.045.100
2962.73.045.160
2962.73.055.100
2962.73.055.160
2962.73.070.160
2962.73.070.200
2962.73.070.250
2962.73.070.400
2962.73.085.160
2962.73.085.200
2962.73.085.250
2962.73.085.400
D232

b1
25
25
32
32
32
45
45
55
55
70
70
70
70
85
85
85
85

h1
15.5
15.5
30.5
30.5
30.5
50.5
50.5
55.5
55.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
75.5
90.5
90.5
90.5
90.5

l
125
160
125
160
200
100
160
100
160
160
200
250
400
160
200
250
400

b2
18
18
22
22
22
30
30
37
37
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63

b3
9
9
11
11
11
15
15
20
20
30
30
30
30
38
38
38
38

h2
8.5
8.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
34.5
34.5
39.5
39.5
55.5
55.5
55.5
55.5
65.5
65.5
65.5
65.5

h3
6
6
9
9
9
18
18
23
23
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45

b
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
35
35
35
35
42.5
42.5
42.5
42.5

c
125
125

e
125
200
125
200

f
275
275

g
97.5
132.5
97.5
132.5
172.5
72.5
132.5
72.5
132.5
125
165
215
365
117.5
157.5
207.5
357.5

d
9
9
11
11
11
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22
22
22
22

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
5
2
2
3
5
subject to alterations

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


2962.81.

0
l -0,2

b -0,1

b 1+0,02

h -0,015

Material:

R0

,4

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating


h2
h 1 -0,015

2962.81. Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


Order No
2962.81.016.115.040
2962.81.016.115.050
2962.81.016.115.063
2962.81.016.115.080
2962.81.016.155.050
2962.81.016.155.063
2962.81.016.155.080
2962.81.016.155.100
2962.81.020.195.063
2962.81.020.195.080
2962.81.020.195.100
2962.81.020.195.125
2962.81.020.245.080
2962.81.020.245.100
2962.81.020.245.125
2962.81.020.245.160
2962.81.025.315.100
2962.81.025.315.125
2962.81.025.315.160
2962.81.025.315.200
2962.81.025.395.125
2962.81.025.395.160
2962.81.025.395.200
2962.81.025.395.250
2962.81.032.495.160
2962.81.032.495.200
2962.81.032.495.250
2962.81.032.495.315

subject to alterations

h
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32

b
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
19.5
24.5
24.5
24.5
24.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
39.5
39.5
39.5
39.5
49.5
49.5
49.5
49.5

l
40
50
63
80
50
63
80
100
63
80
100
125
80
100
125
160
100
125
160
200
125
160
200
250
160
200
250
315

h1
12
12
12
12
11
11
11
11
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
24
24
24
24

h2
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8

b1
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12

D233

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


2962.82.
a1

a4

a2

a5
R2

e1
d2

d 1 H7
d
a3

Mounting example

Provide
shoulders
to support
angle guide
for high
transverse
forces

Slide

h
Throughholes
for screws
d

Aligne
this side
only
l

Flat guide bar

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws and pins are not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 and dowel pins DIN 7979.

2962.82.
Order No
2962.82.055.100
2962.82.055.160
2962.82.070.160
2962.82.070.200
2962.82.070.250
2962.82.070.400
2962.82.085.160
2962.82.085.200
2962.82.085.250
2962.82.085.400

D234

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


a1
55
55
70
70
70
70
85
85
85
85

a2
55
55
75
75
75
75
90
90
90
90

l
100
160
160
200
250
400
160
200
250
400

a3
37
37
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63

a4
39
39
55
55
55
55
65
65
65
65

a5
23
23
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45

a
10
10
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
15
15
15
15

b
27.5
27.5
35
35
35
35
42.5
42.5
42.5
42.5

c
125
125

e
125
200
125
200

e1
20
20
30
30
30
30
38
38
38
38

f
275
275

g
72.5
132.5
125
165
215
365
117.5
157.5
207.5
357.5

h
90
150
147.5
187.5
237.5
387.5
145
185
235
385

d
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
22
22
22
22

d1
10
10
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16

d2
11
11
13
13
13
13
17
17
17
17

t
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

Number of
screw holes
2
2
2
2
3
5
2
2
3
5

subject to alterations

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant


2962.83.

R Z 6,3

B
R Z 6,3

h 3 F7

Material:

t2

Note:

Screws and pins are not included.

l4

d 3 +1
+0,7
b g6

l4

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 and


dowel pins DIN 7979.

d2

d3H7

t 1 0,1

d1

t3
h2

l 3 0,01
l 2 0,1
l 1 -0,2

2962.83.

Angled guide gib, Bronze with solid lubricant

Order No
Shape
2962.83.016.012.050
A
2962.83.016.012.071
A
2962.83.016.012.090
B
2962.83.020.020.080
A
2962.83.020.020.100
A
2962.83.020.020.125
B
2962.83.025.032.100
A
2962.83.025.032.125
A
2962.83.025.032.160
B
2962.83.030.050.125
A
2962.83.030.050.160
A
2962.83.030.050.200
B
*h1 = Nominal ordering height

subject to alterations

b
16
16
16
20
20
20
25
25
25
30
30
30

h1*
12
12
12
20
20
20
32
32
32
50
50
50

h2
11
11
11
19
19
19
31
31
31
49
49
49

l1
50
71
90
80
100
125
100
125
160
125
160
200

h3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8

t1
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7

l2
34
55
74
64
84
109
80
105
140
95
130
170

l3
14
35
54
40
60
85
50
75
110
55
90
130

l4
9.5
9.5
9.5
12
12
12
15.5
15.5
15.5
18
18
18

d1
10
10
10
11
11
11
15
15
15
18
18
18

d2
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.6
6.6
6.6
9
9
9
11
11
11

d3
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10

t2
5.7
5.7
5.7
6.8
6.8
6.8
9
9
9
11
11
11

t3
9.5
9.5
9.5
19
19
19
34
34
34

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3

D235

T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2964.77.

+ 0,1

h + 0,05

a -0,2

b - 0,2

c ++ 0,1
0,05
0,02/300

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

2964.77. T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant


Order No
2964.77.012.018.0350
2964.77.025.022.0350
2964.77.035.028.0350

a
12
25
35

b
18
22
28

c
8
12
18

h
5
15
20

l
350
350
350

h
5
15
20

l
350
350
350

2964.78.
0,02/300
+ 0,1

+ 0,1

h + 0,05

a -0,2

b + 0,05

c ++ 0,2
0,05

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

D236

2964.78.

T-Guide bar, Bronze with solid lubricant

Order No
2964.78.012.018.0350
2964.78.025.022.0350
2964.78.035.028.0350

a
12
25
35

b
18
22
28

c
8
12
18

subject to alterations

Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS


Prismatic guide, Steel, NAAMS
2963.82.

Holes for pins


12 G6 / *16 G6

Reference face
l
e 0,01

50

b 0,026

d1
d

120

5x45

h3
(h 1)

3x45

e1
e1
Screws M12
*Screws M16
DIN EN ISO 4762

25

t
h

2963.82.

Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, NAAMS

Order No
2963.82.065.039.0150
2963.82.065.039.0200
2963.82.065.039.0250
2963.82.065.039.0300
2963.82.075.039.0150
2963.82.075.039.0200
2963.82.075.039.0250
2963.82.075.039.0300
2963.82.125.052.0150
2963.82.125.052.0200
2963.82.125.052.0250
2963.82.125.052.0300

b
65
65
65
65
75
75
75
75
125
125
125
125

h
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
52
52
52
52

(h1)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(42)
(57)
(57)
(57)
(57)

h3
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85

l
150
200
250
300
150
200
250
300
150
200
250
300

e1
100
150
100
125
100
150
100
125
100
150
100
125

e
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200

d
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
26
26
26
26

2963.83.

d1
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5

t
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
15
15
15
15

Material:
Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws and pins are not included.


* at 2963.82.125.

Holes for pins pre-drilled to


12 G6 / *16 G6

h3
5x45

10

d1
d

120

l
e 0,01

50

b 0,026

h2

3x45
t
(h 1)

2963.83.

Prismatic guide, Steel, NAAMS

Order No
2963.83.065.040.0150
2963.83.065.040.0200
2963.83.065.040.0250
2963.83.065.040.0300
2963.83.075.040.0150
2963.83.075.040.0200
2963.83.075.040.0250
2963.83.075.040.0300
2963.83.125.060.0150
2963.83.125.060.0200
2963.83.125.060.0250
2963.83.125.060.0300

subject to alterations

e1
e1
Screws M12
*Screws M16
DIN EN ISO 4762

25

Reference face

b
65
65
65
65
75
75
75
75
125
125
125
125

h
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
60
60
60
60

(h1)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(23)
(28)
(28)
(28)
(28)

h2
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
27
27
27
27

h3
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85

l
150
200
250
300
150
200
250
300
150
200
250
300

e
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200

Material:
e1
100
150
100
125
100
150
100
125
100
150
100
125

d
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
26
26
26
26

d1
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5

t
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3

Steel, sliding faces surface


hardened

Note:

Screws and pins are not included.


* at 2963.83.125.

D237

Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357


Prismatic guide, Steel, VDI 3357
2963.84.

Holes for pins


12 H7 / *16 H7

3x45
rotating

e1
e1
Screws M12
*Screws M16
DIN EN ISO 4762

25

Material:

2963.84.

Note:

Order No
2963.84.065.044.0150
2963.84.065.044.0200
2963.84.065.044.0250
2963.84.065.044.0300
2963.84.125.047.0150
2963.84.125.047.0200
2963.84.125.047.0250
2963.84.125.047.0300
2963.84.125.052.0150
2963.84.125.052.0200
2963.84.125.052.0250
2963.84.125.052.0300

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating
Screws and pins are not included.
* at 2963.84.125.

l
e 0,01

55

b h6

d1
d

120

5x45

h3
(h 1)

Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant, VDI 3357


b
65
65
65
65
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

h
44
44
44
44
47
47
47
47
52
52
52
52

(h1)
(47)
(47)
(47)
(47)
(52)
(52)
(52)
(52)
(57)
(57)
(57)
(57)

h3
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85

l
150
200
250
300
150
200
250
300
150
200
250
300

e
45
95
145
195
45
95
145
195
45
95
145
195

e1
100
150
100
125
100
150
100
125
100
150
100
125

d
20
20
20
20
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26

d1
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3

t
20
20
20
20
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

2963.85.
Holes for pins
12 H7 / *16 H7
5x45

h3
h

l
e 0,01

10

b h6

55

120

d1

h2

3x45
rotating

e1

e1
Screws M12
*Screws M16
DIN EN ISO 4762

25

t
(h 1)

Material:

2963.85.

Note:

Order No
2963.85.065.035.0150
2963.85.065.035.0200
2963.85.065.035.0250
2963.85.065.035.0300
2963.85.125.060.0150
2963.85.125.060.0200
2963.85.125.060.0250
2963.85.125.060.0300
2963.85.125.060.0150.1
2963.85.125.060.0200.1
2963.85.125.060.0250.1
2963.85.125.060.0300.1

Steel, sliding faces surface


hardened
Screws and pins are not included.
* at 2963.85.125.

D238

Prismatic guide, Steel, VDI 3357


b
65
65
65
65
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

h
35
35
35
35
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

(h1)
(18)
(18)
(18)
(18)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(33)
(28)
(28)
(28)
(28)

h2
17
17
17
17
32
32
32
32
27
27
27
27

h3
65
65
65
65
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85

l
150
200
250
300
150
200
250
300
150
200
250
300

e
45
95
145
195
45
95
145
195
45
95
145
195

e1
100
150
100
125
100
150
100
125
100
150
100
125

d
20
20
20
20
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26

d1
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5

t
8
8
8
8
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3

subject to alterations

Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant


Sliding block, Steel
2963.70.
15

l
e1

e1

65

120

11

11
17,5

2 x 10

(18)
35

H7

e 2 0,01

h3

2963.70.

Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant

Order No
2963.70.065.035.0100
2963.70.065.035.0150
2963.70.065.035.0200
2963.70.065.035.0250
2963.70.065.035.0300

e
20
25
25
25
25

e1
60
50
50
50
50

e2
20
50
100
150
200

2963.71.

h3
65
65
65
65
65

l
100
150
200
250
300

Material:
Number of
screw holes
2
3
4
5
6

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

Note:

Screws and pins not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

l
e

e1

e1

65

120

10

11
17,5

20

2 x 10

44
(47)

H7

e 2 0,01
15

h3

14

2963.71. Sliding block, Steel


Order No
2963.71.065.044.0100
2963.71.065.044.0150
2963.71.065.044.0200
2963.71.065.044.0250
2963.71.065.044.0300

subject to alterations

e
20
25
25
25
25

e1
60
50
50
50
50

Material:
e2
20
50
100
150
200

h3
65
65
65
65
65

l
100
150
200
250
300

Number of
screw holes
2
3
4
5
6

Steel, sliding faces surface


hardened

Note:

Screws and pins are not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.

D239

Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant


Sliding block, Steel
2963.72.

(18)

90
120

10

13 (6x)

20 (6x)

120

10 H7 (2x)

35

13

15

e1

50

Material:

2963.72. Prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant

Note:

Order No
2963.72.120.035.0150
2963.72.120.035.0200
2963.72.120.035.0250
2963.72.120.035.0300

Screws and pins are not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

44
25

e
50
75
100
125

Number of
screw holes
6
6
6
6

e1
50
100
150
200

l
e

25

13 (6x)

20 (6x)

55
90
120

120

10 H7(2x)

2963.73.

l
150
200
250
300

3x45

Bronze with solid lubricant,


oilless lubricating

25

13
(47)

50

Material:

2963.73. Sliding block, Steel

Note:

Order No
2963.73.120.044.0150
2963.73.120.044.0200
2963.73.120.044.0250
2963.73.120.044.0300

Steel, sliding faces surface


hardened
Screws and pins are not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws


DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

D240

l
150
200
250
300

e
50
75
100
125

e1

e1
50
100
150
200

Number of
screw holes
6
6
6
6

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

D241

Prismatic guide, Steel


2963.81.

A
l

57
14

Holes for pins pre-drilled


to 11,8

82

95

90
25
22

14

20

13
(16)

Socket cap screws

Material:

e1

e1

C
150

200

Holes for pins pre-drilled


to 11,8

Holes for pins pre-drilled


to 11,8

Steel, sliding faces surface hardened

Note:

Screws and pins are not included.

Fixing:

82

82

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

15

30

60

30

20

25

Socket cap screws

110

25

Socket cap screws

2963.81. Prismatic guide, Steel


Order No
2963.81.095.057.0150
2963.81.095.057.0200
2963.81.095.057.0250
2963.81.095.057.0300

D242

Shape
B
C
A
A

l
150
200
250
300

e
30
25
25
30

e1
80
100

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
3

subject to alterations

Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant


2963.80.
A
l

47
18
13

Holes for pins pre-drilled

14

11,8

90
80

14

22

20

e1

e1

25

Socket cap screws

(58)

Material:

C
150

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

200

Holes for pins pre-drilled

Note:

Screws and pins are not included.

Holes for pins pre-drilled

Fixing:

80

80

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

15

30

60

30

20

25

Socket cap screws

2963.80.

25

Sliding block, Bronze with solid lubricant

Order No
2963.80.080.047.0150
2963.80.080.047.0200
2963.80.080.047.0250
2963.80.080.047.0300

subject to alterations

110
Socket cap screws

Shape
B
C
A
A

l
150
200
250
300

e
30
25
25
30

e1
80
100

Number of
screw holes
2
2
3
3

D243

Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant


2965.81.
A

15

14

Holes for pins pre-drilled

20
11,8

45

15

60

47

25

e1

e1

Holes 14

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Holes for pins pre-drilled

Holes for pins pre-drilled

Note:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

60

Fixing:

60

Matching single-sided prismatic sliding blocks


2965.83.
Screws and pins are not included.

15

e1

20

Holes 14

e1

Holes 14

2965.81. Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant


Order No
2965.81.060.047.0150
2965.81.060.047.0200
2965.81.060.047.0250
2965.81.060.047.0300

D244

Shape
B
C
A
A

l
150
200
250
300

e
30
25
25
30

e1
60
110
80
100

Number of
screw holes
2
3
3
3

subject to alterations

Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel


2965.83.
A
l

47

Holes for pins pre-drilled

20

60

15

14

11,8

45

15

25

e1

e1

Holes 14

Material:

Steel, sliding faces surface hardened

Holes for pins pre-drilled

Holes for pins pre-drilled

Note:

Matching single-sided prismatic guides


2965.81.
Screws and pins are not included.

60

60

Fixing:

15

e1

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

20

e1

Holes 14

2965.83.

Holes 14

Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel

Order No
2965.83.060.047.0150
2965.83.060.047.0200
2965.83.060.047.0250
2965.83.060.047.0300

subject to alterations

Shape
B
C
A
A

l
150
200
250
300

e
30
25
25
30

e1
60
110
80
100

Number of
screw holes
2
3
3
3

D245

Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO


2965.80.45.

lg

11
12

25

18

45

3x45
13

25
135

h
l

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Matching single-sided prismatic sliding blocks


2965.82.45.
Screws and pins are not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.


25
125
225
l

2965.80.45.

Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant, CNOMO

Order No
2965.80.45.060.045.160
2965.80.45.060.045.250
2965.80.45.080.060.160
2965.80.45.080.060.250

D246

Shape
A
B
A
B

lg
60
60
80
80

h
45
45
60
60

l
160
250
160
250

p
50
50
80
80

Number of
screw holes
2
3
2
3

subject to alterations

Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel, CNOMO


2965.82.45.

lg

11
12

25

18

45

3x45
13

25
h

135
l

Material:

Steel, sliding faces surface hardened

Note:

Matching single-sided prismatic guides


2965.80.45.
Screws and pins are not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M10.


25
125
225
l

2965.82.45.

Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel, CNOMO

Order No
2965.82.45.060.045.160
2965.82.45.060.045.250
2965.82.45.080.060.160
2965.82.45.080.060.250

subject to alterations

Shape
A
B
A
B

lg
60
60
80
80

h
45
45
60
60

l
160
250
160
250

p
50
50
80
80

Number of
screw holes
2
3
2
3

D247

Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant


2965.80.

A
57

l
9

45

Holes for pins pre-drilled

20

88

11,8

14

20

14

22

13

25

e1

e1

Socket cap screws

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating

Note:

Matching single-sided prismatic sliding blocks


2965.82.
Screws and pins are not included.

Holes for pins pre-drilled

Holes for pins pre-drilled

88

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

88

Fixing:

1
15

e1

20

Single-sided prismatic guide, Bronze with solid lubricant

Order No
2965.80.088.057.0150
2965.80.088.057.0200
2965.80.088.057.0250
2965.80.088.057.0300

D248

e1
Socket cap screws

Socket cap screws

2965.80.

Shape
B
C
A
A

l
150
200
250
300

e
30
25
25
30

e1
60
110
80
100

Number of
screw holes
2
3
3
3

subject to alterations

Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel


2965.82.
A
l

57
9

45

Holes for pins pre-drilled

20

88

11,8

14

20

14

22

13

25

e1

e1

Socket cap screws

Material:

Steel, sliding faces surface hardened

Note:

Matching single-sided prismatic guides


2965.80.
Screws and pins are not included.

Holes for pins pre-drilled

Holes for pins pre-drilled

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M12.

88

88

Fixing:

15

e1

Socket cap screws

2965.82.

e1

Socket cap screws

Single-sided prismatic sliding block, Steel

Order No
2965.82.088.057.0150
2965.82.088.057.0200
2965.82.088.057.0250
2965.82.088.057.0300

subject to alterations

20

Shape
B
C
A
A

l
150
200
250
300

e
30
25
25
30

e1
60
110
80
100

Number of
screw holes
2
3
3
3

D249

Slide stop
2451.6.
l
40
20
15

l3

l2

d
d2

d1
d3

15

5x45

9
l4
l1

Mounting example
Hub + 2

Material:

Locating block: Steel


Stop buffer: FIBROFLEX, 90 Shore A

Note:

Screws are not included.


Order No for spare part stop buffer: 2451.6. .2.

40 0,2

Fixing:
l2

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.

Schieber

2451.6. Slide stop


Order No
2451.6.027
2451.6.036

D250

d
27
36

d1
35
45

d2
30
40

d3
34
44

l
45
45

l1
65
75

l2
60
70

l3
40
45

l4
45
55

f
5
5

Spring force [N]


5200
9800

subject to alterations

Stop buffer
2451.6..2

d3

15

2451.6. .2
Order No
2451.6.027.2
2451.6.036.2

subject to alterations

Stop buffer
d
27
36

Material:
d3
34
44

l
45
45

FIBROFLEX, 90 Shore A

D251

Mounting Examples
Oilless Guide Elements

1
2960.70.
2960.71.
2960.72.
2960.74.
2960.76.
2960.79.

2960.70.
2960.71.
2960.72.
2960.74.
2960.76.
2960.79.

2960.70.
2960.71.
2960.72.
2960.74.
2960.76.
2960.79.
2960.87.

Pos. 1
2960.70. Sliding Pads ISO
2960.71. Sliding Pads VDI
2960.72. Sliding Pads, small dimensions
2960.74. Sliding Pads AFNOR
2960.76. Sliding Pads
2960.79. Sliding Pads to NAAMS

2960.73.

Pos. 1
2960.70. Sliding Pads ISO
2960.71. Sliding Pads VDI
2960.72. Sliding Pads, small dimensions
2960.74. Sliding Pads AFNOR
2960.76. Sliding Pads
2960.79. Sliding Pads to NAAMS
2960.87. Sliding Pads VDI
Pos. 2
2960.73. Guide Brackets VDI

2960.70.
2960.71.
2960.72.
2960.74.
2960.76.
2960.79.

Pos. 1
2960.70. Sliding Pads ISO
2960.71. Sliding Pads VDI
2960.72. Sliding Pads,
small dimensions
2960.74. Sliding Pads AFNOR
2960.76. Sliding Pads
2960.79. Sliding Pads to NAAMS
2960.87. Sliding Pads VDI

2960.70.
2960.71.
2960.72.
2960.74.
2960.76.
2960.79.
2960.87.

2102.70.

2073.45.

Pos. 2
2052.70. Oilless Guide Bushes
Pos. 3
2102.70. Guide Bushes with collar AFNOR
Pos. 4
2073.45. Securing Flange

D252

2052.70.

subject to alterations

Mounting Examples
Oilless Guide Elements

6
2960.70.
2960.71.
2960.72.
2960.74.
2961.70.

2102.70.

2960.90.
2960.92.

2960.91.

2960.70.

2073.45.

Pos. 1
2960.70. Sliding Pads ISO
Pos. 2
2960.91. Overrun Cams
to VDI
Pos. 3
2960.90. Overrun cams
to VDI
2960.92. Overrun cams
to VDI
Pos. 4
2102.70. Guide Bushes with
collar AFNOR
Pos. 5
2073.45. Securing Flange
Pos. 6
2960.70. Sliding Pads ISO
2960.71. Sliding Pads VDI
2960.72. Sliding Pads,
small dimensions
2960.74. Sliding Pads AFNOR
2961.70. Flat Guide Bars

2960.72.
2961.70.

Pos. 7
2960.72. Sliding Pads, small dimensions
2961.70. Flat Guide Bars

2962.70.
2962.73.

2960.72.
2961.70.

2961.74.
2961.78.
2961.79.
2961.81.

2962.70.
2962.73.

2961.74.
2961.79.
2961.81.

2960.72.
2961.70.

Pos. 1
2962.70. Angled Guide Gibs
2962.73. Angled Guide Gibs
Pos. 2
2960.72. Sliding Pads, small dimension
2961.70. Flat Guide Bars
2961.75.
Pos. 3
2961.74. Retaining Plates
2961.79. to VDI
2961.81.
Pos. 4
2960.72. Sliding Pads, small dimension
2961.70. Flat Guide Bars
subject to alterations

2960.72.
2961.70.

2960.72.
2961.70.
2961.75.

D253

Mounting Examples
Oilless Guide Elements
1

2961.74.
2961.75.
2961.78.
2961.81.

2960.72.

Pos. 1
2961.74. Retaining Plates to VDI
Pos. 2
2960.72. Sliding Pads, small dimensions

Pos. 1
2961.70. Flat Guide Bars
2960.72. Sliding Pads, small dimensions

2962.70.

2961.70.

2962.73.

2960.72.

Pos. 2
2962.70. Angled Guide Gibs
2962.73. Angled Guide Gibs

2961.70.

2960.74.

Pos. 1
2961.70. Guide Bars
Pos. 2
2960.74. Sliding Pads AFNOR
Pos. 3
2962.76. Guide Bars with three
sliding surfaces
Pos. 4
2965.81. Single-sided prismatic
Guides (Bronze)
Pos. 5
2965.83. Single-sided Prismatic
Sliding Blocks (Steel)

D254

2962.76.

2965.81.

2965.83.

subject to alterations

Mounting Examples
Oilless Guide Elements
1

2960.70.

2960.71.
2960.87.

Pos. 1
2960.70. Sliding Pads ISO
Pos. 2
2960.71. Sliding Pads VDI
2960.87.
Pos. 3
2962.75. Guide Bars with two
sliding surfaces
Pos. 4
2963.81. Prismatic Guides
Pos. 5
2963.80. Sliding Blocks

subject to alterations

2962.75.

2963.81.

2963.80.

D255

Centering unit with adjusting washer


2441.11.0.
16 H7
M12

15

16
20

l2

M5

l 0,05

l1

15

11

11
16 H7
d5
d3
d2
d1

Material:

Centring Units: 16MnCr5, heat treated


Conical surfaces induction hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Eht: 1,0 + 0,5 mm
Adjusting washer: C45 or similar

Note:

k*/2

Centring unit complete with adjusting washer.


Screws are included.
2441.11.0.
Centring unit with adjusting washer

k*/2 = d3/2

k*

2441.11.0..1
Centring unit with one flat side with adjusting washer
2441.11.0..2
Centring unit with two flat sides with adjusting washer

2441.11.0.
Order No
2441.11.0.100
2441.11.0.100.1
2441.11.0.100.2
2441.11.0.120
2441.11.0.120.1
2441.11.0.120.2

D256

k* = d3

Centering unit with adjusting washer


d1
100
100
100
120
120
120

d2
76
76
76
96
96
96

d3
58
58
58
78
78
78

l
80
80
80
90
90
90

l1
40
40
40
50
50
50

l2
55
55
55
65
65
65

d5
40.5
40.5
40.5
50.5
50.5
50.5

subject to alterations

Centering unit
2441.11.

16 H7

11

l2
l 0,05

l1

15

M12

15

16
20

M5

11

16 H7
d5
d3
d2
d1

Material:

16MnCr5, heat treated


Conical surfaces induction hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Eht: 1,0 + 0,5 mm

Note:

k*/2

Adjusting washer 2441.11.3. to be ordered separately.


Screws are not included.

k*/2 = d3/2

2441.11.
Centring unit

k*

2441.11..1
Centring unit with one flat side
2441.11..2
Centring unit with two flat sides

k* = d3

2441.11. Centering unit


Order No
2441.11.100
2441.11.100.1
2441.11.100.2
2441.11.120
2441.11.120.1
2441.11.120.2

subject to alterations

d1
100
100
100
120
120
120

d2
76
76
76
96
96
96

d3
58
58
58
78
78
78

l
80
80
80
90
90
90

l1
40
40
40
50
50
50

l2
55
55
55
65
65
65

d5
40.5
40.5
40.5
50.5
50.5
50.5

D257

Adjusting washer
2441.11.3.

11
c +0.1

d1
d2
d5
d

Material:
C45 or similar

Note:

k*/2

2441.11.3.
Adjusting washer

k*/2 = d3/2

2441.11.3..1
Adjusting washer with one flat side
k*

2441.11.3..2
Adjusting washer with two flat sides

k* = d3

2441.11.3.
Order No
2441.11.3.100
2441.11.3.100.1
2441.11.3.100.2
2441.11.3.105
2441.11.3.120
2441.11.3.120.1
2441.11.3.120.2
2441.11.3.125

D258

Adjusting washer
d1
100
100
100
105
120
120
120
125

d2
76
76
76
76
96
96
96
96

d4
17
17
17
18
17
17
17
18

c
9.8
9.8
9.8
5.5
9.8
9.8
9.8
5.5

d5
40.5
40.5
40.5
40.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5

k
58
58
58
58
78
78
78
78

subject to alterations

Centring unit, CNOMO


2441.13.45.

d2
d3
d5
d4

18,5

M10
13 H13 (3x)

22

15

0,5

h2

h3

d1

( l 0,25 )

h1
0,5

22

10 G6(2x)

10 G6
(2x)

13 H13
(3x)

11
18
d5
d6
d2

Material:

X153CrMoV12 (1.2379), hardened 58 2 HRC

3x

Note:

12

0(

Order No for centring unit to CNOMO with adjusting washer:


2441.13.0.45.
Screws and pins are not included.

2441.13.45.

Centring unit, CNOMO

Order No
2441.13.45.040
2441.13.45.060

d1
40
60

subject to alterations

d2
90
110

d3
69
89

d4
45
65

d5
50
70

d6
67
89

h1
36
46

h2
61
61

h3
61
61

l
(86)
(86)

D259

Adjusting washer, CNOMO


2441.13.3.45.

12(2x)

d3

14(3x)

12

0 (

3x

d1

d2

Material:
Cf 70 (1.1249)

Note:

Adjusting washer for centring unit 2441.13.45.

2441.13.3.45.
Order No
2441.13.3.45.040
2441.13.3.45.060

D260

Adjusting washer, CNOMO


d1
40
60

d2
90
110

d3
67
89

subject to alterations

Centring unit, CNOMO


2441.13.
d2
d3
d4

M10

15

22

13 H13
(3x)

( l 0,25 )

18

d1

h3
h2

h1

22

10 G8
(2x)

11
19
d6
d5

Material:

16MnCr5, heat treated


Conical surfaces induction hardened
Surface hardness: 60 + 4 HRC, Hardness penetration 1,0 + 0,5 mm

Note:

Order No for centring unit to CNOMO with adjusting washer: 2441.13.0.


Screws and pins are not included.

2441.13.
Order No
2441.13.040
2441.13.060

subject to alterations

Centring unit, CNOMO


d1
40
60

d2
100
125

d3
79
104

d4
50
70

d5
90
110

d6
67
89

h1
36
46

h2
61
61

h3
28
18

(l)
(86)
(86)

D261

Adjusting washer, CNOMO


2441.13.3.

15 (3x)

d1

12 (2x)

d2
d3

12

3x

Material:
100 Cr 6

Note:

Adjusting washer for centring unit 2441.13.

2441.13.3.
Order No
2441.13.3.040
2441.13.3.060

D262

Adjusting washer, CNOMO


d1
40
60

d2
90
110

d3
67
89

subject to alterations

Centring pin
2445.10.

R3

2445.10. Centring pin


Order No
2445.10.022.045
2445.10.022.055
2445.10.032.050
2445.10.040.055
2445.10.040.065
2445.10.050.055
2445.10.056.080

1), 2)
2)
1)
1), 2)
2)
1)
1)

d1
22
22
32
40
40
50
56

d2
21.95
21.95
31.95
39.95
39.95
49.95
55.95

Description:
d3
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10

l1
45
55
50
55
65
55
80

l2
16
16
20
20
20
20
20

l3
35
45
35
35
45
35
60

r1
15
15
20
25
25
25
30

Using locating holes components, assemblies and tools can be


repeatedly centred with high precision on processing machines,
measuring equipment and tool components.

Material:

Steel, hardened

Note:

Screws are not included.


1) to BMW standard
2) to VW standard

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M6/M8.

Mounting example

Mounting example

25

20

d 1 +min.1

d 1H7

subject to alterations

D263

Centring pin to Mercedes-Benz standard


2445.11.
d j6
d1

t1

2x45

15

50

d2

d3
d4

Description:

Using locating holes components, assemblies and tools can be


repeatedly centred with high precision on processing machines,
measuring equipment and tool components.

Material:

Steel, hardened

Note:

Screws are not included.

Fixing:

2445.11.

Centring pin to Mercedes-Benz


standard

Order No
2445.11.022
2445.11.025
2445.11.032
2445.11.040
2445.11.050

d
22
25
32
40
50

d1
11
11
11
15
15

d2
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10

d3
9
9
9
11
11

d4
16
18
25
32
42

t
13
13
13
16
16

t1
16
16
16
20
20

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M6/M8.

Mounting example

Mounting example

25

d H7

D264

subject to alterations

Pressure bolt with base, according to VW


2446.10.55.03.

12

*l 0,05

R20

20

20 -20

1x45

36 +2

16 -0,1
-0,3
90

1x45
5

13

65

2446.10.55.02.
65
40

R8 +2

Description:

Pressure bolts with base are used to transfer force from the pressure
cushion of the press to the tool.

Material:
2446.10.55.04.

C45 (1.0503), heat-treated 800 - 1000 N/mm2

20

Execution:
drop-forged

65

Note:

Screws are not included.

R8 +2

2446.10.55.05.
20 32,5

20

R8 +2

2446.10.55. Pressure bolt with base, according to VW


Order No
2446.10.55.02.
2446.10.55.03.
2446.10.55.04.
2446.10.55.05.
*to customers specifications!

l*
150 - 360
150 - 360
150 - 360
150 - 360

Gradation
l
1
1
1
1

Ordering Code (example):


Pressure bolt with base, according to VW
Execution Shape
Length l
Order No
subject to alterations

=2446.10.55.
4
=
04.
150 mm =
150
=2446.10.55. 04. 150
06.2015

Air pin, according to VW standard


2446.11.55.01.

*l 0,1

2x45

60 +2

R3

20

12

20

16 -0,1
-0,3
110 1

Description:

1x45
5

13

Air pins are used to transfer force from the pressure cushion of the press
to the tool.

Material:

C45 (1.0503), heat-treated 800 - 1000 N/mm2

3x

Execution:

12

drop-forged

Note:

2446.11.55.02.

Screws are not included.

35

3x

12

2446.11.55. Air pin, according to VW standard


Order No
2446.11.55.01.
2446.11.55.02.
*to customers specifications!

l*
150 - 440
150 - 440

Gradation
l
1
1

Ordering Code (example):


Air pin, according to VW standard
Execution Shape
Length l
Order No
06.2015

=2446.11.55.
2
=
02.
150 mm =
150
=2446.11.55.02. 150
subject to alterations

Concertina shroud with spacer bush


206.91.

l1

l max.
l min.

a1

Da
d3
Di

d1
d2

Note:

Concertina Shrouds are supplied complete with spacer bush and two
hose clamps.
Special sizes on request.

Mounting example

206.91. Concertina shroud with spacer bush


for guide
2051./ 2051./ 2051./ 2051./ 2051./ 2051./ 2051./
bushes
2061.
2061.
2061.
2061.
2061.
2061.
2061.
Pillar- d1
19 20
24 25
30 32
38 40
48 50
60
63
d*
20
25
32
40
50
60
63
25
30
40
50
60
70
70
d2
32
38
46
55
64
76
76
d3
32
38
48
58
58
79
79
d4**
30
30
46
55
62
75
75
Di
51
56
72
87
86
100
100
Da
a
13
13
20
12
12
12
12
16
13
20
12
12
10
10
a1
20
30
30
40
40
40
40
l1
30
25
20
44
25
30
30
lmin
170
130
100
119
110
130
130
lmax
*d = Nominal diameter, **d4 = Nominal ordering diameter for flange diameter

2081.
19 20
20
25
39
40
32
54
10
10
20
37
145

2081.
24 25
25
30
45
45
32
56
10
10
30
35
110

2081.
30 32
32
40
54
54
45
63
10
10
30
35
110

2081.
38 40
40
50
63
66
52
96
12
12
40
25
225

2081.
48 50
50
60
74
80
62
84
12
12
40
45
165

2081.
60
60
70
94
95
75
104
10
10
40
35
185

2081.
63
63
70
94
95
75
104
10
10
40
35
185

Ordering Code (example):


Concertina shroud with spacer bush
Nominal diameter d
Nominal ordering diameter for flange diameter d4
Order No
subject to alterations

=206.91.
20 mm=
020.
40 mm=
040
=206.91. 020.040
D265

Spacer bush
Spacer tube

l1

206.93.

d1
d2

Material:

206.93.

PMMA, PLEXIGLAS

Spacer bush

Pillar- d1 15 16 19 20
d*
16
20
20
25
d2
20
20
l1
*d = Nominal diameter

24 25
25
30
30

30 32
32
40
30

38 40
40
50
40

Pillar- d1 15/16 19/20 24/25 30/32


d*
16
20
25
32
20
25
30
40
d2
100
100
100
100
l1
*d = Nominal diameter

38/40
40
50
100

48 50
50
60
40

60
60
70
40

63
63
70
40

Ordering Code (example):


Spacer bush
Nominal diameter d
Order No

=206.93.
40 mm =
040
=206.93. 040

100

206.94.

d1
d2

206.94.

Material:

PMMA, PLEXIGLAS

Spacer tube
48/50 60 63
50
60 63
60
70 70
100 100 100

Ordering Code (example):


Spacer tube
Nominal diameter d
Order No
D266

=206.94.
40 mm =
040
=206.94. 040
subject to alterations

Concertina shroud with spacer tube


206.92.

100

l max.
l min.

a1

Da
d3
Di

d1
d2

Note:

Concertina Shrouds are supplied complete with spacer tube and two
hose clamps.
Special sizes on request.

206.92.

Mounting example

Concertina shroud with spacer tube

for guide
2051./ 2051./ 2051./ 2051./ 2051./ 2051./ 2051./
bushes
2061.
2061.
2061.
2061.
2061.
2061.
2061.
Pillar- d1
19 20
24 25
30 32
38 40
48 50
60
63
d*
20
25
32
40
50
60
63
25
30
40
50
60
70
70
d2
32
38
46
55
64
76
76
d3
32
38
48
58
58
79
79
d4**
30
30
46
55
62
75
75
Di
51
56
72
87
86
100
100
Da
a
13
13
20
12
12
12
12
16
13
20
12
12
10
10
a1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
l1
30
25
20
44
25
30
30
lmin
170
130
100
119
110
130
130
lmax
*d = Nominal diameter, **d4 = Nominal ordering diameter for flange diameter

2081.
19 20
20
25
39
40
32
54
10
10
100
37
145

2081.
24 25
25
30
45
45
32
56
10
10
100
35
110

2081.
30 32
32
40
54
54
45
63
10
10
100
35
110

2081.
38 40
40
50
63
66
52
96
12
12
100
25
225

2081.
48 50
50
60
74
80
62
84
12
12
100
45
165

2081.
60
60
70
94
95
75
104
10
10
100
35
185

2081.
63
63
70
94
95
75
104
10
10
100
35
185

Ordering Code (example):


Concertina shroud with spacer tube
Nominal diameter d
Nominal ordering diameter for flange diameter d4
Order No
subject to alterations

=206.92.
20 mm=
020.
40 mm=
040
=206.92.020.040
D267

Helical spring for ball cage retention


d3

l2

FL

l0

l1

l3

241.18.

pillar d
d2

Calculation:

Formula for selecting spring 241.18.:


FL = [l - (l2 + (l1 - l3))] x 1,1
Formula for calculating the block length LBL of the selected spring:
LBL = ( l0 x d : s) + 2 x d
FL = Length of compressed spring
l = Length of guide pillar (Customer specified)
l1 = Cage length (Customer specified)
l2 = Compression length of guide pillar (Customer specified)
l3 = Ball cage retainer size (Customer specified)
1.1 = Safety factor
l0 = Length of uncompressed spring
d = Spring wire diameter
s = Pitch

241.18. Helical spring for ball cage retention


d1
19/20
24/25
30/32
38
40
48/50
60
63

d2
20.5
25.5
32.5
38.5
40.5
50.5
60.5
63.5

d3
22.5
27.9
35.7
42.5
45.1
55.7
66.9
69.9

s
14
14
16
18
20
20
20
20

d
1
1.2
1.6
2
2.3
2.6
3.2
3.2

l0
40 - 140
40 - 160
50 - 230
60 - 230
60 - 230
70 - 280
80 - 250
80 - 250

Gradation l0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Ordering Code (example):


Helical spring for ball cage retention
40.5 mm
Inside diameter d 2
60 mm
Length l 0
Order No

Mounting example

Without ball cage


retainer

D268

With ball cage


retainer
202.91.

=241.18.
=
405.
=
060
=241.18. 405. 060

Mounting example

With ball cage


retainer
202.91.

Without ball cage


retainer

With ball cage


retainer
202.92.1.

With ball cage


retainer
202.92.1.

subject to alterations

Cage retainer
202.91.

Mounting example
d1

M6

17 +0,1

M6
DIN EN ISO
4762

min.
20

l1

15

10

d2

d2

Note:

The following guide pillars can be equipped with this cage retainer.
Guide pillars
become guide pillars
without cage retainer - with cage retainer:
202.19. 202.17.
202.21. 202.55.
2021.46. 2021.44.
2021.50. 2021.58.

202.91. Cage retainer


d1
d2
KG (l / l1)
1 (31 / 46)
2 (41 / 56)
3 (51 / 66)
4 (61 / 76)
5 (73 / 89)

38
42

40
44

48
52

50
54

60
64

63
67

Ordering Code (example):


Cage retainers
Guide diameter d1
Cage retainer size KG
Order No
subject to alterations

=202.91.
50 mm=
050.
1
=
1
=202.91. 050.1
D269

Cage retainer
202.92.1.

Mounting example
order separately:
206.75. Ball Cage
2060.65. Ball Cage

M8

d1

202.92.1

l2

d2

cage travel
=stroke
2
l3

l1

Note:

The following guide pillars can be equipped with this cage retainer:
202.22.
202.24.
2021.46.
2021.50.

202.92.1. Cage retainer


d1
d2
f

19
18
22

20
19
23

24
23
27

25
24
28

30
29
34

32
31
36

38
37
42

40
39
44

48
47
52

50
49
54

60
59
64

63
62
67

Ordering Code (example):


Cage retainer
=202.92.1.
038
Guide diameter d1 38 mm =
Order No
=202.92.1. 038
10.2014

subject to alterations

Cage retainer
Mounting example

202.93.

d1

d3

l1

l2

l1
cage travel
= stroke/2

M8

cage travel = stroke 1/2

d3
9

l2

15
d2

d2

Note:

The following guide pillars can be equipped with this cage retainer:
202.22.
202.24.
2021.46.
2021.50.
Screws are not included.

202.93.

202.93.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 for ordering size:
03. - 2192.12.08.035
04. - 2192.12.08.045
05. - 2192.12.08.055
06. - 2192.12.08.070
08. - 2192.12.08.090

Cage retainer

Order No
202.93.03.030
202.93.04.040
202.93.05.050
202.93.06.060
202.93.08.080

subject to alterations

d1
30 o.32
38 o. 40
48 o. 50
60 o. 63
80

d2
36
44
54
66
89

d3
23
31
39
51
71

l1
30
40
50
60
80

l2
6
6
8
8
8

D271

Pillar wiper
Mounting example

206.95.
2061.95.

8,5

d3

d1

d2

Description:

FIBRO Pillar Wipers protect against premature wear caused by the


ingress of dirt into the die set guides.
Outside diameters match boss dias. on FIBRO Die Sets (Cast Iron). They
can be fitted onto the bolster, or into a counterbore flush with the
bolster surface.

206.95./2061.95.
Order No
206.95.024
206.95.025
206.95.030
206.95.032
206.95.038
206.95.040
206.95.042
206.95.048
206.95.050
206.95.052
206.95.060
206.95.063
2061.95.024
2061.95.025

D272

Note:

Pillar Wipers will be delivered with 3 screws M 4 16 DIN 963.

Pillar wiper
d1
24
25
30
32
38
40
42
48
50
52
60
63
24
25

d2
45
45
55
55
65
65
65
78
78
78
92
92
50
50

d3
55
55
65
65
75
75
75
94
94
94
110
110
60
60

subject to alterations

Lifter pin for press tool strips


Mounting example

244.00.2.

d3
d 1 h6

l1

d2

Description:

Combination progression dies with certain forming stages can be


equipped advantageously with springloaded lifter pins. FIBRO Lifter Pins
244.00.2., available in four sizes, can be used to assume the double
function of lifting and guiding the strip. The amount of lift is a function
of the counterbore-depth.

Dh

Material:

1.7131, case-hardened
10

Execution:
ground

Note:

For ordering code of screw plug 241.00.1. and helical spring see spring
range on pages chapter F.

d4

244.00.2.
d1
d2
d3
Dh
d4
l1
20
25
32
40
50

Lifter pin for press tool strips


8
5
10
10.5
M12x1.5

10
6
12
12.5
M14x1.5

13
7
16
16.5
M18x1.5

16
8
20
20.5
M22x1.5

Ordering Code (example):


Lifter pin for press tool strips
Guide diameter d1
Guide length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=244.00.2.
13 mm =
13.
25 mm =
025
=244.00.2.13. 025
D273

Screw clamp with screw


Screw clamp

207.45

8,5

incl. screw
- steel punched bent
component
- clamping height
6-6,3 mm
- M6 screw

13

8,7

15

Screw clamp

2071.45

incl. screw
- clamping height 6 mm
- M6 screw

5,8 +0,1

11

23
11

19,5

7
16

2072.45.10.

Screw clamp

2072.45.16.

20

incl. screw
2072.45.10
- Steel, milled
- clamping height
6-6,3 mm
- M6 screw
2072.45.16
- Steel, milled
- clamping height 10 mm
- M10 screw

6,3

16
10

10

32

5
10
5

32

20

7,5
11

D274

subject to alterations

Screw clamp with screw


Screw clamp with screw, GM Standard
Screw clamp with screw, NAAMS
Screw clamp

2072.46

incl. screw
- Steel, milled
- clamping height
6-6,3 mm
- M10 screw

16

32

10

32

11

2072.46.30.12

2072.46.30.16

15
9

18

11,5
16

6 -0,3
0,5 +0,5

11,5
8,5
12

according to GM, incl.


screw
2072.46.30.12
- Steel, milled
- clamping height 6 mm
- M8 screw
2072.46.30.16
- Steel, milled
- clamping height 6 mm
- M10 screw

6 -0,3
0,5 +0,5

Screw clamp

32

25

20

25

5
10
21

15

2072.47

13

according to NAAMS, incl.


screw
- steel punched bent
component
- clamping height
6-6,3 mm
- M8 screw

Screw clamp

18,9

24,6

13,5

subject to alterations

D275

Securing flange with screws, CNOMO


Screw clamp with screw, CNOMO
2073.45.
A

l3

d4

d6
d 1 G7

e1

d 2 M6
m6
d3
d5

e2
e3

Securing flange

according to CNOMO, incl. screws


- steel, turned
- clamping height 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 mm
- M6, M8, M10, M12 screws

2073.45. Securing flange with screws,


CNOMO
Order No
d1
2073.45.020 20
2073.45.025 25
2073.45.032 32
2073.45.040 40
2073.45.050 50
2073.45.063 63
2073.45.080 80
2073.45.100 100

d2
28
35
44
52
63
80
100
125

d3
32
40
50
60
71
90
112
140

d4
63
72
80
100
125
140
180
200

d6
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125

h
10
10
12
12
16
20
25
32

l3 e1 e2 e3
M
4 16 18 6x16
5 20 20 6x16
6 25 21 6x16
8 38.5 14 41 6x16
10 46 17 49 8x20
12 55 17 57.5 10x25
16 70 20 72 12x30
20 81 25 85 12x30

2072.48.45.
A

m
p

d2
t

A
e

d3
n

Screw clamp

according to CNOMO, incl. screw


- Steel, milled
- clamping height 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 mm
- M6, M8, M10 screw

D276

2072.48.45.

Screw clamp with screw,


CNOMO

Order No
2072.48.45.12
2072.48.45.16
2072.48.45.20
2072.48.45.25
2072.48.45.32

e
8
10
12
16
20

k
12
16
20
25
32

d2
11
15
18
18
18

d3
6.6
9
11
11
11

t
6.8
9
11
11
11

m
18
22
26
26
26

p
n
d1
9.5 15.5 40
12 19 50
15 21 63
15 21 80
15 21 100

M
6x16
8x20
10x25
10x30
10x35

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

D277

Spacer plate toothed, with adjusting plate

21

2444.12 / 2444.13

l1
l2

H1

35

014'13"

Material:

l3

Spacer plates: X 210 Cr 12 (1.2080), hardened 58 + 2 HRC


Adjusting plate: X 153 CrMoV 12 (1.2379)

M10

Description:

For spacing out sheet metal retainers in tools for external skin parts.
b

Note:

20

'0'= basic setting in the middle (grinding-in)


'+'= adjustment to the right - plus
'-' = adjustment to the left - minus

11
18
b1

Screws are not included.

l4
l5
l6
l7

NB: Hole pattern

The bolsters are reversible.

Adjustment range:

2444.12
12 increments each of 0.02 mm means an adjusting range of 0.24 mm
with a minimum support area of 80 x 60 mm.
2444.13
14 increments each of 0.02 mm means an adjusting range of 0.28 mm
with a minimum support area of 100 x 80 mm.

M10x20
DIN EN ISO 4762

11
21

35

11

M10x20 DIN EN ISO 4762

11
18

A-A
11

Basis: 0.02 mm per tooth

18
M10x20
DIN EN ISO 4762

2444.12/2444.13
Order No
2444.12
2444.13

D278

l1
130
160

Spacer plate toothed, with adjusting plate


l2
90
110

l3
130
160

l4
61
71

l5
72
82

l6
79
89

l7
90
120

b
60
80

b1
30
40

H
15.5
15.5

H1
16.04
16.16

subject to alterations

Guide
2443.10.
Rounded transition R5
min.40
13
20
R20

30

R1

20

0
M12
107

30

13,5

1,5

8 +0,1

26

26

Material:

Ck 60, hardened 58 + 2 HRC

Execution:
forged

2443.10.
Order No
2443.10.065
2443.10.090
2443.10.120
2443.10.150
2443.10.180
2443.10.250
2443.10.300
2443.10.350

subject to alterations

Guide
l
65
90
120
150
180
250
300
350

D279

Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - unhardened


2443.10.20.
Rounded transition R5
min.30
10

20

R20
20

15

R1
M8
73

20
9

27,5

1,5

6,1

15

54,5
63

Material:
Ck 60

Execution:
forged

Note:

Guides are preferably used in confined spaces in sequential compound dies.

2443.10.20.
Order No
2443.10.20.065
2443.10.20.090

D280

Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - unhardened


l
65
90

subject to alterations

Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - hardened


2443.10.20. .1
Rounded transition R5
min.30
10

20

R20
20

15

R1
M8
73

20
9

27,5

1,5

6,1

15

54,5
63

Material:

Ck 60, hardened 58 + 2 HRC

Execution:
forged

Note:

Guides are preferably used in confined spaces in sequential compound dies.

2443.10.20. .1
Order No
2443.10.20.065.1
2443.10.20.090.1

subject to alterations

Guide to Mercedes-Benz Standard - hardened


l
65
90

D281

Guide with part position control and spring


2443.12.

min.40

Rounded
transition R5

13

20

R20

20

0
R1

l1
l2

107

13,5

M12
8

+0,1

30
30

Mounting example
8
26

26

Version with long flap:


l = 180, 250 mm
40

Version with short flap:


l = 120, 150 mm
40

10
6,5

10
6,5

1)

2)

,5

R4

Material:

Thickness
8mm

rounded
Thickness
8mm

32

58

108

2018.00.60.08.030

15

Note:

Guide: Ck 60, hardened 50 + 5 HRC


Flap: St 37
Spring: Spring steel wire

See following pages for accessories.

Execution:
forged

2443.12. Guide with part position control and spring


Order No
2443.12.120
2443.12.150
2443.12.180
2443.12.250

D282

l
120
150
180
250

l1
55
55
105
105

l2
70
70
120
120

subject to alterations

Guide with part position control, VDI


2443.13.

min.40

Rounded
transition R5

13

20
R20

R1

l1
l2

103

M12

1,5

13,5

20

8 +0,1

30

30

Mounting example
2)

26

27

6,5
10
40

5x45

100

108
6,2

30

8
R4

2018.00.60.08.030

26
35,5

61

10

6,2

5x45
10

Version with short flap:


l = 120, 150 mm
30x30

1)

M8x1

18
28
36

7
16,5

8
26

Version with long flap:


l = 180, 250 mm

R4

Material:

Guide: Ck 60, hardened 50 + 5 HRC


Flap: St 37, hardened 58 + 2 HRC

Execution:
forged

Note:

See following pages for accessories

2443.13. Guide with part position control, VDI


Order No
2443.13.120
2443.13.150
2443.13.180
2443.13.240

subject to alterations

l
120
150
180
240

l1
55
55
105
105

l2
70
70
120
120

D283

Inductive proximity switch


2018.00.60.08.030

M8x1

30
19,5

A/F 13

Technical data

Rated operating voltage Ue: 24 V DC


Operating Voltage Us: 10-30 V DC
No load current I0 damped/undamped: 8 mA/ 1 mA
Repeat accuracy R: 5%
Ambient temperature Ta: -40 to +85 C
Switching frequency f: 3000 Hz
Degree of protection to IEC 529: IP 67
Casing material: Stainless steel
Connection: plug connector
Approvals: UL

D284

LED

2018.00.60.08.030 Inductive proximity switch

subject to alterations

Cable - straight
Cable , 90 connector
2018.00.60.23.01.5
40

X
30

M8x1

22,5
10

2018.00.60.23.01.5 Cable - straight

Technical data

Cable type: 3 pole, M8, oil resistant


Standard length: 5 m
Other lengths on request

M8x1

10

2018.00.60.23.02.5

17

26

2018.00.60.23.02.5 Cable , 90 connector

Technical data

Cable type: 3 pole, M8, oil resistant


Standard length: 5 m
Other lengths on request

subject to alterations

D285

Position monitor for boards


2443.14.55.
Shape A

Shape B

54,5
21

54
39

12

80
105

21

21

105

Mounting example

2443.14.00.60.23.01.5

54,5
21

2443.14.00.60.23.02.5

14,5

70

70

15

14,5

80

15

12

19

39
54

19

110

110

Material:

2443.14.00.60.18.044

placed. The position monitors should be placed in such a way that a


perfect querying of the sheet metal part is guaranteed. Position monitors should be arranged a minimum of 5 mm away from the pulling or
locking bards and not within the range of strong sheet movement.

Steel

Note:

See following pages for accessories.

Attention:

At least two position monitors must be installed crosswise. In case of


large parts, such as the side part, a third position monitor should be

2443.14.55. Position monitor for boards


Order No
2443.14.55.01
2443.14.55.02
2443.14.55.03
2443.14.55.04
2443.14.55.25
2443.14.55.26

subject to alterations

l
145
145
185
185
225
225

Shape
A
B
A
B
A
B

11.2014

Inductive proximity switch


2443.14.00.60.18.044
44,5
25 Nm 35 Nm
15
29,5

M12x1

M18x1

11

SW24

Technical data:

Rated operating voltage Ue: 24 V DC


Operating Voltage Us: 10-30 V DC
No load current I0 damped/undamped: 10 mA/ 3 mA
Repeat accuracy R: max. (% v. Sr) 5%
Ambient temperature Ta: -25 to +70C
Switching frequency f: max.1000 Hz
Degree of protection to IEC 60529: IP 67
Casing material: CuZn
Connection: plug connector
Approvals: UL

11.2014

LED

2443.14.00.60.18.044 Inductive proximity


switch

subject to alterations

Cable - straight
Cable , 90 connector
2443.14.00.60.23.01.5
44

4,5 0,15

M12x1

14,5

2443.14.00.60.23.01.5 Cable - straight

Technical data:

Cable type: 3 pole, M12x1


Standard length: 5m
Other lengths on request

2443.14.00.60.23.02.5

14,5

M12x1

4,5 0,15

27

38,2

2443.14.00.60.23.02.5 Cable , 90
connector

Technical data:

Cable type: 3 pole, M12x1


Standard length: 5m
Other lengths on request

subject to alterations

11.2014

Loading Diagram for Ball Bearing Guides


Bearing Life versus Loading:
Values shown are based on the Impact Factor of fs = 1
which is applicable to normal conditions in respect of die set and press,
with a maximum bearing temperature of 100 C.

[h]

333 . C 3
L h = 833
2 . H . nf fs . F
H = stroking length [mm]
nf = strokes per minute [H . min.-1 ]
C = dynamic load index [N]
fs = impact factor 1

10 4

F = radial load acting on guide [N]

10 3

27

10 1
0

20

40

60

Loading
D286

80

100

120

30 24

21

18

15

12

9
6
2 . H . nf = v

10 2

[mm . min.-1 ]

Bearing Life L h

v = 2 . H . nf [mm . min.-1 ]

140

[% of C]
subject to alterations

Safe Loads for FIBRO Ball Bearing Guides


Tables of Dynamic Load Indexes
Definition:
The dynamic load index C constitutes a constant loading that will allow the respective sizes of ball bearing guides to reach + 105 m without any discernible
bearing damage. The load index is shown in N and results from tests executed with batches of sufficient size, subjected to linear travel oscillations and
radially imposed loads of constant magnitude and unchanging direction.

Pillar [ d1

Cage length l1

Dynamic Load Index C


for whole cage (N)

8
10
10
11
11
12
12
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
38

40
40
56
40
56
40
56
45
56
63
71
24
28
45
56
63
71
31
45
56
71
80
95
24
28
31
45
56
71
80
95
31
40
45
56
71
80
95
120
31
40
45
56
71
80
95
120
40
45
50
56
71
75
80
95
105
120
140
160
40
45
50
56
71
75
80
95
105
120
140
160
45

450
1630
2210
1660
2250
1680
2280
3300
4050
4550
4950
1910
2230
3350
4100
4600
5000
3050
4050
4950
6100
6600
7600
2320
2700
3100
4100
5000
6100
6600
7600
3150
3850
4200
5100
6300
6800
7800
9300
3200
3900
4200
5200
6300
6900
7900
9300
5700
6400
7000
7600
9300
9800
10400
11900
12800
14200
16000
17700
5800
6400
7100
7700
9400
9900
10500
12000
12900
14300
16100
17800
7500

subject to alterations

Pillar [ d1

Cage length l1

38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
80
80
80
80
80
80

50
56
63
80
95
105
120
140
160
180
200
240
45
50
56
63
80
95
105
120
140
160
180
200
240
50
63
80
95
105
120
140
160
180
200
240
50
63
80
95
105
120
140
160
180
200
240
95
105
120
140
160
180
200
240
95
105
120
140
160
180
200
240
120
140
160
180
200
240

Dynamic Load Index C


for whole cage (N)
8200
8900
10300
12100
13900
15000
16700
18700
20700
22600
24400
28000
7500
8200
9000
10300
12200
14000
15100
16700
18800
20800
22700
24600
28000
9400
11700
13800
15900
17100
19000
21400
23600
26000
28000
32000
9400
11700
13900
15900
17200
19100
21400
23700
26000
28000
32000
17700
19200
21300
23900
26500
29000
31000
35500
17800
19300
21300
24000
26500
29000
31500
35500
41000
46500
52000
57000
62000
70000

05.2016

Assembly of Guide Elements


Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
202.17. / 202.19. /
202.22. / 202.23. /
202.24. / 202.29.
Guide pillarDIN9825/ISO91822 ~DIN9825/
~ISO9182-2

202.17. / 202.19. / 202.22. / 202.23. / 202.24. /


202.29.
Pillar x d1*
d1
3-80

2021.46. / 2021.44.

d1

R Z 10

(transition fit)

Pillar x d1
15/16
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63
80

Retaining bore d2H5


15/16+0,008
19/20+0,009
24/25+0,009
30/32+0,011
38/40+0,011
48/50+0,013
60/63+0,013
80+0,013

d5+1
24
27
34
42
52
62
72
95

l2
20,5
23,5
30,5
37,5
37,5
47,5
47,5
60,5

t5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
12,5

Retaining bore d2H5


15/16+0,008
19/20+0,009
24/25+0,009
30/32+0,011
38/40+0,011
48/50+0,013
60/63+0,013
80+0,013

d8+1
24
27
34
42
52
62
72
95

l2
20,5
23,5
30,5
37,5
37,5
47,5
47,5
60,5

t5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
12,5

t5
min.

min.
l2

2021.46. / 2021.44.
Demountable guide
pillar with collar
DIN9825/
~ISO9182-5

* Pillars of d1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting

R Z 10

(press fit)

Retaining bore d1
(recommended values based on experiences)
0,025
in grey cast iron: d1
0,035
0,015
in steel: d1
0,025

d 2 H5
js4
d 5+1

2021.29.
Guide pillar with
collar

2021.29.

d1

t5
min.

min.
l2

R Z 10

(transition fit)

Pillar x d1
15/16
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63
80

d 2 H5
j6
d 8+1

2021.39.
Liner bush
DIN9825/ISO 9182-4

2021.39.
Pillar x
d1
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63

d1

R Z 10

(transition fit)

Retaining bore
d3H5
32+0,011
40+0,011
48+0,011
58+0,013
70+0,013
85+0,015

d 3 H5
js4

D288

subject to alterations

Assembly of Guide Elements


Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
210.39.
Pillar x d1

210.39.
Liner bushes,
similar AFNOR

d1

(transition fit)

R Z 10

16
20
25
32
40
50
63

Retaining bore
d3H5
28+0,009
32+0,011
40+0,011
50+0,011
63+0,013
80+0,013
90+0,015

H5
d 3 m5

19
25
32
40

Plattendicke
c31
33
33
38
38

202.60.
Demountable guide
pillars with centre
collar

d1

*Slip-Fit Bonding:

d 3 H5
js4

(transition fit)
c3

Pillar x d1

Retaining bore
d3H5
25+0,009
30+0,009
36+0,011
46+0,011

R Z 10

202.60.

The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
This would result in an unreliable bond.
The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
glue-line gap.

Pillar x d1
8
11/12
15/16
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63
80

206.54.
Pillar x d1
3
4
5
6
8

subject to alterations

Retaining bore
d3H5
13,7+0,008
22+0,009
28+0,009
32+0,011
40+0,011
48+0,011
58+0,013
70+0,013
85+0,015
95,7+0,015

Retaining bore
d3H6
7+0,009
8+0,009
10+0,009
11+0,011
14+0,011

2051.32.
Sintered ferrite guide
bushes
DIN9831 /
ISO9448-2

d 3 H5
js4
d1

slip-fit bonding*

2061.44. / 2061.47
Pillar x d1
8
10
11/12
15/16
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63
80

Retaining bore
d3H5
18+0,008
22+0,009
22+0,009
28+0,009
32+0,011
40+0,011
48+0,011
58+0,013
70+0,013
85+0,015
105+0,015

d3
R Z 10

2051.32.

d1

R Z 10

This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,


or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench.

d1

206.54.
2061.44./2061.47.
Ball bearing guide
bushes
DIN9831 /
ISO9448-3
slip-fit bonding*

D289

Assembly of Guide Elements


Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
206.49.

d 3 H6
m5
R Z 10

206.49.
Ball bearing guide
bushes similar AFNOR

d1

slip-fit bonding*

Pillar x d1
16
20
25
32
40
50

Retaining bore d3H6


28+0,013
32+0,016
40+0,016
50+0,016
63+0,019
80+0,019

*Slip-Fit Bonding:

The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
This would result in an unreliable bond.
The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
glue-line gap.

2081.3x./ 2081.4x./
2081.8x.
Headed guide bushes,
carbonitrided, bronze-coated sintered
types or ball bearing
types
DIN9831 / ISO9448-6
DIN9831 / ISO9448-7
ISO9448

d 3 H5
js4
d1

R Z 10

This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,


or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench.

2081.3x. / 2081.4x. / 2081.8x.


Pillar x d1
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63
80

Retaining bore d3H5


32+0,011
40+0,011
48+0,011
58+0,013
70+0,013
85+0,015
105+0,015

2081.7x./ 2081.9x.
Headed guide bushes,
bronze, with solid lubricant rings, bronze
plated

d 3 H6
j6
d1

R Z 10

(transition fit)

(transition fit)

(transition fit)

D290

d 3 H5
js4
d1

Pillar x d1
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63
80

Retaining bore d3H6


32+0,016
40+0,016
48+0,016
58+0,019
70+0,019
85+0,022
105+0,022

2091.3x. / 2091.4x.
R Z 10

2091.3x./ 2091.4x.
Flanged guide
bushes, carbonitrided
sintered types or ball
bearing types
DIN9831 / ISO9448-4
DIN9831 / ISO9448-5

2081.7x. / 2081.9x.

Pillar x d1
12
15/16
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63
80

Retaining bore d3H5


26+0,009
28+0,009
32+0,011
40+0,011
48+0,011
58+0,013
70+0,013
85+0,015
105+0,015

subject to alterations

Pillar x d1
19/20
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63
80

2022.25.

Pillar x d1
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

Retaining bore d3H6


32+0,016
40+0,016
48+0,016
58+0,019
70+0,019
85+0,022
105+0,022

d3

H6
j6

d1

2091.7x.
Guide bush with
solid lubrication
rings DIN9831 /
ISO9448-4
(transition fit)

2022.25.
Guide pillar AFNOR

Retaining bore d1M6


-0,004
-0,017

(transition fit)

-0,004
-0,020
-0,005
-0,024
-0,006
-0,028

R Z 10

2091.7x.

R Z 10

Assembly of Guide Elements


Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances

d 1 M6
h5

2022.12. / 2022.15. / 2022.16. / 2022.17. /


2022.19. / 2022.29.
Pillar x d1
25
32
40
50
63
80

2022.12. / 2022.15. /
2022.16. / 2022.17. /
2022.19. / 2022.29.
Guide pillar
DIN9833/ISO9182-3
Mercedes-Benz/
VDI/ VW/ WDX

Retaining bore d1H7


+0,021
0
+0,025
0

+0,030
0
+0,035
100
0
+0,040
125
160
0
Pillars of d1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting

(press fit)

d 1 H7
r6

2022.13.

2022.13.
Guide pillar VW

Pillar x d1
Bohrung d1H6
+0,016
40
50
0
+0,019
63
80
0
Pillars of d1 = 50 mm and over should be frozen in dry ice before fitting

(press fit)

d 1 H6
r6

subject to alterations

D291

Assembly of Guide Elements


Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
2052.70.1) / 2086.70. /
2085.72.
Guide Bushes/
Guide Bushes with
collar, Bronze with
non-liquid lubricant

d1

slip-fit bonding*:
Retaining bore d2 = G7

transition fit:
Retaining bore d2 = H7
1)

if required secure with set screw


d 2 m6

*Slip-Fit Bonding:

The glue-line gap must not be smaller than 0,005 mm, or the adhesive will
be wiped off the contact surfaces upon fitment.
This would result in an unreliable bond.
The available component tolerances do not always result in the minimum
glue-line gap.
This fact has to be born in mind when machining receiving bores,
or alternatively corrections can be made on the assembly bench.

2085.70.
Guide Bushes with
collar, Bronze with
non-liquid lubricant

2052.70.1) / 2086.70. / 2085.72.


Pillar x d1
8
10
12
13
14
15
16
18/19
20
25
28
30
31,5
32
35
38
40
40
45
50
55
60
63
65
70
75
80
85
90
100
110
120
125
130
140
150
160

2085.70.
d1

Retaining bore
Transition fit limits
bonding limitsd2G7
d2
d2H7
12
+0,024
+0,018
14/15
+0,006
0
18
19
20
+0,028
+0,021
21
22
+0,007
0
24/25
26/28/30
32/33/35
38
38/40/42
+0,034
+0,025
40
42
+0,009
0
44/45
48
50
55
55/56/60
60/62/65
+0,040
+0,030
70
+0,010
0
74/75
75
80
85/90
90/95
+0,047
+0,035
96/100
100
+0,012
0
110
120
130
140
145
+0,054
+0,040
150
+0,014
0
160
170
180

Pillar x d1

Retaining bore d2G7

12

16

16
20
24

20
26
30

(transition fit)

limits d2G7
+0,024
+0,006
+0,028
+0,007

d 2 G7
k6

2085.71.
Guide Bushes with
collar, Bronze with
non-liquid lubricant

2085.71.
d1

Pillar x d1
10
12
13
14
15
16
20
25
30
31,5
35
40

(press fit)

Retaining
limits d2H7
bore d2
+0,018
14
18
0
19
20
+0,021
21
0
22
30
35
40
+0,025
40
0
45
50

Pillar x d1
45
50
55
60
63
70
75
80
90
100
120

Retaining
limits d2H7
bore d2
55
60
+0,030
65
0
75
75
85
90
+0,035
100
0
110
120
+0,040
140
0

d 2 H7
r6

D292

subject to alterations

Assembly of Guide Elements


Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
2082.70.

Pillar [ d1
24/25
30/32
38/40
48/50
60/63

Retaining bore d2H7


32/35
40/42
50
63
80

80

100

100
125

125
160

160

200

limits d2H7

2082.70.
Guide Bushes with
collar, bronze with
non-liquid lubricant
DIN 9834/ISO 9448

d1

+0,025
0
+0,030
0
+0,035
0
+0,040
0
+0,046
0

(slip fit)

d 2 H7
h6

2082.71. / 2086.71.
Pillar [ d1

Retaining bore d2H7

25/32/40

32/40/50

50/63

63/80

80

100

100/125

125/160

limits d2H7
+0,025
0
+0,030
0
+0,035
0
+0,040
0

2082.71. / 2086.71.
Guide Bush with
collar to NAAMS,
bronze with nonliquid lubricant

d1

(slip fit)

d 2 H7
g6

2102.70. / 2102.71.
Pillar [ d1
25
32
40
50
63

Retaining bore d2H6


35
44
52
63
80

80

100

100

125

limits d2H6
+0,016
0

d1

+0,019
0
+0,022
0
+0,025
0

2102.70. / 2102.71.
Guide Bushes with
collar, bronze with
non-liquid lubricant/
bronze, CNOMO
(transition fit)

d 2 H6
m6

subject to alterations

D293

Assembly of Guide Elements


Dimensional Requirements and Tolerances
2087.70. / 2087.71. /
2087.73.
Guide Bushes with
centre collar/ with
collar, bronze with
non-liquid lubricant

d 2 H7
e7, f7
d1

e7 = slip fit
f7 = slip fit
h6 = slip fit
k6 = transition fit

2087.70. / 2087.71. / 2087.73.


Pillar [ d1

Retaining bore d2H7

9/10

14

14/15
18/20
22/24
25
30/32
40
40/42
50
60
63

20
26
30
35
42
50
54
63
80
80

limits d2H7
+0,018
0
+0,021
0
+0,025
0
+0,030
0

d 2 H7
h6, k6

2087.72.
Guide Bushes with
collar, bronze with
non-liquid lubricant

d1

e7 = slip fit
k6 = transition fit

2087.72.

Pillar [ d1
9/10
12
14/15
16
18/20
22/24
25
30/32
40/42
50
60

Retaining bore d2H7


14
18
20
22
26
30
32
42
54
66
80

limits d2H7
+0,018
0
+0,021
0
+0,025
0
+0,030
0

d 2 e7
d 2 H7
k6

3120.70. / 3120.71.
Guide Bushes, bronze
with non-liquid
lubricant

3120.70. / 3120.71.
d1

slip fit

bond in or if required secure with


set screw or flat mushroom head
screw 2192.61.

d 2 H7
g6

D294

Pillar [ d1
8
10
12
13
14
15
16
18/19
20
25
28
30
31,5
32
35
38
40
40
45
50
55
60
63
65
70
75
80
85
90
100
110
120
125
130
140
150
160

Retaining bore d2H7


12
14/15
18
19
20
21
22
24/25
26/28/30
32/33/35
38
38/40/42
40
42
44/45
48
50
55
55/56/60
60/62/65
70
74/75
75
80
85/90
90/95
96/100
100
110
120
130
140
145
150
160
170
180

limits d2H7
+0,018
0
+0,021
0

+0,025
0

+0,030
0

+0,035
0

+0,040
0

subject to alterations

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components


Punches and matrixes, Pins, gauge pins

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Ground
Precision
Components

E2

Ground Precision Components


FIBRO Precision Components cover a very wide
range of materials, shapes and sizes and thus
permit virtually unrestricted selection even to
highly individual requirements.
At Hassmersheim and also abroad, stock
levels of Precision Components reach sevendigit figures. It is therefore quite likely that
your particular choice will be available for
immediate delivery. Should this not be the case
then our flexible batch production schedules
will ensure that delays are kept to a minimum.
Batch production in our interpretation not only
spells prompt delivery but also exceptional
quality. Starting with the arrival inspection
of raw materials, every single manufacturing
operation on FIBRO Precision Components
is followed by a quality check. Lastly, an
uncompromising final inspection of each and
every part guarantees that the trade mark
FIBRO is and remains synonymous with Quality.

Tool life, production cost and work quality are


to a large extent a function of tooling material
selection versus strip stock characteristics
and ancillary process conditions. A judicious
choice from the wide range of materials for
our punches and matrices will be facilitated by
the orientation guide in this catalogue. Listing
the principal characteristics of each material
together with selection criteria, it is intended
to help customers make the right choice.
Our experienced tooling specialists will assist
you with further detailed information.
In keeping with the basic tenet of our firm,
every effort is made to ensure that design,
performance potential and quality of FIBRO
Precision Components keep well abreast with
latest technological developments.

In view of the fact that a large portion of the


Precision Components programme consists
of punches and matrices, the importance
of alignment in the operational die must be
emphasized. Unless this requirement can be
met to a high degree of accuracy, even the
finest efforts in design and in the toolroom
must fail! Die alignment ultimately depends
on the guides FIBRO Die Sets and Guide
Elements were developed and are made with
this postulate in mind.

subject to alterations

E3

Contents
E15
Comparative graphs

Precision components Description of materials

E18

E19

E20

E21

Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C

E4

2281.

E27

2291.

E28

2284.3.

E30

Punch with tapered head, Shape D

E22

Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA

275.

E26

Punch with tapered head 30,


ShapeC

Punch DIN 9861 Shape C

274.

234.

Punch with tapered head 30,


ShapeD

Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA

225.

E25

Insert sleeve with thrust pin


VDI3374 Shape B

Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752

224.

233.
Insert sleeve with thrust pin
VDI3374 Shape A

Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA

223.

E24

Punch VDI 3374

E16-17

222.

232.

2284.00.

E31

Piloted counterbore
for tapered-head punch

E23

E32
Punches - Mounting guidelines

subject to alterations

Contents
220.

E33

Punch DIN 9844, Shape A

221.

E34

E35

E36

E37

E38

Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B

subject to alterations

2212.

E48

2222.

E49

2232.

E50

Ball lock punch, stepped,


rectangular, light duty

E41

Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A

271.

E47

Ball lock punch, stepped, square,


light duty

Punch with ejector pin, stepped,


long point

270.

2202.

Ball lock punch, stepped, round,


light duty

Punch with ejector pin, stepped,


short point

269.

E44

Ball lock punch, blank, light duty

Punch with ejector pin

268.

273.
Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C

Punch similar to VDI 3374

267.

E43

Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D

Punch DIN 9844, Shape B

266.

272.

2242.

E51

Ball lock punch, stepped, slot,


light duty

E42

2252.

E52

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle


with radiussed corners, light duty

E5

Contents
2702.

E53

Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector


pin, light duty

2712.

E61

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, square, light duty

E54

2234.

E62

Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with


ejector pin, light duty

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, rectangular, light duty

2722.

2244.

E55

Ball lock punch, stepped, square,


with ejector pin, light duty

2732.

2742.

E56

E57

E58

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, round, light duty

2704.

E65

2714.

E66

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, round, with ejector pin,
light duty

E59

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, blank, light duty

2214.

E64

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, blank, with ejector pin,
light duty

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle


with radiussed corners, with ejector
pin, light duty

2204.

2254.
Ball lock punch, punch larger than
shaft, rectangle with radiussed
corners, light duty

Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with


ejector pin, light duty

2752.

E63

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, slot, light duty

Ball lock punch, stepped,


rectangular, with ejector pin, light
duty

E6

2224.

2724.

E67

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, square, with ejector pin,
light duty

E60

2734.

E68

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin,
light duty

subject to alterations

Contents
2744.

E69

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, slot, with ejector pin,
light duty

2754.

E70

E71

E78

2703.

E79

Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector


pin, heavy duty

E72

2713.

E80

Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip,


light duty

Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with


ejector pin, heavy duty

2203.

2723.

E73

Ball lock punch, blank, heavy duty

2213.

2223.

E74

Ball lock punch, stepped,


rectangular, heavy duty

2733.

E82

Ball lock punch, stepped,


rectangular, with ejector pin, heavy
duty

E75

Ball lock punch, stepped, square,


heavy duty

2233.

E81

Ball lock punch, stepped, square,


with ejector pin, heavy duty

Ball lock punch, stepped, round,


heavy duty

subject to alterations

2253.
Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle
with radiussed corners, heavy duty

Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip,


light duty

2272.

E77

Ball lock punch, stepped, slot,


heavy duty

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, rectangle with radiussed
corners, with ejector pin, light duty

2262.

2243.

2743.

E83

Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with


ejector pin, heavy duty

E76

2753.

E84

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle


with radiussed corners, with ejector
pin, heavy duty

E7

Contents
2205.

E85

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, blank, heavy duty

2215.

E86

E87

E88

E89

E90

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, round, with ejector pin,
heavy duty

E8

2755.

E96

2263.

E97

2273.

E98

Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip,


heavy duty

E91

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, blank, with ejector pin,
heavy duty

2715.

E95

Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip,


heavy duty

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, rectangle with radiussed
corners, heavy duty

2705.

2745.

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, rectangle with radiussed
corners, with ejector pin, heavy duty

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, slot, heavy duty

2255.

E94

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, slot, with ejector pin,
heavy duty

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, rectangular, heavy duty

2245.

2735.
Ball lock punch, punch larger than
shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin,
heavy duty

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, square, heavy duty

2235.

E93

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, square, with ejector pin,
heavy duty

Ball lock punch, punch larger than


shaft, round, heavy duty

2225.

2725.

2201.

E101

Punch, blank, ISO 8020

E92

2211.

E102

Punch, stepped, round, ISO 8020

subject to alterations

Contents
2221.

E103

Punch, stepped, square, ISO 8020

2231.

E104

E105

E106

E107

E108

Punch, stepped, rectangular, with


ejector pin, ISO 8020

subject to alterations

2271.

E114

2276.

E115

2606.

E119

Matrix without shoulder, blank,


ISO8977

E109

Punch, stepped, square, with ejector


pin, ISO 8020

2731.

E113

Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz


Standard

Punch, stepped, round, with ejector


pin, ISO 8020

2721.

2261.

Pilot pin with parabolic tip, ISO 8020

Punch, blank, with ejector pin,


ISO8020

2711.

E112

Pilot pin with tapered tip, ISO 8020

Punch, stepped, rectangle with


radiused corners, ISO 8020

2701.

2751.
Punch, stepped, rectangle with
radiussed corners, with ejector pin,
ISO 8020

Punch, stepped, slot, ISO 8020

2251.

E111

Punch, stepped, slot, with ejector


pin, ISO 8020

Punch, stepped, rectangular,


ISO8020

2241.

2741.

2616.

E120

Matrix without shoulder, round,


ISO8977

E110
Anti-rotation element

E121141

E9

Contents
2626.

E122

Matrix without shoulder, square,


ISO8977

2636.

E124

E126

E128

E131

E132

Matrix with shoulder, rectangular,


ISO 8977

E10

2615.

E143

2625.

E144

2635.

E145

Matrix without shoulder,


rectangular, Automotive Standard

E134

Matrix with shoulder, square,


ISO8977

2637.

E142

Matrix without shoulder, square,


Automotive Standard

Matrix with shoulder, round,


ISO8977

2627.

2605.

Matrix without shoulder, round,


Automotive Standard

Matrix with shoulder, blank,


ISO8977

2617.

E140

Matrix without shoulder, blank,


Automotive Standard

Matrix without shoulder, rectangle


with radiussed corners, ISO 8977

2607.

2657.

Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with


radiussed corners, ISO 8977

Matrix without shoulder, slot,


ISO8977

2656.

E138

Matrix with shoulder, slot, ISO8977

Matrix without shoulder,


rectangular, ISO 8977

2646.

2647.

2645.

E146

Matrix without shoulder, slot,


Automotive Standard

E136

2655.

E147

Matrix without shoulder, rectangle


with radiused corners,
AutomotiveStandard

subject to alterations

Contents
262.

E148

Guide bush for punch DIN9845,


ShapeC

2621.

Standardised special shapes

E149

Guide bush for punch ISO8978

260.

E150

E151

E152

E153

Matrix with collar, conical

subject to alterations

E166

2618.16.

E167

2618.17.

E168

Matrix with collar for dynamic


stripper (DAE), round

E154

Matrix without collar, conical

2611.

2618.07.

Matrix without collar for dynamic


stripper (DAE), round

Matrix with collar, cylindrical

2601.

E165

Matrix with collar for dynamic


stripper (DAE), blank

Matrix without collar, cylindrical

2612.

2618.06.
Matrix without collar for dynamic
stripper (DAE), blank

Matrix with collar, DIN9845 ShapeB

2602.

E162

Dynamic stripping element (DAE)

Matrix without collar, DIN9845


ShapeA

261.

2618.

E157161

2664.05.

E170

Triangle retainer for ball-lock


punches, light duty

E155

2664.06.

E171

Triangle retainer for ball-lock


punches, heavy duty

E11

Contents
2664.07.

E172

Triangle retainer for ball-lock


punches, light duty

2664.10.

Accessories for punches

E173

Triangle retainer for ball-lock


punches, heavy duty

2431.7.

2667.1.

Accessories for Retainers, triangular,


for Ball-Lock Punches

Stripping unit - Pressure plate

2668.2.

2667.2.

E175

ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-


lock punches, light duty

2668.3.

E176

E178

243.7.

E186

243.7. .1

E187

Stop washer

E179
High-Precision special parts to
customers drawings

Triangle retainer, for punches


ISO8020 with anti-rotation element

E180
Accessories for retainers, triangular,
for punches ISO 8020

E184

Elastomer Stripper

Triangle retainer, for punches


ISO8020 without anti-rotation
element

2664.04.

E183

Stripping unit - Mounting plate

ACCU-LOCK Fixture device


for ball-lock punches, heavy duty

2664.02.

E182

Stripping unit for punches

E174

E12

E181

230.

E188189

E190

Punch without head, square /


rectangular, Shape A

subject to alterations

Contents
231.

E191

Punch with head, square /


rectangular, Shape A

236.1.

E192

E193

E194

E196

E197

Dowel pin similar to


DINENISO8734

subject to alterations

240.45.

E204

240.91.

E204

240.92.

E204

Wooden box

E198

Dowel pin similar to


DINENISO8734

2351.1.

E202

Wooden box

Liner bush for dowel pin, for push fit

235.1.

240.1./2.

Gauge pin holder

Liner bush for dowel pin, for bonding

2650.1.

E201

Gauge pin DIN 2269

FIBROZIPP

265.1.

277.
Drill bush without collar, DIN 179,
Shape A

Dowel pin with internal extracting


thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735

236.001.

E200

Drill bush with collar, DIN 172,


Shape A

Dowel pin with internal extracting


thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735

2361.1.

276.

240.11.

E205

Gauge pin with handle

E199

240.22.

E205

Gauge pin with handle

E13

Contents
240.31.

E205

Gauge pins - boxed set

240.32.

E205

Gauge pin - boxed set

2282.01.

E206

Punching and embossing unit with


matrix for punched holes and self
tapping screws

E14

subject to alterations

Comparative Graphs
Compressive Strength (0,2% Proof Stress)

Tungsten Carbide

12 % CR

HSS

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000 N/mm 2

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000 N/mm 2

Flexural Strength

Tungsten Carbide

12 % CR

HSS

1000

Hardness Vickers

Tungsten Carbide

12 % CR

HSS

200
0

subject to alterations

600
400

1000
800

1400
1200

1600 HV30

E15

FIBRO Punches and Matrixes


Description of Materials
WS

Alloy Tool Steel


Material No 1.2210, 1.2516, 1.2842 or similar.

Characteristics:

Hard and tough tool steel, medium wear resistance.

Application Field:

Piercing/blanking dies for mild steel, low carbon steels, non-ferrous metals, plastics, paper.
e.g.

HWS

WS
Order No

= material code number = 1


= 239.1. ...

High Carbon High Chrome Tool Steel (12% Cr)


Material No 1.2436, 1.2379 or similar.

Characteristics:

High resistance to wear.

Application Field:

Piercing/blanking dies of all types, trim dies, for all carbon steels, alloy steels, non-ferrous metals, plastics,
paper.
e.g.

HSS

HWS
Order No

= material code number = 2


= 260.2. ...

High Speed Steel


Material No 1.3343 or similar.

Characteristics:

High wear resistance; high tempering curve permits certain surface treatments.

Application Field:

Piercing/blanking dies of all types for tough materials e.g. spring steel, lamination steels, and abrasive
papers as well as plastics.
e.g.

ASP 23
ASP 2023

HSS
Order No

= material code number = 3


= 220.3. ...

High Speed Steel on Powder-Metallurgic Basis

Characteristics:

High wear resistance greater toughness due to excellent homogenity.

Application Field:

Same as HSS.

e.g.

HST

ASP 23
ASP 2023
Order No

= material code number = 6


= 223.6. ...

High Speed Steel, Nitrided

Characteristics:

High wear resistance reduced galling tendency on account of nitrides infused into top layer of material.

Application Field:

Piercing/blanking dies of all types for very hard and abrasive materials.
e.g.

FT

HST
Order No

= material code number = 4


= 223.4. ...

Ferro-Tic (Ferro Titanit)

Characteristics:

Between those of HSS and hard metals (tungsten carbides); machinable in the supplied state
hardness conferred by heat treatment.

Application Field:

Fine blanking and progression/lamination dies for large quantities of parts from abrasive, hard materials,
also silicon steels and stainless steels.
FT

E16

special manufacture
on request

subject to alterations

FIBRO Punches and Matrixes


Description of Materials
HZ

Hard-coated Tooling Components for High-Performance


HZC Composite Vapour Deposition (CVD) TIC-TIN Coating

Carrier Materials:

HSS Material No 1.3207 and 1.3343 etc.


HCHC Material No 1.2379 and 1.2436 etc.

Properties:

The titanium carbide substrate provides a pressure-resistant bond with the carrier metal, while the outer
layer of titanium nitride offers the well-known advantages of optimum tribologic behaviour in contact with
the stamping stock. By virtue of its outstanding wear resistance, the TIN-layer largely eliminates seizing
and cold welding problems in stamping.
Surface Hardness: approx. 3500 HV 0,05
Coating Thickness: 5 to 8 m approx.

Applications:

All tooling components subject to high demands on wear resistance and performance, especially
punches in progression/combination tools, as well as cold extrusion punches etc.
Owing to distorsion problems, TIC-TIN is not recommanded for parts with a length/thickness ratio
than 20:1.
e. g.

TIC-TIN
Order No

= material code number = 5


= 223.5. ...

HZN Titanium Nitride Coating TIN-PVD (physical vapour deposition).


Carrier Material:

HSS Material No 1.3207 and 1.3343 etc.


HCHC Material No 1.2379
(HCHC-steels are of conditional suitability)

Properties:

The TIN-coating offers excellent frictional characteristics but its compressive strength remains
inferior to TIC-TIN deposits. The TIN-deposition process can be applied to partial, selected areas of
the tooling component.
Surface Hardness: approx. 2300 HV 0,05
Coating Thickness: 24 mm < 20 = 1,5 mm 20 %

Applications:

Tooling for thin stamping stock such as cold rolled spring steel, zinc-galvanized sheet and strip,
copper-beryllium bronze, german silver, and solenoid lamination steels.
Note that the ratio stock thickness to punch point diameter should not exceed 1:3.
e. g.

HM

TIN
Order No

= material code number = 0


= 223.0. ...

Tungsten Carbide

Characteristics:

Hard-sintered carbide on WC-basis and of recognized properties; produced by powder-metallurgic


processes, FIBROs exclusively used HIP-densified carbide exhibits much enhanced flexural
strength and reduced residual porosity.

Application Field:

Die components for highest performance and very large stamping volumes for altogether ultimate
demands on tool life.
e. g.

NWA

HM
Order No

= material code number = 9


= 270.9. ...

Hot-Work Tool Steel Suitable for Nitriding


Material No 1.2344 or similar.

Characteristics:

Chrome-Molybdenum-Vanadium hot working die steel; core strength: L 1400 N/mm2;


temperature resistant up to 650C; surface hardness (nitrided) ^ 950 HV 0,3.

Application Field:

Ejector pins for pressure diecasting, injection- and compression moulding processes, and generally
for work at elevated temperatures.
e. g.

subject to alterations

NWA
Order No

= material code number = 8


= 237.8. ...

E17

Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA


222.

222. Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA


d1
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7 - 0.75
0.8 - 0.85
0.9 - 0.95
1 - 1.1
1.2 - 1.3
1.4 - 1.5
1.6 - 1.7
1.8 - 1.9
2
2.1 - 2.2
2.3 - 2.5
2.6 - 2.9
3 - 3.4
3.5 - 3.9
4 - 4.4
4.5 - 4.9
5 - 5.4
5.5 - 5.9
6 - 6.4
6.5 - 7
7.5 - 8
8.5 - 9
9.5 - 10
10.5 - 11
11.5 - 12
12.5 - 13
13.5 - 14
14.5 - 15
15.5 - 16

Diameter steps
d1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

d2
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.8
2
2.2
2.5
2.8
3
3.2
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

k
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5

l1

Material:
71

80

100

HSS
Order No 222.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
HST
Order No 222.4.
Hardness:
Surface 950 HV 0,3
Head 52 3 HRC
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 222.0.
Hardness:
Surface 2300 HV 0,05
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shaft precision ground. Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Residual


upset bulge below head normally much smaller than permissible acc. to
DIN 9861.
d4: For d1 < 1 mm d4=d1 + 0,02
For d1 1 mm d4=d1 + 0,03
Stock lenghts: 71, 80, 100 mm.
other lengths and diameters on request!

Note:

Punches are also available without head

Ordering Code (example):


Punch DIN 9861 Shape DA
Material MAT
Shaft diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E18

=222.
HSS
=
3.
3 mm =
0300.
71 mm =
071
=222.3. 0300. 071
subject to alterations

Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752


223.

k +0,2

60
d2

l 1 +0,5

radiused

d 1 h6

Material:

223. Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752

HSS
Order No 223.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
HST
Order No 223.4.
Hardness:
Surface 950 HV 0,3
Head 52 3 HRC
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 223.0.
Hardness:
Surface 2300 HV 0,05
Head 52 3 HRC
ASP 23 - ASP 2023
Order No 223.6.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently


precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full
interchangeability with replacement punches.
Stock lenghts: 71, 80, 100 mm.
other lengths and diameters on request!

d1
0.5
0.55
0.6
0.65
0.7 - 0.75
0.8 - 0.85
0.9 - 0.95
1 - 1.1
1.2 - 1.3
1.4 - 1.5
1.6 - 1.7
1.8 - 1.9
2
2.1 - 2.2
2.3 - 2.5
2.6 - 2.9
3 - 3.4
3.5 - 3.9
4 - 4.4
4.5 - 4.9
5 - 5.4
5.5 - 5.9
6 - 6.4
6.5 - 7
7.5 - 8
8.5 - 9
9.5 - 10
10.5 - 11
11.5 - 12
12.5 - 13
13.5 - 14
14.5 - 15
15.5 - 16
16.5 - 17
17.5 - 18
18.5 - 19
19.5 - 20

Diameter steps
d1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

d2
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.8
2
2.2
2.5
2.8
3
3.2
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

k
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

l1

71

80

100

Ordering Code (example):


Punch DIN 9861 Shape D / ISO 6752
Material MAT
Shaft diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=223.
HSS
=
3.
4 mm =
0400.
71 mm =
071
=223.3. 0400. 071
E19

Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA


224.
Detail X
d2

60

+0,2

d4

R1 7
3

+0,5

l 1 +0,5

d 3 h6

0,5

radiused

d 1 h6

224. Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA


d1
0.1 - 1.5
1.55 - 2.95

Diameter steps
d1
0.05
0.05

d2
3
4.5

d3
2
3

Material:
d4
2.03
3.03

l1
71
71

HSS
Order No 224.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 224.0.
Hardnes:
Surface 2300 HV 0,05
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently hot upset-forged and


tempered; residual upset-buge below head normally much smaller than
permissible acc. to DIN 9861.
Stock lenghts: 71 mm.
Other lengths and diameters on request!

Ordering Code (example):


Punch DIN 9861 Shape CA
Material MAT
Cutting diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E20

=224.
HSS
=
3.
1.55 mm=
0155.
71 mm =
071
=224.3. 0155. 071
subject to alterations

Punch DIN 9861 Shape C


225.

0,5 +0,2

60
d2

+0,5
R1 7
3

l 1 +0,5

d 3 h6

d 1 h6

Material:

225. Punch DIN 9861 Shape C

HSS
Order No 225.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC

d1
0.1 - 1.5
1.55 - 2.95

Diameter steps
d1
0.05
0.05

d2
3
4.5

d3
2
3

l1
71
71

HST
Order No 225.4.
Hardness:
Surface 950 HV 0,3
Head 52 3 HRC
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 225.0.
Hardness:
Surface 2300 HV 0,05
Head 52 3 HRC
ASP 23 - ASP 2023
Order No 225.6.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently


precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full
interchangeability with replacement punches.
Stock lenghts: 71 mm.
other lengths and diameters on request!

Ordering Code (example):


Punch DIN 9861 Shape C
Material MAT
Cutting diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=225.
HSS
=
3.
1.55 mm=
0155.
71 mm =
071
=225.3. 0155. 071
E21

Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA


274.
detail X
d2

60

k +0,2

d4

l2 R
13

l 1 +0,5

d 3 h6

radiused

d 1 h6

274. Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA


d1
1 - 3.9
1.5 - 4.9
1.6 - 5.9
2.5 - 7.9
4 - 9.9
5 - 12.9
8 - 15.9

Diameter steps
d1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05

d2
5.5
6.5
8
10
12
15
18

d3
4
5
6
8
10
13
16

d4
4.03
5.03
6.03
8.03
10.03
13.03
16.03

l2
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20

k l1
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
1.5

71

80 100






Description:

DIN 9861 restricts the range of stepped punches with conical head to
shanks of 3 mm max. diameter and points of 2,95 mm max. diameter.
Stepped punches of larger size are, however, quite popular owing to
their rigidity and ability to sustain considerable stripping forces. In
accommodation of this demand we supply larger sizes whichare ground
from stock sizes of the 222.-series.
Please select from those ranges and complete your order in accordance
with the example on the right.

Material:

HSS
Order No 274.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
HST
Order No 274.4.
Hardness:
Surface 950 HV 0,3
Head 52 3 HRC
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 274.0.
Hardness:
Surface 2300 HV 0,05
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently hot upset-forged and


tempered; residual upset-buge below head normally much smaller than
permissible acc. to DIN 9861.
Stock lenghts: 71, 80, 100 mm.
other lengths and diameters on request!

Ordering Code (example):


Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape CA
Material MAT
Shaft diameter d3
Length l1
Cutting diameter d1
Punch cutting length l2
Order No
E22

=274.
HSS
=
3.
8 mm =
0800.
71 mm =
071.
2.5 mm =
0250.
5 mm =
005
=274.3. 0800. 071.0250. 005
subject to alterations

Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C


275.

+0,2

60
d2

I2

R1

I 1 +0,5

d 3 h6

d 1 h6

Description:

275. Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C

Material:

d1
1 - 3.9
1.5 - 4.9
1.6 - 5.9
2.5 - 7.9
4 - 9.9
5 - 12.9
8 - 15.9

DIN 9861 restricts the range of stepped punches with conical head to
shanks of 3 mm max. diameter and points of 2,95 mm max. diameter.
Stepped punches of larger size are, however, quite popular owing to
their rigidity and ability to sustain considerable stripping forces. In
accommodation of this demand we supply larger sizes whichare ground
from stock sizes of the 223.-series
Please select from those ranges and complete your order in accordance
with the example on the right.
HSS
Order No 275.3.
Hardness: Shaft 64 2 HRC; Head 52 3 HRC

Diameter steps
d1
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05

d2
5.5
6.5
8
10
12
15
18

d3
4
5
6
8
10
13
16

l2
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20

k
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
1.5

l1

71

80 100






HST
Order No 275.4.
Hardness: Surface 950 HV 0,3; Head 52 3 HRC
HZ - TIN (HSS)
Order No 275.0.
Hardness: Surface 2300 HV 0,05; Head 52 3 HRC
ASP 23-ASP2023
Order No 275.6.
Hardness: Shaft 64 2 HRC; Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently


precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full
interchangeability with replacement punches.
Stock lenghts: 71, 80, 100 mm.
other lengths and diameters on request!

Ordering Code (example):


Punch similar to DIN 9861 Shape C
Material MAT
Shaft diameter d3
Length l1
Cutting diameter d1
Punch cutting length l2
Order No
subject to alterations

=275.
HSS
=
3.
8 mm =
0800.
71 mm =
071.
2.5 mm =
0250.
5 mm =
005
=275.3. 0800. 071.0250. 005
E23

Punch VDI 3374


232.

232. Punch VDI 3374


d1
2-5

Diameter steps
d1
0.1

Material:

HSS
Order No 232.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged. Shaft and head subsequently precision plunge-


ground.

Note:

Matching insert sleeve 233. und 234.

Ordering Code (example):


Punch VDI 3374
Material MAT
Cutting diameter d1
Order No
E24

=232.
HSS =
3.
2 mm=
0200
=232.3. 0200
subject to alterations

Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape A


233.
l2
(counter-sinking)

13 k6
+0,1
6,1

detail X

Head Type Quill


Bush with
Thrust Pin
Order No. 233.

60

Thrust Pin

Punches
Order No. 232.
H7

5 h6
13 -0,05

Material:

Insert sleeve:
Steel C 45 heat treated to 800 N/mm2
Thrust pin:
HWS, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

233. Insert sleeve with thrust pin


VDI 3374 Shape A
Order No
233.7.048
233.7.057
233.7.065

l
63
71
80

l1
48
57
65

l2
29
37
46

l3
29
37
46

Insert sleeve: shaft precision ground


Thrust pin: ground

Note:

Matching punch 232.

subject to alterations

E25

Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI 3374 Shape B


234.

l 2 (counter-sinking)

12,9 -0,2
+0,1
6,1

Detail Y
Ball Lock Type
Quill Bush
with
Thrust Pin
Order No 234.

Thrust Pin
13 h6

60

Stepped Quill
Punch with
Conical Head
Order No 232.

H7

5 h6

234. Insert sleeve with thrust pin VDI3374


ShapeB
Order No
234.7.048
234.7.057
234.7.065

l
63
71
80

l1
48
57
65

l2
29
37
46

l3
29
37
46

Material:

Insert sleeve:
Steel C 45 heat treated to 800 N/mm2
Thrust pin:
HWS, hardened 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Insert sleeve: shaft precision ground


Thrust pin: ground

Note:

Matching punch 232.

E26

subject to alterations

Punch with tapered head 30, Shape D


2281.

Material:

2281. Punch with tapered head 30, ShapeD

HSS
Order No 2281.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 58 + 2 HRC
Head 50 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently


precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full
interchangeability with replacement punches.

d1

d2

d4

5.5
6
8
9
10
12
14
16

8.98
9.75
12.8
14.4
15.9
18.7
21.8
24.6

5.5
6
8
9
10
12
14
16

7.5
8
10
11
12
14
16
18

1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2

30
28
22.5
20
19
24
21
25

l1
100

l1
120

Ordering Code (example):


Punch with tapered head 30, Shape D
Material MAT
Shaft diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2281.
HSS
=
3.
10 mm =
1000.
100 mm =
100
=2281. 3. 1000. 100
E27

Punch with tapered head 30, Shape C


2291.
Einzelheit X
30
d 4 -0,3

d2

I 1 +1

d3

I2

R1

d 1 h6

2291. Punch with tapered head 30, ShapeC


d3

d2

d4

5.5
6
8
9
10
12
14
16

8.98
9.75
12.8
14.4
15.9
18.7
21.8
24.6

5.5
6
8
9
10
12
14
16

7.5
8
10
11
12
14
16
18

1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2

30
28
22.5
20
19
24
21
25

l1
100

l1
120

Material:

HSS
Order No 2291.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 58 + 2 HRC
Head 50 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged and tempered. Shaft and head subsequently


precision plunge-ground for perfect concentricity and full
interchangeability with replacement punches.
d1 and l2 to customers specifications!

Ordering Code (example):


Punch with tapered head 30, Shape C
Material MAT
Shaft diameter d3
Length l1
Cutting diameter d1
Punch cutting length l2
Order No
E28

HSS
10 mm
100 mm
5 mm
5 mm

=2291.
=
3.
=
1000.
=
100.
=
0500.
=
005
=2291. 3. 1000. 100.0500.005
subject to alterations

subject to alterations

E29

Punch with tapered head, Shape D


2284.3. Punch with tapered head, ShapeD

2284.3.
d 2 -0.2

r-0

.2

l +0.5

k +0.2

d 1 0.2

d 1 h6

Material:

HSS
Order No 2284.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 62-66 HRC
Head 45-55 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

d1
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.1
5.2
5.5
5.6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
7
7.5
7.7
8.1
8.5
9
9.5
10.5
11
11.5
12
12.5
13.5
14
14.5
15
15.5
17
18
19
19.5

d2
3
3.2
3.2
3.5
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
4
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5
5
5
5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
9
9
10
10
11
11
11
13
13
14
15
15
16
16
17
18
18
19
19
20
21
22
23
25

a
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

k
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

r
3.5
5
5
5
5
5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

71

80

100

110

Shaft precision ground. Head subsequently hot upset-forged and


tempered.

Note:

Matching piloted counterbore 2284.00.

Ordering Code (example):


Punch with tapered head, Shape D
Shaft diameter d 1
Length l
Order No
E30

=2284.3.
5.2 mm =
0520.
80 mm =
080
=2284.3. 0520. 080
subject to alterations

Piloted counterbore for tapered-head punch

2284.00.

32

l1
r 1 +0,2
d 1 f7
d s h8

45

l1
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

r1
3.5
5
5
5
5
5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

se

d3
3.3
3.5
3.5
3.8
3.8
3.8
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
8.5
8.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
10.5
10.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
16
16

iu

ds
3.3
3.5
3.5
3.8
3.8
3.8
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
7.4
7.4
7.4
8.5
8.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
10.5
10.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
13.5
13.5
14.5
14.5
15.5
15.5
16.5
16.5
17.5
17.5
18.5
18.5
19.5
19.5
20.5
20.5
21.5
22.5
23.5
25.5
25.5

d
ra

d1
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5
5.1
5.2
5.5
5.6
6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
7
7.5
7.7
8
8.1
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.5
11
11.5
12
12.5
13
13.5
14
14.5
15
15.5
16
17
18
19
19.5
20

Piloted counterbore for


tapered-head punch

d 3 h11

2284.00.

0,5x45

0,5x45

70 +1

Material:

HSS, hardened 62-66 HRC

Execution:

Tempered and ground.

Ordering Code (example):


Piloted counterbore for tapered-head
punch
Shaft diameter d 1
Order No

subject to alterations

=2284.00.
5.6 mm =
0560
=2284.00. 0560
E31

Assembly Guide Lines for Head Type Punches


with Round Points
Description:

Guide Lines:

Head type punches with round point (DIN 9844) are intended for floating
assembly in the punch retainer. Radial guiding is to be provided by the
stripper.

(excerpts from DIN 9844, page 5)


d1 max. = stock thickness

This type of punch assembly eliminates alignment errors caused by distorted mounting of the die set and faulty press geometry.

stripping force*, for d1 from 1 to 5 mm: approx. 20 % of piercing force


ditto . . ., for d1 from 5 to 16 mm: approx. 10 % of piercing force

With punches held in this manner, a clear separation between transmission


of perforation force and guiding is achieved.

Punch retainer: steel of at least 300 N/mm2 tensile strength

clearance punch
head/percussion
plate = 0.02 mm

In order to facilitate assembly of punches of different diameters, the height


of the heads is standardized to 4+0,2 mm (DIN 9844).

*applicable to stock not exceeding 400 N/mm2 shear strength


Retaining hole in punch retainer = 1,05 times d1 or d2 respectively
Clearance punch head/percussion plate = 0,02 mm.

Top Bolster

0,02

Percussion Plate

Intermediate Plate
(omitted if punch retainer
cbored for punch heads)
1,05 x d 1

Punch Retainer

d1
Head Type Straight Punch DIN 9844

Stripper (guiding type)

Guide Pillar

Matrix Plate

Bottom Bolster

E32

subject to alterations

Punch DIN 9844, Shape A


220.

Material:

220. Punch DIN 9844, Shape A

HSS
Order No 220.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
HST
Order No 220.4.
Hardness:
Surface 950 HV 0,3
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged. Shaft and shoulder precision plunge-ground.


Stock lenghts: 71, 90, 112 mm.
other lengths and diameters on request!

d1
2- 2.2
2.3 - 2.5
2.6 - 2.8
2.9 - 3.2
3.3 - 3.5
3.6 - 4
4.1 - 4.5
4.6 - 5
5.1 - 5.4
5.5 - 5.9
6- 6.4
6.5 - 7
7.5 - 8
8.5 - 9
9.5 - 10
10.5 - 11
11.5 - 12.5
13- 14.5
15- 16

Diameter steps
d1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

d3
3.6
4
4.5
5
6
7
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.8
12
13
14.5
16
18
20
22

r
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
1
1
1
1

l1

71

90

112

Ordering Code (example):


Punch DIN 9844, Shape A
Material MAT
Cutting diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=220.
HSS
=
3.
5.5 mm =
0550.
71 mm =
071
=220.3. 0550. 071
E33

Punch DIN 9844, Shape B


221.

+0,5

4 +0,2

d 3 -0,1
d4

l1

d 2 h6

l2

3
R1
d 1 h6
d4

d1

+0,5

221. Punch DIN 9844, Shape B


d1
0.1 - 1.9
1.95 - 2.4
2.5 - 3.1
3.2 - 3.9
4 - 4.9
5 - 6.2
6.3 - 7.9
8 - 9.9
10 - 12.4
12.5 - 15.9

Diameter steps
d1
d2 d3
0.05
2 3.6
0.05
2.5 4
0.1
3.2 5
0.1
4
7
0.1
5 8.5
0.1
6.3 10
0.1
8 12
0.1
10 14.5
0.1
12.5 18
0.1
16 22

l2
7
7
7
7
7
7
16
16
16
16

r
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.7
0.7
1
1

Material:
l1

71

90 112









HSS
Order No 221.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
HST
Order No 221.4.
Hardness:
Surface 950 HV 0,3
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged. Shaft and shoulder precision plunge-ground.


Stock lenghts: 71, 90, 112 mm.
other lengths and diameters on request!

Ordering Code (example):


Punch DIN 9844, Shape B
Material MAT
Cutting diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E34

=221.
HSS
=
3.
5 mm =
0500.
71 mm =
071
=221.3. 0500.071
subject to alterations

Punch similar to VDI 3374


4,2 -0,1

266.

d 3 -0,1
-0,2

d 2 k6
d 2 -0,05

l 1 +1

32

R 0,4

l 2 0,5

3
R1
d 1 j6

Material:

266. Punch similar to VDI 3374

Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

d1
5 - 8.9
9 - 11.9
12 - 15.9
16 - 19.5
20 - 24.5

HSS
Order No 266.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 62 2 HRC
Head 45 5 HRC

Diameter steps
d1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.5
0.5

d2
10
13
16
20
25

d3
13
16
19
24
29

l2
13
13
13
13
13

l1+1

71

80

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged. Shaft and shoulder precision plunge-ground.


Stock lenghts: 71, 80 mm.
other lengths and diameters on request!

Ordering Code (example):


Punch similar to VDI 3374
Material MAT
Cutting diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=266.
HSS
=
3.
12 mm =
1200.
71 mm =
071
=266.3. 1200. 071
E35

Punch with ejector pin


267.

+0,4

d 3 0,2
M

l 1 +0,8

d 1 m5

19

radiussed

d4
d 1 h6

267. Punch with ejector pin


d1 h6

d3

d4

5
6
8
10
13
16
20
25

8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28

0.45
0.7
1.04
1.47
1.47
2.26
2.26
2.26

5
5
5
5
5
6.4
6.4
6.4

l1
60

l1
71

Material:
l1
80

l1
90

M
M2.5
M3
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6

HSS
Order No 267.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged. Shaft and shoulder precision plunge-ground.

Ordering Code (example):


Punch with ejector pin
Material MAT
Shaft diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E36

=267.
HSS
=
3.
13 mm =
1300.
60 mm =
060
=267. 3. 1300. 060
subject to alterations

Punch with ejector pin, stepped, short point


268.
d 3 +0,2
k +0,4

d 2 m5

19

radiused

l 1 +0,8

d 2 h6

R9

l2

,5

d4
d 1 +0,01

Material:

268. Punch with ejector pin, stepped,


shortpoint

HSS
Order No 268.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged. Shaft and shoulder precision plunge-ground.

d1

d2

d3

d4

l2

1.6 - 4.9
2.3 - 5.9
3.2 - 7.9
4.8 - 9.9
4.8 - 12.9
5.5 - 15.9
5.5 - 19.9
6.5 - 24.9

5
6
8
10
13
16
20
25

8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28

0.45
0.7
1.04
1.47
1.47
2.26
2.26
2.26

5
5
5
5
5
6.4
6.4
6.4

7
7
13
13
13
13
13
13

l1
60

l1
71

l1
80

l1
90

amin

1.6
2.3
3.2
4.8
4.8
5.5
5.5
6.5

M2.5
M3
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6

Key flats parallel with longest size of shape, unless otherwise specified.

Ordering Code (example):


Punch with ejector pin, stepped, short point
Material MAT
Shaft diameter d2
Length l1
Die shape FORM
Die shape width a
Die shape length b
Order No
subject to alterations

=268.
HSS
=
3.
13 mm =
1300.
60 mm =
060.
Square =
01.
4.8 mm=
0480.
4.8 mm=
0480
=268.3. 1300. 060. 01. 0480. 0480
E37

Punch with ejector pin, stepped, long point


269.
d 3 +0,2
k +0,4

d 2 m5

19

radiused

l 1 +0,8

d 2 h6

l2

R9,

d4
d 1 +0,01

269. Punch with ejector pin, stepped,


longpoint
d1

d2

d3

d4

2.3 - 5.9
3.2 - 7.9
4.8 - 9.9
4.8 - 12.9
5.5 - 15.9
5.5 - 19.9
6.5 - 24.9

6
8
10
13
16
20
25

9
11
13
16
19
23
28

0.7
1.04
1.47
1.47
2.26
2.26
2.26

l2

l1
60
5 17.5
5
25
5
28
5
28
6.4 28
6.4 28
6.4 28

l1
71

l1
80

l1
90

Material:
amin

2.3
3.2
4.8
4.8
5.5
5.5
6.5

M3
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6

HSS
Order No 269.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 3 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:
Head hot upset-forged. Shaft and shoulder precision plunge-ground.
Key flats parallel with longest size of shape, unless otherwise specified.

Ordering Code (example):


Punch with ejector pin, stepped, long point
Material MAT
Shaft diameter d2
Length l1
Die shape FORM
Die shape width a
Die shape length b
Order No
E38

=269.
HSS
=
3.
13 mm =
1300.
60 mm =
060.
Square =
01.
4.8 mm=
0480.
4.8 mm=
0480
=269.3. 1300. 060. 01. 0480. 0480
subject to alterations

subject to alterations

E39

Sintered Hard Metal


HIP-densified
The HIP process (hot isostatic pressing) consists of a special densification treatment.
Applied after the sintering stage, this widely used process involves compacting, at very high temperature and pressure, of the carbide structure. It yields an
appreciable reduction in porosity, better strength properties and thus longer die life of press tool members.
As can be seen from the diagrams and tables, both compressive and flexural strength are improved.
For stamping die tooling, hard metal types of medium tungsten particle size, with a cobalt content of 9 to 12%, have been found succesful in a wide field of
applications.

Tensile strength of Tungsten 6% Cobalt Carbide in the sintered-only


versus HIP-densified state, in dependance of Cristallite particle size

Tensile strength of Tungsten Cobalt Carbide in the sintered-only versus


HIP-densified state, in dependance of total Cobalt content

2,5
kN/mm 2

2,5
kN/mm 2

2,0

2,0

1,5

1,5

bB

1,0

bB

Tungsten
fine

Carbide Particle Size


medium
coarse

3,5%

fine

medium

coarse

HV30-Hardness

Co %
3
6
9
6
9
12
15
6
8
10

Cobalt Content:
6%

15%

b) influence of cobalt content


(left: sintered only right: sintered and HIP-treated)

a) influence of crystallite size of hard metal phase


(left: sintered only right: sintered and HIP-treated)

Tungsten carbide
particle size

1,0

befor
1800
1650
1400
1600
1450
1300
1200
1400
1350
1200

after

no changes

Flexural Strength N/mm2


befor
after
1200
1700
1500
2300
2000
2600
2000
2600
2350
2700
2450
2900
2700
2850
1900
2250
2300
2600
2650
2850

Flexural strength and HV30-hardness of Tungsten-Cobalt Carbides with/without HIP-treatment and in dependance of Tungsten Carbide particle size and
Cobalt content.

E40

subject to alterations

Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A


270.
d 3 -0,1

I 1 +0,5

4 +0,2

d4

d 1 h6
d4

d 1 +0,5

Material:

270. Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A

Tungsten-Cobalt-Carbide
Order No 270.9.

Execution:

Shaft precision ground.


Head steel, brazed to shaft or Tungsten-Cobalt Carbide.
Other diameters and lengths on request.

d1
1 - 2.2
2.3 - 2.5
2.6 - 2.8
2.9 - 3.2
3.3 - 3.5
3.6 - 4
4.1 - 4.5
4.6 - 5
5.1 - 5.4
5.5 - 5.9
6 - 6.4
6.5 - 7
7.5 - 8
8.5 - 9
9.5 - 10
10.5 - 11
11.5 - 12.5
13 - 14.5
15 - 16

Diameter steps
d1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

d3
3.6
4
4.5
5
6
7
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.8
12
13
14.5
16
18
20
22

r
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
1
1
1
1

l1

71

90

112

Ordering Code (example):


Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape A
Shaft diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=270.9.
4.7 mm =
0470.
71 mm =
071
=270.9. 0470.071
E41

Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B


271.

I 1 +0,5

4 +0,2

d 3 -0,1
d4

d 2 h6

I 2 0,5

R1

d 4 h6
d4

d1

+0,5

271. Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B


d1
0.5 - 1.9
1.95 - 2.4
2.5 - 3.1
3.2 - 3.9
4 - 4.9
5 - 6.2
6.3 - 7.9
8 - 9.9
10 - 12.4
12.5 - 15.9

Diameter steps
d1
d2
d3
0.05
2
3.6
0.05
2.5
4
0.1
3.2
5
0.1
4
7
0.1
5
8.5
0.1
6.3 10
0.1
8
12
0.1
10 14.5
0.1
12.5 18
0.1
16 22

l2
7
7
7
7
7
7
16
16
16
16

r
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.7
0.7
1
1

l1

71

Material:
90 112









Tungsten-Cobalt-Carbide
Order No 271.9.

Execution:

Shaft precision ground.


Head steel, brazed to shaft or Tungsten-Cobalt Carbide.
Other diameters and lengths on request.

Ordering Code (example):


Punch similar DIN 9844, Shape B
Cutting diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E42

=271.9.
7.3 mm =
0730.
71 mm =
071
=271.9. 0730. 071
subject to alterations

Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D


272.

l 1 +0,5

k +0,2

60
d2

d 1 h6

Material:

272. Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D

Tungsten-Cobalt-Carbide
Order No 272.9.

Execution:

Shaft precision ground.


Head steel, brazed to shaft or Tungsten-Cobalt Carbide.
Other diameters and lengths on request.

d1
1.5
1.6 - 1.7
1.8 - 1.9
2
2.1 - 2.2
2.3 - 2.5
2.6 - 2.9
3 - 3.4
3.5 - 3.9
4 - 4.4
4.5 - 4.9
5 - 5.4
5.5 - 5.9
6 - 6.4
6.5 - 7
7.5 - 8
8.5 - 9
9.5 - 10
10.5 - 11
11.5 - 12
12.5 - 13
13.5 - 14
14.5 - 15
15.5 - 16

Diameter steps
d1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

d2
2.2
2.5
2.8
3
3.2
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

k
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5

l1

71

80

100

Ordering Code (example):


Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape D
Shaft diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=272.9.
5 mm =
0500.
71 mm =
071
=272.9. 0500.071
E43

Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C


273.

d 3 h6

l 1 +0,5

0,5+0,2

60
d2

7 +0,5

3
R1
d 1 h6

273. Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C


d1
0.5 - 1.5
1.55 - 2.95

Diameter steps
d1
0.05
0.05

d2
3
4.5

d3
2
3

Material:
l1
71
71

Tungsten-Cobalt-Carbide
Order No 273.9.

Execution:

Shaft precision ground.


Head steel, brazed to shaft or Tungsten-Cobalt Carbide.
Other diameters and lengths on request.

Ordering Code (example):


Punch similar DIN 9861, Shape C
Cutting diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E44

=273.9.
1.75 mm=
0175.
71 mm =
71
=273.9. 0175. 71
subject to alterations

Ball-Lock Punches

E45

Ordering example
Ball-Lock Punches
Note:

See table for standard dimensions


Special dimensions to order

2 2 4 2 . 2 F 1 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 B
Format: Slot
length P = 6,5 mm

Punch cutting
length: l1
13
19
25
30
special

Punch:
22 without ejector pin
27 with ejector pin

Version:
Order No
blank
= 0
round
= 1
square
= 2
rectangular
= 3
slot
= 4
rectangle with radiused corners = 5
pilot pin with tapered tip
= 6
pilot pin parabolic tip
= 7
special shapes
= 9

Type:
light
heavy
punch larger, light
punch larger, heavy

Order No
= 2
= 3
= 4
= 5

Diameter: d2
6 (light duty only)
10
13
16
20
25
32
38 (light duty only)
40 (heavy duty only)

Order No
= 1
= 2
= 3
= 4
= 5
= 6
= 7
= 8
= 9

Format: Slot
width W = 4,5 mm

Order No
= 1
= 2
= 3
= 4
= X

Lenght: l
50
56
63
71
80
90
100
110
125
140
150
175
200
special

Order Code
character
= A
= B
= C
= D
= E
= F
= G
= H
= J
= K
= L
= M
= N
= X

Angle:
0
90
180
270
special

Order Code
character
= A
= B
= C
= D
= X

Ordering Code (Example):

10

2242.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle = 90 (B)
Format: Slot, width W = 4,5 mm (0450)

Punch cutting length: l1 = 13 mm (1)

90

Format: Slot, length P = 6,5 mm (0650)

Length: l = 90 mm (F)
Diameter: d2 = 10 mm (2)

Version: Slot (4)

13

Type = light (2)

Punch: without ejector pin (22)

6,5

E46

4,5

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, blank, light duty


2202.

2202. Ball lock punch, blank, light duty


d2 / (Order No)
6 / (1)
10 / (2)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
38 / (8)

d5
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

140
(K)

150
(l)

175
(M)

200
(N)

Material:

Ordering code (example):


2202.7G

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
light
Version:
blank
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

Order Code character


= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (0)
= 22

E47

Ball lock punch, stepped, round, light duty


2212.

2212. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, light duty


d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where P < 2.20

P
1,6-5,9
1,6-9,9
5,0-12,9
8,0-15,9
12,0-19,9
16,0-24,9
24,0-31,9
30,0-37,9

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2212.7G2.2450

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 24,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
length: l
100 mm
diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Round
Punch:
without ejector pin

E48

= 2450
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (1)
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, stepped, square, light duty


2222.

d 2 g5

P 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

P 0,01

d5

G
G=

2P
R1
l1

+1

= 90 Standard
180

0
270

2222. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, light duty


d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where P < 2.20

Pmin
1.6
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
5.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
37.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2222.2F1.0650 B

subject to alterations

63
(C)

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Angle:
90

Order code character


= (B)

Format: Square, length P


P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
10 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Square
Punch:
without ejector pin

= 0650
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (2)

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 22

E49

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, light duty


2232.

d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

P 0,01

d5

G=

P2+W2

R1

l 1 +1

= 90 Standard
180

0
270

2232. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, light duty


d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

E50

Gmax
5.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
37.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2232.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 4,5 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
10 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
without ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 0450
= 0650
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (3)
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, light duty


2242.

d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

P 0,01

d5

G=P
R1

l1

+1

= 90 Standard
180

0
270

2242. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, light duty


d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
5.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
37.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2242.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle
90
Format: Slot, width W
W = 4,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
10 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Slot
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

63
(C)

Order code character


= (B)
= 0450

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 0650
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (4)
= 22

E51

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, light duty
2252.

d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

P 0,01

d5

5
0,
1

,0

R1

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

l 1 +1

G=

= 90 Standard
180

0
270

2252. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
5.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
37.9

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E52

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2252.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 4,5 mm
= 0450
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 6,5 mm
= 0650
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
= (1)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
10 mm
= (2)
Type:
Order No
light
= (2)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners = (5)
Punch:
without ejector pin
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, light duty


2702.

2702. Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
6 / (1)
10 / (2)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
38 / (8)

d5
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2702.7G

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
light
Version:
blank
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

Order code character


= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (0)
= 27

E53

Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, light duty
2712.

2712. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where P < 2.20

P
1,6-5,9
1,6-9,9
5,0-12,9
8,0-15,9
12,0-19,9
16,0-24,9
24,0-31,9
30,0-37,9

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2712.7G2.2450

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 24,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
length: l
100 mm
diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Round
Punch:
with ejector pin

E54

= 2450
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (1)
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, light duty
2722.

d 2 g5

P 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

P 0,01

d5

G
G=

2P
R1
l 1 +1

= 90 Standard
180

0
270

2722. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where P < 2.20

Pmin
1.6
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
5.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
37.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2722.2E1.0650 A

subject to alterations

63
(C)

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Angle:
0

Order code character


= (A)

Format: Square, length P


P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
80 mm
Diameter: d2
10 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Square
Punch:
with ejector pin

= 0650
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (E)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (2)

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 27

E55

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, light duty
2732.

d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

P 0,01

d5

G=

P2+W2

R1

l 1 +1

= 90 Standard
180

0
270

2732. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

E56

Gmax
5.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
37.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2732.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 4,5 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
10 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
with ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 0450
= 0650
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (3)
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
2742.

d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

P 0,01

d5

G=P
R1

l 1 +1

= 90 Standard
180

0
270

2742. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
5.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
37.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2742.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle
90
Format: Slot, width W
W = 4,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
10 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Slot
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

63
(C)

Order code character


= (B)
= 0450

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 0650
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (4)
= 27

E57

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector
pin, light duty
2752.

d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

P 0,01

d5

5
0,
1*

,0

R1

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

l 1 +1

G=

= 90 Standard
180

0
270

2752. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin, l ight duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
6 / (1)
6
10 / (2)
8
13 / (3)
8
16 / (4)
8
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
8
32 / (7)
8
38 / (8)
8
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
5.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
37.9

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E58

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2752.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 4,5 mm
= 0450
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 6,5 mm
= 0650
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
= (1)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
10 mm
= (2)
Type:
Order No
light
= (2)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners = (5)
Punch:
with ejector pin
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, light duty
2204.

2204. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

P
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2204.4 F 4.3800

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 38,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
30 mm
length: l
90 mm
diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Blank
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

= 3800
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (0)
= 22

E59

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, light duty
2214.

2214. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

P
13-32
16-38
20-40
25-44
32-50

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2214.7G2.3800

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 38,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
length: l
100 mm
diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Round
Punch:
without ejector pin

E60

= 3800
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (1)
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, light duty
2224.
d2g5

P 0,01
= 90

l1+1,5

R3

l +0,5

P 0,01

d5

G
G=

= 90
Standard
0

2P

180

270

2224. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

Pmin
9.19
11.31
14.14
17.68
22.63

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2224.7F2.3535 A

subject to alterations

80
(E)

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Angle:
0

Order code character


= (A)

Format: Square, length P


P = 35,35 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Square
Punch:
without ejector pin

= 3535
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (2)

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 22

E61

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, light duty
2234.
d2 g5

W 0,01

d5

l1 +1,5

R3

P 0,01

l +0,5

= 90

= 90
Standard
180

G=

P2+W2

270

2234. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

E62

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2234.7F2.3800.1150B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 11,5 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 38 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
without ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 1150
= 3800
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (3)
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, light duty
2244.
d 2 g5

W 0,01

l +0,5

d5

= 90

l 1 +1,5

P 0,01

R3

= 90
Standard

G=P
180

270

2244. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2244.4F2.3800.0650B
Angle
90
Format: Slot, width W
W = 6,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 38,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Slot
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

80
(E)

Order code character


= (B)
= 0650

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 3800
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (4)
= 22

E63

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners,
light duty
2254.
d 2 g5

W 0,01
d5

G
R 0,5

l 1 +1,5

R3

P 0,01

l +0,5

= 90

= 90
Standard
180

G=

0,01

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

270

2254. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, l ight duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E64

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2254.7F2.3800.1150B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 11,5 mm
= 1150
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 38,0 mm
= 3800
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
= (2)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
32 mm
= (7)
Type:
Order No
punch larger, light duty
= (4)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners= (5)
Punch:
without ejector pin
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
2704.

2704. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

P
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2704.4 F 4.3800

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 38,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
30 mm
length: l
90 mm
diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Blank
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

= 3800
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (0)
= 27

E65

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin, light duty
2714.

2714. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

P
13-32
16-38
20-40
25-44
32-50

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2714.7G2.4250

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 42,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
length: l
100 mm
diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Round
Punch:
with ejector pin

E66

= 4250
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (1)
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin,
lightduty
2724.
d 2 g5

P 0,01

d5

l +0,5

= 90

l 1 +1,5

P 0,01

R3

G
G=

= 90
Standard

2P
180

270

2724. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

Pmin
9.19
11.31
14.14
17.68
22.63

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2724.5E2.2828 A

subject to alterations

80
(E)

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Angle:
0

Order code character


= (A)

Format: Square, length P


P = 28,28 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
80 mm
Diameter: d2
20 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Square
Punch:
with ejector pin

= 2828
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (E)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (2)

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 27

E67

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin,
light duty
2734.
d 2 g5

W 0,01

d5

l 1 +1,5

R3

P 0,01

l +0,5

= 90

= 90
Standard
180

G=

P2+W2

270

2734. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin, light d
uty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

E68

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2734.7F2.3800.1150B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 11,5 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 38 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
with ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 1150
= 3800
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (3)
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
2744.
d 2 g5

W 0,01

l +0,5

d5

= 90

l 1 +1,5

P 0,01

R3

= 90
Standard

G=P
180

270

2744. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2744.7F2.3800.1150B
Angle
90
Format: Slot, width W
W = 11,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 38,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, light duty
Version:
Slot
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

80
(E)

Order code character


= (B)
= 1150

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 3800
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (4)
= 27

E69

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners,
with ejector pin, light duty
2754.
d 2 g5

W 0,01
d5

G
R 0,5

l 1 +1,5

R3

P 0,01

l +0,5

= 90

0,01

= 90
Standard
180

G=

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

270

2754. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, w
ith ejector
pin, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)

d5
8
8
8
8
8

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E70

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2754.7F2.3800.1150B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 11,5 mm
= 1150
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 38,0 mm
= 3800
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
= (2)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
32 mm
= (7)
Type:
Order No
punch larger, light duty
= (4)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners= (5)
Punch:
with ejector pin
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, light duty


2262.
d 2 g5

l +0,5

d5

l 1 +1

R1

P +0,01
40

2262. Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
10 / (2)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
38 / (8)

d5
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

P
5.9-9.9
9.9-12.9
12.9-15.9
15.9-19.9
19.9-24.9
24.9-31.9
31.9-37.9

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)
19 (2)
25 (3)
25 (3)
25 (3)
25 (3)
30 (4)

N
8
10
15
20
25
30
35

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

140
(K)

150
(l)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2262.4G3.1400

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and pilot pin fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 14,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
25 mm
Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Pilot pin with tapered tip
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

= 1400
Order No
= (3)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (6)
= 22

E71

Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, light duty


2272.

d 2 g5

l +0,5

d5

l 1 +1

R1

P +0,01

2272. Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, light duty
d2 / (Order No)
6 / (1)
10 / (2)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
38 / (8)

d5
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

P
2,9-5,9
5,9-9,9
9,9-12,9
12,9-15,9
15,9-19,9
19,9-24,9
24,9-31,9
31,9-37,9

l1 / (Order No)
13 (1)
19 (2)
19 (2)
25 (3)
25 (3)
25 (3)
25 (3)
30 (4)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l / (Order Code character)

50
(A)

56
(B)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2272.4G3.1400

Execution:

Shaft and pilot pin fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

Note:

The 2 mm length provides full guidance


before the blanking punch contacts the sheet
metal.
Length of parabolic tip N:
= 8 mm where P 10 mm
=12 mm where P 10,1 mm - 15 mm
=15 mm where P > 15 mm

E72

Format: Round
P = 14,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
25 mm
Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
light
Version:
Pilot pin with parabolic tip
Punch:
without ejector pin

= 1400
Order No
= (3)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (7)
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, blank, heavy duty


2203.

2203. Ball lock punch, blank, heavy duty


d2 / (Order No)
10 / (2)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

140
(K)

150
(l)

175
(M)

200
(N)

Material:

Ordering code (example):


2203.7G

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
blank
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

Order Code character


= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (0)
= 22

E73

Ball lock punch, stepped, round, heavy duty


2213.

2213. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, heavy duty


d2 / (Order No)
d5
10 / (2)
10
13 / (3)
12
16 / (4)
12
20 / (5)
12
25 / (6)
12
32 / (7)
12
40 / (9)
12
*l1=10 where P < 2.20

P
1.6-9.9
5-12.9
8-15.9
12-19.9
16-24.9
24-31.9
30-39.9

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2213.7G2.2450

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 24,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
length: l
100 mm
diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
Round
Punch:
without ejector pin

E74

= 2450
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (1)
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, stepped, square, heavy duty


2223.
P

d 2 g5

0,01

= 90

l +0,5

0,01

d5

l 1 +1

G=

R1

2P

= 90
Standard
180

0
270

2223. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, heavy duty


d2 / (Order No)
d5
10 / (2)
10
13 / (3)
12
16 / (4)
12
20 / (5)
12
25 / (6)
12
32 / (7)
12
40 / (9)
12
*l1=10 where P < 2.20

Pmin
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
39.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2223.3F1.0600 B

subject to alterations

63
(C)

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Angle:
90

Order code character


= (B)

Format: Square, length P


P = 6,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
13 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
Square
Punch:
without ejector pin

= 0600
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (2)

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 22

E75

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, heavy duty


2233.

d 2 g5

0,01

l +0,5

d5

0,01

= 90
R1

l1

+1

= 90
Standard
180

G=

2P

0
270

2233. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, heavy duty


d2 / (Order No)
d5
10 / (2)
10
13 / (3)
12
16 / (4)
12
20 / (5)
12
25 / (6)
12
32 / (7)
12
40 / (9)
12
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
39.9

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

E76

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2233.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 4,5 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
10 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
without ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 0450
= 0650
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (3)
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, heavy duty


2243.

d 2 g5

W 0,01
l +0,5

d5

= 90
P 0,01

R1

l1

+1

G=P

= 90
Standard
180

0
270

2243. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, heavy duty


d2 / (Order No)
Wmin
10 / (2)
1.6
13 / (3)
4.5
16 / (4)
6
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
10
32 / (7)
12.5
40 / (9)
14
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Gmax
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
39.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2243.3E2.1215.0915B
Angle
90
Format: Slot, width W
W = 9,15 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 12,15 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
80 mm
Diameter: d2
13 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
Slot
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

63
(C)

Order code character


= (B)
= 0915

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 1215
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (E)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (4)
= 22

E77

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, heavy duty
d 2 g5

2253.

W 0,01

d5

P 0,01

l +0,5

= 90

R1

l1

+1

R 0,5

= 90
Standard
180

G=

0,01

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

0
270

2253. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
Wmin
10 / (2)
1.6
13 / (3)
4.5
16 / (4)
6
20 / (5)
8
25 / (6)
10
32 / (7)
12.5
40 / (9)
14
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Gmax
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
39.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E78

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2253.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 4,5 mm
= 0450
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 6,5 mm
= 0650
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
= (1)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
10 mm
= (2)
Type:
Order No
heavy duty
= (3)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners = (5)
Punch:
without ejector pin
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty


2703.

2703. Ball lock punch, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
10 / (2)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2703.7G

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
blank
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

Order code character


= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (0)
= 27

E79

Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, heavy duty
2713.
d 2 g5

l +0,5

d5

l 1 +1

R1

P +0,01

2713. Ball lock punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
10 / (2)
10
13 / (3)
12
16 / (4)
12
20 / (5)
12
25 / (6)
12
32 / (7)
12
40 / (9)
12
*l1=10 where P < 2.20

P
1.6-9.9
5-12.9
8-15.9
12-19.9
16-24.9
24-31.9
30-39.9

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2713.3C1.0550

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 5,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
length: l
63 mm
diameter: d2
13 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
Round
Punch:
with ejector pin

E80

= 0550
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (C)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (1)
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, heavy duty
2723.

0,01

d5
l +0,5

d 2 g5

0,01

= 90

R1

l 1 +1

G=

2P

= 90
Standard
180

0
270

2723. Ball lock punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
10 / (2)
10
13 / (3)
12
16 / (4)
12
20 / (5)
12
25 / (6)
12
32 / (7)
12
40 / (9)
12
*l1=10 where P < 2.20

Pmin
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
39.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2723.2F1.0650 B

subject to alterations

63
(C)

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Angle:
90

Order code character


= (B)

Format: Square, length P


P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
10 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
Square
Punch:
with ejector pin

= 0650
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (2)

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 27

E81

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, heavy duty
2733.

W 0,01

d 2 g5

P 0,01

= 90

d5
l +0,5

R1

G=

P2+W2

110
(H)

125
(J)

l1

+1

= 90
Standard
180

0
270

2733. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
10 / (2)
10
13 / (3)
12
16 / (4)
12
20 / (5)
12
25 / (6)
12
32 / (7)
12
40 / (9)
12
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
39.9

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2733.7F2.1400.1250B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 12,5 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 14,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
with ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 1250
= 1400
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (3)
= 27
subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
2743.

d 2 g5

W 0,01
l +0,5

d5

= 90

R1

l1

+1

P 0,01

G=P

= 90
Standard
180

0
270

2743. Ball lock punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
10 / (2)
10
13 / (3)
12
16 / (4)
12
20 / (5)
12
25 / (6)
12
32 / (7)
12
40 / (9)
12
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
39.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2743.2F1.0650.0450B
Angle
90
Format: Slot, width W
W = 4,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 6,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
10 mm
Type:
heavy duty
Version:
Slot
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

63
(C)

Order code character


= (B)
= 0450

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 0650
Order No
= (1)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (2)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (4)
= 27

E83

Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners,


with ejector pin, heavy duty
2753.

d 2 g5

W 0,01

l +0,5

d5

= 90
P 0,01

R1

l 1 +1

G
R 0,5

G=

= 90
Standard
180

0,01

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

0
270

2753. Ball lock punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin, h
eavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
d5
10 / (2)
10
13 / (3)
12
16 / (4)
12
20 / (5)
12
25 / (6)
12
32 / (7)
12
40 / (9)
12
*l1=10 where W < 2.20

Wmin
1.6
4.5
6
8
10
12.5
14

Gmax
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9
39.9

l1 / (Order No)*
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
13 (1)19 (2)25 (3)
19 (2)25 (3)30 (4)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E84

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2753.3F1.1215.0915B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 9,15 mm
= 0915
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 12,15 mm
= 1215
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
= (1)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
13 mm
= (3)
Type:
Order No
heavy duty
= (3)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners = (5)
Punch:
with ejector pin
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, heavy duty
2205.
d 2 g5

90 Standard

d5
I +0,5

180

R3

I 1 +1,5

270

+0,01

2205. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

P
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2205.7 G 4.5000

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 50,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
30 mm
length: l
100 mm
diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Blank
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

= 5000
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (0)
= 22

E85

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, heavy duty
2215.
90 Standard

180

270

2215. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

P
13-32
16-38
20-40
25-44
32-50
40-56

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2215.7G2.3210

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 32,1 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
length: l
100 mm
diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Round
Punch:
without ejector pin

E86

= 3210
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (1)
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, heavy duty
P 0,01

2225.

= 90

P 0,01

d 2 g5

d5

R3

2P

l 1 +1,5

G=

l +0,5

= 90
Standard
180

270

2225. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

Pmin
9.19
11.31
14.14
17.68
22.63
28.28

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2225.4F4.1150 B

subject to alterations

80
(E)

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Angle:
90

Order code character


= (B)

Format: Square, length P


P = 11,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
30 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Square
Punch:
without ejector pin

= 1150
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (2)

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 22

11.2014

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, heavy duty
2235.
d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

R3

P 0,01

l +0,5

d5

l 1 +1,5

G
= 90
Standard
180

G=

P2+W2

270

2235. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5
14

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

E88

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2235.4F4.1400.1100B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 11,0 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 14 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
30 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
without ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 1100
= 1400
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (3)
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, heavy duty
2245.
d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

d5

l 1 +1,5

P 0,01

R3

= 90
Standard

G=P
180

270

2245. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5
14

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2245.7F2.3800.1150B
Angle
90
Format: Slot, width W
W = 11,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 38,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Slot
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

80
(E)

Order code character


= (B)
= 1150

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 3800
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (4)
= 22

E89

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners,
heavy duty
2255.
d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

G
R 0,5

l 1 +1,5

R3

P 0,01

l +0,5

d5

= 90
Standard
180

G=

0,01

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

270

2255. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, h
eavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5
14

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E90

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2255.4F2.1400.1100B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 11,0 mm
= 1100
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 14,0 mm
= 1400
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
= (2)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
16 mm
= (4)
Type:
Order No
punch larger, heavy duty
= (5)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners= (5)
Punch:
without ejector pin
= 22

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin, heavy
duty
2705.

2705. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, blank, with ejector pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

P
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2705.7 G 4.5000

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 50,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
30 mm
length: l
100 mm
diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Blank
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

= 5000
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (0)
= 27

E91

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin,
heavy duty
2715.

2715. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, round, with ejector pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

P
13-32
16-38
20-40
25-44
32-50
40-56

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2715.7G2.3210

Execution:

Shaft and punch diameter fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 32,1 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
length: l
100 mm
diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Round
Punch:
with ejector pin

E92

= 3210
Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (1)
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin,
heavy duty
2725.
d 2 g5

P 0,01
= 90

l +0,5

d5

l 1 +1,5

P 0,01

R3

G
G=

= 90
Standard

2P
180

270

2725. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, square, with ejector pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

Pmin
9.19
11.31
14.14
17.68
22.63
28.28

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2725.4F4.2500 B

subject to alterations

80
(E)

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Angle:
90

Order code character


= (B)

Format: Square, length P


P = 25,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
30 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Square
Punch:
with ejector pin

= 2500
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (2)

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 27

E93

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin,
heavy duty
2735.
d 2 g5

W 0,01
d5

R3

P 0,01

l +0,5

= 90

l 1 +1,5

G
= 90
Standard
180

G=

P2+W2

270

2735. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangular, with ejector pin, heavy d
uty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5
14

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

E94

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2735.4F4.1400.1100B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 11,0 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 14,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
30 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
with ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 1100
= 1400
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (3)
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
2745.
d 2 g5

W 0,01

d5
l +0,5

= 90

l 1 +1,5

P 0,01

R3

= 90
Standard

G=P
180

270

2745. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, slot, with ejector pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5
14

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2745.4F4.1400.1100B
Angle
90
Format: Slot, width W
W = 11,0 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 14,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
30 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
punch larger, heavy duty
Version:
Slot
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

80
(E)

Order code character


= (B)
= 1100

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 1400
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (4)
= 27

E95

Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners,
with ejector pin, heavy duty
2755.
d 2 g5

W 0,01
= 90

G
R 0,5

l 1 +1,5

R3

P 0,01

l +0,5

d5

= 90
Standard
180

G=

0,01

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

270

2755. Ball lock punch, punch larger than shaft, rectangle with radiussed corners, w
ith ejector
pin, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
12
12
12
12
12
12

Wmin
5
6.5
8
10
11.5
14

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and punch shape fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E96

Gmax
32
38
40
44
50
56

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)
19 (2)30 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2755.3F2.1215.1100B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 11,0 mm
= 1100
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 12,15 mm
= 1215
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
= (2)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
13 mm
= (3)
Type:
Order No
punch larger, heavy duty
= (5)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners= (5)
Punch:
with ejector pin
= 27

subject to alterations

Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, heavy duty


2263.

2263. Ball lock pilot pin, with tapered tip, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
10 / (2)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

P
5,9-9,9
9,9-12,9
12,9-15,9
15,9-19,9
19,9-24,9
24,9-31,9
31,9-39,9

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)
19 (2)
25 (3)
25 (3)
25 (3)
25 (3)
30 (4)

N
8
10
15
20
25
30
40

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

140
(K)

150
(l)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2263.4G3.1400

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Shaft and pilot pin fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 14,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
25 mm
Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
heavy
Version:
Pilot pin with tapered tip
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

= 1400
Order No
= (3)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (6)
= 22

E97

Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, heavy duty


2273.

2273. Ball lock pilot pin, with parabolic tip, heavy duty
d2 / (Order No)
10 / (2)
13 / (3)
16 / (4)
20 / (5)
25 / (6)
32 / (7)
40 / (9)

d5
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

P
5,9-9,9
9,9-12,9
12,9-15,9
15,9-19,9
19,9-24,9
24,9-31,9
31,9-39,9

l1 / (Order No)
19 (2)
19 (2)
25 (3)
25 (3)
25 (3)
25 (3)
30 (4)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110
(H)

125
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2273.4G3.1400

Execution:

Shaft and pilot pin fine ground.


Special dimensions on request.

Note:

The 2 mm length provides full guidance


before the blanking punch contacts the sheet
metal.
Length of parabolic tip N:
= 8 mm where P 10 mm
=12 mm where P 10,1 mm - 15 mm
=15 mm where P > 15 mm

E98

Format: Round
P = 14,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
25 mm
Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d2
16 mm
Type:
heavy
Version:
Pilot pin with parabolic tip
Punch:
without ejector pin

= 1400
Order No
= (3)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (4)
Order No
= (3)
Order No
= (7)
= 22

subject to alterations

Punches ISO 8020

E99

Ordering example
Punches ISO 8020
Note:

See table for standard dimensions


Special dimensions to order

2 2 4 1 . 7 G 4 . 0 6 5 0 . 0 4 5 0 A
Format: Slot
length P = 6,5 mm

Punch:
22 without ejector pin
27 with ejector pin

Version:
Order No
blank
= 0
round
= 1
square
= 2
rectangular
= 3
slot
= 4
rectangle with radiused corners = 5
pilot pin with tapered tip
= 6
pilot pin parabolic tip
= 7
special shapes
= 9

Type:
ISO

Order No
= 1

Diameter: d1
3
4
5
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32

Punch cutting
length: l1
8
10
13
19
25
30
special

Order No
= 1
= 2
= 3
= 4
= 5
= 6
= X

Order No
= 1
= 2
= 3
= 4
= 5
= 6
= 7
= 8
= 9
=10
=11

Lenght: l
50
56
63
71
80
90
100
110
120
125
140
150
200
special

Format: Slot
width W = 4,5 mm

Order Code
character
= A
= B
= C
= D
= E
= F
= G
= H
= J
= K
= L
= M
= N
= X

Angle:
0
90
180
270
special

Order Code
character
= A
= B
= C
= D
= X

Ordering Code (Example):

2241.7G4.0650.0450A
Angle = 0 (A)
Format: Slot, width W = 4,5 mm (0450)
Format: Slot, length P = 6,5 mm (0650)
Punch cutting length: l1 = 19 mm (4)
Length: l = 100 mm (G)
Diameter: d1 = 13 mm (7)
Type = ISO (1)
Version: Slot (4)
Punch: without ejector pin (22)

E100

subject to alterations

Punch, blank, ISO 8020


2201.

2201. Punch, blank, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
3 / (1)
4 / (2)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
5
6
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

r
0.25
0.25
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

150
(M)

200
(N)

Material:

Ordering code (example):


2201.7G .ASP

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC

complete for material ASP

ASP 23 - ASP 2023


upon request
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter
E.
Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d1
13 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
blank
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

Order Code character


= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (0)

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder and


shaft fine ground.
Special dimensions on request.

= 22

11.2014

Punch, stepped, round, ISO 8020


2211.

2211. Punch, stepped, round, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
3 / (1)
4 / (2)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
5
6
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

P
0,8-2,9
1,0-3,9
1,5-4,9
1,6-5,9
2,5-7,9
4,0-9,9
5,0-12.9
8,0-15.9
12,0-19.9
16,5-24.9
20,0-31.9

l1 / (Order No)
8 (1)10 (2)
8 (1)13 (3)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

Material:

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC
ASP 23 - ASP 2023
upon request
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter
E.

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch diameter fine ground.
Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

r
0.25
0.25
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2211.7G4.0700

Format: Round
P = 7,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d1
13 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Round
Punch:
without ejector pin

= 0700
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (1)
= 22

subject to alterations

Punch, stepped, square, ISO 8020


2221.

d 2 -0,25

r+

0,

T +0,25

0,01

P 0,01

G=

2P

d 1 m5

+1

l 1 +0,5

R13

90
180

d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02

0
270

2221. Punch, stepped, square, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
3 / (1)
4 / (2)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
5
6
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

Pmin
0.5
0.8
1
1.6
2
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
10

Gmax
2.9
3.9
4.9
5.9
7.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9

l1 / (Order No)
8 (1)10 (2)
8 (1)13 (3)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

r
0.25
0.25
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2 2 2 1 . 10 E 5 . 1 5 0 0 B

subject to alterations

71
(D)

Angle:
90

Order code character


= (B)

Format: Square, length P


P = 15,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
25 mm
Length: l
80 mm
Diameter: d1
25 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Square
Punch:
without ejector pin

= 1500
Order No
= (5)
Order code character
= (E)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (2)

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC
ASP 23 - ASP 2023
upon request
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter
E.

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch shape fine ground.
The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0 as
standard.
Special dimensions on request.

= 22

11.2014

Punch, stepped, rectangular, ISO 8020


2231.

W 0,01

d 2 -0,25
P 0,01

T +0,25

1
0,

r+

G=

P2+W2

100
(G)

120
(J)

+1

d 1 m5

l1

+0,5

R13

90
180

d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02

0
270

2231. Punch, stepped, rectangular, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
3 / (1)
4 / (2)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
5
6
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

Wmin
0.5
0.8
1
1.6
2
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
10

Gmax
2.9
3.9
4.9
5.9
7.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9

l1 / (Order No)
8 (1)10 (2)
8 (1)13 (3)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

Material:

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC
ASP 23 - ASP 2023
upon request
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter
E.

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch shape fine ground.
The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0 as
standard.
Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

r
0.25
0.25
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

Ordering-code (example):
2231.9F4.1500.1150B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 11,5 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 15,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d1
20 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
without ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 1150
= 1500
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (9)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (3)
= 22

subject to alterations

Punch, stepped, slot, ISO 8020


2241.

r+

0,

T +0,25

d 2 -0,25

d 1 m5

P 0,01

+1

W 0,01

R13
l1

+0,5

G=P

90
180

d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02

0
270

2241. Punch, stepped, slot, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
3 / (1)
4 / (2)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
5
6
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

Wmin
0.5
0.8
1
1.6
2
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
10

Gmax
2.9
3.9
4.9
5.9
7.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9

l1 / (Order No)
8 (1)10 (2)
8 (1)13 (3)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

r
0.25
0.25
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2 2 4 1 . 10 E 5 . 2 0 2 0 . 1 2 2 0 A
Angle
0
Format: Slot, width W
W = 12,2 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 20,20 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
25 mm
Length: l
80 mm
Diameter: d1
25 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Slot
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

71
(D)

Order code character


= (A)
= 1220
= 2020
Order No
= (5)
Order code character
= (E)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (4)

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC
ASP 23 - ASP 2023
upon request
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch shape fine ground.
The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0 as
standard.
Special dimensions on request.

= 22

E105

Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiused corners, ISO 8020


2251.

W 0,01

0,

T +0,25

R
5
0,

r+

P 0,01

d 2 -0,25

1
,0
0

d 1 m5

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

+1

G=

l1

+0,5

R13

90
180

d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02

0
270

2251. Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiused corners, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
3 / (1)
4 / (2)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
5
6
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

Wmin
0.5
0.8
1
1.6
2
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
10

Gmax
2.9
3.9
4.9
5.9
7.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9

l1 / (Order No)
8 (1)10 (2)
8 (1)13 (3)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

Material:

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC
ASP 23 - ASP 2023
upon request
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter E
.

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch shape fine ground.
The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0 as
standard.
Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E106

r
0.25
0.25
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2251.9F4.1215.1100B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 11,0 mm
= 1100
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 12,15 mm
= 1215
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
= (4)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d1
Order No
20 mm
= (9)
Type:
Order No
ISO
= (1)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners = (5)
Punch:
without ejector pin
= 22

subject to alterations

Punch, blank, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


2701.

+1

0,

T +0,25

d 2 -0,25

d 1 m5

2701. Punch, blank, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

r
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2 7 0 1 . 11 G

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder and


shaft fine ground.
Special dimensions on request.

Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d1
32 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
blank
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

Order code character


= (G)
Order No
= (11)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (0)
= 27

E107

Punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


2711.

0,

T +0,25

d 2 -0,25

+1

d 1 m5

l1

+0,5

R13

P +0,01
d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02

2711. Punch, stepped, round, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

P
1,6-4,9
2,5-5,9
2,5-7,9
4,0-9,9
5,0-12.9
8,0-15.9
12,0-19.9
16,5-24.9
20,0-31.9

l1 / (Order No)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

Material:

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC

r
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2711.7G4.0700

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch diameter fine ground.
Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

Format: Round
P = 7,0 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
100 mm
Diameter: d1
13 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Round
Punch:
with ejector pin

= 0700
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (G)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (1)
= 27

subject to alterations

Punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


2721.
0,01

0,

T +0,25

d 2 -0,25

+1

P 0,01

d 1 m5

G
2P

G=

l1

+0,5

R13

180

d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02

0
270

2721. Punch, stepped, square, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

Pmin
1.6
2.5
2.5
4
5
8
12
16.5
20

Gmax
4.9
5.9
7.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9

l1 / (Order No)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

r
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2 7 2 1 . 10 D 5 . 1 6 5 0 A

subject to alterations

71
(D)

Angle:
0

Order code character


= (A)

Format: Square, length P


P = 16,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
25 mm
Length: l
71 mm
Diameter: d1
25 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Square
Punch:
with ejector pin

= 1650
Order No
= (5)
Order code character
= (D)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (2)

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch shape fine ground.
The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0 as
standard.
Special dimensions on request.

= 27

E109

Punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


2731.

0,

T +0,25

d 2 -0,25

d 1 m5

+1

W 0,01

P 0,01

G=

P2+W2

90
(F)

100
(G)

l1

+0,5

R13

90
180

d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02

0
270

2731. Punch, stepped, rectangular, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

Wmin
1.6
2.5
2.5
4
5
8
12
16.5
20

Gmax
4.9
5.9
7.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9

l1 / (Order No)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

Material:

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch shape fine ground.
The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0 as
standard.
Special dimensions on request.

E110

r
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

120
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2731.9F4.1504.1210B
Angle:
90
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 12,1 mm
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 15,04 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
90 mm
Diameter: d1
20 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Rectangular
Punch:
with ejector pin

Order code character


= (B)
= 1210
= 1504
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (9)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (3)
= 27

subject to alterations

Punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


W 0,01

2741.

T +0,25

0,

P 0,01

d 2 -0,25

G=P

+1

d 1 m5

l 1 +0,5

R13

90
180

d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02

0
270

2741. Punch, stepped, slot, with ejector pin, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

Wmin
1.6
2.5
2.5
4
5
8
12
16.5
20

Gmax
4.9
5.9
7.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9

l1 / (Order No)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

r
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2 7 4 1 . 10 D 4 . 2 0 4 0 . 1 6 5 0 B
Angle
90
Format: Slot, width W
W = 16,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 20,4 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
Length: l
71 mm
Diameter: d1
25 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Slot
Punch:
with ejector pin

subject to alterations

71
(D)

Order code character


= (B)

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC

= 1650

Execution:

= 2040
Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (D)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (4)

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch shape fine ground.
The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0 as
standard.
Special dimensions on request.

= 27

11.2014

Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin,


ISO 8020
2751.

0,
1

T +0,25

d 2 -0,25

W 0,01
G

P 0,01

+1

d 1 m5

R
5

0,
1
,0
0

R13
+0,5

l1

G=

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

90
180

d 4 = d 1 -0,01
-0,02

0
270

2751. Punch, stepped, rectangle with radiussed corners, with ejector pin, ISO 8020
d1 / (Order No)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

Wmin
1.6
2.5
2.5
4
5
8
12
16.5
20

Gmax
4.9
5.9
7.9
9.9
12.9
15.9
19.9
24.9
31.9

l1 / (Order No)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)
25 (5)30 (6)

Material:

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC

Execution:

Punch head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft


and punch shape fine ground.
The anti-rotation surface parallel to P = 0 as
standard.
Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E112

r
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4

T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

l / (Order Code character)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

120
(J)

Ordering-code (example):
2751.9F4.1540.1210B
Angle:
Order code character
90
= (B)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 12,1 mm
= 1210
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 15,4 mm
= 1540
Order No
Punch cutting length: l1
19 mm
= (4)
Length: l
Order code character
90 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d1
Order No
20 mm
= (9)
Type:
Order No
ISO
= (1)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners = (5)
Punch:
with ejector pin
= 27

subject to alterations

Pilot pin with tapered tip, ISO 8020


2261.

r+

0,

+0,25

d 2 -0,25

l +1

d1 m5

R1

l1

+0,5

P +0,01
40

2261. Pilot pin with tapered tip, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

P
1,0-4,9
1,6-5,9
2,5-7,9
4,0-9,9
5,0-12.9
8,0-15.9
12,0-19.9
16,5-24.9
20,0-31.9

l1 / (Order No)
13 (3)
13 (3)
13 (3)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)25 (5)
13 (3)19 (4)25 (5)
13 (3)19 (4)25 (5)
19 (4)25 (5)

N
4
5
6
8
10
15
20
25
30

l / (Order Code character)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

110 125
(H) (K)

140
(l)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2 2 6 1 . 10 D 3 . 1 7 5 0

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC

Execution:
Format: Round
P = 17,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
71 mm
Diameter: d1
25 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Pilot pin with tapered tip
Punch:
without ejector pin

subject to alterations

Head hot upset-forged. Shoulder, shaft and


pilot fine ground.
Special dimensions on request.
= 1750
Order No
= (3)
Order code character
= (D)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (6)
= 22

11.2014

Pilot pin with parabolic tip, ISO 8020


2271.

2271. Pilot pin with parabolic tip, ISO 8020


d1 / (Order No)
5 / (3)
6 / (4)
8 / (5)
10 / (6)
13 / (7)
16 / (8)
20 / (9)
25 / (10)
32 / (11)

d2
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
28
35

T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

P
1,0-4,9
1,6-5,9
2,5-7,9
4,0-9,9
5,0-12.9
8,0-15.9
12,0-19.9
16,5-24.9
20,0-31.9

Material:

HSS
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 5 HRC

l1 / (Order No)
10 (2)13 (3)
10 (2)13 (3)
10 (2)13 (3)
10 (2)13 (3)19 (4)
10 (2)13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
13 (3)19 (4)
19 (4)

l / (Order Code character)

50
(A)

56
(B)

63
(C)

71
(D)

80
(E)

90
(F)

100
(G)

Ordering-code (example):
2 2 7 1 . 10 D 3 . 1 7 5 0

Execution:

Head hot upset-forged, shoulder, shaft and


pilot fine ground.
Special dimensions on request.

Note:

The 2 mm length provides full guidance


before the blanking punch contacts the sheet
metal.
Length of parabolic tip N:
= 8 mm where P 10 mm
=12 mm where P 10,1 mm - 15 mm
=15 mm where P > 15 mm

11.2014

Format: Round
P = 17,5 mm
Punch cutting length: l1
13 mm
Length: l
71 mm
Diameter: d1
25 mm
Type:
ISO
Version:
Pilot pin with parabolic tip
Punch:
without ejector pin

= 1750
Order No
= (3)
Order code character
= (D)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (1)
Order No
= (7)
= 22

subject to alterations

Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard


2276.

d3
d2
4

Pilot pin

16

Compression
spring
Casing

l1
3,5

h2

+0,1

h
h1

H7

d 1 f7

3 H7

6,5 +0,1

l2

d4

Parallel
dowel pin

+0,05

d
d 5 f7
40

2276. Pilot unit to Mercedes-Benz Standard


Order No
2276.1.A.0980
2276.2.B.1580

d
9.8
15.8

d1
10
16

d2
10
16

d3
18
24

d4
18
30

d5
15
26

h
28
28

h1
25
25

h2
12
12

l1
47.5
54.5

l2
39.3
46.3

l
63.2
72.5

Spring force
preloaded [daN]
4.9
4.8

Spring force
compressed [daN]
6.2
5.6

Description:

Ordering-code (example):
2276.1.A.0980

Diameter: d
9,8 mm
15,8 mm
Length: l
63,2 mm
72,5 mm
Diameter: d1
10 mm
16 mm
Standard:
Mercedes
Version:
Pilot pin

= 0980
= 1580
Order code character
= (A)
= (B)
Order No
= (1)
= (2)
Order No
= (6)
Order No
= (7)

The pilot unit provides exact positioning of


sheet metal parts.
There are 2 sizes.
The pilot unit 10 can used for a hole diameter
of 5 to 10 mm and is available as a finished
item, 9.8 mm diameter.
The pilot unit 16 is used for diameter > 10 - 16
mm and is available as a blank, 15.8 mm
diameter.
Smaller diameters have to be ground by the
tool making department.

Note:

The pilot unit consists of:


Pilot pin, sleeve, compression spring, dowel
pin.

= 22

subject to alterations

11.2014

E116

subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes

E117

Ordering example
Matrixes

l1

NB: See table for standard dimensions


Special dimensions to order

d2

2 6 4 6 . 1 0 F 6 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0

A 2

Format: Slot
length P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting
length: l
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
special

Matrixes:
26 = matrixes

Version:
blank (pilot hole bore)

Order
No
= 0

round

= 1

square

= 2

rectangular

= 3

slot

= 4

rectangle with radiused corners = 5


special shapes

Type:
automotive standard
without shoulder ISO 8977
with shoulder ISO 8977

= 9

Order No
= 5
= 6
= 7

Diameter: d2
5
6
8
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
38
40
45
50
56
63
71
76
85
90
100

Order
No
= 1
= 2
= 3
= 4
= 5
= 6
= 7
= 8
= X

Order
No
= 1
= 2
= 3
= 4
= 5
= 6
= 7
= 8
= 9
= 10
= 11
= 12
= 13
= 14
= 15
= 16
= 17
= 18
= 19
= 20
= 21

Length: l1
13
16
20
22
25
28
30
32
35
40
special

Format: Slot
width W = 6,5 mm

Order Code
character
= A
= B
= C
= D
= E
= F
= G
= H
= J
= K
= X

Order Code
character
= A
= B
= C
= D
= X

Angle:
0
90
180
270
special

Anti-rotation element:
pin [ 3
pin [ 4
pin [ 6
polished surface
(continuous)
polished surface
top, 14 mm
polished surface
bottom, 14 mm
special

Order No
= 1
= 2
= 3
= 4
= 5
= 6
= X

Ordering Code (Example):

Anti-rotation element:
Pin = 4 mm (2)

28

2646.10F6.1350.0650 A2
Angle = 0 (A)
Format: Slot
width W = 6,5 mm (0650)
32

Format: Slot
length P = 13,5 mm (1350)

starting
lead

Shape cutting length: l = 8 mm (6)


Length: l1 = 28 mm (F)

Type = without shoulder ISO 8977 (6)

13,5

Diameter:
d2 = 32 mm (10)
0

Version: Slot (4)


Matrixes:
Matrixes (26)
6,5

E118

subject to alterations

Matrix without shoulder, blank, ISO 8977


2606.

d 2 n5

l1+0,5
0

P +0,1

d4

2606.

Starting
lead

Matrix without shoulder, blank, ISO 8977

d2 / (Order No)
5 / (1)
6 / (2)
8 / (3)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d4
2.8
3.5
4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

P
0.8
1
1
1
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

l / (Order No)
2 / (1)
3 / (2)
4 / (3)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2 6 0 6 . 10 F 8

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.
Special dimensions on request.
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
without sholder
ISO 8977
Version:
Blank (pilot hole bore)
Matrix

subject to alterations

Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (6)
Order No
= (0)
= 26

11.2014

Matrix without shoulder, round, ISO 8977


2616.

2616. Matrix without shoulder, round, ISO 8977


d2 / (Order No)
5 / (1)
6 / (2)
8 / (3)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d4
2.8
3.5
4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

P
1,0-2,4
1,6-3,0
2,0-3,5
2,5-5,0
4,0-7,0
6,0-9,0
8,0-11,0
9,0-14,0
10,7-16,0
15,0-20,0
19,0-27,0
26,0-36,0

l / (Order No)
2 / (1)
3 / (2)
4 / (3)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Ordering-code (example): without anti-rotation element


2 6 1 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 15,1 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
without sholder
ISO 8977
Version:
Round
Matrix

11.2014

= 1510
Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (6)
Order No
= (1)
= 26

subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

anti-rotation element 2 (2)


Pin [3
d2
F
10
5
13
6,5
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

anti-rotation element 4 (4)

anti-rotation element 3 (3)


Pin [4
d2
F
10
6
13
7,2
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

anti-rotation element 5 (5)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

Pin [6
d2
F
10
7
13
8,2
16
9
20
11
22
12
25 13,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

anti-rotation element 6 (6)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

Ordering example: with anti-rotation element from d2 10 mm


2 6 1 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0 A 4
Anti-rotation element:
Polished surface
(continuous)
Angle:
0
Format: Round
P = 15,1 mm
Punch cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
without shoulder ISO 8977
Version:
Round
Matrixes:
26 Matrixes

subject to alterations

Order No
= (4)
Order Code character
= (A)
= (1510)
Order No
= (8)
Order Code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (6)
Order No
= (1)

11.2014

Matrix without shoulder, square, ISO 8977


2626.

+0,02
-0

l1+0,5

+0,02
-0

d 2 n5

d4
90

180

G=

2P

35
(J)

40
(K)

starting
lead
90

0 180

270

270

2626. Matrix without shoulder, square, ISO 8977


d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

Pmin
1.2
2
2.4
3.2
4
4.8
5.5
6.4
9

Gmax
5
7
9
11
14
16
20
27
36

l / (Order No)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

32
(H)

Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element


2 6 2 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 A 3
Anti-rotation element:
Pin 6 mm
Angle:
0
Format: Square, length P
P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
without shoulder
ISO8977
Version:
Square
Matrix

11.2014

30
(G)

Order No
= (3)
Order code character
= (A)

= 1350
Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (6)
Order No
= (2)
= 26
subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

anti-rotation element 2 (2)


Pin [3
d2
F
10
5
13
6,5
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F
90

90

180

270

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

14

anti-rotation element 5 (5)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F

270

anti-rotation element 6 (6)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

180

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

270

d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

90

90

90

270

270

anti-rotation element 4 (4)

180

180

14

180

Pin [6
d2
F
10
7
13
8,2
16
9
20
11
22
12
25 13,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

90

subject to alterations

anti-rotation element 3 (3)


Pin [4
d2
F
10
6
13
7,2
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

180

270

E123

Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977


+0,02

W -0

2636.

+0,02
-0

d 2 n5

l1+0,5

G=

d4
90

180

starting
lead
90

0 180

270

P2+W2

270

2636. Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977


d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

Wmin
1.2
2
2.4
3.2
4
4.8
5.5
6.4
9

Gmax
5
7
9
11
14
16
20
27
36

l / (Order No)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element


2 6 3 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 4 Anti-rotation element:
Polished surface
(continuous)
Angle:
0
Format: Rectangle, width W
W = 6,5 mm
Format: Rectangle, length P
P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
without shoulder
ISO8977
Version:
Rectangle
Matrix

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Order No
= (4)
Order code character
= (A)
= 0650
= 1350
Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (6)
Order No
= (3)
= 26
subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

anti-rotation element 2 (2)


Pin [3
d2
F
10
5
13
6,5
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F
90

90

180

270

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

14

anti-rotation element 5 (5)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F

270

anti-rotation element 6 (6)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

180

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

270

d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

90

90

90

270

270

anti-rotation element 4 (4)

180

180

14

180

Pin [6
d2
F
10
7
13
8,2
16
9
20
11
22
12
25 13,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

90

subject to alterations

anti-rotation element 3 (3)


Pin [4
d2
F
10
6
13
7,2
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

180

270

E125

Matrix without shoulder, slot, ISO 8977


+0,02

2646.

W -0

l1+0,5

+0,02
-0

d 2 n5

G=P

d4
90

180

starting
lead
90

0 180

270

270

2646. Matrix without shoulder, slot, ISO 8977


d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

Wmin
1.2
2
2.4
3.2
4
4.8
5.5
6.4
9

Gmax
5
7
9
11
14
16
20
27
36

l / (Order No)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element


2 6 4 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3
Anti-rotation element:
Pin 6 mm
Angle:
0
Format: Slot, width W
W = 6,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
without shoulder
ISO8977
Version:
Slot
Matrix

Order No
= (3)
Order code character
= (A)
= 0650
= 1350
Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (6)
Order No
= (4)
= 26
subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

anti-rotation element 2 (2)


Pin [3
d2
F
10
5
13
6,5
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F
90

90

180

270

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

14

anti-rotation element 5 (5)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F

270

anti-rotation element 6 (6)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

180

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

270

d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

90

90

90

270

270

anti-rotation element 4 (4)

180

180

14

180

Pin [6
d2
F
10
7
13
8,2
16
9
20
11
22
12
25 13,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

90

subject to alterations

anti-rotation element 3 (3)


Pin [4
d2
F
10
6
13
7,2
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

180

270

E127

Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977


2656.

d 2 n5

+0,02

+0,02
-0

l1+0,5

W -0

d4
90

starting
lead

G
R 0,5

0,01

90
G=

180

0 180

270

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

270

2656. Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977
d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

Wmin
1.2
2
2.4
3.2
4
4.8
5.5
6.4
9

Gmax
5
7
9
11
14
16
20
27
36

l / (Order No)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

E128

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element


2 6 5 6 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3
Anti-rotation element:
Order No
Pin 6 mm
= (3)
Angle:
Order code character
0
= (A)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 6,5 mm
= 0650
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 13,5 mm
= 1350
Shape cutting length: l
Order No
12 mm
= (8)
Length: l1
Order code character
28 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
32 mm
= (10)
Type:
Order No
without sholder
ISO8977
= (6)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners= (5)
Matrix
= 26

subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes without shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

anti-rotation element 2 (2)


Pin [3
d2
F
10
5
13
6,5
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F
90

90

180

270

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

14

anti-rotation element 5 (5)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

d 2 n5
Starting
lead
F

270

anti-rotation element 6 (6)


d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

d 2 n5
Starting
lead

180

F
4
5,5
7
8,5
9,5
11
14
18
23

270

d2
10
13
16
20
22
25
32
40
50

90

90

90

270

270

anti-rotation element 4 (4)

180

180

14

180

Pin [6
d2
F
10
7
13
8,2
16
9
20
11
22
12
25 13,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

90

subject to alterations

anti-rotation element 3 (3)


Pin [4
d2
F
10
6
13
7,2
16
8
20
10
22
11
25 12,5
32
16
40
20
50
25

180

270

E129

E130

subject to alterations

Matrix with shoulder, blank, ISO 8977


2607.

2607. Matrix with shoulder, blank, ISO 8977


d2 / (Order No)
5 / (1)
6 / (2)
8 / (3)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d3
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
25
28
35
43
53

d4
2.8
3.5
4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

P
0.8
1
1
1
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

l / (Order No)
2 / (1)
3 / (2)
4 / (3)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

Material:

Ordering-code (example):
2 6 0 7 . 10 F 8

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.
Special dimensions on request.
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
with shoulder
ISO 8977
Version:
Blank (pilot hole bore)
Matrix

subject to alterations

Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (0)
= 26

11.2014

Matrix with shoulder, round, ISO 8977


2617.

2617. Matrix with shoulder, round, ISO 8977


d2 / (Order No)
5 / (1)
6 / (2)
8 / (3)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d3
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
25
28
35
43
53

d4
2.8
3.5
4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

P
1,0-2,4
1,6-3,0
2,0-3,5
2,5-5,0
4,0-7,0
6,0-9,0
8,0-11,0
9,0-14,0
10,7-16,0
15,0-20,0
19,0-27,0
26,0-36,0

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

l / (Order No)
2 / (1)
3 / (2)
4 / (3)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

Ordering-code (example): without anti-rotation element


2 6 1 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.
Format: Round
P = 15,1 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
with shoulder
ISO 8977
Version:
Round
Matrix

11.2014

= 1510
Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (1)
= 26
subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

Pin [3
d2
F
8
5,5
10
6,5
13
8
16
9,5
20 11,5
22 12,5
25
14
32 17,5
40 21,5
50 26,5

anti-rotation element 2 (2)

Pin [4
d2
F
8
6
10
7
13
8,5
16
10
20
12
22
13
25 14,5
32
18
40
22
50
27

anti-rotation element 3 (3)

Pin [6
d2
F
8
7
10
8
13
9,5
16
11
20
13
22
14
25 15,5
32
19
40
23
50
28

anti-rotation element 4 (4)

Ordering example: with anti-rotation element from d2 8 mm


2 6 1 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 5 1 0 A 4
Anti-rotation element:
Polished surface
(continuous)
Angle:
0
Format: Round
P = 15,1 mm
Punch cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
with shoulder ISO 8977
Version:
Round
Matrixes:
26 Matrixes

subject to alterations

Order No
= (4)
Order Code character
= (A)
= (1510)
Order No
= (8)
Order Code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (1)

11.2014

Matrix with shoulder, square, ISO 8977


2627.
d 2 m5

P +0,02
-0

5 +0,25

starting
lead

l1+0,5

P +0,02
-0

G
d4
90

90

180

0 180

G=

2P

30
(G)

32
(H)

270

270

2627. Matrix with shoulder, square, ISO 8977


d2 / (Order No)
8 / (3)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d3
11
13
16
19
23
25
28
35
43
53

d4
4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

Pmin
1.2
1.2
2
2.4
3.2
4
4.8
5.5
6.4
6.4

Gmax
3.5
5
7
9
11
14
16
20
27
36

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.

l / (Order No)
4 / (3)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

35
(J)

Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element


2 6 2 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 A 3
Anti-rotation element:
Pin 6 mm
Angle:
0
Format: Square, length P
P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
with shoulder
ISO8977
Version:
Square
Matrix

11.2014

28
(F)

Order No
= (3)
Order code character
= (A)

= 1350
Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (2)
= 26
subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

anti-rotation element 2 (2)


Pin [3
d2
F
8
5,5
10
6,5
13
8
16
9,5
20 11,5
22 12,5
25
14
32 17,5
40 21,5
50 26,5

Starting
lead
d 2 m5

Starting
lead
d 2 m5

anti-rotation element 3 (3)


Pin [4
d2
F
8
6
10
7
13
8,5
16
10
20
12
22
13
25 14,5
32
18
40
22
50
27

d 2 m5

90

90

180

270

180

90

270

Pin [6
d2
F
8
7
10
8
13
9,5
16
11
20
13
22
14
25 15,5
32
19
40
23
50
28

Starting
lead

180

270

anti-rotation element 4 (4)


Starting
lead
d 2 m5

F
90

180

270

subject to alterations

E135

Matrix with shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977


2637.
d 2 m5

P +0,02
-0

5 +0,25

starting
lead

l1+0,5

W +0,02
-0

G
d4

180

G=

90

90

0 180

P2+W2

270

270

2637. Matrix with shoulder, rectangular, ISO 8977


d2 / (Order No)
8 / (3)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d3
11
13
16
19
23
25
28
35
43
53

d4
4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

Wmin
1.2
1.2
2
2.4
3.2
4
4.8
5.5
6.4
6.4

Gmax
3.5
5
7
9
11
14
16
20
27
36

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

l / (Order No)
4 / (3)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element


2 6 3 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 2
Anti-rotation element:
Pin 4 mm
Angle:
0
Format: Rectangle, width W
W = 6,5 mm
Format: Rectangle, length P
P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
with shoulder
ISO8977
Version:
Rectangle
Matrix

Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (A)
= 0650
= 1350
Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (3)
= 26

subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

anti-rotation element 2 (2)


Pin [3
d2
F
8
5,5
10
6,5
13
8
16
9,5
20 11,5
22 12,5
25
14
32 17,5
40 21,5
50 26,5

Starting
lead
d 2 m5

Starting
lead
d 2 m5

anti-rotation element 3 (3)


Pin [4
d2
F
8
6
10
7
13
8,5
16
10
20
12
22
13
25 14,5
32
18
40
22
50
27

d 2 m5

90

90

180

270

180

90

270

Pin [6
d2
F
8
7
10
8
13
9,5
16
11
20
13
22
14
25 15,5
32
19
40
23
50
28

Starting
lead

180

270

anti-rotation element 4 (4)


Starting
lead
d 2 m5

F
90

180

270

subject to alterations

E137

Matrix with shoulder, slot, ISO 8977


+0,02

2647.

W -0

5 +0,25

starting
lead

l1+0,5

+0,02
-0

d 2 m5

G=P

d4
90

90

180

0 180

270

270

2647. Matrix with shoulder, slot, ISO 8977


d2 / (Order No)
8 / (3)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d3
11
13
16
19
23
25
28
35
43
53

d4
4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

Wmin
1.2
1.2
2
2.4
3.2
4
4.8
5.5
6.4
6.4

Gmax
3.5
5
7
9
11
14
16
20
27
36

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

l / (Order No)
4 / (3)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element


2 6 4 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 2
Anti-rotation element:
Pin 4 mm
Angle:
0
Format: Slot, width W
W = 6,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type:
with shoulder
ISO8977
Version:
Slot
Matrix

Order No
= (2)
Order code character
= (A)
= 0650
= 1350
Order No
= (8)
Order code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (7)
Order No
= (4)
= 26

subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

anti-rotation element 2 (2)


Pin [3
d2
F
8
5,5
10
6,5
13
8
16
9,5
20 11,5
22 12,5
25
14
32 17,5
40 21,5
50 26,5

Starting
lead
d 2 m5

Starting
lead
d 2 m5

anti-rotation element 3 (3)


Pin [4
d2
F
8
6
10
7
13
8,5
16
10
20
12
22
13
25 14,5
32
18
40
22
50
27

d 2 m5

90

90

180

270

180

90

270

Pin [6
d2
F
8
7
10
8
13
9,5
16
11
20
13
22
14
25 15,5
32
19
40
23
50
28

Starting
lead

180

270

anti-rotation element 4 (4)


Starting
lead
d 2 m5

F
90

180

270

subject to alterations

E139

Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977


+0,02

2657.

W -0

5 +0,25

starting
lead

l1+0,5

+0,02
-0

d 2 m5

G
R 0,5

G=

0,01

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1

d4
90

90

180

0 180

270

270

2657. Matrix with shoulder, rectangle with radiussed corners, ISO 8977
d2 / (Order No)
8 / (3)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
40 / (12)
50 / (14)

d3
11
13
16
19
23
25
28
35
43
53

d4
4
5.8
8
9.5
12
15
17.3
20.7
27.7
37

Wmin
1.2
1.2
2
2.4
3.2
4
4.8
5.5
6.4
6.4

Gmax
3.5
5
7
9
11
14
16
20
27
36

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

11.2014

l / (Order No)
4 / (3)
4 / (3)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
5 / (4)8 / (6)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)
8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

Ordering-code (example): with anti-rotation element


2 6 5 7 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3
Anti-rotation element:
Order No
Pin 6 mm
= (3)
Angle:
Order code character
0
= (A)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 6,5 mm
= 0650
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 13,5 mm
= 1350
Shape cutting length: l
Order No
12 mm
= (8)
Length: l1
Order code character
28 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
32 mm
= (10)
Type:
Order No
with shoulder
ISO8977
= (7)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners= (5)
Matrix
= 26

subject to alterations

Precision Matrixes with shoulder, cylindrical , ISO 8977


Anti-rotation elements
anti-rotation element 1 (1)

anti-rotation element 2 (2)


Pin [3
d2
F
8
5,5
10
6,5
13
8
16
9,5
20 11,5
22 12,5
25
14
32 17,5
40 21,5
50 26,5

Starting
lead
d 2 m5

Starting
lead
d 2 m5

anti-rotation element 3 (3)


Pin [4
d2
F
8
6
10
7
13
8,5
16
10
20
12
22
13
25 14,5
32
18
40
22
50
27

d 2 m5

90

90

180

270

180

90

270

Pin [6
d2
F
8
7
10
8
13
9,5
16
11
20
13
22
14
25 15,5
32
19
40
23
50
28

Starting
lead

180

270

anti-rotation element 4 (4)


Starting
lead
d 2 m5

F
90

180

270

subject to alterations

E141

Matrix without shoulder, blank, Automotive Standard


2605.

l1+0,3

P +0,1

10

d 2 n5

2605. Matrix without shoulder, blank, Automotive Standard


d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
38 / (11)
40 / (12)
45 / (13)
50 / (14)
56 / (15)
63 / (16)
71 / (17)
76 / (18)
85 / (19)
90 / (20)
100 / (21)

P
0.8
0.8
1.5
2.4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

l1 / (Order Code character)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

13
(A)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Ordering example:
2 6 0 5 . 10 F

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.
Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type: without shoulder
Automotive Standard
Version:
Blank (pilot hole bore)

Order Code character


= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (0)

Matrix

= 26
subject to alterations

Matrix without shoulder, round, Automotive Standard


Anti-rotation element 3 (3)

Pin [

2615.

l1+0,3

P +0,01

10

1
d 2 n5

2615. Matrix without shoulder, round, Automotive Standard


d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
38 / (11)
40 / (12)
45 / (13)
50 / (14)
56 / (15)
63 / (16)
71 / (17)
76 / (18)
85 / (19)
90 / (20)
100 / (21)

P
1,6-6,8
3,0-8,8
7,4-10,8
9,5-13,6
10,5-15,0
12,0-17,0
16,0-22,0
18,0-27,0
18,0-27,0
18,0-35,0
18,0-40,0
18,0-45,0
18,0-50,0
18,0-56,0
25,0-60,0
25,0-66,0
32,0-70,0
32,0-78,0

l / (Order No)
3 / (2)4 / (3)5 / (4)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

13
(A)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Material:

Ordering example: without / with anti-rotation element


2 6 1 5 . 10 F 8 . 2 1 9 0 / A 3

subject to alterations

16
(B)

anti-rotation element:
Pin 6
Angle:
0

Order No
= (3)
Order Code character
= (A)

Format: Round
P = 21,9 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type: without shoulder
Automotive Standard
Version:
Round

= (2190)
Order No
= (8)
Order Code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (1)

Matrix

= 26

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

Matrix without shoulder, square, Automotive Standard


P +0,02

l1+0,3

P +0,02

2625.

10

G=

2P

1
d 2 n5
F
90

180

270

2625. Matrix without shoulder, square, Automotive Standard


d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
38 / (11)
40 / (12)
45 / (13)
50 / (14)
56 / (15)
63 / (16)
71 / (17)
76 / (18)
85 / (19)
90 / (20)
100 / (21)

Pmin
1.3
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.4
4
4
4
4
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6

Gmax
6.8
8.8
10.8
13.6
15
17
22
27
27
35
40
45
50
56
60
66
70
78

F
7
8.2
9
11
12
13.5
16
19
20
22.5
25
28
31.5
35.5
38
42.5
45
50

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

l / (Order No)
3 / (2)4 / (3)5 / (4)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

13
(A)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Ordering example: with anti-rotation element


2 6 2 5 . 10 F 8 . 1350 A 3
anti-rotation element:
Pin 6
Angle:
0

Order No
= (3)
Order Code character
= (A)

Format: Square, length P


P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type: without shoulder
Automotive Standard
Version:
Square

= (1350)
Order No
= (8)
Order Code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (2)

Matrix

= 26
subject to alterations

Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, Automotive Standard

2635.

l1+0,3

W 0,02
10

P +0,02

1
d 2 n5
G=

P2+W2
90

180

270

2635. Matrix without shoulder, rectangular, Automotive Standard


d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
38 / (11)
40 / (12)
45 / (13)
50 / (14)
56 / (15)
63 / (16)
71 / (17)
76 / (18)
85 / (19)
90 / (20)
100 / (21)

Wmin
1.3
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.4
4
4
4
4
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6

Gmax
6.8
8.8
10.8
13.6
15
17
22
27
27
35
40
45
50
56
60
66
70
78

F
7
8.2
9
11
12
13.5
16
19
20
22.5
25
28
31.5
35.5
38
42.5
45
50

l / (Order No)
3 / (2)4 / (3)5 / (4)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

Anti-rotation element:
Order No
Pin 6
= (3)
Order Code character
Angle:
0
= (A)
Format: Rectangular, width W
W = 6,5 mm
= (0650)
Format: Rectangular, length P
P = 13,5 mm
= (1350)
Shape cutting length: l
Order No
12 mm
= (8)
Length: l1
Order Code character
28 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
32 mm
= (10)
Type: without shoulder
Order No
Automotive Standard
= (5)
Version:
Order No
= (3)
Rectangular

subject to alterations

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Material:

Ordering example: with anti-rotation element


2 6 3 5 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3

Matrix

13
(A)

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Special dimensions on request.

= 26

11.2014

Matrix without shoulder, slot, Automotive Standard

2645.

l1+0,3

W 0,02

P +0,02

10

1
d 2 n5
F

G=P

90

180

270

2645. Matrix without shoulder, slot, Automotive Standard


d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
38 / (11)
40 / (12)
45 / (13)
50 / (14)
56 / (15)
63 / (16)
71 / (17)
76 / (18)
85 / (19)
90 / (20)
100 / (21)

Wmin
1.3
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.4
4
4
4
4
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6

Gmax
6.8
8.8
10.8
13.6
15
17
22
27
27
35
40
45
50
56
60
66
70
78

F
7
8.2
9
11
12
13.5
16
19
20
22.5
25
28
31.5
35.5
38
42.5
45
50

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Special dimensions on request.

11.2014

l / (Order No)
3 / (2)4 / (3)5 / (4)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

13
(A)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Ordering example: with anti-rotation element


2 6 4 5 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3
Anti-rotation element:
Pin 6
Angle:
0
Format: Slot, width W
W = 6,5 mm
Format: Slot, length P
P = 13,5 mm
Shape cutting length: l
12 mm
Length: l1
28 mm
Diameter: d2
32 mm
Type: without shoulder
Automotive Standard
Version:
Slot

Order No
= (3)
Order Code character
= (A)

= (1350)
Order No
= (8)
Order Code character
= (F)
Order No
= (10)
Order No
= (5)
Order No
= (4)

Matrix

= 26

= (0650)

subject to alterations

Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiused corners, Automotive


Standard

2655.

10

0,01

P +0,02

R 0,5

l1+0,3

W 0,02

*
1
d 2 n5
F
90

G=

(P1.0)2 +(W1.0)2 +1
180

270

2655. Matrix without shoulder, rectangle with radiused corners, Automotive Standard
d2 / (Order No)
10 / (4)
13 / (5)
16 / (6)
20 / (7)
22 / (8)
25 / (9)
32 / (10)
38 / (11)
40 / (12)
45 / (13)
50 / (14)
56 / (15)
63 / (16)
71 / (17)
76 / (18)
85 / (19)
90 / (20)
100 / (21)

Wmin
1.3
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
2.4
4
4
4
4
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6

Gmax
6.8
8.8
10.8
13.6
15
17
22
27
27
35
40
45
50
56
60
66
70
78

F
7
8.2
9
11
12
13.5
16
19
20
22.5
25
28
31.5
35.5
38
42.5
45
50

l / (Order No)
3 / (2)4 / (3)5 / (4)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)5 / (4)8 / (6)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)10 / (7)
3 / (2)6 / (5)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)
3 / (2)8 / (6)12 / (8)

l1 / (Order Code character)

Ordering example: with anti-rotation element


2 6 5 5 . 10 F 8 . 1 3 5 0 . 0 6 5 0 A 3
Anti-rotation element:
Order No
Pin 6
= (3)
Order Code character
Angle:
0
= (A)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, width W
W = 6,5 mm
= (0650)
Format: Rectangle with radiused corners, length P
P = 13,5 mm
= (1350)
Shape cutting length: l
Order No
12 mm
= (8)
Length: l1
Order Code character
28 mm
= (F)
Diameter: d2
Order No
32 mm
= (10)
Type: without shoulder
Order No
Automotive Standard
= (5)
Version:
Order No
Rectangle with radiused corners = (5)
Matrixes:
26 Matrixes
subject to alterations

13
(A)

16
(B)

20
(C)

22
(D)

25
(E)

28
(F)

30
(G)

32
(H)

35
(J)

40
(K)

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Special dimensions on request.
* For other radius options, see standardised
special shapes.

11.2014

Guide bush for punch DIN 9845, Shape C


262.

262. Guide bush for punch DIN 9845,


ShapeC
d1
0.5 - 1
1.1 - 2
2.1 - 3
3.1 - 4
4.1 - 5
5.1 - 6
6.1 - 8
8.1 - 10
10.1 - 12
12.1 - 15
15.1 - 18

Diameter steps
d1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.5

d2
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
22
26
30

t
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02

l1
9
12
12
12
16
16
20
20
28
28
36

Material:

Case hardened steel


Hardness 740 40 HV 10
r
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2

Execution:

Diameters d1, d2 and starting lead ground.

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush for punch DIN 9845, Shape C
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E148

=262.1.
5.1 mm =
0510.
16 mm =
016
=262.1. 0510. 016
subject to alterations

Guide bush for punch ISO 8978


2621.

Material:

2621. Guide bush for punch ISO 8978

WS
Hardness 60 2 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Diameters d1, d2 and starting lead ground.

d1
1 - 2.4
1.6 - 3
2 - 3.5
3-5
4 - 7.2
6 - 8.8
7.5 - 11.3
11 - 16.6
15 - 20
18 - 27
26 - 36

Diameter steps
d1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.5
0.5
0.5

d2
5
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40
50

l1
8
12.5
12.5
16
16
20
20
25
25
32
40

r
1
1
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
4
4
4

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush for punch ISO 8978
Guide diameter d1
External diameter d2
Order No
subject to alterations

=2621.1.
6 mm =
0600.
16 mm =
1600
=2621.1. 0600. 1600
E149

Matrix without collar, DIN 9845 Shape A


260.

d 2 n6
d 1 H8

l2
l 1 +0,5

30'

d 4 0,1

260. Matrix without collar, DIN 9845


Shape A
d1
0.5 - 1
1.1 - 2
2.1 - 3
3.1 - 4
4.1 - 5
5.1 - 6
6.1 - 8
8.1 - 10
10.1 - 12
12.1 - 15
15.1 - 18

Diameter steps
d1

d2

0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1

5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
22
26
30

l2
l1=20
18
17
17
17
16
16
16
16
15
15

Starting lead

Material:

HSS
Order No 260.
Hardness 62 2 HRC
l2
l1=28
25
25
25
24
24
24
24
23
23
23

Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Diameters d1, d2 and face surfaces ground.


d4: For d1 2 mm, d4 = d1 + 0,3
For d1 = 2,1 mm to 4,0 mm, d4 = d1 + 0,5
For d1 = 4,1 mm to 8,0 mm, d4 = d1 + 0,7
For d1 8,1 mm, d4 = d1 + 1
Other diameters on request.

Ordering Code (example):


Matrix without collar, DIN 9845 Shape A
Cutting diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E150

=260.3.
5.1 mm =
0510.
20 mm =
020
=260.3.0510. 020
subject to alterations

Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B


261.

Starting
lead

d 2 k6
d 1 H8

l2

l3
l 1 +0,5

30'

d 4 0,1
d3

Material:

261. Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B

HSS
Order No 261.3.
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Diameters d1, d2 and face surfaces ground.


d4: For d1 2 mm, d4 = d1 + 0,3
For d1 = 2,1 mm to 4,0 mm, d4 = d1 + 0,5
For d1 = 4,1 mm to 8,0 mm, d4 = d1 + 0,7
For d1 8,1 mm, d4 = d1 + 1
Other diameters on request.

d1
0.5 - 1
1.1 - 2
2.1 - 3
3.1 - 4
4.1 - 5
5.1 - 6
6.1 - 8
8.1 - 10
10.1 - 12
12.1 - 15
15.1 - 18

Diameter steps
d1

d2

d3

0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1

5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
22
26
30

7
8
9
10
12
14
17
20
24
28
32

l2
l3
l2
l3
l1=20 l1=20 l1=28 l1=28
18
16
17
16
25
24
17
16
25
24
17
16
25
24
16
16
24
24
16
16
24
24
16
16
24
24
16
16
24
24
15
16
23
24
15
16
23
24
23
24

Ordering Code (example):


Matrix with collar, DIN 9845 Shape B
Cutting diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=261.3.
5.1 mm =
0510.
20 mm =
020
=261.3. 0510. 020
E151

Matrix without collar, cylindrical


2602.

a +0,01

d 2 m5

5 +0,5

l 1 +0,5

b +0,01

a +0,01

a +0,01

d 4 = d 1 +0,7
+0,5

b +0,01

3
b +0,01

a +0,01

*d

f +0,01

d 5 +0,01

5
b +0,01

2602. Matrix without collar, cylindrical


d1 , d5

d2

1.8 - 3.2
2-5
3-7
5-8
7 - 11
11 - 16
16 - 19
19 - 28

8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40

3
3
3
5
5
5
7
7

1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

l1
16

l1
19

l1
22

l1
25

l1
28

Material:
l1
32

HSS
Order No. 2602.3.
Hardness 64 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Key flats parallel with reference axis A unless otherwise specified.
*d1 = size over corners
With starting holes for wire-EDM as per 2601.

Ordering Code (example):


Matrix without collar, cylindrical
Locating diameter d2
Length l1
Die shape SHAPE
Width of die shape a
Die shape length b
Order No
E152

=2602.3.
20 mm =
020.
16 mm =
016.
Square =
1.
320 mm=
0320.
320 mm=
0320
=2602.3. 020.016.1. 0320.0320
subject to alterations

Matrix with collar, cylindrical


2612.

a +0,01

d 2 m5

l 1 +0,5

b +0,01

a +0,01

a +0,01
b +0,01

5 +0,2

d 4 = d 1 +0,7
+0,5

*d

a +0,01

d3

d 5 +0,01

5
b +0,01

b +0,01

Material:

2612. Matrix with collar, cylindrical

HSS
Order No. 2612.3.
Hardness 64 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Key flats parallel with reference axis A unless otherwise specified.
*d1 = size over corners
With starting holes for wire-EDM as per 2611.

Matrix with collar, cylindrical


Locating diameter d2
Length l1
Die shape Shape
Width of die shape a
Die shape Shape
Order No
subject to alterations

20 mm
16 mm
Square
3.2 mm
Square

d1 , d5

d2

d3

1.8 - 3.2
2-5
3-7
5-8
7 - 11
11 - 16
16 - 19
19 - 28

8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40

11
13
16
19
23
28
35
43

3
3
3
5
5
5
7
7

1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

l1
16

l1
19

l1
22

l1
25

l1
28

l1
32

=2612.3.
=
020.
=
016.
=
1.
=
0320.
=
0320
=2612.3.020. 016. 1. 0320. 0320
10.2015

Matrix without collar, conical


2601.

d 4 +0,1

a +0,01
1
b +0,01

0*
d 2 m5

a +0,01

a +0,01
3
b +0,01

2
b +0,01

l 1 +0,5

5 +0,5

30'

a +0,01

*d

f +0,01

d5

+0,01

5
b +0,01

2601. Matrix without collar, conical


d1 , d5

d2

d4

1.6 - 3.2
2-5
3-7
5-8
7 - 11
11 - 16
16 - 19
19 - 28

8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40

1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

l1
16

l1
19

l1
22

l1
25

Material:
l1
28

l1
32

HSS
Order No. 2601.3.
Hardness 64 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Key flats parallel with reference axis A unless otherwise specified.
*d1 = size over corners
* 0 = Execution only with starting hole for wire cut

Ordering Code (example):


Matrix without collar, conical
Locating diameter d2
Length l1
Die shape SHAPE
Order No
E154

=2601.3.
20 mm
=
020.
16 mm
=
016.
Starting hole=
0
=2601.3. 020.016.0
subject to alterations

Matrix with collar, conical


d 4 +0,1

2611.

a +0,01
1
b +0,01

0*

d 2 m5

a +0,01

5 +0,2

b +0,01

3
b +0,01

*d

a +0,01

d3

d 5 +0,01

5
b +0,01

a +0,01

l 1 +0,5

30'

Material:

2611. Matrix with collar, conical

HSS
Order No. 2611.3.
Hardness 64 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2 and end faces ground.


Key flats parallel with reference axis A unless otherwise specified.
*d1 = size over corners
*0 = Execution only with starting hole for wire cut

Matrix with collar, conical


Locating diameter d2
Length l1
Die shape Shape
Width of die shape a
Die shape Shape
Order No
subject to alterations

20 mm
16 mm
Square
3.2 mm
Square

d1 , d5

d2

d3

d4

1.6 - 3.2
2-5
3-7
5-8
7 - 11
11 - 16
16 - 19
19 - 28

8
10
13
16
20
25
32
40

11
13
16
19
23
28
35
43

1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

l1
16

l1
19

l1
22

l1
25

l1
28

l1
32

=2611.3.
=
020.
=
016.
=
1.
=
0320.
=
0320
=2611.3. 020. 016. 1. 0320. 0320
10.2015

E156

subject to alterations

Standardised
Special Shapes

E157

Ordering examples
Special shapes Punches/Matrixes
(standardised)
2 2 9 1 .

. F 4 4 . . .
NB:
All the parameters
must be given for
special shapes!

Special shape F 44

Punch:
22 without ejector pin

Special shape

Type:
ISO 8020
ball-lock, light duty
ball-lock, heavy duty
ball-lock, larger cutting
edge, light duty
ball-lock, larger cutting
edge, heavy duty

Order No
=1
=2
=3
=4

You will find diameters and


lengths on the pages of
punches you have selected.

=5

2 6 9 6 .

. F 4 4 . . .
NB:
All the parameters
must be given for
special shapes!

Matrixes

Special shape F 44
Special shape

You will find diameters and


lengths on the pages of cutting
bushes you have selected.

=7

P/2

Order No
=5
=6

P/2

Type:
automotive
without shoulder
ISO8977
with shoulder ISO 8977

Cutting gap (a)


Roundings with the corresponding sharp corners reduce the cutting gap
per side (a). If the cutting gap is 0.04 mm (a) or less, FIBRO will round the
sharp edges if the cutting punch and the matrixes are ordered together.
This reduces the installation time and the risk of an edge breaking during
operation.
Note:
(1) and (2) - roundings and sharp edges
(1) rounding on the cutting punch of max. R0.2,
corresponds to a sharp edge on the matrix
(2) rounding on the cutting matrix of max. R0.2,
corresponds to a sharp edge on the punch

View X
a
(2), max. R0.2

(1), R0.0

(2), R0.0

(2), max. R0.2

(2), max. R0.2

(2), R0.0
(2), R0.0

Matrix

E158

subject to alterations

Standardised special shapes


90
Key-hole shapes

(1)

P
2

W
2

W
F52

F33

A F53
2
R

(2)

F14

W
2

A F55
2
R

W
2

F56

A
2

W
2

W
A

F57

F58

(2)

(1)

W
2

R= G
2

(2)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(2)

P
2

A F54
2
(1)

(2)

F13

F11

F10

Round, flattened

W
2

W
2

W
2

Various

W
2

S
W

B
(2)

W
F16
R

(2)
P

W
2

W
F34

W
2

B
2

F29

W
2
P

R 1 = 0,683W - 0,183P
R 2 = 1,183P - 0,683W
F28
(2)

W
2

Triangles, trapezes

P
(2)

F24

(2)

F25

F26

(2)

R
P

F23

F22

180

F27
R

W
2

R2

W
2

F65

F64

F93

R1

F41

Key-hole
F30

F31

F32

F61

F62
(1)

(2) (1)

A
P

(2)

(2) (1)

(2)

(2)

Polygons
F12

F85

F35

F86

F36

F87

(2)

A = number of
straight edges
F37
(1)
(2)

A = number of
straight edges
F38
(1)
(2)

(2)

270
subject to alterations

A = number of teeth
(only 3, 4, 6 or 8)

R(4)

(2)

A = number of non- A = number of nonstraight edges


straight edges
F39 (1)
F90
R1
B
R2
(2)

F89

F88

(2)

A = number of teeth
(only 3, 4, 6 or 8)

E159

Ordering examples
Special shapes Punches/Matrixes
(standardised)
2 2 9 1 .

. F 4 4 . . .
NB:
All the parameters
must be given for
special shapes!

Special shape F 44

Punch:
22 without ejector pin

Special shape

Type:
ISO 8020
ball-lock, light duty
ball-lock, heavy duty
ball-lock, larger cutting
edge, light duty
ball-lock, larger cutting
edge, heavy duty

Order No
=1
=2
=3
=4

You will find diameters and


lengths on the pages of
punches you have selected.

=5

2 6 9 6 .

. F 4 4 . . .
NB:
All the parameters
must be given for
special shapes!

Matrixes

Special shape F 44
Special shape

You will find diameters and


lengths on the pages of cutting
bushes you have selected.

=7

P/2

Order No
=5
=6

P/2

Type:
automotive
without shoulder
ISO8977
with shoulder ISO 8977

Cutting gap (a)


Roundings with the corresponding sharp corners reduce the cutting gap
per side (a). If the cutting gap is 0.04 mm (a) or less, FIBRO will round the
sharp edges if the cutting punch and the matrixes are ordered together.
This reduces the installation time and the risk of an edge breaking during
operation.
Note:
(1) and (2) - roundings and sharp edges
(1) rounding on the cutting punch of max. R0.2,
corresponds to a sharp edge on the matrix
(2) rounding on the cutting matrix of max. R0.2,
corresponds to a sharp edge on the punch

View X
a
(2), max. R0.2

(1), R0.0

(2), R0.0

(2), max. R0.2

(2), max. R0.2

(2), R0.0
(2), R0.0

Matrix

E160

subject to alterations

Standardised special shapes


90

P
(2)
P

(2)

A
2

B
B
2

F67

B
2

L-shapes

A
R

(2)

B
2
R

F75

W
A

W
A

B
PP

(2)
R

B
F71

WW
W

B
2
(1)

F72

F76

B
2
(1)

W
A

B
R

B
2
R

B
2
(1)

B
2

P
(2)

B
W

F70

F74

(2)

B
2
(1)

B
F73

(2)

(2)

(2)

P
B
W

F51

F69

(1)

B
2
R

(2) (1)

(2)
R

F68

(1)

WW

U-shapes

(2)

R
F84

WW
W

F50

W
F49

WW

(2)
P

B
PP

B
PP

(1)

F83

(1)

F47

PP

A
2
B
2

WW
W

F82

WW

F80
A
(1) 2

PP

B
W

(1)

B
2

(2)

A F48
2
(2)

(2)

(1)

F79

P
B

B
W
F81

(1)

F78

B
2

A
2

(2)

(1)

F77

PP

F46

180

F45

B
W

F15

(1)

A
2

(1)

F66

(2)

(2)

A
2

A
2

(2)

(1)

F92

(1)

(1)

(2)

Simple T-shapes

F44

F91

(2)

F18

F17

Double T-shapes

(1)

(2)

(1)

F21

F60

F20

A
2

(1)

F59

A
2

Multi key-hole shapes

F19

270
subject to alterations

E161

Dynamic stripping element (DAE)


2618.

d5

19
0
l -0,1

d 1 -0,2

O-ring

d8
M
d 6 -0,01
-0,05

60

6x

Punch with
ejector pin

Material
Matrix

O-ring

2618.
Dynamic Stripper
(DAE)

Mounting example
Punch with
ejector pin
p
Matrix

d4

20 +0.05
0
24-26

The dynamic stripper is used in blanking tools for punching operations


using material up to 2 mm thick. The stripper is below the die. It is
similar in shape to a segmented chuck. After the punching operation
the punch enters the stripper with the punch waste still attached. The
dynamic stripper opens up to receive the punch. On the return stroke
the dynamic stripper strips the punch waste from the punch. The
stripping element diameter d1 is manufactured 0.2 mm smaller than
the diameter p of the punch. To ensure reliable stripping the minimum
entry depth into the dynamic stripper must be no less than 1 mm.
The dynamic stripper can help to protect both the tool and the product
from damage and also accelerate the production rate.

5 +0.05
0

Description:

Punching waste

Material:

Steel, hardened
d 7 +0.05
0

Mounting example
Punch with
ejector pin
p

20

15

+0.05
0

Matrix

5 +0.05
0

d4

d 7 +0.05
0

E162

subject to alterations

Dynamic stripping element (DAE)


2618. Dynamic stripping element (DAE)
Cutting punch
p
Diameter steps 0.01
3-3.09
3.1-3.19
3.2-3.29
3.3-3.39
3.4-3.49
3.5-3.59
3.6-3.69
3.7-3.79
3.8-3.89
3.9-3.99
4-4.09
4.1-4.19
4.2-4.29
4.3-4.39
4.4-4.49
4.5-4.59
4.6-4.69
4.7-4.79
4.8-4.89
4.9-4.99
5-5.09
5.1-5.19
5.2-5.29
5.3-5.39
5.4-5.49
5.5-5.59
5.6-5.69
5.7-5.79
5.8-5.89
5.9-5.99
6-6.09
6.1-6.19
6.2-6.29
6.3-6.39
6.4-6.49
6.5-6.59
6.6-6.69
6.7-6.79
6.8-6.89
6.9-6.99
7-7.09
7.1-7.19
7.2-7.29
7.3-7.39
7.4-7.49
7.5-7.59
7.6-7.69
7.7-7.79
7.8-7.89
7.9-7.99
8-8.09

DAE
d1
Order-
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
8

d5
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

d6
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

l
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95
19.95

M
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10

Matrix
d4
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

d7
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

Ordering Code (example):


Dynamic stripping element (DAE)
External diameter d5
Order length BL
Order diameter d1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2618.
9 mm =
09.
20 mm =
020.
5.5 mm =
0550
=2618. 09. 020.0550
E163

Ordering Code (example)


Matrixes for Dynamic Stripper (DAE)
Note:

l 1- Length

16

l 1- Length

Starting
lead

d4

l - Shape
cutting length

l - Shape
cutting length

d4

l 1- Length

25

l - Shape
cutting length

Diameter-d 2
P

See table
for standard dimensions

Diameter-d 2

d4= 9 mm

Ordering Code (example):


2618.06.6E4.09

1,2

Shape cutting length l Order No


5
=4
Length l1
25

Order Code character


=E

(09)

Shape cutting length:


l = 5 mm

(4)

Length:
l1 = 25 mm

(E)

Diameter:
d2 = 16 mm

(6)

Type: without collar for


Dynamic Stripper DAE

(6)

Type
without collar for DAE
with collar for DAE

Version:
Blank
(pilot hole bore)

(0)

Matrix
for Dynamic Stripper
(DAE)

Version
blank
(pilot hole bore)

(2618)

Diameter d2
13
16
20

Order No
=6
=7
Order No
=0

Matrixes
for Dynamic Stripper (DAE)
Diameter-d 2
P

16

l 1- Length

d4
Starting
lead

Order No
=5
=6
=7

l - Shape
cutting length

25

d4 = 9 mm

d4

Diameter-d 2

Shape: Round, P = 4,31 mm

Ordering Code (example):


2618.16.6E4.0431

E164

4,31

Shape:
Round, P = 4,31 mm

(0431)

Shape cutting length:


l = 5 mm

(4)

Shape cutting length:


l1 = 25 mm

(E)

Diameter:
d2 = 16 mm

(6)

Type: without collar for


Dynamic Stripper DAE

(6)

Version:
Round

(1)

Matrix for
Dynamic Stripper
(DAE)

(2618)

Shape cutting length l Order No


5
=4
Length l1
25

Order Code character


=E

Diameter d2
13
16
20

Order No
=5
=6
=7

Type
without collar for DAE
with collar for DAE
Version
Round

Order No
=6
=7
Order No
=1

Matrixes
for Dynamic Stripper (DAE)
subject to alterations

Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank


2618.06.

p +0.1

5 +0.05

l 1+0.5
20 +0.05

(l)

d 2 n5
d4

Starting lead

2618.06.
d2
13
16
16
20
20

d7

Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank


d4
8
9
10
11
12

d7
11
12
13
14
15

p
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5

Ordering-code (example):
2618.06.6E4.09

subject to alterations

l
5
5
5
5
5

l1
25
25
25
25
25

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d4
9 mm

= 09

Shape cutting length: l


5 mm

Order number
= (4)

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.

Length: l1
25 mm

Order code character


= (E)

Order dynamic stripper (DAE) separately.

Diameter d2
16 mm

Order number
= (6)

Type:
without sholder for DAE

Order number
= (6)

Version:
Blank (pilot hole bore)

Order number
= (0)

for Dynamic Stripper


(DAE)

= 18

Matrix

= 26

Note:

E165

Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank


2618.07.
d 2 m5
d4

p +0.1

5 +0.05
5 +0.25

20

l 1+0.5
+0.05

(l)

Starting
lead

d7
d 3 -0.25

2618.07. Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), blank


d2
13
16
16
20
20

d3
16
19
19
23
23

d4
8
9
10
11
12

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and face surfaces


ground.
Diameter P is a bored pilot hole for wire EDM.

Note:

Order dynamic stripper (DAE) separately.

E166

d7
11
12
13
14
15

p
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5

l
5
5
5
5
5

l1
25
25
25
25
25

Ordering-code (example):
2618.07.6E4.09
Diameter d4
9 mm

= 09

Shape cutting length: l


5 mm

Order number
= (4)

Length: l1
25 mm

Order code character


= (E)

Diameter d2
16 mm

Order number
= (6)

Type:
with sholder for DAE

Order number
= (7)

Version:
Blank (pilot hole bore)

Order number
= (0)

for Dynamic Stripper


(DAE)

= 18

Matrix

= 26

subject to alterations

Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round


Mounting example
Punch with
ejector pin

p
d 2 H7
n5
d 4 /d 5
d1

d 2 n5
d4

p +0.01

p +0.01

d7

5 +0.05

20

+0.05

+0.5
1
+0.05

l 1+0.5

(l)

Plate

2618.16.

Starting lead

d7

2618.16. Matrix without collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round


d2
13
16
16
20
20

d4
8
9
10
11
12

d7
11
12
13
14
15

l
5
5
5
5
5

l1
25
25
25
25
25

Matrix
Diameter steps 0.01
P
3-4.29
4.3-5.29
5.3-6.29
6.3-7.29
7.3-8.29

Ordering-code (example):
2618.16.6E4.09

subject to alterations

DAE
d5
7
8
9
10
11

d1
Diameter steps 0.1
3-4
4.1-5
5.1-6
6.1-7
7.1-8

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC
Diameter d4
9 mm

= 09

Shape cutting length: l


5 mm

Order number
= (4)

Length: l1
25 mm

Order code character


= (E)

Diameter d2
16 mm

Order number
= (6)

Type:
without sholder for DAE

Order number
= (6)

Version:
Round

Order number
= (1)

for Dynamic Stripper


(DAE)

= 18

Matrix

= 26

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and end faces


ground.

Note:

Order dynamic stripper (DAE) separately.

E167

Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round


2618.17.
d 2 m5
d4

Punch with
ejector pin

p +0.01

(l)

Starting
lead

Mounting example

Plate

p +0.01

+0.05

l 1+0.5

5 +0.25

5 +0.05

+0.5
1
+0.05

20

p
H7
d 2 m5
d 4 /d 5
d1

d7
d 3 -0.25

d7
d 3 -0.25

2618.17. Matrix with collar for dynamic stripper (DAE), round


d2
13
16
16
20
20

d3
16
19
19
23
23

d4
8
9
10
11
12

d7
11
12
13
14
15

Material:

HSS
Hardness 62 2 HRC

Execution:

Diameter d2, starting lead and end faces


ground.

Note:

Order dynamic stripper (DAE) separately

E168

l
5
5
5
5
5

l1
25
25
25
25
25

Matrix
Diameter steps 0.01
P
3-4.29
4.3-5.29
5.3-6.29
6.3-7.29
7.3-8.29

DAE
d5
7
8
9
10
11

d1
Diameter steps 0.1
3-4
4.1-5
5.1-6
6.1-7
7.1-8

Ordering-code (example):
2618.17.6E4.09
Diameter d4
9 mm

= 09

Shape cutting length: l


5 mm

Order number
= (4)

Length: l1
25 mm

Order code character


= (E)

Diameter d2
16 mm

Order number
= (6)

Type:
with sholder for DAE

Order number
= (7)

Version:
Round

Order number
= (1)

for Dynamic Stripper


(DAE)

= 18

Matrix

= 26

subject to alterations

Retainers for
ball-lock punches

E169

Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty


2664.05.

6 H7
m6

15
18

32
6,3

15

d 4 H7

d 2H6
M4

M8
M8 x 10

M4 x 20

r2

e30,01 e30,01

d
d1

r1

e 1 0,01

a +0,8 1)
x

30 1)
a x 45
a 1 0,2 4
e 2 0,01

a3 0,2 a3 0,2
b +0,8 1)

1)

Execution:

Version for metal thicknesses up to 3 mm. The punch locating hole d2 is


manufactured to a tolerance of 0.01 mm relative to the 6 stud holes
H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate with other
polygon versions.

Note:

Special punch retainers available to order.


1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.

2664.05.
Order No
2664.05.10
2664.05.13
2664.05.16
2664.05.20
2664.05.25
2664.05.32
2664.05.38

E170

Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty


d
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5
13.5

d1
15
15
15
18
20
20
20

d2
10
13
16
20
25
32
38

d4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

a
44.5
50.8
54
60.3
69.9
69.9
77.4

a1
19
19
19
19
23.8
23.8
27

a3
11.1
14.3
15.9
17.5
19.8
19.8
24

a4
10
12
13
14
16
16
18

b
43.7
50
53.2
59.5
69.1
69.1
76.6

e1
7.5
6.5
6
5
7
7
10

e2
26.925
29.97
31.75
33.53
40.64
40.64
43.993

e3
9
12
13.5
16.5
22
22
26

K
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

t
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5
13.5

r1
9.5
12.7
14.3
17.5
22.2
22.2
26

r2
12
15.2
16.8
20
24.7
24.7
28.5

x
8.2
9.5
11.2
13.2
15.7
19.25
22.25

subject to alterations

Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty


2664.06.

d 4 H7

25
28

41
6,3

15

6 H7
m6

d 2H6
M4

M8
M8 x 10

M4 x 20

d
d1

r2

e30,01 e30,01

r1

e 1 0,01

a +0,8 1)
x

a3 0,2 a3 0,2
b +0,8 1)

30 1)
a x 45
a 1 0,2 4
e 2 0,01

1)

Execution:

Version for metal thicknesses > 3 mm/max. 6 mm. The punch locating
hole d2 is manufactured to a tolerance of 0.01 mm relative to the 6
stud holes H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate
with other polygon versions.

Note:

Special punch retainers available to order.


1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.

2664.06.
Order No
2664.06.10
2664.06.13
2664.06.16
2664.06.20
2664.06.25
2664.06.32
2664.06.40

Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty


d
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5
13.5

subject to alterations

d1
15
15
15
18
20
20
20

d2
10
13
16
20
25
32
40

d4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

a
44.5
50.8
54
60.3
69.9
69.9
77.4

a1
19
19
19
19
23.8
23.8
27

a3
11.1
14.3
15.9
17.5
19.8
19.8
24

a4
10
12
13
14
16
16
18

b
43.7
50
53.2
59.5
69.1
69.1
76.6

e1
7.5
6.5
6
5
7
7
10

e2
26.925
29.97
31.75
33.53
40.64
40.64
43.993

e3
9
12
13.5
16.5
22
22
26

K
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

t
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5
13.5

r1
9.5
12.7
14.3
17.5
22.2
22.2
26

r2
12
15.2
16.8
20
24.7
24.7
28.5

x
9.8
11.3
12.8
14.8
17.3
20.8
24.8

E171

Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty


d 4 H7

6 H7
m6

15
18

32
6,3

15

2664.07.

d 2H6
M4

M8
M8 x 10

M4 x 20

r2
d
d1

e30,01 e30,01

r1

e 1 0,01

a +0,8 1)
x

a3 0,2 a3 0,2
b+0,8 1)

30 1)
a x 45
a 1 0,2 4
e 2 0,01

1)

Execution:

Version for metal thicknesses up to 3 mm. The punch locating hole d2 is


manufactured to a tolerance of 0.01 mm relative to the 6 stud holes
H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate with other
polygon versions.

Note:

Special punch retainers available to order.


1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.

2664.07.
Order No
2664.07.06

E172

Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, light duty


d
6.6

d1
11

d2
6

d4
3

a
35

a1
19

a3
11.1

a4
6

b
37.5

e1
9

e2
23

e3
8

K
6

t
7

r1
8

r2
8

x
5.7

subject to alterations

Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty


2664.10.

d 4 H7

25
28

41
6,3

15

6 H7
m6

d 2H6
M4

M8
M8 x 10

M4 x 20

r2
d
d1

e30,01 e30,01

r1

a +0,8 1)
e 1 0,01 x

a3 0,2 a3 0,2
b+0,8 1)

30 1)
a x 45
a 1 0,2 4
e 2 0,01

1)

Execution:

Version for metal thicknesses >3 mm/max. 6 mm. The punch locating
hole d2 is manufactured to a tolerance of 0.01 mm relative to the 6
stud holes H7. This ensures the interchangeability of the locating plate
with other polygon versions.

Note:

Special punch retainers available to order.


Pressure plate welded.
1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.

2664.10. Triangle retainer for ball-lock punches, heavy duty


Order No
2664.10.10
2664.10.13
2664.10.16
2664.10.20
2664.10.25
2664.10.32
2664.10.40

d
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5
13.5

subject to alterations

d1
15
15
15
18
20
20
20

d2
10
13
16
20
25
32
40

d4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

a
44.5
50.8
54
60.3
69.9
69.9
77.4

a1
19
19
19
19
23.8
23.8
27

a3
11.1
14.3
15.9
17.5
19.8
19.8
24

a4
10
12
13
14
16
16
18

b
43.7
50
53.2
59.5
69.1
69.1
76.6

e1
7.5
6.5
6
5
7
7
10

e2
26.925
29.97
31.75
33.53
40.64
40.64
43.993

e3
9
12
13.5
16.5
22
22
26

K
10
12
12
12
12
12
12

t
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5
13.5

r1
9.5
12.7
14.3
17.5
22.2
22.2
26

r2
12
15.2
16.8
20
24.7
24.7
28.5

x
9.8
11.3
12.8
14.8
17.3
20.8
24.8

E173

Accessories for Retainers,


triangular, for Ball-Lock Punches
2666.04.

2666.06. 2666.01. .1 2192.72.


d 4 H7

M4

20

20

l1

d2

M8

d 2 h6

2192.72.

236.1.

6,3

2192.10.

Retainer

[ d2

Socket head cap


screw

Dowel pin

Ball

Ball release pin

Spring

Pressure disk for


centring pin

Pin screw

2664.05.

10
13
16
20
25
32
38

2192.10.08.035
2192.10.08.035
2192.10.08.035
2192.10.10.035
2192.10.12.035
2192.10.12.035
2192.10.12.035

236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020

2666.04.008
2666.04.008
2666.04.008
2666.04.008
2666.04.008
2666.04.008
2666.04.008

2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020

2666.06.008
2666.06.008
2666.06.008
2666.06.008
2666.06.008
2666.06.008
2666.06.008

2666.01.10.1
2666.01.13.1
2666.01.16.1
2666.01.20.1
2666.01.25.1
2666.01.32.1
2666.01.38.1

2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008

2664.06./10.

10
13
16
20
25
32
40

2192.10.08.040
2192.10.08.040
2192.10.08.040
2192.10.10.050
2192.10.12.050
2192.10.12.050
2192.10.12.050

236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020

2666.04.010
2666.04.012
2666.04.012
2666.04.012
2666.04.012
2666.04.012
2666.04.012

2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020
2192.72.04.020

2666.06.010
2666.06.012
2666.06.012
2666.06.012
2666.06.012
2666.06.012
2666.06.012

2666.01.10.1
2666.01.13.1
2666.01.16.1
2666.01.20.1
2666.01.25.1
2666.01.32.1
2666.01.40.1

2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008

2192.10.06.035

236.1.0600.020

2666.04.006

2192.72.04.020

2666.06.006

2666.01.06.1

2192.72.08.008

2664.07.

Ball release tool


Hook shape

straight

straight
with threaded tip

2666.05.01

2666.05.02

2666.05.03

E174

subject to alterations

ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, light duty


2668.2.
d 40,13

d 30,005

l 10,13
0
4,5 -0,08

d2

M4
d2

Note:

Mounting example

Use ball release tool 2666.05.02, straight.

4,55 +0,13

Pressure plate

Retainer for
ball-lock punches
b +0,025
c +0,025

2668.2.

+0,010
+0,005

up to 25

*a

+0,015
+0,008

from 32

d +0,75

ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, light duty

Order No
2668.2.06
2668.2.10
2668.2.13
2668.2.16
2668.2.20
2668.2.25
2668.2.32
2668.2.38

subject to alterations

d2
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
38

d3
12
14
14
14
16
16
16
16

d4
14.6
16.6
16.6
16.6
18.6
18.6
18.6
18.6

l1
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7

a
6
10
13
16
20
25
32
38

b
6.5
9
10.5
12
14
16.5
20
23

c
12.013
14.013
14.013
14.013
16.013
16.013
16.013
16.013

d
15
17
17
17
19
19
19
19

e
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7
25.7

E175

ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, heavy duty


2668.3.

0,8

d 40,13

d 30,005

l 10,13
0
4,5 -0,08

d2

M4
d2

Mounting example

Note:

Use ball release tool 2666.05.02, straight.

4,55 +0,13

Pressure plate

Retainer for
ball-lock punches
b +0,025
c +0,025

+0,010
+0,005

up to 25

*a

+0,015
+0,008

from 32

2668.3.
Order No
2668.3.10
2668.3.13
2668.3.16
2668.3.20
2668.3.25
2668.3.32
2668.3.40

E176

d +0,75

ACCU-LOCK Fixture device for ball-lock punches, heavy duty


d2
10
13
16
20
25
32
40

d3
16
20
20
20
20
20
20

d4
19.6
24.6
24.6
24.6
24.6
24.6
24.6

l1
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7

a
10
13
16
20
25
32
40

b
10
11.5
13
15
17.5
21
25

c
16.013
20.013
20.013
20.013
20.013
20.013
20.013

d
20
25
25
25
25
25
25

e
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7
34.7

subject to alterations

Retainers for
punches ISO 8020

E177

Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 without anti-rotation element


2664.02.
d

11
11

25
5 +0,05

2665.01.

H7
6 m6

15

d3

d1
M8
d

G5
2

a +0,8 1)

r2

r1
b +0,8 1)

a3 0,2 a3 0,2

e30,01 e30,01

30 1)

e 1 0,01
a x 45
a 1 0,2 4
e 2 0,01

1)

Execution:

The centres of the pinholes are the reference points for the position of
the punch bore.
The dimensions e1, e2 and e3 have a tolerance of 0.01 mm.
The triangle ball-lock retainers are interchangeable.

Note:

Pressure plate 2665.01. to be ordered separately for the receiving punch


plate.
1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.

2664.02.
Order No
2664.02.10
2664.02.13
2664.02.16
2664.02.20
2664.02.25
2664.02.32

E178

Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 without anti-rotation element


d
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5

d1
15
15
15
18
20
20

d2
10
13
16
20
25
32

d3
14
17
20
24
29
36

a
44.5
50.8
54
60.3
69.9
69.9

a1
19
19
19
19
23.8
23.8

a3
11.1
14.3
15.9
17.5
19.8
19.8

a4
10
12
13
14
16
16

b
43.7
50
53.2
59.5
69.1
69.1

e1
7.5
6.5
6
5
7
7

e2
26.925
29.97
31.75
33.53
40.64
40.64

e3
9
12
13.5
16.5
22
22

t
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5

r1
9.5
12.7
14.3
17.5
22.2
22.2

r2
12
15.2
16.8
20
24.7
24.7

subject to alterations

Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 with anti-rotation element


2664.04.

6 H7
m6

11
11

25
5 +0,05

15

2665.01.

d1
M8
d

G5
2

r2

r1

1)

b +0,8 1)

30 1)
a3 0,2 a3 0,2

b 31)
e30,01 e30,01
b 4 0,02

a +0,8 1)

e 1 0,01
a x 45
a 1 0,2 4
e 2 0,01

1)

Execution:

The centres of the pinholes are the reference points for the position of
the punch bore.
The dimensions e1, e2 and e3 have a tolerance of 0.01 mm.
The triangle ball-lock retainers are interchangeable.

Note:

Pressure plate 2665.01. to be ordered separately for the receiving punch


plate.
1) Contours may vary. Maximum dimensions are specified in the table.

2664.04.
Order No
2664.04.10
2664.04.13
2664.04.16
2664.04.20
2664.04.25
2664.04.32

Triangle retainer, for punches ISO 8020 with anti-rotation element


d
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5

subject to alterations

d1
15
15
15
18
20
20

d2
10
13
16
20
25
32

a
44.5
50.8
64
60.3
69.9
69.9

a1
19
19
19
19
23.8
23.8

a3
11.1
14.3
15.9
17.5
19.8
19.8

a4
10
12
13
14
16
16

b
43.7
50
53.2
59.5
69.1
69.1

b3
12
15
18
23
28
35

b4
5
6.5
8
10
12.5
16

e1
7.5
6.5
6
5
7
7

e2
26.925
29.97
31.75
33.53
40.64
40.64

e3
9
12
13.5
16.5
22
22

t
9
9
9
11
13.5
13.5

r1
9.5
12.7
14.3
17.5
22.2
22.2

r2
12
15.2
16.8
20
24.7
24.7

E179

Accessories for Retainers, triangular, for Punches, to ISO 8020


2192.10.

236.1.

2192.72.

2665.01.

+0,8 1)

e 10,1 a
7 d

r2

20

a 10,2

r1 30 1)
d
a 4 x 45

E180

Socket head cap screw


2192.10.08.035
2192.10.08.035
2192.10.08.035
2192.10.10.035
2192.10.12.035
2192.10.12.035

d2
10
13
16
20
25
32

1)

e2 0,1

Retainer
2664.02./04.

b+0,8 1)

M8

a30,2 a30,2

l1

e 30,1 e 30,1
7

Dowel pin
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020
236.1.0600.020

Pin screw
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008
2192.72.08.008

Pressure plate
2665.01.10
2665.01.13
2665.01.16
2665.01.20
2665.01.25
2665.01.32

subject to alterations

Accessories

E181

Stripping unit
Installation example:

2431.7.

d3
d2

R3

d4
Compression

d1
d1
d5

Material:
FIBROFLEX 95 Shore A

Note:
Stripping units can be used for retainers 2664.02./.04./.05./.06.
* values for the stripping force are dependent on a number of parameters
(e.g. lubricant, temperature etc.) and may vary from those given here.
** max spring travel should not exceed 15% of the length

2431.7. Stripping unit


d2
10
13
16
20
25
32
38
40

Spring travel**
Length
d2
10
13
16
20
25
32
38
40

d1
18
23
28
33
40
50
60
60

d3
21
26
31
36
43
55
65
65

d4
1,6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

d5 max.
22
26,5
34
38
47,6
57,9
69,6
69,6

b
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8

35

Ball-lock punch, light duty


Ball-lock punch, heavy duty
Precision punch ISO 8020
= Special measures upon request

63
71
-

3mm
35

6mm
35

9mm
35

3mm
43

6mm
43

9mm
43

1300
2100
3000
3500
5400
8400
-

1060
1700
2310
2900
4440
6840
9280
10100

1820
2850
3900
4900
7520
11390
19740
20190

3mm
6mm
9mm
53
53
53
Stripping forces (N)*
900
1650
1460
2610
1990
3560
2500
4470
3810
6860
5880 10450
8140 15890
8650 17300
-

Stripping unit lenght l


53

Punch lengths in use


71
80
80
90
71
80

43

63

73

90
100
90

100
110
100

3mm
63

6mm
63

9mm
63

3mm
73

6mm
73

9mm
73

720
1170
1590
2000
3050
4700
6440
6890

1450
2320
3150
3950
6050
9310
11570
13780

1860
2910
3980
5000
7680
11640
18030
20670

930
1270
1590
2420
3740
5460
6000

2080
2810
3420
5390
8370
8850
9800

2500
3440
4330
6780
10280
11680
12700

Ordering example:
Stripping unit
d2 = 10 mm
l = 53 mm
Order number

E182

=
=
=
=

2431.7.
2431.7.10.
2431.7.10.53
2431.7.10.53
subject to alterations

Stripping unit - Pressure plate


2667.1.

2667.1. Stripping unit - Pressure plate


Order No
2667.1.10
2667.1.13
2667.1.16
2667.1.20
2667.1.25
2667.1.32
2667.1.38
2667.1.40

d2
10
13
16
20
25
32
38
40

R1
13
15.5
18
20.5
24
31
36
36

a
28
31
32.9
34.8
39.8
41.3
45
45

Note:

Pressure plate, mounting plate and screw must all be ordered


individually.

Mounting example

subject to alterations

E183

Stripping unit - Mounting plate


2667.2.

Socket head cap screw M8x20


2192.10.08.020

Note:

Pressure plate, mounting plate and screw must all be ordered


individually.

2667.2. Stripping unit - Mounting plate


Order No
2667.2.10
2667.2.13
2667.2.16
2667.2.20
2667.2.25
2667.2.32
2667.2.38
2667.2.40

d2
10
13
16
20
25
32
38
40

d1
19
24
29
34
41
51
61
61

d3
22
27
32
37
44
56
66
66

R1
13
15.5
18
20.5
24
31
36
36

a
28
31
32.9
34.8
39.8
41.3
45
45

Mounting example

E184

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

E185

Elastomer Stripper
243.7.

Mounting example

Description:

Repairs, sharpening and modifications on dies equipped with elastomer


strippers do not necessitate the dismantling of a stripper plate, thus
becoming very expedient.
Any marring of delicate part surfaces is precluded. This makes
elastomer strippersideal for all painted, anodized, plastic-coated and
polished parts. FIBROFLEX Elastomer Strippers are resistant against oils
and greases.

Material:

FIBROFLEX
Hardness: 95 Shore A

Application:

Especially in large dies, where the use of elastomer strippers does away
with the need of huge stripper plates.

Mounting:

Push stripper over punch, where it will stay put on account of its
elasticity.
No other form of retention will be required.
A single press stroke will then pierce a hole through the bottom portion
of the stripper that matches the punch shape exactly.

243.7. Elastomer Stripper


d1
d2
d3
4
17
1.6
5
17
1.6
6
19
1.6
6.3
19
1.6
8
21
3
10
23
3
12.5
26
3
13
26
3
16
30
3
20
38
3
25
50
3
32
55
3
38
60
3
40
63
3
*other lengths are available on request (max. 56 mm)

L0
Stock lengths*

39

47

56

Ordering Code (example):


Elastomer Stripper
Inside diameter d1
Length L0
Stock lengths
Order No
E186

=243.7.
13 mm=
130.
39 mm=
039
=243.7. 130.039
subject to alterations

Stop washer
243.7. .1

d4

d5

Material:
Steel

243.7. .1 Stop washer


Order No
243.7.085.1
243.7.105.1
243.7.130.1
243.7.135.1
243.7.165.1
243.7.205.1
243.7.255.1
243.7.325.1
243.7.385.1
243.7.405.1

subject to alterations

d4
8.5
10.5
13
13.5
16.5
20.5
25.5
32.5
38.5
40.5

d5
21
23
26
26
30
38
50
55
60
63

E187

Special Punches, Custom made


High-Precision Special Parts to Customers Drawings

E188

subject to alterations

FIBRO manufactures Special Form Punches and


-Matrices on most modern equipment.
Projection Form Grinding, Creep Feed Grinding,
EDM and Wire-EDM are used acc. to design
details.

subject to alterations

Many years of experience enable FIBRO to chose


best suitable materials and methods.
We manufacture to customers drawings:
Piercing Punches
Draw Punched
Form Punches

Pre-Extrusion Punches and Ejectors for


Bolt Manufacturing
Flow-Forming Punches
Punches with 30-Conical Heads
or other head shapes

E189

Punch without head, square / rectangular, Shape A


230.

230. Punch without head, square /


rectangular, Shape A
a
1-8
2 - 10
3 - 12
4 - 12
5 - 15
6 - 20
7 - 24
8 - 24
9 - 28
10 - 34
12 - 34

b
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12

l1
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5
73.5

Material:
l
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71

HSS
Order No 230.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Punch shaft precision ground.


l1: Stock length of square punches: 73,5 mm. Other materials and
dimensions on request.

Ordering Code (example):


Punch without head, square / rectangular, Shape A
Material MAT
Punch cutting length a
Punch cutting width b
Nominal ordering length l
Order No
E190

=230.
HSS =
3.
6 mm=
0600.
6 mm=
0600.
71
=
071
=230.3. 0600. 0600. 071
subject to alterations

Punch with head, square / rectangular, Shape A


231.

Material:

231. Punch with head, square /


rectangular, Shape A

HSS
Order No 231.3.
Hardness:
Shaft 64 2 HRC
Head 52 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die components see at the
beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Punch shanks precision ground.


Heads hot upset forged - ground on special request.
l1: Stock length of square punches: 71 mm. Other materials
anddimensions on request.

a
1-8
2 - 10
3 - 12
4 - 12
5 - 15
6 - 20
7 - 24
8 - 24
9 - 28
10 - 34
12 - 34

b
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12

h
1.2
1.4
1.8
1.8
1.8
2
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8

l1
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71

Ordering Code (example):


Punch with head, square / rectangular, Shape A
Material MAT
Punch cutting length a
Punch cutting width b
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=231.
HSS
=
3.
6 mm =
0600.
6 mm =
0600.
71 mm =
71
=231.3. 0600. 0600. 71
E191

Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735
236.1.

Material:

Execution:

Steel
Hardness 60 2 HRC

Hardened and ground to finest finish.


FIBRO Dowel Pins are manufactured with the exacting requirements of
high class diemaking in mind. Whereas DIN EN ISO 8735 stipulates ISO
Class 6 for dowels, we produce our pins to m5.
FIBRO Dowels with internal extracting thread deviate from DIN in that
they are case-hardened and that a smaller thread is used. This increases
the crossection around the threaded hole and thus prevents breaking.

236.1. Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735
d1
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
25

d2
4
5
6
6
8
8
10
16

t1
6
8
10
12
12
16
20
24

l2
2.1
2.6
3
3.8
4
4.7
6
6

r
6
8
10
12
16
16
20
25

l1

16

18

20

24

28

32

36

40

45

50

55

60

70

80

90

100

120

Ordering Code (example):


Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to
DIN EN ISO 8735
Diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E192

=236.1.
14 mm =
1400.
32 mm =
032
=236.1. 1400. 032
subject to alterations

Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735
2361.1.

Material:

Execution:

Steel
Hardness 60 2 HRC

Hardened and ground to finest finish.


FIBRO Dowel Pins are manufactured with the exacting requirements of
high class diemaking in mind.
FIBRO Dowels with internal extracting thread deviate from DIN in that
they are case-hardened and that a smaller thread is used. This increases
the crossection around the threaded hole and thus prevents breaking.

2361.1. Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735
d1
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20

d2
3
3
4
5
6
6
8
8
10

t1
4.5
6
6
8
10
10
12
12
16

l2
1.3
1.7
2.1
2.6
3
3.8
4
4.7
6

r
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20

l1

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

36

40

45

50

55

60

70

80

90 100 120

Ordering Code (example):


Dowel pin with internal extracting thread, similar to DIN EN ISO 8735
Diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2361.1.
10 mm =
1000.
16 mm =
016
=2361.1. 1000. 016
E193

FIBROZIPP

236.001
Impact Head

Draw Bar

ca. 500 mm

Impact Sleeve

236.001 Dowel Pin Extractor FIBROZIPP

Four Adaptors:
- M 3, M 4
- M 5, M 6
- M 8, M 10
- M 16

Extraction tool for the fast and convenient removal of dowels with internal
extracting thread also for shafts, plugs and other machine components.
The tool comes with interchangeable adaptors and screws, to fit
all threads from M3 to M16.

Interchangeable
Extracting Screw
DIN ISO 4762

Dowel Pin with


Extracting Thread

E194

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

E195

Liner bush for dowel pin, for bonding


265.1.

Description:

Dowel liner bushes are used where precisely positioned, unhardened


parts are often changed or must be replaced, e.g. in precision tool
construction.

Material:

WS
Hardness 54 2 HRC

Epoxy-Bonding

The jig-ground pin holes of the hardened matrix are joined with the
dowel liner bush by means of a dowel pin 235.1. Retainer holes for
dowel liner bushes should be approximately 2 mm larger in diameter
than the bush O.D. a coarse finish is desirable. Following exact
positioning/aligning, FIBROLIT ZWO or FIBROFIX SECHS is used for
bonding.

265.1. Liner bush for dowel pin, for bonding


d1
6
8
10

d
7
9
11

D
10
12
16

D1
12
14
18

l1
25
30
36

l2
12
16
20

Ordering Code (example):

Ordering Code (example):

Ordering Code (example):

One Dowel Liner Bush only


= 265.
Dowel Liner Bush
= 265.1.
Material: Tool Steel
= 26.01.0800.
d1 = [ 8,0 mm
= 265.1.0800.1
Quantity: one
= 265.1.0800.1
Order No

One Dowel Liner Bush + Matching Dowel


= 265.
Dowel Liner Bush
= 265.1.
Material: Tool Steel
= 26510.0800.
d1 = [ 8,0 mm
= 265..00800.1.
Quantity: one
= 265..08000.1.040
Dowel: length = 40 mm
= 265.1.0800.1.040
Order No

Two Dowel Liner Bushes + one Dowel


= 265.
Dowel Liner Bush
= 206. 1.
Material: Tool Steel
= 265.1.0800.
d1 = [ 8,0 mm
= 265..00800.2.
Quantity: two
= 265..0800.2.0050
Dowel: length = 50 mm
= 265.1.0800.2.050
Order No

E196

subject to alterations

Liner bush for dowel pin, for push fit


2650.1.

Description:

Dowel liner bushes are used where precisely positioned, unhardened


parts are often changed or must be replaced, e.g. in precision tool
construction.

Material:

WS
Hardness 54 2 HRC

Slip-Fit Bonding:

The position of the bush is given by push fit hole tolerance H 6.The
adhesive order no. 281.648 provides optimum bush retention whilst
offering the following
advantages:
- high accuracy and stiffness
- no problems to find position when changing bushings
We do not recommend to press fit bushings.

2650.1. Liner bush for dowel pin, for push fit


d1
6
8
10

d
7
9
11

D
10
12
16

l1
25
30
36

l2
12
16
20

Ordering Code (example):

Ordering Code (example):

Ordering Code (example):

One Dowel Liner Bush only


= 2650.
Dowel Liner Bush
= 2605.1.
Material: Tool Steel
= 265.01.0800.
d1 = [ 8,0 mm
= 265.1.08000.1
Quantity: one
= 2650.1.0800.1
Order No

One Dowel Liner Bush + Matching Dowel


= 2650.
Dowel Liner Bush
= 2605.1.
Material: Tool Steel
= 265.10.0800.
d1 = [ 8,0 mm
= 265.1.00800.1.
Quantity: one
= 265.1.08000.1.040
Dowel: length = 40 mm
= 2650.1.0800.1.040
Order No

Two Dowel Liner Bushes + one Dowel


= 2650.
Dowel Liner Bush
= 2065. 1.
Material: Tool Steel
= 265.01.0800.
d1 = [ 8,0 mm
= 265.1.00800.2.
Quantity: two
= 265.1.0800.2.0050
Dowel: length = 50 mm
Order No
= 2650.1.0800.2.050

subject to alterations

E197

Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734


235.1.

Material:

Steel
Hardness 60 2 HRC

Execution:

Hardened and ground to finest finish.


FIBRO Dowel Pins are manufactured with the exacting requirements of
high class diemaking in mind. Whereas DIN EN ISO 8734 stipulates ISO
Class 6 for dowels, we produce our pins to m5.

235.1. Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734


d1
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20

l2
r
0.48 1
0.62 1.6
0.78 2
0.95 2.5
1.1
3
1.4
4
1.7
5
2.1
6
2.6
8
3
10
3.8 12
3.8 16
4.7 16
6
20

l1

10

12

14

16

18

20

24

28

32

36

40

45

50

55

60

70

80

90 100 120 130 140

Ordering Code (example):


Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734
Diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E198

=235.1.
6 mm =
0600.
10 mm =
010
=235.1. 0600. 010
subject to alterations

Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734


2351.1.

Material:

Steel
Hardness 60 2 HRC

Execution:

Hardened and ground to finest finish.

2351.1. Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734


d1
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20

l2
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
1.2
1.5
1.8
2
2.5
2.5
3
4

r
1
1.6
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
16
16
20

l1

10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 120



Ordering Code (example):


Dowel pin similar to DIN EN ISO 8734
Diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2351.1.
6 mm=
0600.
8 mm=
008
=2351.1. 0600. 008
E199

Drill bush with collar, DIN 172, Shape A


276.

Material:

Case hardened steel


Hardness 740 40 HV 10

Execution:

Diameters d1, d2 and shoulder precision ground.

276. Drill bush with collar, DIN 172, Shape A


d1
0.4 - 1
1.1 - 1.8
1.9 - 2.6
2.7 - 3.3
3.4 - 4
4.1 - 5
5.1 - 6
6.1 - 8
8.1 - 10
10.1 - 12
12.1 - 15
15.1 - 18
18.1 - 22
22.1 - 26
26.1 - 30
30.1 - 35
35.1 - 42
42.1 - 48
48.1 - 55
55.1 - 63

d2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
22
26
30
35
42
48
55
62
70
78

d3
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
15
18
22
26
30
34
39
46
52
59
66
74
82

l1
l2

6
4
4
4

5.5
5.5
5.5

9
7
7
7

10

7
7

12

16

9.5
9.5
9.5

13.5
13.5
13.5
13
13

9
8

12
12

20

25

17
17
17
16

22
21

15
15

20
20

28

30

35

24
24

36

32
32
31
31
25
24
24

29

45

40
40
40
40

56

51
51
51
50
50

67

78

62
61
61
61

72

Ordering Code (example):


Drill bush with collar, DIN 172, Shape A
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
E200

=276.1.
12.1 mm=
1210.
16 mm =
016
=276.1. 1210. 016
subject to alterations

Drill bush without collar, DIN 179, Shape A


277.

Material:

Case hardened steel


Hardness 740 40 HV 10

Execution:

Diameters d1and d2 precision ground.

277. Drill bush without collar, DIN 179, Shape A


d1
0.4 - 1
1.1 - 1.8
1.9 - 2.6
2.7 - 3.3
3.4 - 4
4.1 - 5
5.1 - 6
6.1 - 8
8.1 - 10
10.1 - 12
12.1 - 15
15.1 - 18
18.1 - 22
22.1 - 26
26.1 - 30
30.1 - 35
35.1 - 42
42.1 - 48
48.1 - 55
55.1 - 63

d2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
18
22
26
30
35
42
48
55
62
70
78

l1

10

12

16

20

25

28

30

35

36

45

56

67

78

Ordering Code (example):


Drill bush without collar, DIN 179, Shape A
Guide diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=277.1.
12.1 mm=
1210.
16 mm =
016
=277.1. 1210. 016
E201

Gauge pin DIN 2269


240.1./2.

Material:

Alloy tool steel, hardened and tempered. Age-


treated repeatedly.
Hardness 60 2 HRC

Execution:

precision ground
Quality class I: diameter tolerance 0,001
Quality class II: diameter tolerance 0,002
Single pins:
Quality class I 240.1.
Quality class I 240.2.
Small set:
91 gauge pins from 1-10 mm in steps of 0,1
mm, complete in wooden box.
Quality class I 240.51.
Quality class II 240.52.
Large set:
273 gauge pins from 1-10 mm in steps of
0,1 mm, plus one each. 0,01 mm-oversize/
undersize pin complete in wooden box
Quality class I 240.41.
Quality class II 240.42.

Ordering Code (example):


Gauge pin DIN 2269
Quality class KL
Diameter d1
Order No

Special sets:
Supplied to customers requirements in
respect of assortment and quality class. All
gauge pins from 3 mm upward are marked
with their actual size.

=240.
1
=
1.
0.29 mm =
0029
=240. 1. 0029

240.1./2. Gauge pin DIN 2269


d1
0.29 - 6
6.01 - 20

E202

l1
50
70

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

E203

Gauge Pin Holders


Wooden Boxes

240.45. Gauge Pin Holders


(without pins)

for diameters
von 12
von 24
von 46
von 68
von 810

Order No
240.45.1
240.45.2
240.45.3
240.45.4
240.45.5

Gauge Pin Holders are double-ended, to carry two pins e.g. for go no go
measurements etc.

Wooden boxes:
(without pins)

with drilled holes, for the safe


and orderly storage of gauge
pins each hole marked with
the requisite pin size.
Large Set of approx. 270 Pins
size: 2503903390
Small Set of approx. 90 Pins
size: 1553903285
Boxes complete with carrier board
inset
Class I-Accuracy
Class II-Accuracy

Order No

240.91
240.92

240.9x.1
240.9x.2

Ordering code (example):


Gauge pin box approx. 270 pins
Class I-Accuracy
Order No

E204

= 240.91.
=
1
= 240.91.1
subject to alterations

High Precision Gauge Pins with Handle


High Precision Gauge Pins Boxed Sets
240.11./22.

240.11./22. High-Precision Gauge Pins with Handle

Material:

The Gauge Pins are firmly fixed to the handle. Each Pin is marked with
its true diameter.
Single Gauge Pins: [ 0,3 3,0 mm, In dia. steps of Order No
0.01 mm
Class I-Accuracy
240.11.
Class II-Accuracy
240.22.
Assortment:
84 Gauge Pins from 0.3 3.0 mm,
in dia. steps of 0.1 mm plus one
each pin with undersize 0.01
and oversize 0.01 mm
(for example 0.29 0.30 0.31
etc.)
Class I-Accuracy
240.31
Class II-Accuracy
240.32
Special
to customers specifications in
Assortments:
respect of class of accuracy

Alloy tool steel, hardened and tempered.


Repeatedly age-treated.
Hardness 60 2 HRC.
fine-ground
Class II-Accuracy 0.001
Class II-Accuracy 0.002
to DIN 2269

Ordering Code (example):


Gauge Pin
Class I-Accuracy, with handle
d1 = 1,5 mm
Order No

= 240.
= 240.11.
=
0150
= 240.11.0150

Execution:
Wooden boxes for Gauge Pins with drilled holes in wooden tray insert.
Each hole marked with true size of pin.
External dimensions: 155x90x285 mm

subject to alterations

E205

Punching and embossing unit with matrix for punched holes and self
tapping screws
Material:
HSS

Execution:

The punching and embossing unit with matrix


consists of:
1 x embossing die
1 x punch die
1 x matrix

Sheet metal thickness:


max. 0,6 mm = 2282.01.035/039
max. 0,8 mm = 2282.01.042
max. 0,9 mm = 2282.01.048
max. 1,0 mm = 2282.01.055/063

2282.01. Punching and embossing unit with matrix for punched holes and self tapping screws
Nominal - =
thread size
B 3,5
B 3,9
B 4,2
B 4,8
B 5,5
B 6,3

d1
2.75
3.05
3.15
3.85
4.35
4.85

d2
3.2
3.4
3.5
4.2
4.8
5.3

2282.01.xxx

4,2

2282.01.xxx.1 Embossing die

d3h6
7.5
7.5
8.5
9
9
10.5

d4k6
3.75
3.75
4.25
4.5
4.5
5.25

d5h6
2.7
3
3.1
3.8
4.3
4.8

d6
2.7
3
3.1
3.8
4.3
4.8

2282.01.xxx.2 Punch die

13
d7

d7
3.1
3.6
3.7
4.5
5
5.5

d8h6
7.5
7.5
8
8
8
10

d9k6
3.75
3.75
4
4
4
5

l1
31.3
31.3
31.3
31.3
31.3
31.3

d 1 H7

l3

4,2

l2

R 0,3
l4

l4
71.5
71.5
71.5
71.5
71.5
71.5

l5
60
60
60
60
60
60

Example of application:
d 3 h6

l5

l3
74.5
74.5
74.5
74.5
74.5
74.5

2282.01.xxx.3 Bottom die

to DIN 9861

d 9 k6

l2
28
28
28
28
28
28

d 4 k6

d2
13

l1

Order No
2282.01.035
2282.01.039
2282.01.042
2282.01.048
2282.01.055
2282.01.063

d 6 H7
d 8 h6

E206

d 5 h6

subject to alterations

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs
Compression springs, gas springs, elastomer springs
Spring and spacer units

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Springs

F2

Springs
Springs for dies, fixtures, moulds,
machines, mechanisms. For various
industrial uses.
FIBRO Compression Springs a comprehensive
range, rooted in the resolute quality consciousness on which our reputation was built.
Applied equally to the selection and inspection of raw materials as well as to every step in
manufacture.
Springs a simple product by comparison. But
a demanding one also if new standards are to
be set by its reliability and performance.
A product whose failure in service always is
very expensive, even disastrous in some cases.
A product therefore where it pays . . . to pay for
the difference. Whose faults or qualities remain
hidden at first. They prove themselves in the
long run !
FIBRO high performance springs in four
duty ranges. Made from selected grades of
chrome-vanadium spring steel.
Cold-formed from special rolled wire sections.
Capable of sustaining service loadings of
exceptional serverity.
Identical fitting dimensions for all springs of
common nominal size, facilitating development
work. Packing a maximum of spring action into
a minimum of design space
Up and down in endless repetition: FIBRO Compression Springs. From the tough stable of tooland diemaking, where no quarters are given.
A spring range of almost 400 sizes. Each spring
strictly to specification. Ends flattened and
ground parallel. Surfaces ball shot peened for
even greater spring resilience.
FIBRO Springs for fit-and-forget performance.
For confined spaces. For virtually no space at
all. For aircraft tractors harvesters dies jigs
fixtures for machines from A to Z.
For all uses where the going is hard. A choice
without regrets.

subject to alterations

A special spring range for demanding


applications in the manufacture of tools,
machinery and jigs & fixtures.
Our spring systems are constantly being
developed to cover the most varied
requirements.
The spring type is selected to match specific
customer requirements.

Special helical springs


Manufactured to DIN ISO 10243, the springs
are available in four grades for high cyclic and
constant loads.
The specially rolled wire profile is manufactured
from high quality heat treated alloy steel.

FIBROFLEX Springs
These rubber-elastic spring elements in Shorehardness ratings 80, 90, 95, are made from
polyurethane elastomers. Benefits include
high spring forces and good resilient damping
behaviour.

FIBROELAST Springs
As a superior alternative to rubber springs we
offer polyurethane elastomer springs in Shore A
hardness rating of 70.

Disc Springs
The required spring characteristics result from
various laminations with multiple settings and
combinations.

FIBRO Gas springs


close a gap where ever the accent is on accomodation of the utmot force component within a
minimum of space or where exceedingly large
travel is demanded: FIBRO Gas springs take care
of both demands, even in combination.

10.2014

Contents
F22
High performance compression
springs - Description

High performance compression


springs - Cyclic stress maxima/
minima as applicable to extended/
limited life

F24

F24

F25

F25

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

F4

241.15.16.

F29

241.16.16.

F30

241.17.16.

F31

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

F26

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.15.13.

F28

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.14.13.

241.14.16.

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.17.10.

F27

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.16.10.

241.17.13.
High performance compression
spring DIN ISO 10243

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.15.10.

F27

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

F23

241.14.10.

241.16.13.

241.14.20.

F32

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

F26

241.15.20.

F33

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

subject to alterations

Contents
241.16.20.

F34

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.17.20.

F35

F36

F37

F38

F39

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

subject to alterations

241.15.40.

F45

241.16.40.

F46

241.17.40.

F47

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

F40

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.15.32.

F44

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.14.32.

241.14.40.

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.17.25.

F43

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.16.25.

241.17.32.
High performance compression
spring DIN ISO 10243

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.15.25.

F42

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.14.25.

241.16.32.

241.14.50.

F48

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

F41

241.15.50.

F49

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

F5

Contents
241.16.50.

F50

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.17.50.

F51

F52

F53

F54

F55

FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element


80 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1

F6

2461.2.

F68

2441.5.

F70

2441.6.

F70

Locating bolt, threaded

F58

FIBROFLEX-Elastomer spring for


FIBROFLEX-Spring system

246.5.

F66

Locating bolt

Disc spring DIN 2093

244.1.

2461.4.

Tubular Spring Element, Rubber 70


Shore A

Round wire compression spring

242.01.

F64

FIBROELAST Tubular spring


element 70 Shore A

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.02.

246.7.
FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element
95 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.15.63.

F62-81

FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element


90 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1

High performance compression


spring DIN ISO 10243

241.14.63.

246.6.

2441.3.

F71

Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2

F60

244.4.

F71

Thrust washer

subject to alterations

Contents
244.5.

F72

Guide pin

244.6.

F72

F73

F74

F75

F76

Spacer plug

subject to alterations

2450.

F79

2441.18.

F80

2441.16.

F80

Thrust washer

F76

Spacer sleeve

244.12.

F78

Retaining bolt

Disc

244.11.

2441.15.

Shock absorbing washer

Stop washer

244.10.

F78

Threaded disc for compression


springs

Spacer tube

244.10.15.

2441.14.
Threaded disc for elastomer springs

Trust washer for compression


springs

244.9.

F77

Adjusting washer

Trust washer for elastomer springs

244.7.

244.13.

244.14.0.

F82

Spring unit for elastomer spring

F77

2441.14.1.

F82

Spring unit for elastomer spring

F7

Contents
244.15.0.

F83

Spring unit for helical spring

2441.15.1.

F83

F84-85

252.7.
Setting-up bumper, square

244.20./25./32./40.3. F86

2533.10.

Spring- and spacer unit, low


installation space

Spacer for die release

244.17.

F87

F88

Compression Pad

F93

2533.20.

F94

2533.00.01.

F95

Hinge for spacer

F89

Compression spring set screw

2471.6.

F92

Spacer with spring for die release

Shoulder screw

241.00.1.

F91

Setting-up bumper, round

Spring and spacer unit

F8

2531.7.

Spring- and spacer unit

244.16.

F90

Shedder insert

Spring unit for helical spring

244.20./25./32./40.

247.6.

2532.2.

F96

Strippers for blanking dies

F90

2470.10. .1

F98

Spring plunger, standard spring


force, VDI 3004, Colour marking:
yellow

subject to alterations

Contents
2470.10. .016. .1

F99

Spring plunger, standard spring


force, VDI 3004, Colour marking:
yellow

2470.10. .3

F100

F101

F102

F103

F104

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, increased spring force

subject to alterations

2471.04.

F107

2471.34.

F107

2471.05.

F108

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, standard spring force

F104

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, standard spring force

2471.02.

F106

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with hexagon socket, increased
spring force

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, standard spring force

2471.31.

2471.33.

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with hexagon socket, increased
spring force

Spring plunger, increased spring


force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red

2471.01.

F106

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with hexagon socket, standard
spring force

Spring plunger, increased spring


force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red

2470.10. .016. .2

2471.03.
Spring plunger, with spring loaded
ball, with hexagon socket, standard
spring force

Spring plunger, medium spring


force, VDI 3004, Colour marking:
white

2470.10. .2

F105

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, increased spring force

Spring plunger, medium spring


force, VDI 3004, Colour marking:
white

2470.10. .016. .3

2471.32.

2471.35.

F108

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, standard spring force

F105

2472.01.

F109

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force

F9

Contents
2472.31.

F109

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force

2472.21.

F110

F110

F111

F111

F112

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, increased spring force

F10

2472.05.

F115

2472.35.

F115

2472.06.

F116

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, increased spring force

F112

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
standard spring force

2472.02.

F114

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
standard spring force

2472.37.

2472.34.

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with hexagon socket, standard
spring force

2472.07.

F114

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with hexagon socket, increased
spring force

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with hexagon socket, standard
spring force

2472.33.

2472.04.
Spring plunger, with spring loaded
pin, with hexagon socket, increased
spring force

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force

2472.03.

F113

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
increased spring force

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force

2472.22.

2472.08.

2472.36.

F116

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, increased spring force

F113

2473.01.

F117

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, straight version, with collar

subject to alterations

Contents
2473.02.

F117

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version

2475.01.

F118

F118

F119

F119

F120

Thrust pad driver

subject to alterations

2478.30. .1

F125

2478.30. .2

F126

2478.30. .3

F127

Stripper

F120

Insertion tool

2472.11.

F124

Stock lifter with attachment lug

Insertion tool

2470.12.010.017

2478.10.

Stock lifter

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version, with collar

2470.10.11

F123

Stock lifter

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version, with collar

2475.04.

2477. .1.02
Stripping unit, flanged mounting

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version, with collar

2475.03.

F122

Stripping unit, wall and bottom


mounting

Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version, with collar

2475.02.

2477. .1.01

2478.20.20.

F129

Lifting unit (not damped/damped)


to Mercedes-Benz

F120

2478.20.20.1.

F130

Guide pillar for lifting unit to


Mercedes-Benz

F11

Contents
2478.20.20.2.

F131

Sleeve for lifting unit to Mercedes-


Benz

2478.20.20.3

F132

F133

Universal lifter unit according to


BMW standard

F12

F142145

F135
Gas springs - Mounting Directions

F136

F146147

F148
Gas springs from FIBRO - The Safer
Choice

F136

F149151

Gas springs - General overview

Holding sleeve for lifter units to


BMW standard

2478.20.15.30.

F140

Gas springs - Description

Lifter rail for lifter units to BMW


standard

2478.20.15.24.

2052.71.

F134

Lifter unit with installation block to


BMW standard

2478.20.15.23.

F139

Guide bush
for spring ram 2478.20. .1

Lifter, round with pilot pin hole to


BMW standard

2478.20.15.20.

2478.20. .1
Spring ram with gas spring to VW
standard

Spacer sleeve for lifting units to


Mercedes-Benz

2478.20.15.10

F138

Spring ram with gas spring

Damper for lifting units to


Mercedes-Benz

2478.20.20.4

2478.

F137

2479.030.

F154

Gas spring (Spring plunger), with


hexagon socket, VDI 3004

subject to alterations

Contents
2479.031.

F155

Gas spring (Spring plunger), with


hexagon socket, VDI 3004

2479.032.

Gas spring, small dimension and


low force

F156

Gas spring (Spring plunger), with


hexagon socket, VDI 3004

2479.034.

Gas spring, small dimension and


low force

2482.73. .1
Gas spring, small dimension and
low force

2482.74. .2
Gas spring, small dimension and
low force

2480.21.
Gas spring, small dimension and
low force

2480.22. .1
Gas spring, small dimension and
low force

subject to alterations

2480.13.00250.
Gas spring, Standard

F157

Gas spring (Spring plunger), to WDX

2482.72.

2480.23.

2480.13.00500.
Gas spring, Standard

F160161

2480.13.00750.

F162163

2480.12.01500.

F164165

2480.13.03000.

F166167

2480.13.05000.

F168169

2480.13.07500.

Gas Spring, Standard

Gas spring, Standard

Gas spring, Standard

Gas spring, Standard

Gas spring, Standard

F170171

F174175

F176177

F178179

F180181

F182183

F184185

F186187

F13

Contents
2480.12.10000.
Gas spring, Standard

2488.13.01000.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY

2488.13.02400.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY

2488.13.04200.
Gas Spring HEAVY DUTY

2488.13.06600.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY

2488.13.09500.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY

2496.12.00270.
Gas spring with through bore
passage

2496.12.00490.
Gas spring with through bore
passage

F14

F188189

2496.12.01060.

F192193

2487.12.00170.

F194195

2487.12.00320.

F196197

2487.12.00350.

F198199

2487.12.00500.

F200201

2487.12.00750. .1

F204205

2487.12.01000. .1

F206207

2487.12.01500.

Gas spring with through bore


passage

Gas spring POWERLINE

Gas spring POWERLINE

Gas spring POWERLINE

Gas spring POWERLINE

Gas spring POWERLINE

Gas spring POWERLINE

Gas spring POWERLINE

F208209

F212213

F214215

F216217

F218219

F220221

F222223

F224225

subject to alterations

Contents
2487.12.02400.
Gas spring POWERLINE

2487.12.04200.
Gas spring POWERLINE

2487.12.06600.
Gas spring POWERLINE

2487.12.09500.
Gas spring POWERLINE

2487.12.20000.
Gas spring POWERLINE

2490.14.00420.
Compact gas spring

2490.14.00750.
Compact gas spring

2490.14.01000.
Compact gas spring

subject to alterations

F226227

2490.14.01800.

F228229

2490.14.03000.

F230231

2490.14.04700.

F232233

2490.14.07500.

F234235

2490.14.11800.

F238239

2490.14.18300.

F240241

2485.12.00500.

F242243

2485.12.00750.

Compact gas spring

Compact gas spring

Compact gas spring

Compact gas spring

Compact gas spring

Compact gas spring

Gas spring, with low build height

Gas spring, with low build height

F244245

F246247

F248249

F250251

F252253

F254255

F260261

F262263

F15

Contents
2485.12.01500.
Gas spring, with low build height

2486.12.00750.
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned

2486.12.01500.
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned

2486.12.03000.
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned

2486.12.05000.
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned

2486.22.03000.
Gas spring DS

2486.22.05000.
Gas spring DS

2486.22.07500.
Gas spring DS

F16

F264265

2480.32.

F270271

2480.32.00250.

F272273

2480.82.00250.

F274275

2487.82.01000.

F276277

2480.33.

F282283

2484.13.00750.

F284285

2484.12.01500.

F286287

2484.13.03000.

F292293

Gas spring with external thread

F294295

Gas spring with external thread

F296297

Gas spring with external thread

F299

Gas spring with male fixing thread,


POWERLINE

F300

Gas spring with hexagonal flange

LCF Gas Spring, damped

LCF Gas Spring, damped

LCF Gas Spring, damped

F308309

F310311

F312313

subject to alterations

Contents
2484.13.05000.
LCF Gas Spring, damped

2484.13.07500.
LCF Gas Spring, damped

F314315

2480.004.

F316317

2480.009.

F318

2480.018.

Controllable gas springs

Air springs to VW standard

Manifoldsystems

Gas springs - Accessories

Pressure plate, shock absorbing

subject to alterations

Thrust plate

F326

2480.019.

F327

2480.019.45.

F327

Thrust plate to Renault standard

F321

2480.015.

F326

Thrust plate

F320

Pressure reservoir

Thrust Pad

Thrust plate

F319

2480.00.70.

F326

2480.080.
Concertina shroud for gas springs

F322324

F328329

F330
Gas spring connection systems

F325
Mounting arrangement for gas
springs in the Minimess system

F331335

F17

Contents
F331
Instruction for hose assembly in the
Minimess system

2480.00.23.

Minimess - Compound Threaded


Joints

2480.00.10.
Compression Fitting Compound
Threaded Joints

F336

24-cone-threaded Joint

2480.00.25.

F337340

2480.00.22.

F341342

2480.00.34.

F343

2480.00.30.

Connector system 24 conus micro

F18

F349351

F350

Connector system micro

F352

Micro control fitting

F353

Control fitting

F344346

2480.00.31.

F345

2480.00.30.13

Connecting hose with 24 cone

2480.00.27.01.

2480.00.28.
Connector system 24 conus micro

Assembly Arrangenment of Gas


Springs in Servial Connection
Compression Fitting

2480.00.26.

F348

Connector system 24 conus micro

Minimess Compound Threaded


Joints

2480.00.24.

2480.00.27.

F353

Control fitting for gas springs

F354

Control fitting

F347

2480.00.39.04.

F355

Multiple control fitting

subject to alterations

Contents
2480.00.31.11

F356

Control fitting

2480.00.39.01.

F357

Wireless Pressure Monitoring -


wireless monitoring of gas springs

2480.00.32.21

F358

2480.00.50.04

F363

2480.00.50.20.

Compact Nitrogen Booster

subject to alterations

F368

F369

Assembling cone

F370

Service station, mobile, for gas


springs

F363

2480.00.54.10

F371

Hose press, pneumatic

F363

Cylinder pressure regulator

2480.00.32.71.

2480.00.50.11

F360362

Filling hose

2480.00.32.07

F367

Toolkit for assembling gas springs

Filling and control fitting

2480.00.31.02

2480.00.35.04
Dynamometer for gas springs

Diaphragm pressure switch

2480.00.90.

F366

Dynamometer for gas springs

Stacked control fittting for


individual control

2480.00.45.

2480.00.35.

2480.00.54.03

F371

Hose shears

F364365

Gas springs - Application examples

F373380

F19

General overview of
Gas springs - High Performance Compression Spring - FIBROFLEX springs
1950

Force increase diagram:


Initial spring force 750 daN
Gas spring
High Performance Compression Spring
FIBROFLEX spring

1800
1650

Spring force in daN

1500
1350
1200
1050
900
750
600
450

Gas spring
High Performance Compression Spring
FIBROFLEXspring

300
150
0
0

10

20

30

40

50

Stroke in mm

20.000

Range of applications:
Gas spring
High Performance Compression Spring
FIBROFLEX spring

Spring force in (daN)

15.000
13.000

10.000

5.000
3.000
550

50

100

125

200

300

Stroke in mm

subject to alterations

07.2015

Compression
Springs
DIN ISO 10243

F21

High Performance Compression Springs


Service Data for Limited-/
Extended Spring Life
The achievable service life of helical
compression springs depends to a large extent
on the composition of the spring wire, the
operating conditions, and on design
parameters.
In all applications with oscillating spring
displacement, careful selection of both preload
values and compressive displacement are
prerequisites for extended spring life, as
confirmed by the permissible stress values in
the loading data tables and the stress/spring
life diagram.
Shear stress maxima and spring oscillation
stress differentials are a direct function of the
quality of the spring wire.
FIBRO High Performance Compression Springs
are made exclusively from special 50 Cr V4. The
superlative characteristics of this material are
further enhanced by heat treatment under
optimal conditions, followed by a ball shot
peening process.
For extended spring life under oscillating load
changes, the maximal shear stress tzul. is
800 N / mm2, of which some 400 N/mm2 = (h)
may be taken up by the stress differential
between spring oscillations.
Higher stress levels are permissible only under
the proviso of limited life expectancy, or in
cases of static and quasi-static load conditions.
Springs subjected to dynamic load conditions
also suffer impairment to their life expectancy
through influences such as extreme operating
temperatures, transversal stress components,
shock loads, and resonant vibration
frequencies. In all these instances, a lowering
of the stress levels assists towards better
spring life.

F22

Working temperature
The spring material has a working temperature
of up to 250 C. This rating is an approximation
since the actual approved working temperature
will also depend on factors such as load. It is
worth noting that above 100 C the modulus
of elasticity decreases and with a reduction in
tension setting starts to occur.

Extended Spring Life:


Spring Displacement Values
The largest permissible displacement is
indicated by S6 offering about 62 % of the
total displacement of the wire-to-wire
compacted spring (= Sn). This displacement
will induce a shear stress of tzul. of
800 N/mm2. The associated stress differentialduring oscillations shoult not exceed
400 N/mm2 (= h).

Calculation of Spring Forces


Simple multiplication of the spring coefficient
R with the applicable displacement S (mm)
yields the spring force value (N).

Spring Force versus


Spring Displacement
The relevant tables show the force values for
selected displacements od 30, 40, 45, 55, 62,
80 and 100 % compression, designated by
S1...S7.
Intermediate force values can be extra-polated
from the Stress/Spring Life Diagram.

subject to alterations

Cyclic stress maxima/minima as


applicable to extended/limited life of FIBRO
High-Performance Compression Springs
241.

* For application within Extended Spring Life:


up to a compression rating of 45%, a preloading compression of 13% applies.
e. g.: up to a compression rating of 55% a preloading compression of 23% is required.
Dh

= diameter of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring (mm), as related to spring

LBL

= length of compacted spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to lenght of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7

= recommended preload compression, as related to compress.


S1S7

S1Sn

= compression, as related to spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7

= working stroke (mm)

Working strokes SA1SA7 = compress. (S1S7) minus preloading


compression (Sv1Sv7)
Notice: 80% compression must not be exceeded!

subject to alterations

F23

High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour "Violet"


preloading force

SA

F1

S2

S1

preload S V

Sn

Dd

Dh

Fn
L BL

L2
Ln

L1

L0

F2

H15

Dh
Dd
L0
L1Ln

=
=
=
=

LBL

F1Fn

SV1SV7 =
S1Sn

R
=
SA1SA7 =

dia. of guide sleeve


diameter of guide pin
free length of spring
length of loaded spring
(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn
length of compacted
spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
forces (N) as related to
length of spring L1Ln
recommend. preload.
compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn
spring rate (N/mm)
working stroke (mm)

241.13. High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour "Violet"


Order No
241.13.20.025
241.13.20.032
241.13.20.038
241.13.20.044
241.13.20.051
241.13.20.064
241.13.20.076
241.13.20.089
241.13.20.102
241.13.20.115
241.13.20.127
241.13.20.139
241.13.20.152
241.13.20.305
241.13.25.025
241.13.25.032
241.13.25.038
241.13.25.044
241.13.25.051
241.13.25.064
241.13.25.076
241.13.25.089
241.13.25.102
241.13.25.115
241.13.25.127
241.13.25.139
241.13.25.152
241.13.25.178
241.13.25.203
241.13.25.305
241.13.32.038
241.13.32.044
241.13.32.051
241.13.32.064
241.13.32.076
241.13.32.089
241.13.32.102
241.13.32.115
241.13.32.127
241.13.32.139
241.13.32.152
241.13.32.178
241.13.32.203
241.13.32.254
241.13.32.305

02.2015

Dh
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32

Dd
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
305
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
305
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
32.1
24.7
20.7
17.8
15.3
12.1
10.2
8.6
7.5
6.7
6.1
5.5
5.1
2.5
52.7
40
33.3
28.6
24.7
19.4
16.3
15.9
12.1
10.8
9.8
8.9
8.1
6.9
6.1
4
43.8
37.5
32.3
25.4
21.3
18.1
15.8
13.9
12.6
11.4
10.5
8.9
7.8
6.2
5.2

45%
S1
6.3
8.1
9.9
11.7
13.5
17.1
20.2
23.9
27.9
31.5
34.6
38.2
41.9
84.6
6.3
8.1
9.9
11.2
13.5
17.1
20.2
23.9
27.4
31.5
34.6
38.2
41.9
49.1
55.8
84.6
9.9
11.7
13.9
17.6
21.1
25.2
28.8
32.9
36.5
40
43.6
51.3
59
73.3
88.7

SV1
1.8
2.3
2.9
3.4
3.9
4.9
5.9
6.9
8.1
9.1
10
11
12.1
24.4
1.8
2.3
2.9
3.2
3.9
4.9
5.9
6.9
7.9
9.1
10
11
12.1
14.2
16.1
24.4
2.9
3.4
4
5.1
6.1
7.3
8.3
9.5
10.5
11.6
12.6
14.8
17
21.2
25.6

SA1
4.5
5.8
7
8.3
9.6
12.2
14.4
17
19.8
22.4
24.6
27.2
29.8
60.2
4.5
5.8
7
8
9.6
12.2
14.4
17
19.5
22.4
24.6
27.2
29.8
34.9
39.7
60.2
7
8.3
9.9
12.5
15
17.9
20.5
23.4
25.9
28.5
31
36.5
41.9
52.2
63

F1
202
200
205
208
207
207
207
205
209
211
211
210
213
212
332
324
330
322
333
332
330
379
332
340
340
340
339
338
340
338
434
439
451
446
450
456
455
457
459
457
458
457
460
455
461

62%
S2
8.7
11.2
13.6
16.1
18.6
23.6
27.9
32.9
38.4
43.4
47.7
52.7
57.7
116.6
8.7
11.2
13.6
15.5
18.6
23.6
27.9
32.9
37.8
43.4
47.7
52.7
57.7
67.6
76.9
116.6
13.6
16.1
19.2
24.2
29.1
34.7
39.7
45.3
50.2
55.2
60.1
70.7
81.2
101.1
122.1

SV2
4.2
5.4
6.6
7.8
9
11.4
13.5
15.9
18.6
21
23.1
25.5
27.9
56.4
4.2
5.4
6.6
7.5
9
11.4
13.5
15.9
18.3
21
23.1
25.5
27.9
32.7
37.2
56.4
6.6
7.8
9.3
11.7
14.1
16.8
19.2
21.9
24.3
26.7
29.1
34.2
39.3
48.9
59.1

SA2
4.5
5.8
7
8.3
9.6
12.2
14.4
17
19.8
22.4
24.6
27.2
29.8
60.2
4.5
5.8
7
8
9.6
12.2
14.4
17
19.5
22.4
24.6
27.2
29.8
34.9
39.7
60.2
7
8.3
9.9
12.5
15
17.9
20.5
23.4
25.9
28.5
31
36.5
41.9
52.2
63

F2
279
276
282
287
285
285
285
283
288
291
291
290
294
291
457
446
454
443
459
457
455
522
458
469
468
469
467
466
469
466
597
604
621
614
621
628
627
629
633
629
631
629
634
627
635

80%
S3
11.2
14.4
17.6
20.8
24
30.4
36
42.4
49.6
56
61.6
68
74.4
150.4
11.2
14.4
17.6
20
24
30.4
36
42.4
48.8
56
61.6
68
74.4
87.2
99.2
150.4
17.6
20.8
24.8
31.2
37.6
44.8
51.2
58.4
64.8
71.2
77.6
91.2
104.8
130.4
157.6

SV3
8.1
10.4
12.8
15.1
17.4
22
26.1
30.7
36
40.6
44.7
49.3
53.9
109
8.1
10.4
12.8
14.5
17.4
22
26.1
30.7
35.4
40.6
44.7
49.3
53.9
63.2
71.9
109
12.8
15.1
18
22.6
27.3
32.5
37.1
42.3
47
51.6
56.3
66.1
76
94.5
114.3

SA3
3.1
4
4.8
5.7
6.6
8.4
9.9
11.7
13.6
15.4
16.9
18.7
20.5
41.4
3.1
4
4.8
5.5
6.6
8.4
9.9
11.7
13.4
15.4
16.9
18.7
20.5
24
27.3
41.4
4.8
5.7
6.8
8.6
10.3
12.3
14.1
16.1
17.8
19.6
21.3
25.1
28.8
35.9
43.3

F3
360
356
364
370
367
368
367
365
372
375
376
374
379
376
590
576
586
572
593
590
587
674
590
605
604
605
603
602
605
602
771
780
801
792
801
811
809
812
816
812
815
812
817
808
820

100%
Sn
14
18
22
26
30
38
45
53
62
70
77
85
93
188
14
18
22
25
30
38
45
53
61
70
77
85
93
109
124
188
22
26
31
39
47
56
64
73
81
89
97
114
131
163
197

Fn
449
445
455
463
459
460
459
456
465
469
470
468
474
470
738
720
733
715
741
737
734
843
738
756
755
756
753
752
756
752
964
975
1001
991
1001
1014
1011
1015
1021
1015
1018
1015
1022
1011
1024

subject to alterations

High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour "Violet"


preloading force

SA

F1

S2

S1

preload S V

Sn

Dd

Dh

Fn

H15

L BL

L2
Ln

L1

L0

F2

Dh
Dd
L0
L1Ln

=
=
=
=

LBL

F1Fn

SV1SV7 =
S1Sn

R
=
SA1SA7 =

dia. of guide sleeve


diameter of guide pin
free length of spring
length of loaded spring
(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn
length of compacted
spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)
forces (N) as related to
length of spring L1Ln
recommend. preload.
compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn
spring rate (N/mm)
working stroke (mm)

241.13. High performance compression spring, XSF, Colour "Violet"


Order No
Dh
241.13.40.051 40
241.13.40.064 40
241.13.40.076 40
241.13.40.089 40
241.13.40.102 40
241.13.40.115 40
241.13.40.127 40
241.13.40.139 40
241.13.40.152 40
241.13.40.178 40
241.13.40.203 40
241.13.40.254 40
241.13.40.305 40
241.13.50.064 50
241.13.50.076 50
241.13.50.089 50
241.13.50.102 50
241.13.50.115 50
241.13.50.127 50
241.13.50.139 50
241.13.50.152 50
241.13.50.178 50
241.13.50.203 50
241.13.50.254 50
241.13.50.305 50

subject to alterations

Dd
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

L0
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
50.8
39.7
33.1
28.1
24.5
21.6
19.5
17.8
16.3
13.8
12.1
9.7
8
80.2
66.9
56.6
40.3
43.5
39.3
35.8
32.8
27.8
24.2
19.2
16

45%
S1
11.7
15.3
18
21.6
24.8
28.4
31.5
34.2
37.8
44.5
50.8
63.9
77
16.6
20.2
23.9
27.9
31.5
35.1
38.2
42.3
49.5
56.7
71.5
86.4

SV1
3.4
4.4
5.2
6.2
7.2
8.2
9.1
9.9
10.9
12.9
14.7
18.5
22.2
4.8
5.9
6.9
8.1
9.1
10.1
11
12.2
14.3
16.4
20.7
25

SA1
8.3
10.9
12.8
15.4
17.6
20.2
22.4
24.3
26.9
31.7
36.2
45.4
54.7
11.8
14.4
17
19.8
22.4
25
27.2
30.1
35.2
40.3
50.9
61.4

F1
594
607
596
607
606
612
614
609
616
615
615
620
616
1335
1355
1350
1124
1370
1379
1369
1387
1376
1372
1374
1382

62%
S2
16.1
21.1
24.8
29.8
34.1
39.1
43.4
47.1
52.1
61.4
70.1
88
106
22.9
27.9
32.9
38.4
43.4
48.4
52.7
58.3
68.2
78.1
98.6
119

SV2
7.8
10.2
12
14.4
16.5
18.9
21
22.8
25.2
29.7
33.9
42.6
51.3
11.1
13.5
15.9
18.6
21
23.4
25.5
28.2
33
37.8
47.7
57.6

SA2
8.3
10.9
12.8
15.4
17.6
20.2
22.4
24.3
26.9
31.7
36.2
45.4
54.7
11.8
14.4
17
19.8
22.4
25
27.2
30.1
35.2
40.3
50.9
61.4

F2
819
837
821
836
835
844
846
839
849
847
848
854
848
1840
1867
1860
1549
1888
1901
1887
1912
1896
1891
1893
1905

80%
S3
20.8
27.2
32
38.4
44
50.4
56
60.8
67.2
79.2
90.4
113.6
136.8
29.6
36
42.4
49.6
56
62.4
68
75.2
88
100.8
127.2
153.6

SV3
15.1
19.7
23.2
27.8
31.9
36.5
40.6
44.1
48.7
57.4
65.5
82.4
99.2
21.5
26.1
30.7
36
40.6
45.2
49.3
54.5
63.8
73.1
92.2
111.4

SA3
5.7
7.5
8.8
10.6
12.1
13.9
15.4
16.7
18.5
21.8
24.9
31.2
37.6
8.1
9.9
11.7
13.6
15.4
17.2
18.7
20.7
24.2
27.7
35
42.2

F3
1057
1080
1059
1079
1078
1089
1092
1082
1095
1093
1094
1102
1094
2374
2408
2400
1999
2436
2452
2434
2467
2446
2439
2442
2458

100%
Sn
26
34
40
48
55
63
70
76
84
99
113
142
171
37
45
53
62
70
78
85
94
110
126
159
192

Fn
1321
1350
1324
1349
1348
1361
1365
1353
1369
1366
1367
1377
1368
2967
3011
3000
2499
3045
3065
3043
3083
3058
3049
3053
3072

02.2015

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
10

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Green
Order No
241.14.10.025
241.14.10.032
241.14.10.038
241.14.10.044
241.14.10.051
241.14.10.064
241.14.10.076
241.14.10.305

Dh
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

Dd
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
305

30% stroke
R
S1
Sv1
SA1
F1
10,0 3,9
1,7
2,2
39
8,5
4,8
2,1
2,7
41
6,8
6,0
2,6
3,4
41
6,0
6,9
3,0
3,9
41
5,0
8,1
3,5
4,6
41
4,3 10,2 4,4
5,8
44
3,2 12,0 5,2
6,8
38
1,1 48,9 21,2 27,7 54

Order No
241.14.10.025
241.14.10.032
241.14.10.038
241.14.10.044
241.14.10.051
241.14.10.064
241.14.10.076
241.14.10.305

Dh
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

Dd
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
305

R
10,0
8,5
6,8
6,0
5,0
4,3
3,2
1,1

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
7,2
3,0
8,8
3,7
11,0 4,6
12,7 5,3
14,9 6,2
18,7 7,8
22,0 9,2
89,7 37,5

SA5
F5
4,2
72
5,1
75
6,4
75
7,4
76
8,7
75
10,9 80
12,8 70
52,2 99

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
SA2
F2
5,2
1,7
3,5
52
6,4
2,1
4,3
54
8,0
2,6
5,4
54
9,2
3,0
6,2
55
10,8 3,5
7,3
54
13,6 4,4
9,2
58
16,0 5,2 10,8 51
65,2 21,2 44,0 72

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,9
1,7
7,2
2,1
9,0
2,6
10,4 3,0
12,2 3,5
15,3 4,4
18,0 5,2
73,4 21,2

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
8,1 3,9
9,9 4,8
12,4 6,0
14,3 6,9
16,7 8,1
21,1 10,2
24,8 12,0
101,0 48,9

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
10,4 7,5
2,9
12,8 9,3
3,5
16,0 11,6 4,4
18,4 13,3 5,1
21,6 15,7 5,9
27,2 19,7 7,5
32,0 23,2 8,8
130,4 94,5 35,9

SA6
F6
4,2
81
5,1
84
6,4
84
7,4
86
8,6
84
10,9 91
12,8 79
52,2 111

SA3
F3
4,2
59
5,1
61
6,4
61
7,4
62
8,7
61
10,9 66
12,8 58
52,2 81
F7
104
109
109
110
108
117
102
143

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
6,5
2,3
8,0
2,9
10,0 3,6
11,5 4,1
13,5 4,9
17,0 6,1
20,0 7,2
81,5 29,3

SA4
F4
4,2
65
5,1
68
6,4
68
7,4
69
8,6
68
10,9 73
12,8 64
52,2 90

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
13,0
12,0
16,0
16,0
20,0
18,0
23,0
21,0
27,0
24,0
34,0
30,0
40,0
36,0
163,0 142,0

Fn
130,0
136,0
136,0
138,0
135,0
146,2
128,0
179,3

241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Blue
Order No
241.15.10.025
241.15.10.032
241.15.10.038
241.15.10.044
241.15.10.051
241.15.10.064
241.15.10.076
241.15.10.305

Dh
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

Dd
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
305

30% stroke
R
S1
Sv1
SA1
F1
16,0 3,3
1,4
1,9
53
13,1 3,9
1,7
2,2
51
11,9 4,8
2,1
2,7
57
10,3 5,7
2,5
3,2
59
8,9
6,3
2,7
3,6
56
7,6
8,1
3,5
4,6
62
5,3
9,9
4,3
5,6
52
1,6 40,8 17,7 23,1 65

Order No
241.15.10.025
241.15.10.032
241.15.10.038
241.15.10.044
241.15.10.051
241.15.10.064
241.15.10.076
241.15.10.305

Dh
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

Dd
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
305

R
16,0
13,1
11,9
10,3
8,9
7,6
5,3
1,6

F24

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
SA5
6,1
2,5
3,6
7,2
3,0
4,2
8,8
3,7
5,1
10,5 4,4
6,1
11,6 4,8
6,8
14,9 6,2
8,7
18,2 7,6 10,6
74,8 31,3 43,5

F5
98
94
105
108
103
113
96
120

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
SA2
F2
4,4
1,4
3,0
70
5,2
1,7
3,5
68
6,4
2,1
4,3
76
7,6
2,5
5,1
78
8,4
2,7
5,7
75
10,8 3,5
7,3
82
13,2 4,3
8,9
70
54,4 17,7 36,7 87

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
SA3
F3
5,0
1,4
3,6
80
5,9
1,7
4,2
77
7,2
2,1
5,1
86
8,6
2,5
6,1
89
9,5
2,7
6,8
85
12,2 3,5
8,7
93
14,9 4,3 10,6 79
61,2 17,7 43,5 98

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
SA6
6,8
3,3
3,5
8,1
3,9
4,2
9,9
4,8
5,1
11,8 5,7
6,1
13,0 6,3
6,7
16,7 8,1
8,6
20,5 9,9 10,6
84,3 40,8 43,5

80% stroke
100% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
8,8 6,4
2,4
141 11,0
14,0
10,4 7,5
2,9
136 13,0
19,0
12,8 9,3
3,5
152 16,0
22,0
15,2 11,0 4,2
157 19,0
25,0
16,8 12,2 4,6
150 21,0
30,0
21,6 15,7 5,9
164 27,0
37,0
26,4 19,1 7,3
140 33,0
43,0
108,8 78,9 29,9 174 136,0 169,0

F6
109
106
118
122
116
127
109
135

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
5,5
2,0
6,5
2,3
8,0
2,9
9,5
3,4
10,5 3,8
13,5 4,9
16,5 5,9
68,0 24,5

SA4
F4
3,5
88
4,2
85
5,1
95
6,1
98
6,7
93
8,6 103
10,6 87
43,5 109
Fn
176,0
170,3
190,4
195,7
186,9
205,2
174,9
217,6

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

10

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Red
Order No
241.16.10.025
241.16.10.032
241.16.10.038
241.16.10.044
241.16.10.051
241.16.10.064
241.16.10.076
241.16.10.305

Dh
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

Dd
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
305

30% stroke
R
S1
Sv1
SA1
F1
22,6 2,7
1,2
1,5
61
17,7 3,5
1,5
2,0
62
16,7 4,2
1,8
2,4
70
14,7 5,1
2,2
2,9
75
12,8 5,7
2,5
3,2
73
10,8 7,5
3,3
4,2
81
7,8
8,7
3,8
4,9
68
2,0 36,0 15,6 20,4 72

Order No
241.16.10.025
241.16.10.032
241.16.10.038
241.16.10.044
241.16.10.051
241.16.10.064
241.16.10.076
241.16.10.305

Dh
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

Dd
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
305

R
22,6
17,7
16,7
14,7
12,8
10,8
7,8
2,0

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
SA5
4,9
2,0
2,9
6,4
2,7
3,7
7,7
3,2
4,5
9,4
3,9
5,5
10,5 4,4
6,1
13,8 5,8
8,0
16,0 6,7
9,3
66,0 27,6 38,4

F5
111
113
129
138
134
149
125
132

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
SA2
F2
3,6
1,2
2,4
81
4,7
1,5
3,2
83
5,6
1,8
3,8
94
6,8
2,2
4,6 100
7,6
2,5
5,1
97
10,0 3,3
6,7 108
11,6 3,8
7,8
90
48,0 15,6 32,4 96

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
SA3
4,0
1,2
2,8
5,3
1,5
3,8
6,3
1,8
4,5
7,7
2,2
5,5
8,6
2,5
6,1
11,3 3,3
8,0
13,1 3,8
9,3
54,0 15,6 38,4

F3
90
94
105
113
110
122
102
108

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
SA4
4,5
1,6
2,9
5,9
2,1
3,8
7,0
2,5
4,5
8,5
3,1
5,4
9,5
3,4
6,1
12,5 4,5
8,0
14,5 5,2
9,3
60,0 21,6 38,4

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
SA6
5,5
2,7
2,8
7,3
3,5
3,8
8,7
4,2
4,5
10,5 5,1
5,4
11,8 5,7
6,1
15,5 7,5
8,0
18,0 8,7
9,3
74,4 36,0 38,4

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
7,1
5,2
1,9
9,4
6,8
2,6
11,2 8,1
3,1
13,6 9,9
3,7
15,2 11,0 4,2
20,0 14,5 5,5
23,2 16,8 6,4
96,0 69,6 26,4

F7
160
166
187
200
195
216
181
192

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
8,9
16,1
11,7
20,3
14,0
24,0
17,0
27,0
19,0
32,0
25,0
39,0
29,0
47,0
120,0 185,0

F6
124
129
145
154
151
167
140
149

F4
102
104
117
125
122
135
113
120

Fn
201,1
207,1
233,8
249,9
243,2
270,0
226,2
240,0

241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Yellow
Order No
241.17.10.025
241.17.10.032
241.17.10.038
241.17.10.044
241.17.10.051
241.17.10.064
241.17.10.076
241.17.10.305

Dh
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

Dd
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
305

30% stroke
R
S1
Sv1
SA1
34,3 2,1
0,9
1,2
25,5 2,4
1,0
1,4
21,6 3,5
1,5
2,0
17,9 3,9
1,7
2,2
15,1 4,5
1,9
2,6
12,3 6,4
2,8
3,6
10,2 7,4
3,2
4,2
2,5 31,2 13,5 17,7

Order No
241.17.10.025
241.17.10.032
241.17.10.038
241.17.10.044
241.17.10.051
241.17.10.064
241.17.10.076
241.17.10.305

Dh
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

Dd
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
305

R
34,3
25,5
21,6
17,9
15,1
12,3
10,2
2,5

subject to alterations

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
SA5
3,8
1,7
2,1
4,4
1,9
2,5
6,4
2,8
3,6
7,2
3,1
4,1
8,2
3,6
4,6
11,7 5,2
6,5
13,5 6,0
7,5
57,2 25,2 32,0

F1
72
61
76
70
68
78
75
76

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
SA2
2,8
0,9
1,9
3,2
1,0
2,2
4,6
1,5
3,1
5,2
1,7
3,5
6,0
1,9
4,1
8,5
2,8
5,7
9,8
3,2
6,6
41,6 13,5 28,1

F2
96
82
99
93
91
104
100
102

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
SA3
3,1
0,9
2,2
3,6
1,0
2,6
5,2
1,5
3,7
5,8
1,7
4,1
6,7
1,9
4,8
9,6
2,8
6,8
11,1 3,2
7,9
46,8 13,5 33,3

F3
106
92
112
104
101
118
113
115

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
SA4
3,5
1,4
2,1
4,0
1,5
2,5
5,8
2,2
3,6
6,5
2,5
4,0
7,5
2,9
4,6
10,7 4,1
6,6
12,3 4,7
7,6
52,0 20,0 32,0

F5
130
112
138
129
124
143
138
140

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
SA6
4,3
2,2
2,1
5,0
2,5
2,5
7,2
3,6
3,6
8,1
4,1
4,0
9,3
4,7
4,6
13,2 6,7
6,5
15,2 7,7
7,5
64,5 32,5 32,0

F6
148
128
155
145
141
162
155
158

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
5,6
4,1
1,5
6,4
4,7
1,7
9,3
6,8
2,5
10,4 7,6
2,8
12,0 8,8
3,2
17,0 12,4 4,6
19,7 14,4 5,3
83,2 60,8 22,4

F7
192
163
201
186
181
208
201
204

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
7,0
18,0
8,0
24,0
11,6
26,4
13,0
31,0
15,0
36,0
21,3
42,7
24,6
51,4
104,0 201,0

F4
120
102
125
116
113
131
125
127

Fn
240,4
204,1
250,3
232,1
226,7
261,1
250,9
254,8

F25

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
13

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Green
Order No
241.14.13.025
241.14.13.032
241.14.13.038
241.14.13.044
241.14.13.051
241.14.13.064
241.14.13.076
241.14.13.089
241.14.13.305

Dh
Dd
L0
12,5 6,3
25
12,5 6,3
32
12,5 6,3
38
12,5 6,3
44
12,5 6,3
51
12,5 6,3
64
12,5 6,3
76
12,5 6,3
89
12,5 6,3 305

R
18,0
16,4
13,6
12,1
11,4
9,3
7,1
5,4
1,4

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
SA1
F1
3,9
1,7
2,2
70
5,1
2,2
2,9
84
6,0
2,6
3,4
82
6,9
3,0
3,9
83
8,1
3,5
4,6
92
10,5 4,6
5,9
98
12,3 5,3
7,0
87
14,7 6,4
8,3
79
49,8 21,6 28,2 70

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
5,2
1,7
6,8
2,2
8,0
2,6
9,2
3,0
10,8 3,5
14,0 4,6
16,4 5,3
19,6 6,4
66,4 21,6

SA2
3,5
4,6
5,4
6,2
7,3
9,4
11,1
13,2
44,8

F2
94
112
109
111
123
130
116
106
93

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,9
1,7
7,7
2,2
9,0
2,6
10,4 3,0
12,2 3,5
15,8 4,6
18,5 5,3
22,1 6,4
74,7 21,6

Order No
241.14.13.025
241.14.13.032
241.14.13.038
241.14.13.044
241.14.13.051
241.14.13.064
241.14.13.076
241.14.13.089
241.14.13.305

Dh
Dd
L0
12,5 6,3
25
12,5 6,3
32
12,5 6,3
38
12,5 6,3
44
12,5 6,3
51
12,5 6,3
64
12,5 6,3
76
12,5 6,3
89
12,5 6,3 305

R
18,0
16,4
13,6
12,1
11,4
9,3
7,1
5,4
1,4

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
7,2
3,0
9,4
3,9
11,0 4,6
12,7 5,3
14,9 6,2
19,3 8,1
22,6 9,4
27,0 11,3
91,3 38,2

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
8,1 3,9
10,5 5,1
12,4 6,0
14,3 6,9
16,7 8,1
21,7 10,5
25,4 12,3
30,4 14,7
103,0 49,8

SA6
4,2
5,4
6,4
7,4
8,6
11,2
13,1
15,7
53,1

F6
146
172
169
173
190
202
180
164
144

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
10,4 7,5
2,9 187
13,6 9,9
3,7 223
16,0 11,6 4,4 218
18,4 13,3 5,1 223
21,6 15,7 5,9 246
28,0 20,3 7,7 260
32,8 23,8 9,0 233
39,2 28,4 10,8 212
132,8 96,3 36,5 186

SA5
4,2
5,5
6,4
7,4
8,7
11,2
13,2
15,7
53,1

F5
130
154
150
154
170
179
160
146
128

SA3
4,2
5,5
6,4
7,4
8,7
11,2
13,2
15,7
53,1

F3
106
126
122
126
139
147
131
119
105

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
6,5
2,3
8,5
3,1
10,0 3,6
11,5 4,1
13,5 4,9
17,5 6,3
20,5 7,4
24,5 8,8
83,0 29,9

SA4
4,2
5,4
6,4
7,4
8,6
11,2
13,1
15,7
53,1

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
13,0
12,0
17,0
15,0
20,0
18,0
23,0
21,0
27,0
24,0
35,0
29,0
41,0
35,0
49,0
40,0
166,0 139,0

F4
117
139
136
139
154
163
146
132
116

Fn
234,0
278,8
272,0
278,3
307,8
325,5
291,1
264,6
232,4

241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Blue
Order No
241.15.13.025
241.15.13.032
241.15.13.038
241.15.13.044
241.15.13.051
241.15.13.064
241.15.13.076
241.15.13.089
241.15.13.305

Dh
Dd
L0
12,5 6,3
25
12,5 6,3
32
12,5 6,3
38
12,5 6,3
44
12,5 6,3
51
12,5 6,3
64
12,5 6,3
76
12,5 6,3
89
12,5 6,3 305

R
30,0
24,8
21,4
18,5
15,5
12,1
10,2
8,4
2,1

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
SA1
3,3
1,4
1,9
3,9
1,7
2,2
4,8
2,1
2,7
5,7
2,5
3,2
6,6
2,9
3,7
8,4
3,6
4,8
10,2 4,4
5,8
12,3 5,3
7,0
43,2 18,7 24,5

F1
99
97
103
105
102
102
104
103
91

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
SA2
4,4
1,4
3,0
5,2
1,7
3,5
6,4
2,1
4,3
7,6
2,5
5,1
8,8
2,9
5,9
11,2 3,6
7,6
13,6 4,4
9,2
16,4 5,3 11,1
57,6 18,7 38,9

F2
132
129
137
141
136
136
139
138
121

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,0
1,4
5,9
1,7
7,2
2,1
8,6
2,5
9,9
2,9
12,6 3,6
15,3 4,4
18,5 5,3
64,8 18,7

Order No
241.15.13.025
241.15.13.032
241.15.13.038
241.15.13.044
241.15.13.051
241.15.13.064
241.15.13.076
241.15.13.089
241.15.13.305

Dh
Dd
L0
12,5 6,3
25
12,5 6,3
32
12,5 6,3
38
12,5 6,3
44
12,5 6,3
51
12,5 6,3
64
12,5 6,3
76
12,5 6,3
89
12,5 6,3 305

R
30,0
24,8
21,4
18,5
15,5
12,1
10,2
8,4
2,1

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
6,1
2,5
7,2
3,0
8,8
3,7
10,5 4,4
12,1 5,1
15,4 6,4
18,7 7,8
22,6 9,4
79,2 33,1

F5
183
179
188
194
188
186
191
190
166

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
6,8
3,3
8,1
3,9
9,9
4,8
11,8 5,7
13,6 6,6
17,4 8,4
21,1 10,2
25,4 12,3
89,3 43,2

F6
204
201
212
218
211
211
215
213
188

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
8,8
6,4
2,4 264
10,4 7,5
2,9 258
12,8 9,3
3,5 274
15,2 11,0 4,2 281
17,6 12,8 4,8 273
22,4 16,2 6,2 271
27,2 19,7 7,5 277
32,8 23,8 9,0 276
115,2 83,5 31,7 242

F26

SA5
3,6
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,0
9,0
10,9
13,2
46,1

SA6
3,5
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,0
9,0
10,9
13,1
46,1

SA3
3,6
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,0
9,0
10,9
13,2
46,1

F3
150
146
154
159
153
152
156
155
136

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
5,5
2,0
6,5
2,3
8,0
2,9
9,5
3,4
11,0 4,0
14,0 5,0
17,0 6,1
20,5 7,4
72,0 25,9

SA4
3,5
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,0
9,0
10,9
13,1
46,1

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
11,0
14,0
13,0
19,0
16,0
22,0
19,0
25,0
22,0
29,0
28,0
36,0
34,0
42,0
41,0
48,0
144,0 161,0

F4
165
161
171
176
171
169
173
172
151

Fn
330,0
322,4
342,4
351,5
341,0
338,8
346,8
344,4
302,4

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

13

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Red
Order No
241.16.13.025
241.16.13.032
241.16.13.038
241.16.13.044
241.16.13.051
241.16.13.064
241.16.13.076
241.16.13.089
241.16.13.305

Dh
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

Dd
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
305

30% stroke
R
S1
Sv1
SA1
42,2 2,6
1,1
1,5
33,4 3,3
1,4
1,9
29,4 4,1
1,8
2,3
24,5 4,8
2,1
2,7
19,6 5,7
2,5
3,2
14,7 7,2
3,1
4,1
13,7 8,7
3,8
4,9
11,8 9,9
4,3
5,6
2,9 36,0 15,6 20,4

F1
110
110
121
118
112
106
119
117
104

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
SA2
3,5
1,1
2,4
4,4
1,4
3,0
5,4
1,8
3,6
6,4
2,1
4,3
7,6
2,5
5,1
9,6
3,1
6,5
11,6 3,8
7,8
13,2 4,3
8,9
48,0 15,6 32,4

F2
148
147
159
157
149
141
159
156
139

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
SA3
3,9
1,1
2,8
5,0
1,4
3,6
6,1
1,8
4,3
7,2
2,1
5,1
8,6
2,5
6,1
10,8 3,1
7,7
13,1 3,8
9,3
14,9 4,3 10,6
54,0 15,6 38,4

F3
165
167
179
176
169
159
179
176
157

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
SA4
4,4
1,6
2,8
5,5
2,0
3,5
6,8
2,4
4,4
8,0
2,9
5,1
9,5
3,4
6,1
12,0 4,3
7,7
14,5 5,2
9,3
16,5 5,9 10,6
60,0 21,6 38,4

Order No
241.16.13.025
241.16.13.032
241.16.13.038
241.16.13.044
241.16.13.051
241.16.13.064
241.16.13.076
241.16.13.089
241.16.13.305

Dh
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

Dd
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
305

R
42,2
33,4
29,4
24,5
19,6
14,7
13,7
11,8
2,9

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
SA5
4,8
2,0
2,8
6,1
2,5
3,6
7,4
3,1
4,3
8,8
3,7
5,1
10,5 4,4
6,1
13,2 5,5
7,7
16,0 6,7
9,3
18,2 7,6 10,6
66,0 27,6 38,4

F5
203
204
218
216
206
194
219
215
191

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
SA6
5,4
2,6
2,8
6,8
3,3
3,5
8,4
4,1
4,3
9,9
4,8
5,1
11,8 5,7
6,1
14,9 7,2
7,7
18,0 8,7
9,3
20,5 9,9 10,6
74,4 36,0 38,4

F6
228
227
247
243
231
219
247
242
216

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
7,0
5,0
2,0
8,8
6,4
2,4
10,8 7,8
3,0
12,8 9,3
3,5
15,2 11,0 4,2
19,2 13,9 5,3
23,2 16,8 6,4
26,4 19,1 7,3
96,0 69,6 26,4

F7
295
294
318
314
298
282
318
312
278

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
8,7
16,3
11,0
21,0
13,5
24,5
16,0
28,0
19,0
32,0
24,0
40,0
29,0
47,0
33,0
56,0
120,0 185,0

F4
186
184
200
196
186
176
199
195
174

Fn
367,1
367,4
396,9
392,0
372,4
352,8
397,3
389,4
348,0

241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Yellow
Order No
241.17.13.025
241.17.13.032
241.17.13.038
241.17.13.044
241.17.13.051
241.17.13.064
241.17.13.076
241.17.13.089
241.17.13.305

Dh
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

Dd
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
305

30% stroke
R
S1
Sv1
SA1
58,6 2,7
1,2
1,5
43,9 3,2
1,4
1,8
36,0 3,9
1,7
2,2
30,3 4,7
2,0
2,6
26,2 5,4
2,3
3,1
21,2 6,6
2,9
3,7
17,1 8,1
3,5
4,6
14,5 9,9
4,3
5,6
4,3 33,6 14,6 19,0

F1
158
140
140
141
141
140
139
144
144

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
SA2
3,6
1,2
2,4
4,2
1,4
2,9
5,2
1,7
3,5
6,2
2,0
4,2
7,2
2,3
4,9
8,8
2,9
5,9
10,8 3,5
7,3
13,2 4,3
8,9
44,8 14,6 30,2

F2
211
186
187
188
189
187
185
191
193

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
SA3
4,1
1,2
2,9
4,8
1,4
3,4
5,9
1,7
4,2
7,0
2,0
5,0
8,1
2,3
5,8
9,9
2,9
7,0
12,2 3,5
8,6
14,9 4,3 10,6
50,4 14,6 35,8

F3
237
209
211
211
212
210
208
215
217

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
SA4
4,5
1,6
2,9
5,3
1,9
3,4
6,5
2,3
4,2
7,8
2,8
5,0
9,0
3,2
5,8
11,0 4,0
7,0
13,5 4,9
8,6
16,5 5,9 10,6
56,0 20,2 35,8

Order No
241.17.13.025
241.17.13.032
241.17.13.038
241.17.13.044
241.17.13.051
241.17.13.064
241.17.13.076
241.17.13.089
241.17.13.305

Dh
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

Dd
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3
6,3

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
305

R
58,6
43,9
36,0
30,3
26,2
21,2
17,1
14,5
4,3

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
SA5
5,0
2,1
2,9
5,8
2,4
3,4
7,2
3,0
4,2
8,5
3,6
5,0
9,9
4,1
5,8
12,1 5,1
7,0
14,9 6,2
8,6
18,2 7,6 10,6
61,6 25,8 35,8

F5
290
256
257
258
259
257
254
263
265

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
SA6
5,6
2,7
2,9
6,6
3,2
3,4
8,1
3,9
4,2
9,6
4,7
5,0
11,2 5,4
5,8
13,6 6,6
7,0
16,7 8,1
8,6
20,5 9,9 10,6
69,4 33,6 35,8

F6
327
289
290
291
292
289
286
297
299

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
7,2
5,2
2,0
8,5
6,1
2,3
10,4 7,5
2,9
12,4 9,0
3,4
14,4 10,4 4,0
17,6 12,8 4,8
21,6 15,7 5,9
26,4 19,1 7,3
89,6 65,0 24,6

F7
422
372
374
376
377
373
369
383
385

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
9,0
16,0
10,6
21,4
13,0
25,0
15,5
28,5
18,0
33,0
22,0
42,0
27,0
49,0
33,0
56,0
112,0 193,0

subject to alterations

F4
264
233
234
235
236
233
231
239
241

Fn
527,1
465,3
468,0
469,7
471,6
466,4
461,7
478,5
481,6

F27

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
16

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Green
Order No
241.14.16.025
241.14.16.032
241.14.16.038
241.14.16.044
241.14.16.051
241.14.16.064
241.14.16.076
241.14.16.089
241.14.16.102
241.14.16.305

Dh
Dd
L0
16,0 8,0
25
16,0 8,0
32
16,0 8,0
38
16,0 8,0
44
16,0 8,0
51
16,0 8,0
64
16,0 8,0
76
16,0 8,0
89
16,0 8,0 102
16,0 8,0 305

R
23,5
23,0
19,3
17,1
15,7
10,7
10,0
8,6
7,9
2,6

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
SA1
3,9
1,7
2,2
4,8
2,1
2,7
6,0
2,6
3,4
6,9
3,0
3,9
8,1
3,5
4,6
10,2 4,4
5,8
12,3 5,3
7,0
14,7 6,4
8,3
16,8 7,3
9,5
51,0 22,1 28,9

F1
92
110
116
118
127
109
123
126
133
133

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
5,2
1,7
6,4
2,1
8,0
2,6
9,2
3,0
10,8 3,5
13,6 4,4
16,4 5,3
19,6 6,4
22,4 7,3
68,0 22,1

SA2
3,5
4,3
5,4
6,2
7,3
9,2
11,1
13,2
15,1
45,9

F2
122
147
154
157
170
146
164
169
177
177

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,9
1,7
7,2
2,1
9,0
2,6
10,4 3,0
12,2 3,5
15,3 4,4
18,5 5,3
22,1 6,4
25,2 7,3
76,5 22,1

SA3
4,2
5,1
6,4
7,4
8,7
10,9
13,2
15,7
17,9
54,4

F3
139
166
174
178
192
164
185
190
199
199

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
6,5
2,3
8,0
2,9
10,0 3,6
11,5 4,1
13,5 4,9
17,0 6,1
20,5 7,4
24,5 8,8
28,0 10,1
85,0 30,6

Order No
241.14.16.025
241.14.16.032
241.14.16.038
241.14.16.044
241.14.16.051
241.14.16.064
241.14.16.076
241.14.16.089
241.14.16.102
241.14.16.305

Dh
Dd
L0
16,0 8,0
25
16,0 8,0
32
16,0 8,0
38
16,0 8,0
44
16,0 8,0
51
16,0 8,0
64
16,0 8,0
76
16,0 8,0
89
16,0 8,0 102
16,0 8,0 305

R
23,5
23,0
19,3
17,1
15,7
10,7
10,0
8,6
7,9
2,6

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
7,2
3,0
8,8
3,7
11,0 4,6
12,7 5,3
14,9 6,2
18,7 7,8
22,6 9,4
27,0 11,3
30,8 12,9
93,5 39,1

F5
169
202
212
217
234
200
226
232
243
243

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
8,1 3,9
9,9 4,8
12,4 6,0
14,3 6,9
16,7 8,1
21,1 10,2
25,4 12,3
30,4 14,7
34,7 16,8
105,0 51,0

SA6
4,2
5,1
6,4
7,4
8,6
10,9
13,1
15,7
17,9
54,4

F6
190
228
239
245
262
226
254
261
274
274

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
10,4 7,5
12,8 9,3
16,0 11,6
18,4 13,3
21,6 15,7
27,2 19,7
32,8 23,8
39,2 28,4
44,8 32,5
136,0 98,6

SA7
2,9
3,5
4,4
5,1
5,9
7,5
9,0
10,8
12,3
37,4

F7
244
294
309
315
339
291
328
337
354
354

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
13,0
12,0
16,0
16,0
20,0
18,0
23,0
21,0
27,0
24,0
34,0
30,0
41,0
35,0
49,0
40,0
56,0
46,0
170,0 135,0

F28

SA5
4,2
5,1
6,4
7,4
8,7
10,9
13,2
15,7
17,9
54,4

SA4
4,2
5,1
6,4
7,4
8,6
10,9
13,1
15,7
17,9
54,4

F4
153
184
193
197
212
182
205
211
221
221

Fn
305,5
368,0
386,0
393,3
423,9
363,8
410,0
421,4
442,4
442,0

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

10
16

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Blue
Order No
241.15.16.025
241.15.16.032
241.15.16.038
241.15.16.044
241.15.16.051
241.15.16.064
241.15.16.076
241.15.16.089
241.15.16.102
241.15.16.305

Dh
Dd
L0
16,0 8,0
25
16,0 8,0
32
16,0 8,0
38
16,0 8,0
44
16,0 8,0
51
16,0 8,0
64
16,0 8,0
76
16,0 8,0
89
16,0 8,0 102
16,0 8,0 305

R
49,4
37,1
33,9
30,0
26,4
20,2
17,9
15,2
13,5
4,8

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
SA1
3,3
1,4
1,9
3,9
1,7
2,2
4,8
2,1
2,7
5,7
2,5
3,2
6,3
2,7
3,6
8,1
3,5
4,6
9,9
4,3
5,6
11,7 5,1
6,6
13,5 5,9
7,6
41,4 17,9 23,5

F1
163
145
163
171
166
164
177
178
182
199

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
4,4
1,4
5,2
1,7
6,4
2,1
7,6
2,5
8,4
2,7
10,8 3,5
13,2 4,3
15,6 5,1
18,0 5,9
55,2 17,9

SA2
3,0
3,5
4,3
5,1
5,7
7,3
8,9
10,5
12,1
37,3

F2
217
193
217
228
222
218
236
237
243
265

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,0
1,4
5,9
1,7
7,2
2,1
8,6
2,5
9,5
2,7
12,2 3,5
14,9 4,3
17,6 5,1
20,3 5,9
62,1 17,9

Order No
241.15.16.025
241.15.16.032
241.15.16.038
241.15.16.044
241.15.16.051
241.15.16.064
241.15.16.076
241.15.16.089
241.15.16.102
241.15.16.305

Dh
Dd
L0
16,0 8,0
25
16,0 8,0
32
16,0 8,0
38
16,0 8,0
44
16,0 8,0
51
16,0 8,0
64
16,0 8,0
76
16,0 8,0
89
16,0 8,0 102
16,0 8,0 305

R
49,4
37,1
33,9
30,0
26,4
20,2
17,9
15,2
13,5
4,8

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
6,1
2,5
7,2
3,0
8,8
3,7
10,5 4,4
11,6 4,8
14,9 6,2
18,2 7,6
21,5 9,0
24,8 10,4
75,9 31,7

F5
301
267
298
315
306
301
326
327
335
364

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
6,8
3,3
8,1
3,9
9,9
4,8
11,8 5,7
13,0 6,3
16,7 8,1
20,5 9,9
24,2 11,7
27,9 13,5
85,6 41,4

SA6
3,5
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,7
8,6
10,6
12,5
14,4
44,2

F6
336
301
336
354
343
337
367
368
377
411

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
8,8
6,4
2,4 435
10,4 7,5
2,9 386
12,8 9,3
3,5 434
15,2 11,0 4,2 456
16,8 12,2 4,6 444
21,6 15,7 5,9 436
26,4 19,1 7,3 473
31,2 22,6 8,6 474
36,0 26,1 9,9 486
110,4 80,0 30,4 530

subject to alterations

SA5
3,6
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,8
8,7
10,6
12,5
14,4
44,2

SA3
3,6
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,8
8,7
10,6
12,5
14,4
44,2

F3
247
219
244
258
251
246
267
268
274
298

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
5,5
2,0
6,5
2,3
8,0
2,9
9,5
3,4
10,5 3,8
13,5 4,9
16,5 5,9
19,5 7,0
22,5 8,1
69,0 24,8

SA4
3,5
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,7
8,6
10,6
12,5
14,4
44,2

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
11,0
14,0
13,0
19,0
16,0
22,0
19,0
25,0
21,0
30,0
27,0
37,0
33,0
43,0
39,0
50,0
45,0
57,0
138,0 167,0

F4
272
241
271
285
277
273
295
296
304
331

Fn
543,4
482,3
542,4
570,0
554,4
545,4
590,7
592,8
607,5
662,4

F29

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
16

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Red
Order No
241.16.16.025
241.16.16.032
241.16.16.038
241.16.16.044
241.16.16.051
241.16.16.064
241.16.16.076
241.16.16.089
241.16.16.102
241.16.16.305

Dh
Dd
L0
16,0 8,0
25
16,0 8,0
32
16,0 8,0
38
16,0 8,0
44
16,0 8,0
51
16,0 8,0
64
16,0 8,0
76
16,0 8,0
89
16,0 8,0 102
16,0 8,0 305

R
75,5
53,0
49,1
43,2
37,3
30,4
25,5
21,6
19,6
6,9

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
SA1
2,6
1,1
1,5
3,3
1,4
1,9
4,1
1,8
2,3
4,7
2,0
2,7
5,6
2,4
3,2
7,1
3,1
4,0
8,7
3,8
4,9
10,4 4,5
5,9
12,0 5,2
6,8
36,6 15,9 20,7

F1
196
175
201
203
209
216
222
225
235
253

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
SA2
3,5
1,1
2,4
4,4
1,4
3,0
5,5
1,8
3,7
6,3
2,0
4,3
7,4
2,4
5,0
9,4
3,1
6,3
11,6 3,8
7,8
13,8 4,5
9,3
16,0 5,2 10,8
48,8 15,9 32,9

F2
264
233
270
272
276
286
296
298
314
337

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
3,9
1,1
5,0
1,4
6,2
1,8
7,1
2,0
8,3
2,4
10,6 3,1
13,1 3,8
15,5 4,5
18,0 5,2
54,9 15,9

Order No
241.16.16.025
241.16.16.032
241.16.16.038
241.16.16.044
241.16.16.051
241.16.16.064
241.16.16.076
241.16.16.089
241.16.16.102
241.16.16.305

Dh
Dd
L0
16,0 8,0
25
16,0 8,0
32
16,0 8,0
38
16,0 8,0
44
16,0 8,0
51
16,0 8,0
64
16,0 8,0
76
16,0 8,0
89
16,0 8,0 102
16,0 8,0 305

R
75,5
53,0
49,1
43,2
37,3
30,4
25,5
21,6
19,6
6,9

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
4,8
2,0
6,1
2,5
7,5
3,2
8,6
3,6
10,2 4,3
12,9 5,4
16,0 6,7
19,0 7,9
22,0 9,2
67,1 28,1

F5
362
323
368
372
380
392
408
410
431
463

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
5,4
2,6
6,8
3,3
8,5
4,1
9,7
4,7
11,5 5,6
14,6 7,1
18,0 8,7
21,4 10,4
24,8 12,0
75,6 36,6

F6
408
360
417
419
429
444
459
462
486
522

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
7,0
5,0
2,0 529
8,8
6,4
2,4 466
11,0 7,9
3,1 540
12,6 9,1
3,5 544
14,8 10,7
4,1 552
18,8 13,6
5,2 572
23,2 16,8
6,4 592
27,6 20,0
7,6 596
32,0 23,2
8,8 627
97,6 70,8 26,8 673

F30

SA5
2,8
3,6
4,3
5,0
5,9
7,5
9,3
11,1
12,8
39,0

SA6
2,8
3,5
4,4
5,0
5,9
7,5
9,3
11,0
12,8
39,0

SA3
2,8
3,6
4,4
5,1
5,9
7,5
9,3
11,0
12,8
39,0

F3
294
265
304
307
310
322
334
335
353
379

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
4,4
1,6
5,5
2,0
6,9
2,5
7,9
2,8
9,3
3,3
11,8 4,2
14,5 5,2
17,3 6,2
20,0 7,2
61,0 22,0

SA4
2,8
3,5
4,4
5,1
6,0
7,6
9,3
11,1
12,8
39,0

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
8,7
16,3
11,0
21,0
13,7
24,3
15,7
28,3
18,5
32,5
23,5
40,5
29,0
47,0
34,5
54,5
40,0
62,0
122,0 183,0

F4
332
292
339
341
347
359
370
374
392
421

Fn
656,9
583,0
672,7
678,2
690,1
714,4
739,5
745,2
784,0
841,8

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

10
16

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Yellow
Order No
241.17.16.025
241.17.16.032
241.17.16.038
241.17.16.044
241.17.16.051
241.17.16.064
241.17.16.076
241.17.16.089
241.17.16.102
241.17.16.305

Dh
Dd
L0
16,0 8,0
25
16,0 8,0
32
16,0 8,0
38
16,0 8,0
44
16,0 8,0
51
16,0 8,0
64
16,0 8,0
76
16,0 8,0
89
16,0 8,0 102
16,0 8,0 305

R
118
89,1
72,1
60,9
52,3
41,2
34,1
29,5
25,6
8,4

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
SA1
2,7
1,2
1,5
3,2
1,4
1,8
3,9
1,7
2,2
4,5
2,0
2,5
5,4
2,3
3,1
6,6
2,9
3,7
8,0
3,4
4,6
9,5
4,1
5,4
11,0 4,7
6,3
33,0 14,3 18,7

F1
319
285
281
274
282
272
273
280
282
277

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
SA2
3,6
1,2
2,4
4,3
1,4
2,9
5,2
1,7
3,5
6,0
2,0
4,0
7,2
2,3
4,9
8,8
2,9
5,9
10,6 3,4
7,2
12,6 4,1
8,5
14,6 4,7
9,9
44,0 14,3 29,7

F2
425
383
375
365
377
363
361
372
374
370

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
4,1
1,2
4,9
1,4
5,9
1,7
6,8
2,0
8,1
2,3
9,9
2,9
11,9 3,4
14,2 4,1
16,4 4,7
49,5 14,3

Order No
241.17.16.025
241.17.16.032
241.17.16.038
241.17.16.044
241.17.16.051
241.17.16.064
241.17.16.076
241.17.16.089
241.17.16.102
241.17.16.305

Dh
Dd
L0
16,0 8,0
25
16,0 8,0
32
16,0 8,0
38
16,0 8,0
44
16,0 8,0
51
16,0 8,0
64
16,0 8,0
76
16,0 8,0
89
16,0 8,0 102
16,0 8,0 305

R
118
89,1
72,1
60,9
52,3
41,2
34,1
29,5
25,6
8,4

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
5,0
2,1
5,9
2,5
7,2
3,0
8,3
3,5
9,9
4,1
12,1 5,1
14,6 6,1
17,3 7,2
20,1 8,4
60,5 25,3

F5
590
526
519
505
518
499
498
510
515
508

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
5,6
2,7
6,7
3,2
8,1
3,9
9,3
4,5
11,2 5,4
13,6 6,6
16,4 8,0
19,5 9,5
22,6 11,0
68,2 33,0

F6
661
597
584
566
586
560
559
575
579
573

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
7,2
5,2
2,0 850
8,6
6,3
2,3 766
10,4
7,5
2,9 750
12,0
8,7
3,3 731
14,4 10,4 4,0 753
17,6 12,8 4,8 725
21,2 15,4 5,8 723
25,2 18,3 6,9 743
29,2 21,2 8,0 748
88,0 63,8 24,2 739

subject to alterations

SA5
2,9
3,4
4,2
4,8
5,8
7,0
8,5
10,1
11,7
35,2

SA6
2,9
3,5
4,2
4,8
5,8
7,0
8,4
10,0
11,6
35,2

SA3
2,9
3,5
4,2
4,8
5,8
7,0
8,5
10,1
11,7
35,2

F3
484
437
425
414
424
408
406
419
420
416

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
4,5
1,6
5,4
1,9
6,5
2,3
7,5
2,7
9,0
3,2
11,0 4,0
13,3 4,8
15,8 5,7
18,3 6,6
55,0 19,8

SA4
2,9
3,5
4,2
4,8
5,8
7,0
8,5
10,1
11,7
35,2

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
9,0
16,0
10,8
21,2
13,0
25,0
15,0
29,0
18,0
33,0
22,0
42,0
26,5
49,5
31,5
57,5
36,5
65,5
110,0 195,0

F4
531
481
469
457
471
453
454
466
468
462

Fn
1062,0
962,3
937,3
913,5
941,4
906,4
903,7
929,3
934,4
924,0

F31

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
20

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Green
Order No
241.14.20.025
241.14.20.032
241.14.20.038
241.14.20.044
241.14.20.051
241.14.20.064
241.14.20.076
241.14.20.089
241.14.20.102
241.14.20.115
241.14.20.127
241.14.20.139
241.14.20.152
241.14.20.305

Dh
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

Dd
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
305

R
55,8
45,0
33,4
30,0
24,5
20,0
16,0
14,0
12,0
10,9
9,5
8,4
7,6
4,0

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
3,9
1,7
4,8
2,1
5,7
2,5
6,9
3,0
7,8
3,4
9,6
4,2
12,0 5,2
13,8 6,0
15,9 6,9
18,0 7,8
20,1 8,7
21,9 9,5
24,3 10,5
48,6 21,1

SA1
2,2
2,7
3,2
3,9
4,4
5,4
6,8
7,8
9,0
10,2
11,4
12,4
13,8
27,5

F1
218
216
190
207
191
192
192
193
191
196
191
184
185
194

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
5,2
1,7
6,4
2,1
7,6
2,5
9,2
3,0
10,4 3,4
12,8 4,2
16,0 5,2
18,4 6,0
21,2 6,9
24,0 7,8
26,8 8,7
29,2 9,5
32,4 10,5
64,8 21,1

SA2
3,5
4,3
5,1
6,2
7,0
8,6
10,8
12,4
14,3
16,2
18,1
19,7
21,9
43,7

F2
290
288
254
276
255
256
256
258
254
262
255
245
246
259

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,9
1,7
7,2
2,1
8,6
2,5
10,4 3,0
11,7 3,4
14,4 4,2
18,0 5,2
20,7 6,0
23,9 6,9
27,0 7,8
30,2 8,7
32,9 9,5
36,5 10,5
72,9 21,1

SA3
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,4
8,3
10,2
12,8
14,7
17,0
19,2
21,5
23,4
26,0
51,8

F3
329
324
287
312
287
288
288
290
287
294
287
276
277
292

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
6,5
2,3
8,0
2,9
9,5
3,4
11,5 4,1
13,0 4,7
16,0 5,8
20,0 7,2
23,0 8,3
26,5 9,5
30,0 10,8
33,5 12,1
36,5 13,1
40,5 14,6
81,0 29,2

Order No
241.14.20.025
241.14.20.032
241.14.20.038
241.14.20.044
241.14.20.051
241.14.20.064
241.14.20.076
241.14.20.089
241.14.20.102
241.14.20.115
241.14.20.127
241.14.20.139
241.14.20.152
241.14.20.305

Dh
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

Dd
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
305

R
55,8
45,0
33,4
30,0
24,5
20,0
16,0
14,0
12,0
10,9
9,5
8,4
7,6
4,0

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
7,2
3,0
8,8
3,7
10,5 4,4
12,7 5,3
14,3 6,0
17,6 7,4
22,0 9,2
25,3 10,6
29,2 12,2
33,0 13,8
36,9 15,4
40,2 16,8
44,6 18,6
89,1 37,3

SA5
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,4
8,3
10,2
12,8
14,7
17,0
19,2
21,5
23,4
26,0
51,8

F5
402
396
351
381
350
352
352
354
350
360
351
338
339
356

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
8,1 3,9
9,9 4,8
11,8 5,7
14,3 6,9
16,1 7,8
19,8 9,6
24,8 12,0
28,5 13,8
32,9 15,9
37,2 18,0
41,5 20,1
45,3 21,9
50,2 24,3
100,0 48,6

SA6
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,4
8,3
10,2
12,8
14,7
17,0
19,2
21,4
23,4
25,9
51,8

F6
452
446
394
429
394
396
397
399
395
405
394
381
382
402

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
10,4 7,5
12,8 9,3
15,2 11,0
18,4 13,3
20,8 15,1
25,6 18,6
32,0 23,2
36,8 26,7
42,4 30,7
48,0 34,8
53,6 38,9
58,4 42,3
64,8 47,0
129,6 94,0

SA7
2,9
3,5
4,2
5,1
5,7
7,0
8,8
10,1
11,7
13,2
14,7
16,1
17,8
35,6

F7
580
576
508
552
510
512
512
515
509
523
509
491
492
518

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
13,0
12,0
16,0
16,0
19,0
19,0
23,0
21,0
26,0
25,0
32,0
32,0
40,0
36,0
46,0
43,0
53,0
49,0
60,0
55,0
67,0
60,0
73,0
66,0
81,0
71,0
162,0 143,0

F32

SA4
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,4
8,3
10,2
12,8
14,7
17,0
19,2
21,4
23,4
25,9
51,8

F4
363
360
317
345
319
320
320
322
318
327
318
307
308
324

Fn
725,4
720,0
634,6
690,0
637,0
640,0
640,0
644,0
636,0
654,0
636,5
613,2
615,6
648,0

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

20

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Blue
Order No
241.15.20.025
241.15.20.032
241.15.20.038
241.15.20.044
241.15.20.051
241.15.20.064
241.15.20.076
241.15.20.089
241.15.20.102
241.15.20.115
241.15.20.127
241.15.20.139
241.15.20.152
241.15.20.305

Dh
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

Dd
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
305

R
98,1
72,7
56,0
47,6
41,7
32,3
25,1
22,0
19,8
18,2
16,6
15,1
13,2
6,1

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
3,3
1,4
3,9
1,7
4,8
2,1
5,7
2,5
6,3
2,7
8,1
3,5
9,9
4,3
11,7 5,1
13,2 5,7
14,7 6,4
16,5 7,2
18,3 7,9
19,8 8,6
40,8 17,7

SA1
1,9
2,2
2,7
3,2
3,6
4,6
5,6
6,6
7,5
8,3
9,3
10,4
11,2
23,1

F1
324
284
269
271
263
262
248
257
261
268
274
276
261
249

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
4,4
1,4
5,2
1,7
6,4
2,1
7,6
2,5
8,4
2,7
10,8 3,5
13,2 4,3
15,6 5,1
17,6 5,7
19,6 6,4
22,0 7,2
24,4 7,9
26,4 8,6
54,4 17,7

SA2
3,0
3,5
4,3
5,1
5,7
7,3
8,9
10,5
11,9
13,2
14,8
16,5
17,8
36,7

F2
432
378
358
362
350
349
331
343
348
357
365
368
348
332

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,0
1,4
5,9
1,7
7,2
2,1
8,6
2,5
9,5
2,7
12,2 3,5
14,9 4,3
17,6 5,1
19,8 5,7
22,1 6,4
24,8 7,2
27,5 7,9
29,7 8,6
61,2 17,7

SA3
3,6
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,8
8,7
10,6
12,5
14,1
15,7
17,6
19,6
21,1
43,5

F3
491
429
403
409
396
394
374
387
392
402
412
415
392
373

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
5,5
2,0
6,5
2,3
8,0
2,9
9,5
3,4
10,5 3,8
13,5 4,9
16,5 5,9
19,5 7,0
22,0 7,9
24,5 8,8
27,5 9,9
30,5 11,0
33,0 11,9
68,0 24,5

Order No
241.15.20.025
241.15.20.032
241.15.20.038
241.15.20.044
241.15.20.051
241.15.20.064
241.15.20.076
241.15.20.089
241.15.20.102
241.15.20.115
241.15.20.127
241.15.20.139
241.15.20.152
241.15.20.305

Dh
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

Dd
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
305

R
98,1
72,7
56,0
47,6
41,7
32,3
25,1
22,0
19,8
18,2
16,6
15,1
13,2
6,1

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
6,1
2,5
7,2
3,0
8,8
3,7
10,5 4,4
11,6 4,8
14,9 6,2
18,2 7,6
21,5 9,0
24,2 10,1
27,0 11,3
30,3 12,7
33,6 14,0
36,3 15,2
74,8 31,3

SA5
3,6
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,8
8,7
10,6
12,5
14,1
15,7
17,6
19,6
21,1
43,5

F5
598
523
493
500
484
481
457
473
479
491
503
507
479
456

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
6,8
3,3
8,1
3,9
9,9
4,8
11,8 5,7
13,0 6,3
16,7 8,1
20,5 9,9
24,2 11.7
27,3 13,2
30,4 14,7
34,1 16,5
37,8 18,3
40,9 19,8
84,3 40,8

SA6
3,5
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,7
8,6
10,6
12,5
14,1
15,7
17,6
19,5
21,1
43,5

F6
667
589
554
562
542
539
515
532
541
553
566
571
540
514

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
8,8
6,4
10,4 7,5
12,8 9,3
15,2 11,0
16,8 12,2
21,6 15,7
26,4 19,1
31,2 22,6
35,2 25,5
39,2 28,4
44,0 31,9
48,8 35,4
52,8 38,3
108,8 78,9

SA7
2,4
2,9
3,5
4,2
4,6
5,9
7,3
8,6
9,7
10,8
12,1
13,4
14,5
29,9

F7
863
756
717
724
701
698
663
686
697
713
730
737
697
664

100% stroke
Sn
Ln
11,0
14,0
13,0
19,0
16,0
22,0
19,0
25,0
21,0
30,0
27,0
37,0
33,0
43,0
39,0
50,0
44,0
58,0
49,0
66,0
55,0
72,0
61,0
78,0
66,0
86,0
136,0 169,0

subject to alterations

SA4
3,5
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,7
8,6
10,6
12,5
14,1
15,7
17,6
19,5
21,1
43,5

F4
540
473
448
452
438
436
414
429
436
446
457
461
436
415

Fn
1079,1
945,1
896,0
904,4
875,7
872,1
828,3
858,0
871,2
891,8
913,0
921,1
871,2
829,6

F33

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
20

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Red
Order No
241.16.20.025
241.16.20.032
241.16.20.038
241.16.20.044
241.16.20.051
241.16.20.064
241.16.20.076
241.16.20.089
241.16.20.102
241.16.20.115
241.16.20.127
241.16.20.139
241.16.20.152
241.16.20.305

Dh
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

Dd
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
305

R
215,8
167,8
133,4
111,8
94,2
72,6
59,8
51,0
44,1
38,3
34,3
31,4
28,4
14,7

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
SA1
2,5
1,1
1,4
3,2
1,4
1,8
3,8
1,6
2,2
4,4
1,9
2,5
5,0
2,1
2,9
6,3
2,7
3,6
7,8
3,4
4,4
9,0
3,9
5,1
10,5 4,6
5,9
12,0 5,2
6,8
13,2 5,7
7,5
14,7 6,4
8,3
15,9 6,9
9,0
32,4 14,0 18,4

F1
540
537
507
492
471
457
466
459
463
460
453
462
452
476

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
3,4
1,1
4,2
1,4
5,0
1,6
5,8
1,9
6,6
2,1
8,4
2,7
10,4 3,4
12,0 3,9
14,0 4,6
16,0 5,2
17,6 5,7
19,6 6,4
21,2 6,9
43,2 14,0

SA2
2,3
2,8
3,4
3,9
4,5
5,7
7,0
8,1
9,4
10,8
11,9
13,2
14,3
29,2

F2
734
705
667
648
622
610
622
612
617
613
604
615
602
635

Order No
241.16.20.025
241.16.20.032
241.16.20.038
241.16.20.044
241.16.20.051
241.16.20.064
241.16.20.076
241.16.20.089
241.16.20.102
241.16.20.115
241.16.20.127
241.16.20.139
241.16.20.152
241.16.20.305

Dh
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

Dd
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
305

R
215,8
167,8
133,4
111,8
94,2
72,6
59,8
51,0
44,1
38,3
34,3
31,4
28,4
14,7

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
4,6
1,9
5,8
2,4
6,9
2,9
8,0
3,3
9,1
3,8
11,6 4,8
14,3 6,0
16,5 6,9
19,3 8,1
22,0 9,2
24,2 10,1
27,0 11,3
29,2 12,2
59,4 24,8

F5
993
973
920
894
857
842
855
842
851
843
830
848
829
873

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
5,2
2,5
6,5
3,2
7,8
3,8
9,0
4,4
10,2 5,0
13,0 6,3
16,1 7,8
18,6 9,0
21,7 10,5
24,8 12,0
27,3 13,2
30,4 14,7
32,9 15,9
67,0 32,4

SA6
2,7
3,3
4,0
4,6
5,2
6,7
8,3
9,6
11,2
12,8
14,1
15,7
17,0
34,6

80% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
1122
6,7
4,9
1091
8,4
6,1
1041 10,0 7,3
1006 11,6 8,4
961 13,2 9,6
944 16,8 12,2
963 20,8 15,1
949 24,0 17,4
957 28,0 20,3
950 32,0 23,2
936 35,2 25,5
955 39,2 28,4
934 42,4 30,7
985 86,4 62,6

F34

SA5
2,7
3,4
4,0
4,7
5,3
6,8
8,3
9,6
11,2
12,8
14,1
15,7
17,0
34,6

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
3,8
1,1
4,7
1,4
5,6
1,6
6,5
1,9
7,4
2,1
9,5
2,7
11,7 3,4
13,5 3,9
15,8 4,6
18,0 5,2
19,8 5,7
22,1 6,4
23,9 6,9
48,6 14,0

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
4,2
1,5
5,3
1,9
6,3
2,3
7,3
2,6
8,3
3,0
10,5 3,8
13,0 4,7
15,0 5,4
17,5 6,3
20,0 7,2
22,0 7,9
24,5 8,8
26,5 9,5
54,0 19,4

SA3
2,7
3,3
4,0
4,6
5,3
6,8
8,3
9,6
11,2
12,8
14,1
15,7
17,0
34,6

F3
820
789
747
727
697
690
700
689
697
689
679
694
679
714

SA4
2,7
3,4
4,0
4,7
5,3
6,7
8,3
9,6
11,2
12,8
14,1
15,7
17,0
34,6

SA7
1,8
2,3
2,7
3,2
3,6
4,6
5,7
6,6
7,7
8,8
9,7
10,8
11,7
23,8

100% stroke
F7
Sn
Ln
1446
8,4 16,6
1410
10,5 21,5
1334
12,5 25,5
1297
14,5 29,5
1243
16,5 34,5
1220
21,0 43,0
1244
26,0 50,0
1224
30,0 59,0
1235
35,0 67,0
1226
40,0 75,0
1207
44,0 83,0
1231
49,0 90,0
1204
53,0 99,0
1270 108,0 197,0

F4
906
889
840
816
782
762
777
765
772
766
755
769
753
794

Fn
1812,7
1761,9
1667,5
1621,1
1554,3
1524,6
1554,8
1530,0
1543,5
1532,0
1509,2
1538,6
1505,2
1587,6

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

20
10

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Yellow
Order No
241.17.20.025
241.17.20.032
241.17.20.038
241.17.20.044
241.17.20.051
241.17.20.064
241.17.20.076
241.17.20.089
241.17.20.102
241.17.20.115
241.17.20.127
241.17.20.139
241.17.20.152
241.17.20.305

Dh
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

Dd
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
305

R
293
224
177
149
128
99,1
86,6
69,6
60,6
53,1
47,6
43,1
39,0
21,2

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
SA1
2,3
1,0
1,3
2,9
1,3
1,6
3,6
1,6
2,0
4,2
1,8
2,4
4,8
2,1
2,7
6,3
2,7
3,6
7,5
3,3
4,2
9,0
3,9
5,1
10,2 4,4
5,8
11,4 4,9
6,5
12,9 5,6
7,3
14,1 6,1
8,0
15,3 6,6
8,7
31,5 13,7 17,8

F1
674
650
637
626
614
624
650
626
618
605
614
608
597
668

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
3,1
1,0
3,9
1,3
4,8
1,6
5,6
1,8
6,4
2,1
8,4
2,7
10,0 3,3
12,0 3,9
13,6 4,4
15,2 4,9
17,2 5,6
18,8 6,1
20,4 6,6
42,0 13,7

SA2
2,1
2,6
3,2
3,8
4,3
5,7
6,7
8,1
9,2
10,3
11,6
12,7
13,8
28,3

F2
908
874
850
834
819
832
866
835
824
807
819
810
796
890

Order No
241.17.20.025
241.17.20.032
241.17.20.038
241.17.20.044
241.17.20.051
241.17.20.064
241.17.20.076
241.17.20.089
241.17.20.102
241.17.20.115
241.17.20.127
241.17.20.139
241.17.20.152
241.17.20.305

Dh
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

Dd
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0
10,0

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
305

R
293
224
177
149
128
99,1
86,6
69,6
60,6
53,1
47,6
43,1
39,0
21,2

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
4,2
1,8
5,4
2,3
6,6
2,8
7,7
3,2
8,8
3,7
11,6 4,8
13,8 5,8
16,5 6,9
18,7 7,8
20,9 8,7
23,7 9,9
25,9 10,8
28,1 11,7
57,8 24,2

F5
1231
1210
1168
1147
1126
1150
1195
1148
1133
1110
1128
1116
1096
1225

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
4,8
2,3
6,1
2,9
7,4
3,6
8,7
4,2
9,9
4,8
13,0 6,3
15,5 7,5
18,6 9,0
21,1 10,2
23,6 11,4
26,7 12,9
29,1 14,1
31,6 15,3
65,1 31,5

SA6
2,5
3,2
3,8
4,5
5,1
6,7
8,0
9,6
10,9
12,2
13,8
15,0
16,3
33,6

80% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
1406
6,2
4,5
1366
7,8
5,7
1310
9,6
7,0
1296 11,2 8,1
1267 12,8 9,3
1288 16,8 12,2
1342 20,0 14,5
1295 24,0 17,4
1279 27,2 19,7
1253 30,4 22,0
1271 34,4 24,9
1254 37,6 27,3
1232 40,8 29,6
1380 84,0 60,9

subject to alterations

SA5
2,4
3,1
3,8
4,5
5,1
6,8
8,0
9,6
10,9
12,2
13,8
15,1
16,4
33,6

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
3,5
1,0
4,4
1,3
5,4
1,6
6,3
1,8
7,2
2,1
9,5
2,7
11,3 3,3
13,5 3,9
15,3 4,4
17,1 4,9
19,4 5,6
21,2 6,1
23,0 6,6
47,3 13,7

50% stroke
SA3
F3
S4
Sv4
2,5 1026 3,9
1,4
3,1
986 4,9
1,8
3,8
956 6,0
2,2
4,5
939 7,0
2,5
5,1
922 8,0
2,9
6,8
941 10,5 3,8
8,0
979 12,5 4,5
9,6
940 15,0 5,4
10,9 927 17,0 6,1
12,2 908 19,0 6,8
13,8 923 21,5 7,7
15,1 914 23,5 8,5
16,4 897 25,5 9,2
33,6 1003 52,5 18,9
SA7
1,7
2,1
2,6
3,1
3,5
4,6
5,5
6,6
7,5
8,4
9,5
10,3
11,2
23,1

SA4
2,5
3,1
3,8
4,5
5,1
6,7
8,0
9,6
10,9
12,2
13,8
15,0
16,3
33,6

100% stroke
F7
Sn
Ln
1817
7,7
17,3
1747
9,8
22,2
1699 12,0
26,0
1669 14,0
30,0
1638 16,0
35,0
1665 21,0
43,0
1732 25,0
51,0
1670 30,0
59,0
1648 34,0
68,0
1614 38,0
77,0
1637 43,0
84,0
1621 47,0
92,0
1591 51,0 101,0
1781 105,0 200,0

F4
1143
1098
1062
1043
1024
1041
1083
1044
1030
1009
1023
1013
995
1113

Fn
2256,1
2195,2
2124,0
2086,0
2048,0
2081,1
2165,0
2088,0
2060,4
2017,8
2046,8
2025,7
1989,0
2226,0

F35

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
25

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Green
Order No
241.14.25.025
241.14.25.032
241.14.25.038
241.14.25.044
241.14.25.051
241.14.25.064
241.14.25.076
241.14.25.089
241.14.25.102
241.14.25.115
241.14.25.127
241.14.25.139
241.14.25.152
241.14.25.178
241.14.25.203
241.14.25.305

Dh
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

Dd
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
305

R
100,0
80,3
62,0
53,0
44,1
35,2
28,1
24,0
21,1
18,7
16,7
15,3
14,0
12,6
10,4
7,0

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
3,9
1,7
4,8
2,1
5,7
2,5
6,9
3,0
7,5
3,3
9,3
4,0
11,7 5,1
13,8 6,0
15,6 6,8
17,7 7,7
19,8 8,6
22,2 9,6
24,0 10,4
27,9 12,1
32,1 13,9
48,0 20,8

SA1
2,2
2,7
3,2
3,9
4,2
5,3
6,6
7,8
8,8
10,0
11,2
12,6
13,6
15,8
18,2
27,2

F1
390
385
353
366
331
327
329
331
329
331
331
340
336
352
334
336

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
5,2
1,7
6,4
2,1
7,6
2,5
9,2
3,0
10,0 3,3
12,4 4,0
15,6 5,1
18,4 6,0
20,8 6,8
23,6 7,7
26,4 8,6
29,6 9,6
32,0 10,4
37,2 12,1
42,8 13,9
64,0 20,8

SA2
3,5
4,3
5,1
6,2
6,7
8,4
10,5
12,4
14,0
15,9
17,8
20,0
21,6
25,1
28,9
43,2

F2
520
514
471
488
441
436
438
442
439
441
441
453
448
469
445
448

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,9
1,7
7,2
2,1
8,6
2,5
10,4 3,0
11,3 3,3
14,0 4,0
17,6 5,1
20,7 6,0
23,4 6,8
26,6 7,7
29,7 8,6
33,3 9,6
36,0 10,4
41,9 12,1
48,2 13,9
72,0 20,8

SA3
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,4
8,0
10,0
12,5
14,7
16,6
18,9
21,1
23,7
25,6
29,8
34,3
51,2

F3
590
578
533
551
498
493
495
497
494
497
496
509
504
528
501
504

Order No
241.14.25.025
241.14.25.032
241.14.25.038
241.14.25.044
241.14.25.051
241.14.25.064
241.14.25.076
241.14.25.089
241.14.25.102
241.14.25.115
241.14.25.127
241.14.25.139
241.14.25.152
241.14.25.178
241.14.25.203
241.14.25.305

Dh
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

Dd
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
305

R
100,0
80,3
62,0
53,0
44,1
35,2
28,1
24,0
21,1
18,7
16,7
15,3
14,0
12,6
10,4
7,0

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
7,2
3,0
8,8
3,7
10,5 4,4
12,7 5,3
13,8 5,8
17,1 7,1
21,5 9,0
25,3 10,6
28,6 12,0
32,5 13,6
36,3 15,2
40,7 17,0
44,0 18,4
51,2 21,4
58,9 24,6
88,0 36,8

SA5
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,4
8,0
10,0
12,5
14,7
16,6
18,9
21,1
23,7
25,6
29,8
34,3
51,2

F5
720
707
651
673
609
602
604
607
603
608
606
623
616
645
613
616

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
8,1
3,9
9,9
4,8
11,8 5,7
14,3 6,9
15,5 7,5
19,2 9,3
24,2 11,7
28,5 13,8
32,2 15,6
36,6 17,7
40,9 19,8
45,9 22,2
49,6 24,0
57,7 27,9
66,3 32,1
99,2 48,0

SA6
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,4
8,0
9,9
12,5
14,7
16,6
18,9
21,1
23,7
25,6
29,8
34,2
51,2

F6
810
795
732
758
684
676
680
684
679
684
683
702
694
727
690
694

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
10,4 7,5
12,8 9,3
15,2 11,0
18,4 13,3
20,0 14,5
24,8 18,0
31,2 22,6
36,8 26,7
41,6 30,2
47,2 34,2
52,8 38,3
59,2 42,9
64,0 46,4
74,4 53,9
85,6 62,1
128,0 92,8

SA7
2,9
3,5
4,2
5,1
5,5
6,8
8,6
10,1
11,4
13,0
14,5
16,3
17,6
20,5
23,5
35,2

100% stroke
F7
Sn
Ln
1040 13,0
12,0
1028 16,0
16,0
942 19,0
19,0
975 23,0
21,0
882 25,0
26,0
873 31,0
33,0
877 39,0
37,0
883 46,0
43,0
878 52,0
50,0
883 59,0
56,0
882 66,0
61,0
906 74,0
65,0
896 80,0
72,0
937 93,0
85,0
890 107,0
96,0
896 160,0 145,0

F36

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
6,5
2,3
8,0
2,9
9,5
3,4
11,5 4,1
12,5 4,5
15,5 5,6
19,5 7,0
23,0 8,3
26,0 9,4
29,5 10,6
33,0 11,9
37,0 13,3
40,0 14,4
46,5 16,7
53,5 19,3
80,0 28,8

SA4
4,2
5,1
6,1
7,4
8,0
9,9
12,5
14,7
16,6
18,9
21,1
23,7
25,6
29,8
34,2
51,2

F4
650
642
589
610
551
546
548
552
549
552
551
566
560
586
556
560

Fn
1300,0
1284,8
1178,0
1219,0
1102,5
1091,2
1095,9
1104,0
1097,2
1103,3
1102,2
1132,2
1120,0
1171,8
1112,8
1120,0

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

25

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Blue
Order No
241.15.25.025
241.15.25.032
241.15.25.038
241.15.25.044
241.15.25.051
241.15.25.064
241.15.25.076
241.15.25.089
241.15.25.102
241.15.25.115
241.15.25.127
241.15.25.139
241.15.25.152
241.15.25.178
241.15.25.203
241.15.25.305

Dh
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

Dd
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
305

R
147,0
118,1
93,1
80,8
68,7
53,1
43,3
38,3
33,1
28,1
25,9
23,3
20,8
17,9
15,8
10,2

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
3,3
1,4
3,9
1,7
4,8
2,1
5,7
2,5
6,3
2,7
8,1
3,5
9,9
4,3
11,7 5,1
13,2 5,7
15,0 6,5
16,8 7,3
18,9 8,2
20,1 8,7
23,7 10,3
27,0 11,7
40,5 17,6

SA1
1,9
2,2
2,7
3,2
3,6
4,6
5,6
6,6
7,5
8,5
9,5
10,7
11,4
13,4
15,3
22,9

F1
485
461
447
461
433
430
429
448
437
422
435
440
418
424
427
413

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
4,4
1,4
5,2
1,7
6,4
2,1
7,6
2,5
8,4
2,7
10,8 3,5
13,2 4,3
15,6 5,1
17,6 5,7
20,0 6,5
22,4 7,3
25,2 8,2
26,8 8,7
31,6 10,3
36,0 11,7
54,0 17,6

SA2
3,0
3,5
4,3
5,1
5,7
7,3
8,9
10,5
11,9
13,5
15,1
17,0
18,1
21,3
24,3
36,4

Order No
241.15.25.025
241.15.25.032
241.15.25.038
241.15.25.044
241.15.25.051
241.15.25.064
241.15.25.076
241.15.25.089
241.15.25.102
241.15.25.115
241.15.25.127
241.15.25.139
241.15.25.152
241.15.25.178
241.15.25.203
241.15.25.305

Dh
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

Dd
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
305

R
147,0
118,1
93,1
80,8
68,7
53,1
43,3
38,3
33,1
28,1
25,9
23,3
20,8
17,9
15,8
10,2

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
6,1
2,5
7,2
3,0
8,8
3,7
10,5 4,4
11,6 4,8
14,9 6,2
18,2 7,6
21,5 9,0
24,2 10,1
27,5 11,5
30,8 12,9
34,7 14,5
36,9 15,4
43,5 18,2
49,5 20,7
74,3 31,1

SA5
3,6
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,8
8,7
10,6
12,5
14,1
16,0
17,9
20,2
21,5
25,3
28,8
43,2

F5
897
850
819
848
797
791
788
823
801
773
798
809
768
779
782
758

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
6,8
3,3
8,1
3,9
9,9
4,8
11,8 5,7
13,0 6,3
16,7 8,1
20,5 9,9
24,2 11,7
27,3 13,2
31,0 15,0
34,7 16,8
39,1 18,9
41,5 20,1
49,0 23,7
55,8 27,0
83,7 40,5

80% stroke
SA6
F6
S7
Sv7
3,5 1000
8,8
6,4
4,2
957 10,4 7,5
5,1
922 12,8 9,3
6,1
953 15,2 11,0
6,7
893 16,8 12,2
8,6
887 21,6 15,7
10,6 888 26,4 19,1
12,5 927 31,2 22,6
14,1 904 35,2 25,5
16,0 871 40,0 29,0
17,9 899 44,8 32,5
20,2 911 50,4 36,5
21,4 863 53,6 38,9
25,3 877 63,2 45,8
28,8 882 72,0 52,2
43,2 854 108,0 78,3

subject to alterations

F2
647
614
596
614
577
573
572
597
583
562
580
587
557
566
569
551

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,0
1,4
5,9
1,7
7,2
2,1
8,6
2,5
9,5
2,7
12,2 3,5
14,9 4,3
17,6 5,1
19,8 5,7
22,5 6,5
25,2 7,3
28,4 8,2
30,2 8,7
35,6 10,3
40,5 11,7
60,8 17,6

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
5,5
2,0
6,5
2,3
8,0
2,9
9,5
3,4
10,5 3,8
13,5 4,9
16,5 5,9
19,5 7,0
22,0 7,9
25,0 9,0
28,0 10,1
31,5 11,3
33,5 12,1
39,5 14,2
45,0 16,2
67,5 24,3

SA3
3,6
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,8
8,7
10,6
12,5
14,1
16,0
17,9
20,2
21,5
25,3
28,8
43,2

F3
735
697
670
695
653
648
645
674
655
632
653
662
628
637
640
620

SA4
3,5
4,2
5,1
6,1
6,7
8,6
10,6
12,5
14,1
16,0
17,9
20,2
21,4
25,3
28,8
43,2

SA7
2,4
2,9
3,5
4,2
4,6
5,9
7,3
8,6
9,7
11,0
12,3
13,9
14,7
17,4
19,8
29,7

100% stroke
F7
Sn
Ln
1294 11,0
14,0
1228 13,0
19,0
1192 16,0
22,0
1228 19,0
25,0
1154 21,0
30,0
1147 27,0
37,0
1143 33,0
43,0
1195 39,0
50,0
1165 44,0
58,0
1124 50,0
65,0
1160 56,0
71,0
1174 63,0
76,0
1115 67,0
85,0
1131 79,0
99,0
1138 90,0 113,0
1102 135,0 170,0

F4
809
768
745
768
721
717
714
747
728
703
725
734
697
707
711
689

Fn
1617,0
1535,3
1489,6
1535,2
1442,7
1433,7
1428,9
1493,7
1456,4
1405,0
1450,4
1467,9
1393,6
1414,1
1422,0
1377,0

F37

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
25

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Red
Order No
241.16.25.025
241.16.25.032
241.16.25.038
241.16.25.044
241.16.25.051
241.16.25.064
241.16.25.076
241.16.25.089
241.16.25.102
241.16.25.115
241.16.25.127
241.16.25.139
241.16.25.152
241.16.25.178
241.16.25.203
241.16.25.305

Dh
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

Dd
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
305

R
375,7
297,2
218,8
187,4
156,0
123,6
99,1
84,4
73,6
64,7
57,9
53,0
48,1
41,2
36,3
22,6

30% Stroke
S1
Sv1
2,7
1,2
3,2
1,4
3,9
1,7
4,7
2,0
5,4
2,3
6,8
2,9
8,3
3,6
9,8
4,2
11,3 4,9
12,8 5,6
14,1 6,1
15,6 6,8
17,3 7,5
20,4 8,8
23,1 10,0
34,5 15,0

40% Stroke
SA1
F1
S2
Sv2
1,5 1014 3,6
1,2
1,8
951 4,2
1,4
2,2
853 5,2
1,7
2,7
881 6,2
2,0
3,1
842 7,2
2,3
3,9
840 9,0
2,9
4,7
823 11,0 3,6
5,6
827 13,0 4,2
6,4
832 15,0 4,9
7,2
828 17,1 5,6
8,0
816 18,8 6,1
8,8
827 20,8 6,8
9,8
832 23,0 7,5
11,6 840 27,2 8,8
13,1 839 30,8 10,0
19,5 780 46,0 15,0

SA2
2,4
2,8
3,5
4,2
4,9
6,1
7,4
8,8
10,1
11,5
12,7
14,0
15,5
18,4
20,8
31,0

F2
1353
1248
1138
1162
1123
1112
1090
1097
1104
1106
1089
1102
1106
1121
1118
1040

Order No
241.16.25.025
241.16.25.032
241.16.25.038
241.16.25.044
241.16.25.051
241.16.25.064
241.16.25.076
241.16.25.089
241.16.25.102
241.16.25.115
241.16.25.127
241.16.25.139
241.16.25.152
241.16.25.178
241.16.25.203
241.16.25.305

Dh
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

Dd
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

L0
25
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
305

R
375,7
297,2
218,8
187,4
156,0
123,6
99,1
84,4
73,6
64,7
57,9
53,0
48,1
41,2
36,3
22,6

55% Stroke
S5
Sv5
5,0
2,1
5,8
2,4
7,2
3,0
8,5
3,6
9,9
4,1
12,4 5,2
15,1 6,3
17,9 7,5
20,6 8,6
23,5 9,8
25,9 10,8
28,6 12,0
31,6 13,2
37,4 15,6
42,4 17,7
63,3 26,5

SA5
2,9
3,4
4,2
4,9
5,8
7,2
8,8
10,4
12,0
13,7
15,1
16,6
18,4
21,8
24,7
36,8

62% Stroke
S6
Sv6
5,6
2,7
6,5
3,2
8,1
3,9
9,6
4,7
11,2 5,4
14,0 6,8
17,1 8,3
20,2 9,8
23,3 11,3
26,5 12,8
29,1 14,1
32,2 15,6
35,7 17,3
42,2 20,4
47,7 23,1
71,3 34,5

SA6
2,9
3,3
4,2
4,9
5,8
7,2
8,8
10,4
12,0
13,7
15,0
16,6
18,4
21,8
24,6
36,8

80% Stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
2104
7,2
5,2
1932
8,4
6,1
1772 10,4 7,5
1799 12,4 9,0
1747 14,4 10,4
1730 18,0 13,1
1695 22,0 16,0
1705 26,0 18,9
1715 30,0 21,8
1715 34,2 24,8
1685 37,6 27,3
1707 41,6 30,2
1717 46,0 33,4
1739 54,4 39,4
1732 61,6 44,7
1611 92,0 66,7

F38

F5
1879
1724
1575
1593
1544
1533
1496
1511
1516
1520
1500
1516
1520
1541
1539
1431

45% Stroke
S3
Sv3
4,1
1,2
4,7
1,4
5,9
1,7
7,0
2,0
8,1
2,3
10,1 2,9
12,4 3,6
14,6 4,2
16,9 4,9
19,2 5,6
21,2 6,1
23,4 6,8
25,9 7,5
30,6 8,8
34,7 10,0
51,8 15,0

50% Stroke
S4
Sv4
4,5
1,6
5,3
1,9
6,5
2,3
7,8
2,8
9,0
3,2
11,3 4,1
13,8 5,0
16,3 5,9
18,8 6,8
21,4 7,7
23,5 8,5
26,0 9,4
28,8 10,4
34,0 12,2
38,5 13,9
57,5 20,7

SA3
2,9
3,3
4,2
5,0
5,8
7,2
8,8
10,4
12,0
13,6
15,1
16,6
18,4
21,8
24,7
36,8

F3
1540
1397
1291
1312
1264
1248
1229
1232
1244
1242
1227
1240
1246
1261
1260
1171

SA4
2,9
3,4
4,2
5,0
5,8
7,2
8,8
10,4
12,0
13,7
15,0
16,6
18,4
21,8
24,6
36,8

SA7
2,0
2,3
2,9
3,4
4,0
4,9
6,0
7,1
8,2
9,4
10,3
11,4
12,6
15,0
16,9
25,3

100% Stroke
F7
Sn
Ln
2705
9,0
16,0
2496 10,5
21,5
2276 13,0
25,0
2324 15,5
28,5
2246 18,0
33,0
2225 22,5
41,5
2180 27,5
48,5
2194 32,5
56,5
2208 37,5
64,5
2213 42,7
72,3
2177 47,0
80,0
2205 52,0
87,0
2213 57,5
94,5
2241 68,0 110,0
2236 77,0 126,0
2079 115,0 190,0

F4
1691
1575
1422
1462
1404
1397
1368
1376
1384
1385
1361
1378
1385
1401
1398
1300

Fn
3381,3
3120,6
2844,4
2904,7
2808,0
2781,0
2725,3
2743,0
2760,0
2762,7
2721,3
2756,0
2765,8
2801,6
2795,1
2599,0

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

25

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Yellow
Order No
241.17.25.032
241.17.25.038
241.17.25.044
241.17.25.051
241.17.25.064
241.17.25.076
241.17.25.089
241.17.25.102
241.17.25.115
241.17.25.127
241.17.25.152
241.17.25.178
241.17.25.203
241.17.25.305

Dh
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

Dd
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

L0
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
152
178
203
305

R
375
346
244
208
161
131
111
96,3
85,7
76,3
63,6
54,0
47,0
30,9

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
3,0
1,3
3,6
1,6
4,2
1,8
4,8
2,1
6,3
2,7
7,5
3,3
8,7
3,8
10,2 4,4
11,7 5,1
12,9 5,6
15,9 6,9
18,6 8,1
21,0 9,1
32,4 14,0

SA1
1,7
2,0
2,4
2,7
3,6
4,2
4,9
5,8
6,6
7,3
9,0
10,5
11,9
18,4

F1
1125
1246
1025
998
1014
983
966
982
1003
984
1011
1004
987
1001

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
4,0
1,3
4,8
1,6
5,6
1,8
6,4
2,1
8,4
2,7
10,0 3,3
11,6 3,8
13,6 4,4
15,6 5,1
17,2 5,6
21,2 6,9
24,8 8,1
28,0 9,1
43,2 14,0

SA2
2,7
3,2
3,8
4,3
5,7
6,7
7,8
9,2
10,5
11,6
14,3
16,7
18,9
29,2

F2
1500
1661
1366
1331
1352
1310
1288
1310
1337
1312
1348
1339
1316
1335

Order No
241.17.25.032
241.17.25.038
241.17.25.044
241.17.25.051
241.17.25.064
241.17.25.076
241.17.25.089
241.17.25.102
241.17.25.115
241.17.25.127
241.17.25.152
241.17.25.178
241.17.25.203
241.17.25.305

Dh
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

Dd
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

L0
32
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
152
178
203
305

R
375
346
244
208
161
131
111
96,3
85,7
76,3
63,6
54,0
47,0
30,9

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
5,5
2,3
6,6
2,8
7,7
3,2
8,8
3,7
11,6 4,8
13,8 5,8
16,0 6,7
18,7 7,8
21,5 9,0
23,7 9,9
29,2 12,2
34,1 14,3
38,5 16,1
59,4 24,8

SA5
3,2
3,8
4,5
5,1
6,8
8,0
9,3
10,9
12,5
13,8
17,0
19,8
22,4
34,6

F5
2063
2284
1879
1830
1868
1808
1776
1801
1843
1808
1857
1841
1810
1835

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
6,2
3,0
7,4
3,6
8,7
4,2
9,9
4,8
13,0 6,3
15,5 7,5
18,0 8,7
21,1 10,2
24,2 11,7
26,7 12,9
32,9 15,9
38,4 18,6
43,4 21,0
67,0 32,4

SA6
3,2
3,8
4,5
5,1
6,7
8,0
9,3
10,9
12,5
13,8
17,0
19,8
22,4
34,6

80% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
2325
8,0
5,8
2560
9,6
7,0
2123 11,2 8,1
2059 12,8 9,3
2093 16,8 12,2
2031 20,0 14,5
1998 23,2 16,8
2032 27,2 19,7
2074 31,2 22,6
2037 34,4 24,9
2092 42,4 30,7
2074 49,6 36,0
2040 56,0 40,6
2070 86,4 62,6

subject to alterations

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
4,5
1,3
5,4
1,6
6,3
1,8
7,2
2,1
9,5
2,7
11,3 3,3
13,1 3,8
15,3 4,4
17,6 5,1
19,4 5,6
23,9 6,9
27,9 8,1
31,5 9,1
48,6 14,0

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
5,0
1,8
6,0
2,2
7,0
2,5
8,0
2,9
10,5 3,8
12,5 4,5
14,5 5,2
17,0 6,1
19,5 7,0
21,5 7,7
26,5 9,5
31,0 11,2
35,0 12,6
54,0 19,4

SA3
3,2
3,8
4,5
5,1
6,8
8,0
9,3
10,9
12,5
13,8
17,0
19,8
22,4
34,6

F3
1688
1868
1537
1498
1530
1480
1454
1473
1508
1480
1520
1507
1481
1502

SA4
3,2
3,8
4,5
5,1
6,7
8,0
9,3
10,9
12,5
13,8
17,0
19,8
22,4
34,6

SA7
2,2
2,6
3,1
3,5
4,6
5,5
6,4
7,5
8,6
9,5
11,7
13,6
15,4
23,8

100% stroke
F7
Sn
Ln
3000 10,0
22,0
3322 12,0
26,0
2733 14,0
30,0
2662 16,0
35,0
2705 21,0
43,0
2620 25,0
51,0
2575 29,0
60,0
2619 34,0
68,0
2674 39,0
76,0
2625 43,0
84,0
2697 53,0
99,0
2678 62,0 116,0
2632 70,0 133,0
2670 108,0 197,0

F4
1875
2076
1708
1664
1691
1638
1610
1637
1671
1640
1685
1674
1645
1669

Fn
3750,0
4152,0
3416,0
3328,0
3381,0
3275,0
3219,0
3274,2
3342,3
3280,9
3370,8
3348,0
3290,0
3337,2

F39

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
32

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Green
Order No
241.14.32.038
241.14.32.044
241.14.32.051
241.14.32.064
241.14.32.076
241.14.32.089
241.14.32.102
241.14.32.115
241.14.32.127
241.14.32.139
241.14.32.152
241.14.32.178
241.14.32.203
241.14.32.254
241.14.32.305

Dh
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0

Dd
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0

L0
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
94,1
79,6
67,0
53,0
44,1
37,2
32,0
29,0
25,0
23,1
21,5
18,3
15,8
12,6
10,3

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
5,7
2,5
6,6
2,9
7,5
3,3
9,6
4,2
11,7 5,1
13,5 5,9
15,6 6,8
17,4 7,5
19,5 8,5
21,6 9,4
23,4 10,1
26,4 11,4
31,2 13,5
39,0 16,9
46,5 20,2

SA1
3,2
3,7
4,2
5,4
6,6
7,6
8,8
9,9
11,0
12,2
13,3
15,0
17,7
22,1
26,3

F1
536
525
503
509
516
502
499
505
488
499
503
483
493
491
479

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
7,6
2,5
8,8
2,9
10,0 3,3
12,8 4,2
15,6 5,1
18,0 5,9
20,8 6,8
23,2 7,5
26,0 8,5
28,8 9,4
31,2 10,1
35,2 11,4
41,6 13,5
52,0 16,9
62,0 20,2

SA2
5,1
5,9
6,7
8,6
10,5
12,1
14,0
15,7
17,5
19,4
21,1
23,8
28,1
35,1
41,8

F2
715
700
670
678
688
670
666
673
650
665
671
644
657
655
639

Order No
241.14.32.038
241.14.32.044
241.14.32.051
241.14.32.064
241.14.32.076
241.14.32.089
241.14.32.102
241.14.32.115
241.14.32.127
241.14.32.139
241.14.32.152
241.14.32.178
241.14.32.203
241.14.32.254
241.14.32.305

Dh
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0

Dd
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0

L0
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
94,1
79,6
67,0
53,0
44,1
37,2
32,0
29,0
25,0
23,1
21,5
18,3
15,8
12,6
10,3

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
10,5 4,4
12,1 5,1
13,8 5,8
17,6 7,4
21,5 9,0
24,8 10,4
28,6 12,0
31,9 13,3
35,8 15,0
39,6 16,6
42,9 17,9
48,4 20,2
57,2 23,9
71,5 29,9
85,3 35,7

SA5
6,1
7,0
8,0
10,2
12,5
14,4
16,6
18,6
20,8
23,0
25,0
28,2
33,3
41,6
49,6

F5
988
963
925
933
948
923
915
925
895
915
922
886
904
901
879

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
11,8 5,7
13,6 6,6
15,5 7,5
19,8 9,6
24,2 11,7
27,9 13,5
32,2 15,6
36,0 17,4
40,3 19,5
44,6 21,6
48,4 23,4
54,6 26,4
64,5 31,2
80,6 39,0
96,1 46,5

SA6
6,1
7,0
8,0
10,2
12,5
14,4
16,6
18,6
20,8
23,0
25,0
28,2
33,3
41,6
49,6

80% stroke
100% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
1110 15,2 11,0 4,2 1430 19,0
19,0
1083 17,6 12,8 4,8 1401 22,0
22,0
1039 20,0 14,5 5,5 1340 25,0
26,0
1049 25,6 18,6 7,0 1357 32,0
32,0
1067 31,2 22,6 8,6 1376 39,0
37,0
1038 36,0 26,1 9,9 1339 45,0
44,0
1030 41,6 30,2 11,4 1331 52,0
50,0
1044 46,4 33,6 12,8 1346 58,0
57,0
1008 52,0 37,7 14,3 1300 65,0
62,0
1030 57,6 41,8 15,8 1331 72,0
67,0
1041 62,4 45,2 17,2 1342 78,0
74,0
999 70,4 51,0 19,4 1288 88,0
90,0
1019 83,2 60,3 22,9 1315 104,0
99,0
1016 104,0 75,4 28,6 1310 130,0 124,0
990 124,0 89,9 34,1 1277 155,0 150,0

F40

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
8,6
2,5
9,9
2,9
11,3 3,3
14,4 4,2
17,6 5,1
20,3 5,9
23,4 6,8
26,1 7,5
29,3 8,5
32,4 9,4
35,1 10,1
39,6 11,4
46,8 13,5
58,5 16,9
69,8 20,2

SA3
6,1
7,0
8,0
10,2
12,5
14,4
16,6
18,6
20,8
23,0
25,0
28,2
33,3
41,6
49,6

F3
809
788
757
763
776
755
749
757
733
748
755
725
739
737
719

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
9,5
3,4
11,0 4,0
12,5 4,5
16,0 5,8
19,5 7,0
22,5 8,1
26,0 9,4
29,0 10,4
32,5 11,7
36,0 13,0
39,0 14,0
44,0 15,8
52,0 18,7
65,0 23,4
77,5 27,9

SA4
6,1
7,0
8,0
10,2
12,5
14,4
16,6
18,6
20,8
23,0
25,0
28,2
33,3
41,6
49,6

F4
894
876
838
848
860
837
832
841
813
832
839
805
822
819
798

Fn
1787,9
1751,2
1675,0
1696,0
1719,9
1674,0
1664,0
1682,0
1625,0
1663,2
1677,0
1610,4
1643,2
1638,0
1596,5

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

32

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Blue
Order No
241.15.32.038
241.15.32.044
241.15.32.051
241.15.32.064
241.15.32.076
241.15.32.089
241.15.32.102
241.15.32.115
241.15.32.127
241.15.32.139
241.15.32.152
241.15.32.178
241.15.32.203
241.15.32.254
241.15.32.305

Dh
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0

Dd
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0

L0
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
185,1
158,1
134,1
99,1
80,5
69,2
58,9
51,5
44,8
42,3
37,9
32,6
28,9
21,4
18,3

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
4,8
2,1
5,7
2,5
6,3
2,7
8,1
3,5
9,6
4,2
11,1 4,8
12,9 5,6
14,7 6,4
16,5 7,2
18,0 7,8
19,8 8,6
23,1 10,0
26,4 11,4
33,0 14,3
39,9 17,3

40% stroke
SA1
F1
S2
Sv2
2,7
888 6,4
2,1
3,2
901 7,6
2,5
3,6
845 8,4
2,7
4,6
803 10,8 3,5
5,4
773 12,8 4,2
6,3
768 14,8 4,8
7,3
760 17,2 5,6
8,3
757 19,6 6,4
9,3
739 22,0 7,2
10,2 761 24,0 7,8
11,2 750 26,4 8,6
13,1 753 30,8 10,0
15,0 763 35,2 11,4
18,7 706 44,0 14,3
22,6 730 53,2 17,3

SA2
4,3
5,1
5,7
7,3
8,6
10,0
11,6
13,2
14,8
16,2
17,8
20,8
23,8
29,7
35,9

F2
1185
1202
1126
1070
1030
1024
1013
1009
986
1015
1001
1004
1017
942
974

Order No
241.15.32.038
241.15.32.044
241.15.32.051
241.15.32.064
241.15.32.076
241.15.32.089
241.15.32.102
241.15.32.115
241.15.32.127
241.15.32.139
241.15.32.152
241.15.32.178
241.15.32.203
241.15.32.254
241.15.32.305

Dh
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0

Dd
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0

L0
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
185,1
158,1
134,1
99,1
80,5
69,2
58,9
51,5
44,8
42,3
37,9
32,6
28,9
21,4
18,3

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
8,8
3,7
10,5 4,4
11,6 4,8
14,9 6,2
17,6 7,4
20,4 8,5
23,7 9,9
27,0 11,3
30,3 12,7
33,0 13,8
36,3 15,2
42,4 17,7
48,4 20,2
60,5 25,3
73,2 30,6

SA5
5,1
6,1
6,8
8,7
10,2
11,9
13,8
15,7
17,6
19,2
21,1
24,7
28,2
35,2
42,6

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
9,9
4,8
11,8 5,7
13,0 6,3
16,7 8,1
19,8 9,6
22,9 11,1
26,7 12,9
30,4 14,7
34,1 16,5
37,2 18,0
40,9 19,8
47,7 23,1
54,6 26,4
68,2 33,0
82,5 39,9

SA6
5,1
6,1
6,7
8,6
10,2
11,8
13,8
15,7
17,6
19,2
21,1
24,6
28,2
35,2
42,6

80% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
1832 12,8 9,3 3,5
1866 15,2 11,0 4,2
1743 16,8 12,2 4,6
1655 21,6 15,7 5,9
1594 25,6 18,6 7,0
1585 29,6 21,5 8,1
1573 34,4 24,9 9,5
1566 39,2 28,4 10,8
1528 44,0 31,9 12,1
1574 48,0 34,8 13,2
1550 52,8 38,3 14,5
1555 61,6 44,7 16,9
1578 70,4 51,0 19,4
1459 88,0 63,8 24,2
1510 106,4 77,1 29,3

subject to alterations

F5
1629
1660
1556
1477
1417
1412
1396
1391
1357
1396
1376
1382
1399
1295
1340

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
7,2
2,1
8,6
2,5
9,5
2,7
12,2 3,5
14,4 4,2
16,7 4,8
19,4 5,6
22,1 6,4
24,8 7,2
27,0 7,8
29,7 8,6
34,7 10,0
39,6 11,4
49,5 14,3
59,9 17,3

SA3
5,1
6,1
6,8
8,7
10,2
11,9
13,8
15,7
17,6
19,2
21,1
24,7
28,2
35,2
42,6

F3
1333
1360
1274
1209
1159
1156
1143
1138
1111
1142
1126
1131
1144
1059
1096

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
8,0
2,9
9,5
3,4
10,5 3,8
13,5 4,9
16,0 5,8
18,5 6,7
21,5 7,7
24,5 8,8
27,5 9,9
30,0 10,8
33,0 11,9
38,5 13,9
44,0 15,8
55,0 19,8
66,5 23,9

SA4
5,1
6,1
6,7
8,6
10,2
11,8
13,8
15,7
17,6
19,2
21,1
24,6
28,2
35,2
42,6

100% stroke
F7
Sn
Ln
2369 16,0
22,0
2403 19,0
25,0
2253 21,0
30,0
2141 27,0
37,0
2061 32,0
44,0
2048 37,0
52,0
2026 43,0
59,0
2019 49,0
66,0
1971 55,0
72,0
2030 60,0
79,0
2001 66,0
86,0
2008 77,0 101,0
2035 88,0 115,0
1883 110,0 144,0
1947 133,0 172,0

F4
1481
1502
1408
1338
1288
1280
1266
1262
1232
1269
1251
1255
1272
1177
1217

Fn
2961,6
3003,9
2816,1
2675,7
2576,0
2560,4
2532,7
2523,5
2464,0
2538,0
2501,4
2510,2
2543,2
2354,0
2433,9

F41

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
32

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Red
Order No
241.16.32.038
241.16.32.044
241.16.32.051
241.16.32.064
241.16.32.076
241.16.32.089
241.16.32.102
241.16.32.115
241.16.32.127
241.16.32.139
241.16.32.152
241.16.32.178
241.16.32.203
241.16.32.254
241.16.32.305

Dh
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0

Dd
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0

L0
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
388,5
324,7
271,7
211,9
171,7
141,3
121,6
106,9
93,2
86,3
78,5
67,7
58,9
46,1
38,3

30% Stroke
S1
Sv1
3,6
1,6
4,2
1,8
5,0
2,1
6,5
2,8
7,8
3,4
9,2
4,0
10,7 4,6
12,2 5,3
13,5 5,9
15,0 6,5
16,2 7,0
18,9 8,2
21,6 9,4
27,6 12,0
33,0 14,3

SA1
2,0
2,4
2,9
3,7
4,4
5,2
6,1
6,9
7,6
8,5
9,2
10,7
12,2
15,6
18,7

F1
1399
1364
1359
1377
1339
1300
1301
1304
1258
1295
1272
1280
1272
1272
1264

40% Stroke
S2
Sv2
4,8
1,6
5,6
1,8
6,6
2,1
8,6
2,8
10,4 3,4
12,2 4,0
14,2 4,6
16,2 5,3
18,0 5,9
20,0 6,5
21,6 7,0
25,2 8,2
28,8 9,4
36,8 12,0
44,0 14,3

SA2
3,2
3,8
4,5
5,8
7,0
8,2
9,6
10,9
12,1
13,5
14,6
17,0
19,4
24,8
29,7

F2
1865
1818
1793
1822
1786
1724
1727
1732
1678
1726
1696
1706
1696
1696
1685

Order No
241.16.32.038
241.16.32.044
241.16.32.051
241.16.32.064
241.16.32.076
241.16.32.089
241.16.32.102
241.16.32.115
241.16.32.127
241.16.32.139
241.16.32.152
241.16.32.178
241.16.32.203
241.16.32.254
241.16.32.305

Dh
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0

Dd
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0

L0
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
388,5
324,7
271,7
211,9
171,7
141,3
121,6
106,9
93,2
86,3
78,5
67,7
58,9
46,1
38,3

55% Stroke
S5
Sv5
6,6
2,8
7,7
3,2
9,1
3,8
11,8 4,9
14,3 6,0
16,8 7,0
19,5 8,2
22,3 9,3
24,8 10,4
27,5 11,5
29,7 12,4
34,7 14,5
39,6 16,6
50,6 21,2
60,5 25,3

SA5
3,8
4,5
5,3
6,9
8,3
9,8
11,3
13,0
14,4
16,0
17,3
20,2
23,0
29,4
35,2

F5
2564
2500
2472
2500
2455
2374
2371
2384
2311
2373
2331
2349
2332
2333
2317

62% Stroke
S6
Sv6
7,4
3,6
8,7
4,2
10,2 5,0
13,3 6,5
16,1 7,8
18,9 9,2
22,0 10,7
25,1 12,2
27,9 13,5
31,0 15,0
33,5 16,2
39,1 18,9
44,6 21,6
57,0 27,6
68,2 33,0

SA6
3,8
4,5
5,2
6,8
8,3
9,7
11,3
12,9
14,4
16,0
17,3
20,2
23,0
29,4
35,2

80% Stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
2875
9,6
7,0
2825 11,2 8,1
2771 13,2 9,6
2818 17,2 12,5
2764 20,8 15,1
2671 24,4 17,7
2675 28,4 20,6
2683 32,4 23,5
2600 36,0 26,1
2675 40,0 29,0
2630 43,2 31,3
2647 50,4 36,5
2627 57,6 41,8
2628 73,6 53,4
2612 88,0 63,8

F42

45% Stroke
S3
Sv3
5,4
1,6
6,3
1,8
7,4
2,1
9,7
2,8
11,7 3,4
13,7 4,0
16,0 4,6
18,2 5,3
20,3 5,9
22,5 6,5
24,3 7,0
28,4 8,2
32,4 9,4
41,4 12,0
49,5 14,3

50% Stroke
S4
Sv4
6,0
2,2
7,0
2,5
8,3
3,0
10,8 3,9
13,0 4,7
15,3 5,5
17,8 6,4
20,3 7,3
22,5 8,1
25,0 9,0
27,0 9,7
31,5 11,3
36,0 13,0
46,0 16,6
55,0 19,8

SA3
3,8
4,5
5,3
6,9
8,3
9,7
11,4
12,9
14,4
16,0
17,3
20,2
23,0
29,4
35,2

F3
2098
2046
2011
2055
2009
1936
1946
1946
1892
1942
1908
1923
1908
1909
1896

SA4
3,8
4,5
5,3
6,9
8,3
9,8
11,4
13,0
14,4
16,0
17,3
20,2
23,0
29,4
35,2

SA7
2,6
3,1
3,6
4,7
5,7
6,7
7,8
8,9
9,9
11,0
11,9
13,9
15,8
20,2
24,2

100% Stroke
F7
Sn
Ln
3730 12,0 26,0
3637 14,0 30,0
3586 16,5 34,5
3645 21,5 42,5
3571 26,0 50,0
3448 30,5 58,5
3453 35,5 66,5
3464 40,5 74,5
3355 45,0 82,0
3452 50,0 89,0
3391 54,0 98,0
3412 63,0 115,0
3393 72,0 131,0
3393 92,0 162,0
3370 110,0 195,0

F4
2331
2273
2255
2289
2232
2162
2164
2170
2097
2158
2120
2133
2120
2121
2107

Fn
4662,0
4545,8
4483,1
4555,9
4464,2
4309,7
4316,8
4329,5
4194,0
4315,0
4239,0
4265,1
4240,8
4241,2
4213,0

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

32

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Yellow
Order No
241.17.32.038
241.17.32.044
241.17.32.051
241.17.32.064
241.17.32.076
241.17.32.089
241.17.32.102
241.17.32.115
241.17.32.127
241.17.32.152
241.17.32.178
241.17.32.203
241.17.32.254
241.17.32.305

Dh
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0

Dd
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0

L0
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
152
178
203
254
305

R
529
425
353
269
219
180
155
140
124
102
88,3
76,0
60,8
49,1

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
3,3
1,4
3,9
1,7
4,5
2,0
6,0
2,6
7,2
3,1
8,7
3,8
9,9
4,3
10,8 4,7
12,3 5,3
15,0 6,5
17,7 7,7
20,4 8,8
25,5 11,1
30,9 13,4

SA1
1,9
2,2
2,5
3,4
4,1
4,9
5,6
6,1
7,0
8,5
10,0
11,6
14,4
17,5

F1
1746
1958
1589
1614
1577
1566
1535
1512
1525
1530
1563
1550
1550
1517

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
4,4
1,4
5,2
1,7
6,0
2,0
8,0
2,6
9,6
3,1
11,6 3,8
13,2 4,3
14,4 4,7
16,4 5,3
20,0 6,5
23,6 7,8
27,2 8,8
34,0 11,1
41,2 13,4

SA2
3,0
3,5
4,0
5,4
6,5
7,8
8,9
9,7
11,1
13,5
15,9
18,4
22,9
27,8

F2
2328
2210
2118
2152
2102
2088
2046
2016
2034
2040
2084
2067
2067
2023

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
5,0
1,4
5,9
1,7
6,8
2,0
9,0
2,6
10,8 3,1
13,1 3,8
14,9 4,3
16,2 4,7
18,5 5,3
22,5 6,5
26,6 7,7
30,6 8,8
38,3 11,1
46,4 13,4

SA3
3,6
4,2
4,8
6,4
7,7
9,3
10,6
11,5
13,2
16,0
18,9
21,8
27,2
33,0

F3
2645
2508
2400
2421
2365
2358
2310
2268
2294
2295
2349
2326
2329
2278

Order No
241.17.32.038
241.17.32.044
241.17.32.051
241.17.32.064
241.17.32.076
241.17.32.089
241.17.32.102
241.17.32.115
241.17.32.127
241.17.32.152
241.17.32.178
241.17.32.203
241.17.32.254
241.17.32.305

Dh
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0
32,0

Dd
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0
16,0

L0
38
44
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
152
178
203
254
305

R
529
425
353
269
219
180
155
140
124
102
88,3
76,0
60,8
49,1

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
6,1
2,5
7,2
3,0
8,3
3,5
11,0 4,6
13,2 5,5
16,0 6,7
18,2 7,6
19,8 8,3
22,6 9,4
27,5 11,5
32,5 13,6
37,4 15,6
46,8 19,6
56,7 23,7

SA5
3,6
4,2
4,8
6,4
7,7
9,3
10,6
11,5
13,2
16,0
18,9
21,8
27,2
33,0

F5
3227
3060
2930
2959
2891
2880
2821
2772
2802
2805
2870
2842
2845
2784

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
6,8
3,3
8,1
3,9
9,3
4,5
12,4 6,0
14,9 7,2
18,0 8,7
20,5 9,9
22,3 10,8
25,4 12,3
31,0 15,0
36,6 17,7
42,2 20,4
52,7 25,5
63,9 30,9

SA6
3,5
4,2
4,8
6,4
7,7
9,3
10,6
11,5
13,1
16,0
18,9
21,8
27,2
33,0

F6
3597
3443
3283
3336
3263
3240
3178
3122
3150
3162
3232
3207
3204
3137

80% stroke
S7
Sv7
8,8
6,4
10,4 7,5
12,0 8,7
16,0 11,6
19,2 13,9
23,2 16,8
26,4 19,1
28,8 20,9
32,8 23,8
40,0 29,0
47,2 34,2
54,4 39,4
68,0 49,3
82,4 59,7

SA7
2,4
2,9
3,3
4,4
5,3
6,4
7,3
7,9
9,0
11,0
13,0
15,0
18,7
22,7

100% stroke
F7
Sn
Ln
4655 11,0
27,0
4420 13,0
31,0
4236 15,0
36,0
4304 20,0
44,0
4205 24,0
52,0
4176 29,0
60,0
4092 33,0
69,0
4032 36,0
79,0
4067 41,0
86,0
4080 50,0 102,0
4168 59,0 119,0
4134 68,0 135,0
4134 85,0 169,0
4046 103,0 202,0

subject to alterations

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
5,5
2,0
6,5
2,3
7,5
2,7
10,0 3,6
12,0 4,3
14,5 5,2
16,5 5,9
18,0 6,5
20,5 7,4
25,0 9,0
29,5 10,6
34,0 12,2
42,5 15,3
51,5 18,5

SA4
3,5
4,2
4,8
6,4
7,7
9,3
10,6
11,5
13,1
16,0
18,9
21,8
27,2
33,0

F4
2910
2763
2648
2690
2628
2610
2558
2520
2542
2550
2605
2584
2584
2529

Fn
5819,0
5525,0
5295,0
5380,0
5256,0
5220,0
5115,0
5040,0
5084,0
5100,0
5209,7
5168,0
5168,0
5057,3

F43

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
40

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Green
Order No
241.14.40.051
241.14.40.064
241.14.40.076
241.14.40.089
241.14.40.102
241.14.40.115
241.14.40.127
241.14.40.139
241.14.40.152
241.14.40.178
241.14.40.203
241.14.40.254
241.14.40.305

Dh
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

Dd
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

L0
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
92,0
73,1
63,1
51,0
43,1
39,6
37,0
32,0
28,1
25,2
22,7
17,0
14,8

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
7,5
3,3
9,6
4,2
11,4 4,9
13,5 5,9
15,3 6,6
17,4 7,5
19,5 8,5
21,3 9,2
23,4 10,1
27,6 12,0
31,5 13,7
39,3 17,0
47,1 20,4

40% stroke
SA1
F1
S2
Sv2
4,2
690 10,0 3,3
5,4
702 12,8 4,2
6,5
719 15,2 4,9
7,6
689 18,0 5,9
8,7
659 20,4 6,6
9,9
689 23,2 7,5
11,0 722 26,0 8,5
12,1 682 28,4 9,2
13,3 658 31,2 10,1
15,6 696 36,8 12,0
17,8 715 42,0 13,7
22,3 668 52,4 17,0
26,7 697 62,8 20,4

Order No
241.14.40.051
241.14.40.064
241.14.40.076
241.14.40.089
241.14.40.102
241.14.40.115
241.14.40.127
241.14.40.139
241.14.40.152
241.14.40.178
241.14.40.203
241.14.40.254
241.14.40.305

Dh
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

Dd
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

L0
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
92,0
73,1
63,1
51,0
43,1
39,6
37,0
32,0
28,1
25,2
22,7
17,0
14,8

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
13,8 5,8
17,6 7,4
20,9 8,7
24,8 10,4
28,1 11,7
31,9 13,3
35,8 15,0
39,1 16,3
42,9 17,9
50,6 21,2
57,8 24,2
72,1 30,1
86,4 36,1

SA5
8,0
10,2
12,2
14,4
16,4
18,6
20,8
22,8
25,0
29,4
33,6
42,0
50,3

F44

F5
1270
1287
1319
1265
1211
1263
1325
1251
1205
1275
1312
1226
1279

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
15,5 7,5
19,8 9,6
23,6 11,4
27,9 13,5
31,6 15,3
36,0 17,4
40,3 19,5
44,0 21,3
48,4 23,4
57,0 27,6
65,1 31,5
81,2 39,3
97,3 47,1

45% stroke
SA2
F2
S3
Sv3
6,7
920 11,3 3,3
8,6
936 14,4 4,2
10,3 959 17,1 4,9
12,1 918 20,3 5,9
13,8 879 23,0 6,6
15,7 919 26,1 7,5
17,5 962 29,3 8,5
19,2 909 32,0 9,2
21,1 877 35,1 10,1
24,8 927 41,4 12,0
28,3 953 47,3 13,7
35,4 891 59,0 17,0
42,4 929 70,7 20,4
SA6
8,0
10,2
12,2
14,4
16,3
18,6
20,8
22,7
25,0
29,4
33,6
41,9
50,2

SA3
8,0
10,2
12,2
14,4
16,4
18,6
20,8
22,8
25,0
29,4
33,6
42,0
50,3

F3
1040
1053
1079
1035
991
1034
1084
1024
986
1043
1074
1003
1046

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
12,5 4,5
16,0 5,8
19,0 6,8
22,5 8,1
25,5 9,2
29,0 10,4
32,5 11,7
35,5 12,8
39,0 14,0
46,0 16,6
52,5 18,9
65,5 23,6
78,5 28,3

SA4
8,0
10,2
12,2
14,4
16,3
18,6
20,8
22,7
25,0
29,4
33,6
41,9
50,2

80% stroke
100% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
1426 20,0 14,5 5,5 1840 25,0
26,0
1447 25,6 18,6 7,0 1871 32,0
32,0
1489 30,4 22,0 8,4 1918 38,0
38,0
1423 36,0 26,1 9,9 1836 45,0
44,0
1362 40,8 29,6 11,2 1758 51,0
51,0
1426 46,4 33,6 12,8 1837 58,0
57,0
1491 52,0 37,7 14,3 1924 65,0
62,0
1408 56,8 41,2 15,6 1818 71,0
68,0
1360 62,4 45,2 17,2 1753 78,0
74,0
1436 73,6 53,4 20,2 1855 92,0
86,0
1478 84,0 60,9 23,1 1907 105,0
98,0
1380 104,8 76,0 28,8 1782 131,0 123,0
1440 125,6 91,1 34,5 1859 157,0 148,0

F4
1150
1170
1199
1148
1099
1148
1203
1136
1096
1159
1192
1114
1162

Fn
2300,0
2339,2
2397,8
2295,0
2198,1
2296,8
2405,0
2272,0
2191,8
2318,4
2383,5
2227,0
2323,6

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

40

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Blue
Order No
241.15.40.051
241.15.40.064
241.15.40.076
241.15.40.089
241.15.40.102
241.15.40.115
241.15.40.127
241.15.40.139
241.15.40.152
241.15.40.178
241.15.40.203
241.15.40.254
241.15.40.305

Dh
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

Dd
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

L0
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
179,0
140,0
108,1
90,7
81,0
71,8
62,8
57,6
51,6
44,2
36,7
30,1
24,6

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
6,3
2,7
7,8
3,4
9,6
4,2
11,1 4,8
12,9 5,6
14,4 6,2
16,2 7,0
17,7 7,7
19,5 8,5
22,8 9,9
26,1 11,3
33,0 14,3
39,3 17,0

SA1
3,6
4,4
5,4
6,3
7,3
8,2
9,2
10,0
11,0
12,9
14,8
18,7
22,3

F1
1128
1092
1038
1007
1045
1034
1017
1020
1006
1008
958
993
967

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
8,4
2,7
10,4 3,4
12,8 4,2
14,8 4,8
17,2 5,6
19,2 6,2
21,6 7,0
23,6 7,7
26,0 8,5
30,4 9,9
34,8 11,3
44,0 14,3
52,4 17,0

SA2
5,7
7,0
8,6
10,0
11,6
13,0
14,6
15,9
17,5
20,5
23,5
29,7
35,4

F2
1504
1456
1384
1342
1393
1379
1356
1359
1342
1344
1277
1324
1289

Order No
241.15.40.051
241.15.40.064
241.15.40.076
241.15.40.089
241.15.40.102
241.15.40.115
241.15.40.127
241.15.40.139
241.15.40.152
241.15.40.178
241.15.40.203
241.15.40.254
241.15.40.305

Dh
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

Dd
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

L0
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
179,0
140,0
108,1
90,7
81,0
71,8
62,8
57,6
51,6
44,2
36,7
30,1
24,6

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
11,6 4,8
14,3 6,0
17,6 7,4
20,4 8,5
23,7 9,9
26,4 11,0
29,7 12,4
32,5 13,6
35,8 15,0
41,8 17,5
47,9 20,0
60,5 25,3
72,1 30,1

SA5
6,8
8,3
10,2
11,9
13,8
15,4
17,3
18,9
20,8
24,3
27,9
35,2
42,0

F5
2076
2002
1903
1850
1920
1896
1865
1872
1847
1848
1758
1821
1774

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
13,0 6,3
16,1 7,8
19,8 9,6
22,9 11,1
26,7 12,9
29,8 14,4
33,5 16,2
36,6 17,7
40,3 19,5
47,1 22,8
53,9 26,1
68,2 33,0
81,2 39,3

SA6
6,7
8,3
10,2
11,8
13,8
15,4
17,3
18,9
20,8
24,3
27,8
35,2
41,9

80% stroke
100% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
2327 16,8 12,2 4,6 3007 21,0
30,0
2254 20,8 15,1 5,7 2912 26,0
38,0
2140 25,6 18,6 7,0 2767 32,0
44,0
2077 29,6 21,5 8,1 2685 37,0
52,0
2163 34,4 24,9 9,5 2786 43,0
59,0
2140 38,4 27,8 10,6 2757 48,0
67,0
2104 43,2 31,3 11,9 2713 54,0
73,0
2108 47,2 34,2 13,0 2719 59,0
80,0
2079 52,0 37,7 14,3 2683 65,0
87,0
2082 60,8 44,1 16,7 2687 76,0 102,0
1978 69,6 50,5 19,1 2554 87,0 116,0
2053 88,0 63,8 24,2 2649 110,0 144,0
1998 104,8 76,0 28,8 2578 131,0 174,0

subject to alterations

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
9,5
2,7
11,7 3,4
14,4 4,2
16,7 4,8
19,4 5,6
21,6 6,2
24,3 7,0
26,6 7,7
29,3 8,5
34,2 9,9
39,2 11,3
49,5 14,3
59,0 17,0

SA3
6,8
8,3
10,2
11,9
13,8
15,4
17,3
18,9
20,8
24,3
27,9
35,2
42,0

F3
1701
1638
1557
1515
1571
1551
1526
1532
1512
1512
1439
1490
1451

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
10,5 3,8
13,0 4,7
16,0 5,8
18,5 6,7
21,5 7,7
24,0 8,6
27,0 9,7
29,5 10,6
32,5 11,7
38,0 13,7
43,5 15,7
55,0 19,8
65,5 23,6

SA4
6,7
8,3
10,2
11,8
13,8
15,4
17,3
18,9
20,8
24,3
27,8
35,2
41,9

F4
1880
1820
1730
1678
1742
1723
1696
1699
1677
1680
1596
1656
1611

Fn
3759,0
3640,0
3459,2
3355,9
3483,0
3446,4
3391,2
3398,4
3354,0
3359,2
3192,9
3311,0
3222,6

F45

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
40

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Red
Order No
241.16.40.051
241.16.40.064
241.16.40.076
241.16.40.089
241.16.40.102
241.16.40.115
241.16.40.127
241.16.40.139
241.16.40.152
241.16.40.178
241.16.40.203
241.16.40.254
241.16.40.305

Dh
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

Dd
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

L0
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
350,2
268,8
218,8
190,3
162,8
142,2
128,5
114,8
105,0
89,3
77,5
60,8
51,0

30% Stroke
S1
Sv1
5,1
2,2
6,6
2,9
8,1
3,5
9,6
4,2
11,1 4,8
12,6 5,5
14,1 6,1
15,6 6,8
17,3 7,5
20,1 8,7
22,8 9,9
29,1 12,6
34,8 15,1

SA1
2,9
3,7
4,6
5,4
6,3
7,1
8,0
8,8
9,8
11,4
12,9
16,5
19,7

F1
1786
1774
1772
1827
1807
1792
1812
1791
1817
1795
1767
1769
1775

40% Stroke
S2
Sv2
6,8
2,2
8,8
2,9
10,8 3,5
12,8 4,2
14,8 4,8
16,8 5,5
18,8 6,1
20,8 6,8
23,0 7,5
26,8 8,7
30,4 9,9
38,8 12,6
46,4 15,1

SA2
4,6
5,9
7,3
8,6
10,0
11,3
12,7
14,0
15,5
18,1
20,5
26,2
31,3

F2
2381
2365
2363
2436
2409
2389
2416
2388
2415
2393
2356
2359
2366

Order No
241.16.40.051
241.16.40.064
241.16.40.076
241.16.40.089
241.16.40.102
241.16.40.115
241.16.40.127
241.16.40.139
241.16.40.152
241.16.40.178
241.16.40.203
241.16.40.254
241.16.40.305

Dh
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

Dd
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

L0
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
350,2
268,8
218,8
190,3
162,8
142,2
128,5
114,8
105,0
89,3
77,5
60,8
51,0

55% Stroke
S5
Sv5
9,4
3,9
12,1 5,1
14,9 6,2
17,6 7,4
20,4 8,5
23,1 9,7
25,9 10,8
28,6 12,0
31,6 13,2
36,9 15,4
41,8 17,5
53,4 22,3
63,8 26,7

SA5
5,5
7,0
8,7
10,2
11,9
13,4
15,1
16,6
18,4
21,5
24,3
31,1
37,1

F5
3292
3252
3260
3349
3321
3285
3328
3283
3318
3295
3240
3247
3254

62% Stroke
S6
Sv6
10,5 5,1
13,6 6,6
16,7 8,1
19,8 9,6
22,9 11,1
26,0 12,6
29,1 14,1
32,2 15,6
35,7 17,3
41,5 20,1
47,1 22,8
60,1 29,1
71,9 34,8

SA6
5,4
7,0
8,6
10,2
11,8
13,4
15,0
16,6
18,4
21,4
24,3
31,0
37,1

80% Stroke
100% Stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
3677 13,6 9,9
3,7 4763 17,0
34,0
3656 17,6 12,8 4,8 4731 22,0
42,0
3654 21,6 15,7 5,9 4726 27,0
49,0
3768 25,6 18,6 7,0 4872 32,0
57,0
3728 29,6 21,5 8,1 4819 37,0
65,0
3697 33,6 24,4 9,2 4778 42,0
73,0
3739 37,6 27,3 10,3 4832 47,0
80,0
3697 41,6 30,2 11,4 4776 52,0
87,0
3749 46,0 33,4 12,6 4830 57,5
94,5
3706 53,6 38,9 14,7 4786 67,0 111,0
3650 60,8 44,1 16,7 4712 76,0 127,0
3654 77,6 56,3 21,3 4718 97,0 157,0
3667 92,8 67,3 25,5 4733 116,0 189,0

F46

45% Stroke
S3
Sv3
7,7
2,2
9,9
2,9
12,2 3,5
14,4 4,2
16,7 4,8
18,9 5,5
21,2 6,1
23,4 6,8
25,9 7,5
30,2 8,7
34,2 9,9
43,7 12,6
52,2 15,1

SA3
5,5
7,0
8,7
10,2
11,9
13,4
15,1
16,6
18,4
21,5
24,3
31,1
37,1

F3
2697
2661
2669
2740
2719
2688
2724
2686
2720
2697
2651
2657
2662

50% Stroke
S4
Sv4
8,5
3,1
11,0 4,0
13,5 4,9
16,0 5,8
18,5 6,7
21,0 7,6
23,5 8,5
26,0 9,4
28,8 10,4
33,5 12,1
38,0 13,7
48,5 17,5
58,0 20,9

SA4
5,4
7,0
8,6
10,2
11,8
13,4
15,0
16,6
18,4
21,4
24,3
31,0
37,1

F4
2977
2957
2954
3045
3012
2986
3020
2985
3024
2992
2945
2949
2958

Fn
5953,4
5913,6
5907,6
6089,6
6023,6
5972,4
6039,5
5969,6
6037,5
5983,1
5890,0
5897,6
5916,0

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

40

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Yellow
Order No
241.17.40.051
241.17.40.064
241.17.40.076
241.17.40.089
241.17.40.102
241.17.40.115
241.17.40.127
241.17.40.152
241.17.40.203
241.17.40.254
241.17.40.305

Dh
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

Dd
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

L0
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
152
203
254
305

R
628
488
379
321
281
245
221
168
132
107
87,9

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
4,5
2,0
5,7
2,5
7,2
3,1
8,4
3,6
9,9
4,3
11,1 4,8
12,3 5,3
15,0 6,5
20,1 8,7
25,5 11,1
30,6 13,3

SA1
2,5
3,2
4,1
4,8
5,6
6,3
7,0
8,5
11,4
14,4
17,3

F1
2826
2782
2729
2696
2782
2720
2718
2520
2653
2729
2690

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
6,0
2,0
7,6
2,5
9,6
3,1
11,2 3,6
13,2 4,3
14,8 4,8
16,4 5,3
20,0 6,5
26,8 8,7
34,0 11,1
40,8 13,3

SA2
4,0
5,1
6,5
7,6
8,9
10,0
11,1
13,5
18,1
22,9
27,5

F2
3768
3709
3638
3595
3709
3626
3624
3360
3538
3638
3586

Order No
241.17.40.051
241.17.40.064
241.17.40.076
241.17.40.089
241.17.40.102
241.17.40.115
241.17.40.127
241.17.40.152
241.17.40.203
241.17.40.254
241.17.40.305

Dh
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

Dd
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0
20,0

L0
51
64
76
89
102
115
127
152
203
254
305

R
628
488
379
321
281
245
221
168
132
107
87,9

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
8,3
3,5
10,5 4,4
13,2 5,5
15,4 6,4
18,2 7,6
20,4 8,5
22,6 9,4
27,5 11,5
36,9 15,4
46,8 19,6
56,1 23,5

SA5
4,8
6,1
7,7
9,0
10,6
11,9
13,2
16,0
21,5
27,2
32,6

F5
5212
5124
5003
4943
5114
4998
4995
4620
4871
5008
4931

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
9,3
4,5
11,8 5,7
14,9 7,2
17,4 8,4
20,5 9,9
22,9 11,1
25,4 12,3
31,0 15,0
41,5 20,1
52,7 25,5
63,2 30,6

SA6
4,8
6,1
7,7
9,0
10,6
11,8
13,1
16,0
21,4
27,2
32,6

80% stroke
100% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
Fn
5840 12,0 8,7
3,3 7536 15,0
36,0 9420,0
5758 15,2 11,0 4,2 7418 19,0
45,0 9272,0
5647 19,2 13,9 5,3 7277 24,0
52,0 9096,0
5585 22,4 16,2 6,2 7190 28,0
61,0 8988,0
5761 26,4 19,1 7,3 7418 33,0
69,0 9273,0
5611 29,6 21,5 8,1 7252 37,0
78,0 9065,0
5613 32,8 23,8 9,0 7249 41,0
86,0 9061,0
5208 40,0 29,0 11,0 6720 50,0 102,0 8400,0
5478 53,6 38,9 14,7 7075 67,0 136,0 8844,0
5639 68,0 49,3 18,7 7276 85,0 169,0 9095,0
5555 81,6 59,2 22,4 7173 102,0 203,0 8965,8

subject to alterations

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
6,8
2,0
8,6
2,5
10,8 3,1
12,6 3,6
14,9 4,3
16,7 4,8
18,5 5,3
22,5 6,5
30,2 8,7
38,3 11,1
45,9 13,3

SA3
4,8
6,1
7,7
9,0
10,6
11,9
13,2
16,0
21,5
27,2
32,6

F3
4270
4197
4093
4045
4187
4092
4089
3780
3986
4098
4035

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
7,5
2,7
9,5
3,4
12,0 4,3
14,0 5,0
16,5 5,9
18,5 6,7
20,5 7,4
25,0 9,0
33,5 12,1
42,5 15,3
51,0 18,4

SA4
4,8
6,1
7,7
9,0
10,6
11,8
13,1
16,0
21,4
27,2
32,6

F4
4710
4636
4548
4494
4637
4533
4531
4200
4422
4548
4483

F47

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
50

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Green
Order No
241.14.50.064
241.14.50.076
241.14.50.089
241.14.50.102
241.14.50.115
241.14.50.127
241.14.50.139
241.14.50.152
241.14.50.178
241.14.50.203
241.14.50.254
241.14.50.305

Dh
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0

Dd
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

L0
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
156,0
125,0
109,0
94,1
81,0
71,0
66,5
60,0
52,0
44,1
35,0
28,6

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
9,6
4,2
11,7 5,1
13,5 5,9
15,6 6,8
17,4 7,5
19,5 8,5
21,6 9,4
23,4 10,1
27,6 12,0
31,2 13,5
39,0 16,9
46,8 20,3

SA1
5,4
6,6
7,6
8,8
9,9
11,0
12,2
13,3
15,6
17,7
22,1
26,5

F1
1498
1463
1472
1468
1409
1385
1436
1404
1435
1376
1365
1338

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
12,8 4,2
15,6 5,1
18,0 5,9
20,8 6,8
23,2 7,5
26,0 8,5
28,8 9,4
31,2 10,1
36,8 12,0
41,6 13,5
52,0 16,9
62,4 20,3

SA2
8,6
10,5
12,1
14,0
15,7
17,5
19,4
21,1
24,8
28,1
35,1
42,1

F2
1997
1950
1962
1957
1879
1846
1915
1872
1914
1835
1820
1785

Order No
241.14.50.064
241.14.50.076
241.14.50.089
241.14.50.102
241.14.50.115
241.14.50.127
241.14.50.139
241.14.50.152
241.14.50.178
241.14.50.203
241.14.50.254
241.14.50.305

Dh
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0

Dd
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

L0
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
156,0
125,0
109,0
94,1
81,0
71,0
66,5
60,0
52,0
44,1
35,0
28,6

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
17,6 7,4
21,5 9,0
24,8 10,4
28,6 12,0
31,9 13,3
35,8 15,0
39,6 16,6
42,9 17,9
50,6 21,2
57,2 23,9
71,5 29,9
85,8 35,9

SA5
10,2
12,5
14,4
16,6
18,6
20,8
23,0
25,0
29,4
33,3
41,6
49,9

F5
2746
2688
2703
2691
2584
2542
2633
2574
2631
2523
2503
2454

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
19,8 9,6
24,2 11,7
27,9 13,5
32,2 15,6
36,0 17,4
40,3 19,5
44,6 21,6
48,4 23,4
57,0 27,6
64,5 31,2
80,6 39,0
96,7 46,8

SA6
10,2
12,5
14,4
16,6
18,6
20,8
23,0
25,0
29,4
33,3
41,6
49,9

80% stroke
100% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
3089 25,6 18,6 7,0 3994 32,0
32,0
3025 31,2 22,6 8,6 3900 39,0
37,0
3041 36,0 26,1 9,9 3924 45,0
44,0
3030 41,6 30,2 11,4 3915 52,0
50,0
2916 46,4 33,6 12,8 3758 58,0
57,0
2861 52,0 37,7 14,3 3692 65,0
62,0
2966 57,6 41,8 15,8 3830 72,0
67,0
2904 62,4 45,2 17,2 3744 78,0
74,0
2964 73,6 53,4 20,2 3827 92,0
86,0
2844 83,2 60,3 22,9 3669 104,0
99,0
2821 104,0 75,4 28,6 3640 130,0 124,0
2766 124,8 90,5 34,3 3569 156,0 149,0

F48

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
14,4 4,2
17,6 5,1
20,3 5,9
23,4 6,8
26,1 7,5
29,3 8,5
32,4 9,4
35,1 10,1
41,4 12,0
46,8 13,5
58,5 16,9
70,2 20,3

SA3
10,2
12,5
14,4
16,6
18,6
20,8
23,0
25,0
29,4
33,3
41,6
49,9

F3
2246
2200
2213
2202
2114
2080
2155
2106
2153
2064
2048
2008

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
16,0 5,8
19,5 7,0
22,5 8,1
26,0 9,4
29,0 10,4
32,5 11,7
36,0 13,0
39,0 14,0
46,0 16,6
52,0 18,7
65,0 23,4
78,0 28,1

SA4
10,2
12,5
14,4
16,6
18,6
20,8
23,0
25,0
29,4
33,3
41,6
49,9

F4
2496
2438
2453
2447
2349
2308
2394
2340
2392
2293
2275
2231

Fn
4992,0
4875,0
4905,0
4893,2
4698,0
4615,0
4788,0
4680,0
4784,0
4586,4
4550,0
4461,6

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

50

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Blue
Order No
241.15.50.064
241.15.50.076
241.15.50.089
241.15.50.102
241.15.50.115
241.15.50.127
241.15.50.139
241.15.50.152
241.15.50.178
241.15.50.203
241.15.50.229
241.15.50.254
241.15.50.305

Dh
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0

Dd
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

L0
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
229
254
305

R
209,1
168,1
140,0
119,0
106,0
97,0
87,0
80,1
69,6
59,8
50,9
44,0
38,7

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
8,1
3,5
9,6
4,2
11,1 4,8
12,9 5,6
14,7 6,4
16,2 7,0
17,7 7,7
19,8 8,6
23,1 10,0
26,4 11,4
30,0 13,0
35,1 15,2
40,2 17,4

SA1
4,6
5,4
6,3
7,3
8,3
9,2
10,0
11,2
13,1
15,0
17,0
19,9
22,8

F1
1694
1614
1554
1535
1558
1571
1540
1586
1608
1579
1527
1544
1556

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
10,8 3,5
12,8 4,2
14,8 4,8
17,2 5,6
19,6 6,4
21,6 7,0
23,6 7,7
26,4 8,6
30,8 10,0
35,2 11,4
40,0 13,0
46,8 15,2
53,6 17,4

SA2
7,3
8,6
10,0
11,6
13,2
14,6
15,9
17,8
20,8
23,8
27,0
31,6
36,2

F2
2258
2152
2072
2047
2078
2095
2053
2115
2144
2105
2036
2059
2074

Order No
241.15.50.064
241.15.50.076
241.15.50.089
241.15.50.102
241.15.50.115
241.15.50.127
241.15.50.139
241.15.50.152
241.15.50.178
241.15.50.203
241.15.50.229
241.15.50.254
241.15.50.305

Dh
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0

Dd
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

L0
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
229
254
305

R
209,1
168,1
140,0
119,0
106,0
97,0
87,0
80,1
69,6
59,8
50,9
44,0
38,7

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
14,9 6,2
17,6 7,4
20,4 8,5
23,7 9,9
27,0 11,3
29,7 12,4
32,5 13,6
36,3 15,2
42,4 17,7
48,4 20,2
55,0 23,0
64,4 26,9
73,7 30,8

SA5
8,7
10,2
11,9
13,8
15,7
17,3
18,9
21,1
24,7
28,2
32,0
37,5
42,9

F5
3116
2959
2856
2820
2862
2881
2828
2908
2951
2894
2800
2834
2852

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
16,7 8,1
19,8 9,6
22,9 11,1
26,7 12,9
30,4 14,7
33,5 16,2
36,6 17,7
40,9 19,8
47,7 23,1
54,6 26,4
62,0 30,0
72,5 35,1
83,1 40,2

SA6
8,6
10,2
11,8
13,8
15,7
17,3
18,9
21,1
24,6
28,2
32,0
37,4
42,9

80% stroke
100% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
3492 21,6 15,7 5,9 4517 27,0
37,0
3328 25,6 18,6 7,0 4303 32,0
44,0
3206 29,6 21,5 8,1 4144 37,0
52,0
3177 34,4 24,9 9,5 4094 43,0
59,0
3222 39,2 28,4 10,8 4155 49,0
66,0
3250 43,2 31,3 11,9 4190 54,0
73,0
3184 47,2 34,2 13,0 4106 59,0
80,0
3276 52,8 38,3 14,5 4229 66,0
86,0
3320 61,6 44,7 16,9 4287 77,0 101,0
3265 70,4 51,0 19,4 4210 88,0 115,0
3156 80,0 58,0 22,0 4072 100,0 129,0
3190 93,6 67,9 25,7 4118 117,0 137,0
3216 107,2 77,7 29,5 4149 134,0 171,0

subject to alterations

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
12,2 3,5
14,4 4,2
16,7 4,8
19,4 5,6
22,1 6,4
24,3 7,0
26,6 7,7
29,7 8,6
34,7 10,0
39,6 11,4
45,0 13,0
52,7 15,2
60,3 17,4

SA3
8,7
10,2
11,9
13,8
15,7
17,3
18,9
21,1
24,7
28,2
32,0
37,5
42,9

F3
2551
2421
2338
2309
2343
2357
2314
2379
2415
2368
2291
2319
2334

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
13,5 4,9
16,0 5,8
18,5 6,7
21,5 7,7
24,5 8,8
27,0 9,7
29,5 10,6
33,0 11,9
38,5 13,9
44,0 15,8
50,0 18,0
58,5 21,1
67,0 24,1

SA4
8,6
10,2
11,8
13,8
15,7
17,3
18,9
21,1
24,6
28,2
32,0
37,4
42,9

F4
2823
2690
2590
2559
2597
2619
2567
2643
2680
2631
2545
2574
2593

Fn
5645,7
5379,2
5180,0
5117,0
5194,0
5238,0
5133,0
5286,6
5359,2
5262,4
5090,0
5148,0
5185,8

F49

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
50

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.16. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Red
Order No
241.16.50.064
241.16.50.076
241.16.50.089
241.16.50.102
241.16.50.115
241.16.50.127
241.16.50.139
241.16.50.152
241.16.50.178
241.16.50.203
241.16.50.254
241.16.50.305

Dh
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0

Dd
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

L0
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
413,0
339,4
288,4
245,3
214,8
192,3
170,7
154,0
134,4
116,7
89,3
73,6

30% Stroke
S1
Sv1
6,5
2,8
7,8
3,4
9,2
4,0
10,5 4,6
12,0 5,2
13,5 5,9
15,0 6,5
16,2 7,0
19,2 8,3
21,8 9,4
27,6 12,0
33,6 14,6

SA1
3,7
4,4
5,2
5,9
6,8
7,6
8,5
9,2
10,9
12,4
15,6
19,0

F1
2685
2647
2653
2576
2578
2596
2561
2495
2580
2544
2465
2473

40% Stroke
S2
Sv2
8,6
2,8
10,4 3,4
12,2 4,0
14,0 4,6
16,0 5,2
18,0 5,9
20,0 6,5
21,6 7,0
25,6 8,3
29,0 9,4
36,8 12,0
44,8 14,6

SA2
5,8
7,0
8,2
9,4
10,8
12,1
13,5
14,6
17,3
19,6
24,8
30,2

F2
3552
3530
3518
3434
3437
3461
3414
3326
3441
3384
3286
3297

Order No
241.16.50.064
241.16.50.076
241.16.50.089
241.16.50.102
241.16.50.115
241.16.50.127
241.16.50.139
241.16.50.152
241.16.50.178
241.16.50.203
241.16.50.254
241.16.50.305

Dh
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0

Dd
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0
25,0

L0
64
76
89
102
115
127
139
152
178
203
254
305

R
413,0
339,4
288,4
245,3
214,8
192,3
170,7
154,0
134,4
116,7
89,3
73,6

55% Stroke
S5
Sv5
11,8 4,9
14,3 6,0
16,8 7,0
19,3 8,1
22,0 9,2
24,8 10,4
27,5 11,5
29,7 12,4
35,2 14,7
39,9 16,7
50,6 21,2
61,6 25,8

SA5
6,9
8,3
9,8
11,2
12,8
14,4
16,0
17,3
20,5
23,2
29,4
35,8

F5
4873
4853
4845
4734
4726
4769
4694
4574
4731
4656
4519
4534

62% Stroke
S6
Sv6
13,3 6,5
16,1 7,8
18,9 9,2
21,7 10,5
24,8 12,0
27,9 13,5
31,0 15,0
33,5 16,2
39,7 19,2
45,0 21,8
57,0 27,6
69,4 33,6

SA6
6,8
8,3
9,7
11,2
12,8
14,4
16,0
17,3
20,5
23,2
29,4
35,8

80% Stroke
100% Stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
5493 17,2 12,5 4,7 7104 21,5
42,5
5464 20,8 15,1 5,7 7060 26,0
50,0
5451 24,4 17,7 6,7 7037 30,5
58,5
5323 28,0 20,3 7,7 6868 35,0
67,0
5327 32,0 23,2 8,8 6874 40,0
75,0
5365 36,0 26,1 9,9 6923 45,0
82,0
5292 40,0 29,0 11,0 6828 50,0
89,0
5159 43,2 31,3 11,9 6653 54,0
98,0
5336 51,2 37,1 14,1 6881 64,0 114,0
5252 58,0 42,1 15,9 6769 72,5 130,5
5090 73,6 53,4 20,2 6572 92,0 162,0
5108 89,6 65,0 24,6 6595 112,0 193,0

F50

45% Stroke
S3
Sv3
9,7
2,8
11,7 3,4
13,7 4,0
15,8 4,6
18,0 5,2
20,3 5,9
22,5 6,5
24,3 7,0
28,8 8,3
32,6 9,4
41,4 12,0
50,4 14,6

SA3
6,9
8,3
9,7
11,2
12,8
14,4
16,0
17,3
20,5
23,2
29,4
35,8

F3
4006
3971
3951
3876
3866
3904
3841
3742
3871
3804
3697
3709

50% Stroke
S4
Sv4
10,8 3,9
13,0 4,7
15,3 5,5
17,5 6,3
20,0 7,2
22,5 8,1
25,0 9,0
27,0 9,7
32,0 11,5
36,3 13,1
46,0 16,6
56,0 20,2

SA4
6,9
8,3
9,8
11,2
12,8
14,4
16,0
17,3
20,5
23,2
29,4
35,8

F4
4460
4412
4413
4293
4296
4327
4268
4158
4301
4236
4108
4122

Fn
8879,5
8824,4
8796,2
8585,5
8592,0
8653,5
8535,0
8316,0
8601,6
8460,8
8215,6
8243,2

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

50

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.17. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Yellow
Order No
241.17.50.064
241.17.50.076
241.17.50.089
241.17.50.102
241.17.50.115
241.17.50.127
241.17.50.152
241.17.50.203
241.17.50.254
241.17.50.305

Dh
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0

Dd
L0
R
25,0
64 709
25,0
76 572
25,0
89 475
25,0 102 405
25,0 115 352
25,0 127 316
25,0 152 239
25,0 203 187
25,0 254 153
25,0 305 127

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
5,7
2,5
6,9
3,0
8,1
3,5
9,3
4,0
10,5 4,6
11,7 5,1
14,1 6,1
22,2 9,6
24,0 10,4
29,1 12,6

SA1
3,2
3,9
4,6
5,3
5,9
6,6
8,0
12,6
13,6
16,5

F1
4041
3947
3848
3767
3696
3697
3370
4151
3672
3696

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
7,6
2,5
9,2
3,0
10,8 3,5
12,4 4,0
14,0 4,6
15,6 5,1
18,8 6,1
29,6 9,6
32,0 10,4
38,8 12,6

SA2
5,1
6,2
7,3
8,4
9,4
10,5
12,7
20,0
21,6
26,2

F2
5388
5262
5130
5022
4928
4930
4493
5535
4896
4928

Order No
241.17.50.064
241.17.50.076
241.17.50.089
241.17.50.102
241.17.50.115
241.17.50.127
241.17.50.152
241.17.50.203
241.17.50.254
241.17.50.305

Dh
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0
50,0

Dd
L0
R
25,0
64 709
25,0
76 572
25,0
89 475
25,0 102 405
25,0 115 352
25,0 127 316
25,0 152 239
25,0 203 187
25,0 254 153
25,0 305 127

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
10,5 4,4
12,7 5,3
14,9 6,2
17,1 7,1
19,3 8,1
21,5 9,0
25,9 10,8
40,7 17,0
44,0 18,4
53,4 22,3

SA5
6,1
7,4
8,7
10,0
11,2
12,5
15,1
23,7
25,6
31,1

F5
7445
7264
7078
6926
6794
6794
6190
7611
6732
6782

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
11,8 5,7
14,3 6,9
16,7 8,1
19,2 9,3
21,7 10,5
24,2 11,7
29,1 14,1
45,9 22,2
49,6 24,0
60,1 29,1

SA6
6,1
7,4
8,6
9,9
11,2
12,5
15,0
23,7
25,6
31,0

80% stroke
100% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
8366 15,2 11,0 4,2 10777 19,0
45,0
8180 18,4 13,3 5,1 10525 23,0
53,0
7933 21,6 15,7 5,9 10260 27,0
62,0
7776 24,8 18,0 6,8 10044 31,0
71,0
7638 28,0 20,3 7,7 9856 35,0
80,0
7647 31,2 22,6 8,6 9859 39,0
88,0
6955 37,6 27,3 10,3 8986 47,0
105,0
8583 59,2 42,9 16,3 11070 74,0
129,0
7589 64,0 46,4 17,6 9792 80,0
174,0
7633 77,6 56,3 21,3 9855 97,0
208,0

subject to alterations

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
8,6
2,5
10,4 3,0
12,2 3,5
14,0 4,0
15,8 4,6
17,6 5,1
21,2 6,1
33,3 9,6
36,0 10,4
43,7 12,6

SA3
6,1
7,4
8,7
10,0
11,2
12,5
15,1
23,7
25,6
31,1

F3
6097
5949
5795
5670
5562
5562
5067
6227
5508
5550

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
9,5
3,4
11,5 4,1
13,5 4,9
15,5 5,6
17,5 6,3
19,5 7,0
23,5 8,5
37,0 13,3
40,0 14,4
48,5 17,5

SA4
6,1
7,4
8,6
9,9
11,2
12,5
15,0
23,7
25,6
31,0

F4
6736
6578
6413
6278
6160
6162
5617
6919
6120
6160

Fn
13471,0
13156,0
12825,0
12555,0
12320,0
12324,0
11233,0
13838,0
12240,0
12319,0

F51

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
63

Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.14. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Green
Order No
241.14.63.076
241.14.63.089
241.14.63.102
241.14.63.115
241.14.63.127
241.14.63.152
241.14.63.178
241.14.63.203
241.14.63.254
241.14.63.305

Dh
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0

Dd
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0

L0
76
89
102
115
127
152
178
203
254
305

R
189,1
158,1
131,0
116,0
103,1
84,4
71,5
61,7
47,0
38,3

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
11,4 4,9
13,2 5,7
15,0 6,5
17,1 7,4
19,2 8,3
22,8 9,9
26,7 11,6
30,6 13,3
38,4 16,6
45,6 19,8

SA1
6,5
7,5
8,5
9,7
10,9
12,9
15,1
17,3
21,8
25,8

F1
2156
2087
1965
1984
1980
1924
1909
1888
1805
1746

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
15,2 4,9
17,6 5,7
20,0 6,5
22,8 7,4
25,6 8,3
30,4 9,9
35,6 11,6
40,8 13,3
51,2 16,6
60,8 19,8

SA2
10,3
11,9
13,5
15,4
17,3
20,5
24,0
27,5
34,6
41,0

F2
2874
2783
2620
2645
2639
2566
2545
2517
2406
2329

Order No
241.14.63.076
241.14.63.089
241.14.63.102
241.14.63.115
241.14.63.127
241.14.63.152
241.14.63.178
241.14.63.203
241.14.63.254
241.14.63.305

Dh
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0

Dd
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0

L0
76
89
102
115
127
152
178
203
254
305

R
189,1
158,1
131,0
116,0
103,1
84,4
71,5
61,7
47,0
38,3

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
20,9 8,7
24,2 10,1
27,5 11,5
31,4 13,1
35,2 14,7
41,8 17,5
49,0 20,5
56,1 23,5
70,4 29,4
83,6 35,0

SA5
12,2
14,1
16,0
18,3
20,5
24,3
28,5
32,6
41,0
48,6

F5
3952
3826
3603
3642
3629
3528
3504
3461
3309
3202

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
23,6 11,4
27,3 13,2
31,0 15,0
35,3 17,1
39,7 19,2
47,1 22,8
55,2 26,7
63,2 30,6
79,4 38,4
94,2 45,6

SA6
12,2
14,1
16,0
18,2
20,5
24,3
28,5
32,6
41,0
48,6

80% stroke
100% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
4463 30,4 22,0 8,4 5749 38,0
38,0
4316 35,2 25,5 9,7 5565 44,0
45,0
4061 40,0 29,0 11,0 5240 50,0
52,0
4095 45,6 33,1 12,5 5290 57,0
58,0
4093 51,2 37,1 14,1 5279 64,0
63,0
3975 60,8 44,1 16,7 5132 76,0
76,0
3947 71,2 51,6 19,6 5091 89,0
89,0
3899 81,6 59,2 22,4 5035 102,0 101,0
3732 102,4 74,2 28,2 4813 128,0 126,0
3608 121,6 88,2 33,4 4657 152,0 153,0

F52

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
17,1 4,9
19,8 5,7
22,5 6,5
25,7 7,4
28,8 8,3
34,2 9,9
40,1 11,6
45,9 13,3
57,6 16,6
68,4 19,8

SA3
12,2
14,1
16,0
18,3
20,5
24,3
28,5
32,6
41,0
48,6

F3
3234
3130
2948
2981
2969
2886
2867
2832
2707
2620

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
19,0 6,8
22,0 7,9
25,0 9,0
28,5 10,3
32,0 11,5
38,0 13,7
44,5 16,0
51,0 18,4
64,0 23,0
76,0 27,4

SA4
12,2
14,1
16,0
18,2
20,5
24,3
28,5
32,6
41,0
48,6

F4
3593
3478
3275
3306
3299
3207
3182
3147
3008
2911

Fn
7185,8
6956,4
6550,0
6612,0
6598,4
6414,4
6363,5
6293,4
6016,0
5821,6

subject to alterations

High Performance Compression Springs


DIN ISO 10243
Dh

= dia. of guide sleeve

Dd

= diameter of guide pin

L0

= free length of spring

L1Ln

= length of loaded spring


(mm) as related to
spring forces F1Fn

LBL

= length of compactedspring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

F1Fn

= forces (N) as related to


length of spring L1Ln

63

Sv1Sv7 = recommend. preload.


compression, as relat.
to compress. S1S7
S1Sn

= compr. as related to
spring forces F1Fn

= spring rate (N/mm)

SA1SA7 = working stroke (mm)

241.15. High Performance Compression Springs DIN ISO 10243 Colour: Blue
Order No
241.15.63.076
241.15.63.089
241.15.63.102
241.15.63.115
241.15.63.127
241.15.63.152
241.15.63.178
241.15.63.203
241.15.63.229
241.15.63.254
241.15.63.305

Dh
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0

Dd
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0

L0
76
89
102
115
127
152
178
203
229
254
305

R
312,1
260,1
221,1
187,0
168,1
136,0
114,0
100,0
89,3
78,5
64,8

30% stroke
S1
Sv1
9,6
4,2
11,4 4,9
13,2 5,7
15,0 6,5
16,8 7,3
20,1 8,7
23,4 10,1
27,0 11,7
30,6 13,3
34,5 15,0
41,4 17,9

SA1
5,4
6,5
7,5
8,5
9,5
11,4
13,3
15,3
17,3
19,5
23,5

F1
2996
2965
2919
2805
2824
2734
2668
2700
2733
2708
2683

40% stroke
S2
Sv2
12,8 4,2
15,2 4,9
17,6 5,7
20,0 6,5
22,4 7,3
26,8 8,7
31,2 10,1
36,0 11,7
40,8 13,3
46,0 15,0
55,2 17,9

SA2
8,6
10,3
11,9
13,5
15,1
18,1
21,1
24,3
27,5
31,0
37,3

F2
3995
3954
3891
3740
3765
3645
3557
3600
3643
3611
3577

Order No
241.15.63.076
241.15.63.089
241.15.63.102
241.15.63.115
241.15.63.127
241.15.63.152
241.15.63.178
241.15.63.203
241.15.63.229
241.15.63.254
241.15.63.305

Dh
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0
63,0

Dd
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0
38,0

L0
76
89
102
115
127
152
178
203
229
254
305

R
312,1
260,1
221,1
187,0
168,1
136,0
114,0
100,0
89,3
78,5
64,8

55% stroke
S5
Sv5
17,6 7,4
20,9 8,7
24,2 10,1
27,5 11,5
30,8 12,9
36,9 15,4
42,9 17,9
49,5 20,7
56,1 23,5
63,3 26,5
75,9 31,7

SA5
10,2
12,2
14,1
16,0
17,9
21,5
25,0
28,8
32,6
36,8
44,2

F5
5493
5436
5351
5143
5177
5018
4891
4950
5010
4969
4918

62% stroke
S6
Sv6
19,8 9,6
23,6 11,4
27,3 13,2
31,0 15,0
34,7 16,8
41,5 20,1
48,4 23,4
55,8 27,0
63,2 30,6
71,3 34,5
85,6 41,4

SA6
10,2
12,2
14,1
16,0
17,9
21,4
25,0
28,8
32,6
36,8
44,2

80% stroke
100% stroke
F6
S7
Sv7
SA7
F7
Sn
Ln
6180 25,6 18,6 7,0 7990 32,0
44,0
6138 30,4 22,0 8,4 7907 38,0
51,0
6036 35,2 25,5 9,7 7783 44,0
58,0
5797 40,0 29,0 11,0 7480 50,0
65,0
5833 44,8 32,5 12,3 7531 56,0
71,0
5644 53,6 38,9 14,7 7290 67,0
85,0
5518 62,4 45,2 17,2 7114 78,0 100,0
5580 72,0 52,2 19,8 7200 90,0 113,0
5644 81,6 59,2 22,4 7287 102,0 127,0
5597 92,0 66,7 25,3 7222 115,0 139,0
5547 110,4 80,0 30,4 7154 138,0 167,0

subject to alterations

45% stroke
S3
Sv3
14,4 4,2
17,1 4,9
19,8 5,7
22,5 6,5
25,2 7,3
30,2 8,7
35,1 10,1
40,5 11,7
45,9 13,3
51,8 15,0
62,1 17,9

SA3
10,2
12,2
14,1
16,0
17,9
21,5
25,0
28,8
32,6
36,8
44,2

F3
4494
4448
4378
4208
4236
4107
4001
4050
4099
4066
4024

50% stroke
S4
Sv4
16,0 5,8
19,0 6,8
22,0 7,9
25,0 9,0
28,0 10,1
33,5 12,1
39,0 14,0
45,0 16,2
51,0 18,4
57,5 20,7
69,0 24,8

SA4
10,2
12,2
14,1
16,0
17,9
21,4
25,0
28,8
32,6
36,8
44,2

F4
4994
4942
4864
4675
4707
4556
4446
4500
4554
4514
4471

Fn
9987,2
9883,8
9728,4
9350,0
9413,6
9112,0
8892,0
9000,0
9108,6
9027,5
8942,4

F53

High performance compression spring, 3XLF, Colour "White"


Dh = dia. of guide sleeve

D d h15

L0 = free length of spring


Dh

Fn

LBL = length of compacted


spring (i.e. wire-to-wire)

H15

Fn = Spring force in N

L BL

L0

Sn

Dd = diameter of guide pin

Sn = Stroke
R = spring rate (N/mm)

Description:

The diameters are comparable with the high performance compression


springs DIN ISO 10243. The special flat wound wire cross section brings
a reduction of the medium winding diameter for the same winding
ratio with an edge-wound spring. Consequently, the high performance
compression spring 3XLF has a 6x larger starting spring force than the
high performance compression spring DIN ISO 10243 colour code
yellow.

241.19. High performance compression spring, 3XLF, Colour "White"


Order No
241.19.16.020
241.19.16.035
241.19.16.050
241.19.16.075
241.19.16.100
241.19.19.025
241.19.19.040
241.19.19.050
241.19.19.075
241.19.19.100
241.19.25.030
241.19.25.050
241.19.25.075
241.19.25.100
241.19.25.125
241.19.32.035
241.19.32.050
241.19.32.075
241.19.32.100
241.19.32.125
241.19.32.150
241.19.38.040
241.19.38.050
241.19.38.075
241.19.38.100
241.19.38.150
241.19.38.200

02.2015

Dh
16
16
16
16
16
19
19
19
19
19
25
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
32
32
38
38
38
38
38
38

Dd
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
16
16
16
16
16
16

L0
20
35
50
75
100
25
40
50
75
100
30
50
75
100
125
35
50
75
100
125
150
40
50
75
100
150
200

R
1818
1000
615
400
286
2400
1333
1000
600
429
4800
2400
1500
1000
857
6667
3636
2222
1538
1250
1053
7143
5000
2778
1923
1316
926

S1
2.2
4
6.5
10
14
2.5
4.5
6
10
14
2.5
5
8
12
14
3
5.5
9
13
16
19
3.5
5
9
13
19
27

SV1
1
1.8
2.5
3.8
5
1.2
2
2.5
3.8
5
1.5
2.5
3.8
5
6.2
1.8
2.5
3.8
5
6.2
7.5
2
2.5
3.8
5
7.5
10

SA1
1.2
2.2
4
6.2
9
1.2
2.5
3.5
6.2
9
1
2.5
4.2
7
7.8
1.2
3
5.2
8
9.8
11.5
1.5
2.5
5.2
8
11.5
17

F1
4000
4000
3998
4000
4004
6000
5998
6000
6000
6006
12000
12000
12000
12000
11998
20001
19998
19998
19994
20000
20007
25000
25000
25002
24999
25004
25002

Sn
3
5.5
8
12.5
16.3
3.4
5.9
7.8
12.4
16.5
3
5.9
9.5
14.7
16.9
3.7
6.3
11.3
17.9
18.3
21.7
4.5
5.9
10.4
15
22.4
29.9

Fn
5454
5500
4920
5000
4662
8160
7865
7800
7440
7078
14400
14160
14250
14700
14483
24668
22907
25109
27530
22875
22850
32144
29500
28891
28845
29478
27687

subject to alterations

Round wire compression spring

F1

sn

preload
force
s1

Dd

s2

preload
deflection

241.02.

Fn
Ln
L Bl

L2

L1

L0

F2

Dm
D hH15

Material:

Spring steel wire class C DIN 17.223 sheet 1, drawn and patented.
For highly stressed compression springs and for loads both static and
oscillating.
Manufacturing tolerances to DIN 2095 class 2, load-stabilized.
Max. working temperature 100 C.

Execution:

Flattened and ground end coils, surface homogenized byball-shot, oiled.

Note:

d = diameter of spring wire


L0 = free length of spring
L1...Ln = lengths of loaded spring as related to spring forces F1...Fn
R = spring rate [N/mm]
LBl = length of compacted spring (i.-e. wire-to-wire)
F1...Fn = forces [N] as related to lengths of spring L1...Ln
s1...sn = deflection as related to spring forces F1...Fn
if = number of active coilss = working stroke of spring i. e. working
deflection

All spring sizes listed also available in making-up-lengths of 500 mm.


When ordering these, please add 500 at the end of the order number
e. g. 241.02.11.040.500.
Dh = diameter of guide sleeve
Dm = mean coil diameter
Dd = diameter of guide pin

241.02. Round wire compression spring


Spring force [N]
Order No
Dh
Dd
Dm
d
L0
R
s1
initial*
241.02.11.040
11
6.5
8.5
1.5
40
8.08 11.3
91
241.02.13.055
13
8.5 10.5 1.5
55
3.8
20.8
79
241.02.15.040
15
9.5
12
2
40 11.93 12.3
146
241.02.15.050
15
9.5
12
2
50
10
17.5
175
241.02.16.040
16 10.5
13
2
40
11
14
154
241.02.18.085
18
12 14.75 2.25 85
5.92 30.8
182
241.02.19.045
19
11
14.5
3
45
35
9.8
343
241.02.19.050
19
11
14.5
3
50
30
11.2
336
241.02.19.083 19.5
9
14
4
83
75
12.6
945
241.02.20.035 20.5 10
15
4
35
170
5.6
952
241.02.20.090 20.5
9
14.5 4.5
90
97.8 12.3
1202
241.02.21.035
21 13.5
17
2.5
35 13.32 10.5
139
241.02.21.040
21
12 16.25
3
40
32.1
9.8
314
241.02.22.095
22 14.5
18
2.5
95
4.1
34.2
140
241.02.22.040 22.5 12
17
4
40 105.5 7.7
812
241.02.23.045
23 14.5 18.5
3
45
25.7
15
385
241.02.23.050
23 12.5 17.5
4
50
74.3
11
817
241.02.26.024 26.5 16
21
4
24 133.2
5
666
241.02.30.070
30
13
20.8
7
70
341
7.7
2625
241.02.32.070
32
21
26
4
70
24.2 23.8
575
241.02.32.150
32
16
23.5 6.5 150 103.6 19.6
2030
241.02.34.125
34
19
26
6
125 67.2 22.4
1505
241.02.44.130
44
25
34
8
130 108.2 25.2
2726
241.02.44.200
44
25
34
8
200 62.7 43.4
2721
241.02.48.067
48
25
36
10
67
640
6.3
4032
241.02.49.050
49
29
38.5 8.5
50
337
7.7
2594
241.02.55.200
55
30
42
11 200 157 30.1
4725
241.02.58.050
58
39
48
8
50 151.2 9.8
1481
241.02.63.180
63
38
50
11 180 121 30.1
3642
*= long spring life; ** = medium spring life; *** = max. spring loading

F54

l1
28.7
34.2
27.7
32.5
26
54.2
35.2
38.8
70.4
29.4
77.7
24.5
30.2
60.8
32.3
30
39
19
62.3
46.2
130.4
102.6
104.8
156.6
60.7
42.3
169.9
40.2
149.9

s2
13.7
25.2
15
21.2
17
37.4
11.9
13.6
15.3
6.8
15
12.7
11.9
41.5
9.3
18.2
13.3
6.1
9.3
28.9
23.8
27.2
30.6
52.7
7.6
9.3
36.6
11.9
36.6

F2 [N]**
110
95
178
212
187
221
416
408
1147
1156
1467
169
381
170
981
467
988
812
3171
700
2465
1827
3310
3304
4864
3134
5746
1799
4428

l2
26.3
29.8
25
28.8
23
47.6
33.1
36.4
67.7
28.2
75
22.3
28.1
53.5
30.7
26.8
36.7
17.9
60.7
41.1
126
97.8
99.4
147.3
59.4
40.7
163.4
38.1
143.4

sn
16.1
29.7
17.6
25
20
44
14
16
18
8
17.6
15
14
48.8
11
21.4
15.6
7.2
11
34
28
32
36
62
9
11
43
14
43

Fn [N]***
130
112
210
250
220
260
490
480
1350
1360
1714
200
450
200
1160
550
1160
960
3750
822
2900
2150
3895
3887
5760
3707
6750
2117
5203

Ln
if
23.9 10.5
25.3 12
22.4
8
25
9.5
20
7
41
14
31
8
34
8.5
65
16
27
4.5
72.4
4
20
6
26
5.5
46.2 17
29
5
23.6
5
34.4 6.5
16.8
2
59
8
36
6
122
14
93 11.5
94
10
137.7 17
58
3.5
39
2.5
157
13
36
2.5
137
10

subject to alterations

Disc spring DIN 2093


242.01.

l0

Da

Di

Material:

50 CrV 4 Vanadium Spring Steel

Note:

FIBRO Disc Springs 242.01. are made from 50 CrV 4 premier grade spring
steel.This classic spring material guarantes optimal performance
levels within the temperature range from 15 C to +150 C. Hot
pressetting allows working temperatures from 25 C to +200 C.
Da = outside diameter of spring
Di = diameter of hole
s = crossectional thickness of spring
h = concavity of free spring
l0 =total height of free spring
f = deflection of spring, caused by load F
F = load F [N], causing deflection f

242.01. Disc spring DIN 2093

Order No
242.01.080.032.040
242.01.100.052.040
242.01.125.062.050
242.01.140.072.080
242.01.150.052.070
242.01.160.082.060
242.01.160.082.090
242.01.180.092.100
242.01.200.102.080
242.01.200.102.090
242.01.200.102.110
242.01.230.122.125
242.01.250.122.150
242.01.250.122.100
242.01.280.142.100
242.01.280.142.150
242.01.315.163.125
242.01.315.163.175
242.01.355.183.200
242.01.400.142.150
242.01.400.204.225
242.01.450.224.250
242.01.500.183.150
242.01.500.254.250
242.01.500.254.300
242.01.560.285.200
242.01.600.204.200

subject to alterations

in accord.
with
DIN 2093
series
B
B
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
B

Da
h12
8
10
12.5
14
15
16
16
18
20
20
20
23
25
25
28
28
31.5
31.5
35.5
40
40
45
50
50
50
56
60

Di
H12
s
3.2
0.4
5.2
0.4
6.2
0.5
7.2
0.8
5.2
0.7
8.2
0.6
8.2
0.9
9.2
1
10.2 0.8
10.2 0.9
10.2 1.1
12.2 1.25
12.2 1.5
12.2
1
14.2
1
14.2 1.5
16.3 1.25
16.3 1.75
18.3
2
14.2 1.5
20.4 2.25
22.4 2.5
18.3 1.5
25.4 2.5
25.4
3
28.5
2
20.4
2

h
0.2
0.3
0.35
0.3
0.4
0.45
0.35
0.4
0.55
0.55
0.45
0.6
0.55
0.6
0.8
0.65
0.9
0.7
0.8
1.25
0.9
1
1.8
1.4
1.1
1.6
2.1

l0
0.6
0.7
0.85
1.1
1.1
1.05
1.25
1.4
1.35
1.45
1.55
1.85
2.05
1.6
1.8
2.15
2.15
2.45
2.8
2.75
3.15
3.5
3.3
3.9
4.1
3.6
4.1

f1=
0,2 h
0.04
0.06
0.07
0.06
0.08
0.09
0.07
0.08
0.11
0.11
0.09
0.12
0.11
0.12
0.16
0.13
0.18
0.14
0.16
0.25
0.18
0.2
0.36
0.28
0.22
0.32
0.42

F1 [N]
58
73
100
230
180
145
300
370
250
340
450
710
860
320
400
850
660
1150
1550
950
1900
2300
1200
2850
3500
1600
2000

f2=
0,4 h
0.08
0.12
0.14
0.12
0.16
0.18
0.14
0.16
0.22
0.22
0.18
0.24
0.22
0.24
0.32
0.26
0.36
0.28
0.32
0.5
0.36
0.4
0.72
0.56
0.44
0.64
0.84

F2 [N]
110
134
180
450
340
260
580
720
470
640
870
1360
1650
600
720
1650
1200
2200
3000
1700
3700
4500
2000
5350
6800
2900
3400

f3=
0,6 h
0.12
0.18
0.21
0.18
0.24
0.27
0.21
0.24
0.33
0.33
0.27
0.36
0.33
0.36
0.48
0.39
0.54
0.42
0.48
0.75
0.54
0.6
1.08
0.84
0.66
0.96
1.26

F3 [N]
160
180
250
660
470
360
850
1050
650
900
1350
1960
2450
840
970
2400
1650
3200
4300
2200
5400
6400
2400
7600
10000
3900
4300

f4=
0,7 h F4 [N]
0.14
180
0.21
200
0.24
280
0.21
770
0.28
540
0.31
400
0.24
970
0.28 1200
0.38
730
0.38 1000
0.31 1450
0.42 2240
0.38 2800
0.42
950
0.56 1100
0.45 2700
0.63 1850
0.49 3700
0.56 5000
0.87 2500
0.63 5200
0.7
7400
1.26 2600
0.98 8650
0.77 11500
1.12 4300
1.47 4700

f5=
0,8 h
0.16
0.24
0.28
0.24
0.32
0.36
0.28
0.32
0.44
0.44
0.36
0.48
0.44
0.48
0.64
0.52
0.72
0.56
0.64
1
0.72
0.8
1.44
1.12
0.88
1.28
1.68

F5 [N]
200
220
310
870
610
440
1100
1350
800
1150
1650
2520
3100
1050
1200
3100
2000
4200
5600
2700
7000
8500
2700
9650
13000
4700
5000

F55

F56

subject to alterations

Elastomer Springs
Spring and spacer
units
Accessories
F57

FIBROFLEX-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX-Spring system


Mounting example

L0

fmax.

244.1.

d2
d1
d3

Description:

FIBROFLEX Spring Systems represent a finely graded range of


elastomer spring units (material: polyurethane) exhibiting particular
suitability for all stamping dies and related tools.
The 244.-Systems comprise FIBROFLEX Spring Elements 244.1.,
available in three Shore hardnesses. With the aid of Stacking Washers
244.4. and Guide Pins 244.5., the elements can be stacked.
Note that stacking with interposed stacking washers results in the
addition of the individual spring deflections without addition of the
spring forces.

Note:

Physical and chemical properties of FIBROFLEX-Elastomer see at the


beginning of Chapter G.
Dowel pins (235./2351.1.) or guide pins (244.5.), recommended for
stacks higher than 1,5 x d2.

244.1. FIBROFLEX-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX-Spring system


Order No
244.1.16.5
244.1.20.5
244.1.25.5
244.1.32.5
244.1.40.5
244.1.16.6
244.1.20.6
244.1.25.6
244.1.32.6
244.1.40.6
244.1.16.7
244.1.20.7
244.1.25.7
244.1.32.7
244.1.40.7

F58

Spring rate
80 Shore A
80 Shore A
80 Shore A
80 Shore A
80 Shore A
90 Shore A
90 Shore A
90 Shore A
90 Shore A
90 Shore A
95 Shore A
95 Shore A
95 Shore A
95 Shore A
95 Shore A

d1
16
20
25
32
40
16
20
25
32
40
16
20
25
32
40

d2
6.5
8.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
6.5
8.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
6.5
8.5
10.5
13.5
13.5

d3
20
26
32
40
50
20
26
32
40
50
20
26
32
40
50

L0
7.5
10
12.5
15
17.5
7.5
10
12.5
15
17.5
7.5
10
12.5
15
17.5

f max.
2.6
3.5
4.3
5.2
6.1
2.2
3
3.7
4.5
5.2
1.9
2.5
3.1
3.9
4.4

F max. [N]
1060
1580
2670
4500
7200
1900
2650
4400
6550
11200
2500
3500
4500
7800
13500

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX-Elastomer spring for FIBROFLEX-Spring system


244.1.16. 16

244.1.20. 20

load/force (N)
compression(mm)
2700
2550
95 Shore
2400
2250
2100
1950
90 Shore
1800
1650
1500
1350
1200
1050
80 Shore
900
750
600
450
300
150
0
0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0

244.1.32. 32
load/force (N)
9000
8500
8000
7500
7000
6500
6000
5500
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0 1,0 2,0

subject to alterations

load/force (N)
compression(mm)
4500
4250
4000
3750
3500
95 Shore
3250
3000
2750
90 Shore
2500
2250
2000
1750
80 Shore
1500
1250
1000
750
500
250
0
0 1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0 6,0

load/force (N)
4500
4250
4000
3750
3500
3250
3000
2750
2500
2250
2000
1750
1500
1250
1000
750
500
250
0
0 1,0 2,0

compression(mm)
95 Shore
90 Shore

80 Shore

3,0

4,0

5,0

6,0

244.1.40. 40
compression(mm)

95 Shore
90 Shore

80 Shore

3,0

244.1.25. 25

4,0

5,0

6,0

load/force (N)
13500
12750
12000
11250
10500
9750
9000
8250
7500
6750
6000
5250
4500
3750
3000
2250
1500
750
0
0 1,0 2,0

compression(mm)
95 Shore

90 Shore

80 Shore

3,0

4,0

5,0

6,0

F59

FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element 80 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1


Description:

246.5.

FIBROFLEX Spring Elements are made from


highly elastic polyurethane elastomers.
Shore hardness is the most significant rating
of the various FIBROFLEX elements. Shore
hardness ratings are symbolized by distinctive
colour coding.
Correct selection of Shore hardness has a
fundamental bearing on the success of
FIBROFLEX-applications.

f max.

d2

L0

Material:

Polyurethan 80 Shore A
Colour: green

Note:

The physical properties of polyurethane


elastomers means that they have a tendency
to settle. The extent of such settlement is
dependent on the internal heat of friction,
speed and number of load changes, the spring
travel and the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
spring length L0.

d1
d3

246.5. FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element 80 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1


Order No
246.5.016.012
246.5.016.016
246.5.016.020
246.5.016.025
246.5.020.016
246.5.020.020
246.5.020.025
246.5.020.032
246.5.025.020
246.5.025.025
246.5.025.032
246.5.025.040
246.5.032.032
246.5.032.040
246.5.032.050
246.5.032.063
246.5.040.032
246.5.040.040
246.5.040.050
246.5.040.063
246.5.040.080
246.5.050.032
246.5.050.040
246.5.050.050
246.5.050.063
246.5.050.080
246.5.050.100
246.5.063.032
246.5.063.040
246.5.063.050
246.5.063.063
246.5.063.080
246.5.063.100
246.5.063.125
246.5.080.032
246.5.080.040
246.5.080.050
246.5.080.063
246.5.080.080
246.5.080.100
246.5.080.125
246.5.100.032
246.5.100.040
246.5.100.050
246.5.100.063

F60

d1
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100

L0
12.5
16
20
25
16
20
25
32
20
25
32
40
32
40
50
63
32
40
50
63
80
32
40
50
63
80
100
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63

d2
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

d3
21
21
21
21
26
26
26
26
32
32
32
32
42
42
42
42
52
52
52
52
52
65
65
65
65
65
65
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
130
130
130
130

f max.
4.3
5.6
7
8.7
5.6
7
8.7
10.6
7
8.7
10.6
14
10.6
14
17.5
22
10.6
14
17.5
22
28
10.6
14
17.5
22
28
35
11.2
14
17.5
22
28
35
43.7
11.2
14
17.5
22
28
35
43.7
10.6
14
17.5
22

F max. [N]
1020
980
950
940
1530
1510
1500
1490
2600
2550
2520
2500
3900
3850
3820
3800
6700
6600
6550
6500
6480
10800
10400
10200
10000
9950
9900
18650
18000
17500
17000
16500
16200
16000
31500
30100
29900
28800
28300
28100
28000
56000
52000
50000
47500

Order No
246.5.100.080
246.5.100.100
246.5.100.125
246.5.125.032
246.5.125.040
246.5.125.050
246.5.125.063
246.5.125.080
246.5.125.100
246.5.125.125
246.5.125.160

d1
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

L0
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160

d2
21
21
21
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27

d3
130
130
130
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

f max.
28
35
43.7
10.6
14
17.5
22
28
35
43.7
56

F max. [N]
45000
43300
41500
92000
85000
80000
75000
71000
70500
70000
68000

246.5.016.
16/80 Shore A
load/force (N)

compression (mm)

1200
L 0 12,5

1000

16 20

25

800
600
400
200
0
0

10

12

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX-Tubular Spring Elements 80 Shore A


246.5.020.
20/80 Shore A
load/force (N)

246.5.025.
25/80 Shore A

compression (mm)

load/force (N)

246.5.032.
32/80 Shore A

compression (mm)

4200

3000

1800
L 0 16 20

1500

L 0 20 25

2500

32

25

load/force (N)

32 40

2000

2800

900

1500

2100

600

1000

1400

300

500

700

0
0

10

246.5.040.
40/80 Shore A

12

15

load/force (N)

18

compression (mm)

12000

5000

10000

4000

8000

12000

3000

6000

9000

2000

4000

6000

1000

2000

3000

L 0 32 40
50 63

80

100

10

15

20

25

30

246.5.080.
80/80 Shore A
load/force (N)
30000 L 0 32 40

12

18

24

30

36

246.5.100.
100/80 Shore A

compression (mm)
50 63 80
100

25000

load/force (N)

compression (mm)

90000

27000

45000

10000

18000

30000

5000

9000

15000

subject to alterations

24

32

40

48

16

24

125

24

32

40

48

compression (mm)

L 0 32
40

75000

15000

16

50

63

125
60000

20

compression (mm)

load/force (N)

36000

16

18000 L 0 32 40
50 63
80 100
15000

20000

12

246.5.125.
125/80 Shore A

54000 L 0 32
40 50
63 80
45000
100

125

0
5

load/force (N)

load/force (N)
compression (mm)
L 0 32 40 50 63
80
6000

63

246.5.063.
63/80 Shore A

246.5.050.
50/80 Shore A

50

0
0

12

L 0 32 40

3500

1200

compression (mm)

80 100
125

160

0
0

16

24

32

40

48

16

24

32

40

48

F61

FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element 90 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1


Description:

246.6.

FIBROFLEX Spring Elements are made from


highly elastic polyurethane elastomers.
Shore hardness is the most significant rating
of the various FIBROFLEX elements. Shore
hardness ratings are symbolized by distinctive
colour coding.
Correct selection of Shore hardness has a
fundamental bearing on the success of
FIBROFLEX-applications.

f max.

d2

L0

Material:

Polyurethan 90 Shore A
Colour: yellow

Note:

The physical properties of polyurethane


elastomers means that they have a tendency
to settle. The extent of such settlement is
dependent on the internal heat of friction,
speed and number of load changes, the spring
travel and the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
spring length L0.

d1
d3

246.6.

FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element 90 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1

Order No
246.6.016.012
246.6.016.016
246.6.016.020
246.6.016.025
246.6.020.016
246.6.020.020
246.6.020.025
246.6.020.032
246.6.025.020
246.6.025.025
246.6.025.032
246.6.025.040
246.6.032.032
246.6.032.040
246.6.032.050
246.6.032.063
246.6.040.032
246.6.040.040
246.6.040.050
246.6.040.063
246.6.040.080
246.6.050.032
246.6.050.040
246.6.050.050
246.6.050.063
246.6.050.080
246.6.050.100
246.6.063.032
246.6.063.040
246.6.063.050
246.6.063.063
246.6.063.080
246.6.063.100
246.6.063.125
246.6.080.032
246.6.080.040
246.6.080.050
246.6.080.063
246.6.080.080
246.6.080.100
246.6.080.125
246.6.100.032
246.6.100.040
246.6.100.050
246.6.100.063

F62

d1
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100

L0
12.5
16
20
25
16
20
25
32
20
25
32
40
32
40
50
63
32
40
50
63
80
32
40
50
63
80
100
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63

d2
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

d3
21
21
21
21
26
26
26
26
32
32
32
32
42
42
42
42
52
52
52
52
52
65
65
65
65
65
65
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
130
130
130
130

f max.
3.6
4.8
6
7.5
4.8
6
7.5
9.6
6
7.5
9.6
12
9.6
12
15
18.9
9.6
12
15
18.9
24
9.6
12
15
18.9
24
30
9.6
12
15
18.9
24
30
37.5
9.6
12
15
18.9
24
30
37.5
9.6
12
15
18.9

F max. [N]
1680
1650
1620
1580
2600
2550
2530
2500
4300
4200
4150
4120
6400
6350
6300
6250
11000
10900
10800
10750
10700
17400
17300
17000
16650
16500
16400
30100
29500
28900
28000
27500
27300
26800
53000
50500
48000
46500
45500
44900
44000
90000
84800
81000
78000

Order No
246.6.100.080
246.6.100.100
246.6.100.125
246.6.125.032
246.6.125.040
246.6.125.050
246.6.125.063
246.6.125.080
246.6.125.100
246.6.125.125
246.6.125.160

d1
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

L0
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160

d2
21
21
21
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27

d3
130
130
130
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

f max.
24
30
37.5
9.6
12
15
18.9
24
30
37.5
48

F max. [N]
75000
73000
71000
150000
142500
132000
125000
118000
115000
113000
111300

246.6.016.
16/90 Shore A
load/force (N)
1800

compression (mm)

L 0 12,5 16
20 25

1500
1200
900
600
300
0
0

10

12

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX-Tubular Spring Elements 90 Shore A


246.6.020.
20/90 Shore A
load/force (N)

compression (mm)

L 0 16

2400

246.6.025.
25/90 Shore A

20 25

32

load/force (N)

246.6.032.
32/90 Shore A

compression (mm)
L 0 20 25

4200

32

40

load/force (N)
6000

2000

3500

5000

1600

2800

4000

1200

2100

3000

800

1400

2000

400

700

1000

0
0

10

12

246.6.040.
40/90 Shore A
load/force (N)

10

load/force (N)

L 0 32 40 50 63

10000

80

12

compression (mm)

80

100

20000

6000

9000

15000

4000

6000

10000

2000

3000

5000

0
4

12

16

20

246.6.080.
80/90 Shore A
load/force (N)
54000

L 0 32

45000

10

load/force (N)
90000

40 50

15

20

25

30

246.6.100.
100/90 Shore A

compression (mm)

63 80
100

125

L 0 32

75000

80

100

45000

75000

18000

30000

50000

9000

15000

25000

subject to alterations

24

30

36

18

100

125

12

18

24

30

36

compression (mm)

80 100
125

160

0
18

50 63 80

125

27000

12

40

150000 L 0 32
40
50
125000
63
100000

15

compression (mm)

load/force (N)

60000

12

246.6.125.
125/90 Shore A

compression (mm)

40
50 63

36000

0
0

24

25000

12000

L 0 32

30000
L 0 32 40 50
63

15000

load/force (N)

8000

63

246.6.063.
63/90 Shore A

18000

12000

50

0
0

246.6.050.
50/90 Shore A

compression (mm)

compression (mm)
L 0 32 40

12

18

24

30

36

14

21

28

35

42

F63

FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element 95 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1


Description:

246.7.

FIBROFLEX Spring Elements are made from


highly elastic polyurethane elastomers.
Shore hardness is the most significant rating
of the various FIBROFLEX elements. Shore
hardness ratings are symbolized by distinctive
colour coding.
Correct selection of Shore hardness has a
fundamental bearing on the success of
FIBROFLEX-applications.

f max.

d2

L0

Material:

Polyurethan 95 Shore A
Colour: red

Note:

The physical properties of polyurethane


elastomers means that they have a tendency
to settle. The extent of such settlement is
dependent on the internal heat of friction,
speed and number of load changes, the spring
travel and the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
spring length L0.

d1
d3

246.7. FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element 95 Shore A, to DIN ISO 10069-1


Order No
246.7.016.012
246.7.016.016
246.7.016.020
246.7.016.025
246.7.020.016
246.7.020.020
246.7.020.025
246.7.020.032
246.7.025.020
246.7.025.025
246.7.025.032
246.7.025.040
246.7.032.032
246.7.032.040
246.7.032.050
246.7.032.063
246.7.040.032
246.7.040.040
246.7.040.050
246.7.040.063
246.7.040.080
246.7.050.032
246.7.050.040
246.7.050.050
246.7.050.063
246.7.050.080
246.7.050.100
246.7.063.032
246.7.063.040
246.7.063.050
246.7.063.063
246.7.063.080
246.7.063.100
246.7.063.125
246.7.080.032
246.7.080.040
246.7.080.050
246.7.080.063
246.7.080.080
246.7.080.100
246.7.080.125
246.7.100.032
246.7.100.040
246.7.100.050
246.7.100.063

F64

d1
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100

L0
12.5
16
20
25
16
20
25
32
20
25
32
40
32
40
50
63
32
40
50
63
80
32
40
50
63
80
100
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63

d2
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

d3
21
21
21
21
26
26
26
26
32
32
32
32
42
42
42
42
52
52
52
52
52
65
65
65
65
65
65
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
130
130
130
130

f max.
3.1
4
5
6.2
4
5
6.2
8
5
6.2
8
10
8
10
12
15.7
8
10
12.5
15.7
20
8
10
12.5
15.7
20
25
8
10
12.5
15.7
20
25
31.2
8
10
12.5
15.7
20
25
31.2
8
10
12.5
15.7

F max. [N]
2000
1920
1900
1870
3050
3000
2980
2950
5100
5080
5020
5000
7600
7500
7480
7450
13000
12700
12500
12450
12430
21000
20100
19600
19200
19100
19050
37000
35900
34000
33000
32000
31800
31600
62500
59000
58000
55000
54000
53000
52000
110000
102500
95000
92000

Order No
246.7.100.080
246.7.100.100
246.7.100.125
246.7.125.032
246.7.125.040
246.7.125.050
246.7.125.063
246.7.125.080
246.7.125.100
246.7.125.125
246.7.125.160

d1
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

L0
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160

d2
21
21
21
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27

d3
130
130
130
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

f max.
20
25
31.2
8
10
12.5
15.7
20
25
31.2
40

F max. [N]
89000
87000
86000
178000
168000
157000
150000
142000
135000
133000
130000

246.7.016.
16/95 Shore A
load/force (N)
2100 L 0 12,5
1750

compression (mm)

16 20

25

1400
1050
700
350
0
0

10

12

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX-Tubular Spring Elements 95 Shore A


246.7.020.
20/95 Shore A
load/force (N)

246.7.025.
25/95 Shore A

compression (mm)

L 0 16 20 25 32

3000

load/force (N)

compression (mm)

L 0 20

4800

246.7.032.
32/95 Shore A

25 32

40

load/force (N)
7800

2500

4000

6500

2000

3200

5200

1500

2400

3900

1000

1600

2600

500

800

1300

0
0

10

246.7.040.
40/95 Shore A
load/force (N)
12000

10

compression (mm)
80

load/force (N)
21000

40 50

63

30000

8000

14000

24000

6000

10500

18000

4000

7000

12000

2000

3500

6000

0
4

12

16

20

24

246.7.080.
80/95 Shore A
load/force (N)

60000 L 0 32 40
50 63
80
50000

10

15

20

25

30

load/force (N)

compression (mm)

L 0 32
40
100000
50

63 80
100 125

30000

60000

90000

20000

40000

60000

10000

20000

30000

subject to alterations

12

18

24

30

36

15

18

63 80 100

125

12

18

24

30

36

compression (mm)

63

80 100 125

160

120000

0
6

180000 L 0 32
40
50
150000

80000

12

compression (mm)

load/force (N)

40000

246.7.125.
125/95 Shore A

120000
100 125

63

0
0

246.7.100.
100/95 Shore A

compression (mm)

36000 L 0 32
40 50

80 100

17500

load/force (N)

10000

50

246.7.063.
63/95 Shore A

compression (mm)

L 0 32

12

246.7.050.
50/95 Shore A

L 0 32 40 50 63

L 0 32 40

0
0

12

compression (mm)

12

18

24

30

36

14

21

28

35

42

F65

FIBROELAST Tubular spring element 70 Shore A


Material:

2461.4.

Polyester-based polyurethane 70 Shore A


Colour: white

Note:

d2

L0

f max.

The physical properties of polyurethane


elastomers means that they have a tendency
to settle. The extent of such settlement is
dependent on the internal heat of friction,
speed and number of load changes, the spring
travel and the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 4 to 7% of the
spring length L0.

d1
d3

2461.4. FIBROELAST Tubular spring element 70 Shore A


Order No
2461.4.016.012
2461.4.016.016
2461.4.016.020
2461.4.016.025
2461.4.020.016
2461.4.020.020
2461.4.020.025
2461.4.020.032
2461.4.025.020
2461.4.025.025
2461.4.025.032
2461.4.025.040
2461.4.032.032
2461.4.032.040
2461.4.032.050
2461.4.032.063
2461.4.040.032
2461.4.040.040
2461.4.040.050
2461.4.040.063
2461.4.040.080
2461.4.050.032
2461.4.050.040
2461.4.050.050
2461.4.050.063
2461.4.050.080
2461.4.050.100
2461.4.063.032
2461.4.063.040
2461.4.063.050
2461.4.063.063
2461.4.063.080
2461.4.063.100
2461.4.063.125
2461.4.080.032
2461.4.080.040
2461.4.080.050
2461.4.080.063
2461.4.080.080
2461.4.080.100
2461.4.080.125
2461.4.100.032
2461.4.100.040
2461.4.100.050
2461.4.100.063

F66

d1
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100

L0
12
16
20
25
16
20
25
32
20
25
32
40
32
40
50
63
32
40
50
63
80
32
40
50
63
80
100
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63

d2
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

d3
21
21
21
21
26
26
26
26
32
32
32
32
42
42
42
42
52
52
52
52
52
65
65
65
65
65
65
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
130
130
130
130

f max.
4.8
6.4
8
10
6.4
8
10
12.8
8
10
12.8
16
12.8
16
20
25.2
12.8
16
20
25.2
32
12.8
16
20
25.2
32
40
12.8
16
20
25.2
32
40
50
12.8
16
20
25.2
32
40
50
12.8
16
20
25.2

Order No
2461.4.100.080
2461.4.100.100
2461.4.100.125
2461.4.125.032
2461.4.125.040
2461.4.125.050
2461.4.125.063
2461.4.125.080
2461.4.125.100
2461.4.125.125
2461.4.125.160

d1
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

L0
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160

d2
21
21
21
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27

d3
130
130
130
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

f max.
32
40
50
12.8
16
20
25.2
32
40
50
64

2461.4.016.
16/70 Shore A
load/force (N)

compression (mm)
L 0 12 16
20
25

675
600
525
450
375
300
225
150
75
0
0

subject to alterations

FIBROELAST-Tubular Spring Elements 70 Shore A


2461.4.020.
20/70 Shore A
load/force (N)
900

2461.4.025.
25/70 Shore A

compression (mm)
L 0 16
20
25
32

750
600
450
300
150

load/force (N)
1500

2461.4.032.
32/70 Shore A

compression (mm)
L 0 20
25

1350

32

40

10

3000

1050

2625

900

2250

750

1875

600

1500

450

1125

300

750

150

375
0

2461.4.040.
40/70 Shore A
load/force (N)
6750
6000

12

compression (mm)
L 0 32
40 50
63
80

10 12 14

12

16

20

24

2461.4.050.
50/70 Shore A

2461.4.063.
63/70 Shore A

load/force (N)
compression (mm)
L 0 32 40
50
63
80 100
10500

load/force (N)
compression (mm)
40 50
63 80 100 125
L 0 32
18000

5250

9000

15000

4500

7500

12000

3750

6000

3000

compression (mm)
L 0 32 40 50
63

3375

1200

load/force (N)
3750

9000

4500

2250

6000
3000

1500

3000

1500

750
0

0
0

10

15

20

25

2461.4.080.
80/70 Shore A
load/force (N)
compression (mm)
L 0 32 40 50
63 80 100 125
27000
30000
24000
21000

10 15 20 25 30 35

10

20

30

40

2461.4.100.
100/70 Shore A

2461.4.125.
125/70 Shore A

load/force (N)
compression (mm)
L 0 32 40
50
52500
63 80
100 125
45000

load/force (N)
compression (mm)
L 0 32 40
50 63
90000
80 100
125 160
75000

37500
60000

18000

30000

15000

45000

12000

22500

9000

15000

6000

30000
15000

7500

3000

0
0

10

subject to alterations

20

30

40

10

20

30

40

10

20

30

40

50

60

F67

Tubular Spring Element, Rubber 70 Shore A


Material:

2461.2.

Chloroprene rubber 70 shore A


Colour: black

Note:

d2

L0

f max.

The physical properties of elastomere springs


means that they have a tendency to settle.
The extent of such settlement is dependent
on the internal heat of friction, speed and
number of load changes, the spring travel and
the Shore hardness.
Settlement may be as much as 3 to 5% of the
spring length L0.

Physical characteristics:

Tensile strength acc. to DIN 53504:


$groeergleich. 12 N/mm
Elongation at break acc. to DIN 53504:
$groeergleich. 250 %
Bulk density acc. to DIN 53479: 1.37 g/cm
Compression set acc. to DIN 53517: 20 % (24
h/70 C)
Temperature scope: -20 C to 80 C short-term
to max. 120 C

d1

2461.2. Tubular Spring Element, Rubber 70 Shore A


Order No
2461.2.016.012
2461.2.016.016
2461.2.016.020
2461.2.016.025
2461.2.020.016
2461.2.020.020
2461.2.020.025
2461.2.020.032
2461.2.025.020
2461.2.025.025
2461.2.025.032
2461.2.025.040
2461.2.032.032
2461.2.032.040
2461.2.032.050
2461.2.032.063
2461.2.040.032
2461.2.040.040
2461.2.040.050
2461.2.040.063
2461.2.040.080
2461.2.050.032
2461.2.050.040
2461.2.050.050
2461.2.050.063
2461.2.050.080
2461.2.050.100
2461.2.063.032
2461.2.063.040
2461.2.063.050
2461.2.063.063
2461.2.063.080
2461.2.063.100
2461.2.063.125
2461.2.080.032
2461.2.080.040
2461.2.080.050
2461.2.080.063
2461.2.080.080
2461.2.080.100
2461.2.080.125
2461.2.100.032
2461.2.100.040
2461.2.100.050
2461.2.100.063

F68

d1
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100

L0
12
16
20
25
16
20
25
32
20
25
32
40
32
40
50
63
32
40
50
63
80
32
40
50
63
80
100
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
32
40
50
63

d2
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

f max.
4.8
6.4
8.0
10.0
6.4
8.0
10.0
12.8
8.0
10.0
12.8
16.0
12.8
16.0
20.0
25.2
12.8
16.0
20.0
25.2
32.0
12.8
16.0
20.0
25.2
32.0
40.0
12.8
16.0
20.0
25.2
32.0
40.0
50.0
12.8
16.0
20.0
25.2
32.0
40.0
50.0
12.8
16.0
20.0
25.2

Order No
2461.2.100.080
2461.2.100.100
2461.2.100.125
2461.2.125.032
2461.2.125.040
2461.2.125.050
2461.2.125.063
2461.2.125.080
2461.2.125.100
2461.2.125.125
2461.2.125.160

d1
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

L0
80
100
125
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160

d2
21
21
21
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27

f max.
32.0
40.0
50.0
12.8
16.0
20.0
25.2
32.0
40.0
50.0
64.0

2461.2.016.
16/70 Shore A
load/force (N)

compression (mm)
L 0 = 12 16
25
20

450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
0

subject to alterations

Tubular Spring Elements, Rubber 70 Shore A


2461.2.020.
20/70 Shore A
load/force (N)

2461.2.025.
25/70 Shore A

compression (mm)

16

20

600

25

32

500
400
300
200
100
0

10

12

2461.2.040.
40/70 Shore A
load/force (N)

compression (mm)

63

80

25

32

40

8 10 12 14 16

load/force (N)

load/force (N)

2500
2250
2000
1750
1500
1250
1000
750
500
250
0
0

compression (mm)

32 40

12

16

50

20

63

24

2461.2.063.
63/70 Shore A

compression (mm)

50

63

7000

80 100

load/force (N)

32

40 50

10

20

compression (mm)

63

80 100 125

12000

6000

10000

5000

8000

4000

6000

3000

1500

4000

2000

2000

1000
5

10 15

20

25

30

2461.2.080.
80/70 Shore A
load/force (N)

20000
18000
16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0

20

32 40

3500
3000
2500
2000
1000
500
0
0

1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0

compression (mm)

2461.2.050.
50/70 Shore A

32 40
50

4500
4000

load/force (N)

2461.2.032.
32/70 Shore A

0
0

10 15 20 25 30 35

2461.2.100.
100/70 Shore A

compression (mm)

32 40 50 63 80
100 125

load/force (N)

35000

30

40

2461.2.125.
125/70 Shore A

compression (mm)

32 40 50
63

0
0

80

100 125

30000

load/force (N)
compression (mm)
32 40
50 63
60000
80 100
125 160
50000

25000
40000

20000
30000

15000
20000

10000

10000

5000
0

10

subject to alterations

20

30

40

10

20

30

40

10

20

30

40

50

60

F69

Locating bolt
Locating bolt, threaded
2441.5.

2441.5.
Locating bolt

R0

,5

Spring
Order No

d1 d2 d3
2441.5.10 63
11 18 28
2441.5.12 80 100 13.5 22 32
2441.5.16 125 17.5 28 38

Socket
cap screw
DIN EN
ISO 4762
M10x65
M12x70
M16x70

Note:

Elastomeric round springs are positioned and


secured in place by the locating bolts.
Screws not included.

10

R4

50

10

d1
d2
d3
Spring
DIN EN ISO 4762
head cap screw

2441.6.
Locating bolt, threaded

2441.6.
X
120

R2

Spring
Order No

d1 d2
2441.6.12 63 M12 18
2441.6.16 80 100 M16 22
2441.6.20 125 M20 28

10

d3
28
32
38

l1 l2 SW e
64 24 10 11.4
68 28 10 11.4
72 32 14 16

t
6
6
8

l1

Note:

Elastomeric round springs are positioned and


secured in place by the locating bolts.

1x45

l2

10

R4

d1
d2
d3
Spring

A/F

View X

F70

subject to alterations

Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2


Thrust washer
Mounting example

2441.3.

d5
d1

2441.3. Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2


Spring-
d1
d5
s

16
20
6.5
4

20 25
32
40
50
63
80
25 30
40
50
60
80 100
8.5 10.5 13.5 13.5 16.5 16.5 20.5
4
5
5
5
6
6
8

Material:
Brass

100 125
120 150
20.5 26
8
8

Ordering Code (example):


Stacking washer DIN ISO 10069-2
Spring diameter Spring-
Order No

=2441.3.
50 mm =
050
=2441.3.050

Mounting example

244.4.

d5
d1

244.4. Thrust washer


Spring-
d1
d5
s

16
20
6.5
1

20 25
32
40
50
63
80
26 32
40
50
60
80 100
8.5 10.5 13.5 13.5 16.5 16.5 20.5
1.5
2
2.5 2.5
3
3
4

Material:
100 125
120 150
20.5 26
4
5

St 37

Ordering Code (example):


Thrust washer
Spring diameter Spring-
Order No
subject to alterations

=244.4.
50 mm =
050
=244.4. 050
F71

Guide pin
Trust washer for elastomer springs
Mounting example

244.5.

244.5. Guide pin

Material:
C 15

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pin
Nominal diameter d 1
Guide length l 1
Order No

=244.5.
16 mm =
16.
40 mm =
040
=244.5. 16.040

6
M4
6
3

8
M6
9
4

10
M8
15
5

13
M10
15
6

16
M12
18
8

20
M16
25
10

25
M20
30
14

244.6.

s1

Mounting example

d1
d2
l2
s
l1
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
95
118
140
180

d1
d2

244.6.

Material:
St 37

Spring-
d1
d2
s1

Trust washer for elastomer springs


25
10.5
32
4

32
13.5
40
5

40
13.5
50
5

50
16.5
60
6

63
16.5
80
8

80
20.5
100
10

100
20.5
120
12

125
26
150
15

Ordering Code (example):


Trust washer for elastomer springs
Spring diameter Spring-
Order No
F72

=244.6.
63 mm =
063
=244.6. 063
subject to alterations

Trust washer for compression springs


Mounting example

s1

244.7.

d1
d2

Material:

244.7. Trust washer for


compression springs
Spring-
d1
d2
s1

20
10.5
25
4

25
12.5
25
4

32
16.5
38
5

40
20.5
38
5

No 1.1191 heat treated


50
25.5
50
6

63
35.5
65
8

Ordering Code (example):


Trust washer for compression springs
Spring diameter Spring-
Order No

subject to alterations

=244.7.
40 mm =
040
=244.7. 040

F73

Spacer tube
244.9.

l 1 0,1

d1

d2

Mounting example

Material:

St 35.4 case-hardened

Note:

Other lengths on request!

244.9.
d1
d2
l1
27
30
33
38
40
44
48
50
61
63
70
72
80
90
95
100
105
115
125
135
145
150
155
165
175
185
195
200
205
215
225
235
245
250
255

Spacer tube

10
6.4

12
8.4

13
9

16
11

19
13

20
13

25
17

30
22

32
22

35
23

36
26

42
32

Ordering Code (example):


Spacer tube
=244.9.
External diameter d1 25 mm =
25.
48 mm =
048
Length l1
Order No
=244.9. 25.048
F74

subject to alterations

Washer
244.10.15.

s1

Mounting example

d1
d2

Material:

244.10.15. Washer
Order No
244.10.15.170.30.04
244.10.15.210.35.06
244.10.15.260.50.06
244.10.15.310.65.08
244.10.15.370.70.08
244.10.15.430.90.08

subject to alterations

d1
17
21
26
31
37
43

d2
30
35
50
65
70
90

s1
4
6
6
8
8
8

90MnCrV8, hardened

04.2016

Washer
Spacer sleeve
244.10.

s1

Mounting example

d1
d2

Material:

244.10. Washer

C 45 heat treated

Ordering Code (example):


Washer
Inside diameter d1
External diameter d2
Thickness s1
Order No

=244.10.
17 mm =
170.
40 mm =
40.
6 mm =
06
=244.10. 170.40. 06

d2
17
17
23
20
26
25
25
26
28
30
30
36
28
30

s1
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
4
4
5
6
6
4
5

d1
13
13
13
13
13.4
16.4
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17

d2
35
30
35
46
23
26
35
35
36
36
37
38
40
50

s1
5
6
8
8
4
4
4
6
4
13
6
6
6
6

d1
17
17
20.4
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
25
25

d2
50
58
30
42
44
45
45
46
49
65
65
68
46
55

s1
10
10
5
8
8
8
16
6
6
8
12
12
10
10

d1
25
25
26
26
26
31
31
32
32
37
43

d2
56
70
58
70
80
68
68
90
92
80
92

s1
10
10
6
12
12
8
10
15
15
8
8

244.11.

20

Mounting example

d1
6.4
8.4
8.4
8.5
9
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
11
11
12.5
13

d1
d2

244.11. Spacer sleeve

Material:

St 35.4 case-hardened

Spring-
d1
d2
Order code

20 25
20
25
25

32 40
30
38
40

Ordering Code (example):


Spacer sleeve
Order code Diameter
Order No
04.2016

=244.11.
40 mm =
40
=244.11.40
subject to alterations

Spacer plug
Adjusting washer
Mounting example

244.12.

25

d3

A/F
d2
d1

Material:

244.12. Spacer plug


Spring-
d1
d2
d3
A/F

20
20
M6
25.3
15

25
20
M8
25.3
15

32
32
M10
38
27

40
32
M12
38
27

No. 1.7131 case-hardened

Ordering Code (example):


Spacer plug
Spring diameter Spring-
Order No

244.13.

=244.12.
32 mm =
32
=244.12. 32

Mounting example

20

d1

d2

244.13. Adjusting washer


Spring-
d1
d2

20
20
7

25
20
9

Material:
32
32
11

40
32
14

No. 1.7131

Ordering Code (example):


Adjusting washer
Spring diameter Spring-
Order No
subject to alterations

=244.13.
32 mm =
32
=244.13.32
F77

Threaded disc for elastomer springs


Threaded disc for compression springs
Mounting example

2441.14.

d1

20

d3

A/F

Material:

d2

2441.14. Threaded disc for elastomer springs

St 37

Spring-
d1
d2
d3
A/F
s

25
32
18
M6
14
5

32
40
18
M8
14
5

40
50
18
M8
14
5

50
60
20
M10
17
6

63
78
20
M10
17
8

80
98
26
M12
22
10

100
120
26
M12
22
12

Ordering Code (example):


Threaded disc for elastomer springs
Spring diameter Spring-
Order No

=2441.14.
50 mm =
050
=2441.14.050

Mounting example

2441.15.

20

d4

d1
d5

d3
d2

2441.15. Threaded disc for compression


springs

Material:

Ck 45 heat treated

Spring- d1
d2
d3
d4
d5

20
10
M6
3.2
14

25
12.5
M8
4.2
20

32
16
M10
4.2
25

40
20
M12
4.2
30

50
25
M16
4.2
40

Ordering Code (example):


Threaded disc for compression springs
Spring diameter Spring- d1
Order No
F78

=2441.15.
32 mm =
032
=2441.15. 032
subject to alterations

Shock absorbing washer


2450.

Mounting example

d1
d2

Material:

Polyurethan (FIBROFLEX)

Execution:

2450.6. (90 Shore A) available from stock


2450.5. (80 Shore A) and
2450.7. (95 Shore A) available upon request

2450. Shock absorbing washer


d1
6.4
8.5
10.5
10.5
11
12
13
13
13.5
13.5
14
14
15.5

d2
16
20
15
25
17
24
19
25
32
40
23
26
23

s
3
3
4
4
3
5
4
4
4
5
4
5
4

d1
17
17
17
17
18
18
21
21
21
21
21
22
23.5

d2
26
38
50
63
27
32
30
35
38
80
100
28
34

s
4
5
6
6
4
7
5
7
6
10
10
6
4

d1
25
26
26
27
27
31
32
32
32
37
37
37
42

d2
32
35
50
41
125
42
40
49
60
46
53
65
70

s
6
6
6
7
10
6
6
8
10
6
8
10
10

Ordering Code (example):


Shock absorbing washer
Shore A hardness MAT
Inside diameter d1
External diameter d2
Thickness s
Order No
subject to alterations

=2450.
80 Shore A=
5.
23.5 mm =
23.
34 mm
=
034.
4 mm
=
04
=2450. 5. 23. 034.04
F79

Retaining bolt
Thrust washer
2441.18.

l2

(40)

M24x2

l1

32 h11

40

Material:

No. 1.7225, heat treated

2 x 45

l3

A/F 36

2441.18. Retaining bolt


Order No
2441.18.032.048
2441.18.032.068
2441.18.032.088
2441.18.032.108
2441.18.032.128
2441.18.032.148
2441.18.032.168
2441.18.032.188
2441.18.032.208
2441.18.032.228
2441.18.032.248
2441.18.032.268
2441.18.032.288

l1
48
68
88
108
128
148
168
188
208
228
248
268
288

l2
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340

l3
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300

2441.16.

d1
d2

Material:
No. 1.0570

F80

2441.16. Thrust washer


Order No
2441.16.033.080.06
2441.16.033.100.08

d1
33
33

d2
80
100

s
6
8

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element


246.6.

L0

f max.

d2

d1
d3

246.6.

FIBROFLEX-Tubular spring element

Order No
246.6.063.033.080
246.6.080.033.080

d1
63
80

d2
33
33

d3
82
106

l0
80
80

f max.
24
24

Material:

Polyurethan 90 Shore A
Colour: yellow

Mounting example
Clamping pad cushioning

Top
F 2441.18.
Retaining bolt,
thread secured with Loctite 243

Mounting clamp

L0

L 0 untensioned F 246.6. = 80 mm

F 246.6.
FIBROFLEX
Tubular spring element, 90 Shore A
F 2441.16.
Thrust washer

subject to alterations

F81

Spring unit for elastomer spring


244.14.0.

244.14.0. Spring unit for elastomer spring


Spring unit consists of:

244.10.
244.6.

d4
d3

Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.


Spring abutment washer 244.6.
Spacer tube 244.9.
Stop washer 244.10.
Elastomer
springserparate
(separateorder:
order):
246.5.,
246.6.,
246.7.,
2461.2.,
2461.4.
Elastomer spring
246.5.,
246.6.,
246.7.,
2461.2.,
2461.4.

s2

s1

Spring-[
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125

d1 3 s
10 3 1,8
12 3 1,8

h*

d2
M 6
M 8

d3
18

d4
32
40
50
60
80
100
120
150

30
16 3 2,5

M 10

20 3 3,5

M 12

25 3 4,5

M 16

39

s1
3

s2
4
5

4
6
8
10
12
15

*h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring data

d2
d1

244.9.

Ordering Code (example):


Spring unit for elastomer spring
not loaded
for spring-[ = 40 mm
Spacer tube length h = 48 mm
Order number

2192.12.
DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)

=
=
=
=
=

244.14.0.040.048
244.14.0.040.048
244.14.0.040.048
244.14.0.040.048
244.14.0.040.048

2441.14.1. Spring unit for elastomer spring

2441.14.1.

Spring unit consists of:


2192.12.
DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
244.10.

d4
d1

Elastomer
springserparate
(separateorder:
order):
246.5.,
246.6.,
246.7.,
2461.2.,
2461.4.
Elastomer spring
246.5.,
246.6.,
246.7.,
2461.2.,
2461.4.
Spring-[
25
32
40
50
63
80
100

s2

s1

244.6.

Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.


Spring abutment washer 244.6.
Spacer tube 244.9.
Stop washer 244.10.
Threaded disc 2441.14.

d1 3 s
10 3 1,8
12 3 1,8
12 3 1,8
16 3 2,5
16 3 2,5
20 3 3,5
20 3 3,5

h*

d2
M 6
M 8
M 8
M 10
M 10
M 12
M 12

d3
20
20
20
22
22
28
28

d4
32
40
50
60
80
100
120

s1
3
3
4
4
4
4
4

s2
4
5
5
6
8
10
12

s3
5
5
5
6
8
10
12

20

s3

*h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring data

d2
d3
244.9.
2441.14.

F82

Ordering Code (example):


Spring unit for elastomer spring
preloaded
for spring-[ = 40 mm
Spacer tube length h = 48 mm
Order number

=
=
=
=
=

2441.14.
24411141.
2441.14.0.040.
2441.14.0.040.048
2441.14.1.040.048
subject to alterations

Spring unit for helical spring


244.15.0.

244.15.0. Spring unit for helical spring


Spring unit consists of:

244.10.

Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.


Spring abutment washer 244.7.
Spacer tube 244.9.
Stop washer 244.10.

244.7.
d4
d3

Helical
springserparate
(separateorder:
order):
241.14.,
241.15.,
241.16.,
241.17.
Helical spring
241.14.,
241.15.,
241.16.,
241.17.
h*

d2
M6
M8
M 10
M 12
M 16
M 20

d3
18
18
30
30
39
52

d4
25
25
38
38
50
65

s1
3
3
4
4
6
6

s2
4
4
5
5
6
8

s1

d1 3 s
10 3 1,8
12 3 1,8
16 3 2,5
20 3 3,5
25 3 4,0
35 3 6,0

s2

Spring-[
20
25
32
40
50
63

*h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring Data

241.1x
d2
d1

Ordering Code (example):


Spring unit for helical spring
not loaded
for spring-[ = 40 mm
Spacer tube length h = 48 mm
Order number

=
=
=
=
=

244.9.

244.15.1.040.061
244.15.0.040.061
244.15.1.040.061
244.15.1.040.048
244.15.0.040.048

2192.12.
DIN EN ISO 4762
(12.9)

2441.15.1. Spring unit for helical spring

2441.15.1. Mounting examples

Spring unit consists of:


Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9) 2192.12.
Spring abutment washer 244.7.
Spacer tube 244.9.
Stop washer 244.10.
Threaded disc 2441.15.

d1
s1

s
s2

244.10.

Helical
springserparate
(separateorder:
order):
241.14.,
241.15.,
241.16.,
241.17.
Helical spring
241.14.,
241.15.,
241.16.,
241.17.
d2
M6
M8
M 10
M 12
M 16

d3
11
14
18
22
27

d4
25
25
38
38
50

s1
3
3
4
4
6

s2
4
4
5
5
6

h*

244.9.
20

d1 3 s
10 3 1,8
12 3 1,8
16 3 2,5
20 3 3,5
25 3 4,0

244.7.

Spring-[
20
25
32
40
50

2192.12.
DIN EN ISO
4762 (12.9)

*h see selection chart spacer tube 244.9. and spring Data


d2
d3

2441.15.

2192.12.
DIN EN ISO
4762 (12.9)
244.10.
244.7.

Ordering Code (example):


Spring unit for helical spring
preloaded
for spring-[ = 40 mm
Spacer tube length h = 48 mm
Order number
subject to alterations

=
=
=
=
=

2441.15.
2441.15.1.
2441.15.0.040.
2441.15.0.040.048
2441.15.1.040.048

244.9.
2441.15.

F83

Spring- and Spacer Unit


Installation Example:

244...10

244...11

Application without Spacer Sleeve


(cbored hole)

Application with Spacer Sleeve


(straight hole)
Dh
d5
d3
d1

stop washer 244.10.


spacer sleeve 244.11.

s1

h3

s2

20

0,1 +0,1

spring abutment washer


244.7.

depth of hole

hi-performence comp. spring


241.14./.15./.16./.17.
(per separately oder)

Note that regrinding on punch points must


be compensated by grinding an equal
amount off the compensation sleeves.

socket cap screw


DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)

25

The headed spacer plugs are ground


equal after assembly in the punch holder.

spacer tube 244.9.

Note:

20

headed spacer plug 244.12.

Adjust depth of cbore h3 or height of spacer


sleeve so that spacer tube cap screw is
relieved by about 0,1 mm.

socket cap screw


DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
The headed spacer plug are ground
together to the same degree at initial
assembly when installed.
compensation sleeve 244.13.
The compensation sleeve are ground
together to the same degree as a function of
punch length and punch guide plate thickness.

d2
d4

provide circlip if required

244.20./25./32./40. Spring- and Spacer Unit


Spring-[
20
25
32
40

d1 3 s
10 3 1,8
12 3 1,8
16 3 2,5
20 3 3,5

h*

socket cap screw d2


M 6
M 8
M 10
M 12

d3
18
18
30
30

d4
20
20
32
32

d5
25
25
38
38

Dh
26
26
40
40

s1
3
3
4
4

d2
4
4
5
5

h* see spacer tube length 244.9. and spring selection 241.1x.

Ordering Code (example):


Spring- and Spacer Unit
Spring-[ = 20 mm
spacer tube length h = 38 mm with screw
spacer tube length244.11.
Order No

F84

= 244.20.
=
038.
=
11
= 244.20.038.11
subject to alterations

Combination Spring- and Spacer Units


Application Examples
Spring Characteristics
Description:

Without Spacer Sleeve

With Spacer Sleeve

(with c`bored hole)


244...10.

(with straight hole)


244...11.

The preloaded Combination Spring- and


Spacer Unit combines the functions of
providing the spring force and of spacing
the stripper in one constructional element,
whilst conventional designs employed two.
The resulting advantages therefore
consist of space savings and reduced
machining cost with regard to the various
die members.
The execution with spacer sleeve makes it
possible to exchange the whole unit by
simply removing the top clamping plate.
Removal of the compensation disc gives
unimpeded access to the punches for
the purpose of sharpening/grinding.

Spacer Sleeve

Important Notice:
In order to preserve pre-existing
conditions in regard of spring force and
displacement, it is essential that regrinding
of the punches equals regrinding of the
compensation disc i. e. the metal removal
from either component must be kept the same.

Compensation Disc
Helical compression springs must be ordered
separately, see at the beginning of chapter F.

244.20. 244.32. 244.25. 244.40. Combination Spring- and Spacer Units


Spring Characteristics
Order No
244.20.027.
244.20.033.
244.20.038.
244.20.044.
244.20.048.

spring preload
sizes Com- spring preload forces (N) Typ
Dh3lo pression 241.14 241.15 241.16 241.17
20 x 25 2
111,6 196,2 432,0 586,4
20 x 32 3
135,0 218,1 504,0 672,6
20 x 38 4
133,6 224,0 516,0 708,4
20 x 44 4
120,0 190,4 448,0 596,4
20 x 51 7
171,5 291,9 658,0 896,7

max. working stroke of


spring (excl. preload) Typ
.14
.15
.16
.17
10,4
8,8
6,7
6,2
12,8 10,4
8,4
7,8
15,2 12,8 10,0
9,6
18,4 15,2 11,6 11,2
20,8 16,8 13,2 12,8

244.25.027.
244.25.033.
244.25.038.
244.25.044.
244.25.048.

25 x 25
25 x 32
25 x 38
25 x 44
25 x 51

2
3
4
4
7

200,0
240,9
248,0
212,0
308,7

1123,8
1384,8
976,8
1453,9

10,4
12,8
15,2
18,4
20,0

8,8
10,4
12,8
15,2
16,8

7,2
8,4
10,4
12,4
14,4

100,0 147,0 375,0

8,0
80,3 118,1 297,0 374,6
9,6
62,0 93,1 219,0 346,2
11,2 53,0 80,9 187,0 244,2
12,8 44,1 68,7 156,0 207,7

1040
1028
942
975
882

1294
1228
1192
1228
1154

2700
2495
2278
2319
2246

2997
3324
2735
2659

244.32.038.
244.32.044.
244.32.048.
244.32.061.
244.32.072.

32 x 38
32 x 44
32 x 51
32 x 64
32 x 76

5
5
8
8
9

470,5 925,5 1940,0 2643,0


398,0 790,5 1620,0 2135,5
536,0 1072,8 2176,0 2826,4
424,0 792,8 1696,0 2155,2
396,9 724,5 1548,0 1968,3

15,2
17,6
20,0
25,6
31,2

12,8
15,2
16,8
21,6
25,6

9,6
11,2
13,2
17,2
20,8

8,8
10,4
12,0
16,0
19,2

94,1 185,1 388,0 528,6


79,6 158,1 324,0 424,7
67,0 134,1 272,0 353,3
53,0 99,1 212,0 269,4
44,1 80,5 172,0 218,7

1430
1401
1340
1357
1376

2369
2403
2253
2141
2061

3725
3629
3590
3646
3578

4652
4417
4240
4310
4199

244.40.048. 40 x 51
244.40.061. 40 x 64
244.40.072. 40 x 76

8
8
9

736,0 1432,0 2801,6 5027,2 20,0


584,8 1120,0 2152,0 3905,6 25,6
567,9 972,9 1971,0 3413,7 30,4

16,8
20,8
25,6

13,6
17,6
21,6

12,0
15,2
19,2

92,0 179,0 350,2 628,4


73,1 140,0 269,0 488,2
63,1 108,1 219,0 379,3

1840
1871
1918

3007
2912
2767

4763 7541
4734 7421
4730 7283

subject to alterations

294,0
354,3
372,4
323,2
480,9

750,0
891,0
876,0
748,0
1092,0

spring coefficient (N/mm)


max. spring forces (N) at
Typ
80% max. deflection s2 Type
.14
.15
.16
.17
.14
.15
.16
.17
55,8
98,1 216,0 293,2
580
863 1447 1818
45,0 72,7 168,0 224,2
576
756 1411 1749
33,4 56,0 129,0 177,1
508
717 1290 1700
30,0 47,6 112,0 149,1 552
724 1299 1670
24,5 41,7 94,0 128,1
510
701 1241 1640

F85

Spring- and Spacer Unit


low installation space
244..3..10

244..3..11

Application without Spacer Sleeve


(cbored hole)

Application with Spacer Sleeve


(straight hole)

Installation Example:
with spacer sleeve

stop washer 244.10.

spacer sleeve 244.11.


d6
d5
d3
d1

spring abutment washer


244.7.

20

h3

s1

0,1 +0,1

depth of hole

Note:

s2

spacer tube 244.9.


h

Dh

After fitting, the flange bushings are ground to


the same length.
Note that regrind allowance on punch points
must equal that taken off the compensation
washers.

round wire compression


spring (per separately oder)

h1
h2

Adjust depth of cbore or spacer sleeve length


resp. so that spacer tube cap screw is relieved by
about 0,1 mm.

6 10

socket cap screw


DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)

Flange Bushing
244.12.2
compensation washer
244.13.2
socket cap screw
DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)
d2
d4

244.20./25./32./40.3. Spring- and Spacer Unit low installation space


Spring-[
20
25
32
40

d1 3 s
10 3 1,8
12 3 1,8
16 3 2,5
20 3 3,5

h*

d2
M 6
M 8
M 10
M 12

d3
18
18
30
30

d4
25
32
38
47

d5
25
25
38
38

d6
31
38
44
54

Dh
20
25
32
40

s1
3
3
4
4

s2
4
4
5
5

h1
5
10
16
18

h2
36
36
40
40

h* see spacer tube length 244.9. and spring selection 241.1x.

Ordering Code (example):


Spring- and Spacer Unit low installation space
for spring-[ = 20 mm
= 244.20.3.033.11
spacer tube length h = 33 mm
= 244.20.3.033.11
with spacer sleeve 244.11.
= 244.20.3.033.11
Order No
= 244.20.3.033.11

F86

subject to alterations

Spring and spacer unit


Mounting example

244.16.

l2

l 1 0,1

h
h1

d3

d2
d 1 h7

Description:

These units can be used as an alternative to shoulder screws.


Advantages:
Precision length adjustments by way of grinding. The units have many
uses as can be seen from the installation examples below.

Material:

Spacer tube: Steel, hardened


Socket cap screw DIN EN ISO 4762 (12.9)

Execution:

Outside diameter ground


Tolerance: h7

Note:

The units are supplied with a retaining O-ring wich must be removed
before application.

244.16. Spring and spacer unit


d1
d2
Tightening torque [Nm]
d3
h
h1
l1
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
140
150
160

Spring and spacer unit


Nominal diameter d1
Length l1
Screw length l2
Order No
10.2015

10
M6
13
15
10
5.5
l2
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
80
90
100
110
120

12.5
M8
32
19
13
6.5

15
M10
65
23
15
7.5

17.5
M12
120
27
18
9

50
55
60
65
70
75
80 90
90 100
100 110
110
120

50

23
M16
290
34
24
11

25
M16
290
40
24
11

35
45
50
55
60
65
70 80
80
90
100
110
120

140

60
65
70
80
90
100
110 115 120
120
130 135 140
140
150
180

80
90
100
110 125 130
120
130 140 145
140 150
150 160
180
180
200

110
120
130

=244.16.
15 mm =
150.
100 mm =
100.
120 mm =
120
=244.16. 150. 100. 120
subject to alterations

Spring and spacer unit, with hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw
Mounting example

244.18.

l2

l 1 0,05

h1

d3

d2
d 1 h7

Description:

These units can be used as an alternative to shoulder screws.


Advantages:
Precision length adjustments by way of grinding. The units have many
uses as can be seen from the installation examples below.

Material:

Spacer tube: Steel, hardened


Countersunk head cap screw DIN EN ISO 10642 (10.9)

Execution:

Outside diameter ground


Tolerance: h7

Note:

The units are supplied with a retaining O-ring wich must be removed
before application.

244.18. Spring and spacer unit, with hexagon socket countersunk head cap screw
d1
d2
Tightening torque [Nm]
d3
h
h1
l1
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
80
90
100
110
120

10
M6
12
15
10
6
l2
35
40
45
50
55
60
65

12.5
M8
28
19
13
8
45
50
55
60
70
70
80
80
90
100

15
M10
56
23
15
10

17.5
M12
98
27
18
12

55
60
65
70
80
80
90
100
110
120

60
70
70
80
80
90
90
100
110
120

23
M16
240
34
24
16

90
90
100
110
120
140
140
150
150

Ordering Code (example):


Spring and spacer unit, with hexagon socket countersunk head cap
screw
Nominal diameter d1
Length l1
Screw length l2
Order No
02.2015

=244.18.
15 mm =
150.
60 mm =
060.
90 mm =
090
=244.18. 150. 060. 090
subject to alterations

Shoulder screw
Mounting example

244.17.

l2

l 1 +0,25

d3

d2
d 1 h8

Material:

High tensile steel,


heat treated to 12.9 ISO 898-1.

Execution:
d1 ground,
heads knurled.

244.17. Shoulder screw


d1
d2
Tightening torque [Nm]
d3
h
s
l2
l1
10
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
80
90
100
120

6
M5
7
10
4.5
3
9.5

8
M6
13
13
5.5
4
11

10
M8
32
16
7
5
13

12
M10
65
18
9
6
16

16
M12
120
24
11
8
18

20
M16
290
30
14
10
22

24
M20
500
36
16
12
27

Ordering Code (example):


Shoulder screw
=244.17.
120.
Nominal diameter d1 12 mm =
55 mm =
055
Guide length l1
Order No
=244.17. 120.055
F88

subject to alterations

Compression spring set screw


241.00.1.

Description:

These set screws can be used as adjustable spring stops. They are
available for all customary spring sizes from 10 to 40. The set
screws are suitable for springs 241.14. to .17.
Their use offers the following advantages:
Adjustable spring tension from under the bottom bolster, without any
dismantling.
Exchange of springs without dismantling.
Through-holes instead of blind holes for spring accommodation.

Dh

Ordering Code (example):


secured with
LOCTITE
Type 281.243

compression spring to separate


order - see High Performance
Compression Springs

Compression spring set screw


d
Order No

=241.00.1.
22 mm =
22
=241.00.1. 22

241.00.1. Compression spring set screw


d
l
s
Spring
Dh

M12x1,5
10
6
10
10.5

subject to alterations

M14x1,5
10
6
12.5
12.5

M18x1,5
10
8
16
16.5

M22x1,5
10
8
20
20.5

M28x1,5
12
10
25
26.5

M35x1,5
12
10
32
33.5

M42x1,5
12
10
40
40.5

F89

Compression Pad
Shedder insert
Locating diameter
d 1 +0,1

2471.6.

k1

t 1 +0,1
l

d 1 +0,5
+0,3

45
30
d2
d3

Material:

2471.6. Compression Pad

FIBROFLEX
Hardness 90 Shore A

Order No
2471.6.006
2471.6.010
2471.6.016
2471.6.024
2471.6.030
2471.6.032
2471.6.039

Mounting example

d1
6
10
16
24
30
32
39.5

d2
3.6
6
9.5
18
20
24
30

d3
10
16
22
32
38
40
50

l k k1
9.5 4.5 1
15.5 7.5 2
25 12 5
25 10 2
35 19 10
32 14 4
40 16 4.75

t1
8
13
21
21
30
26
34

r
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3

c
4
6.5
10
12.5
13
16.8

Compressive
force [N]
at s
100
1.5
450
2.5
1500
4
3000
4
3000
5
12000
6
25000
6

247.6.
+0,4

d 1 -0,1

16

d1

d2

Description:

247.6. Shedder insert

Material:

Order No
247.6.008.016
247.6.010.016
247.6.012.016

Instead of conventional shedder pins and their springs as well as set


screws, FIBROFLEX Shedder Inserts are simply pressed into matching
holes (see mounting example).
FIBROFLEX
Hardness 90 Shore A

F90

d1
8
10
12

d2
4
6
8

Stripping force
[daN]
20
25
30

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, low maintenance, standard spring force, VDI 3004,


Colour marking: yellow
Mounting example
X

Top Die

Clamping
Pad

M
d1

Stroke max.

2470.20. .1

Thread
lock

Trim Die
Insert

Trim Punch
Insert

l1

l3

View X

A/F 9

15
Colour
marking

Ejector Pin Unit

d4

Description:

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
A low maintenance guide achieves an admissible lateral load-bearing
capacity up to 15.

2470.20. .1

Spring plunger, low maintenance, standard spring force, VDI 3004,


Colour m
arking: yellow

Order No
2470.20.010.060.1
2470.20.010.016.060.1
2470.20.015.060.1
2470.20.015.016.060.1
2470.20.020.080.1
2470.20.020.016.080.1
2470.20.030.080.1
2470.20.030.016.080.1
2470.20.030.120.1
2470.20.030.016.120.1
2470.20.040.150.1
2470.20.040.016.150.1
2470.20.050.150.1
2470.20.050.016.150.1

subject to alterations

d1
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4

M
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5

l1
60
60
60
60
80
80
80
80
120
120
150
150
150
150

l3
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

Stroke max.
10
10
15
15
20
20
30
30
30
30
40
40
50
50

Spring rate
[N/mm]
0.95
0.95
2
2
1.38
1.38
1.3
1.3
0.73
0.73
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6

Spring force [N]


initial
3.8
3.8
10
10
6.9
6.9
6.5
6.5
18
18
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2

Spring force [N]


final
13.3
13.3
40
40
34.5
34.5
45.5
45.5
40
40
37.2
37.2
43.2
43.2

04.2016

Setting-up bumper, round


2531.7.
d2

25

35

2x45

R2

2x45

60

100

f max.
40

d1

d3
d4

Description:

Mounting example

Setting up bumpers are used for setting down and setting up tools and
replace shear pins.

Material:

Tool set down


Spacer block

Tool fitted
Downward stroke

FIBROFLEX
Hardness 95 Shore A

Attention:
60
100

Setting up bumpers are not suitable for continuous use. To prevent


damage when setting down tools, ensure that the setting up bumpers
are large enough to withstand 1.5 times the weight of the tool (see
table).

Implementation:
1. When setting up slowly move the ram into the bottom position.
2. Clamp the tool, then move the ram back to the top position (with the
setting up bumper compressed to a height of 60 mm).
3. After setting up, remove the setting up bumpers and place them in
the storage hole on the tool.

2531.7. Setting-up bumper, round

Order No
2531.7.063
2531.7.080
2531.7.100
2531.7.125

d1
63
80
100
125

subject to alterations

d2
86
111
136
171

d3
16
20
20
25

d4
18
22
22
28

f max.
40
40
40
40

Load capacity
in daN at
f=20
2200
3500
5000
7600

Load capacity
in daN at
f=25
2800
4600
6700
9400

Load capacity
in daN at
f=40
4800
8500
11700
18900

Admissible tool weight


in kg for
4 setting up bumpers
f=20/safety factor 1,5
5800
9300
13300
20200

F91

Spring plunger, low maintenance, medium spring force, VDI 3004,


Colour marking: white
Mounting example

X
M
d1

Stroke max.

2470.20. .3

Clamping
Pad

Top Die

Thread
lock

l1

l3

View X

Trim Die
Insert

A/F 9

Trim Punch
Insert
Colour
marking

15

d4

Ejector Pin Unit

Description:

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
A low maintenance guide achieves an admissible lateral load-bearing
capacity up to 15.

2470.20. .3

Spring plunger, low maintenance, medium spring force, VDI 3004,


Colour marking: white

Order No
2470.20.020.080.3
2470.20.020.016.080.3

subject to alterations

d1
6
6

d4
13.4
13.4

M
16x2
16x1.5

l1
80
80

l3
35
35

Stroke max.
20
20

Spring rate
[N/mm]
3.02
3.02

Spring force [N]


initial
15.1
15.1

Spring force [N]


final
75.6
75.6

04.2016

Setting-up bumper, square

25

60

100

f max.
40

252.7.

8,5
20

The setting up bumper


is located in the
storage hole while the
toll is in use (guide
screw 244.5.13.040
withdrawn).

Mounting example

Description:
Setting up bumpers are used for setting down and setting up tools and
replace shear pins.

Tool set down


Spacer block

Material:

Tool fitted
Downward stroke

FIBROFLEX
Hardness 95 Shore A

Attention:
Setting up bumpers are not suitable for continuous use. To prevent
damage when setting down tools, ensure that the setting up bumpers
are large enough to withstand 1.5 times the weight of the tool (see
table).

Implementation:
1. When setting up slowly move the ram into the bottom position.
2. Clamp the tool, then move the ram back to the top position (with the
setting up bumper compressed to a height of 60 mm).
3. After setting up, remove the setting up bumpers and place them in
the storage hole on the tool.

252.7. Setting-up bumper, square

Order No
252.7.080.060
252.7.100.080
252.7.125.100
252.7.180.100

F92

a
80
100
125
180

b
60
80
100
100

e
36
50
60
100

Load capacity
in daN at
f=20
2700
6200
8600
13600

Admissible tool weight


in kg for
4 setting up bumpers
f=20/safety factor 1,5
7100
16500
22900
36200

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, low maintenance, increased spring force, VDI 3004,


Colour marking: red
Mounting example

X
M
d1

Stroke max.

2470.20. .2

Clamping
Pad

Top Die

Thread
lock

l1

l3

View X

Trim Die
Insert

A/F 9

Trim Punch
Insert
Colour
marking

15

d4

Ejector Pin Unit

Description:

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
A low maintenance guide achieves an admissible lateral load-bearing
capacity up to 15.

2470.20. .2

Spring plunger, low maintenance, increased spring force, VDI 3004,


Colour marking: red

Order No
2470.20.010.060.2
2470.20.010.016.060.2
2470.20.015.060.2
2470.20.015.016.060.2
2470.20.020.080.2
2470.20.020.016.080.2
2470.20.030.120.2
2470.20.030.016.120.2
2470.20.030.150.2
2470.20.030.016.150.2
2470.20.040.150.2
2470.20.040.016.150.2
2470.20.050.200.2
2470.20.050.016.200.2

subject to alterations

d1
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4

M
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5

l1
60
60
60
60
80
80
120
120
150
150
150
150
200
200

l3
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

Stroke max.
10
10
15
15
20
20
30
30
30
30
40
40
50
50

Spring rate
[N/mm]
3.25
3.25
2.6
2.6
6.9
6.9
2
2
2.55
2.55
2.55
2.55
1.61
1.61

Spring force [N]


initial
13
13
15
15
34.5
34.5
20
20
56.1
56.1
56.1
56.1
19.3
19.3

Spring force [N]


final
45.5
45.5
56
56
172.5
172.5
80
80
132.6
132.6
158.1
158.1
99.9
99.9

04.2016

Spacer for die release


2533.10.

l2

l1

l3

d3
d2

d4
d1

Description:

The spacers are inserted into the die for storage and transport purposes.

Mounting example

Material:

Greenamid PA6 (GF30), colour: orange

2533.10. Spacer for die release


Order No
d2
d1
2533.10.015
15.2
14.8
2533.10.016
16.2
15.8
2533.10.018
18.2
17.8
2533.10.019
19.2
18.8
2533.10.020
20.2
19.8
2533.10.024
24.2
23.8
2533.10.025
25.2
24.8
2533.10.030
30.2
29.8
2533.10.032
32.2
31.8
2533.10.038
38.2
37.8
2533.10.040
40.2
39.8
2533.10.042
42.2
41.8
2533.10.048
48.2
47.8
2533.10.050
50.2
49.8
2533.10.052
52.2
51.8
2533.10.060
60.2
59.8
2533.10.063
63.2
62.8
2533.10.080
80.2
79.8
2533.10.100
100.2
99.8
2533.10.125
125.2
124.8
*Tap hole for thread, created by customer
subject to alterations

l
52
52
52
52
52
56
56
60
60
73
73
73
84
84
84
92
92
94
96
96

l1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
16
16

l2
32
32
32
32
32
34
34
36
36
43
43
43
48
48
48
52
52
54
56
56

l3
32
32
32
32
32
34
34
36
36
43
43
43
49
49
49
53
53
54
56
56

d3
25
26
29
30
31
36
37
44
46
54
56
58
66
68
70
79
82
102
123
150

d4*
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6

max. carrying capacity [daN]


2500
2500
2700
2700
2700
3600
3600
4500
4500
6000
6000
6000
7500
7500
7500
9400
9400
12000
15000
18000

F93

Spacer with spring for die release


2533.20.
d2

d4
d1

Mounting example

Description:

The spacers with springs are inserted into the die for storage and
transport purposes.

Material:

Spacer: Greenamid PA6 (GF30), colour: orange


Spring: PU
Housing: steel, painted orange

2533.20. Spacer with spring for die release


Order No
d2
d1
s
2533.20.040
60
39.8
10
2533.20.050
71.5
49.8
10
2533.20.063
85.5
62.8
10
2533.20.080
105.5
79.8
10
2533.20.100
128
99.8
10
2533.20.125
154
124.8
10
*Tap hole for thread, created by customer

F94

l
83.5
97.5
103.5
105.5
107.5
107.5

m
M8
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10

d4*
6.8
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6
8.6

Spring force [daN]


600
800
1250
2300
3600
7000

max. carrying capacity [daN]


6000
7500
9400
12000
15000
18000

subject to alterations

Hinge for spacer

23

15

2533.00.01.

13,5

29,3

M8

8,5

g1

e
f

d1

Material:

Mounting example

Steel, burnished

Note:

for 2533.10 and 2533.20.


Screws not included.

2533.00.01. Hinge for spacer


Order No
2533.00.01.040
2533.00.01.050
2533.00.01.063
2533.00.01.080
2533.00.01.100
2533.00.01.125

subject to alterations

d1
39.8
49.8
62.8
79.8
99.8
124.8

b
86
97
106
140
156
183

c
55
70
80
105
125
150

e
19
25
30
40
50
70

f
34.5
44.5
49.5
69.5
79.5
99.5

g
46
53.5
57
72
80
93

g1
18
17.5
17.5
19
18.5
18.5

F95

Strippers for Blanking Dies


to Mercedes-Benz- / VW Standard / VDI 3362
Material:

Installation example

Perbunan
Hardness to DIN 53505:
Shore A655

Construction:
Surface quality to DIN ISO 3302-1

Application:
For blanking die tools
Cutter bar

Supplied without screws

2532.2.190.270.0306
approx.
28
19

22

27

11 max.

34

2
8
15

7,5
30
306 (9 elements)

2532.2.190.165.0270
approx.
24
19

30

13

16,5

6,5 max.

16

7,5

26
270 (9 elements)

2532.2.150.115.0270

7
13

F96

30

11,5

4,5 max.

approx.
19
15

2
7,5

26
270 (9 elements)

subject to alterations

Spring plungers

F97

Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow
Mounting example

X
M
d1

Clamping
Pad
5

Top Die

Stroke max.

2470.10. .1

View X

Thread
lock

A/F 9

l1

l3

Trim Die
Insert

Trim Punch
Insert

Ejector Pin Unit

Colour
marking
d4

Description:

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
The spring-loaded pins are hardened.

2470.10. .1 Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow
Order No
2470.10.010.060.1
2470.10.010.016.060.1
2470.10.015.060.1
2470.10.015.016.060.1
2470.10.020.080.1
2470.10.020.016.080.1
2470.10.030.080.1
2470.10.030.016.080.1
2470.10.030.120.1
2470.10.030.016.120.1
2470.10.040.150.1
2470.10.040.016.150.1
2470.10.050.150.1
2470.10.050.016.150.1
2470.10.060.150.1
2470.10.060.016.150.1
2470.10.070.200.1
2470.10.070.016.200.1
2470.10.080.200.1
2470.10.080.016.200.1

07.2015

d1
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4

M
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5

l1
60
60
60
60
80
80
80
80
120
120
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
200

l3
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

Stroke max.
10
10
15
15
20
20
30
30
30
30
40
40
50
50
60
60
70
70
80
80

Spring rate
[N/mm]
0.95
0.95
2
2
1.38
1.38
1.3
1.3
0.73
0.73
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.44
0.44
0.44
0.44

Spring force [N]


initial
3.8
3.8
10
10
6.9
6.9
6.5
6.5
18
18
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
9.68
9.68
9.68
9.68

Spring force [N]


final
13.3
13.3
40
40
34.5
34.5
45.5
45.5
40
40
37.2
37.2
43.2
43.2
49.2
49.2
40.5
40.5
44.8
44.8

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow
Mounting example
X

Top Die

Serre-flan

M
d1

Stroke max.

2470.10. .016. .1

A/F 9

Trim Die
Insert

Thread
lock

Trim Punch
Insert

Colour
marking

Ejector Pin Unit

l1

l3

View X

d4

Description:

Spring ejectors are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
The spring-loaded pins are hardened.

2470.10. .016. .1
Order No
2470.10.010.016.060.1
2470.10.015.016.060.1
2470.10.020.016.080.1
2470.10.030.016.080.1
2470.10.030.016.120.1
2470.10.040.016.150.1
2470.10.050.016.150.1
2470.10.060.016.150.1
2470.10.070.016.200.1
2470.10.080.016.200.1

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, standard spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: yellow
d1
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4

M
16x1.5
16x1.5
16x1.5
16x1.5
16x1.5
16x1.5
16x1.5
16x1.5
16x1.5
16x1.5

l1
60
60
80
80
120
150
150
150
200
200

l3
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

Stroke max.
10
15
20
30
30
40
50
60
70
80

Spring rate
[N/mm]
0.95
2
1.38
1.3
0.73
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.44
0.44

Spring force [N]


initial
3.8
10
6.9
6.5
18
13.2
13.2
13.2
9.68
9.68

Spring force [N]


final
13.3
40
34.5
45.5
40
37.2
43.2
49.2
40.5
44.8

F99

Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: white
Mounting example

X
M
d1

Clamping
Pad
5

Top Die

Stroke max.

2470.10. .3

l1
A/F 9

Trim Punch
Insert

Thread
lock

l3

View X

Trim Die
Insert

Ejector Pin Unit

Colour
marking
d4

Description:

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
The spring-loaded pins are hardened.

2470.10. .3

Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: white

Order No
2470.10.020.080.3
2470.10.020.016.080.3

07.2015

d1
6
6

d4
13.4
13.4

M
16x2
16x1.5

l1
80
80

l3
35
35

Stroke max.
20
20

Spring rate
[N/mm]
3.02
3.02

Spring force [N]


initial
15.1
15.1

Spring force [N]


final
75.6
75.6

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: white
Mounting example
X

Top Die

Serre-flan

M
d1

Stroke max.

2470.10. .016. .3

Thread
lock

A/F 9

Trim Die
Insert

Trim Punch
Insert

l1

l3

View X

Colour
marking

Ejector Pin Unit

d4

Description:

Spring ejectors are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
The spring-loaded pins are hardened.

2470.10. .016. .3
Order No
2470.10.020.016.080.3

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, medium spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: white
d1
6

d4
13.4

M
16x1.5

l1
80

l3
35

Stroke max.
20

Spring rate
[N/mm]
3.02

Spring force [N]


initial
15.1

Spring force [N]


final
75.6

F101

Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red
Mounting example

X
M
d1

Clamping
Pad
5

Top Die

Stroke max.

2470.10. .2

l1
A/F 9

Trim Punch
Insert

Thread
lock

l3

View X

Trim Die
Insert

Ejector Pin Unit

Colour
marking
d4

Description:

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
The spring-loaded pins are hardened.

2470.10. .2

Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red

Order No
2470.10.010.060.2
2470.10.010.016.060.2
2470.10.015.060.2
2470.10.015.016.060.2
2470.10.020.080.2
2470.10.020.016.080.2
2470.10.030.120.2
2470.10.030.016.120.2
2470.10.030.150.2
2470.10.030.016.150.2
2470.10.040.150.2
2470.10.040.016.150.2
2470.10.050.200.2
2470.10.050.016.200.2
2470.10.060.200.2
2470.10.060.016.200.2
2470.10.070.200.2
2470.10.070.016.200.2
2470.10.080.200.2
2470.10.080.016.200.2

07.2015

d1
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4

M
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5
16x2
16x1.5

l1
60
60
60
60
80
80
120
120
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200

l3
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

Stroke max.
10
10
15
15
20
20
30
30
30
30
40
40
50
50
60
60
70
70
80
80

Spring rate
[N/mm]
3.25
3.25
2.6
2.6
6.9
6.9
2
2
2.55
2.55
2.55
2.55
1.61
1.61
1.61
1.61
1.61
1.61
0.94
0.94

Spring force [N]


initial
13
13
15
15
34.5
34.5
20
20
56.1
56.1
56.1
56.1
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
19.3
25
25

Spring force [N]


final
45.5
45.5
56
56
172.5
172.5
80
80
132.6
132.6
158.1
158.1
99.9
99.9
116.1
116.1
132.1
132.1
100.1
100.1

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red
Mounting example
X

Serre-flan

Top Die

M
d1

Stroke max.

2470.10. .016. .2

A/F 9

Trim Die
Insert

Thread
lock

Trim Punch
Insert

Colour
marking

Ejector Pin Unit

l1

l3

View X

d4

Description:

Spring ejectors are used as ejectors, damper pins, fixing and retaining
pins in many sectors of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO insertion tool (2470.10.11).
The spring-loaded pins are hardened.

2470.10. .016. .2
Order No
2470.10.010.016.060.2
2470.10.015.016.060.2
2470.10.020.016.080.2
2470.10.030.016.120.2
2470.10.030.016.150.2
2470.10.040.016.150.2
2470.10.050.016.200.2
2470.10.060.016.200.2
2470.10.070.016.200.2
2470.10.080.016.200.2

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, increased spring force, VDI 3004, Colour marking: red
d1
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4
13.4

M
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M16x1.5
M16x1.5

l1
60
60
80
120
150
150
200
200
200
200

l3
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

Stroke max.
10
15
20
30
30
40
50
60
70
80

Spring rate
[N/mm]
3.25
2.6
6.9
2
2.55
2.55
1.61
1.61
1.61
0.94

Spring force [N]


initial
13
15
34.5
20
56.1
56.1
19.3
19.3
19.3
25

Spring force [N]


final
45.5
56
172.5
80
132.6
158.1
99.9
116.1
132.1
100.1

F103

Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot, standard spring force
2471.01.

d2

d1

Material:

2471.01. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, standard spring force

Note:

Order No
2471.01.003
2471.01.004
2471.01.005
2471.01.006
2471.01.008
2471.01.010
2471.01.012
2471.01.016
2471.01.020
2471.01.024

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Ball: Hardened ball bearing steel
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Temperature operating range: max. 250C

d1
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

l
7
9
12
14
16
19
22
24
30
34

s
0.4
0.8
0.9
1
1.5
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5

d2
1.5
2.5
3
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
12
15

Spring force [N]


initial
3
8.5
8
11
18
24
26
41
56
81

Spring force [N]


final
4.5
14
14
18
31
45
49
86
111
151

2471.31.

d2

d1

Material:

2471.31. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, standard spring force

Note:

Order No
2471.31.003
2471.31.004
2471.31.005
2471.31.006
2471.31.008
2471.31.010
2471.31.012
2471.31.016
2471.31.020
2471.31.024

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Ball: Nirosta, hardened
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Admissible temperature range: max. 250C

F104

d1
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

l
7
9
12
14
16
19
22
24
30
34

s
0.4
0.8
0.9
1
1.5
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5

d2
1.5
2.5
3
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
12
15

Spring force [N]


initial
3
8.5
8
11
18
24
26
41
56
81

Spring force [N]


final
4.5
14
14
18
31
45
49
86
111
151

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot, increased spring force
2471.02.

d2

d1

2471.02. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, increased spring force
Order No
2471.02.005
2471.02.006
2471.02.008
2471.02.010
2471.02.012
2471.02.016
2471.02.020
2471.02.024

d1
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

l
12
14
16
19
22
24
30
34

s
0.9
1
1.5
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5

d2
3
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
12
15

Spring force [N]


initial
15
19
36
57
61
68
84
127

Spring force [N]


final
22
28
62
104
110
142
166
237

Material:

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Ball: Hardened ball bearing steel
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Admissible temperature range: max. 250C
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

2471.32.

d2

d1

2471.32. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, increased spring force
Order No
2471.32.005
2471.32.006
2471.32.008
2471.32.010
2471.32.012
2471.32.016
2471.32.020
2471.32.024

d1
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

subject to alterations

l
12
14
16
19
22
24
30
34

s
0.9
1
1.5
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5

d2
3
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
12
15

Spring force [N]


initial
15
19
36
57
61
68
84
127

Spring force [N]


final
22
28
62
104
110
142
166
237

Material:

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Ball: Nirosta, hardened
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Admissible temperature range: max. 250C.
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

F105

Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon socket, standard
spring force
2471.03.

d2

A/F

d1

Material:

2471.03. Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball,


with hexagon socket, standard spring force

Note:

Order No
2471.03.003
2471.03.004
2471.03.005
2471.03.006
2471.03.008
2471.03.010
2471.03.012
2471.03.016
2471.03.020
2471.03.024

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Ball: Hardened ball bearing steel
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Temperature operating range: max. 250C

d1
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
1.5
2.5
3
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
12
15

A/F
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12

l
8
12
14
15
18
23
26
33
43
48

s
0.4
0.8
0.9
1
1.5
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5

Spring force [N]


initial
3
8.5
8
11
18
24
26
41
56
81

Spring force [N]


final
4.5
14
14
18
31
45
49
86
111
151

2471.33.

d2

A/F

d1

Material:

2471.33. Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball,


with hexagon socket, standard spring force

Note:

Order No
2471.33.003
2471.33.004
2471.33.005
2471.33.006
2471.33.008
2471.33.010
2471.33.012
2471.33.016
2471.33.020
2471.33.024

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Ball: Nirosta, hardened
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Admissible temperature range: max. 250C

F106

d1
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
1.5
2.5
3
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
12
15

A/F
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12

l
8
12
14
15
18
23
26
33
43
48

s
0.4
0.8
0.9
1
1.5
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5

Spring force [N]


initial
3
8.5
8
11
18
24
26
41
56
81

Spring force [N]


final
4.5
14
14
18
31
45
49
86
111
151

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with hexagon socket, increased
spring force
2471.04.

d2

A/F

d1

2471.04. Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball,


with hexagon socket, increased spring force
Order No
2471.04.005
2471.04.006
2471.04.008
2471.04.010
2471.04.012
2471.04.016
2471.04.020
2471.04.024

d1
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
3
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
12
15

A/F
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12

l
14
15
18
23
26
33
43
48

s
0.9
1
1.5
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5

Spring force [N]


initial
15
19
36
57
61
68
84
127

Spring force [N]


final
22
28
62
104
110
142
166
237

Material:

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Ball: Hardened ball bearing steel
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Temperature operating range: max. 250C
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

2471.34.

d2

A/F

d1

2471.34. Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball,


with hexagon socket, increased spring force
Order No
2471.34.005
2471.34.006
2471.34.008
2471.34.010
2471.34.012
2471.34.016
2471.34.020
2471.34.024

d1
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

subject to alterations

d2
3
3.5
4.5
6
8
10
12
15

A/F
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12

l
14
15
18
23
26
33
43
48

s
0.9
1
1.5
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5

Spring force [N]


initial
15
19
36
57
61
68
84
127

Spring force [N]


final
22
28
62
104
110
142
166
237

Material:

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Ball: Nirosta, hardened
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Admissible temperature range: max. 250C.
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

F107

Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, with slot, standard spring force
2471.05.

d2

d1

Material:

2471.05. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, standard spring force

Note:

Order No
d1
l
s d2
2471.05.006 M6 14 0.9 3.5
2471.05.008 M8 16 1.5 5
2471.05.010 M10 19 1.9 6

Sleeve: Delrin blue (POM)


Ball: Delrin white (POM)
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Temperature operating range: -30C to +50C

Spring force [N]


initial
12
20
25

Spring force [N]


final
17
35
45

2471.35.

d2

d1

Material:

2471.35. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, with slot, standard spring force

Note:

Order No
d1
l
s d2
2471.35.006 M6 14 0.9 3.5
2471.35.008 M8 16 1.5 5
2471.35.010 M10 19 1.9 6

Sleeve: Delrin blue (POM)


Ball: Nirosta, hardened
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Admissible temperature range: -30C to +50C.

F108

Spring force [N]


initial
12
20
25

Spring force [N]


final
17
35
45

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, standard spring force
2472.01.

d2

Thread
lock
A/F
d1

2472.01. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force
Order No
2472.01.003
2472.01.004
2472.01.005
2472.01.006
2472.01.008
2472.01.010
2472.01.012
2472.01.016
2472.01.020
2472.01.024

d1
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
1
1.5
2.4
2.7
3.5
4
6
7.5
10
12

l
12
15
18
20
22
22
28
32
40
52

s
1
1.5
2.3
2.5
3
3
4
5
7
10

A/F
0.7
1.3
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8

Spring force [N]


initial
2
4.5
6
6
10
10
12
45
52
70

Spring force [N]


final
4
16
19
19
39
39
53
100
125
170

Material:

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with


hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.

2472.31.

d2

Thread
lock
A/F
d1

2472.31. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force
Order No
2472.31.004
2472.31.005
2472.31.006
2472.31.008
2472.31.010
2472.31.012
2472.31.016
2472.31.020

d1
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20

subject to alterations

d2
1.5
2.4
2.7
3.5
4
6
7.5
10

l
15
18
20
22
22
28
32
40

s
1.5
2.3
2.5
3
3
4
5
7

A/F
1.3
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
6

Spring force [N]


initial
4.5
6
6
10
10
12
45
52

Spring force [N]


final
16
19
19
39
39
53
100
125

Material:

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with


hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.

F109

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, standard spring force
2472.21.

d2

Thread
lock
A/F
d1

Material:

2472.21. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force

Note:

Order No
2472.21.004
2472.21.005
2472.21.006
2472.21.008
2472.21.010
2472.21.012
2472.21.016

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Delrin white (POM)
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with
hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.

d1
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16

d2
1.5
2.4
2.7
3.5
4
6
7.5

l
15
18
20
22
22
28
32

s
1.5
2.3
2.5
3
3
4
5

A/F
1.3
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5

Spring force [N]


initial
4.5
6
6
10
10
12
45

Spring force [N]


final
16
19
19
39
39
53
100

2472.22.

d2

Thread
lock
A/F
d1

Material:

2472.22. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force

Note:

Order No
2472.22.004
2472.22.005
2472.22.006
2472.22.008
2472.22.010
2472.22.012
2472.22.016

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Pin: Delrin white (POM)
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with
hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.

F110

d1
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16

d2
1.5
2.4
2.7
3.5
4
6
7.5

l
15
18
20
22
22
28
32

s
1.5
2.3
2.5
3
3
4
5

A/F
1.3
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5

Spring force [N]


initial
4.5
6
6
10
10
12
45

Spring force [N]


final
16
19
19
39
39
53
100

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon socket, standard
spring force
2472.03.

d2

A/F

d1

2472.03. Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin,


with hexagon socket, standard spring force
Order No
2472.03.004
2472.03.005
2472.03.006
2472.03.008
2472.03.010
2472.03.012
2472.03.016
2472.03.020
2472.03.024

d1
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
1.8
2.4
2.7
3.8
4.5
6
8.5
10
13

l
12
14
15
18
23
26
33
43
48

s
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
6.5
8

A/F
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12

Spring force [N]


initial
4.5
5
6
16
19
22
38
39
72

Spring force [N]


final
12.5
13
17
33
42
57
78
81
155

Material:

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Temperature operating range: max. 250C

2472.33.

d2

A/F

d1

2472.33. Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin,


with hexagon socket, standard spring force
Order No
2472.33.004
2472.33.005
2472.33.006
2472.33.008
2472.33.010
2472.33.012
2472.33.016
2472.33.020
2472.33.024

d1
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

subject to alterations

d2
1.8
2.4
2.7
3.8
4.5
6
8.5
10
13

l
12
14
15
18
23
26
33
43
48

s
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
6.5
8

A/F
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12

Spring force [N]


initial
4.5
5
6
16
19
22
38
39
72

Spring force [N]


final
12.5
13
17
33
42
57
78
81
155

Material:

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
Spring: Nirosta

Hinweis:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Admissible temperature range: max. 250C

F111

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
standard spring force
2472.07.
t

d2

Seal
Setscrew,
bonded
A/F

d1

Material:

2472.07. Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal,


with hexagon socket, standard spring force

Note:

Order No
2472.07.008
2472.07.010
2472.07.012
2472.07.016

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. The seal prevents
the ingress of liquids into the forcing pin. Assembly and dismantling
using hexagon socket key and slotted screwdriver.
Temperature operating range: 30C up to 80C

d1 d2 l n s t A/F
M8 3.8 26 1.5 3 1.4 2.5
M10 4 28 1.53.51.4 3
M12 6 35 2.7 4 2 4
M167.5 40 3.2 5 2.5 5

Spring force [N] Spring force [N]


initial
final
9
24
15
30
24
50
36
58

2472.37.
t

d2

Seal
Setscrew,
bonded
A/F

d1

Material:

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. The seal prevents
the ingress of liquids into the forcing pin. Assembly and dismantling
using hexagon socket key and slotted screwdriver.
Temperature operating range: 30C up to 80C

F112

2472.37. Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal,


with hexagon socket, standard spring force
Order No
2472.37.008
2472.37.010
2472.37.012
2472.37.016

d1 d2 l n s t A/F
M8 3.8 26 1.5 3 1.4 2.5
M10 4 28 1.53.51.4 3
M12 6 35 2.7 4 2 4
M167.5 40 3.2 5 2.5 5

Spring force [N] Spring force [N]


initial
final
9
24
15
30
24
50
36
58

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, increased spring force
Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal, with hexagon socket,
increased spring force
2472.02.

d2

Thread
lock
A/F
d1

2472.02. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, increased spring force
Order No
2472.02.005
2472.02.006
2472.02.008
2472.02.010
2472.02.012
2472.02.016
2472.02.020
2472.02.024

d1
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
2.4
2.7
3.5
4
6
7.5
10
12

A/F
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8

l
18
20
22
22
28
32
40
52

s
2.3
2.5
3
3
4
5
7
10

Spring force [N]


initial
11
15
20
20
45
64
75
75

Spring force [N]


final
40
43
75
75
120
160
195
245

Material:

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. Removable with


hexagon socket screw key or slotted screwdriver.
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

2472.08.
t

d2

Seal
Setscrew,
bonded
A/F

d1

2472.08. Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin and seal,


with hexagon socket, increased spring force
Order No
2472.08.008
2472.08.010
2472.08.012
2472.08.016

d1 d2 l n s t A/F
M8 3.8 26 1.5 3 1.4 2.5
M10 4 28 1.53.51.4 3
M12 6 35 2.7 4 2 4
M167.5 40 3.2 5 2.5 5

subject to alterations

Spring force [N] Spring force [N]


initial
final
17
39
22
43
40
80
44
113

Material:

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards. The seal prevents
the ingress of liquids into the forcing pin. Assembly and dismantling
using hexagon socket key and slotted screwdriver.
Temperature operating range: 30C up to 80C
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

F113

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with hexagon socket, increased
spring force
2472.04.

d2

A/F

d1

Material:

2472.04. Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with


hexagon socket, increased spring force

Note:

Order No
2472.04.006
2472.04.008
2472.04.010
2472.04.012
2472.04.016
2472.04.020
2472.04.024

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Temperature operating range: max. 250C
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

d1
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
2.7
3.8
4.5
6
8.5
10
13

l
15
18
23
26
33
43
48

s
2
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
6.5
8

A/F
3
4
5
6
8
10
12

Spring force [N]


initial
11
23
20
38
50
52
91

Spring force [N]


final
25
59
54
96
100
133
223

2472.34.

d2

A/F

d1

Material:

2472.34. Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with


hexagon socket, increased spring force

Note:

Order No
2472.34.006
2472.34.008
2472.34.010
2472.34.012
2472.34.016
2472.34.020
2472.34.024

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Temperature operating range: max. 250C
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

F114

d1
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
2.7
3.8
4.5
6
8.5
10
13

l
15
18
23
26
33
43
48

s
2
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
6.5
8

A/F
3
4
5
6
8
10
12

Spring force [N]


initial
11
23
20
38
50
52
91

Spring force [N]


final
25
59
54
96
100
133
223

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, standard spring force
2472.05.

d2

d1

2472.05. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force
Order No
2472.05.004
2472.05.005
2472.05.006
2472.05.008
2472.05.010
2472.05.012
2472.05.016
2472.05.020
2472.05.024

d1
4
5
6
8
10
12
16
20
24

d2
1.8
2.4
2.7
3.8
4.5
6.2
8.5
10
13

l
9
12
14
16
19
22
24
30
34

s
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
6.5
8

Spring force [N]


initial
4.5
5
6
16
19
22
38
39
72

Spring force [N]


final
12.5
13
17
33
42
57
78
81
155

Material:

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Temperature operating range: max. 250C

2472.35.

d2

d1

2472.35. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, standard spring force
Order No
2472.35.004
2472.35.005
2472.35.006
2472.35.008
2472.35.010
2472.35.012
2472.35.016
2472.35.020
2472.35.024

d1
4
5
6
8
10
12
16
20
24

subject to alterations

d2
1.8
2.4
2.7
3.8
4.5
6.2
8.5
10
13

l
9
12
14
16
19
22
24
30
34

s
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
6.5
8

Spring force [N]


initial
4.5
5
6
16
19
22
38
39
72

Spring force [N]


final
12.5
13
17
33
42
57
78
81
155

Material:

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Temperature operating range: max. 250C

F115

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, with slot, increased spring force
2472.06.

d2

d1

Material:

2472.06. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, increased spring force

Note:

Order No
2472.06.006
2472.06.008
2472.06.010
2472.06.012
2472.06.016
2472.06.020
2472.06.024

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Free machining steel hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Temperature operating range: max. 250C
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

d1
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
2.7
3.8
4.5
6.2
8.5
10
13

l
14
16
19
22
24
30
34

s
2
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
6.5
8

Spring force [N]


initial
11
23
20
38
50
52
91

Spring force [N]


final
25
59
54
96
100
133
223

2472.36.

d2

d1

Material:

2472.36. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, with slot, increased spring force

Note:

Order No
2472.36.006
2472.36.008
2472.36.010
2472.36.012
2472.36.016
2472.36.020
2472.36.024

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Pin: Nirosta 1.4305
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Temperature operating range: max. 250C
Identification of increased spring force by two longitudinal marks on
the sleeve.

F116

d1
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

d2
2.7
3.8
4.5
6.2
8.5
10
13

l
14
16
19
22
24
30
34

s
2
2
2.5
3.5
4.5
6.5
8

Spring force [N]


initial
11
23
20
38
50
52
91

Spring force [N]


final
25
59
54
96
100
133
223

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, with spring loaded pin, straight version, with collar
Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version
2473.01.
d1

s
l2

l1

l3

d2

d3

2473.01. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


pin, straight version, with collar
Order No
2473.01.006
2473.01.008
2473.01.010
2473.01.012

d1 d2 d3
6 2.7 8
8 3.9 10
10 5.9 13
12 7.9 16

l1 l2 l3 s
20 3.2 6 3.5
24 3.2 8 4.5
30 4 10 5.5
36 5 12 6.5

Spring force [N] Spring force [N]


initial
final
10
22
30
88
42
110
50
130

Material:

Sleeve: Free machining steel, burnished


Pin: Steel, case hardened, burnished
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For use in toolmaking as forcing pins and spring loaded limit stops.
Neither the threaded cartridge nor any of its components can escape
from the mounting.
Temperature operating range: max. 250 C

2473.02.

d2

d1

2473.02. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version
Order No
d1 d2 l
s
2473.02.030 3 2 7 0.65
2473.02.035 3.5 2.5 9 0.8
2473.02.040 4 3 11 0.9
2473.02.045 4.5 3.2 12 0.95
2473.02.050 5 3.5 13
1
2473.02.055 5.5 4 14 1.2
2473.02.060 6 4.5 15 1.5

subject to alterations

Spring force [N]


initial
4.5
6
8
9.5
11
15.5
18

Spring force [N]


final
7.5
14.5
14
16.5
18
25
31

Material:

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4305


Pin: Nirosta hardened
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Temperature operating range: max. 250 C

F117

Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version, with collar
2475.01.

l1

l2

d3
d2

d1

Material:

2475.01. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version, with collar

Note:

Order No
2475.01.004
2475.01.005
2475.01.006
2475.01.008
2475.01.010
2475.01.012

Sleeve: Delrin blue (POM)


Ball: Delrin white (POM)
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Temperature operating range: 30C to +50C

d1
4
5
6
8
10
12

d2 d3 l1 l2 s
3 4.6 5 1 0.8
4 5.6 6 1 1
5 6.5 7 1 1.6
6.5 8.5 9 1 1.9
8 11 13.5 1.5 2.4
10 13 16 1.5 3.3

Spring force [N] Spring force [N]


initial
final
2.5
6.5
6
9.4
6.5
13
8
18
12
23
13
25

2475.02.

l1

l2

d3
d2

d1

Material:

2475.02. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version, with collar

Note:

Order No
2475.02.004
2475.02.005
2475.02.006
2475.02.008
2475.02.010
2475.02.012

Sleeve: Delrin blue (POM)


Ball: Nirosta, hardened
Spring: Nirosta
For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.
Temperature operating range: 30C to +50C

F118

d1
4
5
6
8
10
12

d2 d3 l1 l2 s
3 4.6 5 1 0.8
4 5.6 6 1 1
5 6.5 7 1 1.6
6.5 8.5 9 1 1.9
8 11 13.5 1.5 2.4
10 13 16 1.5 3.3

Spring force [N] Spring force [N]


initial
final
2.5
6.5
6
9.4
6.5
13
8
18
12
23
13
25

subject to alterations

Spring plunger, with spring loaded ball, straight version, with collar
2475.03.

l1

l2

d3
d2

d1

2475.03. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version, with collar
Order No
2475.03.004
2475.03.005
2475.03.006
2475.03.008

d1
4
5
6
8

d2 d3
3 4.5
4 5.5
5 6.5
6.5 8.5

l1
5
6
7
9

l2 s
1 0.8
1 1
1 1.6
1 1.9

Spring force [N]


initial
3
4
6
8

Spring force [N]


final
6
6.5
11.5
12.5

Material:

Sleeve: Brass
Ball: Nirosta, hardened
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Temperature operating range: max. 250C

2475.04.

l1

l2

d3
d2

d1

2475.04. Spring plunger, with spring loaded


ball, straight version, with collar
Order No
d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 s
2475.04.004 4 3 4.6 5 0.9 1
2475.04.005 5 4 5.6 6 0.9 1.4
2475.04.006 6 5 6.5 7 1 1.8
2475.04.008 8 6.5 8.5 9 1.1 2.4
2475.04.010 10 8.5 11 13.5 1.7 3.3
2475.04.012 12 10 13 16 2.3 4

subject to alterations

Spring force [N] Spring force [N]


initial
final
2.5
6
3
6.5
5.5
11.5
7
12.5
8.5
18.5
12
26.5

Material:

Sleeve: Nirosta 1.4303


Ball: Nirosta, hardened
Spring: Nirosta

Note:

For locking and for pressing upwards or downwards.


Temperature operating range: max. 250C

F119

Accessories for Spring Plungers


2470.10.11
Insertion Tool
for 2470.10.

2470.12.010.017
Insertion Tool
for 2479. and 3479.

2472.11.003 up to 2472.11.020
Thrust pad driver
for 2472.01./.02.
Order No
2472.11.003
2472.11.004
2472.11.005
2472.11.006
2472.11.008
2472.11.010
2472.11.012
2472.11.016
2472.11.020

for thread
M 3
M 4
M 5
M 6
M 8
M 10
M 12
M 16
M 20

2472.11.024
Thrust pad driver
for 2472.01./.02.
Order No
for thread
2472.11.024
M 24

F120

subject to alterations

Stripping unit,
Stock lifter,
Lifting unit,
Spring ram
F121

Stripping unit, wall and bottom mounting

10

30

11

e 10,05

l1

30

10 H7

11

stroke

6,6
29 0,1

11

40
18 0,1
13
10

35 0,1

12 +0,15

15 0,1
6,6

2477. .1.01

58
10 H7 (4x)

55
80 0,05

11 (6x)

98

10

29
49 0,05

2477. .1.01 Stripping unit, wall and bottom mounting


Order No
2477.050.00050.1.01
2477.050.00100.1.01
2477.050.00150.1.01
2477.050.00200.1.01
2477.080.00050.1.01
2477.080.00100.1.01
2477.080.00150.1.01
2477.080.00200.1.01

F122

Stroke
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80

Initial spring force [daN]


50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200

l
200
200
200
200
260
260
260
260

l1
113
113
113
113
143
143
143
143

a
177
177
177
177
237
237
237
237

e
103
103
103
103
133
133
133
133

e1
83
83
83
83
113
113
113
113

subject to alterations

Stripping unit, flanged mounting

10
20
30

l1

stroke

11
6,6
29 0,1

15 0,1
6,6

40
18 0,1
13
10

35 0,1

12 +0,15

2477. .1.02

55
10 H7 (2x)

98

62
70
80 0,05

11 (4x)

40
58

2477. .1.02 Stripping unit, flanged mounting


Order No
2477.050.00050.1.02
2477.050.00100.1.02
2477.050.00150.1.02
2477.050.00200.1.02
2477.080.00050.1.02
2477.080.00100.1.02
2477.080.00150.1.02
2477.080.00200.1.02

subject to alterations

Stroke
50
50
50
50
80
80
80
80

Initial spring force [daN]


50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200

l
200
200
200
200
260
260
260
260

l1
107
107
107
107
137
137
137
137

a
84
84
84
84
114
114
114
114

F123

Stock lifter
Description:

2478.10.

All component lifters in the various gas spring


classes are of the same design and the
different spring forces are achieved solely by
means of different gas pressures. The
pressure can be topped up or reduced via the
piston rod.

for 8 mm spring pin


connection G 1/8

Note:
6,6

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C bis +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0,3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. ca. 80-100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
Order No for spare parts kit: 2478.10.00320
Spring forces as per spring diagram.
Upon customers request, also available
unfilled, Order No 2478.10.00000....

l min.

24 21

Stroke max.

44,4

2478.10.
Stock lifter

Strip guide

l
146
196
256
296
346
396

66,7
18 x 14,6 deep

Stock lifter

110
98,6
85

Plate

2478.10.00320.01 Fixing adapter


order separately

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

35,4
14

counterbore for
socket cap screw
M10 (4x)

12 -0,1

8
18

61

30
M8 x 16 deep (2x)

R5,75

21

10

13,9

2x45

10

75,4
50

*complete with initial spring force


Spring force marking:
Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar]
.00050. - 28
.00100. - 56
.00150. - 84
.00200. - 113
.00250. - 141
.00320. - 180

2x45

lmin.
121
146
176
196
221
246

7 0,05

Order No*
Strokemax.
2478.10..025
25
2478.10..050
50
2478.10..080
80
2478.10..100
100
2478.10..125
125
2478.10..150
150

44,45

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

050

080

100

125

150

25

50

75
stroke in mm

100

125

150

1,35
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

nominal stroke
025
1,40

180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50

1,30
1,25
1,20
1,15
1,10
1,05
1,00

50

100

150 200
force daN

250

300

350

5 10

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!

F124

subject to alterations

Stock lifter
2478.30. . 1
25

Note:

17
l
l min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0,3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
Max. effctive travel: 100%

Stroke

Stocklifters are equipped with a PowerLine


2487.12.00170. gas spring with no option for
wear compensation, so complete replacement
is required.

10

The cylinder base can be used for topping up


and reducing gas pressure and for
interconnection arrangements.

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

30

6(2x)

M6 valve
38
69,9
60
50
9

2478.30. .1
Stock lifter
22
50

Description:

M10x15 deep
Counterbore for
socket cap screw M8(4x)

subject to alterations

Order No
2478.30.00170.025.1
2478.30.00170.038.1
2478.30.00170.050.1
2478.30.00170.080.1
2478.30.00170.100.1
2478.30.00170.125.1

Strokemax. lmin.
l
25
87 112
38
100 138
50
112 162
80
145 225
100
165 265
125
190 315

4x5 deep

F125

Stock lifter with attachment lug


Description:

2478.30. .2

The cylinder base can be used for topping up


and reducing gas pressure and for
interconnection arrangements.

Note:

Stocklifters are equipped with a PowerLine


2487.12.00170. gas spring with no option for
wear compensation, so complete replacement
is required.

25

10

Stroke
11

20

25
16

l min.

17

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0,3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
Max. effective travel: 100%

M6 valve

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

F126

lmin.
102
115
127
160
180
205

l
127
153
177
240
280
330

22
50

Strokemax.
25
38
50
80
100
125

9,9

Order No
2478.30.00170.025.2
2478.30.00170.038.2
2478.30.00170.050.2
2478.30.00170.080.2
2478.30.00170.100.2
2478.30.00170.125.2

69,9
60
50

30

2478.30. .2
Stock lifter with attachment lug

6(2x)

38

Counterbore for
socket cap screw M8(4x)

subject to alterations

Stripper
2478.30. .3
25

25
l

Strippers are equipped with a Power Line


2487.12.00170. gas spring with no option for
wear compensation, so complete replacement
is required.

Note:

l min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C at +80C
Temp. related force increase: 0,3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40-100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s
Max. effective travel: 100%

M6 valve
38

30

6H7(2x)

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

69,9
60 0,15
50
9

2478.30. .3
Stripper
22
50

The stripper is used for stripping


2478.30.00170.3 of sheet metal parts after
the forming operation (eg folding functions).
Gas refill, reduce and composite assembly are
possible over the cylinder tube sheet.

Stroke

Description:

M10x15 deep
Counterbore for
socket cap screw M8(4x)

subject to alterations

Order No
2478.30.00170.025.3
2478.30.00170.038.3
2478.30.00170.050.3
2478.30.00170.080.3
2478.30.00170.100.3
2478.30.00170.125.3

Strokemax.
25
38
50
80
100
125

lmin.
87
100
112
145
165
190

l
112
138
162
225
265
315

4x5 deep

F127

F128

subject to alterations

Lifting unit (not damped/damped) to Mercedes-Benz


2478.20.20.
d6
2082.70.
Guide bush with collar
as per DIN 9834/ISO 9448
Bronze with solid lubricant
(see chapter D)

d 5 F6
h6

2478.20.20.1.
Guide pillar

l 3*

order separately:
2192.12.08.020 (3x)
Socket head screw M8x20
as per DIN EN ISO 4762
(see chapter C)

frame height = 105 mm

2482.74.
Gas spring

working stroke

1,4

2072.45.10
Screw clamp (2x)
incl. socket head screw
M6x16
as per DIN EN ISO 4762
(see chapter D)

distance in
lifted condition

d 1 H7
g6

Note:
Frame height = 105 mm
Depending on the frame height and the installation type of the sleeve 2478.20.20.2. (l3 - tapped
bore in the frame or cut-out in the cast), the
countersink varies for the determination of the
lifting path.
Size 2* - type, damped

2478.20.20.2.
Sleeve
additional for
damped execution:
drain hole *

2478.20.20.3
Damper

d8

In order to maintain the clearance of 1.4 mm in


a raised state (dampener to bushing), a distance
sleeve is to be used between the damper and
guide post flange.

d 11
d 9 +1
+0,5

Size 3* - type, damped


Maximum lifting path 80 mm
Lifting path 80 mm; Distance height 47 mm
Lifting path 70 mm; Distance height 57 mm

2478.20.20.4
Spacer sleeve

d 7*

Maximum lifting path 66 mm


Lifting path 66 mm; Distance height 0 mm
Lifting path 30 mm; Distance height 36 mm

* Distance height determined at the customer


(deliver length: 61 mm).
* to be provided by the customer

2478.20.20. Lifting unit (not damped/damped) to


Mercedes-Benz
working
working stroke,
stroke
damped
Size
1
5 - 35

2
40 - 70
30 - 66
3
75 - 115
70 - 80
* to be provided by the customer

d1
32
32
32

d5
40
40
40

d6
66
66
66

d7*
40
40
40

d8
60
60
60

d9
85
85
85

d11
67
67
67

l3*
-

The lifting unit must be ordered in three sizes with the respective order numbers of the individual
parts:
Size
1
2
3
Guide Pillar
2478.20.20.1.01
2478.20.20.1.02
2478.20.20.1.03
Sleeve

2478.20.20.2.02
2478.20.20.2.03
Guide bush
2082.70.032
2082.70.032
2082.70.032
Gas spring
2482.74.00090.038
2482.74.00090.080.1
2482.74.00090.125
Holding piece (2x)
incl. socket head screw
M6x16
DIN EN ISO 4762
2072.45.10
2072.45.10
2072.45.10
additional for damped execution:
Damper

2478.20.20.3
2478.20.20.3
Spacer sleeve

2478.20.20.4
2478.20.20.4

subject to alterations

F129

Guide pillar for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz


2478.20.20.1.
d 1 g6

11

14
12

6,6

l1

l2

Socket head screw


for the attachment
of the gas spring

Material:

d 3 +0,2
d2
d4

Steel, surface hardenedInduction hardened 60+3 HRCHardness


penetration depth > 1.8 mm

M8(2x)

Note:

The socket head screw for the attachment of the gas spring is included
with delivery.

2478.20.20.1.

Guide pillar for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz

Order No
2478.20.20.1.01
2478.20.20.1.02
2478.20.20.1.03

Size
1
2
3

F130

d1
32
32
32

d2
38
38
38

d3
19.5
19.5
19.5

d4
21
21
21

l1
81
126
176

l2
113
148
208

subject to alterations

Sleeve for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz


2478.20.20.2.

Material:
Steel

Note:

The sleeve is supplied without countersink. Integrating countersink d7


(40) x l3 (*to be provided by thecustomer) determines the lifting path.
The drain hole is pre-drilled as a blind hole with a of 6 mm and must
also be modified.

2478.20.20.2.
Order No
2478.20.20.2.02
2478.20.20.2.03

subject to alterations

Sleeve for lifting unit to Mercedes-Benz


Size
2
3

d9
85
85

d10
50
50

d11
67
67

l4
90
150

F131

Damper for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz


2478.20.20.3

l0

fmax.

d 3 /d 1

d2

Description:

The damper element made of co-polyester elastomer is used in the


jacking units in progressive dies in the automotive and white goods
industry. Increasing stresses on screws and bolts are reduced by the low
stress dampers. Reduced noise emission is also an additional positive
side-effect. Two-ply dampers can be used depending on the mass or
stroke.
Benefits:
- High absorption of force and energy
- Slight settlement
- Long service life and high level of operating safety

2478.20.20.3

Material:

Co-Polyester-Elastomer
Available in 55 Shore-D hardness levels.
Technical data:
Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
No absorption of water and no swelling.
Approved temperature range: -40C to +90C (-40F to +194F)

Damper for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz

Order No
d1
2478.20.20.3
39.5
*Total energy per stroke

F132

- Noise reduction
- High degree of effectiveness

d2
32.2

d3
39.6

l0
12.6

f max. in mm
3.6

W3 in Nm/stroke*
4

subject to alterations

Spacer sleeve for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz

61

2478.20.20.4

33
39,5

Material:

Steel, hardened

Note:

Height adjustment according to lifting path while using lifting unit


2478.20.20.

2478.20.20.4

subject to alterations

Spacer sleeve for lifting units to Mercedes-Benz

F133

Lifter, round with pilot pin hole


to BMW standard
d 30,1

2478.20.15.10.

Execution:
Assembly consisting of:
12

Lifter

Gas spring
[ 19 mm (1) = 2482.74.00090.
Spring force 90 daN
or
[ 25 mm (2) = 2480.21.00200.
Spring force 200 daN

Screw clamp,
incl. Socket head screw M816 to ISO 4762

Socket head screw M612 to ISO 4762

l 0,1

l max.

M8

2x45

3,5

Note:

+1,5
d 2 +1
d 1 f7

*Sworking stroke suitable = max. allowable spring stroke minus 10 % stroke


reserve of nominal stroke length,
from stroke of 50 mm only max. 5 mm.
22

s working stroke

s working stroke +1

15 0,1

20

on request, gas spring with a lower spring force available.

d6

2478.20.15.10. Lifter, round with pilot pin hole to BMW Standard

l
49
53.5
62.5
74
85
98.5
115
135
160

lmax.
87
97
117
143
167
197
230
270
320

*sworking stroke
9
13.5
22.5
34
45
58.5
75
95
120

d1
d2
d3
d6
c
Stroke
Order No
(Part 3)
009
014
023
034
045
059
075
095
120

28
19
10.5
20.5
4x45

28
19
12.5
20.5
4x45

30
19
10.5
21.5
5x45

30
19
12.5
21.5
5x45

35
25
12.5
24
5x45

35
25
16.5
24
5x45

40
19
10.5
26.5
6x45

40
19
12.5
26.5
6x45

40
19
16.5
26.5
6x45

.111.
.111.
.111.
.111.
.111.
.111.
.111.
.111.
.111.

.112.
.112.
.112.
.112.
.112.
.112.
.112.
.112.
.112.

.121.
.121.
.121.
.121.
.121.
.121.
.121.
.121.
.121.

.122.
.122.
.122.
.122.
.122.
.122.
.122.
.122.
.122.

.232.
.232.
.232.
.232.
.232.
.232.
.232.
.232.
.232.

.233.
.233.
.233.
.233.
.233.
.233.
.233.
.233.
.233.

.141.
.141.
.141.
.141.
.141.
.141.
.141.
.141.
.141.

(Part 2)
.142. .143.
.142. .143.
.142. .143.
.142. .143.
.142. .143.
.142. .143.
.142. .143.
.142. .143.
.142. .143.

40
25
12.5
26.5
6x45

40
25
16.5
26.5
6x45

50
19
12.5
31.5
8x45

50
19
16.5
31.5
8x45

50
25
12.5
31.5
8x45

50
25
16.5
31.5
8x45

.242.
.242.
.242.
.242.
.242.
.242.
.242.
.242.
.242.

.243.
.243.
.243.
.243.
.243.
.243.
.243.
.243.
.243.

.152.
.152.
.152.
.152.
.152.
.152.
.152.
.152.
.152.

.153.
.153.
.153.
.153.
.153.
.153.
.153.
.153.
.153.

.252.
.252.
.252.
.252.
.252.
.252.
.252.
.252.
.252.

.253.
.253.
.253.
.253.
.253.
.253.
.253.
.253.
.253.

Ordering Code (example):


Order No: Part 1

Part 2

Part 3

2478.20.15.10.153.009
sworking stroke

= Stroke - Order-No

d3
10.5 mm
12.5 mm
16.5 mm

= Order-No
= (1)
= (2)
= (3)

d1
28 mm
30 mm
35 mm
40 mm
50 mm

= Order-No
= (1)
= (2)
= (3)
= (4)
= (5)

d2 Gas spring
= Order-No
[ 19 mm 2482.74.00090. = (1)
[ 25 mm 2480.21.00200. = (2)
Assembly (lifter with pilot pin hole)
to BMW Standard
lifter, round with pilot pin hole

F134

subject to alterations

Lifter units with installation block


according to BMW standard
2478.20.15.20.

Lifter

Screw clamp

Gas spring 2482.74.00090. or 2480.21.00200.

Socket cap screw according to ISO 4762


M620 (1x), M820 (1x), M825 (2x), M1045 (2x)

Order seperately
2478.20.12.23.
Lifter rail
Screw clamp
B-B
s1

Lifter

24 0,01

s working

Order separately (see installation example)

2478.20.15.23.: Lifter rail

2478.20.15.24.: Holding sleeve

25
22

39
21 36,5 0,1

stroke

Note:

25 0,01

26,5
29

Dowel pin according to ISO 8735 [ 1040 (2x)

40 H7
f7
d 2 +1,5
+1

70 0,1

Installation block

20
40 0,1

37

16

l 0,1

Lifter unit with installation block comprises:

A-A
12
15

Material: Steel
Execution:

Installation block Gas spring

25
70 0,1

210,01

A
B

on request, gas spring with a lower spring force available

250,01

2478.20.15.20. Lifter Units with Installation Block according to BMW standard


l
49
53.5
62.5
74
85
98.5
115
135
160

sworking Stroke
9
13.5
22.5
34
45
58.5
75
95
120

s1
25
29.5
38.5
50
61
74.5
91
111
136

d2 = [ 19
Gas spring
2482.74.00090.010.2
2482.74.00090.015.2
2482.74.00090.025.2
2482.74.00090.038.2
2482.74.00090.050.2
2482.74.00090.063.2
2482.74.00090.080.2
2482.74.00090.100.2
2482.74.00090.125.2

Order No.
2478.20.15.20.14.009
2478.20.15.20.14.014
2478.20.15.20.14.023
2478.20.15.20.14.034
2478.20.15.20.14.045
2478.20.15.20.14.059
2478.20.15.20.14.075
2478.20.15.20.14.095
2478.20.15.20.14.120

d2 = [ 25
Gas spring
2480.21.00200.010
2480.21.00200.015
2480.21.00200.025
2480.21.00200.038
2480.21.00200.050
2480.21.00200.063
2480.21.00200.080
2480.21.00200.100
2480.21.00200.125

Order No.
2478.20.15.20.24.009
2478.20.15.20.24.014
2478.20.15.20.24.023
2478.20.15.20.24.034
2478.20.15.20.24.045
2478.20.15.20.24.059
2478.20.15.20.24.075
2478.20.15.20.24.095
2478.20.15.20.24.120

Installation example:

Order seperately:
2478.20.12.23.
Lifter rail

Order seperately:
2478.20.15.24.
Quill bush
47 +0,3
+0,1
52 +0,3
+0,1

subject to alterations

11.2014

Lifter rail for lifter units to BMW standard


Holding sleeve for lifter units to BMW standard
2478.20.15.00.03

2478.20.15.23.

Centrierring
(Order-No. for reordering)

25 0,1
30

30

20

14

8,5

2478.20.15.00.03
Centering ring

13
l 0,5
20

9
13h9

Material:

2478.20.15.23. Lifter rail

Steel

Order No.
2478.20.15.23.2020.100
2478.20.15.23.2020.125
2478.20.15.23.2020.150
2478.20.15.23.2020.175
2478.20.15.23.2020.200
2478.20.15.23.2020.250
2478.20.15.23.2020.300
2478.20.15.23.2020.350
2478.20.15.23.2020.400
2478.20.15.23.2020.450
2478.20.15.23.2020.500
2478.20.15.23.2020.550
2478.20.15.23.2020.600

Note:
Delivery without screws and centring rings
Screws and centring rings are already included in the scope of delivery for
the lifter units 2478.20.15.20./30./40.

l
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600

2478.20.15.24.

10

52
41

5
7

l 0,1

22,5

8
12
47

Material:
Steel

Note:
Holding sleeve 2478.20.15.24. can only be used for lifter
2478.20.15.20./30./40. [ 40mm.
This is required when the panel is not thick enough.
(see installation example 2478.20.15.20./30./40.).

11.2014

2478.20.15.24. Holding sleeve


Order No.
2478.20.15.24.04.030
2478.20.15.24.04.040
2478.20.15.24.04.050
2478.20.15.24.04.060
2478.20.15.24.04.070
2478.20.15.24.04.080
2478.20.15.24.04.090
2478.20.15.24.04.100
2478.20.15.24.04.110
2478.20.15.24.04.120
2478.20.15.24.04.130
2478.20.15.24.04.140
2478.20.15.24.04.150
2478.20.15.24.04.160
2478.20.15.24.04.170
2478.20.15.24.04.180
2478.20.15.24.04.190
2478.20.15.24.04.200

l
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
subject to alterations

Universal lifter unit according to BMW standard


2478.20.15.30.

A-A

12

Holding
piece

40

Order separately:
2478.20.15.23.
Lifter rail

40

Order separately:
2478.20.15.24.
Holding sleeve
Centring ring
B-B
s1

H7
f7

d 2 +1,5
+1
55

Gas spring
10

s working stroke +1

50
40
B

24

Lifter
6 H7

A
A
10
27

l 0,1

Guide bush

Material:

Installation example

Steel

Design:

Order seperately:
2478.20.12.23
Lifter rail

Universal lifter unit comprises


Lifter

Screw clamp

Centring rings

Guide bush

55H7

Gas spring 2482.74.00090. or 2480.21.00200.

40 f7

Socket cap screw according to ISO 4762


M625 (1x), M820 (2x), M825 (2x)

40

Note:
Order separately (see installation example)

2478.20.15.23.: Lifter rail

2478.20.15.24.: Quill bush

Order seperately:
2478.20.15.24.
Quill bush
47 +0,3
+0,1
52 +0,3
+0,1

2478.20.15.30. Universal lifter unit according to BMW standard


l
64
68.5
77.5
89
100
113.5
130
150
175

sworking stroke
9
13.5
22.5
34
45
58.5
75
95
120

subject to alterations

s1
25
29.5
38.5
50
61
74.5
91
111
136

d2 = [ 19
Gas spring
2482.74.00090.010.2
2482.74.00090.015.2
2482.74.00090.025.2
2482.74.00090.038.2
2482.74.00090.050.2
2482.74.00090.063.2
2482.74.00090.080.2
2482.74.00090.100.2
2482.74.00090.125.2

Order No.
2478.20.15.30.14.009
2478.20.15.30.14.014
2478.20.15.30.14.023
2478.20.15.30.14.034
2478.20.15.30.14.045
2478.20.15.30.14.059
2478.20.15.30.14.075
2478.20.15.30.14.095
2478.20.15.30.14.120

d2 = [ 25
Gas spring
2480.21.00200.010
2480.21.00200.015
2480.21.00200.025
2480.21.00200.038
2480.21.00200.050
2480.21.00200.063
2480.21.00200.080
2480.21.00200.100
2480.21.00200.125

Order No.
2478.20.15.30.24.009
2478.20.15.30.24.014
2478.20.15.30.24.023
2478.20.15.30.24.034
2478.20.15.30.24.045
2478.20.15.30.24.059
2478.20.15.30.24.075
2478.20.15.30.24.095
2478.20.15.30.24.120

11.2014

Universal lifter unit, according to BMW standard


2478.20.15.40.

A-A

14
40

Order separately:
2478.20.15.23.
Lifter rail

40

Order separately:
2478.20.15.24.
Holding sleeve
Centring ring
B-B
s1

Holding
piece

Gas spring
11

s working stroke+1

H7
f7

+1,5
2 +1

55
55
33
B

30,5

6 H7

25

Lifter

A
10

B
Guide bush

27
l

Mounting example

Material:

Steel

Execution:

Order seperately:
2478.20.12.23
Lifter rail

40

0,1

Universal lifter unit comprises:


Lifter
Screw clamp
Centring rings
Guide bush
Gas spring 2482.74.00090. or 2480.21.00200.
Socket cap screw according to ISO 4762
M625 (1x), M825 (2x), M1020 (2x)

55H7
40 f7

Note:

Order separately (see installation example)


2478.20.15.23.: Lifter rail
2478.20.15.24.: Holding sleeve
Order seperately:
2478.20.15.24.
Holding sleeve
47 +0,3
+0,1
52 +0,3
+0,1

2478.20.15.40.

Universal lifter unit, according to BMW standard

Order No
d2
l sworking stroke
2478.20.15.40.14.009 19 64
9
2478.20.15.40.14.014 19 68.5
13.5
2478.20.15.40.14.023 19 77.5
22.5
2478.20.15.40.14.034 19 89
34
2478.20.15.40.14.040 19 100
40
2478.20.15.40.14.045 19 100
45
2478.20.15.40.14.050 19 113.5
50
2478.20.15.40.14.054 19 113.5
54
2478.20.15.40.14.059 19 113.5
58.5
2478.20.15.40.14.065 19 130
65
2478.20.15.40.14.070 19 130
70
2478.20.15.40.14.075 19 130
75
2478.20.15.40.14.080 19 150
80
2478.20.15.40.14.085 19 150
85
2478.20.15.40.14.090 19 150
90
2478.20.15.40.14.095 19 150
95
2478.20.15.40.14.100 19 175
100
2478.20.15.40.14.105 19 175
105
2478.20.15.40.14.110 19 175
110
2478.20.15.40.14.115 19 175
115
2478.20.15.40.14.120 19 175
120

10.2015

s1
25
29.5
38.5
50
56
61
66
70
74.5
81
86
91
96
101
106
111
116
121
126
131
136

Gas spring
2482.74.00090.010.2
2482.74.00090.015.2
2482.74.00090.025.2
2482.74.00090.038.2
2482.74.00090.050.2
2482.74.00090.050.2
2482.74.00090.063.2
2482.74.00090.063.2
2482.74.00090.063.2
2482.74.00090.080.2
2482.74.00090.080.2
2482.74.00090.080.2
2482.74.00090.100.2
2482.74.00090.100.2
2482.74.00090.100.2
2482.74.00090.100.2
2482.74.00090.125.2
2482.74.00090.125.2
2482.74.00090.125.2
2482.74.00090.125.2
2482.74.00090.125.2

Order No
2478.20.15.40.24.009
2478.20.15.40.24.014
2478.20.15.40.24.023
2478.20.15.40.24.034
2478.20.15.40.24.040
2478.20.15.40.24.045
2478.20.15.40.24.050
2478.20.15.40.24.054
2478.20.15.40.24.059
2478.20.15.40.24.065
2478.20.15.40.24.070
2478.20.15.40.24.075
2478.20.15.40.24.080
2478.20.15.40.24.085
2478.20.15.40.24.090
2478.20.15.40.24.095
2478.20.15.40.24.100
2478.20.15.40.24.105
2478.20.15.40.24.110
2478.20.15.40.24.115
2478.20.15.40.24.120

d2
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

l sworking stroke
64
9
68.5
13.5
77.5
22.5
89
34
100
40
100
45
113.5
50
113.5
54
113.5
58.5
130
65
130
70
130
75
150
80
150
85
150
90
150
95
175
100
175
105
175
110
175
115
175
120

s1
25
29.5
38.5
50
56
61
66
70
74.5
81
86
91
96
101
106
111
116
121
126
131
136

Gas spring
2480.21.00200.010
2480.21.00200.015
2480.21.00200.025
2480.21.00200.038
2480.21.00200.050
2480.21.00200.050
2480.21.00200.063
2480.21.00200.063
2480.21.00200.063
2480.21.00200.080
2480.21.00200.080
2480.21.00200.080
2480.21.00200.100
2480.21.00200.100
2480.21.00200.100
2480.21.00200.100
2480.21.00200.125
2480.21.00200.125
2480.21.00200.125
2480.21.00200.125
2480.21.00200.125

subject to alterations

Spring ram with gas spring


Mounting example

2478.
H7

12

33

24

36 f7
M10

A/F 27

l1

Material:

l2

Spring ram
secured with
LOCTITE
281.243

C45
induction hardened 58+4 HRC
Hardness penetration depth 0,8+0,4

l min.

Sliding surface with


solid lubricant

Stroke

Sliding surface with non-liquid lubricant

Gas spring
2482.74.

2478. Spring ram with gas spring


Order No
2478.050.00030.1
2478.050.00050.1
2478.050.00070.1
2478.050.00090.1
2478.063.00030.1
2478.063.00050.1
2478.063.00070.1
2478.063.00090.1
2478.080.00030.1
2478.080.00050.1
2478.080.00070.1
2478.080.00090.1
F138

Strokemax.
50
50
50
50
63
63
63
63
80
80
80
80

lmin.
92
92
92
92
109
109
109
109
125
125
125
125

l1
257
257
257
257
310
310
310
310
360
360
360
360

l2
150
150
150
150
190
190
190
190
223
223
223
223

Spring force [daN]


initial
30
50
70
90
30
50
70
90
30
50
70
90

Spring force [daN]


final
40
67
94
120
40
67
94
120
40
67
94
120

Gas spring
2482.74.00030.050
2482.74.00050.050
2482.74.00070.050
2482.74.00090.050
2482.74.00030.063.1
2482.74.00050.063.1
2482.74.00070.063.1
2482.74.00090.063.1
2482.74.00030.080.1
2482.74.00050.080.1
2482.74.00070.080.1
2482.74.00090.080.1
subject to alterations

Spring ram with gas spring to VW standard


Mounting example

2478.20. .1
36 f7
M12

l3

35

30

17

M10 x 60 socket
cap screw to
DIN EN ISO 4762

10,2
14

A/F 30
18
4

Disc
2478.20.000.01
5

l2

Hardened sliding
surface

Material:

Spring ram: C45


induction hardened 58+4 HRCHardness penetration depth 0,8+0,4
Disc: 90MnCrV8
hardened 56+4 HRC

Security

l -Preloading

l1

order separately:
2052.71.
Guide bush for
spring ram

Note:
Circlip to DIN 472

Use only with matching guide bush 2052.71.!


Spring bolt installed preloaded.

Effective
travel

26
36 f7

Gas spring
2480.21.

2478.20. .1 Spring ram with gas spring to VW standard


Order No
2478.20.050.00050.1
2478.20.050.00100.1
2478.20.050.00150.1
2478.20.050.00200.1
2478.20.065.00050.1
2478.20.065.00100.1
2478.20.065.00150.1
2478.20.065.00200.1
2478.20.080.00050.1
2478.20.080.00100.1
2478.20.080.00150.1
2478.20.080.00200.1
subject to alterations

Strokemax.
50
50
50
50
65
65
65
65
80
80
80
80

l
240
240
240
240
274
274
274
274
314
314
314
314

l1
182
182
182
182
200
200
200
200
220
220
220
220

l2
118
118
118
118
135
135
135
135
155
155
155
155

l3
42.5
42.5
42.5
42.5
43.5
43.5
43.5
43.5
43.5
43.5
43.5
43.5

Spring force [daN]


initial
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200

Spring force [daN]


final
68
137
206
275
68
137
206
275
68
137
206
275

Gas spring
2480.21.00050.063
2480.21.00100.063
2480.21.00150.063
2480.21.00200.063
2480.21.00050.080
2480.21.00100.080
2480.21.00150.080
2480.21.00200.080
2480.21.00050.100
2480.21.00100.100
2480.21.00150.100
2480.21.00200.100
F139

Guide bush for spring ram 2478.20. .1


2052.71.

d 1

H7

2x15

R1

R1
d 2 m6

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating.

Note:

Recommended locating bore for bonding G7.

F140

2052.71. Guide bush for spring ram


2478.20. .1
Order No
2052.71.036.045.115
2052.71.036.045.145
2052.71.036.045.170

d1
36
36
36

d2
45
45
45

l
115
145
170

subject to alterations

Nitrogen
Gas springs

F141

Gas spring
Two-Chamber system

F142

subject to alterations

Compact-Gas spring
Single-Chamber system
2490.

subject to alterations

F143

Gas springs
FIBRO Gas springs

Functioning

The extensive range of FIBRO Gas springs


constitutes an ideal supplement to and
expansion of the traditional programmes
of spring elements such als helical springs,
disc springs and elastomer units. With their
minimal space requirement, Gas springs
close a gap where ever the accent is on
accomodation of the utmot force component
within a minimum of space or where
exceedingly large travel is demanded: FIBRO
Gas springs take care of both demands, even
in combination.
Their self-contained nitrogen charge makes
FIBRO Gas springs completely autonomous
devices. Feeder pipes or storage vessel are not
required.
Monitoring of charge pressure, however, is
necessary in certain special cases. Suitable
equipment for in-situ pressure control can be
found in the Accessories Section.
As long as all mounting detail is laid out with
due circumspection, removal and installation
of the units presents no problems whatsoever.
Instructions are included with every delivery
of Gas springs.
Application examples see at the end of
chapter F.

The pressure medium is a commercially


available, environment-friendly nitrogen.
FIBRO Gas springs have a standard charge
pressure of max. 150bar (180bar).
Depending on spring size and type, this
pressure offers initial force ratings of 2daN to
20,000daN.

Pressure Build-Up
In operation the piston rod enters the spring
space whose volume is progressively reduced.
The resulting pressure rise can be plotted on
the Gas Spring Diagram as a multiplication
factor. The spring force is the product of initial
force times that pressure-rise factor and can
therefore be calculated easily.

Working temperature
The spring temperature should not exceed
+80 C.

Charge pressure
Modification of charge pressure allows
variation of the force rating and can be
predetermined from the spring Diagram.

Installation
FIBRO Gas springs can be used in any
installation position. Whether or not external
forces act on them when at rest is of no
consequence.

All FIBRO Gas springs meet the requirements of the


Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

The Pressure Equipment Directive (97/23/EC) has been ratified by the European Parliament
and the Council of Europe. The requirements of the Pressure Equipment Directive came into
force throughout the EC on 29 May 2002.
The directive defines pressure equipment as vessels, pipework, safety devices and pressure
accessories. In terms of the Directive a vessel is a casing which is designed and manufactured
to contain fluids under pressure.
It follows from this definition that nitrogen Gas springs of all sizes are deemed to be pressure
vessels and must in this respect comply with the Pressure Equipment Directive (97/23/EC)
from 29 May 2002.

F144

subject to alterations

Gas springs
Maintenance

Warning signs

FIBRO Gas springs were disigned for main


tenancefree continual operation. It is recom
mended to oil the piston rod lightly from time
to time.
Guide and sealing elements can be exchanged
easily and expediciously. They are available as
a kit. Each kit comes with detailed instructions
for maintenance of FIBRO Gas springs.

These are available on request. The signs


should be affixed near the springs in as promi
nent a position as possible.

Attention
When safety functions are triggered (overstro
ke, return stroke, or overpressure protection),
the gas pressure springs can no longer be
repaired!

Warning
FIBRO Gas springs may be charged only with
commercial Grade 5.0 nitrogen gas.

Accessories
The accessories range for Gas springs compri
ses fastening devices, charge and control units,
screw connections for these, and connecting
lines for compound installations.
FIBRO is not liable if fittings that are not ori
ginal FIBRO fittings or fastening, accessory,
and attachment parts that are not released by
FIBRO are used.

WARNING

This tool is equipped with


__ Gas Springs with a max. pressure of
150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
Working pressure ______ bar.
Read maintenance instructions
before working on gas springs.

FIBRO
Business Area Standard Parts
D-74851 Hassmersheim Postfach 1120
T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* F +49 (0) 6266-73-237

Size 35x50 mm
Language
german
english
french
italian
spanish
polish
czech
turkish
chinese

Order No
2480.00.035.050.1
2480.00.035.050.2
2480.00.035.050.3
2480.00.035.050.4
2480.00.035.050.5
2480.00.035.050.PL
2480.00.035.050.CZ
2480.00.035.050.TR
2480.00.035.050.CN

WARNING

This tool is equipped with ___ Gas Springs with a


max. pressure of 150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
No. pcs. spring type
fill.press./bar
force/daN
1 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
2 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
3 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
4 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
5 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
Read maintenance instructions before working on gas springs.

FIBRO
Business Area Standard Parts
D-74851 Hassmersheim Postfach 1120
T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* F +49 (0) 6266-73-237

Size 75x105 mm
Language
german
english
french
italian
spanish
polish
czech
turkish
chinese

Order No
2480.00.075.105.1
2480.00.075.105.2
2480.00.075.105.3
2480.00.075.105.4
2480.00.075.105.5
2480.00.075.105.PL
2480.00.075.105.CZ
2480.00.075.105.TR
2480.00.075.105.CN

Size 110x150 mm
Language
german
english
french
italian
spanish
polish
czech
turkish
chinese

subject to alterations

Order No
2480.00.110.150.1
2480.00.110.150.2
2480.00.110.150.3
2480.00.110.150.4
2480.00.110.150.5
2480.00.110.150.PL
2480.00.110.150.CZ
2480.00.110.150.TR
2480.00.110.150.CN

01.2016

Mounting directions for gas springs


Mounting examples
Below are the various gas spring mounting possibilities, which differ from model to model.

OK

OK

+1
+0,5

Installed loos in
the bore.

OK

OK

+2

+0,5
Screw mounted
at tha base with
2480.011.

Fixed with
2480.055./057./058./064.

Fixed with 2480.007./008.

OK
OK
OK

Fixed with 2480.007./008.

F146

Fixed with 2480.044./045./047.

Fixed with 2480.022.

subject to alterations

Mounting directions for gas springs


To achieve the best possible service-life and safety from the gas spring,
the directions below must be followed.

Mounting instructions
1)

max. 0,5 - 2,0 m/s

max. 150 - 200 bar 1)


(20C)
max. 80 -120C

1)

N2

min. 0C

1)

depending on gas
spring type

OK
F

min. 0,5 - 3 mm 2)

2)

projektion at full stroke

Secure the gas spring to the tool/machine whenever possible, using the threaded hole(s) in
the base of the gas spring or a suitable flange. Never exceed the maximum torque values
for the threads in the base of the gas spring: (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm;
M12=80Nm)
The threaded hole in the piston rod top should not be used for mounting purposes. It is only
to be used when carrying and servicing the gas spring.
Do not use the gas spring in such a way that the piston rod is realised freely from its
compressed position, as this could cause internal damage to the gas spring.
Make sure the gas spring is mounted parallel to the direction of the compression stroke.
Ensure the contact surface of the piston rod top is perpendicular to the direction of the
compression stroke and is sufficiently hardened.
The gas spring should not be subjected to the side loads.
Protect the piston rod against mechanical damage and contact with fluids.
We do not recommend the last 5 mm or 10% of the nominal stroke be utilised.
The maximum charging pressure (at 20C) must not be exceeded as it may effect the safety
of the product.
Exceeding the gas springs recommended operating temperature will shorten the service-life
of the gas spring.
The entire contact surface of the piston rod / piston should be used.
Do not remove bottom 2480./2497.00.20. from spring until all gas pressure has been
discharged.

subject to alterations

10.2015

FIBRO-Gas Springs The Safer Choice


Optimum safety for tools and operators
At FIBRO, safety and reliability are paramount. Particularly when it comes to our gas springs. With their unique range of safety features, FIBRO gas springs
are the safest on the market.

The benefit
for you:

DE-74855 Hassmersheim Tel. +49(0)6266-73-0* Fax *237

FIBRO gas springs are developed, manufactured and tested


for
a minimum
2 million*
strokes in
accordance
with

of

full

DGRL97/23/EG.
The
springs
this
fullperformance

deliver


at
the
maximum
permissible
limits in terms
of filling
pres

sure and operating temperature - even when combined



with
any of the
various
mounting
types available.

Bestell-Nr.:
Order-No.:

GE

ZU

FIBRO GmbH Normalien Standard Parts

7/

97

/23/EC
for
2 Million strokes

PED
million
strokes
approval
for
2

LASS

EN

PROVED
AP


23/E

1)
FIBRO safety features

2480.13.05000.050

Flldruck:
Filling pressure:

150 bar

Federkraft:
Spring Force:

5000 daN

PED-zugelassen fr 2.000.000 Hbe bei voller Hubauslastung.


PED-approved for 2.000.000 strokes at full stroke load.

Gasdruckfeder Warnung! Nicht ffnen - hoher Druck; Flldruck


max. 150 bar. Bitte Bedienungsanleitung beachten!
Gas Spring Warning! Do not open - high pressure; filling pressure
max. 150 bar. Please follow instructions for use!

* Calculation value for durability

Ressort gaz Attention! Ne pas ouvrir - haute pression; pression de


remplissage max. 15 MPa. Veuiller observer les instructions demploi!

Guaranteed safety and reliability for the


entire
life of
the
spring

service

Molle a gas Attenzione! Non aprire - pression alta massima; pressione


de riempimento max. 150 bar. Si prega di osservare le istruzioni per luso!
Muelle de gas Atencin! No abrir - alta presin; cardago
a mass. 150 bar. Por favor observar las instrucciones!

kits

Repair
and qualified
training
sessions
available
through
FIBRO
Service
effectiveness
and

offer
increased


process
reliability.

Overstroke protection

S>max

Conventional gas springs can burst in the event of an


stroke.

over-extended
If this happens, parts flying around
can become dangerous projectiles.


FIBRO
gas springs
are
different:
in
the event
of an overstroke
depending
on the


and

spring
type
protection
system
will ensure that
the
patented

either the cylinder wall of the gas spring is deformed in a


predefined manner (A) or the piston rod destroys a rup
ture bolt in the floor of the cylinder (B), thereby allowing


the
gas to
escape
into
the atmosphere.

(A)

The benefit
for you:

No risk of parts flying around in the event


of
an overstroke

Possible causes of
triggering:


Lack of stroke limitations in the tool/machine and placing
the piston rods under a load (e.g. sheet-metal holder, slide
reset, etc.), double sheet, incorrect installation position,

etc.

(B)

Return stroke protection

V>max

The benefit
for you:
Possible causes of
triggering:

A particularly dangerous situation can arise with conven


tional gas
springs
if tool components become jammed
and the pressure on the compressed piston rod is then
abruptly
released:
this case, the piston rod is then fired


in
out of the cylinder like a missile.
FIBRO
gas springs
are
different:



special
guides and a patented safety stop in the piston

ensure

rods
your safety.
If the speed is too high during the
stroke,

automati
return
the collar
on the
piston rodwill
cally
integrated
safety
stop then
destroys
the
break.
The

seal,
allows
the
gas
to escape
into the
which

atmosphere

and
the
gas spring
become
depressurised.

to

No risk of a piston rod firing out



if the
return stroke
is too
fast

Sudden
loosening of jammed components, such as
sheet-metal holder, slide, ejector, scraper function, etc.

Overpressure protection
Conventional gas springs can burst if the internal pressure
rises above a maximum permitted value. If this happens,
parts flying around can become dangerous projectiles.
FIBRO gas springs are different:
if the pressure rises above the maximum permitted value,
the safety collar on the sealing set is automatically destroyed. The gas then escapes into the atmosphere and the
gas spring is depressurised.

P>max
The benefit
for you:

No risk of bursting parts in the event of


overpressure

Possible causes of
triggering:

Incorrect filling (max. filling pressure 150 or 180 bar, nitrogen), infeed of liquid operating material, etc.

After a protection function is triggered, the spring cannot be repaired and can no longer be used. It must be replaced completely.
1) The safety features mentioned here have been implemented with few exceptions on all FIBRO gas springs.
Please refer to the relevant data sheets to check the current safety equipment which is provided with the gas spring you are interested in, or contact
FIBRO GmbH directly for more information.

02.2016

subject to alterations

Gas springs The Safer Choice


FIBRO reliability features
Flexible guides: The Flex GuideTM System

TM

Flex Guide

Extended service life


Increased stroke frequency, i.e. more strokes per
minute
Life time & Frequency

The benefits for you:

Lateral movement

The Flex GuideTM System is a flexible guide in the gas spring which
absorbs lateral movements of the piston rod. It minimises friction and
lowers the operating temperature.

Conventional Guide

high

FlexGuideTM System

Flex GuideTM System

Conventional Guide
low
low

high
Lateral Movement

Safe hose connections: The Dual SealTM System


TM

Dual Seal

The benefits for you:

The FIBRO Dual SealTM System combines a metal seal with a soft
elastomer seal. On hose connection systems, the system provides two
leak-tight connections and prevents rotation.

Leak-tight connection, even under vibrations


High process reliability
Minimised tool down time
Simple installation thanks to anti-rotation function
Wireless monitoring:
The Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) System

WPM
The benefits for you:

The optional Wireless Pressure Monitoring System (WPM) (patent


pending) wirelessly monitors the pressure and temperature of FIBRO gas
springs. Before a defective part is produced, the press operator receives a
message from the WPM and can take appropriate action.

Preventative quality assurance


High process reliability
Minimised tool down time
Reduced maintenance and costs
Potential faults are individually displayed. As a result,
service intervals can be extended.
Maintenance and repair costs are reduced.

Protected piston rods: FIBRO Concertina Shrouds


Dirt

PRP
The benefits for you:

subject to alterations

Oil

The FIBRO Piston Rod Protection (patented) reliably protects the piston
rods in gas springs against dirt, oil and emulsion. In this way, the system
prevents damage to the piston rod surface and leaks at internal seals.

Significantly longer service life for gas springs under


harsh operating conditions

02.2015

Gas springs
Synopsis
Nominal force
in daN

Outside-x
in mm

Stroke
in mm

Built-in lenght
in mm

Standard

Note

Order No

Gas springs, Ejector pin units


5
10
20
40
4
5
10
20
40
20
40
80
170
20
40
80
170

M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M16x2
M16x2
M16x2
M16x2
M16x2
M24x1,5
M24x1,5
M24x1,5
M24x1,5
M24x1,5
M24x1,5
M24x1,5
M24x1,5

10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125

65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295
65 - 295

VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
VDI
WDX
WDX
WDX
WDX

2479.030.00005.
2479.030.00010.
2479.030.00020.
2479.030.00040.
2479.031.00004.
2479.031.00005.
2479.031.00010.
2479.031.00020.
2479.031.00040.
2479.032.00020.
2479.032.00040.
2479.032.00080.
2479.032.00170.
2479.034.00020.
2479.034.00040.
2479.034.00080.
2479.034.00170.

Gas springs, small dimensions


13
25
38
50
18
35
50
70
30
50
70
90
50
100
150
200
50
100
150
200

12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
19
24,9
24,9
24,9
24,9
32
32
32
32
24,9

7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
7 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125

56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
56 - 295
62 - 295
62 - 295
62 - 295
62 - 295
70 - 300
70 - 300
70 - 300
70 - 300
62 - 295

10 - 125
10 - 160
13 - 300
13 - 300
13 - 300
25 - 300
25 - 300
25 - 300

70 - 300
105 - 405
120,4 - 695
135 - 710
145 - 720
190 - 740
205 - 755
210 - 760

VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO

2482.72.00013.
2482.72.00025.
2482.72.00038.
2482.72.00050.
2482.73.00018.
2482.73.00035.
2482.73.00050.
2482.73.00070.
2482.74.00030.
2482.74.00050.
2482.74.00070.
2482.74.00090.
2480.21.00050.
2480.21.00100.
2480.21.00150.
2480.21.00200.
2480.22.00050.
2480.22.00100.
2480.22.00150.
2480.22.00200.
2480.23.

Standard-Gas springs
250
500
750
1500
3000
5000
7500
10000

38
45,2
50,2
75,2
95,2
120,2
150,2
195

VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO

2480.12.00250.
2480.12.00500.
2480.13.00750.
2480.12.01500.
2480.13.03000.
2480.13.05000.
2480.13.07500.
2480.12.10000.

VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO

2488.13.01000.
2488.13.02400.
2488.13.04200.
2488.13.06600.
2488.13.09500.

Standard-Gas springs HEAVY DUTY


1000
2400
4200
6600
9500

50,2
75,2
95,2
120,2
150,2

13 - 300
25 - 300
25 - 300
25 - 300
25 - 300

121 - 695
160 - 710
170 - 720
190 - 740
205 - 755

Gas springs with through bore passage


270
490
1060

F150

38
50,2
75,2

16 - 80
16 - 80
16 - 100

108 - 236
112 - 240
122 - 290

2496.12.00270.
2496.12.00490.
2496.12.01060.

subject to alterations

Gas springs
Synopsis
Nominal force
in daN

Outside-x
in mm

Stroke
in mm

Built-in
lenght in mm

Standard

Note

Order No

Gas springs with increased spring force POwer LINe


170
320
350
500
750
1000
1500
2400
4200
6600
9500
20000

19
24,9
32
38
45,2
50,2
63,2
75,2
95,2
120,2
150,2
195

7 - 125
7 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
10 - 125
13 - 125
13 - 125
16 - 125
16 - 125
16 - 125
19 - 125
19 - 125

44 - 285
44 - 285
50 - 280
50 - 280
52 - 282
64 - 288
70 - 294
77 - 295
90 - 308
100 - 318
116 - 328
148 - 360

VDI, ISO
ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO
VDI, ISO

2487.12.00170.
2487.12.00320.
2487.12.00350.
2487.12.00500.
2487.12.00750.
2487.12.01000.
2487.12.01500.
2487.12.02400.
2487.12.04200.
2487.12.06600.
2487.12.09500.
2487.12.20000.

6 - 50
6 - 50
6 - 50
6 - 65
10 - 65
10 - 65
10 - 65
10 - 65
10 - 65

56 - 195
63 - 195
61 - 230
66 - 271
85 - 256
80 - 273
90 - 279
100 - 320
110 - 323

2490.14.00420.
2490.14.00750.
2490.14.01000.
2490.14.01800.
2490.14.03000.
2490.14.04700.
2490.14.07500.
2490.14.11800.
2490.14.18300.

62 - 300
62 - 300
110 - 260

2485.12.00500.
2485.12.00750.
2485.12.01500.

Compact-Gas springs
420
750
1000
1800
3000
4700
7500
11800
18300

24,9
32
38
50,2
63,2
75,2
95,2
120,2
150,2

Gas springs low build height


500
750
1500

45,2
50,2
75,2

6 - 125
6 - 125
25 - 100

Speed Control TM, Gas springs, SPC, cushioned


750
1500
3000
5000

75,2
95,2
120,2
150,2

125 - 300
125 - 300
125 - 300
125 - 300

360 -710
370 -720
390 -740
405 -755

2486.12.00750.
2486.12.01500.
2486.12.03000.
2486.12.05000.

Gas springs, DS, for Die Separation


3000
5000
7500

95,2
120,2
150,2

80 - 300
80 - 300
80 - 300

280 - 720
300 - 740
315 - 755

2486.22.03000.
2486.22.05000.
2486.22.07500.

Gas springs to wDX standard/request your catalogue


Gas springs, threaded
50 - 200
250
250
1000
15
50
100
150
200

M281,5
M381,5
38
50,2
M281,5
M281,5
M281,5
M281,5
M281,5

10 - 125
13 - 100
13 - 100
13 - 125
125
125
125
125
125

62 - 292
75,4 - 250
75,4 - 250
64 - 288
292
292
292
292
292

external thread
external thread
with male fixing thread
with male fixing thread
with hexagonal flange
with hexagonal flange
with hexagonal flange
with hexagonal flange
with hexagonal flange

2480.32.00050.-00200.
2480.32.00250.
2480.82.00250.
2487.82.01000.
2480.33.00015.125
2480.33.00050.125
2480.33.00100.125
2480.33.00150.125
2480.33.00200.125

Gas springs for working temperatures up to 120C


LCF Gas springs, damped
750
1500
3000
5000
7500

50,2
75,2
95,2
120,2
150,2

13 - 300
25 - 300
25 - 300
25 - 300
25 - 300

120,4 - 695
160 - 710
170 - 720
190 - 740
205 - 755

Controllable Gas springs/request your catalogue


Air Springs, to Vw standard/request your catalogue
Manifold system/request your catalogue
subject to alterations

2484.13.00750.
2484.12.01500.
2484.13.03000.
2484.13.05000.
2484.13.07500.

2489.
2491.
2495.
F151

F152

subject to alterations

Gas springs
(Spring plungers)

F153

Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004


Description:

2479.030.

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper


pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).

R3

stroke max.

Note:

l 0,5

5
thread lock

l min.
A

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 6 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0,3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s

35

Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

M16x1,5

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2479.030.00000...., Colour:
black

M6 Valve

VDI

2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:


2480.004.00040.1 (M16 x 1,5)

12

SW 10

V>max

2479.030.

P>max

Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004

Spring type:
Order No*
2479.030..010
2479.030..020
2479.030..030
2479.030..040
2479.030..050
2479.030..060
2479.030..070
2479.030..080
2479.030..100
2479.030..125

Strokemax.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
125

l
65
85
105
125
145
165
185
205
245
295

*complete with spring type


Spring force marking:
Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00005. - 20 - green
.00010. - 40 - blue
.00020. - 75 - red
.00040. - 150 - yellow

lmin.
55
65
75
85
95
105
115
125
145
170

.00005.
Finitial
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Ffinal
10.3
9.4
9.1
9
9.6
9.4
9.3
9.2
9.1
9

.00010.
Finitial
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

Ffinal
19
17.2
16.7
16.5
17.6
17.3
17
16.8
16
16.5

Top Die

Ffinal
36.1
32.8
31.9
31.5
33.6
33
32.5
32.1
31.9
31.5

.00040.
Finitial
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42

Ffinal
73
66.1
64.5
63.7
67.7
66.5
65.7
65.1
64.3
63.8

Clamping Pad

Trim Die
Insert

Hexagon nut 2)

.00020.
Finitial
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

A/F 24
Gas Spring
(Ejector Pin Units)
with hexagon socket

06.2015

Trim Die
Insert

subject to alterations

Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004


Description:

2479.031.

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper


pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).

R3

stroke max.

Note:

35

l 0,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 6 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0,3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s

Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

l min.

thread lock

M16x2

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2479.031.00000...., Colour:
black

M6 Valve
12

VDI

ROVE
PP

2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:


2480.004.00040.2 (M16 x 2)

97

/23/EC

SW 10

V>max

P>max

2479.031. Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004
Spring type:
Order No*
2479.031..010
2479.031..020
2479.031..030
2479.031..040
2479.031..050
2479.031..060
2479.031..070
2479.031..080
2479.031..100
2479.031..125

Strokemax.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
125

l
65
85
105
125
145
165
185
205
245
295

lmin.
55
65
75
85
95
105
115
125
145
170

.00004.
Finitial
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4

Ffinal
6
5.2
5.2
5.2
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.2
5.2
5.2

*complete with spring type


Spring force marking:
Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00004. - 12 - violet
.00005. - 20 - green
.00010. - 40 - blue
.00020. - 75 - red
.00040. - 150 - yellow

.00005.
Finitial
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Ffinal
10.3
9.4
9.1
9
9.6
9.4
9.3
9.2
9.1
9

.00010.
Finitial
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

Ffinal
19
17.2
16.7
16.5
17.6
17.3
17
16.8
16
16.5

.00020.
Finitial
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

Ffinal
36.1
32.8
31.9
31.5
33.6
33
32.5
32.1
31.9
31.5

Top Die

Ffinal
73
66.1
64.5
63.7
67.7
66.5
65.7
65.1
64.3
63.8

Clamping Pad

Trim Die
Insert

Hexagon nut 2)

.00040.
Finitial
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42

A/F 24
Gas Spring
(Ejector Pin Units)
with hexagon socket

subject to alterations

Trim Die
Insert

06.2015

Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004


Description:

2479.032.

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper


pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
insertion tool (2470.12.010.017)

R8

12

Stroke max.

Note:

ROVE
PP

97

/23/EC

M24x1,5

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2479.032.00000...., Colour:
black

M6 valve

VDI

2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:


2480.004.00170

21,5

A/F 17

V>max

2479.032.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0,3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s

Thread lock

l min.

l 0,5

35

Worn Gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

Gas spring (Spring plunger), with hexagon socket, VDI 3004

Spring type:
Order No*
2479.032..010
2479.032..020
2479.032..030
2479.032..040
2479.032..050
2479.032..060
2479.032..070
2479.032..080
2479.032..100
2479.032..125

Strokemax.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
125

l
65
85
105
125
145
165
185
205
245
295

lmin.
55
65
75
85
95
105
115
125
145
170

.00020.
Finitial
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23

Ffinal
33.1
36.3
38.2
39.3
42.5
42.5
42.8
42.8
43
43

.00040.
Finitial
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

Ffinal
64.8
71.1
74.7
76.9
83.2
83.2
83.7
83.7
84.1
84.1

.00080.
Finitial
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85

Ffinal
122.4
134.3
141.1
145.4
157.3
157.3
158.1
158.1
159
159

.00170.
Finitial
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170

Ffinal
244.8
258.6
282.2
290.7
314.5
314.5
316.2
316.2
318
318

*complete with spring type


Spring force marking:
Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00020. - 20 - green
.00040. - 40 - blue
.00080. - 75 - red
.00170. - 150 - yellow

Clamping Pad

Hexagon nut2)
10

Top Die

A/F 36

Trim Die
Insert

Gas Spring
(Ejector Pin Units)
with hexagon socket

F156

Trim Die
Insert

subject to alterations

Gas spring (Spring plunger), to WDX


2479.034.

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper


pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
insertion tool (2470.12.010.017)

12

Stroke max.

R8

Note:

Worn Gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.
l 0,25

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0,3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 30 to 80 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s

35

l min.

Thread lock

Attention!
Different colour coding for spring force used
in WDX standard

M6 valve
M24x1,5
ROVE
PP

A/F 17

/23/EC

A/F 25

97

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2479.034.00000...., Colour:
black

Description:

V>max

2479.034.

Gas spring (Spring plunger), to WDX

Spring type:
Order No*
2479.034..010
2479.034..016
2479.034..020
2479.034..025
2479.034..030
2479.034..038
2479.034..040
2479.034..050
2479.034..060
2479.034..070
2479.034..080
2479.034..100
2479.034..125

Strokemax.
10
16
20
25
30
38
40
50
60
70
80
100
125

l
65
77
85
95
105
121
125
145
165
185
205
245
295

lmin.
55
61
65
70
75
83
85
95
105
115
125
145
170

.00020.
Finitial
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23

Ffinal
32.5
36.6
36
38.9
37.5
40.7
38.5
42
42
42
42
42
42

.00040.
Finitial
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

Ffinal
65
73.3
72
77.8
75
81.4
77
83.5
84
84
84
84.5
84.5

.00080.
Finitial
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85

Ffinal
122
137.4
134.5
145.9
141
152.7
144.5
156.5
157
157.5
159
158
158.5

.00170.
Finitial
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170

Ffinal
243.5
274.8
268
291.8
281.5
305.4
289
313
314
315
315.5
316.5
317

*complete with spring type


Spring force marking:
Spring type - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00020. - 20 - green
.00040. - 40 - blue
.00080. - 75 - red
.00170. - 150 - yellow
Top Die

Clamping Pad

Trim Die Insert

Gas spring
(spring plunger)

subject to alterations

Trim Die Insert

F157

F158

subject to alterations

Gas spring,
small dimension,
low force

F159

Gas spring, small dimension, low force


Mounting variations

2480.051.00013

Note:
1)

6,6 (2x)

M3 (4x)

Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded


for stroke length up to 25mm.

21

34
24

Mounting examples:

+1
+0,5

min.0,7 x I min.

1)

F160

+1
+0,5

subject to alterations

Gas spring, small dimension and low force


Description:

2482.72.

The Gas springs are colour-coded according to


the spring force rating ranges
13-25-38-50 daN.

17

All springs, regardless of their spring force


ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the
differing charge pressures.
Gas can be added or reduced from below.

Strokemax.

R0

l 0,25

Note:

,8

I min.

Worn Gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

M6 valve

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M6 x 5 deep
12

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2482.72.00000...., Colour:
black

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

V>max

P>max

2482.72. Gas spring, small dimension and low force


Order No*
2482.72..007
2482.72..010
2482.72..013
2482.72..015
2482.72..019
2482.72..025
2482.72..038
2482.72..050
2482.72..063
2482.72..075
2482.72..080
2482.72..100
2482.72..125

Strokemax.
7
10
12.7
15
19
25
38
50
63.5
75
80
100
125

l
56
62
67.4
72
80
92
118
142
172
195
205
245
295

lmin.
49
52
54.7
57
61
67
80
92
108.5
120
125
145
170

*complete with initial spring force


Spring force marking: Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00013. - 45 - green
.00025. - 90 - blue
.00038. - 135 - red
.00050. - 180 - yellow
Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

180

1,7

160

1,6

140

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

120
100
80
60

010 015
007 013 019 025

nominal stroke
038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

40
20

1,0
0

10

20
30
force daN

40

50

60

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F161

Gas Spring, small dimension, low force


Mounting variations

2480.051.00018

Note:
1)

6,6 (2x)

M3 (4x)

Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded


for stroke length up to 25mm.

24

37
27

Mounting examples:
+1
+0,5

min.0,7 x I min.

1)

+1
+0,5

F162

subject to alterations

Gas spring, small dimension and low force


Description:

2482.73. .1

The Gas springs are colour-coded according to


the spring force rating ranges
18-35-50-70 daN.

17

Strokemax.

All springs, regardless of their spring force


ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the
differing charge pressures.
Gas can be added or reduced from below.

R0

l 0,25

Note:

,8

I min.

Worn Gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

M6 valve

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 20 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M6 x 5 deep
15

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2482.73.00000. ... .1,
Colour: black

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

V>max

P>max

2482.73. .1 Gas spring, small dimension and low force


Order No*
2482.73..007.1
2482.73..010.1
2482.73..013.1
2482.73..015.1
2482.73..019.1
2482.73..025.1
2482.73..038.1
2482.73..050.1
2482.73..063.1
2482.73..075.1
2482.73..080.1
2482.73..100.1
2482.73..125.1

Strokemax.
7
10
12.7
15
19
25
38
50
63.5
75
80
100
125

l
56
62
67.4
72
80
92
118
142
172
195
205
245
295

lmin.
49
52
54.7
57
61
67
80
92
108.5
120
125
145
170

*complete with initial spring force


Spring force marking: Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00018. - 45 - green
.00035. - 90 - blue
.00050. - 135 - red
.00070. - 180 - yellow
Initial spring force
versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

180

1,7

160

1,6

140

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

nominal stroke

120
100
80
60

010 015
007 013 019 025

038

050

064

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

40
20

1,0
0

10

20

30
40
force daN

50

60

70

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F163

Gas spring, small dimension, low force


Mounting variations

Note:
1)

2480.051.03.00030

2480.052.00030

7
9

21,5

M3 (4x)

2480.051.03.00030

Fixing at bottom thread only recommanded for


stroke length up to 25mm.

45
32
25

25

45
32

Mounting examples:

+1
+0,5

10

10

1)

09.2104

subject to alterations

Gas spring, small dimension and low force


Description:

2482.74. .2

The gas springs are colour-coded according to


the spring force rating ranges 30-50-70-90
daN.

17

All springs, regardless of their spring force


ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the differing charge pressures.
Gas can be added or reduced from below.

stroke max.

I 0,25

Note:

I min.

Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

R1

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 100 to 150 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

Valve

R1

M6 x 5,5 deep
19 +0,1

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2482.74.00000. ... .2,
Colour: black

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

2482.74. .2

VDI ISO
V>max

P>max

Gas spring, small dimension and low force

Order No*
2482.74..007.2
2482.74..010.2
2482.74..015.2
2482.74..025.2
2482.74..038.2
2482.74..050.2
2482.74..063.2
2482.74..080.2
2482.74..100.2
2482.74..125.2
2482.74..150.2

Strokemax.
7
10
15
25
38.1
50
63.5
80
100
125
150

l
56
62
72
92
118.2
142
172
205
245
295
345

lmin.
49
52
57
67
80.1
92
108.5
125
145
170
195

*complete with initial spring force


Spring force marking:
Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00030. - 60 - green
.00050. - 100 - blue
.00070. - 140 - red
.00090. - 180 - yellow

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.00090.

180

1,8

025

25

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

1,7
.00070.

140
120

.00050.

100
80

.00030.

60

pressure rise factor

160
charge pressure (bar)

nominal stroke

010
007 015

1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

40

1,0

20
0

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
force daN

10

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

12.2015

Gas spring, small dimension, low force


Mounting variations
2480.053.00150

30

13,5 (4x)

27
8,4 (4x)

25

M8

A-A

36
52

B-B

54
38
B

7 (4x)

2480.051.00150

6,6 (2x)
9

M5 (4x)

30

25
50
38

Note:
2)

+0,5
14,5 + stroke

+1

6,5

54
38

9 + stroke

Mounting example:

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

8,4 (4x)

13,5 (4x)

36

F166

subject to alterations

Gas spring, small dimension and low force


Description:

2480.21.

The Gas springs are colour-coded according to


the spring force rating ranges
50100150200 daN.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150


Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

17

R1

l min.

Note:

R1

11,5

l 0,25

All springs, regardless of their spring force


ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the
differing charge pressures.
Do take into consideration the colour-coded
pressure rating during repair work and
recharging.

Strokemax.

12

M6 valve

R1

M6 x 5,5 deep
22,9
24,9

0,1

VDI ISO

97

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2482.21.00000....,
Colour:black

ROVE
PP

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

/23/EC

S>max

V>max

P>max

2480.21. Gas spring, small dimension and low force


Order No*
2480.21..010
2480.21..013
2480.21..015
2480.21..016
2480.21..025
2480.21..038
2480.21..050
2480.21..063
2480.21..080
2480.21..100
2480.21..125

Strokemax.
10
12.7
15
16
25
38.1
50
63.5
80
100
125

l
62
67.4
72
74
92
118.2
142
172
205
245
295

lmin.
52
54.7
57
58
67
80.1
92
108.5
125
145
170

*complete with initial spring force


Spring force marking:
Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00050. - 45 - green
.00100. - 90 - blue
.00150. - 135 - red
.00200. - 180 - yellow
Initial spring force
versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

010 013 016

1,7

025

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

1,6
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

nominal stroke
.00050.
.00100.
.00150.
.00200.

180
165
150
135
120
105
90
75
60
45
30
15

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0

50

100
force daN

150

200

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F167

Gas spring, small dimension and low force


Mounting variations

28,5
7

2480.022.00150

32,5
50

50
35

7 (4x)

12
35

2480.057.00150

M5 (4x)

stroke

stroke

2480.055.00150

+2

+2

A-A
7 (4x)

32 +0,5
7 (4x)

35
45
35
x
60

35

45

35

x
x

32 +0,5
9

17

17

M3 (4x)

y
A

2480.044.03.00150 2)

Note:

2480.044.00150 2)

2)

54
68

32,2

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

15

45
22,5

20,9

48

32,1

10

22

41
90
9 (2x)

20

20

50

72
9
15

+1

14,5 + stroke

+0,5

6,5

54
38

9 + stroke

Mounting examples:

8,4 (4x)

13,5 (4x)

36

F168

subject to alterations

Gas spring, small dimension and low force


2480.22. .1
12

R1

l 0,25

All springs, regardless of their spring force


ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the
differing charge pressures.
Do take into consideration the colour-coded
pressure rating during repair work and
recharging.

M6 valve

l min.

Note:

Stroke max.

The Gas springs are colour-coded according to


the spring force rating ranges
50100150200 daN.

12,5

Description:

3,5

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150


Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M6 x 5
deep

27
+0
32 -0,1
X

/23/EC

S>max

M6 x 11
deep (2x)

2480.22. .1

97

18

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2482.22.00000...., Colour:
black

VDI ISO

ROVE
PP

View X - Gas spring

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

V>max

P>max

Gas spring, small dimension and low force

Order No*
2480.22..010.1
2480.22..013.1
2480.22..016.1
2480.22..025.1
2480.22..038.1
2480.22..050.1
2480.22..063.1
2480.22..080.1
2480.22..100.1
2480.22..125.1

Strokemax.
10
12.7
16
25
38.1
50
63.5
80
100
125

l
70
75.4
82
100
126.2
150
177
210
250
300

lmin.
60
62.7
66
75
88.1
100
113.5
130
150
175

*complete with initial spring force


Spring force marking:
Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00050. - 45 - green
.00100. - 90 - blue
.00150. - 135 - red
.00200. - 180 - yellow
Initial spring force
versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

010 013 016

1,7

025

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

1,6
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

nominal stroke
.00050.
.00100.
.00150.
.00200.

180
165
150
135
120
105
90
75
60
45
30
15

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0

50

100
force daN

150

200

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F169

Gas spring, small dimension, low force


Mounting variations
2480.051.00150

2480.053.00150

6,6 (2x)

B-B

A-A

54
38
B

30

27

25
3

8,4 (4x)

30

M8

50
38

36
52

25

13,5 (4x)

M5 (4x)

7 (4x)

Note:
Only gas spring with a stroke of 25 mm or
greater can be attached using the upper groove.
Only gas spring with a stroke of 38,1 mm or
greater can be attached using the lower groove.

14,5 + stroke

6,5

8,4 (4x)

54
38

9 + stroke

Mounting examples:

13,5 (4x)

36
F170

subject to alterations

Gas spring, small dimension and low force


Description:

2480.23.

Gas spring will be delivered unfilled and can


only be used in a permanent connection
(valveless).

Note:

Initial spring force at 180 bar = 200 daN

12

1
17

R1

l 0,25

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C bis +80C
Temerature related force increase: 0,3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
ca. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1,6 m/s

11,5

Strokemax.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150

l min.

R1

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

0,1

ROVE
PP

24,9
G 1/8

97

/23/EC

S>max

View X

V>max

P>max

2480.23.
Gas spring, small dimension
and low force
Order No
2480.23.00000.010
2480.23.00000.013
2480.23.00000.016
2480.23.00000.025
2480.23.00000.038
2480.23.00000.050
2480.23.00000.063
2480.23.00000.080
2480.23.00000.100
2480.23.00000.125

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Strokemax. lmin.
l
10
52
62
12.7
54.7 67.4
16
58
74
25
67
92
38.1
80.1 118.2
50
92 142
63.5
108.5 172
80
125 205
100
145 245
125
170 295

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

025

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

1,6
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

nominal stroke
010 013 016

1,7

180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0

50

100
force daN

150

200

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F171

F172

subject to alterations

Gas springs
Standard

F173

Gas Spring, Standard


Mounting variations
2480.022.00250

55
40

55
40

12

7 (4x)

40

68

40

y
A

56,6

A
2480.044.00250 2)

74

44,5
39,3

55
*95

15

38,2

43
95

12

54
23,9

55
27,5

16

25

2,5

2480.010.00250.055 3)
2480.010.00250.095* 3)

59

38,2

56,6
76,6

2480.044.03.00250 2)

48

20

7 (2x)

52
40

52

7
7

40

7 (4x)

7 (4x)

A-A

20

+2

38 +0,5

+2

38 +0,5

2480.008.00250 3)

17

M4 (4x)

17

M5 (4x)

2480.007.00250
stroke

2480.057.00250
stroke

2480.055.00250

9 (2x)

77

40
52

7 (4x)

9
15

20

20

54

40
52

Note:

07.2014

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

subject to alterations

Gas spring, Standard


Note:

2480.13.00250.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 250 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.00250

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

15

l 0,25
l min.
12,5

R1

36

4
4

33

X
38 -0,2

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

V>max

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2480.13.00250.
Gas spring, Standard

View X
18
M6 x 8 deep
(4x)

25

45
M6 Valve

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

VDI ISO

Order No
2480.13.00250.010
2480.13.00250.013
2480.13.00250.016
2480.13.00250.019
2480.13.00250.025
2480.13.00250.038
2480.13.00250.050
2480.13.00250.063
2480.13.00250.080
2480.13.00250.100
2480.13.00250.125

Hubmax. lmin.
l
10
60
70
12.7
62.7 75.4
16
66
82
19
69
88
25
75
100
38.1
88.1 126.2
50
100
150
63.5
113.5 177
80
130
210
100
150
250
125
175
300

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00250.

150

1,40

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

1,35

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,30
1,25
1,20
1,15
1,10
1,05

60
50
50

013 019
010 016
025

100

150
force daN

200

250

1,00

10

25

50

stroke in mm

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

07.2014

Gas Spring, Standard


Mounting variations
2480.011.00500.2

2480.011.00500

15 (2x)

2480.011.00500.1

12

70
50

20

2480.007.00500

2480.008.00500 3)

23

13

9 (4x)

9 (2x)

50

A
2480.044.00500 2)

80

64

23

stroke

25

95
*180

15
9 (2x)

45,5
64
45,5
64

Note:
2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

64

18,4

45,2 +2
+0,5

45

20

20

82

9
15

64
50

52
46

45,5

60

100

60

2480.064.00500 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

2480.010.00500.095 3)
2480.010.00500.180* 3)

30

27,5

60

45,5

22

28

70,7
95,8

70,7

12

2480.044.03.00500 2)

70,7

7 (4x)

50

64

86

50

64
50

50

9 (4x)

56

A-A

25

+2

45,2 +0,5

2,5

23

M5 (4x)

13

9 (4x)

stroke

stroke
+2

45,2 +0,5

50

70
50

70
50

20

70
50

20

70
50

2480.057.00500

M6 (4x)

5)

70
50

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

20

2480.055.00500

15 (2x)

12

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

70
50

70
50

20

20

15 (2x)

12

15
(2x) 9 (2x)

M10 (2x)

12

M10 (2x)
20

12
12

12

15 (2x)
9
(2x)

M10
(2x)

2480.022.00500

11.2014

subject to alterations

Gas spring, Standard


Note:

2480.13.00500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 470 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.00500

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 80 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

2 min.

12

20
M6

l 0,25
I min.
16,5

R1

43

40

ROVE
PP

97

45,2 0,1

10

16,4

/23/EC

S>max

V>max

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2480.13.00500.
Gas spring, Standard

View X

Order No
2480.13.00500.010
2480.13.00500.013
2480.13.00500.025
2480.13.00500.038
2480.13.00500.050
2480.13.00500.063
2480.13.00500.080
2480.13.00500.100
2480.13.00500.125
2480.13.00500.160

M8x12,5 deep
(2x)
G 1/ 8 Valve
20

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

VDI ISO

Strokemax. lmin.
l
10
95 105
12.7
97.7 110.4
25
110 135
38.1
123.1 161.2
50
135 185
63.5
148.5 212
80
165 245
100
185 285
125
210 335
160
245 405

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00500.

150

1,7

120
110
100
90
80
70

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

160

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

025

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140

010 013

100

200
300
force daN

400

500

1,0

0 5 10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

150

160

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

03.2015

Gas Spring, Standard


Mounting variations
2480.011.00750.3

2480.011.00750

15 (2x)

2480.011.00750.1

15 (4x)
12

M10 (2x)

13 (2x)

2480.010.00750.115 3)
2480.010.00750.190* 3)

90

38
115
*190

20
60
9 (2x)

11.2014

30

40,1

30

5
68

DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

70

50,5
60

28,1 20

11
15
11,5

25,5

56,5
70

25

90

10 +0,1

22

Note:

2480.044.03.00750 2)

60
32

10 +0,1

11

33

110

56,5
70

9 (4x)

30
70

56,5

12

2480.047.00750 2)

34,5

12

19,5

130

50,5

80
40

24
5)

70
56,5

65

57
51,2

40

50,2 +2
+0,5

2480.045.00750 2)

70

stroke

2480.044.00750 2)

80
110

80

4 0,1

80

13

2480.064.00750 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

30

70

56,5

95

56,5
A

56,5

x
x

61

70
56,5

18

2,5

13

9 (4x)

14,2

14,2

30

+2
+0,5

56,5

9 (4x)

30
19

12

20

24
50,2

13

A-A

2480.008.00750 3)

stroke

24
+2
+0,5

9 (4x)

2480.007.00750

M5 (4x)

13

50,2

75
56,5

24
20

20

M6 (4x)

75
56,5

75
56,5

2480.057.00750
stroke

2480.055.00750

15 (2x)

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

75
56,5

75
56,5

75
56,5

12
20

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

75
56,5

9 (4x)

12

15 (2x)

12

15
M10
(2x)

75
56,5

M10 (2x)

12
20

20

12
12

2480.022.00750

11
18

subject to alterations

Gas spring, Standard


Note:

2480.13.00750.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN

Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.00750


Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault standard EM24.54.700 2480.13.00750.R
Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
Order No (example): 2480.13.00750. .R

3 min.

12

1) Special stroke lengths


Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
EM24.54.700.

25
M8

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s

17,5

R2

l 0,25
I min.

46

ROVE
PP

X
43
50,2 0,1

97

10

16,4

/23/EC

S>max

M8 x 12,5 deep
(2x)

20

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure
.00750.

1,7

140

Order No
2480.13.00750.013
2480.13.00750.025
2480.13.00750.038
2480.13.00750.050
2480.13.00750.063
2480.13.00750.075
2480.13.00750.080
2480.13.00750.088
2480.13.00750.100
2480.13.00750.113
2480.13.00750.125
2480.13.00750.138
2480.13.00750.150
2480.13.00750.160
2480.13.00750.175
2480.13.00750.200
2480.13.00750.225
2480.13.00750.250
2480.13.00750.275
2480.13.00750.300

Strokemax.
12.7
25
38.1
50
63.5
1)
75
80
1)
87.5
100
1) 112.5
125
1) 137.5
1)
150
160
1)
175
200
1)
225
250
275
300

lmin.
l
107.7120.4
120 145
133.1171.2
145 195
158.5 222
170 245
175 255
182.5 270
195 295
207.5 320
220 345
232.5 370
245 395
255 415
270 445
295 495
320 545
345 595
370 645
395 695

013 025 038 050

nominal stroke
063 080
160
113
138
075 088 100
125
150
175

200

225

250

275

300

1,6
pressure rise factor

130
charge pressure (bar)

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

150

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
200

V>max

2480.13.00750.
Gas spring, Standard

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve

VDI ISO

1,0
300

400
500
force daN

600

700

0 10

25

50

75

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

10.2014

Gas spring, Standard


Mounting variations
2480.011.01500.2

12

12

20

20

14

2480.008.01500 3)

stroke

11 (4x)

13 (2x)

90

A
2480.044.01500 2)
stroke

2480.010.01500.130 3)
2480.010.01500.205* 3)

115

57
20
73,5

90

A
137

32

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

42

30

40,1

14,5

11.2014

5
100

10 +0,1

86

2)

94

75,5
90

37 40

13
15
9

32

73,5
92

125
90
38

28

Note:

2480.044.03.01500 2)

20

10 +0,1

10

37

11 (4x)

30

13,5
73,5
92

26

11 (2x)

2480.047.01500 2)

43,5

16

160

10,5

75,5

105
52,5

29
5)

90
73,5

90

85
77

52,5

75,2 +2
+0,5

2480.045.01500 2)

130
*205

2480.064.01500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

104
134

104

4 0,1

104

19

101

73,5

122

73,5

y
A

73,5

30

90
73,5
x

35
21

2,5

14,2

14,2

30

+2
+0,5

13

75,2

73,5

11(4x)

73,5

11 (4x)

18 (4x)

29
y

A-A

9 (4x)

16

+2
+0,5

24

2480.007.01500

M6 (4x)

16

75,2

100
73,5

40
15

12

9
11
DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)

29

M6 (4x)

11 (4x)

15 (4x)

2480.057.01500
stroke

2480.055.01500

40

M20

100
73,5
DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

2480.022.01500

M20

2480.011.01500

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring, Standard


Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN

2480.12.01500.

Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.12.01500


Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault standard EM24.54.700 2480.12.01500.R
Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
Order No (example): 2480.12.01500. .R

36

M8

12

Note:

21

3 min.

1) Special stroke lengths


Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
EM24.54.700.

R2

,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s

I min.

l 0,25

70

16,4

97

10

X
67
75,2 0,1

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

40

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

1,7

M8 x 12,5 deep
(4x)

Order No
2480.12.01500.013
2480.12.01500.025
2480.12.01500.038
2480.12.01500.050
2480.12.01500.063
2480.12.01500.075
2480.12.01500.080
2480.12.01500.088
2480.12.01500.100
2480.12.01500.113
2480.12.01500.125
2480.12.01500.138
2480.12.01500.150
2480.12.01500.160
2480.12.01500.175
2480.12.01500.200
2480.12.01500.225
2480.12.01500.250
2480.12.01500.275
2480.12.01500.300

Strokemax. lmin.
l
1)
12.7 122.3 135
25
135 160
38.1 148.1186.2
50
160 210
63.5 173.5 237
1)
75
185 260
80
190 270
1)
87.5 197.5 285
100
210 310
1) 112.5 222.5 335
125
235 360
1) 137.5 247.5 385
1)
150
260 410
160
270 430
1)
175
285 460
200
310 510
1)
225
335 560
250
360 610
275
385 660
300
410 710

013 025 038 050

nominal stroke
063 080
160
113
138
075 088 100
125
150
175

200

225

250

275

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
400

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.01500.

150

V>max

2480.12.01500.
Gas spring, Standard

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve

VDI ISO

600

800 1000 1200


force daN

1400

1600

1,0

0 10

25

50

75

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

10.2014

Gas spring, Standard


Mounting variations
2480.011.03000

2480.011.03000.2

2480.022.03000

120
92

60

60

120
92

M20

120
92

120
92

M20

120
92

120
92

15 (4x)
20
14

13,5 (4x)

13,5

12

2480.010.03000.140 3)
2480.010.03000.215* 3)

66,5
90

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

30

14,5

2,5
106

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

52,5

115
115

10 +0,1
40,1

36,5

60
9

110

15
15

95,5

110
63,5

35

92
116

33

140
24

28

Note:

2480.044.03.03000 2)

2480.047.03000 2)

10 +0,1

11

63

13 (4x)

92

170

92
116

13,5

30

30

13 (2x)

110

46,5

16

195

12,5

95,5

5)

110
92

110

108
96,8

20

95,2 +2
+0,5

125
62,5

33

145
67,5

2480.045.03000 2)

121

stroke

2480.044.03000 2)

130
170

130

4 0,1

130

2480.064.03000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

40

92
y

140
*215

110

92

150

92

14,2

17 (2x)
110
92

11.2014

13
17

18

13 (4x)
92

13(4x)

40
26

14,2

40

+2

95,2 +0,5

19

A-A

2480.008.03000 3)

33

M6 (4x)

18

+2

95,2 +0,5

13 (4x)

2480.007.03000

33

M6 (4x)

9 (4x)
20 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.03000
stroke

2480.055.03000

20

13

24
20
14

15

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring, Standard


Note:

2480.13.03000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 3000 daN


Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.03000


Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault standard EM24.54.700 2480.13.03000.R
Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
Order No (example): 2480.13.03000. .R

M8

3 min.

12

50

24

1) Special stroke lengths


Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
EM24.54.700.

R2

,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s

I min.

l 0,25

90

16,4
A

7
8

10

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

VDI ISO

87
95,2 0,1
S>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

1,7

Strokemax.
1)
12.7
25
38.1
50
63.5
1)
75
80
1)
87.5
100
1) 112.5
125
1) 137.5
1)
150
160
1)
175
200
1)
225
250
1)
275
300

lmin.
l
132.3 145
145 170
158.1 196.2
170 220
183.5 247
195 270
200 280
207.5 295
220 320
232.5 345
245 370
257.5 395
270 420
280 440
295 470
320 520
345 570
370 620
395 670
420 720

013 025 038 050

nominal stroke
063 080
113
160
138
125
075 088 100
150
175

200

225

250

275

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
800

Order No
2480.13.03000.013
2480.13.03000.025
2480.13.03000.038
2480.13.03000.050
2480.13.03000.063
2480.13.03000.075
2480.13.03000.080
2480.13.03000.088.1
2480.13.03000.100
2480.13.03000.113
2480.13.03000.125
2480.13.03000.138
2480.13.03000.150
2480.13.03000.160
2480.13.03000.175
2480.13.03000.200
2480.13.03000.225
2480.13.03000.250
2480.13.03000.275
2480.13.03000.300

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.03000.

150

M8 x 12,5
deep (4x)

60

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2480.13.03000.
Gas spring, Standard

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve
(1x)

V>max

1200

1600 2000 2400


force daN

2800

3200

1,0

0 10

25

50

75

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

10.2014

Gas spring, Standard


Mounting variations
2480.011.05000.2

80

140
109,5

80

140
109,5

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

2480.022.05000

140
109,5

2480.011.05000

13,5 (4x)

20

13
20

18 (4x)

24

13

11
13,5

36

155

A
2480.044.05000 2)
stroke

13 (2x)

195

DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)

149
4 0,1

19

36,5

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

140
65

7
30

40,1

17,5

11.2014

120,5

80
39

11

130

17,5
18
11

145

10 +0,1

28

109,5
138

58

170
130
88,9

10 +0,1

11,5

Note:

2480.044.03.05000 2)

26

109,5
138

15 (4x)

30
130

109,5

18

50
36

48

16

32,5

220

2480.047.05000 2)

3
79

20
102,5

12,5

140

130
122

120,5

148
74

36
120,2 +2
+0,5

2480.045.05000 2)

165
77,5

5)

130
109,5

50

2480.010.05000.160 3)

88

2480.064.05000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

155
205

155

160

130

109,5

175

109,5

109,5

131

17 (2x)
130
109,5

2,5

13 (4x)
109,5

13(4x)

14,2

50

+2
+0,5

14,2

A-A

120,2

17

21

+2
+0,5

2480.008.05000 3)

stroke

M6 (4x)

21

120,2

13 (4x)

20 (4x)

2480.007.05000

36

M6 (4x)

12

11 (4x)

2480.057.05000
stroke

2480.055.05000

15
20

15

18

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring, Standard


Note:

2480.13.05000.
Stroke max.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 5000 daN


65

M8

3 min.

12

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.05000


Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault standard EM24.54.700 2480.13.05000.R
Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
Order No (example): 2480.13.05000. .R
1) Special stroke lengths
Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
EM24.54.700.

R2

25,5

,5

115

I min.

l 0,25

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s

ROVE
PP

X
112
120,2 0,1

S>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure
.05000.

025 038 050

1,7

140

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

Order No
2480.13.05000.025
2480.13.05000.038
2480.13.05000.050
2480.13.05000.063
2480.13.05000.075
2480.13.05000.080
2480.13.05000.088
2480.13.05000.100
2480.13.05000.113
2480.13.05000.125
2480.13.05000.138
2480.13.05000.150
2480.13.05000.160
2480.13.05000.175
2480.13.05000.200
2480.13.05000.225
2480.13.05000.250
2480.13.05000.275
2480.13.05000.300

Strokemax.
25
38.1
50
63.5
1)
75
80
1)
87.5
100
1) 112.5
125
1) 137.5
1)
150
160
1)
175
200
1)
225
250
1)
275
300

lmin.
l
165 190
178.1216.2
190 240
203.5 267
215 290
220 300
227.5 315
240 340
252.5 365
265 390
277.5 415
290 440
300 460
315 490
340 540
365 590
390 640
415 690
440 740

nominal stroke
063 080
160
113
138
075 088 100
125
150
175

200

225

250

275

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

M10 x 16
deep (4x)

80

V>max

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

150

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
1600 2000

VDI ISO

2480.13.05000.
Gas spring, Standard

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve
(1x)

/23/EC

10

97

16,4

3000
force daN

4000

5000

1,0

0 10

25

50

75

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

10.2014

Gas spring, Standard


Mounting variations
2480.011.07500

2480.011.07500.2

190
138

190
138

100

190
138

100

190
138

190
138

M20

M20

190
138

2480.022.07500

15

24

195

170
195
245

195

2480.044.07500 2)

150,5

20

150,2 +2
+0,5

200
95
200
100

41

stroke

2480.064.07500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

50

162

138

2,5

21

27

138

x
220

138

21 (2x)
162
138

y
A

14,2
14,2

17,5
(4x)

138

50

+2

150,2 +0,5

x
x

20

41
y

A-A
17,5
(4x)

2480.008.07500 3)

stroke

M6 (4x)

27

+2

150,2 +0,5

17,5 (4x)

2480.007.07500

41

M6 (4x)

11
(4x)

26 (4x)

2480.057.07500
stroke

2480.055.07500

20

17

11
17,5

12

17

18 (4x)

15

17,5 (4x)

26
18

5)

120
260
13 (2x)

38

162
138
A

30
162

138

16,5

230

Note:

2480.044.03.07500 2)

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

80

170

150,5

68

200

30

175

13,5
20

11.2014

subject to alterations

Gas spring, Standard


2480.13.07500.
80

Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.13.07500


Order No for spare parts kit: to Renault standard EM24.54.700 2480.13.07500.R
Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
Order No (example): 2480.13.07500. .R
1) Special stroke lengths
Not for gas springs to Renault Standard
EM24.54.700.

R2

27,5

,5

l 0,25

145

I min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
for 2480. ... .R: 2.0 m/s

M16

3 min.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 7500 daN

30

Note:

ROVE
PP

16,4

X
142
150,2 0,1

S>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure
.07500.

025 038 050

1,7

140

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

Order No
2480.13.07500.025
2480.13.07500.038
2480.13.07500.050
2480.13.07500.063
2480.13.07500.075
2480.13.07500.080
2480.13.07500.088
2480.13.07500.100
2480.13.07500.113
2480.13.07500.125
2480.13.07500.138
2480.13.07500.150
2480.13.07500.160
2480.13.07500.175
2480.13.07500.200
2480.13.07500.225
2480.13.07500.250
2480.13.07500.275
2480.13.07500.300

Strokemax.
25
38.1
50
63.5
1)
75
80
1)
87.5
100
1) 112.5
125
1) 137.5
1)
150
160
1)
175
200
1)
225
250
1)
275
300

lmin.
l
180 205
193.1231.2
205 255
218.5 282
230 305
235 315
242.5 330
255 355
267.5 380
280 405
292.5 430
305 455
315 475
330 505
355 555
380 605
405 655
430 705
455 755

nominal stroke
063 080
160
113
138
125
075 088 100
150
175

200

225

250

275

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

M10 x 16
deep (4x)

100

V>max

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

150

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
2500

VDI ISO

2480.13.07500.
Gas spring, Standard

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve
(1x)

/23/EC

10

97

3500

4500
5500
force daN

6500

7500

1,0

0 10

25

50

75

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

10.2014

Gas spring, Standard


Mounting variations

13

24
17 (4x)

2480.007.10000
stroke

2480.057.10000

13

13,5
17,5

17

210
170

120

210
170

120
15

26
20

25

20
17,5

210
170

M20

210
170

210
170
17

26
13,5

2480.022.10000

M20

210
170

2480.011.10000

25

2480.011.10000.2

47

M6 (4x)

x
170

11.2014

21

210
170
169

17,5
(4x)

16

58
27

+2

195,2 +0,5

210

240

240

subject to alterations

Gas spring, Standard


Note:

2480.12.10000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 10000 daN


95

3 min.
33,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M16

30

Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.12.10000


Gas spring to Renault standard EM24.54.700
Order No (example): 2480.12.10000. .R

R2

,5

I min.

l 0,25

190

16,4

ROVE
PP

15

97

186,65
195 -0,2

S>max

M12x16
deep (4x)

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

V>max

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2480.12.10000.
Gas spring, Standard

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve
(1x)

VDI ISO

/23/EC

Order No
2480.12.10000.025
2480.12.10000.038
2480.12.10000.050
2480.12.10000.063
2480.12.10000.080
2480.12.10000.100
2480.12.10000.125
2480.12.10000.160
2480.12.10000.200
2480.12.10000.250
2480.12.10000.300

120

Strokemax. lmin.
l
25
185 210
38.1
198.1 236.2
50
210 260
63.5
223.5 287
80
240 320
100
260 360
125
285 410
160
320 480
200
360 560
250
410 660
300
460 760

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.10000.

150

080

100

125

160

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
2000

025 038 050 063

1,7

4000

6000
force daN

8000

10000

1,0

10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

10.2014

F190

subject to alterations

Gas springs
HEAVY DUTY

F191

Gas Spring, HEAVY DUTY


Mounting variations
2480.011.00500.2

2480.011.00500

15 (2x)

12

12
20
12

70
50

2480.044.00500 2)

80

64

56

52
46

45,5

95

15
45

82

45,5
64

20

9 (2x)

12

60

100

60
20

70,7
95,8

70,7

2480.010.00500.095 3)

30

27,5

60

45,5

22

28

9
15

25

50

2480.044.03.00500 2)

45,5
64

Note:
23

stroke

2480.064.00500 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

64

64
50

18,4

45,2 +2
+0,5

70,7

7 (4x)

64

50

86

50

9 (2x)

64
50

2,5

25

+2
+0,5

13

45,2
9 (4x)

7
2480.008.00500 3)

23 6) stroke

23 6) stroke

20

70
50

20

70
50

20

70
50

13

9 (4x)

2480.007.00500

50

70
50

70
50

M5 (4x)

A-A

50

15 (2x)

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

2480.057.00500

+2
+0,5

9 (4x)

70
50

20

M6 (4x)

5)

M10 (2x)

12
DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

70
50

45,2

15 (2x)

12

15
(2x) 9 (2x)

20

20

12
12

M10 (2x)

2480.055.00500

2480.022.00500

15 (2x)
9
(2x)

M10
(2x)

2480.011.00500.1

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

6)

Installation height increased


from 22mm to 23mm according
to VDI3003.

02.2015

subject to alterations

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Note:

2488.13.00750.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 740 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.00750

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M6

25

10,5

l 0,25
I min.
16,5

R1

45,2 0,1

97

ROVE
PP

40

/23/EC

S>max

V>max

P>max

View X

2488.13.00750.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY

Overtravel
protection
M8x16 deep
(2x)
G 1/ 8 Threaded
connection
M6 Valve

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

TM

Flex Guide

Order No
2488.13.00750.013
2488.13.00750.025
2488.13.00750.038
2488.13.00750.050
2488.13.00750.063
2488.13.00750.075
2488.13.00750.080
2488.13.00750.100
2488.13.00750.125
2488.13.00750.150
2488.13.00750.160
2488.13.00750.175
2488.13.00750.200

20

Strokemax.
13
25
38
50
63
75
80
100
125
150
160
175
200

lmin.
98
110
123
135
148
160
165
185
210
235
245
260
285

l
111
135
161
185
211
235
245
285
335
385
405
435
485

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00750.

150

1,7

140

025

10

25

038

050

063 075 080

100

125

150 160

175

200

125

150

175

200

1,6
pressure rise factor

130
charge pressure (bar)

013

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

200

400
force daN

600

800

50

75

100
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

02.2015

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Mounting variations
2480.011.00750.3

2480.011.00750

15 (2x)

2480.011.00750.1

15 (4x)
12

M10 (2x)

2480.010.00750.115 3)
2480.010.00750.190* 3)

90

38
115
*190

20
60
9 (2x)

DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

30

40,1

11,5

30

5
68

10 +0,1

25,5

56,5
70

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

70

50,5
60

28,1 20

11
15

25

90
60
32

22

Note:

2480.044.03.00750 2)

18

10 +0,1

11

33

110

56,5
70

9 (4x)

30
70

56,5

12

2480.047.00750 2)

34,5

12

19,5

130

50,5

80
40

24
5)

70
56,5

65

57
51,2

40

50,2 +2
+0,5

2480.045.00750 2)

70

stroke

2480.044.00750 2)

80
110

80

4 0,1

80

13

2480.064.00750 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

30

70

56,5

95

56,5
A

56,5

x
x

61

70
56,5

12
13 (2x)

2,5

13

9 (4x)

30
19

14,2

14,2

30

+2
+0,5

56,5

9 (4x)

11.2014

20

24
50,2

13

A-A

2480.008.00750 3)

stroke

24
+2
+0,5

9 (4x)

2480.007.00750

M5 (4x)

13

50,2

75
56,5

24
20

20

M6 (4x)

75
56,5

75
56,5

2480.057.00750
stroke

2480.055.00750

15 (2x)

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

75
56,5

75
56,5

75
56,5

12
20

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

75
56,5

9 (4x)

12

15 (2x)

12

15
M10
(2x)

75
56,5

M10 (2x)

12
20

20

12
12

2480.022.00750

11
18

subject to alterations

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Note:

2488.13.01000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 920 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.01000
stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M6

28

ROVE
PP

X
43
50,2 0,1

97

10,5

l 0,25
I min.

17,5

R2

/23/EC

S>max

VDI ISO
V>max

P>max

View X
Overtravel
protection

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Order No
2488.13.01000.013
2488.13.01000.025
2488.13.01000.038
2488.13.01000.050
2488.13.01000.063
2488.13.01000.075
2488.13.01000.080
2488.13.01000.100
2488.13.01000.125
2488.13.01000.150
2488.13.01000.160
2488.13.01000.175
2488.13.01000.200
2488.13.01000.250
2488.13.01000.300

20

Strokemax.
13
25
38
50
63
75
80
100
125
150
160
175
200
250
300

lmin.
108
120
133
145
158
170
175
195
220
245
255
270
295
345
395

l
121
145
171
195
221
245
255
295
345
395
415
445
495
595
695

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.01000.

150

1,7

140

013 025 038 050 063

075
080

nominal stroke
160
150
175

100

125

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

2488.13.01000.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY

M8x16 deep
(2x)

G 1/8 Threaded
connection
M6 Valve

TM

Flex Guide

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

200

400
600
force daN

800

1000

0 10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F193

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Mounting variations
2480.011.01000

2480.011.01000.2

18 (2x)

20
2480.057.01000

12
stroke

+2
+0,5

11 (4x)
x

80
64

80

90
73,5

64

23,9

63,2

16

11 (4x)

12

20

100
73,5

27
16

+2
+0,5

90

63,2

73,5

64

10,5

80
64

M5 (4x)

27

stroke

stroke
27

63,2 +2
+0,5

11 (4x)

2480.057.03.01000

M6 (4x)

80

5)

100
73,5

24
20

100
73,5

100
73,5

15
(2x) 11 (2x)

M12
(2x)

100
73,5

18 (4x)
11 (2x)

12

15 (2x)

100
73,5

20

12

M12 (2x)

18 (2x)
9
(2x)

12
12

9 (2x)

2480.064.01000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

2480.022.01000

2480.044.03.01000 2)

2480.007.01000

14,2

30

13

36,5

82

63,5

27

108

11
18

62

30

84

92

92

Note:

02.2015

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

subject to alterations

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Note:

2488.13.01500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN

stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.01500


36

M6

19

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

ROVE
PP

X
56
63,2 0,1

97

10,5

l 0,25
I min.

R2

/23/EC

S>max

V>max

P>max

View X

2488.13.01500.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY

Overtravel
protection

Order No
2488.13.01500.013
2488.13.01500.025
2488.13.01500.038
2488.13.01500.050
2488.13.01500.063
2488.13.01500.075
2488.13.01500.080
2488.13.01500.100
2488.13.01500.125
2488.13.01500.150
2488.13.01500.160
2488.13.01500.175
2488.13.01500.200
2488.13.01500.250
2488.13.01500.300

90

M8x16 deep
(6x)
G 1/8 Valve
20
40

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Strokemax.
13
25
38
50
63
75
80
100
125
150
160
175
200
250
300

lmin.
108
120
133
145
158
170
175
195
220
245
255
270
295
345
395

l
121
145
171
195
221
245
255
295
345
395
415
445
495
595
695

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.01500.

150

1,7

140

013 025 038 050 063

075
080

nominal stroke
100

125

100

125
150
stroke in mm

150 160 175

200

250

300

200

250

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

TM

Flex Guide

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

400

800
force daN

1200

1600

0 10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

02.2015

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Mounting variations
2480.011.01500.2

12
2480.010.01500.130 3)
2480.010.01500.205* 3)

57

90

137

42

5
30

40,1

DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

86

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

94

75,5
90

37 40

13
15

100

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)

32

73,5
92

32

125

10 +0,1

28

Note:

2480.044.03.01500 2)

90
38

10 +0,1

10

37

11 (4x)

30

13,5
73,5
92

26

11 (2x)

14,5

43,5

16

160

2480.047.01500 2)

130
*205

20
73,5

10,5

90

85
77

75,5

105
52,5

29
5)

90
73,5

2480.045.01500 2)

101

115
52,5

75,2 +2
+0,5

104
134

104

4 0,1

104

19

2480.044.01500 2)
stroke

2480.064.01500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

30

90

73,5

20

2,5

14,2

13
73,5

x
122

73,5
A

73,5

12

20

14

20

13 (2x)
90
73,5

11.2014

14,2

30

+2
+0,5

11 (4x)

2480.008.01500 3)

stroke

75,2

73,5

11(4x)

35
21

11 (4x)

18 (4x)

29
y

A-A

9 (4x)

16

+2
+0,5

24

2480.007.01500

M6 (4x)

16

75,2

100
73,5

40
15

12

9
11
DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)

29

M6 (4x)

11 (4x)

15 (4x)

2480.057.01500
stroke

2480.055.01500

40

M20

100
73,5
DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

2480.022.01500

M20

2480.011.01500

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Note:

2488.13.02400.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 2400 daN


stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.02400

45
M6

21

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

R2

l 0,25
I min.

,5

10,5

ROVE
PP

97

G 1/8 Valve

67
75,2 0,1

/23/EC

S>max

View X

90

Order No
2488.13.02400.025
2488.13.02400.038
2488.13.02400.050
2488.13.02400.063
2488.13.02400.075
2488.13.02400.080
2488.13.02400.100
2488.13.02400.125
2488.13.02400.150
2488.13.02400.160
2488.13.02400.175
2488.13.02400.200
2488.13.02400.250
2488.13.02400.300

G 1/8 Valve

025 038 050 063

1,7

140

TM

Flex Guide

Strokemax.
25
38
50
63
75
80
100
125
150
160
175
200
250
300

lmin.
135
148
160
173
185
190
210
235
260
270
285
310
360
410

l
160
186
210
236
260
270
310
360
410
430
460
510
610
710

075
080

nominal stroke
160
150
175

100

125

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

P>max

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.02400.

150

V>max

2488.13.02400.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY

M8x16 deep
(4x)
Overtravel
protection

40

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

VDI ISO

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

500

1000 1500 2000


force daN

2500

3000

0 10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F195

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Mounting variations
2480.011.03000

2480.011.03000.2

2480.022.03000

120
92

60

120
92

M20
60

120
92

120
92

M20

120
92

120
92

15 (4x)
20
14

13,5 (4x)

13,5

12

2480.010.03000.140 3)
2480.010.03000.215* 3)

145

66,5
20
90

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

30

14,5

2,5
106

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

52,5

115
115

10 +0,1
40,1

36,5

60
9

110

15
15

95,5

110
63,5

35

92
116

33

140
24

28

Note:

2480.044.03.03000 2)

2480.047.03000 2)

10 +0,1

11

63

13 (4x)

92

170

92
116

13,5

30

30

13 (2x)

110

46,5

16

195

12,5

95,5

125
62,5

33
5)

110
92

110

108
96,8

67,5

95,2 +2
+0,5

2480.045.03000 2)

121

stroke

2480.044.03000 2)

130
170

130

4 0,1

130

2480.064.03000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

40

92
y

140
*215

110

92

150

92

14,2

17 (2x)
110
92

11.2014

13
17

18

13 (4x)
92

13(4x)

40
26

14,2

40

+2

95,2 +0,5

19

A-A

2480.008.03000 3)

33

M6 (4x)

18

+2

95,2 +0,5

13 (4x)

2480.007.03000

33

M6 (4x)

9 (4x)
20 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.03000
stroke

2480.055.03000

20

13

24
20
14

15

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Note:

2488.13.04200.
stroke max.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 4200 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.04200

M8

24

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

60

R2

l 0,25
I min.

,5

10,5

ROVE
PP

97

G 1/8 Valve

87
95,2 0,1

/23/EC

S>max

View X

90

Order No
2488.13.04200.025
2488.13.04200.038
2488.13.04200.050
2488.13.04200.063
2488.13.04200.075
2488.13.04200.080
2488.13.04200.100
2488.13.04200.125
2488.13.04200.150
2488.13.04200.160
2488.13.04200.175
2488.13.04200.200
2488.13.04200.250
2488.13.04200.300

60

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

Strokemax.
25
38
50
63
75
80
100
125
150
160
175
200
250
300

lmin.
145
158
170
183
195
200
220
245
270
280
295
320
370
420

l
170
196
220
246
270
280
320
370
420
440
470
520
620
720

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.04200.

150

025 038 050 063

1,7

140

075
080

nominal stroke
160
150
175

100

125

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

V>max

2488.13.04200.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY

M8x16 deep
(4x)
Overtravel
protection

G 1/8 Valve

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

VDI ISO

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

500

1500
2500
force daN

3500

4500

0 10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F197

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Mounting variations
2480.011.05000.2

80

140
109,5

80

140
109,5

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

2480.022.05000

140
109,5

2480.011.05000

13,5 (4x)

20

13
20

18 (4x)

24

13

11
13,5

36

155

A
2480.044.05000 2)
stroke

13 (2x)

195

DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)

149
4 0,1

19

36,5

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

140
65

7
30

40,1

17,5

11.2014

120,5

80
39

11

130

17,5
18
11

145

10 +0,1

28

109,5
138

58

170
130
88,9

10 +0,1

11,5

Note:

2480.044.03.05000 2)

26

109,5
138

15 (4x)

30
130

109,5

18

50
36

48

16

32,5

220

2480.047.05000 2)

3
79

20
102,5

12,5

140

130
122

120,5

148
74

36
120,2 +2
+0,5

2480.045.05000 2)

165
77,5

5)

130
109,5

50

2480.010.05000.160 3)

88

2480.064.05000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

155
205

155

160

130

109,5

175

109,5

109,5

131

17 (2x)
130
109,5

2,5

13 (4x)
109,5

13(4x)

14,2

50

+2
+0,5

14,2

A-A

120,2

17

21

+2
+0,5

2480.008.05000 3)

stroke

M6 (4x)

21

120,2

13 (4x)

20 (4x)

2480.007.05000

36

M6 (4x)

12

11 (4x)

2480.057.05000
stroke

2480.055.05000

15
20

15

18

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Note:

2488.13.06600.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 6600 daN


75

Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.06600

M8

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

R2

I min.

l 0,25

25,5

,5

97

10,5

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

G 1/8 Valve

112
120,2 0,1

S>max

View X

90

M10x16 deep
(4x)
Overtravel
protection

G 1/8 Valve
80

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

025 038 050 063

1,7

140

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2488.13.06600.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
Order No
2488.13.06600.025
2488.13.06600.038
2488.13.06600.050
2488.13.06600.063
2488.13.06600.075
2488.13.06600.080
2488.13.06600.100
2488.13.06600.125
2488.13.06600.150
2488.13.06600.160
2488.13.06600.175
2488.13.06600.200
2488.13.06600.250
2488.13.06600.300

Strokemax.
25
38
50
63
75
80
100
125
150
160
175
200
250
300

lmin.
165
178
190
203
215
220
240
265
290
300
315
340
390
440

l
190
216
240
266
290
300
340
390
440
460
490
540
640
740

075
080

nominal stroke
160
150
175

100

125

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

V>max

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.06600.

150

VDI ISO

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000


force daN

0 10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F199

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Mounting variations
2480.011.07500

2480.011.07500.2

190
138

190
138

100

190
138

100

190
138

190
138

M20

M20

190
138

2480.022.07500

15

24

195

170
195
245

195

2480.044.07500 2)

150,5

20

150,2 +2
+0,5

200
95
200
100

41

stroke

2480.064.07500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

14,2

162

y
A

138

x
138

220

138

21 (2x)
162
138

14,2

2,5

17,5
(4x)

138

50

+2
+0,5

21

150,2

50

A-A
17,5
(4x)

20

41
y

27

+2
+0,5

2480.008.07500 3)

stroke

M6 (4x)

27

150,2

17,5 (4x)

2480.007.07500

41

M6 (4x)

11
(4x)

26 (4x)

2480.057.07500
stroke

2480.055.07500

20

17

11
17,5

12

17

18 (4x)

15

17,5 (4x)

26
18

5)

120
260
13 (2x)

38

162
138
A

30
162

138

16,5

230

Note:

2480.044.03.07500 2)

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

80

170

150,5

68

200

30

175

13,5
20

11.2014

subject to alterations

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Note:

2488.13.09500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 9500 daN


90
M8

Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.09500

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

R2

I min.

l 0,25

27,5

,5

8
X

S>max

90

M10x16 deep
(4x)
Overtravel
protection

G 1/8 Valve
100

V>max

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2488.13.09500.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
Order No
2488.13.09500.025
2488.13.09500.038
2488.13.09500.050
2488.13.09500.063
2488.13.09500.075
2488.13.09500.080
2488.13.09500.100
2488.13.09500.125
2488.13.09500.150
2488.13.09500.160
2488.13.09500.175
2488.13.09500.200
2488.13.09500.250
2488.13.09500.300

Strokemax.
25
38
50
63
75
80
100
125
150
160
175
200
250
300

lmin.
180
193
205
218
230
235
255
280
305
315
330
355
405
455

l
205
231
255
281
305
315
355
405
455
475
505
555
655
755

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.09500.

150

025 038 050 063

1,7

140

075
080

nominal stroke
160
150
175

100

125

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

VDI ISO

G 1/8 Valve

142
150,2 0,1
View X

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

/23/EC

10,5

97

ROVE
PP

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

2000

4000
6000
force daN

8000

10000

0 10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F201

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Mounting variations

13

24
17 (4x)

2480.007.10000
stroke

2480.057.10000

13

13,5
17,5

17

210
170

120

210
170

120
15

26
20

25

20
17,5

210
170

M20

210
170

210
170
17

26
13,5

2480.022.10000

M20

210
170

2480.011.10000

25

2480.011.10000.2

47

M6 (4x)

x
170

02.2015

21

210
170
169

17,5
(4x)

16

58
27

+2

195,2 +0,5

210

240

240

subject to alterations

Gas spring HEAVY DUTY


Note:

2488.13.20000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 20000 daN


130

M8

33,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2488.13.20000

R2

I min.

l 0,25

,5

ROVE
PP

15

97

X
186,65
195 -0,2

S>max

View X
M12x16 deep
(4x)

90

G 1/8 Valve
120

025 038 050 063

1,7

140

TM

Flex Guide

2488.13.20000.
Gas spring HEAVY DUTY
Strokemax.
25
38
50
63
75
80
100
125
150
160
175
200
250
300

lmin.
185
198
210
223
235
240
260
285
310
320
335
360
410
460

l
210
236
260
286
310
320
360
410
460
480
510
560
660
760

075
080

nominal stroke
100

125

100

125
150
stroke in mm

150 160 175

200

250

300

200

250

300

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

P>max

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

.20000.

150

V>max

Order No
2488.13.20000.025
2488.13.20000.038
2488.13.20000.050
2488.13.20000.063
2488.13.20000.075
2488.13.20000.080
2488.13.20000.100
2488.13.20000.125
2488.13.20000.150
2488.13.20000.160
2488.13.20000.175
2488.13.20000.200
2488.13.20000.250
2488.13.20000.300

Overtravel
protection

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

/23/EC

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

5000

10000 15000
force daN

20000

25000

0 10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

02.2015

F202

subject to alterations

Gas springs
with through
bore passage

F203

Gas spring with through bore passage


Mounting variations

16

M4 (4x)

16

M5 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.00250
stroke

2480.055.00250

+2

38 +0,5

40

7 (4x)

52
40

40

stroke

x
68

40

7 (4x)

A-A

+2

38 +0,5

52

16

g2

stroke

Mounting examples:

+2

38+0,5
+1,0

38+0,5
+2

38 +0,5
F204

subject to alterations

Gas spring with through bore passage


Note:

2496.12.00270.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 270 daN


Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2496.12.00270

22

10,4

11,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 20C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.5 m/s

I min.

l 0,25

R1

10,5

R1

38 0,1
A

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

V>max

M6 valve
View X

Top view

2496.12.00270.
Gas spring with through b
ore
passage
Order No
Strokemax.
2496.12.00270.016
16
2496.12.00270.025
25
2496.12.00270.050
50
2496.12.00270.080
80
*see mounting example

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

lmin.
92
101
126
156

l
108
126
176
236

g2*
86
95
120
150

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00270.

150

016

1,5

025

050

080

100

1,4

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

100
200
force daN

300

1,0

10

25

50
stroke in mm

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F205

Gas spring with through bore passage


Mounting variations

A-A

50,2
9 (4x)

56,5

70
56,5
x
x
56,5

95

56,5

x
y
A

70

9 (4x)

+2
+0,5

13

+2
+0,5

13

50,2

22

M5 (4x)

22

M6 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.00750
stroke

2480.055.00750

Note:
22

stroke

2480.064.00750 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

50,2 +2
+0,5

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

70
56,5

19,5

5)

A
70

56,5

22

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

50,2

+2
+0,5

50,2
50,2
11.2014

+2
+0,5

+1,0
+0,5

see Note!

subject to alterations

Gas spring with through bore passage


Note:

2496.12.00490.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 490 daN

Stroke max.

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
ensured!
Order No for spare parts kit: 2496.12.00490

16,4

15,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 20C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.5 m/s

30

I min.

l 0,25

R2

14,5

R2

50,2 0,1
A

97

M4 x 8 deep
(4x)
M6 valve
28

23

M4 x 8 deep
(4x)

top view

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

View X

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

V>max

2496.12.00490.
Gas spring with through b
ore
passage
Order No
Strokemax.
2496.12.00490.016
16
2496.12.00490.025
25
2496.12.00490.050
50
2496.12.00490.080
80
*see mounting example

lmin.
96
105
130
160

l
112
130
180
240

g2*
88
97
122
152

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00490.

150

016

1,6

025

050

080

100

1,5

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
100

1,0
200

300
force daN

400

500

10

25

50
stroke in mm

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F207

Gas spring with through bore passage


Mounting variations

27

M6 (4x)

+2
+0,5

16

75,2
A-A

75,2
11 (4x)

73,5

11(4x)

90
73,5
x

x
x
73,5

122

73,5

+2
+0,5

y
A

90

16

27

M6 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.01500
stroke

2480.055.01500

Note:
27

stroke

2480.064.01500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

75,2

+2
+0,5

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended).

90
73,5

26

5)

A
90

73,5

10,5

27

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

75,2

+2
+0,5

75,2
75,2

11.2014

+2
+0,5

+1,0
+0,5

see Note!

subject to alterations

Gas spring with through bore passage


Note:

2496.12.01060.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1060 daN

Stroke max.

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
ensured!
Order No for spare parts kit: 2496.12.01060

25,4

19

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 20C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.5 m/s

50

l 0,25
I min.

R2,5

18

R2,5

75,2 0,1

97

M6 x 12 deep
(4x)
M6 valve

36

48

M6 x 12 deep
(4x)

top view

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

View X

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

V>max

2496.12.01060.
Gas spring with through b
ore
passage
Order No
Strokemax.
2496.12.01060.016
16
2496.12.01060.025
25
2496.12.01060.050
50
2496.12.01060.080
80
2496.12.01060.100
100
*see mounting example

lmin.
106
115
140
170
190

l
122
140
190
250
290

g2*
96
105
130
160
180

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.01060.

150

025

050

080

100

1,5

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
250

016

1,6

500

750
force daN

1000

1250

1,0

10

25

50
stroke in mm

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F209

F210

subject to alterations

Gas springs with


increased spring
force POWER LINE

F211

Gas Spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.051.03.00030

7
21,5

M3 (4x)

2480.051.03.00030

25

45
32

t
t
u
u
o
o
g
g
n
n
i
i
phas
phas

2480.051.00030

2480.052.00030

7
9

20,5

M3 (4x)

2480.051.00030

45
32
25

25

45
32

Mounting examples:

+1
+0,5

10

10

1)

11.2014

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.00170.

Initial spring force at 180 bar = 170 daN


Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
have to be replaced completely.

Stroke max.

1) Fixing at bottom thread only


recommandedfor stroke length up to 50 mm.
11

l 0,25
l min.
17
6

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 400 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

R1

R1

19 0,1

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

View X

VDI ISO
V>max

P>max

2487.12.00170.
Gas spring POWERLINE

valve M6

Order No
Strokemax.
2487.12.00170.007
7
2487.12.00170.010
10
2487.12.00170.015
15
2487.12.00170.019
19
2487.12.00170.025
25
2487.12.00170.038
38
2487.12.00170.050
50
2487.12.00170.063
63
2487.12.00170.075
75
2487.12.00170.080
80
2487.12.00170.100
100
2487.12.00170.125
125

l
44
50
60
68
80
106
130
156
185
195
235
285

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

010
007 015 019 025

1,7

180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50

nominal stroke
038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,6
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

lmin.
37
40
45
49
55
68
80
93
110
115
135
160

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0

50

100
force daN

150

200

10

25

50

stroke in mm

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F213

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations

Mounting examples:

F214

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.00320.

Initial spring force at 180 bar = 320 daN


Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they
have to be replaced completely.

Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 400 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

15

l 0,25
l min.
17

R1

24,9

0,1

ISO

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

V>max

P>max

View X

2487.12.00320.
Gas spring POWERLINE

valve M6

Order No
2487.12.00320.007
2487.12.00320.010
2487.12.00320.015
2487.12.00320.019
2487.12.00320.025
2487.12.00320.038
2487.12.00320.050
2487.12.00320.063
2487.12.00320.075
2487.12.00320.080
2487.12.00320.100
2487.12.00320.125

lmin.
37
40
45
49
55
68
80
93
110
115
135
160

l
44
50
60
68
80
106
130
156
185
195
235
285

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50

010
007 015 019 025

1,7

nominal stroke
038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,6
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Strokemax.
7
10
15
19
25
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0

50

100

150 200
force daN

250

300

350

10

25

50

stroke in mm

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F215

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.022.00150

50

50
35

7 (4x)

12

28,5
7

35

32,5

2480.057.00150
stroke

stroke

2480.055.00150

M5 (4x)

17

17

M3 (4x)

+2

+2

9
A-A
7 (4x)

32 +0,5

32 +0,5

7 (4x)

35
45
35

x
x
35

35

60

x
y

45

y
A

2480.044.03.00150 2)

Note:

2480.044.00150 2)

2)

54
68

32,2

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

15

45
22,5

20,9

48

32,1

10

22

41
90
9 (2x)

20

20

50

72
9
15

Mounting examples:

+1,0

+0,5

F216

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.00350.

Initial spring force at 180 bar = 350 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.00350

Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

16

12,5

M6

4
3,5

l 0,25
l min.

R1

valve M6
27
32 -0,2

97

20
M6 x 6 tief
(2x)

VDI ISO
V>max

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2487.12.00350.
Gas spring POWERLINE
Order No
Strokemax.
2487.12.00350.010
10
2487.12.00350.013
13
2487.12.00350.016
16
2487.12.00350.019
19
2487.12.00350.025
25
2487.12.00350.032
32
2487.12.00350.038
38
2487.12.00350.050
50
2487.12.00350.063
63
2487.12.00350.075
75
2487.12.00350.080
80
2487.12.00350.100
100
2487.12.00350.125
125

lmin.
40
43
46
49
55
62
68
80
93
105
110
130
155

l
50
56
62
68
80
94
106
130
156
180
190
230
280

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

013 019
010 016
025 032

180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50

nominal stroke
038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,6
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

/23/EC

S>max

View X

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

ROVE
PP

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0

100

200
force daN

300

400

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F217

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.022.00250

55
40

55
40

12
7 (4x)

20

+2

+2

38 +0,5

38 +0,5

52

40

2480.044.03.00250 2)

2480.044.00250 2)

2480.010.00250.055 3)
2480.010.00250.095* 3)

59

74

44,5
39,3

9 (2x)

77

7 (4x)

20

12

43

54
20

55
*95

15

38,2

55
27,5

23,9

54

38,2

16

25

95

9
15

56,6
76,6

56,6

40
52

68

40

20

x
x

y
A

7 (2x)

52
40

48

40
x

7 (4x)

A-A
7 (4x)

2,5

2480.008.00250 3)

17

M4 (4x)

17

M5 (4x)

2480.007.00250
stroke

2480.057.00250
stroke

2480.055.00250

40
52

Note:

F218

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.00500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 470 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.00500

Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

20

2
4
4

l min.

R1

l 0,25

12,5

M6

valve M6
33
38 -0,2
X

97

20
M6 x 8 deep
(4x)

V>max

45
25

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2487.12.00500.
Gas spring POWERLINE
Strokemax.
10
13
16
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
40
43
46
49
55
62
68
80
93
105
110
130
155

l
50
56
62
68
80
94
106
130
156
180
190
230
280

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

013 019
010 016
025 032

1,6

150
140

nominal stroke
038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,5

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

VDI ISO

Order No
2487.12.00500.010
2487.12.00500.013
2487.12.00500.016
2487.12.00500.019
2487.12.00500.025
2487.12.00500.032
2487.12.00500.038
2487.12.00500.050
2487.12.00500.063
2487.12.00500.075
2487.12.00500.080
2487.12.00500.100
2487.12.00500.125

valve M6

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

/23/EC

S>max

View X

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

ROVE
PP

100

200
300
force daN

400

500

1,0

10

25

50

stroke in mm

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

03.2015

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.011.00500.2

2480.011.00500

15 (2x)

12

2480.044.00500 2)

80

64

45
9 (2x)

56

45,5
64

7 (4x)

20

20

82

9
15

25

95

15
100

12

60

45,5

52
46

30

27,5

60

45,5

22

28

70,7
95,8

70,7

2480.010.00500.095 3)

60

45,5
64

Note:
23

stroke

2480.064.00500 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

64

64
50

18,4

45,2 +2
+0,5

70,7

2480.044.03.00500 2)

64

y
A

50

9 (2x)

64
50

2,5

25

+2
+0,5

13

45,2

50

86

50

23 6) stroke

23 6) stroke

20

70
50

20

70
50

20

70
50

13

9 (4x)

2480.008.00500 3)

9 (4x)

70
50

12

70
50

2480.007.00500

50

50

12
20

70
50

M5 (4x)

A-A

11.2014

15 (2x)

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

2480.057.00500

+2
+0,5

9 (4x)

70
50

20

M6 (4x)

5)

M10 (2x)

12
DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

70
50

45,2

15 (2x)

12

15
(2x) 9 (2x)

20

20

12
12

M10 (2x)

2480.055.00500

2480.022.00500

15 (2x)
9
(2x)

M10
(2x)

2480.011.00500.1

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

6)

Installation height increased


from 22mm to 24mm,
installation position from 3mm
to 5mm according to VDI3003.

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.00750. .1

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.00750
Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

25

l 0,25
l min.

16,5

M6

4
4

R1

valve M6

40
45,2

0,1

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

View X

VDI ISO
V>max

2487.12.00750. .1

20
M8 x 6 deep
(2x)

Gas spring POWERLINE


Order No
Strokemax.
2487.12.00750.010.1
10
2487.12.00750.013.1
13
2487.12.00750.016.1
16
2487.12.00750.019.1
19
2487.12.00750.025.1
25
2487.12.00750.032.1
32
2487.12.00750.038.1
38
2487.12.00750.050.1
50
2487.12.00750.063.1
63
2487.12.00750.075.1
75
2487.12.00750.080.1
80
2487.12.00750.100.1
100
2487.12.00750.125.1
125

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

lmin.
42
45
48
51
57
64
70
82
95
107
112
132
157

l
52
58
64
70
82
96
108
132
158
182
192
232
282

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
013 019
010 016
025

032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

150
1,6
130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140

120
110
100
90
80

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2

70
1,1
60
50

1,0
0

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800


force daN

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F221

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.011.00750.3

2480.011.00750

15 (2x)

2480.011.00750.1

2480.022.00750

15 (4x)
12

M10 (2x)

75
56,5

75
56,5

24
20

12

75
56,5

20

20

15 (2x)

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

75
56,5

75
56,5

75
56,5

12
20

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

75
56,5

9 (4x)

12

15 (2x)

12

15
M10
(2x)

75
56,5

M10 (2x)

12
20

20

12
12

9 (4x)

9 (4x)

13 (2x)

56,5

56,5

95

80

A
2480.044.00750 2)
24 6) stroke

110

56,5
70

9 (4x)

30

12

25

DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

30

40,1

11,5

11
18

70
4 0,1
25,5

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

6)

Installation height increased


from 22 mm to 24 mm,
installation position from
3 mm to 5 mm according to
VDI 3003.

30

70
68

10 +0,1

11.2014

60

28,1 20

11
15
9

50,5

60
32

22

Note:

2480.044.03.00750 2)

18

10 +0,1

11

56,5
70

90
30
19

13

38
9 (2x)

70

34,5

12

19,5

130

2480.047.00750 2)

5 6)

115

60

65

57
51,2

20

80
40

50,2 +2
+0,5

56,5

2480.045.00750 2)

90
40

5)

70
56,5

30

2480.010.00750.115 3)

50,5

2480.064.00750 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

80
110

80

33

56,5

y
A

56,5

61

70
56,5

70

9 (4x)

14,2

30

+2
+0,5

2,5

A-A

50,2

14,2

13

+2
+0,5

M5 (4x)

13

50,2

2480.008.00750 3)

13

M6 (4x)

2480.007.00750
24 6) stroke

2480.057.00750
24 6) stroke

2480.055.00750

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.01000. .1

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 920 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.01000
Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M6

l 0,25

17,5

28

7
8

l min.

R2

valve M6

43
0,1

50,2

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

View X

VDI ISO
V>max

2487.12.01000. .1

20
M8 x 6 deep
(2x)

Gas spring POWERLINE


Order No
Strokemax.
2487.12.01000.013.1
13
2487.12.01000.016.1
16
2487.12.01000.019.1
19
2487.12.01000.025.1
25
2487.12.01000.032.1
32
2487.12.01000.038.1
38
2487.12.01000.050.1
50
2487.12.01000.063.1
63
2487.12.01000.075.1
75
2487.12.01000.080.1
80
2487.12.01000.100.1
100
2487.12.01000.125.1
125

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

lmin.
51
54
57
63
70
76
88
101
113
118
138
163

l
64
70
76
88
102
114
138
164
188
198
238
288

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
016
013 019 025 032

140

1,6

130

1,5
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

150

120
110
100
90
80
70

038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

200

400
600
force daN

800

1000

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F223

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.011.01000

2480.011.01000.2

18 (2x)

20

12

100
73,5

2480.057.01000

stroke

27

M5 (4x)

11 (4x)
90
73,5

stroke

80

64

90

73,5

2480.007.01000

27

108

13

36,5

82

63,5

14,2

30

84

11
18

62

30

80
64

27
64

10,5

80
64

23,9

63,2

80

5)

+2
+0,5

2480.044.03.01000 2)

2480.064.01000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

+2
+0,5

11 (4x)
x

63,2

16

+2
+0,5

16

63,2

27

stroke

2480.057.03.01000

M6 (4x)

11 (4x)

12

20

100
73,5

24
20

100
73,5

100
73,5

15
(2x) 11 (2x)

M12
(2x)

100
73,5

18 (4x)
11 (2x)

15 (2x)

100
73,5

20

12

M12 (2x)

18 (2x)
9
(2x)

12
12

9 (2x)

12

2480.022.01000

92

92

Note:

11.2014

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.01500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.01500

Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 50 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

36

l 0,25
l min.
6
19

M6

R2

valve M6

56
63,2 0,1
X

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

View X
20
M8 x 6 deep
(2x)

VDI ISO
V>max

2487.12.01500.
Gas spring POWERLINE
Order No
Strokemax.
2487.12.01500.013
13
2487.12.01500.016
16
2487.12.01500.019
19
2487.12.01500.025
25
2487.12.01500.032
32
2487.12.01500.038
38
2487.12.01500.050
50
2487.12.01500.063
63
2487.12.01500.075
75
2487.12.01500.080
80
2487.12.01500.100
100
2487.12.01500.125
125

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

lmin.
57
60
63
69
76
82
94
107
119
124
144
169

l
70
76
82
94
108
120
144
170
194
204
244
294

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
013 019
016
025

032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

150
1,6
130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140

120
110
100
90
80

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2

70
1,1
60
50

1,0
0

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600


force daN

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F225

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.011.01500.2

12

12

20

20

14

2480.008.01500 3)

stroke

11 (4x)

13 (2x)

104

A
2480.044.01500 2)
stroke

2480.010.01500.130 3)

2480.045.01500 2)

115

90

A
137

32

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

101

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

42

30

40,1

14,5

11.2014

5
100

10 +0,1

4 0,1

2)

94

75,5
90

37 40

13
15
9

32

73,5
92

125
90
38

28

Note:

2480.044.03.01500 2)

20

10 +0,1

10

37

11 (4x)

30

13,5
73,5
92

26

11 (2x)

2480.047.01500 2)

43,5

16

160

19

57
20
73,5

10,5

75,5

105
52,5

29
75,2 +2
+0,5

90

85
77

52,5

5)

90
73,5

104
134

104

130

2480.064.01500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

30

90

73,5

122

73,5

y
A

73,5

x
x

86

90
73,5
x

35
21

2,5

14,2

14,2

30

+2
+0,5

13

75,2

73,5

11(4x)

73,5

11 (4x)

18 (4x)

29
y

A-A

9 (4x)

16

+2
+0,5

24

2480.007.01500

M6 (4x)

16

75,2

100
73,5

40
15

12

9
11
DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)

29

M6 (4x)

11 (4x)

15 (4x)

2480.057.01500
stroke

2480.055.01500

40

M20

100
73,5
DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

2480.022.01500

M20

2480.011.01500

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.02400.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 2400 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.02400
Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M6

3
R2

7
8

l min.

,5

l 0,25

21

45

valve M6

67
75,2 0,1

97

/23/EC

S>max

View X

VDI ISO
V>max

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2487.12.02400.
Gas spring POWERLINE
90

40

Order No
2487.12.02400.016
2487.12.02400.019
2487.12.02400.025
2487.12.02400.032
2487.12.02400.038
2487.12.02400.050
2487.12.02400.063
2487.12.02400.075
2487.12.02400.080
2487.12.02400.100
2487.12.02400.125

M8 x 6 deep
(4x)

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

ROVE
PP

Strokemax.
16
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
61
64
70
77
83
95
108
120
125
145
170

l
77
83
95
109
121
145
171
195
205
245
295

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke

140

032

038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

016 019 025

1,7

150

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

500

1000
1500
force daN

2000

2500

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F227

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.011.03000

2480.011.03000.2

2480.022.03000

120
92

60

120
92

M20
60

120
92

120
92

M20

120
92

120
92

15 (4x)
20
14

13,5 (4x)

13,5

M6 (4x)

12
13

33
13 (4x)

17 (2x)

92

130

A
2480.044.03000 2)
stroke

2480.010.03000.140 3)

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

106
121
4 0,1

19

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

52,5

30

14,5

11.2014

115

33
115

10 +0,1
40,1

36,5

60
9

110

15
15

95,5

110
63,5

35

Note:

2480.044.03.03000 2)

24

28

92
116

140
40
26

10 +0,1

11

63

13 (4x)

170

92
116

13,5

30

30

13 (2x)

110

92

46,5

16

195

2480.047.03000 2)

3
66,5

20
90

110

108
96,8

95,5

125
62,5

33
95,2 +2
+0,5

12,5

2480.045.03000 2)

145
67,5

5)

110
92

130
170

130

140

2480.064.03000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

40

x
92

150

92

92

110
92
110

13(4x)

2,5

14,2

40

+2
+0,5

14,2

95,2

17

A-A

2480.008.03000 3)

18

+2
+0,5

18

95,2

13 (4x)

2480.007.03000

33

M6 (4x)

9 (4x)
20 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.03000
stroke

2480.055.03000

20

13

24
20
14

15

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.04200.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 4200 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.04200
Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M8

3
R2

7
8

l min.

,5

10,5

l 0,25

24

60

87
95,2 0,1

G 1/8
valve

97

/23/EC

S>max

View X

VDI ISO
V>max

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2487.12.04200.
Gas spring POWERLINE
90

60

Order No
2487.12.04200.016
2487.12.04200.019
2487.12.04200.025
2487.12.04200.032
2487.12.04200.038
2487.12.04200.050
2487.12.04200.063
2487.12.04200.075
2487.12.04200.080
2487.12.04200.100
2487.12.04200.125

M8 x 12 deep
(4x)

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

ROVE
PP

Strokemax.
16
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
74
77
83
90
96
108
121
133
138
158
183

l
90
96
108
122
134
158
184
208
218
258
308

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke

140

032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

016 019 025

1,7

150

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

500

1500
2500
force daN

3500

4500

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F229

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.011.05000.2

80

140
109,5

80

140
109,5

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

2480.022.05000

140
109,5

2480.011.05000

13,5 (4x)

20

13
20

18 (4x)

24

11 (4x)

2480.007.05000

M6 (4x)

155

A
2480.044.05000 2)
stroke

13 (2x)

195

DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)

149
4 0,1

19
28
36,5

109,5
138

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

140
30

40,1
DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)

65

7
145

10 +0,1

17,5

11.2014

120,5

80
39

11

130

17,5
18
11

58

170
130
88,9

10 +0,1

11,5

Note:

2480.044.03.05000 2)

26

109,5
138

15 (4x)

30
130

109,5

18

50
36

48

16

32,5

220

2480.047.05000 2)

3
79

20
102,5

12,5

140

130
122

120,5

148
74

36
120,2 +2
+0,5

2480.045.05000 2)

165
77,5

5)

130
109,5

50

2480.010.05000.160 3)

88

2480.064.05000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

155
205

155

160

130

109,5

175

109,5

109,5

131

17 (2x)
130
109,5

2,5

13 (4x)
109,5

13(4x)

14,2

50

+2
+0,5

14,2

A-A

120,2

17

21

+2
+0,5

21

120,2

2480.008.05000 3)

36

36

M6 (4x)

13 (4x)

20 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.05000
stroke

2480.055.05000

15
20

13

11
13,5

12

15

18

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.06600.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 6630 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.06600
Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

75

l 0,25
l min.

25,5

M8

R2

10,5

7
8

,5

112
120,2 0,1

G 1/8
valve

97

/23/EC

S>max

View X
80

VDI ISO
V>max

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

90

2487.12.06600.
Gas spring POWERLINE
Order No
2487.12.06600.016
2487.12.06600.019
2487.12.06600.025
2487.12.06600.032
2487.12.06600.038
2487.12.06600.050
2487.12.06600.063
2487.12.06600.075
2487.12.06600.080
2487.12.06600.100
2487.12.06600.125

M10 x 12 deep
(4x)

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

ROVE
PP

Strokemax.
16
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
84
87
93
100
106
118
131
143
148
168
193

l
100
106
118
132
144
168
194
218
228
268
318

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
016 019 025

140

1,6

130

1,5
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

150

120
110
100
90
80
70

032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000


force daN

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F231

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations
2480.011.07500

2480.011.07500.2

190
138

190
138

100

190
138

100

190
138

190
138

M20

M20

190
138

2480.022.07500

15

24

195

170
195
245

195

2480.044.07500 2)

150,5

20

150,2 +2
+0,5

200
95

200
100

41

stroke

2480.064.07500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

50

162

138

2,5

21

27

138

220

138

21 (2x)
162
138

y
A

14,2

14,2

17,5
(4x)

138

50

+2

150,2 +0,5

x
x

20

41
y

A-A
17,5
(4x)

2480.008.07500 3)

stroke

M6 (4x)

27

+2

150,2 +0,5

17,5 (4x)

2480.007.07500

41

M6 (4x)

11
(4x)

26 (4x)

2480.057.07500

stroke

2480.055.07500

20

17

11
17,5

12

17

18 (4x)

15

17,5 (4x)

26
18

5)

120
260
13 (2x)

38

162
138
A

30
162

138

16,5

230

2480.044.03.07500 2)

Note:
2)

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

80

170

150,5

68

200

30

175

13,5
20

11.2014

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

2487.12.09500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 9500 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.09500

Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M8

27,5

90

l 0,25
l min.

R2

10,5

8
8

,5

142
150,2 0,1

G 1/8
valve

97

View X

/23/EC

S>max

100

VDI ISO
V>max

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

90

2487.12.09500.
Gas spring POWERLINE
Order No
2487.12.09500.019
2487.12.09500.025
2487.12.09500.032
2487.12.09500.038
2487.12.09500.050
2487.12.09500.063
2487.12.09500.075
2487.12.09500.080
2487.12.09500.100
2487.12.09500.125

M10 x 13 deep
(4x)

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

ROVE
PP

Strokemax.
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
97
103
110
116
128
141
153
158
178
203

l
116
128
142
154
178
204
228
238
278
328

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
019 025

150

1,6

130

1,5

charge pressure (bar)

140
pressure rise factor

120
110
100
90
80
70

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

032 038

2000

4000
6000
force daN

8000

10000

1,0

10

25

50

stroke in mm

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F233

Gas spring POWERLINE


Mounting variations

13

24
17 (4x)

2480.007.10000
stroke

2480.057.10000

13

13,5
17,5

17

210
170

120

210
170

120
15

26
20

25

20
17,5

210
170

M20

210
170

210
170
17

26
13,5

2480.022.10000

M20

210
170

2480.011.10000

25

2480.011.10000.2

47

M6 (4x)

x
170

11.2014

21

210
170
169

17,5
(4x)

16

58
27

+2

195,2 +0,5

210

240

240

subject to alterations

Gas spring POWERLINE


Note:

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 20000 daN

2487.12.20000.

M8

33,5

130

R2

l 0,25
l min.

,5

15

8
8

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 10 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.20000

186,65
195 -0,2

G 1/8
valve

ISO

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

View X
S>max

120

V>max

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

90

2487.12.20000.
Gas spring POWERLINE

M12 x 16 deep
(4x)

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Order No
2487.12.20000.019
2487.12.20000.025
2487.12.20000.032
2487.12.20000.038
2487.12.20000.050
2487.12.20000.063
2487.12.20000.075
2487.12.20000.080
2487.12.20000.100
2487.12.20000.125

Strokemax.
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
129
135
142
148
160
173
185
190
210
235

l
148
160
174
186
210
236
260
270
310
360

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke

150
140

032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

019 025

1,7

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

5000

10000 15000
force daN

20000

25000

10

25

50

stroke in mm

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F235

F236

subject to alterations

Compact
Gas springs
for small
displacement and
high forces
F237

Compact gas spring


Mounting variations
2480.053.00150

A-A

54
38
B

27
8,4 (4x)

25

M8

13 (4x)

30

36
52

B-B

8 (4x)

2480.051.00150

6,6 (2x)

M5 (4x)

25

30

50
38

Mounting examples:
+1,0

+0,5

F238

subject to alterations

Compact gas spring

Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

11,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 50 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s

12

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 420 daN

stroke max.

2490.14.00420.

Note:

l 0,25
I min.

R1

Valve

R1

M6x5 deep
22,9
24,9

0,1

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

TM

Flex Guide

V>max

2490.14.00420.
Compact gas spring
Order No
2490.14.00420.006
2490.14.00420.010
2490.14.00420.016
2490.14.00420.025
2490.14.00420.032
2490.14.00420.040
2490.14.00420.050

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Strokemax.
6
10
16
25
32
40
50

lmin.
50
60
75
95
108
125
145

l
56
70
91
120
140
165
195

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00420.

140

1,9

130

1,8

120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
100

006

2,0

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

150

010

016

025

032

040

050

1,7
1,6
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0

150

200

250 300
force daN

350

400

450

10

15

20

25
stroke in mm

30

35

40

45

50

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F239

Compact gas spring


Mounting variations

M5 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.00150
stroke

2480.055.00150

16

16

M3 (4x)

+2

+2

9
A-A
7 (4x)

32 +0,5

32 +0,5

7 (4x)

35
45
35

x
x
35

35

60

x
y

45

y
A

Note:

2480.044.03.00150 2)

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

20,9

48

32,1

10

68

20

50

9
15

16

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

+2

32 +0,5
32

F240

+1,0

32 +0,5

+2
+0,5

subject to alterations

Compact gas spring


Note:

2490.14.00750.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 50 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s

20
3

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must be
ensured!

11,5

stroke max.

Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

l 0,25
l min.

R1

10,5

R1

M6 Valve
32

0,1

X
A

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

15
S>max

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2490.14.00750.
Compact gas spring

M6 x 5,5 deep
(2x)
View X

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

V>max

Order No
Strokemax.
2490.14.00750.006
6
2490.14.00750.010
10
2490.14.00750.016
16
2490.14.00750.025
25
2490.14.00750.032
32
2490.14.00750.040
40
2490.14.00750.050
50
*see mounting example

lmin.
57
65
77
95
108
125
145

l g2*
63 51
75 59
93 71
120 89
140 102
165 119
195 139

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00750.

006

150

010

016

025

032

040

050

1,7

140
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

1,6
130
120
110
100
90
80

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2

70
1,1
60
50

1,0
0

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800


force daN

10

15

20

25
stroke in mm

30

35

40

45

50

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F241

Compact gas spring


Mounting variations
2480.052.01000

2480.022.00250

14,5

38,2 0,1

55
40
55
40

7 (4x)
52
40
x
x
7

52

40

12

7 (4x)

M4 (4x)

15

M5 (4x)

15 stroke

2480.057.00250
stroke

2480.055.00250

y
9

7 (4x)

A-A
52
40

40
x

x
40

68

40

52

7 (4x)

y
A

2480.044.03.00250 2)

Note:

2480.044.00250 2)

2)

59
74

38,2

15

55
27,5

23,9

54

38,2

16

25

Mounting Example:

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

43
95
9 (2x)

20

20

54

77

with Adapter Baseplate

9
15

15

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

+2

38 +0,5
+1,0

38

F242

+2
+0,5

see Note!

38 +0,5
with Adapter Baseplate

subject to alterations

Compact gas spring


Note:

2490.14.01000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1000 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.01000

stroke max.

20
10,5

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must
beensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.

l 0,25
I min.

R1

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s

10,5

R1

M6 Valve
38 0,1
X
A

97

2480.00.20.01000
Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,
without valve (only for use with composite
connections)

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

17
S>max

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2490.14.01000.
Compact gas spring

M6 x 6,5 deep
(2x)
View X

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

V>max

Order No
Strokemax.
2490.14.01000.006
6
2490.14.01000.010
10
2490.14.01000.016
16
2490.14.01000.025
25
2490.14.01000.032
32
2490.14.01000.040
40
2490.14.01000.050
50
*see mounting example

lmin.
55
68
84
110
135
155
180

l g2*
61 49
78 62
100 78
135 104
167 129
195 149
230 174

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.01000.

150

006

1,5

010

016

025

032

050

040

1,4

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

250

500
force daN

750

1000

10

15

20

25
stroke in mm

30

35

40

45

50

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F243

Compact gas spring


Mounting variations
2480.052.1.01800

2480.022.00750

50,4 +0,1

19,5

75
56,5

24

70

56,5

70
56,5

12

75
56,5

9 (4x)

9 (4x)

2480.058.00750
stroke

Note:
2)

21

M5 (4x)

50,2

+2
+0,5

13

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed
by the stop surface.

9 (4x)
70
56,5

70

56,5

x
y

2480.044.03.00750 2)

2480.044.00750 2)
90

90
25
60

30

70

50,5

20

50,5

80

40

40

Mounting Example:

130
9 (2x)

30

30

68

110

11
18

with Adapter Baseplate

21

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

50,2
50,2

F244

+2
+0,5

+2
+0,5

see Note!

50,2

+1,0
+0,5

with Adapter Baseplate

subject to alterations

Compact gas spring


Note:

2490.14.01800.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1800 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.01800

stroke max.
14,5

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must
beensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.

30

R1,5

l 0,25
I min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 50 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s

14,5

R1,5

G 1/8 Valve
50,2 0,1

2480.00.20.01800

97

Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,


without valve (only for use with composite
connections)

S>max

6,6 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 6
(2x)

View X

50,2 0,1

10,5

20 -0,2

Connecting
fitting, rotating

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

Order No
Strokemax.
2490.14.01800.006
6
2490.14.01800.010
10
2490.14.01800.016
16
2490.14.01800.025
25
2490.14.01800.032
32
2490.14.01800.040
40
2490.14.01800.050
50
2490.14.01800.065
65
*see mounting example

26

V>max

2490.14.01800.
Compact gas spring

M6 x 6,5 deep
(2x)

M6 x 11,5
deep (4x)

43
G 1/8

/23/EC

26

11 x 6,9 deep (2x)

Screws
M6 x 20
DIN EN ISO
4762 (2x)

ROVE
PP

lmin.
60
70
90
110
130
150
170
206

l g2*
66 52
80 62
106 82
135 102
162 122
190 142
220 162
271 198

G 1/ 8

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.01800.

150

006

1,6

010

016

025

032

040

25

30
35
stroke in mm

40

050

065

1,5

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

500

1000
force daN

1500

2000

10

15

20

45

50

55

60

65

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F245

Compact gas spring


Mounting variations
2480.022.01000

100
73,5

100
73,5

12

24
11 (4x)

stroke
+2
+0,5

11 (4x)

63,2

+2
+0,5

16

63,2

16

27

M6 (4x)

27

M5 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.01000

2480.057.03.01000

11 (4x)
80
64

90
73,5

90

80

73,5

x
64

Note:

2480.044.03.01000 2)
stroke

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

23,9

84
30

10,5

80
64

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

82

63,5

27
63,2 +2
+0,5
5)

Mounting Example:

2)

27

108

36,5

2480.064.01000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

80

64

A
11
18

with Adapter Baseplate

27

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

63,2
63,2

11.2014

+2
+0,5

+2
+0,5

see Note!

63,2

+1,0
+0,5

with Adapter Baseplate

subject to alterations

Compact gas spring


Note:

2490.14.03000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 3000 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.03000

stroke max.

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must
beensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.

19

38

R2

l 0,25
l min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s

18

R2

G 1/8 Valve
63,2 0,1

2480.00.20.03000

97

Adapter baseplate with connecting fitting,


without valve (only for use with composite
connections)
15 x 12,5 deep (2x)

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

34
S>max

V>max

9 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8
(2x)

Screws
M8 x 16
DIN EN ISO
4762 (2x)

2490.14.03000.
Compact gas spring

M8 x 9 deep
(2x)

M8 x 11,5
deep (4x)

View X

Order No
Strokemax.
2490.14.03000.010
10
2490.14.03000.016
16
2490.14.03000.025
25
2490.14.03000.032
32
2490.14.03000.040
40
2490.14.03000.050
50
2490.14.03000.065
65
*see mounting example

34
63,2 0,1

lmin.
75
87
105
118
135
155
191

l g2*
85 65
103 77
130 95
150 108
175 125
205 145
256 181

20 -0,2

Connecting
fitting, rotating
10,5

56
G 1/8

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.03000.

150
140

016

025

032

040

25

30
35
stroke in mm

40

050

065

1,6

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

010

1,7

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

500

1000 1500 2000


force daN

2500

3000

10

15

20

45

50

55

60

65

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F247

Compact gas spring


Mounting variations
2480.052.04700

2480.022.01500

75,2 0,1

24,5

100
73,5

24
90

73,5

90
73,5

12

100
73,5

11 (4x)

11 (4x)

stroke

2480.058.01500

75,2

+2
+0,5

16

26

M6 (4x)

11 (4x)

90
73,5

2480.044.03.01500 2)

115
52,5

Mounting Example:

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

75,5

2)

20

42

94

105
52,5

32
75,5

Note:

2480.044.01500 2)

125

90

73,5

73,5
160
11 (2x)

30

30

100

137

13,5
20

with Adapter Baseplate

26

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

75,2
75,2

F248

+2
+0,5

+2
+0,5

see Note!

75,2

+1,0
+0,5

with Adapter Baseplate

subject to alterations

Compact gas spring


Note:

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 4700 daN

2490.14.04700.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.04700

stroke max.

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must
beensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.

18

50

l 0,25
I min.

R1,5
R1,5

18

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s

G 1/8 Valve
75,2 0,1

X
A

2480.00.20.04700

97

Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting

S>max

9 (3x)
DIN 74 - Km 8
(3x)

View X

20 -0,2

Connecting
fitting, rotating
10,5

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

Order No
Strokemax.
2490.14.04700.010
10
2490.14.04700.016
16
2490.14.04700.025
25
2490.14.04700.032
32
2490.14.04700.040
40
2490.14.04700.050
50
2490.14.04700.065
65
*see mounting example

40

V>max

2490.14.04700.
Compact gas spring

M8 x 9 deep
(4x)

M8 x 11,5 deep
(4x)

75,2 0,1
68
G 1/8

/23/EC

40

15 x 9 deep (3x)

Screws
M8 x 20
DIN EN ISO
4762 (3x)

ROVE
PP

lmin.
70
90
110
135
160
190
208

l
80
106
135
167
200
240
273

g2*
60
80
100
125
150
180
198

G 1/8

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.04700.

150

010

1,5

016

025

032

040

25

30
35
stroke in mm

40

050

065

130

1,4
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
1000

2000

3000
force daN

4000

5000

1,0

10

15

20

45

50

55

60

65

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F249

Compact gas spring


Mounting variations
2480.052.07500

2480.022.03000

95,2 0,1

27,5

120
92

24
12

92

110
92
110

120
92

13 (4x)

13 (4x)

stroke

2480.058.03000

95,2

+2
+0,5

18

30

M6 (4x)

13 (4x)

110
92

2480.044.03.03000 2)

Note:

2480.044.03000 2)
145
67,5

Mounting Example:

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

95,5

2)

20

52,5

95,5

115

125
62,5

33

140

110

92

90
195
13 (2x)

30

30

115

170

13,5
20

with Adapter Baseplate

30

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

95,2
95,2

F250

+2
+0,5

+2
+0,5

see Note!

95,2

+1,0
+0,5

with Adapter Baseplate

subject to alterations

Compact gas spring


Note:

2490.14.07500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 7500 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.07500

stroke max.

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must
beensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.

21

65

l 0,25
I min.

R1,5
R1,5

21

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s

G 1/8 Valve
95,2 0,1

2480.00.20.07500

97

Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

52
15 x 9 deep (3x)
S>max

9 (3x)
DIN 74 - Km 8
(3x)

Order No
Strokemax.
2490.14.07500.010
10
2490.14.07500.016
16
2490.14.07500.025
25
2490.14.07500.032
32
2490.14.07500.040
40
2490.14.07500.050
50
2490.14.07500.065
65
*see mounting example

View X

52

20 -0,2

Connecting
fitting, rotating

11

95,2 0,1
87
G 1/8

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2490.14.07500.
Compact gas spring

M8 x 9 deep
(4x)

M8 x 11,5 deep
(4x)

Screws
M8 x 20
DIN EN ISO
4762 (3x)

V>max

lmin.
80
100
120
150
170
205
214

l
90
116
145
182
210
255
279

g2*
68
88
108
138
158
193
202

G 1/8

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.07500.

150

010

1,5

016

025

032

040

25

35
30
stroke in mm

40

050

065

130

1,4
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
2000

1,0
3500

5000
force daN

6500

8000

10

15

20

45

50

55

60

65

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F251

Compact gas spring


Mounting variations
2480.052.11800

2480.022.05000

120,2 0,1

29,5

140
109,5
140
109,5

13 (4x)
130
109,5
x
24
12

130

109,5

13 (4x)

2480.057.05000

M6 (4x)

Note:

33 stroke

33 stroke

2480.055.05000

M6 (4x)

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

21

21

4)

y
13 (4x)

5)

A-A
109,5

13(4x)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

130
109,5
x
x
130

109,5

y
A

2480.044.03.05000 2)

2480.044.05000 2)

Mounting Example:

58

170

20

120,2 +2
+0,5

140

120,5

148
74

33

165
77,5

65

stroke

2480.064.05000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

120,5

175

109,5

5)

32,5

145

130

109,5

12,5

30

30

130
109,5

102,5
220
13 (2x)

195
13,5
20

with Adapter Baseplate

33

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

120,2

+2
+0,5

120,2
120,2

11.2014

+2
+0,5

see Note!

+1,0
+0,5

with Adapter Baseplate

subject to alterations

Compact gas spring


Note:

2490.14.11800.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 11800 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.11800

stroke max.
22,5

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must
beensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.

80

l 0,25
I min.

R2,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s

22,5

R2,5

G 1/8 Valve
120,2 0,1
X

2480.00.20.11800

97

Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

68
18 x 11 deep (4x)
S>max

11 (4x)
Screws
M10 x 20
DIN EN ISO
4762 (4x)

DIN 74 - Km 10
(4x)

45
20

Order No
Strokemax.
2490.14.11800.010
10
2490.14.11800.016
16
2490.14.11800.025
25
2490.14.11800.032
32
2490.14.11800.040
40
2490.14.11800.050
50
2490.14.11800.065
65
*see mounting example

View X

68

lmin.
90
110
130
155
180
210
255

l
100
126
155
187
220
260
320

g2*
78
98
118
143
168
198
243

20 -0,2

11

120,2 0,1
112
Connecting
G 1/8
fitting, rotating
7

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2490.14.11800.
Compact gas spring

M10 x 11 deep
(4x)

M10 x12,5 deep


(4x)

V>max

G 1/8

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.11800.

150

010

1,6

016

025

032

040

25

30
35
stroke in mm

40

050

065

1,5

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
3000

1,0
5000

7000
9000
force daN

11000

10

15

20

45

50

55

60

65

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F253

Compact gas spring


Mounting variations
2480.052.18300

2480.022.07500

150,2 0,1

34,5

190
138

24
12

138

162
138
162

190
138

17,5(4x)

17,5 (4x)

2480.057.07500

17,5
(4x)

162
138

138
x

x
138

138

220

x
y

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

A
2480.044.03.07500 2)

2480.044.07500 2)
stroke

200

200
68

5)

170

20

150,5

200
100

38

95

150,2 +2
+0,5

Mounting Example:

120

80

2480.064.07500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

150,5

17,5
(4x)

38 stroke

A-A

2)

27

M6 (4x)

27

M6 (4x)

Note:

162

38 stroke

2480.055.07500

260
13 (2x)

38

162
138

175
30

30

162

138

16,5

230

13,5
20

with Adapter Baseplate

38

g2

stroke

stroke

Mounting examples:

+2

150,2 +0,5
+1,0

150,2

11.2014

+2
+0,5

see Note!

150,2 +0,5

with Adapter Baseplate

subject to alterations

Compact gas spring


Note:

2490.14.18300.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 18300 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2490.14.18300

stroke max.
24,5

When mounting to floor, contact over the


entire floor of the cylinder tube must
beensured!
Before fitting the adapter base plate remove
the valve from the gas spring.
If vibration occurs, tighten the fixing screws
accordingly.

105

l 0,25
I min.

R2,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 0.8 m/s

24,5

R2,5

G 1/8 Valve
150,2 0,1
X

2480.00.20.18300

97

Adapter baseplate with connecting Fitting

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

90

18 x 11 deep (4x)
S>max

11 (4x)
DIN 74 - Km 10
(4x)

Order No
Strokemax.
2490.14.18300.010
10
2490.14.18300.016
16
2490.14.18300.025
25
2490.14.18300.032
32
2490.14.18300.040
40
2490.14.18300.050
50
2490.14.18300.065
65
*see mounting example

View X

Connecting
fitting, rotating

lmin.
100
120
140
165
195
220
258

l
110
136
165
197
235
270
323

g2*
89
109
129
154
184
209
247

G 1/8

11

20 -0,2

20
90
150,2 0,1
142
G 1/8

TM

Flex Guide

P>max

2490.14.18300.
Compact gas spring

M10 x 11 deep
(4x)

M10 x12,5 deep


(4x)

Screws
M10 x 20
DIN EN ISO
4762 (4x)

V>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.18300.

150

010

1,6

016

025

032

040

25

30
35
stroke in mm

40

050

065

1,5

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
6000

10

12 14
force daN

16 18000

1,0

10

15

20

45

50

55

60

65

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F255

F256

subject to alterations

Gas springs
low build height

F257

F258

subject to alterations

Gas spring, with low build height


Compact construction

POWER LINE

Construction heights
with the same stroke
and the same /
increased spring force

80

100

20

Normal construction

2480.12.00250.025

2485.12.00500.025

53
82
2487.12.00750.025

2485.12.00750.025

2487.12.01000.025

2485.12.01500.025

2487.12.02400.025

108

170

62

2480.12.01500.025

95

110

160

65

50

2480.13.00750.025

88

100

145

57

45

2480.12.00500.025

100

135

35

2487.12.00500.025

2480.13.03000.025

subject to alterations

2487.12.04200.025

F259

Gas spring, with low build height


Mounting variations
2480.011.00500.2

2480.011.00500

15 (2x)

2480.011.00500.1

12

70
50

20

2480.007.00500

2480.008.00500 3)

22

13

9 (4x)

9 (2x)

50

A
2480.044.00500 2)

80

64

95

15
45
9 (2x)

45,5
64

20

20

82

45,5
64

Note:
22

stroke

2480.064.00500 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

64

64
50

18,4

45,2 +2
+0,5

52
46

45,5

60

100

60

9
15

25

2480.010.00500.095 3)

30

27,5

60

45,5

22

28

70,7
95,8

70,7

12

2480.044.03.00500 2)

70,7

7 (4x)

50

64

86

50

64
50

50

9 (4x)

56

A-A

25

+2

45,2 +0,5

2,5

22

M5 (4x)

13

9 (4x)

stroke

stroke
+2

45,2 +0,5

50

70
50

70
50

20

70
50

20

70
50

2480.057.00500

M6 (4x)

5)

70
50

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

20

2480.055.00500

15 (2x)

12

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

70
50

70
50

20

20

15 (2x)

12

15
(2x) 9 (2x)

M10 (2x)

12

M10 (2x)
20

12
12

12

15 (2x)
9
(2x)

M10
(2x)

2480.022.00500

11.2014

subject to alterations

Gas spring, with low build height


Note:

2485.12.00500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 470 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2485.12.00500
20

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 40 to 80 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

1 min.

15,5

Stroke max.

M6

l 0,25

R1

I min.

43

10,5

16,4

40
0,1

97

ROVE
PP

45,2

/23/EC

View X - Gas spring


V>max

deep (2x)

Order No
2485.12.00500.006
2485.12.00500.013
2485.12.00500.019
2485.12.00500.025
2485.12.00500.038
2485.12.00500.050
2485.12.00500.063
2485.12.00500.080
2485.12.00500.100
2485.12.00500.125

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

TM

Flex Guide

2485.12.00500.
Gas spring, with low build
height

M8x12,5
20

P>max

Strokemax.
6
12.7
19
25
38.1
50
63.5
80
100
125

lmin.
56
62.7
69.1
75
88.1
100
113.5
130
150
175

l
62
75.4
88.1
100
126.2
150
177
210
250
300

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00500.

150
140

013 019 025

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

1,5

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

006

1,6

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
100

200

300
force daN

400

500

1,0

10

25

50

stroke in mm

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

03.2015

Gas spring, with low build height


Mounting variations
2480.011.00750.3

2480.011.00750

15 (2x)

2480.011.00750.1

2480.022.00750

15 (4x)
12

12

75
56,5

24
12

20

20

75
56,5

75
56,5

75
56,5

75
56,5

15 (2x)

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

20

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

75
56,5

9 (4x)

75
56,5

12
20

20

15 (2x)

12

15
M10
(2x)

75
56,5

M10 (2x)

12

M10 (2x)
20

12
12

9 (4x)

13 (2x)

80

A
2480.044.00750 2)
stroke

2480.010.00750.115 3)

9 (2x)

25

DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

11.2014

30

5
30

40,1

11,5

70
4 0,1

13

25,5

56,5
70

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

70

50,5
60

28,1 20

11
15

68

10 +0,1

22

Note:

2480.044.03.00750 2)
90

10 +0,1

11

33

110

56,5
70

9 (4x)

30
70

56,5

12

60
32

34,5

12

19,5

130

2480.047.00750 2)

3
38

20
60

65

57
51,2

50,5

80
40

22
50,2 +2
+0,5

18

2480.045.00750 2)

90
40

5)

70
56,5

80
110

80

115

2480.064.00750 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

30

70

56,5

95

56,5

y
A

56,5

x
x

61

70
56,5
x

30
19

2,5

9 (4x)
56,5

9 (4x)

14,2

30

+2
+0,5

14,2

A-A

50,2

13

13

+2
+0,5

13

50,2

2480.008.00750 3)

22

M5 (4x)

22

M6 (4x)

2480.007.00750
stroke

2480.057.00750
stroke

2480.055.00750

11
18

subject to alterations

Gas spring, with low build height


Note:

2485.12.00750.
Stroke max.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2485.12.00750

25
M6

1 min.

15,5

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

l 0,25

R2

I min.

46

10,5

16,4

43
50,2 0,1
A

97

View X - Gas spring

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

V>max

G 1/ 8 valve
20

P>max

2485.12.00750.
Gas spring, with low build
height

M8x12,5
deep (2x)

Order No
Strokemax.
2485.12.00750.006
6
2485.12.00750.013
12.7
2485.12.00750.019
19
2485.12.00750.025
25
2485.12.00750.038
38.1
2485.12.00750.050
50
2485.12.00750.063
63.5
2485.12.00750.080
80
2485.12.00750.100
100
2485.12.00750.125
125

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

TM

Flex Guide

lmin.
l
56
62
62.7 75.4
69.1 88.1
75
100
88.1 126.2
100
150
113.5 177
130
210
150
250
175
300

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00750.

150
140

013 019 025

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

1,5

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

006

1,6

120
110
100
90
80
70

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
150

300

450
force daN

600

750

1,0

10

25

50

stroke in mm

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F263

Gas spring, with low build height


Mounting variations
2480.011.01500.2

100
73,5

100
73,5
100
73,5

40

100
73,5

40

100
73,5

M20

100
73,5

2480.022.01500

M20

2480.011.01500

DIN 74 - Km 8 (4x)
DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)

12

24
12

20

14

20

12

15

11 (4x)
15 (4x)

9 (4x)

11 (4x)
18 (4x)

2480.007.01500
stroke

2480.058.01500

29

M6 (4x)

14,2
30
+2
+0,5

13

75,2

16

y
11(4x)

73,5

90
73,5
x
90

73,5

y
104

104

2480.044.01500 2)
115

20

75,5

105
52,5

52,5

73,5
160

30

11 (2x)

137

Note:

2480.044.03.01500 2)

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

42

94

75,5

32

125

30

100

13,5
20

F264

subject to alterations

Gas spring, with low build height


Note:

2485.12.01500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN

Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2485.12.01500


36

M8

l 0,25
I min.
21

3 min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

R1

10

,5

X
75,2

0,1

97

View X - Gas spring

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

M8x12,5
deep (4x)

G 1/ 8 valve
40

V>max

P>max

2485.12.01500.
Gas spring, with low build
height
Order No
Strokemax.
2485.12.01500.025
25
2485.12.01500.038
38.1
2485.12.01500.050
50
2485.12.01500.063
63.5
2485.12.01500.080
80
2485.12.01500.100
100

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

TM

Flex Guide

lmin.
l
85
110
98.1 136.2
110
160
123.5 187
140
220
160
260

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.01500.

150

025

1,6

038

050

063

080

100

1,5

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50
500

1,0
1000
force daN

1500

10

25

50
stroke in mm

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F265

F266

subject to alterations

Speed ControlTM,
Gas springs, SPC,
cushioned

F267

SPC gas spring, cushioned


Description
FIBRO SPC gas springs Speed ControlTM
have been engineered to reduce or eliminate
blank holder bounce; commonly associated
with increased return stroke speeds form link
drive presses.
SPC gas springs have inbuilt return stroke
speed dampening, which decelerates the last
30 mm of piston rod stroke to 0.4 m/s, helping
to bring the blank holder to a smooth
stop.

F268

Benefits of the Speed ControlTM SPC gas


springs, cushioned:
I Eliminates blank holder bounce
I Increases productivity by more increasing
part transfer efficiency.
I Easily retrofitted to existing dies
I Stroke lengths 125 to 300 mm.
I Linkable using hose system.

subject to alterations

SPC gas spring, cushioned


The diagram shows the max. possible number of strokes per
minutes [min-1] of SPC gas springs with a max. filling pressure
(150 bar) and max. used stroke lengths before there is a risk of
excessive heating.

Performance
Strokes per minute, depending on stroke
length, at max. 150 bar charge pressure*

Note !
The number of strokes per minutes can be doubled
by halving the initial filling pressure.
max strokes per minute (spm)

2486.12.00750.
Caution !
2486.12.01500.
2486.12.03000.
2486.12.05000.

Stroke length of SPC in mm

SPC gas springs are subject to a higher heating


than standard gas springs.
For this reason, please ensure adequate ventilation
of the SPC gas springs in the tool.

*At ambient room temperature with free air flow

Function example
Travel of blank holder per unit of time
Blank holder without SPC
Blank holder with SPC
SPC reduces speed to 0.4 m/s

Stroke in mm

Press speed 1.0 m/s

Speed ControlTMSPC gas springs gave a 90% reduction of


Time in s

Installation

blank holder bounce.

It is important that approx. 25 to 30 mm before the sheet metal


retainer has reached its home position, only SPC gas springs are
applied. Therefore, for the retrofitting of existing tools with SPC
gas springs we recommend the following two options:

Option 1 replace all gas springs with SPC gas springs

Please note: Springs must be installed with a recess of 25mm


to balance the total length difference
(2 x stroke length = 50 mm). Alternatively, the contact surface of
the sheet metal retainer can be recessed in order to achieve the
same effect.

(~ 30mm)

Dampening length

Option 2 corner solution (see below)

subject to alterations

F269

Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned


Mounting variations
2480.011.01500.2

12

12

20

11 (4x)

18 (4x)

stroke

2480.008.01500 3)

14,2

11 (4x)

13 (2x)

73,5

73,5

122

104

A
2480.044.01500 2)
stroke

30
2480.045.01500 2)

115

90

5)

73,5

43,5

160
11 (2x)

26

90
73,5

101
10 +0,1

10

28
32

30

13,5

37

A
90

73,5

10,5

4 0,1

75,5

20

75,2 +2
+0,5

105
52,5

29

52,5

57

2480.064.01500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

104
134

104

19

73,5

y
A

73,5

86

90
73,5

90

11(4x)

2,5

30

+2
+0,5

14,2

75,2

13

16

+2
+0,5

A-A

9 (4x)

29

M6 (4x)

16

75,2

24

2480.007.01500

29

M6 (4x)

11 (4x)

14

20

12

9
11
DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)

100
73,5

40
15

15 (4x)

2480.057.01500
stroke

2480.055.01500

40

M20

100
73,5
DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

2480.022.01500

M20

2480.011.01500

137

Note:

2480.044.03.01500 2)

2480.047.01500 2)

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

42

94
30

40,1

14,5

2)

100

10 +0,1

11.2014

90

37 40

15
9

75,5

90
38

20
13

35
21

32

125

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned


Note:

2486.12.00750.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 750 daN


25
M8
12

Order No for spare parts kit: 2486.12.00750

21

3 min.

Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 16 to 24 (at 20C)
Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s

R2

l 0,25

,5

I min.

70

16,4
A

97

10

X
67
75,2 0,1

/23/EC

S>max

G 1/ 8 valve

Order No
2486.12.00750.125
2486.12.00750.160
2486.12.00750.200
2486.12.00750.250
2486.12.00750.300

M8x13
deep (4x)

40

V>max

P>max

2486.12.00750.
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned

View X - Gas spring

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

ROVE
PP

Strokemax.
125
160
200
250
300

lmin.
235
270
310
360
410

l
360
430
510
610
710

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
750

150

125

1,3

160

200

250

300

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

140
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

130
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,2

1,1

60
50
200

1,0
300

400
500
force daN

600

700

10

25

50

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F271

Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned


Mounting variations
2480.011.03000.2

120
92

120
92
120
92

60

120
92

60

120
92

M20

120
92

2480.022.03000

M20

2480.011.03000

15 (4x)
20
14

13,5 (4x)

13,5

M6 (4x)

12
13

13 (4x)

17 (2x)

92

130

A
2480.044.03000 2)
stroke

2480.045.03000 2)

145

110

90
13,5

10 +0,1

11

28
35

92

110

63

30

30

13 (2x)

121
4 0,1

46,5

195

12,5

19

95,5

20

95,2 +2
+0,5

125
62,5

33

67,5

5)

110
92

106
130
170

130

66,5

2480.064.03000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

40

x
92

150

92

92

110
92
110

13(4x)

2,5

18

14,2
14,2

40

+2

95,2 +0,5

17

A-A

2480.008.03000 3)

33
y

18

+2

95,2 +0,5

13 (4x)

2480.007.03000

33

M6 (4x)

9 (4x)
20 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.03000
stroke

2480.055.03000

20

13

24
20
14

15

170

Note:

2480.044.03.03000 2)

2480.047.03000 2)

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

11.2014

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

52,5

115
30

14,5

2)

115

10 +0,1
40,1

36,5

110

60

15

95,5

110
63,5

24
15

40
26

33

140

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned


Note:

2486.12.01500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 1500 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2486.12.01500
36

M8

24

3 min.

Stroke max.

12

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 14 to 19 (at 20C)
Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s

R2

l 0,25

,5

I min.

90

16,4
A

97

10

X
87
95,2 0,1

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

V>max

P>max

2486.12.01500.
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned
Order No
Strokemax.
2486.12.01500.125
125
2486.12.01500.160
160
2486.12.01500.200
200
2486.12.01500.250
250
2486.12.01500.300
300

M8x13
deep (4x)

60

/23/EC

S>max

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve
(1x)

ROVE
PP

lmin.
245
280
320
370
420

l
370
440
520
620
720

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
1500

150

125

1,3

160

200

250

300

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,2

1,1

60
50
400

600

800 1000 1200


force daN

1400

1600

1,0

10

25

50

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F273

Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned


Mounting variations
2480.011.05000.2

140
109,5

140
109,5
140
109,5

80

140
109,5

80

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

2480.022.05000

M20

2480.011.05000

18 (4x)

24

13

11
13,5

stroke

A
2480.044.05000 2)
stroke

50

165

140

4 0,1

20

32,5

102,5
220
13 (2x)

48
18

10 +0,1

11,5

28
36,5

130

88

30

12,5

149

120,5

148
74

36
120,2 +2
+0,5

2,5

2480.045.05000 2)

77,5

5)

130
109,5

155
205

155

79

2480.064.05000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

109,5
155

19

130

109,5

175

109,5

131

17 (2x)
130
109,5

109,5

14,2

13 (4x)
109,5

13(4x)

50

+2
+0,5

14,2

A-A

120,2

17

21

+2
+0,5

2480.008.05000 3)

36

M6 (4x)

21

120,2

13 (4x)

20 (4x)

2480.007.05000

36

M6 (4x)

12

11 (4x)

2480.057.05000
stroke

2480.055.05000

15
20

15

18

13
20

13,5 (4x)

20

195

Note:

2480.044.03.05000 2)

2480.047.05000 2)

DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)

11.2014

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

65

140

120,5

30

17,5

2)

145

10 +0,1
40,1

39

11

80

18
11

130

130
88,9

26
17,5

50
36

58

170

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned


Note:

2486.12.03000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 3000 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2486.12.03000
50

M8

3 min.

Stroke max.

12

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 10 to 13 (at 20C)
Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s

R2

115

I min.

l 0,25

25,5

,5

16,4

10

97

112
120,2 0,1

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Order No
2486.12.03000.125
2486.12.03000.160
2486.12.03000.200
2486.12.03000.250
2486.12.03000.300

M10x13
deep (4x)

80

P>max

2486.12.03000.
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve
(1x)

V>max

Strokemax.
125
160
200
250
300

lmin.
265
300
340
390
440

l
390
460
540
640
740

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.03000.

150

125

1,4

160

200

250

300

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,3

1,2

1,1

60
50
800

1200

1600 2000 2400


force daN

2800

3200

1,0

10

25

50

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F275

Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned


Mounting variations
2480.011.07500

2480.011.07500.2

190
138

190
138

100

190
138

100

190
138

190
138

M20

M20

190
138

2480.022.07500

15

24

195

170
195
245

195

2480.044.07500 2)

150,5

20

150,2 +2
+0,5

200
95
200
100

41

stroke

2480.064.07500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

50

162

138

2,5

21

27

138

x
220

138

21 (2x)
162
138

y
A

14,2
14,2

17,5
(4x)

138

50

+2

150,2 +0,5

x
x

20

41
y

A-A
17,5
(4x)

2480.008.07500 3)

stroke

M6 (4x)

27

+2

150,2 +0,5

17,5 (4x)

2480.007.07500

41

M6 (4x)

11
(4x)

26 (4x)

2480.057.07500
stroke

2480.055.07500

20

17

11
17,5

12

17

18 (4x)

15

17,5 (4x)

26
18

5)

120
260
13 (2x)

38

162
138
A

30
162

138

16,5

230

Note:

2480.044.03.07500 2)

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

80

170

150,5

68

200

30

175

13,5
20

11.2014

subject to alterations

Gas spring SPEED CONTROL, cushioned


Note:

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 5000 daN

2486.12.05000.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2486.12.05000


Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 6 to 11 (at 20C)
Dampening length: ~ 30 mm
Piston rod speed, decelerated: 0.4 m/s

65

3 min.

Stroke max.

30

M8

R2

145

I min.

l 0,25

27,5

,5

ROVE
PP

X
142
150,2 0,1

97

10

16,4

/23/EC

S>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Order No
2486.12.05000.125
2486.12.05000.160
2486.12.05000.200
2486.12.05000.250
2486.12.05000.300

M10x13
deep (4x)

100

P>max

2486.12.05000.
Gas spring SPEED CONTROL,
cushioned

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve
(1x)

V>max

Strokemax.
125
160
200
250
300

lmin.
280
315
355
405
455

l
405
475
555
655
755

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.05000.

150

125

1,4

160

200

250

300

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,3

1,2

1,1

60
50
1600 2000

1,0
3000
force daN

4000

5000

10

25

50

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F277

F278

subject to alterations

Gas spring, DS
for Die Separation

F279

F280

subject to alterations

Gas spring, DS
for Die Separation
Description:

Properties:

In line of reducing the set-up time while installing the tool in the press
there are used autonomous acted gas springs for tool spacing.

Initial spring forces of 3000daN to 7500daN

While using conventional gas springs they are activated with every press
stroke about the whole stroke length.
The new FIBRO gas spring, DS (Die Separation) have been developed especially for tool spacing.
Because of the slow return stroke speed, the gas spring DS does not need
the total stroke length.
The FIBRO gas spring, DS minimises unwanted friction in the tool, press
and in the gas spring itself.

Stroke lengths of 125mm to 300mm


Standardised dimensions in accordance with ISO, VDI, CNOMO
Very slow return stroke speed compared to standard gas springs:
0,2m/min.
Standard safety features (FIBRO Safer Choice)
- Safety piston rod
- Overpressure protection
High flexibility during fixing from the top mounting notch and lower
fixing groove, together with the tapped bores in the spring base

A further benefit is that they use up to 80% less energy than "conventional"
standard gas springs.

Application example:
When using conventional standard gas springs (such as 2480.13.05000.250) for creating spacing between the top and bottom parts of the tool, additional
initial forces of 20 t are exercised when each stroke is performed. This force may rise to up to 30 t at the end of the stroke (see diagram 1). When you use the
new gas springs, DS (for example, 2486.22.05000.250), the force in every stroke is reduced to less than 10% in the same application (diagram 2).
The return stroke speed in the gas springs, DS is very slow. The complete return stroke takes 1-2 minutes.
However, this slow speed does not have any negative impact on the end position (gas springs fully extended) of the return stroke at the end of production.
The piston rod is actuated oscillating up to 10% of the entire stroke, depending on the production rate.

Diagram 1

Diagram 2

Tool open

Tool open

Gas spring fully


extended

Gas spring fully


extended

Tool closed

Tool closed
Tool spacing with "conventional" standard gas springs

subject to alterations

Tool spacing with


gas springs DS

F281

Gas spring DS
Mounting variations
2480.011.03000.2

120
92

120
92
120
92

60

120
92

60

120
92

M20

120
92

2480.022.03000

M20

2480.011.03000

15 (4x)
20

13,5 (4x)
12

stroke

2480.008.03000 3)

17

13 (4x)

17 (2x)

92

92
110

x
92

150

92

130
170

y
130

40

106

110
92

2,5

14,2
14,2

40

+2

95,2 +0,5

18

A-A
13(4x)

13 (4x)

33

M6 (4x)

18

+2

95,2 +0,5

9 (4x)
20 (4x)

2480.007.03000

33

M6 (4x)

13

20
14

20

13

9
13,5

24

2480.057.03000
stroke

2480.055.03000

14

15

130

33

stroke

2480.064.03000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

95,2 +2
+0,5

92

110

12,5

110
92

30

5)

Note:

11.2014

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

subject to alterations

Gas spring DS
Note:

2486.22.03000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 3000 daN


50

M8

24

3 min.

12

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C bis +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 50 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
Max. return stroke speed: 0.2 m/min

R2

,5

I min.

l 0,25

90

16,4
A

97

10,5

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

87
95,2 0,1
V>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

60

TM

Flex Guide

2486.22.03000.
Gas spring DS

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 Valve
(1x)

P>max

M8 x 13 deep
(4x)

Order No
2486.22.03000.080
2486.22.03000.100
2486.22.03000.125
2486.22.03000.160
2486.22.03000.200
2486.22.03000.250
2486.22.03000.300

Strokemax.
80
100
125
160
200
250
300

lmin.
200
220
245
280
320
370
420

l
280
320
370
440
520
620
720

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.03000.

080

100

125

160

200

250

300

100

125
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,7

150
140
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

1,6
130
120
110
100
90
80

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2

70
1,1
60
50
800

1,0
1200

1600 2000 2400


force daN

2800

3200

50

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F283

Gas spring DS
Mounting variations
2480.011.05000.2

140
109,5

80

18 (4x)

13,5 (4x)
24

13

11
13,5

12

stroke

M6 (4x)

36
13 (4x)

y
A

109,5
155

155
205

155

36

2480.064.05000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

17 (2x)

stroke

109,5

175

109,5

130
109,5
130

109,5

2,5

14,2

131

50

14,2

+2
+0,5

50

120,2

17

A-A
13(4x)

2480.008.05000 3)

21

+2
+0,5

21

120,2

13 (4x)

20 (4x)

2480.007.05000

36

M6 (4x)

11 (4x)

2480.057.05000
stroke

2480.055.05000

15
20

15

18

140
109,5

13
20

80

140
109,5

20

140
109,5

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

2480.022.05000

M20

2480.011.05000

130

109,5

12,5

130
109,5

32,5

120,2 +2
+0,5

5)

Note:

11.2014

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

subject to alterations

Gas spring DS
Note:

2486.22.05000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 5000 daN


65

M8

3 min.

12

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C bis +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 50 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
Max. return stroke speed: 0.2 m/min

R2

25,5

,5

I min.

l 0,25

115

16,4

7
X
112
120,2 0,1

V>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

80

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2486.22.05000.
Gas spring DS

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 Valve
(1x)

/23/EC

10,5

97

ROVE
PP

M10 x 13 deep
(4x)

Order No
2486.22.05000.080
2486.22.05000.100
2486.22.05000.125
2486.22.05000.160
2486.22.05000.200
2486.22.05000.250
2486.22.05000.300

Strokemax.
80
100
125
160
200
250
300

lmin.
220
240
265
300
340
390
440

l
300
340
390
460
540
640
740

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
080

.05000.

100

125

160

200

250

300

100

125
160
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,7

150
140
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

1,6
130
120
110
100
90
80

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2

70
1,1
60
50
1600 2000

1,0
3000
force daN

4000

5000

50

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F285

Gas spring DS
Mounting variations
2480.011.07500

2480.011.07500.2

190
138

190
138

190
138

190
138

100

190
138

100

M20

M20
190
138

2480.022.07500

15

24

M6 (4x)

41

14,2

21 (2x)

50

138

195
245

y
195

170

162
138

138

220

138

y
A

14,2

x
x

50

2,5

17,5
(4x)

138

+2
+0,5

21

150,2

27

A-A
17,5
(4x)

2480.008.07500 3)

162

+2
+0,5

27

150,2

12

2480.007.07500

41

M6 (4x)

17,5 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.07500
stroke

2480.055.07500

11
(4x)

26 (4x)

20

17

11
17,5

20

17

18 (4x)

15

17,5 (4x)

26
18

195

41

stroke

2480.064.07500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

150,2 +2
+0,5

162
138

38

5)

162

138

16,5

Note:

11.2014

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

subject to alterations

Gas spring DS
Note:

2486.22.07500.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 7500 daN


80

M16

3 min.

30

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C bis +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 20 to 50 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
Max. return stroke speed: 0.2 m/min

R2

27,5

,5

I min.

l 0,25

145

16,4

8
X
142
150,2 0,1

V>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

100

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2486.22.07500.
Gas spring DS

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 Valve
(1x)

/23/EC

10,5

97

ROVE
PP

M10 x 13 deep
(4x)

Order No
2486.22.07500.080
2486.22.07500.100
2486.22.07500.125
2486.22.07500.160
2486.22.07500.200
2486.22.07500.250
2486.22.07500.300

Strokemax.
80
100
125
160
200
250
300

lmin.
235
255
280
315
355
405
455

l
315
355
405
475
555
655
755

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.07500.

080

100

125

160

200

250

300

100

125
160
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,7

150
140
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

1,6
130
120
110
100
90
80

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2

70
1,1
60
50
2500

1,0
3500

4500
5500
force daN

6500

7500

50

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F287

F288

subject to alterations

Gas springs with


fastening to
Ford Standard
WDX
Please request your catalogue
F289

F290

subject to alterations

Gas springs
with thread

F291

Gas spring with external thread


Mounting variations
2480.005.00200.
Slotted nut

Mounting examples:

F292

subject to alterations

Gas spring with external thread


Description:

2480.32.

The gas springs are colour-coded according to


the spring force rating ranges 50100150
200 daN.
All springs, regardless of their spring force
ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the
differing charge pressures.
Do take into consideration the colour-coded
pressure rating during repair work and
recharging.

Note:

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150


Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2
Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s
A

97

Upon customers request, also available


unfilled, Order No 2482.32.00000...., Colour:
black

ROVE
PP

Spring forces as per spring diagram.

/23/EC

S>max

2480.32.

V>max

P>max

Gas spring with external thread

Order No*
2480.32..010
2480.32..013
2480.32..016
2480.32..025
2480.32..038
2480.32..050
2480.32..063
2480.32..080
2480.32..100
2480.32..125

Strokemax.
10
12.7
16
25
38.1
50
63.5
80
100
125

l
62
67.4
74
92
118.2
142
169
202
242
292

lmin.
52
54.7
58
67
80.1
92
105.5
122
142
167

*complete with initial spring force


Spring force marking:
Initial spring force [daN] - Pressure [bar] - Colour:
.00050. - 45 - green
.00100. - 90 - blue
.00150. - 135 - red
.00200. - 180 - yellow
Initial spring force
versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

010 013 016

1,7

025

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

1,6
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

nominal stroke
.00050.
.00100.
.00150.
.00200.

180
165
150
135
120
105
90
75
60
45
30
15

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0

50

100
force daN

150

200

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F293

Gas spring with external thread


Mounting variations
2480.005.00250.

2480.006.00250.

Slotted nut

Clamped flange

2480.00.51.01
Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
of gas springs

Mounting examples:

F294

subject to alterations

Gas spring with external thread


Note:

2480.32.00250.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 250 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.12.00250
15

l 0,25

Stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

l min.

Fixing:

14

Installation with ring nut(s) 2480.005.00250


can be done with one or two ring nuts. If the
hole in the bolster plate is not threaded, two
ring nuts are needed. Holes threaded M 38
1,5 require one only ring nut for mounting of
the gas springs.
Mounting with a threaded flange plate has
the advantage of a degree of adjustability as
far as the flange screws permit, moreover it is
often found easier to make do with a
clearance hole in the tool plate. Locking is by
way of two lock screws with thrust plugs,
provided in the threaded flange.
Diameter of through-hole in tool plate = 38
mm plus four tapped holes M 8.

M38 x 1,5

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

M6 valve
S>max

V>max

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2480.32.00250.
Gas spring with external
thread
Order No
2480.32.00250.013
2480.32.00250.025
2480.32.00250.038
2480.32.00250.050
2480.32.00250.063
2480.32.00250.080
2480.32.00250.100

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Strokemax.
12.7
25
38.1
50
63.5
80
100

lmin.
l
62.7 75.4
75
100
88.1 126.2
100
150
113.5 177
130
210
150
250

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00250.

150

025

038

050

063

080

100

1,35

130
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80
70

1,30
1,25
1,20
1,15
1,10
1,05

60
50
50

013

1,40

100

150
force daN

200

250

1,00

10

25

50
stroke in mm

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F295

Gas spring with male fixing thread, small mounting height


Mounting variations

2480.00.51.01
Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
of gas springs

Mounting examples:

F296

subject to alterations

Gas spring with male fixing thread, small mounting height


Note:

2480.82.00250.
Stroke max.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 250 daN


Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.12.00250

19 -0,5

l min.
6

l 0,25

1min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 50 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

15

M12 x 1,75
38 -0,2

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

M6 valve
S>max

V>max

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2480.82.00250.
Gas spring with male fixing
thread, small mounting
height
Order No
2480.82.00250.013
2480.82.00250.025
2480.82.00250.038
2480.82.00250.050
2480.82.00250.063
2480.82.00250.080
2480.82.00250.100

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Strokemax.
12.7
25
38.1
50
63.5
80
100

lmin.
l
62.7 75.4
75
100
88.1 126.2
100 150
113.5 177
130 210
150 250

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

013

1,7

025

038

050

063

080

100

1,6
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

nominal stroke
.00250.

150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

100

200
300
force daN

400

500

1,0

10

25

50
stroke in mm

75

100

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F297

Gas spring with male fixing thread, POWERLINE


Mounting variations

2480.00.51.05
Box spanner for assembling/disassembling
of gas springs

Mounting examples:

F298

subject to alterations

Gas spring with male fixing thread, POWERLINE


Note:

2487.82.01000.

Initial spring force at 150 bar = 920 daN


Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2487.12.01000

28

M6

19

l min.

l 0,25

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 50 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

valve M6

M16
50,2

0,1

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

V>max

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2487.82.01000.
Gas spring with male fixing
thread, POWERLINE
Order No
2487.82.01000.013
2487.82.01000.016
2487.82.01000.019
2487.82.01000.025
2487.82.01000.032
2487.82.01000.038
2487.82.01000.050
2487.82.01000.063
2487.82.01000.075
2487.82.01000.080
2487.82.01000.100
2487.82.01000.125

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Strokemax.
13
16
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
51
54
57
63
70
76
88
101
113
118
138
163

l
64
70
76
88
102
114
138
164
188
198
238
288

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
016
013 019 025

140

1,6

130

1,5

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

150

120
110
100
90
80
70

032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

60
50

1,0
0

200

400
600
force daN

800

1000

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F299

Gas spring with hexagonal flange


2480.33.

Description:

X
12
0

R5

Note:

Stroke

A/F 32
20

All springs, regardless of their spring force


ratings, are of the same design. The differing
force ratings result exclusively from the
differing charge pressures.
Do take into consideration the colour-coded
pressure rating during repair work and
recharging.

50

View X

Other stroke lengths avail on request! See gas


spring 2480.32.

I min.

l +0,15
-0,5

36

Order No for spare parts kit: 2480.21.00150

M6 valve

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 180 bar
Min. filling pressure: 13 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 80 to 100 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M6x5,5 deep
25,5
M28x1,5
A

ROVE
PP

97

/23/EC

S>max

2480.33.

V>max

The gas springs are colour-coded according to


the spring force rating ranges 1550100
150200 daN.

P>max

Gas spring with hexagonal flange

Order No
2480.33.00015.125
2480.33.00050.125
2480.33.00100.125
2480.33.00150.125
2480.33.00200.125

Strokemax.
125
125
125
125
125

lmin.
167
167
167
167
167

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force [daN]


initial
15
50
100
150
200

l
292
292
292
292
292

Colour
schwarz
grn
blau
rot
gelb

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

010 013 016

1,7

025

038

050

063

080

100

125

100

125

1,6
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

nominal stroke
.00015.
.00050.
.00100.
.00150.
.00200.

180
165
150
135
120
105
90
75
60
45
30
15

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0

50

100
force daN

150

200

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!

F300

subject to alterations

Gas springs
for working
temperatures up
to 120 C
see chapter L:
Gas springs Mould Line
F301

F302

subject to alterations

LCF gas springs,


damped

F303

LCF gas springs, damped


Description
The LCF series represents a whole new
generation of nitrogen-filled gas springs
developed to meet the needs of the
machine tool and press-making industries.
Negative factors such as
high impact stresses
excessive noise
extreme bounce off the pad
are all minimised by LCF springs.
Characteristics such as
dimensions
fixing methods
filling with gas and purging
working in interconnected systems
are identical to those for standard ISO or type
2480.13 gas springs.

The springs from the LCF series reduce impact


stresses by 50% compared to conventional gas
springs.
The force builds up gradually and acceleration
is uniform, reducing wear on both tool and
press. As a result, less maintenance is required.
LCF springs are at least 20% quieter than
standard gas springs.
The reduced noise level is due to the lower
impact force, making these springs a costeffective alternative to soundproofing panels.
They are thus more economical and
environmentally-friendly.
The LCF springs reduce the extreme bounce off
the pad during the return stroke, thus lessening
vibration on the workpiece and allowing the
workpiece to be transported more effectively.
Since the spring travel is damped, the pad
motion is more uniform, so in many cases the
press stroke rate and thus productivity can be
increased.

* LCF Force Manager ist ein Warenzeichen der Associated Spring

F304

subject to alterations

LCF gas springs, damped


2484.13. Force diagram for gas springs

With the springs from the LCF series, the force builds up gradually and
acceleration is uniform.

Spring force

Standard
Gas spring

LCFGas spring

Flcf
Spring travel
Damped spring travel S1

piston force

piston force

Measured dynamic piston force, Measured values for the 5000th series

Spring travel
Standard gas spring

Comparative press load diagram

Noise reduction

The springs from the LCF series are quieter due


to the reduced impact force.

LCF

Press load

STANDARD

Spring travel
LCF gas spring

STANDARD

subject to alterations

LCF

F305

LCF gas springs, damped


2484.13. Force diagram for gas springs

F2

sure
ng pres
um filli
im
x
a
M
F1

Force

sure
ng pres
um filli
Minim

F2
at
minimum
filling
pressure

Flcf

Spring travel

max.

S1

Note: Maximum pressure for LCF gas springs: 150 bar. Observe minimum filling pressure.
Guidelines for the use of LCF gas springs
1. After the damped spring travel (S1) the LCF gas spring achieves the same initial spring force (F1)
and pressure build up as the standard gas spring (to ISO).
2. The spring force (Flcf) should exceed the weight (e.g. the pad) by at least 15% so that it is held
in the correct position (this does not apply in the case of minimum filling pressure).

Spring Size
2484.13.00750.
2484.12.01500.
2484.13.03000.
2484.13.05000.
2484.13.07500.
F306

Flcf bei 150 bar


in daN
470
700
1600
2500
3000

Damped spring travel


S1
3,1
4,6
3,8
7,7
10,4

Minimum filling
pressure in bar
70
105
69
76
90
subject to alterations

subject to alterations

F307

LCF gas spring, damped


Mounting variations
2480.011.00750.3

2480.011.00750

15 (2x)

2480.011.00750.1

2480.022.00750

15 (4x)
12

M10 (2x)

75
56,5

75
56,5

24
20

12

75
56,5

20

20

15 (2x)

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

75
56,5

75
56,5

75
56,5

12
20

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

75
56,5

9 (4x)

12

15 (2x)

12

15
M10
(2x)

75
56,5

M10 (2x)

12
20

20

12
12

9 (4x)

13 (2x)

2480.010.00750.115 3)
2480.010.00750.190* 3)

90

38
115
*190

20
60
9 (2x)

DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

30

40,1

11,5

11.2014

30

5
68

10 +0,1

25,5

56,5
70

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

70

50,5
60

28,1 20

11
15
9

25

90
60
32

22

Note:

2480.044.03.00750 2)

18

10 +0,1

11

33

110

56,5
70

9 (4x)

30
70

56,5

12

2480.047.00750 2)

34,5

12

19,5

130

50,5

80
40

24
5)

70
56,5

65

57
51,2

40

50,2 +2
+0,5

2480.045.00750 2)

70

stroke

2480.044.00750 2)

80
110

80

4 0,1

80

13

2480.064.00750 4)
A-A
M5 (2x)

30

70

56,5

95

56,5

y
A

56,5

x
x

61

70
56,5
x

30
19

2,5

9 (4x)
56,5

9 (4x)

14,2

30

+2
+0,5

14,2

A-A

50,2

13

13

+2
+0,5

13

50,2

2480.008.00750 3)

24

M5 (4x)

24

M6 (4x)

2480.007.00750
stroke

2480.057.00750
stroke

2480.055.00750

11
18

subject to alterations

Gas spring LCF, damped


Note:

2484.13.00750.

Initial spring force Flcf at 150 bar = 470 daN


Full spring force after 3.1 mm damped spring
travel
Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.00750

25
M8
3 min.

12

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 70 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

17,5

R2

l 0,25
I min.

46

10

16,4

97

ROVE
PP

X
43
50,2 0,1

/23/EC

S>max

V>max

P>max

2484.13.00750.
Gas spring LCF, damped
View X - Gas spring

G 1/8 valve

M8 x 13
deep (2x)

20

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Order No
Strokemax.
2484.13.00750.013
12.7
2484.13.00750.025
25
2484.13.00750.038
38.1
2484.13.00750.050
50
2484.13.00750.063
63.5
2484.13.00750.080
80
2484.13.00750.100
100
2484.13.00750.125
125
2484.13.00750.160
160
2484.13.00750.200
200
2484.13.00750.250
250
2484.13.00750.300
300

lmin.
l
107.7 120.4
120
145
133.1 171.2
145
195
158.5 222
175
255
195
295
220
345
255
415
295
495
345
595
395
695

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.00750.

150

080

100

125

160

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

130

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140

120
110
100
90

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

80
70
200

013 025 038 050 063

1,7

1,0
300

400
500
force daN

600

700

10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F309

LCF gas spring, damped


Mounting variations
2480.011.01500.2

12
2480.010.01500.130 3)
2480.010.01500.205* 3)

57

90

137

42

5
30

40,1

DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

86

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

94

75,5
90

37 40

13
15

100

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)

32

73,5
92

32

125

10 +0,1

28

Note:

2480.044.03.01500 2)

90
38

10 +0,1

10

37

11 (4x)

30

13,5
73,5
92

26

11 (2x)

14,5

43,5

16

160

2480.047.01500 2)

130
*205

20
73,5

10,5

90

85
77

75,5

105
52,5

29
5)

90
73,5

2480.045.01500 2)

101

115
52,5

75,2 +2
+0,5

104
134

104

4 0,1

104

19

2480.044.01500 2)
stroke

2480.064.01500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

30

90

73,5

20

2,5

14,2

13
73,5

x
122

73,5
A

73,5

12

20

14

20

13 (2x)
90
73,5

11.2014

14,2

30

+2
+0,5

11 (4x)

2480.008.01500 3)

stroke

75,2

73,5

11(4x)

35
21

11 (4x)

18 (4x)

29
y

A-A

9 (4x)

16

+2
+0,5

24

2480.007.01500

M6 (4x)

16

75,2

100
73,5

40
15

12

9
11
DIN 74 - Km 10 (4x)

29

M6 (4x)

11 (4x)

15 (4x)

2480.057.01500
stroke

2480.055.01500

40

M20

100
73,5
DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

100
73,5

2480.022.01500

M20

2480.011.01500

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring LCF, damped


2484.12.01500.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.12.01500

M8

21

3 min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 105 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

36
12

Initial spring force Flcf at 150 bar = 700 daN


Full spring force after 4.6 mm damped spring
travel

Stroke max.

Note:

R2

,5

l 0,25
I min.

70

16,4

10

ROVE
PP

97

67
75,2 0,1

/23/EC

S>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Order No
Strokemax.
2484.12.01500.025
25
2484.12.01500.038
38.1
2484.12.01500.050
50
2484.12.01500.063
63.5
2484.12.01500.080
80
2484.12.01500.100
100
2484.12.01500.125
125
2484.12.01500.160
160
2484.12.01500.200
200
2484.12.01500.250
250
2484.12.01500.300
300

M8 x 13
deep (4x)

40

P>max

2484.12.01500.
Gas spring LCF, damped

View X - Gas spring

G 1/ 8 valve

V>max

lmin.
l
135
160
148.1 186.2
160
210
173.5 237
190
270
210
310
235
360
270
430
310
510
360
610
410
710

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.01500.

150
145

080

100

125

160

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

140
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

025 038 050 063

1,7

135
130
125
120
115

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

110
105
400

1,5

1,0
600

800 1000 1200


force daN

1400

1600

10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F311

LCF gas spring, damped


Mounting variations
2480.011.03000

2480.011.03000.2

2480.022.03000

120
92

60

120
92

M20
60

120
92

120
92

M20

120
92

120
92

15 (4x)
20
14

13,5 (4x)

13,5

M6 (4x)

12

13

33
13 (4x)

17 (2x)

92

A
2480.044.03000 2)
stroke

2480.010.03000.140 3)
2480.010.03000.215* 3)

145

66,5
20
90

DIN 74 - Km 12 (2x)
DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

106

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

52,5

30

14,5

11.2014

115

33
115

10 +0,1
40,1

36,5

60
9

110

15
15

95,5

110
63,5

24

35

92
116

140
40
26

28

Note:

2480.044.03.03000 2)

2480.047.03000 2)

10 +0,1

11

63

13 (4x)

92

170

92
116

13,5

30

30

13 (2x)

110

46,5

16

195

12,5

95,5

125
62,5

33
5)

110
92

110

108
96,8

67,5

95,2 +2
+0,5

2480.045.03000 2)

140
*215

2480.064.03000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

130
170

130

121

130

4 0,1

19

40

x
92

150

92

92

110
92
110

13(4x)

2,5

14,2

40

+2
+0,5

14,2

95,2

17

A-A

2480.008.03000 3)

18

+2
+0,5

18

95,2

13 (4x)

2480.007.03000

33

M6 (4x)

9 (4x)
20 (4x)

stroke

2480.057.03000
stroke

2480.055.03000

20

13

24
20
14

15

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring LCF, damped


2484.13.03000.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.03000

50

M8

12

Initial spring force Flcf at 150 bar =1600 daN


Full spring force after 3.8 mm damped spring
travel

Stroke max.

Note:

24

3 min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 68 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

R2

,5

I min.

l -1

90

16,4

10

97

87
95,2 0,1

/23/EC

S>max

G 1/8 valve

P>max

Order No
Strokemax.
2484.13.03000.025
25
2484.13.03000.038
38.1
2484.13.03000.050
50
2484.13.03000.063
63.5
2484.13.03000.080
80
2484.13.03000.100
100
2484.13.03000.125
125
2484.13.03000.160
160
2484.13.03000.200
200
2484.13.03000.250
250
2484.13.03000.300
300

M8 x 13
deep (4x)

60

V>max

2484.13.03000.
Gas spring LCF, damped

View X - Gas spring

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

ROVE
PP

lmin.
l
145
170
158.1 196.2
170
220
183.5 247
200
280
220
320
245
370
280
440
320
520
370
620
420
720

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.03000.

150

080

100

125

160

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

130

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140
120
110
100
90
80

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

70
60
800

025 038 050 063

1,7

1200

1600 2000 2400


force daN

2800

3200

1,0

10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F313

LCF gas spring, damped


Mounting variations
2480.011.05000.2

80

140
109,5

80

140
109,5

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

M20

140
109,5

2480.022.05000

140
109,5

2480.011.05000

13,5 (4x)

20

13
20

18 (4x)

24

13

11
13,5

36

A
2480.044.05000 2)
stroke

2480.045.05000 2)

165

58

DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)

149

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

3)

Not for use with composite


connection.

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

140
30

40,1
DIN 74 - Km 16 (2x)

4 0,1

2)

65

80
39

11

145

10 +0,1

17,5

11.2014

120,5

17,5
18
11

130

130
88,9

36,5

Note:

2480.044.03.05000 2)

26

28

109,5
138

170
50
36

19

79
195

10 +0,1

11,5

88

15 (4x)

30
130

48
18

2480.047.05000 2)

160

20

32,5

102,5
220
13 (2x)

12,5

140

130
122

120,5

148
74

36
120,2 +2
+0,5

50

2480.010.05000.160 3)

77,5

5)

130
109,5

155
205

155

16

2480.064.05000 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

109,5

155

109,5
138

130

109,5

175

109,5

109,5

131

17 (2x)
130
109,5

2,5

13 (4x)
109,5

13(4x)

14,2

50

+2
+0,5

14,2

A-A

120,2

17

21

+2
+0,5

2480.008.05000 3)

stroke

M6 (4x)

21

120,2

13 (4x)

20 (4x)

2480.007.05000

36

M6 (4x)

12

11 (4x)

2480.057.05000
stroke

2480.055.05000

15
20

15

18

13,5
20

subject to alterations

Gas spring LCF, damped


Note:

2484.13.05000.
Stroke max.

Initial spring force Flcf at 150 bar =2500 daN


Full spring force after 7.7 mm damped spring
travel

3 min.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 75 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

M8

12

Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.05000

65

R2

25,5

,5

I min.

l -1

115

16,4
A

7
8

10

97

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

112
120,2 0,1
S>max

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Order No
Strokemax.
2484.13.05000.025
25
2484.13.05000.038
38.1
2484.13.05000.050
50
2484.13.05000.063
63.5
2484.13.05000.080
80
2484.13.05000.100
100
2484.13.05000.125
125
2484.13.05000.160
160
2484.13.05000.200
200
2484.13.05000.250
250
2484.13.05000.300
300

M10 x 16
deep (4x)

80

P>max

TM

Flex Guide

2484.13.05000.
Gas spring LCF, damped

View X - Gas spring

G 1/8 valve

V>max

lmin.
l
165
190
178.1 216.2
190
240
203.5 267
220
300
240
340
265
390
300
460
340
540
390
640
440
740

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.05000.

150

080

100

125

160

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,6

130

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

140

120
110
100
90

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

80
70
1600 2000

025 038 050 063

1,7

1,0
3000
force daN

4000

5000

10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F315

LCF gas spring, damped


Mounting variations
2480.011.07500

2480.011.07500.2

190
138

190
138

100

190
138

100

190
138

190
138

M20

M20

190
138

2480.022.07500

15

24

2,5
170

138
195

195
245

195

2480.044.07500 2)

150,5

20

150,2 +2
+0,5

200
95
200
100

41

stroke

2480.064.07500 4)
A-A
M6 (2x)

14,2

21

27
y

162

138

220

138

21 (2x)

y
A

14,2

162
138

x
x

20

stroke

17,5
(4x)

138

50

+2

150,2 +0,5

50

A-A
17,5
(4x)

2480.008.07500 3)

41

M6 (4x)

27

+2

150,2 +0,5

17,5 (4x)

2480.007.07500

41

M6 (4x)

11
(4x)

26 (4x)

2480.057.07500
stroke

2480.055.07500

20

17

11
17,5

12

17

18 (4x)

15

17,5 (4x)

26
18

5)

120
260
13 (2x)

38

162
138
A

30
162

138

16,5

230

Note:

2480.044.03.07500 2)

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be
absorbed by the stop surface.

3)

Note:
Not for use with composite
connection.

4)

Square collar flange, nonrotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexa-gonal socket (compact head


recommended).

80

170

150,5

68

200

30

175

13,5
20

11.2014

subject to alterations

Gas spring LCF, damped


Note:

2484.13.07500.

Initial spring force Flcf at 150 bar =3000 daN


Full spring force after 10.4 mm damped spring
travel

80
12

M8

Pressure medium: Nitrogen N2


Max. filling pressure: 150 bar
Min. filling pressure: 89 bar
Working temperature: 0C to +80C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
approx. 15 to 40 (at 20C)
Max. piston speed: 1.6 m/s

3 min.

Stroke max.

Order No for spare parts kit: 2484.13.07500

R2

27,5

,5

I min.

l -1

145

16,4

8
142
150,2 0,1

S>max

View X - Gas spring

G 1/8 valve

P>max

Order No
Strokemax.
2484.13.07500.025
25
2484.13.07500.038
38.1
2484.13.07500.050
50
2484.13.07500.063
63.5
2484.13.07500.080
80
2484.13.07500.100
100
2484.13.07500.125
125
2484.13.07500.160
160
2484.13.07500.200
200
2484.13.07500.250
250
2484.13.07500.300
300

M10 x 16
deep (4x)

100

V>max

TM

Flex Guide

2484.13.07500.
Gas spring LCF, damped

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

/23/EC

10

97

ROVE
PP

lmin.
l
180
205
193.1 231.2
205
255
218.5 282
235
315
255
355
280
405
315
475
355
555
405
655
455
755

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
.07500.

140

1,6

130

1,5

120
110
100
90
80
2500

025 038 050 063

1,7

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

150

080

100

125

160

200

250

300

100

125
150
stroke in mm

200

250

300

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

3500

4500
5500
force daN

6500

7500

1,0

10

25

50

75

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

F317

Controllable
Gas springs
PATENTED

Please request your catalogue


F318

Air springs
to VW Standard

Please request your catalogue


F319

Manifoldsystems

Please request your catalogue


F320

Composite plates

Please request your catalogue


11.2014

Gas spring
Accessories

F321

Pressure reservoir
for reduced pressure rise
2480.00.70.

Description:
The pressure reservoir and its base plates are manufactured from the same high grade steel als FIBRO gas springs. The advantage of including a pressure
reservoir in the system is that in operation the gas pressure rises to a lesser extent. Apart from the purely tecnical pressure factors, a reduced pressure rise
is beneficial to the service life of the system.

Function:
The pressure reservoir has two or four mounting holes with G at both sides, which are designed for connection to the control fitting or gas spring.

Note:
If a pressure reservoir is to be installed, we recommend the 24-cone-system, which ensures that the gas flow is not inhibited. Mounting clamps should be
ordered separately. At least 2 are required for each pressure reservoir, see following pages.

2480.00.70. Pressure reservoir


Order No.
2480.00.70.075.0170
2480.00.70.075.0250
2480.00.70.075.0410
2480.00.70.095.0300
2480.00.70.095.0500
2480.00.70.095.0700
2480.00.70.095.0900
2480.00.70.120.0360
2480.00.70.120.0615
2480.00.70.120.1125

Volume in l
[litres]
0,25
0,50
1,0
1,0
2,0
3,0
4,0
2,0
4,0
8,0

Calculating the isothermic increase in pressure*


[a

75
75
75
95
95
95
95
120
120
120

Ordering Code (example):


Pressure reservoir
[ a = 75 mm
b
= 170 mm
Order No.

Gas spring size/daN


.00500
.00750
.01500
.03000
.05000
.07500
.10000

F322

= 2480.00.70.
=
075.
=
0170
= 2480.00.70.075.0170

Piston rod area/dm2


0,031
0,049
0,102
0,196
0,332
0,503
0,709

(*by approximation)
b
170
250
410
300
500
700
900
360
615
1125

Pressure increase =

Va+(n3Vg1))
Va+(n3(Vg1) Stroke3A))

Va

[l]

Volume of pressure reservoir, see table

Vg1)

[l]

Gas volume of gas springs, appropriate spring types


1)

Note: When designing gas volume of spring types,


please contact us at FIBRO.

Stroke

[dm]

Travel of gas springs, appropriate spring types

[dm2]

For area of piston rods of the gas spring, see table

Number of gas springs

Calculation example:
10 gas springs, type 248.13.05000.050 with a travel of 50 mm (0,5dm) are
connected to a system with an 8 litres pressure reservoir.

Pressure increase =

8 l + (1030,51 l)
8 l + (103(0,51 l 0,5 dm 3 0,332 dm2))

= 1,145

subject to alterations

Pressure reservoir
for reduced pressure rise
2480.00.70. Installation example: 24-cone-system

Item
1
2
3
4
5

subject to alterations

Quantity
2
3
1
4
1

Description
Connection thread G1/8
24-cone-hose
Pressure reservoir
Connection thread G1/4
Monitoring unit

Order No.
2480.00.26.03
2480.00.25.01.
2480.00.70. .
2480.00.26.04
2480.00.31.01

F323

Mounting clamp
for pressure reservoir
Description:

2480.00.70.

The mounting clamp is a rubber coated galvanised sheet steel ring and is
used for mounting the FIBRO pressure reservoir.

SW 17

Important:

d
70

At least 2 fixing clamps are required per pressure reservoir. If the pressure
tank is to be mounted vertically,
it should be seated on a robust base.

31

Ordering Code (example):

b
a
c

9 (2x)

Mounting clamp (1)


for pressure reservoir
a = 75 mm
Order No.

= 2480.00.70.
= 2480.00.70.075
= 2480.00.70.075

2480.00.70. Mounting clamp


Order No.
2480.00.70.075
2480.00.70.095
2480.00.70.120

[a

75
95
120

b
80
100
100

c
105
145
145

d
41,5
51,5
64

e
102
122
147

Installation Example:

F324

subject to alterations

Pressure plate, shock absorbing


2480.015.
11 (M10, 2x)

25

11 (2x)

17 (2x)

Installation example

2480.015. Pressure plate

Pressure plate,
shock
absorbing
2480.015.

Order No.
2480.015.01500
2480.015.05000
2480.015.10000

Gas spring strength


750 1500
> 1500 6600
> 6600 10600

a
108
143
167

b
91
126
150

c
58
92
112

Description:
The shock absorbing pressure plate is designed to minimise the main problems in the metal forming industry.
A specially designed shock absorbing unit is designed to reduce:
extreme impact loads
consequent high costs for press maintenance
high noise levels
risk of production of lower quality parts.

Top of tool

Guidelines for using shock absorbing pressure plates with gas springs:
1. After the maximum shock absorbing travel of 3 mm the gas spring will
reach the same initial spring force as it would without the shock absorbing pressure plate.
2. The shock absorbing pressure plate is mounted between the tool and the
piston rod of the gas spring.

Sheet metal
retainer

Material:
Steel, nitride
Polyurethane

Gas spring

Note:
Working temperature:
Recommended max. strokes/min:
Max. press speed:
Max. shock absorbing travel:

Bottom
of tool

Function
8

without 2480.015.

9000

with 2480.015.

8000
dynamic impact load [N]

Slide acceleration [g]

6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
-8

0 C to 80 C
20
1.6 m/s
3 mm

7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
without 2480.015.
with 2480.015.

1000
0

subject to alterations

5
6
Time [s]

10

11

0
1,96

1,965

1,97
Time [s]

1,975

1,98

F325

Thrust Pad
Thrust plate
2480.004.

2480.004.
R 100

Socket
cap screw
DIN EN
ISO 4762
M6
M8

A/F
17
19

b
20
22.5

l
6
11

Order No
2480.004.06
2480.004.08

Thrust Pad

Description:

Trust pad for gas springs with M6 and M8 thread in the piston rod, not
for 2480.13.00500.

Material:

SW

No 1.7131, case-hardened

2480.009.

2480.009.

d1

e1

b +2

e
a +2

Thrust plate

max. piston rod


Order No*
diameter
a b c d
2480.009.00250
15
50 25 12 7
2480.009.00500
20
55 30 12 7
2480.009.00500.1
20
55 32 16 9
2480.009.00750
25
70 35 15 9
2480.009.00750.1
36
65 50 16 9
2480.009.01500
36
75 50 15 9
2480.009.03000
50
85 60 15 9
2480.009.03000.1
50
80 60 16 9
2480.009.05000
65
100 80 20 11
2480.009.05000.1
65
80 80 16 9
2480.009.07500
80
110 100 20 11
2480.009.07500.1
80
100 100 16 9
*Execution .1 to Volvo standard

d1
11
11
15
15
15
15
15
15
18
15
18
15

e
32
40
37
48
47
56
66
62
72
62
85
82

e1
8
14
14
30
40
56
75
-

t
7
7
10
9
10
9
9
10
11
10
11
10

Material:

No 1.2842, hardened

2480.018.

d1

2480.018.

Thrust plate

Order No
2480.018.01500

max. piston rod


diameter
65

a
90

c
12

d
9

d1
15

e
64

t
9

Material:

No 1.2842, hardened

a +2

a +2

10.2015

subject to alterations

Thrust plate
Thrust plate to Renault standard
Thrust plate
a
40
40
56
71
70
90
90
140

c
15
15
20
20
15
20
15
20

d
9
7
11
11
9
11
9
11

d1
e
15 21
11 24
18 32
18 48
15 50
18 67
15 70
18 110

t
10
7
13
13
9
13
9
13

a +2

Material:

d1
t

max. piston rod


Order No*
diameter
2480.019.00100
15
2480.019.00100.2
15
2480.019.00750
25
2480.019.03000
50
2480.019.03000.2
50
2480.019.03000.1
80
2480.019.07500.2
80
2480.019.07500
95
*Execution .2 to VDI 3003

2480.019.

2480.019.

No 1.2842, hardened

e
a +2

Shape
A
A
B
B
B
B

max. piston rod


diameter
50
80
95
95
95
95

a
70
90
105
125
150
190

e
50
70
85
105
125
165

d
11
11
11
11
13
13

e1

Order No
2480.019.45.00750
2480.019.45.01500
2480.019.45.03000
2480.019.45.05000
2480.019.45.07500
2480.019.45.10000

2480.019.45.

Thrust plate to Renault


standard

a
e

e1

a
e

e1

a
e

2480.019.45.

No 1.2842, hardened

a
e

e1

Material:

Description:
The hardened thrust pad 2480.004. reduces side forces in cases of skew
thrust vaces or lateral displacement component.

max. 0,15

In conjunction with the thrust pads, the hardened thrust plates 2480.009.,
2480.018. and 2480.019. further helps to protect the gas spring from
lateral forces, through reduction of friction even when used without the
thrust pad.

Note:
Especially with gas springs of large stroking capacity we recommend the
use of the pad plate combination!

subject to alterations

F327

Concertina shrouds
Description:
The concertina shroud protects the piston rod of the gas spring against negative influences, such
as e.g.:
drawing in dirt
damage to the surface of the piston rod
adhesion of dirt particles
drawing in of oil and/or emulsion
The concertina shroud is internally (cylinder tube side) fastened and is free of any obstructing
contours, such as externally mounted tube clamps. This enables fastening and installation of the gas
spring inside the tool without any restrictions.
The concertina shroud for gas springs prolongs the lifetime of the gas springs under rough operating
conditions.

Technical data
Material
Temperature range:
Chemical resistance
Weather resistance
Oil resistance

Concertina shroud:
Disc:
Ring:
Acids:
Alkaline solutions:
Solvents:
Sun light (UV):
Ozone:
Water:
Mineral:
Synthetic:

CSM-Rubber 65 3 Shore A
Steel burnished
stainless Steel
0-90C
very good
very good
sufficient
good
very good
sufficient
good
sufficient

Delivery:
Concertina shroud incl. rotatable disk and countersunk screw.
Custom dimensions/materials available on request.

Mounting examples: Concertina shroud

screw mounted
at the bottom
with 2480.011.

fixed with 2480.055./057./064.

fixed with
2480.007./008.

fixed with 2480.044./045./047.

installed loose in
the bore
More mounting examples for gas springs see page
Mounting directions for gas springs

F328

subject to alterations

Concertina shroud
2480.080.
da
d1
d2

t1

m
(Countersunk head cap screw
DIN EN ISO 10642)

sticked (vulcanized)
d3

Disc
Ring

d5

l min.

l max.

n
Number of
folds

Position of ventilation
Gas spring

ZD

ZD
da
d1
d2 / KD
s
d3
d5
t1
m
Stroke
lmin.
lmax.
n
Stroke
lmin.
lmax.
n

32
38
45
45
45
50
50
55
32
38
45
45
16
20
20
25
6
6
6
6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
10
14
14
17
5
5
10
5
M638 M638 M6312 M638
125 (Stroke 125)
28
28
28
28
133
133
133
133
10
10
10
10
300 (Stroke > 125), not for 2487.12.*
-

2487.12.09500.
2488.13.09500.

2480.13.07500.

2487.12.06600.
2488.13.06600.

2480.13.05000.

2487.12.04200.
2488.13.04200.

2480.13.03000.

2487.12.02400.
2488.13.02400.

2480.12.01500.

2487.12.01500.
2488.13.01500.

2487.12.01000..1
2488.12.01000.

2480.13.00750.

2487.12.00750..1

2480.12.00500.

24 87.12.00500.

2487.12.00350.

Type of
Gas spring

2480.080. Concertina shroud

50
50
63
75
75
95
95
120
120
150
150
55
65
65
75
75
95
95
120
120
150
150
50
50
63
75
75
95
95
120
120
150
150
25
28
36
36
45
50
60
65
75
80
90
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
9
6
9
6.6
6.6
9
6.6
9
9
9
9
17
9
17
20
28
28
37
42
51
57
66
71
81
10
5
5
10
5
10
5.5
10
5.5
20
5.5
M8312 M6310 M6310 M8312 M6310 M8312 M8312 M8312 M8312 M16325 M8312
28
134
10

28
134
10

28
134
10

28
134
10

28
134
10

28
134
8

28
134
8

23
134
6

23
134
6

24
137
5

21
134
5

52
309
22

--*/52
309
--*/22

--*/52
309
--*/22

52
309
22

-- */52
309
--*/22

54
309
19

--*/54
309
--*/19

41
309
14

--*/41
309
--*/14

37
402
11

--*/34
309
--*/11

Ordering Code (example)


Concertina shroud
ZD = 120 mm
d2/KD = 65 mm
Stroke = 125 (Stroke 125 mm)
Order No.
subject to alterations

= 2480.080.
= 2480.080.120.
= 2480.080.120.065.
= 2480.080.120.065.125
= 2480.080.120.065.125

Concertina shroud
ZD = 120 mm
d2/KD = 65 mm
Stroke = 300 (Stroke > 125 mm)
Order No.

= 2480.080.
= 2480.080.120.
= 2480.080.120.065.
= 2480.080.120.065.300
= 2480.080.120.065.300

F329

Gas spring connection systems


Introduction
Connecting gas springs in one more systems enables the user to monitor gas spring pressure from outside the tool, to adjust it if necessary, to fill it
and to drain it. The connector system has many advantages including ease of maintenance, reliability and improvement in the quality of gas spring
use in the tool.
FIBRO offers four different systems for hose connections for gas springs: Minimess system, Compression fitting system, JIC system (24 flare) and
Micro connector system. The hoses, screwed connectors and other components are selected to meet the most stringent standards and undergo a
series of tests including service life, static seel and robustness after repeated assembly and disassembly.

Minimess system 2480.00.23./.24.


+ Small external hose diameter 5 mm
+ Small bending radius Rmin = 20
+ High pressure resistance
+ Vibration-proof measurement couplings
+ Connector with valve
+ No tools needed for connecting hose to adapter, and
disconnecting
Swaged non-detachable hose fitting
Not for use with a pressure reservoir

Technical data:
Hose:

polyamide 11, black, dimpled

Hose fitting:

free cutting steel, galvanised

Measurement couplings:

free cutting steel, galvanised

Adapter:

steel, gunmetal finish

Max. pressure:

630 bar

Temperature range:

0100C

Recommended application:
Most used system for all gas springs with G1/8 gas connection.
Not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir because of the small internal diameter which reduces the flow.

Compression fitting system 2480.00.10.


+ Assemble on-site system
+ Reusable hose fitting
+ High pressure resistance
Suitable for connecting to a pressure reservoir under certain conditions
Larger bending radius Rmin = 40
Not suitable for gas springs with M6 connection thread
Extra time required for preparing hose and fitting it

Technical data:
Hose:

polyurethane/polyamide, black, dimpled

Hose fittting:

steel, galvanised

Adapter:

steel, galvanised

Max. pressure:

380 bar

Temperatur range:

0100C

Recommended application:
For all gas springs with G1/8 gas connection.
Mainly used for self-assembly in small numbers.

24-cone-system 2480.00.25./.26.
+ Suitable for connecting to a pressure reservoir
+ Wide range of connection adapters
+ Vibration-proof (O-ring seal)
+ High pressure resistance
Swaged non-detachable hose fitting
Larger bending radius Rmin = 40
Not suitable for gas springs with M6 connection thread

Technical data:
Hose:

polyurethane/polyamide, black, dimpled

Hose fitting:

steel, galvanised

Adapter:

steel, galvanised

Max. pressure:

315 bar

Temperatur range:

0100C

Recommended application:
For all gas springs with G1/8 gas connection.
Mainly used for connection to pressure reservoir.

Connector system, 24 conus micro 2480.00.27./.28.


+ small external hose diameter 5 mm
+ hose:
small bending radius Rmin = 20 mm
+ pipe:
Min. bending radius = 12 mm (3x da)
+ high pressure resistance
+ small connection adapter
+ vibration-safe due to O-ring seal
+ tightly pressed, non-detachable hose fitting
- not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir
- limited suitability for gas springs with thread connection G1/8

Recommended application:

Technical data:
Hose:
Hose adapter:
Adapter:
Max. perm. pressure:
Temperature range:
Pipe:
Pipe external diameter (da):
Pipe internal diameter (di):
max. dynamic pressure:
Temperature range:

Polyamide 11, black, dimpled


free cutting steel, galvanised
steel, galvanised
475 bar
0 to +80 C
steel
4 mm
2 mm
430 bar
0 to +100 C

Note: Pipe system, 24 conus micro for higher temps on request.

For all gas springs with M6 gas connection.


Not suitable for use with a pressure reservoir due to small internal diameter
(reduced flow volume).

F330

subject to alterations

Instruction for hose assembly


Mounting arrangement
for gas springs in the Minimess system
Never exceed the maximum pressures and temperatures for the hoses.

Any bends in the hose must always have the recommended minimum radius, as detailed in the catalogue.

Ensure that all hoses and adaptors are perfectly clean prior to
assembly.
To be suitable for use with compressed gas the hose sheath must be perforated. We recommend the use of the 24-cone-hose system for pressure
reservoir to ensure an unrestricted gas flow.
Follow the instructions below to ensure functionality and maximum service life for the hose connection:

The hose must be connected correctly to avoid


mechanical damage.
Select a hose length to provide a certain amount of play.

The longitudinal marking on the hose must


not be twisted during assembly.

Use only hose fittings which prevent kinks forming in the hose.

Refer to DIN 20066 for further details on installing hose connections.


Warning:
Any modifications whatsoever to the product are prohibited.
For further information refer to the FIBRO Gas Spring Catalogue, visit www.
fibro.com or contact your FIBRO agent.

2480. Example 1:
Direct connection for group

Function:
Each spring has a direct connection with the control fitting.
They are not interconnected and form a pressure zone
See control fitting 2480.00.30

Note:
When installing gas springs in the system always remove the valve from
the gas spring.

Item
1
2
3
4

Designation
Control fitting
Gauging coupling
Measuring hose
Gauging coupling

subject to alterations

Number
1
4
4
4

Order No.
2480.00.30.01
2480.00.24.01
2480.00.23..
2480.00.24.02

Comment
Optionally with diaphragm pressure switch 2480.00.30.02
Type of connection and length as required

F331

Mounting arrangement
for gas springs
in the Minimess system
2480. Example 2:
Group series connection

Function:

Note:

The springs are interconnected and there is just one test line to the control
fitting.

When installing gas springs in the system always remove the valve from
the gas spring.

Position
1
2
3
4
5

F332

Designation
Measuring hose
Distributor
Gauging coupling
Gauging coupling
Control fitting

Number
7
1
13
1
1

Order No.
2480.00.23..
2480.00.24.33
2480.00.24.01
2480.00.24.02
2480.00.31.01

Comment
Type of connection and length as required

subject to alterations

Mounting arrangement for gas springs


in the Minimess system
2480. Example 3:
Multiple connections with independent functioning

1
2

3
4

Function:
Each series of springs has a direct
connection with the control fitting. By
using a common pressure supply the
springs can be joined in the fitting so
that joint filling/releasing of gas is
possible. The gas in each series of springs
can also be filled/released or monitored
individually .

6
5
Note:
When installing gas springs always remove the valve
from the gas spring.

See Multi control fitting


2480.00.39.05.04

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6

Designation
Simple adaptor, short
Gauging coupling
Multi adapter
Measuring hose
Multi control fitting
Gauging coupling

subject to alterations

Number
4
28
12
16
1
4

Order No.
2480.00.24.17
2480.00.24.01
2480.00.24.11
2480.00.23..
2480.00.39.05.04
2480.00.24.01

Comment
Choice of long or very long depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
Choice of long or very long depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
Type of connection and length as required

04.2016

Mounting arrangement for gas springs


in the Minimess system
2480. Example 4.1:
Group series connection

Function:
The springs are interconnected and there is just
one test line to the control fitting.

Note:
When installing gas springs always remove the
valve from the gas spring.

Item
1
2
3
4
5

Designation
Coupling
Measuring hose
Control fitting
Gauging coupling
Gauging coupling

Number
1
4
1
7
1

Order No.
2480.00.24.31
2480.00.23..
2480.00.31.01
2480.00.24.01
2480.00.24.02

Comment
Type of connection and length as required

2480. Example 4.2:

Function:

Note:

Group series connection

The springs are interconnected and there is just


one test line to the control fitting.

When installing gas springs always remove the


valve from the gas spring.

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6

F334

Designation
Simple adaptor, short
Gauging coupling
Multi adapter
Measuring hose
Control fitting
Gauging coupling

Number
1
5
2
3
1
1

Order No
2480.00.24.17
2480.00.24.01
2480.00.24.11
2480.00.23..
2480.00.31.01
2480.00.24.02

Comment
Choice of long or very long depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
Choice of long or very long depending on the specific mounting arrangements.
Type of connection and length as required

subject to alterations

Mounting arrangement for gas springs


in the Minimess system
2480. Example 5:
Independent test connection

Function:

The springs work independently and have a


gauging coupling (2480.00.24.01) with valve.

If required the springs can be tested and


pressure adjusted individually. A control fitting
(2480.00.31.01) is used for the purpose.

Item
1
2
3
4

Designation
Gauging coupling
Measuring hose
Control fitting
Gauging coupling

subject to alterations

Number
3
1
1
1

Order No
2480.00.24.01
2480.00.23..
2480.00.31.01
2480.00.24.02

Comment
Type of connection and length as required

F335

Gas spring accessories


Minimess Compound threaded joints
2480.00.23.01.

2480.00.23.01.

Gauging hose both ends straight

Order No
2480.00.23.01.0200
2480.00.23.01.0300
2480.00.23.01.0400
2480.00.23.01.0500
2480.00.23.01.0630
2480.00.23.01.0800
2480.00.23.01.1000
2480.00.23.01.1200
2480.00.23.01.1500
2480.00.23.01.2000
2480.00.23.01.2500
2480.00.23.01.3000

l*
33
17

17

17

33
17

Gripping sleeve

Threaded
connection
S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)

2480.00.23.01.----.1

* other lengths available in 5 mm steps,


shortest factory lengths:
90 mm
without antikink protection:

Antikink spiral, at one end

antikink protection at one end:

2480.00.23.01.----.2

150 mm

antikink protection at both ends: 300 mm

Antikink spiral, at both ends

2480.00.23.02.

2480.00.23.02.
l*
46

17
29

17

33
17

Gauging hose one end straight


90-angle

l*
200
300
400
500
630
800
1000
1200
1500
2000
2500
3000

Gripping sleeve
17

Threaded
connection
S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)

Order No
2480.00.23.02.0200
2480.00.23.02.0300
2480.00.23.02.0400
2480.00.23.02.0500
2480.00.23.02.0630
2480.00.23.02.0800
2480.00.23.02.1000
2480.00.23.02.1200
2480.00.23.02.1500
2480.00.23.02.2000
2480.00.23.02.2500
2480.00.23.02.3000

l*
200
300
400
500
630
800
1000
1200
1500
2000
2500
3000

2480.00.23.02.----.1
Antikink spiral, at one end, straight
* other lengths available in 5 mm steps,
shortest factory lengths:
90 mm
without antikink protection:

2480.00.23.02.----.2
Antikink spiral, at both ends

antikink protection at one end:

2480.00.23.02.----.3

150 mm

antikink protection at both ends: 300 mm

Antikink spiral, at one end, 90

2480.00.23.03.

2480.00.23.03.
Gauging hose both ends
90-angle

46
17
29

29
17

l*
46

Gripping sleeve
17

17
Threaded
connection
S 12,65 x 1,5 (2x)

2480.00.23.03.----.3
Antikink spiral, at one end

Order No
2480.00.23.03.0200
2480.00.23.03.0300
2480.00.23.03.0400
2480.00.23.03.0500
2480.00.23.03.0630
2480.00.23.03.0800
2480.00.23.03.1000
2480.00.23.03.1200
2480.00.23.03.1500
2480.00.23.03.2000
2480.00.23.03.2500
2480.00.23.03.3000

* other lengths available in 5 mm steps,


shortest factory lengths:
105 mm
without antikink protection:
antikink protection at one end:

2480.00.23.03.----.2

l*
200
300
400
500
630
800
1000
1200
1500
2000
2500
3000

150 mm

antikink protection at both ends: 300 mm

Antikink spiral, at both ends

F336

subject to alterations

Gas spring accessories


Minimess Compound threaded joints
Gauging coupling

2480.00.24.16 long
SW

S 12,65x1,5

Gauging coupling

G 1/8

Single adapter

for connection to gas spring

2480.00.24.17 short
2480.00.24.18
extra-long

25

2480.00.24.01 with valve


2480.00.24.03 without valve

2480.00.24.02 with valve


2480.00.24.04 without valve

16

G 1/8

for connection to control fitting


d SW* l
14 14 22
19 19 21
14 14 22
19 19 21

l1
8
10
8
10

l1

24 short
38 long
48 extra-long

G
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/8
G 1/4

18

Order No
2480.00.24.01
2480.00.24.02
2480.00.24.03
2480.00.24.04

*SW = A/F - width across flats

The gauging coupling with valve is used in standard permanent connections. The valveless gauging coupling is used in systems where changes to
the filling pressure are necessary on a regular basis (e.g. die cushions).

2480.00.24.13 long

2480.00.24.14 short
2480.00.24.15
extra-long

18

6,5

Note:
9,5
25

2480.00.24.10 long
4 x G 1/8

Dual adapter

2480.00.24.11 short
2480.00.24.12
extra-long
Multiple adapter

18

25

2 x G 1/8

16

G 1/8

16
G 1/8

30

26 short
40 long
50 extra-long

20

6,5

6,5

20

26 short
40 long
50 extra-long

63

9,5

30

2480.00.23.12.01

2192.50.04.012

2480.00.23.13.

Hose clamp for gauging hose DN2


(5 mm)

self-tapping screw
A M4x12 DIN 7516

Anti-scuff spiral
for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing

10

4,2

Order No
2480.00.23.13.0001
2480.00.23.13.0002
2480.00.23.13.0005
2480.00.23.13.0010

l in mm
1000
2000
5000
10000

18

Material: Polyamide

Note: self-tapping

Note:
Supplied without screws

Diameter of hole for self-tapping


screw = 3,6 mm

subject to alterations

Material:
Polyamide
Description:
The anti-scuff spiral is used to
protect against abrasion,
is resistant to air, water, oil,
hydraulic fluids petrol and other
liquids.

Inner-
7 mm
For hose/tubing
outer-
max. 5-11 mm
Temperature range -30 C to +100 C

F337

Gas spring accessories


Minimess - Compound threaded joints
2480.00.24.53 horizontal, long
2480.00.24.54 horizontal, short

2480.00.24.56 vertical, long


2480.00.24.57 vertical, short

Double adapter

Double adapter

Note:

Note:

for connection of gas springs


with M6 filling connection

for connection of gas springs


with M6 filling connection

2480.00.24.43

Mounting example:

Connection adaptor M6 - G1/8

Gas spring (M6 valve)


27
21,5

2480.00.24.01
Gauging coupling
min. 5

G 1/8

10

M6

SW14

17

2480.00.24.43
Connection adaptor M6 - G 1/8

F338

2480.00.23.01.xxx
Measuring hose

subject to alterations

Gas spring accessories


Minimess Compound threaded joints
2480.00.24.30

2480.00.24.34

2480.00.24.31

Distributor block G 1/8


3 ports

Distributor block G 1/8


4 ports

Distributor block G 1/8


6 ports

6,6

6,5(2x)

SW41

22

G 1/8 (6x)

40

22

40

36

24
Connection G 1/8 (4x)

2480.00.24.33

2480.00.40

Distributor G 1/8
14 ports

Charging adapter

10
23
8

20
13

25

SW14

G 1/8 (14x)

G 1/8
120
140

13,5

40

25

40

25

subject to alterations

25

25

F339

Gas spring accessories


Minimess Compound threaded joints
2480.00.24.01
Gauging coupling with valve installed

min. 75

Gauging coupling
2480.00.24.01

.
in

Rm
20

2480.00.24.10 long
11 short
12 extra-long

Gauging hose
2480.00.23.

Note:
When installing or fitting a gauging coupling the valve must be removed
from the gas spring.

Multiple adapter with two gauging couplings

connected horizontally

connected vertically

Gauging coupling
2480.00.24.01

56

Gauging hose
2480.00.23.

125

F340

Multiple adapter
2480.00.24.10/11/12

6,5
21
35
45

subject to alterations

Gas spring accessories


Compression fitting Compound threaded joints
2480.00.10.01
Direct connector to gas spring

G 1/8

SW 14

22

2480.00.10.03

2480.00.10.10

Direct connector to control fitting

angle connector, adjustable

SW 19

G 1/8

27

G 1/4

ca. 64

SW 14

12
SW 12

2480.00.10.11

2480.00.10.12

T-connector, adjustable

L-connector, adjustable

35

SW 14

G 1/8

27

G 1/8

27

ca. 64

ca. 64

SW 14

SW 12
SW 12

35

35

subject to alterations

F341

Gas springs accessoires


Compression fitting Compound threaded joints
2192.50.04.012

2480.00.23.13.

Hose clamp for gauging hose DN4


( 9 mm)

self-tapping screw
A M4x12 DIN 7516

Anti-scuff spiral
for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing

10

4,2

2480.00.10.20.12.01

12

Order No
2480.00.23.13.0001
2480.00.23.13.0002
2480.00.23.13.0005
2480.00.23.13.0010

22
Material: Polyamide
Note:
Supplied without screws

Note: self-tapping
Diameter of hole for self-tapping
screw = 3.6 mm

Inner-
For hose/tubing
outer-
Temperature range

l in mm
1000
2000
5000
10000

7 mm

Material:
Polyamide
Description:
The anti-scuff spiral is used to
protect against abrasion, is resistant to air, water, oil, hydraulic
fluids petrol and other liquids.

max. 5-11 mm
-30 C to +100 C

2480.00.54.01

2480.00.10.20.

Expansion punch for hosing

High-pressure hose

SW 10

3,5

34

DN 4

Ordering Code (example):


= 2480.00.10.20.
= 2480.00.10.20.0010
= 2480.00.10.20.0010

High pressure hose


length 10 m
Order No

2480.00.54.02

2480.00.10.21

Vice jaws for holding high-pressure hose

Hose screw fitting (female)

13,3

SW 12

25

2480.00.54.03

2480.00.10.22

Hose shears

Hose screw fitting (male)

49,5

SW 10

20

F342

subject to alterations

Assembly arrangenment of gas springs in servial connection


compression fitting

Note: When installing gas springs always remove the valve from the gas spring.
subject to alterations

F343

Gas spring accessories


24-cone-threaded Joints
(DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1)
2480.00.26.03

2480.00.26.04

Threaded Joint G1/8

Threaded Joint G1/4

M12x1,5

M12x1,5
6
4

6
4

SW 19

29

12

14
8

G 1/ 4
19

G 1/ 8
1)

14

1)

Eolastic-Seal ED

1)

1)

Eolastic-Seal ED

2480.00.26.22

2480.00.26.23

2480.00.26.24

Adjustable threaded joint


45, complete

Adjustable threaded joint


90, complete

Adjustable L-Coupling,
complete

Adjustable T-Coupling,
complete

21
14

4
6
M12x1,5

SW 12

,5

x1

16

12

M
6 4

19
12

4
6
M12x1,5

2480.00.26.21

SW 14

4
6
M12x1,5

29

10

SW 14

21
14

SW 14

26

26

26

26

SW 14

SW 14

SW 14

SW 14

2)

2)

2)

SW 14
2)

6
M12x1,5

6
M12x1,5

2)

O-ring

2)

6
M12x1,5

6
M12x1,5

O-ring

2)

O-ring

2)

O-ring

2480.00.26.26

2480.00.26.27

2480.00.26.28

Adapter straight,
hose to hose

Adapter, 90,
hose to hose

Adapter, T,
hose to hose

Adapter, K,
hose to hose

SW 12

SW 12

10

4
6
M12x1,5
(2x)

F344

4
6
M12x1,5
(3x)

12
19

12
19

SW 12

12
19

24
4
6

SW 12

M12x1,5 (2x)

2480.00.26.25

4
6
M12x1,5
(4x)

subject to alterations

Gas springs accessories


Connecting hoses with 24 cone
(DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1)
* Shortest factory lengths: 140 mm
minimum bending radius R40

Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.01.0765

Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.02.0765

Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.03.0765

Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.04.0765

Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.05.0765

Dimension I1 specified in the order, e.g. 765 mm, gives order no 2480.00.25.06.0765
subject to alterations

F345

Gas springs accessories


Direct connection dimensions
24-cone threaded joint (DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1)
2192.50.04.012

2480.00.23.13.

Hose clamp for gauging hose DN5


(11 mm)

self-tapping screw
A M4x12 DIN 7516

Anti-scuff spiral
for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing

4,2

10

2480.00.25.12.01

13

Order No
2480.00.23.13.0001
2480.00.23.13.0002
2480.00.23.13.0005
2480.00.23.13.0010

Material:
Polyamide

l in mm
1000
2000
5000
10000

Description:
The anti-scuff spiral is used to
protect against abrasion, is resistant to air, water, oil, hydraulic
fluids petrol and other liquids.

25
Material: Polyamide

Inner-
7 mm
For hose/tubing
outer-
max. 5-11 mm
Temperature range -30 C to +100 C

Note: self-tapping,
Diameter of hole for self-tapping
screw = 3,6 mm

Note:
Supplied without screws

Direct connection
with 90-elbow adaptor
2480.00.26.22

Direct connection
hose straight
adaptor 2480.00.26.03

Direct connection
with 45-elbow adaptor
2480.00.26.21

51

46

34

M12 x 1,5

19

10
45

M12x1,5

34

Direct connection
45 hose with
adaptor 2480.00.26.03

Direct connection
with L-coupling
2480.00.26.23

33
70
M12x1,5
(2x)

45

21

50

46

Direct connection
with T-coupling
2480.00.26.24

Direct connection
90 hose with
adaptor 2480.00.26.03

37

33

M12x1,5
(2x)

50

42

F346

subject to alterations

Gas spring accessories


Connector system, 24 conus micro
Min. bending radius R20 mm

2480.00.27.01.

2480.00.27.01.

l*

25

M8x1

Connection hose, 24 conus micro, straight on both sides (connection hose, sealing cone with union
nut and O ring)

SW 10 (2x)

Order No
2480.00.27.01.0200
2480.00.27.01.0300
2480.00.27.01.0400
2480.00.27.01.0500
2480.00.27.01.0630
2480.00.27.01.0800
2480.00.27.01.1000
2480.00.27.01.1200
2480.00.27.01.1500
2480.00.27.01.2000
2480.00.27.01.2500
2480.00.27.01.3000

l*
200
300
400
500
630
800
1000
1200
1500
2000
2500
3000

2480.00.27.01.----.1
Antikink spiral, at one end
* other lenghts available in 5mm steps.
Shortest factory lengths:
without antikink protection
90 mm
antikink protection at one end
150 mm
antikink protection at both ends
300 mm

2480.00.27.01.----.2
Antikink spiral, at both ends

2480.00.23.13.

2480.00.23.12.01

2192.50.04.012

Anti-scuff spiral
for subsequent installation over hoses and tubing

Hose clamp for gauging hose DN2


(5 mm)

self-tapping screw
A M4x12 DIN 7516

10

4,2

l in mm
1000
2000
5000
10000

Inner-
7 mm
For hose/tubing
outer-
max. 5-11 mm
Temperature range -30 C to +100 C

subject to alterations

Material:
Polyamide
Description:
The anti-scuff spiral is used to
protect against abrasion, is resistant to air, water, oil, hydraulic
fluids petrol and other liquids.

Order No
2480.00.23.13.0001
2480.00.23.13.0002
2480.00.23.13.0005
2480.00.23.13.0010

18

Material: Polyamide
Note:
Supplied without screws

Note: self-tapping
Diameter of hole for self-tapping
screw = 3,6 mm

F347

Gas spring accessories


Connector system, 24 conus micro
2480.00.27.11

Min. bending radius R12 mm


(3x exterior diameter)

Pipe for 24 conus micro


Delivery length: 1 m

2480.00.27.11.01
Cutting ring screw connection, 24 conus micro

11

SW 10

1000

M8x1

2480.00.27.00.01
Deburring tool for 24 conus micro

2480.00.27.00.02
Pipe cutter for 24 conus micro

2480.00.27.00.02.1
Replacement cutting wheel for pipe cutter

F348

subject to alterations

Gas spring accessories


Connector system, 24 conus micro
2480.00.28.01

2480.00.28.14

Screw connection GEM624 conus micro

Screw connection T24 conus micro

39
M6

27

30
23,5
9,5

11

11

SW 10

SW 4

SW 10

SW 10

Screw connection GEG1/8 24 conus micro

24

30

2480.00.28.02

14,5

M6

34
28
12

G 1/ 8

SW 14

2480.00.28.17
Screw connection W24 conus micro

SW 10
25
19

11

11

2480.00.28.03
Screw connection GEG1/4 24 conus micro

SW 4

SW 10

G 1/ 4

14,5
24
9

SW 19

30

36
30
10

12

M6

SW 10

subject to alterations

11.2014

Gas spring accessories


Connector system micro
2480.00.22.06.06

2480.00.28.15

Screw connection, GEM6M6 micro for connection to gas spring with


divided wheel flange 2480.022.

Screw connection, L24 conus micro


19

11

11

SW 4

M6

SW 10

14,5

M6

45

SW 10

33

10

13,5

19,5

M6

SW 10

25

2480.00.28.16

Screw connection, GEG1/8M6 micro for 2480.00.28.14 / 2480.00.28.17

Screw connection, K24 conus micro


11

2480.00.22.18.06

27
11

G 1/8

M6

SW 10

14,5

M6

33

SW 14

45

10

15

23

SW 4

SW 10

39

2480.00.22.14.06
Screw connection, GEG1/4M6 micro for 2480.00.28.14 / 2480.00.28.17

10

22

G 1/4

SW 19

F350

M6

subject to alterations

Gas spring accessories


Connector system, 24 conus micro
2480.00.28.25

2480.00.28.26

Adapter, GE24 conus micro


hose hose

Adapter, W24 conus micro


hose hose

26

26

SW 9

19,5

20

32

19,5

SW 10
SW 10

2480.00.28.27

2480.00.28.28

Adapter, T24 conus micro


hose hose

Adapter, K24 conus micro


hose hose
42
30

42

42

21

30

15

30

SW 10
SW 10

2480.00.28.34

M6

12

Distributor block M6, 4 ports

18

30

6,6 (2x)

18
30

subject to alterations

F351

Micro control fitting


without pressure relief
with pressure relief
Description:
The micro control fitting 2480.00.34.11/13 is
used to constantly monitor the charge pressure
of one or more Gas Springs (3x5 connections
M6, top, bottom, back and 1x at the side).

2480.00.34.11 without pressure relief


2480.00.34.13 with pressure relief
Rapid coupling for
nitrogen supply *

Note:
* 2 m long filling hose with rapid coupling, shut
off valve and gas bottle connector
Order no: 2480.00.31.02 (to be ordered
separately)

Pressure gauge dial 0-400 bar / 5800 psi


M6 at the side
(1x)

Pressure relief

106
120
Fixing hole 7 (2x)

13

M6 - Connections
(5 in the top, 5 in the back and 5 in the base)
19

19

19

Mounting holes 7 (2x)

80

23
13

16 19

20

40
47

Bleeder valve

45

F352

subject to alterations

Control fitting for gas springs


2480.00.30.01 without pressure switch, without pressure relief
2480.00.30.02 with pressure switch, without pressure relief
2480.00.30.03 without pressure switch, with pressure relief
2480.00.30.04 with pressure switch, with pressure relief
89

3,5

120

Description:
The control fitting 2480.00.30.01/02/
03/04 serves to control the charge presure of up
to eight connected gas springs.
Pressure checks during operation can be effected in two ways:
a) by visual monitoring of the gauge dials.

25
75

b) automatically, by means of diaphragm


pressure switch 248.00.15 The switch will
stop the associated machine as soon as the
charge pressure drops below the value set.

Note:

30

The shutoff valve may be open or closed during


operation.

73

40

150

pressure gauge dial

pressure gauge shutoff valve

fixing hole DIN 74 - Km 8

connecting port for diaphragm


pressure valve 2480.00.45.01

The closing of the pressure gauge shutoff valve


ensures that no pressure peaks from the gas
spring act on the pressure gauge.
* 2-m long filling hose with rapid coupling,
shutoff valve and gas bottle connector, Order
No. 2480.00.31.02
(to be ordered separately)

Threaded connection G 1/4


for gauging coupling (8x)
rapid coupling nitrogen supply*

bleeder valve

Description:
2480.00.31.01 without pressure switch
2480.00.31.06 with pressure switch
2480.00.31.07 without pressure switch and with pressure relief

The control fitting 2480.00.31.01 performs


the same function as the control armature
2480.00.30.01.

Note:
* 2-m long filling hose with rapid coupling,
shutoff valve and gas bottle connector, Order
No. 2480.00.31.02
(to be ordered separately)

50

32

Threaded connection G1/4 for gauging coupling (2x)


2480.00.24.02
or connector 2480.00.10.03
or diaphragm pressure switch 2480.00.45.01

6
27

91

pressure
gauge dial

mounting holes 7
75

45

26

86

connecting port
for diaphragm
pressure valve
2480.00.45.01
73

bleeder valve

subject to alterations

rapid coupling for


nitrogen supply*

F353

Control fitting
without pressure switch,
including pressure relief
2480.00.30.13

2480.00.30.13 without pressure switch, with pressure relief


127
Bleeder valve
80

10
17 x 11
deep

11

Rapid coupling
for nitrogen supply
Threaded connection for
gauging coupling G1/8 (3x) 2480.00.24.01 or
connector 2480.00.10.01

76

41

16

86

Pressure gauge
dial
Control block

Description:
Threaded connector
9
/16 -18 UNF

The control fitting 2480.00.30.13 is used to


constantly monitor the filling pressure of one or
more gas springs. The control fitting is equipped
with rapid coupling for nitrogen supply and
a bleeder valve. There are three G1/8 ports for
simultaneous pressure checking at the control
fitting.
Measuring range from
0 - 400 bar / 5800 psi.

F354

subject to alterations

Multiple control fitting


2480.00.39.05. Multiple control fitting
Rapid coupling
for nitrogen supply
7

22,1
7

l
l1

76

86

60

22,1

10

44,5

6,8

11
Shut-off valve

Bleeder valve

Number of
testing units
Connection thread G1/8

97

94

50

22,5

l1

Pressure gauge dial


0 to 400 bar

Description:

2480.00.39.05. Multiple control fitting

The multiple control fitting is required if it is necessary to check or set the


filling pressure of each spring or spring assembly individually.
The filling of the springs is done at a central position using the rapid coupling for nitrogen supply. Each testing unit is provided with three threaded
connections for the optional hose connection.
The cover protects against mechanical damages.

subject to alterations

Order No
2480.00.39.05.02
2480.00.39.05.03
2480.00.39.05.04
2480.00.39.05.05
2480.00.39.05.06
2480.00.39.05.08
2480.00.39.05.10

Quantity of testing units


2
3
4
5
6
8
10

l
133.5
178.0
222.5
267.0
311.5
400.5
489.5

l1
44.5
89.0
133.5
178.0
222.5
311.5
400.5

12.2014

Control fitting with pressure relief


2480.00.31.11

Adapter connection M16


(connection to gauging hose 2480.00.23.,
gauging coupling 2480.00.24.01 to be ordered separately)

Bleeder valve

Pressure relief

33

70

113

Pressure gauge dial

11 (4x)

5 (4x)

6,6 (4x)
Rapid coupling for
nitrogen supply*

40
85

26
70

Description:
The control fitting with pressure relief 2480.00.31.11 (Faure) is used for
continuous monitoring of the filling pressure of one or more gas springs
(one connection G1/8-M16).
During operation the pressure can be checked by visual monitoring of the
pressure gauge.

Note:
To connect the measuring hose system 2480.00.23, remove M16 connection adapter and screw in the gauging coupling with valve 2480.00.24.01 (to
be ordered separately).
When installing gas springs always remove the valve from the gas spring.
* 2m long filling hose with rapid coupling, shut-off valve and gas bottle
connector, Order no. 2480.00.31.02 (to be ordered separately)

F356

subject to alterations

Stacked control fittting for individual control


2480.00.39.01
end plate

40

bleeder valve

pressure gauge
shut-off valve
gas input end plate

101
115

single armature
module

pressue gauge dial

t
u
o
g
n
i
s

40

47

47

47

47

23

30
6,5

40

cconnection
onnection G 1/4 in shut-off
shut-off valve
vvalv
alve
e block
(1 x horizontally,
horizontally
horizontally
ontally,, 1 x vertically)
vertically)
ertically)

mounting bracket
br
brack
acket
et
(wall)
(w
(wall
all))

95

60
46

bracket
mounting brack
br
acket
et
(floor)

23

30

a
h
p
6,5

40
30

shut-o
-off
ff
shut
charge shut-off
alve
e
vvalv
valve

rapid coupling for nitrogen supply


2 m long filling hose with rapid coupling, shut-off valve and gas bottle
connector, Order No. 2480.00.31.02 (to be ordered separately)

Description:
Stacked control fittings are required where it is necessary to control the
charge pressure of each gas spring individually. The fitting models can be
stacked together ad libidum.
Recharging of any to the spring units connected can be effected centrally
via the rapid couplings and the appropriate charging valves. Each stack is
equipped with an input end plate with rapid coupling, and an end plate
sealing off the opposite side. The number of armature modules depends on
the number of gas springs in question. The stack can be supplied for wall
mounting or for installation on the floor.

Note:
When all charge valves are opened the springs are interconnected with one
another.

Ordering Code (example):


Stacked control fitting
5 modules
with floor-mount
with wall-mount
Order No
subject to alterations

= 2480.00.39.01.
= 2480.00.39.01.005.
= 2480.00.39.01.005.1
= 2480.00.39.01.005.2
= 2480.00.39.01.005.1

or

02.2015

Diaphragm pressure switch


Adapter block
Screw connection GE - G 1/8 - G 1/4
Technical data of
Diaphragm pressure switch

73

2480.00.45.01
2480.00.45.02

2480.00.45.01
switching range, adjustable
switching tolerance
overpressure protection
voltage (max.)

20-250 bar
5.0 bar
350 bar
250 V

2480.00.45.02
switching range, adjustable
switching tolerance
overpressure protection
voltage (max.)

10-80 bar
1.6 bar
350 bar
250 V

57

Note:
12

for monitoring pressure of single gas springs


see adapter 2480.00.45.10
Circuit diagram for
diaphragm pressure switch

G 1/4

2
3

2480.00.45.00.01.18.14

2480.00.45.10

Screw connection GE - G 1/8 - G 1/4 for


Control fitting with connection thread G 1/8

G 1/8

23

31

1/4

A/F 19

G 1/4

1/4

Installation example:

Description:
In conjunction with diaphragm pressure
switch 2480.00.45.01 or .02, the adapter
2480.00.45.10 permits the monitoring of
the charge pressure: if the pressure drops
below a set value, the diaphragm
pressure switch operates and emits a signal
or stops the machine.

2480.00.45.01
2480.00.45.02

2480.00.24.02

2480.00.23.

2480.00.45.10

G 1/8

2480.00.24.01

F358

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

F359

Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)


Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)
Wireless monitoring of gas springs
The core requirements on any pressing plant are: Automation and zero-defect production.
Prerequisite is also real-time process control.
The FIBRO Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) system monitors gas springs in all areas in which cable or hose-reliant systems reach their technical limitations, or are simply uneconomical.
The WPM system monitors temperature and pressure in gas springs.
It consists of a coordinator and a sensor, which transmit wireless data to any designated Windows-based system. Custom software analyses the data and
initialises the necessary process control and pre-emptive maintenance steps accordingly.

Advantages:
Around-the-clock monitoring and documentation
Alert to defects avoiding production of faulty parts
Pre-emptive wear detection and targeted troubleshooting
Prevention of downtime and secondary failures
Minimisation of leakage points
Streamlined construction and assembly
Optimised maintenance intervals and reduction of maintenance and repair costs

Monitoring system - Method of operation

Press

Press Control

Sensors

Receiver and
Sensors

Tools

Notebook

The WPM system contains up to four components:


Sensors in the pressing tool. These form a PAN (Personal Area Network).
PC with receiver:
A device for setting up the PAN and for initial parameterisation of the tool sensors.
Press coordinator COO, which is permanently installed on the press, and which communicates with the tool sensors and the press controller.
(Customer-specific)
Press control connection. There are various connection options available. (Customer-specific)

F360

subject to alterations

Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)


Receiver
Software
2480.00.90.20.01

Measuring example

(in the scope of delivery)


Receiver, PC - USB2.0
incl. software CD for the PC

Setting and display options for pressure and temperature variance

2480.00.90.20.01
Receiver, PC - USB2.0

Zero-defect production
Before and during the use of tools in the press, the WPM monitors the level of pressure of all
gassprings.
The system reports defects pre-emptively before a faulty part can be manufactured. Definable warning and alarm value limits.

Gas spring location and status control via tool sensors

2480.00.90.51.01.0
Software CD for PC

Targeted maintenance
Temperature monitoring detects erosion before any drop of pressure occurs in the spring. Systemlocates defective spring in case of malfunction. Downtime can be pre-emptively reducedor avoided.
The WPM system enables wear-specific maintenance intervals that significantly reduce maintenance
and repair compared to fixed intervals.

Streamlined construction and assembly


Tool manufacturers need solely consider the position of sensors and springs. No need to install tube
lines during assembly which means leakages are a thing of the past.

Process control documentation (Pressure/Time diagram)

subject to alterations

F361

Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM)


Sensor
Filling adapter, Battery
Mounting Example:

2480.00.90.10.01

Sensor - Gas spring connection

Sensor

49,5
31

2480.00.90.10.01
Sensor

52
Connection thread
S 12,65 x 1,5
16,5
19

49,5
31

Order separately:
2480.00.24.01
Gauging coupling with valve
for gas spring connection

approx. 22

2480.00.90.10.01 Sensor
Technical data:

Mounting example:
Sensor - Control fitting connection

E.g.: 2480.00.31.01
Control fitting
without pressure switch

49,5
31

ca. 25
Order separately: 2480.00.24.02
Gauging coupling with valve
for connection to the control fitting

Installation location:

any

Pressure medium:

Nitrogen - N2

Ambient and
operating temperature range:

0 C to +80C

Storage temperature range:

-25 to 80C

Protection type:

IP 67

Pressure range:

0 - 500 bar

Per. overload:

Factor 1.5

Hysteresis:

+/- 0.5% v. EW

Linearity:

+/- 1% of max. Setup pressure

Repeatability:

+/- 0.5% v. EW

Bursting pressure:

Factor 2.5

Seals:

FKM (Viton)

Material:

Floor plate: VA steel,


with welded in sensor

2480.00.90.10.01
Sensor

Housing: Plastic ABS,


Colour: black
Temperature drift:

2480.00.90.00.10
Filling adapter for minimess connection

Connection thread
S 12,65 x 1,5

< 0.2% / 10k (0C to 80C)

Temperature measuring range

0 to 85C

Mechanical connection:

Minimess connection S 12.65 x 1.5


for gauging coupling 2480.00.24.01/.03

Energy supply sensor unit:

3.6 V DC via Battery

Digital interface
Sensor unit and wireless module:

SPI /I2C

2480.00.90.10.00.1 Battery
Battery for reordering
(Battery is included in the sensors scope of delivery.)
Battery capacity 3-4 years with normal tool use

approx. 85

F362

subject to alterations

Filling and control fitting


Filling hose
Cylinder pressure regulator
2480.00.32.21 Filling and control fitting

Description:
The filling and control fitting
2480.00.32.21isusedtofill,vary
thepressuresetting(e.g.when
testing tools) and measure the gas
pressure.
The coupling enables the filling
hose 2480.00.31.02 to be
connected directly to the gas
cylindervalveorthepressure
regulator.

Pressure
gauge dial
Valve actuation
Gas spring
bleeder valve

Ifthefittingisusedsolelyfor
checking purposes, a simplified
arrangementwithoutthefilling
hose 2480.00.31.02 is also
possible.
Thefittingisequippedwithan
additional adapter 2480.00.32.11
forconnectingtogasspringswith
G1/8valveconnectionas
standard.

Quick release coupling


plug connector
Screw-on unit
for connection
to gas spring

Connecting adapter for cylinder connector

Note:
2mlongfillinghosewithquick
releasecoupling,shut-offvalve
and gas bottle connector, order no.
2480.00.31.02 (order separately).
Other filling hose lengths to order.

Description:

2480.00.31.02 Filling hose

Order No.
2480.00.31.02.00.10
2480.00.31.02.00.11
2480.00.31.02.00.12

Coupling for gas cylinder or


pressure regulator connector thread
W 24, 32 x 1/14

Country
France
China
Great Britain

Shut-off valve

For cylinder connector


AFNOR C, W21,8x1/14
G5/8-ISO228
G 5/8
Quick release coupling
socket

2480.00.32.07. Gas cylinder pressure regulator

The pressure regulator


2480.00.32.07. is designed for
200bar connections and for
300bar gas cylinders.
The filling and control fitting
2480.00.32.21 is connected to the
cylinder pressure regulator for
filling gas springs using filling hose
2480.00.31.02 and connector
adaptor 2480.00.32.07.04.

Gas cylinder pressure gauge


(admission pressure)
Gas cylinder connector
2480.00.32.07.03
300 bar W 30 x 2
DIN 477-5; 2002-04

Gas cylinder connector


2480.00.32.07.02
200 bar W 24, 32 x 1/14
DIN 477-1; 1990-05

Depending on the type of gas


cylinder, the gas cylinder connector
used can either be the
2480.00.32.07.02
for 200 bar cylinders or the
2480.00.32.07.03 for 300 bar
cylinders.
Max. admission
pressure

300 bar

Back pressure

10-200 bar

Filling pressure
gauge (back
pressure)

Filling pressure
regulator
2480.00.32.07.01

Other benefits:
Hastyopeningofthegatevalve
on the filling and control fitting
2480.00.32.21 cannot result in
overfilling.
Itisnotnecessarytohavethe
pressure display of the filling
and control fitting 2480.00.32.21
inview.

subject to alterations

Order No
2480.00.32.07.01
2480.00.32.07.02
2480.00.32.07.03
2480.00.32.07.04

for gas cylinder pressure 200/300 bar


Pressure regulator
Gas cylinder connector 200 bar
Gas cylinder connector 300 bar
Connector adaptor

Order No
2480.00.32.07.01
2480.00.32.07.02
2480.00.32.07.04

for gas cylinder pressure 200 bar


Pressure regulator
Gas cylinder connector 200 bar
Connector adaptor

Order No
2480.00.32.07.01
2480.00.32.07.03
2480.00.32.07.04

for gas cylinder pressure 300 bar


Pressure regulator
Gas cylinder connector 300 bar
Connector adaptor

Connector adaptor
2480.00.32.07.04
for filling and
control fitting
2480.00.32.21
Connector thread
W 24, 32 x 1/14
Filling pressure
regulator

F363

Compact nitrogen booster for gas spring filling


2480.00.32.71
Compact nitrogen booster
for gas spring filling

Description:

2480.00.32.71

The FIBRO compact nitrogen booster 2480.00.32.71 was developed to


compress nitrogen gas. It increases the output pressure of the nitrogen
cylinders considerably.

100
50

For example, when filling gas springs, the N2 cylinders can be used up to a
residual pressure of 30 bar.

Advantages:

270

min. 161

max. 177

Increase in utilisation capacity


Reduction in cylinder replacement time
Minimisation of the number of cylinders
Light weight (7.2 kg)
Compact design
Suitable for simple installation directly on all standard nitrogen cylinders (200 bar)

100

Function:
The FIBRO compact nitrogen booster works according to the principle of
a pressure relay valve. Low pressure is applied to a large surface, which in
turns applies high pressure to a small surface. Continuous delivery is achieved by means of an internally actuated 4/2-way valve.
Compressed air is used as the drive mechanism.

100

122

80

112

A holding plate is included to secure the compact nitrogen booster to the


nitrogen cylinder. The compact nitrogen booster is simply hung over the
nitrogen cylinder connection.

80
85
109

F364

subject to alterations

Compact nitrogen booster for gas spring filling


Holding plate
Connection diagram

2480.00.32.71.02 Holding plate

Compact nitrogen booster

for re-order

Order separately:
2480.00.32.21
Filling and control fitting

Order separately:
2480.00.31.02
Filling hose

Nitrogen cylinder (200 bar)


not included in scope of delivery

2480.00.32.71 Compact nitrogen booster

2480.00.32.71.02

Gas cylinder connection W24, 32x1/14


for 200bar nitrogen cylinder
Nitrogen N2 inlet
Compressed air inlet G1/4 max. 10bar
Overpressure protection 400bar
Nitrogen N2 outlet
Connectingn thread W24, 32x1/14
345

Technical data:
Drive compressed air: 1-10bar
Calculated operating pressure at 10 bar air drive pressure:
300bar
Transmission ratio: 1:32
Displaced volume/double stroke: 11.6 cm

Connections:
Compressed air: G1/4" thread

160

Nitrogen outlet:
N2 cylinder connection 200bar W24, 32x1/14

120

Nitrogen inlet:
Hose DN4, 1m long with N2 cylinder connection 200bar

Max. operating temperature: 60C


Weight: approx. 7.2kg
Inlet pressure: 30-300bar
135
Average supply rate*: 280NL/min
* The delivery rate is dependent on the air drive and inlet pressure.

subject to alterations

F365

Dynamometer for gas springs


2480.00.35.021

2480.00.35.032

Analogue display

Digital display

Description:
The dynamometer with mechanical measuring device can be used to test the spring force of gas springs up to 8000 daN.
The dynamometer with digital measuring device can be used to test the spring force of gas springs up to 10 000 daN.
The dynamometer 2480.00.35.021 with analogue display is supplied with three interchangeable pressure measuring nozzles different
ranges of values:
up to 300 daN
from 300
to 1750 daN
from 1750
to 8000 daN

The dynamometer 2480.00.35.032 with digital display has a pressure measuring nozzle for forces ranging from 0 to 10 000 daN.
Maximum spring installation height
analogous = 700 mm
digital
= 760 mm

F366

subject to alterations

Dynamometer for gas springs


2480.00.35.04

Description:
The dynamometer with digital measuring device can be used to test the
spring force of gas springs up to 2000 daN.
Max. spring installation height: 488 mm.
Max. spring diameter:

subject to alterations

150 mm.

F367

Toolkit for assembling gas springs


2480.00.50.11

39-1

9
8
7
18 30 19 33

1
13

29

3-1

34
16-2

5-1

17
15

14-1

10-1

2480.00.50.11

Description:

Toolkit for all gas springs

Toolkit for assembling and disassembling gas


springs.

The toolkit contains:


Pos.
Order No
1
2480.00.50.01.001
2
2480.00.50.01.002
3
2480.00.50.01.003
3-1
2480.00.50.01.031
4
5
5-1

2480.00.50.01.004
2480.00.50.01.005
2480.00.50.01.051

6
7
8
9
10-1
13
14-1
15
16-2
replaces 16-1
17
18
19
29
30
33

2480.00.50.01.006
2480.00.50.01.007
2480.00.50.01.008
2480.00.50.01.009
2480.00.50.01.101
2480.00.50.01.013
2480.00.50.01.141
2480.00.50.01.015
2480.00.50.01.162

34
39-1

2480.00.50.01.034
2480.00.50.01.391

F368

2480.00.50.01.017
2480.00.50.01.018
2480.00.50.01.019
2480.00.50.01.029
2480.00.50.01.030
2480.00.50.01.033

Term
Assembly sleeve
Assembly sleeve
Assembly sleeve
Assembly sleeve
(2487.12.00500.)
Assembly sleeve
Assembly sleeve
Assembly sleeve
(2487.12.01500.)
Assembly sleeve
Assembly sleeve
Assembly sleeve
Assembly sleeve
Circlip tool
T-lever
T-lever
T-lever
T-lever, extension
Valve pliers
Valve tool
Valve tool
Special valve spanner
Valve tool
Valve tool
(2480.00.41.1)
Handle for disassembling
Tool case

Note:
Mini
00250
00500
X500

Read instructions for use before working on it.


Every tool can be ordered separately.

00750
01500
X1500
03000
05000
07500
10000
M8
M16
G 1/8
M6

M6
G 1/8
VG 5
M6
M3

subject to alterations

Assembling cone
2480.00.50.04.
Assembling cone for gas springs with through bore passage 2496.12.
Pos.
Order No
Term
001
2480.00.50.04.001
Assembling cone 00270
002
2480.00.50.04.002
Assembling cone 00490
003
2480.00.50.04.003
Assembling cone 01060
004
2480.00.50.04.004
Assembling cone 01750
005
2480.00.50.04.005
Assembling cone 03300
006
2480.00.50.04.006
Assembling cone 04250

006
005
004
003
002

subject to alterations

001

F369

Service station, mobile, for gas springs


2480.00.50.20.

2480.00.50.20.2

Service station, mobile, for gas springs

Lighting unit, removable

1250
1199,5

605

FIBRO
2480.00.50.20.1

Work bench, mobile

1966,8

830

233

250
1579,9

700

Description:

Technical data:

The mobile service station for gas springs is an optimised solution for the
filling/maintenance of gas springs directly on the press or tool.
The service station consists of a mobile work bench 2480.00.50.20.1 and a
removable light unit 2480.00.50.20.2.

2480.00.50.20.1 Work bench, mobile:

Advantages:

2480.00.50.20.2 Lighting unit, removable:

Elongated light (w = 1200 mm) with connection cable and plug


2 x 45 W, strip louvre with reflector
Electronic ballast
Protection type IP20

All in One solution


High mobility coupled with secure stability
Clean handling of the gas spring components
High user comfort

Work surface, Tovidur (mm) 1250 x 700 x 40


Work bench chassis made from profile steel tubing (mm) 45 x 45 x 2
Parallel vices, jaw width = 100 mm

The mobile work bench 2480.00.50.20.1 is equipped with a 40 mm thick


Trovidur work surface . The surface is hard-wearing and very easy to keep
clean.

Connections

The height adjustable chassis with 4 castors allows for high mobility and
provides secure stability for the service station. The chassis is easily moved
up and down by way of an excenter lever located on the left of the unit.

Central supply line on the right side of the cabinet (bottom rear) with
electric supply line (protected energy supply plug)

At the right of the unit, a loading receptacle with a locking clip islocated
for 200barbottles.
A removable oil sump with a grate in the upper drawer will ensure clean
handling of the internal gas spring components.
The energy panel offers great user comfort because of its integrated
operating elements, like the compressed air connection, light switch and
3x230V electric outlet.
The removable lighting unit 2480.00.50.20.2 is height adjustable tocater
to the individual requirements of the user.

Input:

1/4 internal thread for air infeed


Energy panel:
1x 1/4 internal thread for air connection
1x On/OFF switch for air supply, rotary switch for
Nitrogen Compact Booster
3x 230V socket (with hinged lid)
1x ON/OFF switch for power supply, rotary switch

Accessory:
For optimised utilisation of the nitrogen bottle fill amount, a Compact
Booster 2480.00.32.71 and a hose lineDN4, 3m 2480.00.32.71.05.03 can
be integrated in specifically provided receiving braces in the cabinet .
The two free drawers offer additional space for specialist tool sets
2480.00.50.11 for the repair of gas springs.

F370

subject to alterations

Hose press, pneumatic


Hose shears
2480.00.54.10
Hose press, pneumatic
for hose sizes DN2 and DN5

Description:
The FIBRO hose press, pneumatical 2480.00.54.10 is suited for pressing
the following hose connection systems:
2480.00.23.
2480.00.25.
2480.00.27.01.

Minimess-system
24-conus-system
Connector system, 24 conus micro

The pneumatic-hydraulic hose press drive enables simple and fast hose
harnessing.
After connecting compressed air (max. 7 bar) on the G1/4 threaded
fitting, the hose press is operated manually with the air-hydraulic
pump (0.1 - 0.5 l/min. at 7 bar air pressure).

Technical data:
Crimp force
max. Crimp range
Opening
Opening without press clamps
Press clamps (included in the delivery scope)
Drive
Oil
Length x width x height
Weight

750 / 75 kN/t
52 mm
+10 mm
52 mm
2480.00.54.10.02 (DN2)
2480.00.54.10.05 (DN5)
Pneumatic
1,4 liters
230 x 180 x 160
16 kg

Lubricant-free
Sheetmetal glide pads on the press tool:
- improved performance due to reduced friction
- no press tool wear and no contamination from lubricants, 20%
reduction in friction loss

2480.00.54.03
Hose shears

The following press fixtures and hoses can


be ordered:
for the Minimess-system
2480.00.23.00.
Hose 630 bar dimpled, DN2 *
2480.00.23.01.V
Threaded connection, straight, packed, DN2 - 1215
2480.00.23.02.V
Threaded connection, 90, packed, DN2 - 1215
for the 24-conus-system
2489.00.02.
High-pressure hose, dimpled, DN5 *
2480.00.25.01
Hose fitting, straight
2480.00.25.02
Hose fitting, 90
2480.00.25.04
Hose fitting, 45
for the connector system, 24 conus micro
2480.00.23.00.
Hose 630 bar dimpled, DN2 *
2480.00.27.01.V
Threaded connection, straight, packed
* Hose lenghts in 1 m steps, ordered,
e.g. Ordering example hose DN2, 10 m lenghts
= 2480.00.23.00.0010

subject to alterations

F371

F372

subject to alterations

Application
examples

F373

Application examples

Trimming tool with inclined, Cam-Operated slide

Drawing slide of large forming tool


F374

subject to alterations

Application examples
Trimming tool with inclined cam slide
Nitrogen die cylinders in the top ensure the positive centering of the trimming slide on the centering cones in the bottom tool section.

slid

mov
e
ppo of
rt +
10 m

e su

Drawing tool
The nitrogen die cylinder for the drawing slide is easily placed into position; the safety lid secures it.
Very high forces are required in this tool for the draw pad in the slide.
The nitrogen die cylinders in the top tool serve as boosters for the insufficient ram cushion.

subject to alterations

F375

Application examples
Flanging tool with nitrogen die cylinders

Flanging tool with ring stripper

Where bottom ejection facilities are lacking, FIBRO Nitrogen die cylinders
will provide reliable actuation of piece part ejectors.

The ring stripper is actuated by nitrogen die cylinders.

Double-Acting drawing tool

Blanking and piercing tool

In order to obtain shorter setting times, only the downholder is boltet to


the ram cushion. The drawing punch is raised through
f + 20 mm by nitrogen die cylinders.

The application of nitrogen die cylinders instead of the usual


elastomer bumpers results in a significant reduction of setting time. Moreover, injuries caused by fly-out elastomer bumpers are
eliminated.

F376

subject to alterations

Application examples
Retraction of piercing slide by nitrogen die cylinder
Die cylinder is mounted to bottom tool. It retracts the slide after completention of the piercing operation.
We recommend a soft-start on the cam shape in order to reduce impact and accerleration on the die cylinder.

Drawing slide
In order to prevent wrinkling, this tool requires high forces on the downholder and pressure pad.
An elegant solution was achieved with nitrogen die cylinders. Ease of cylinder installation was ensured.

Drawing tool
The pressure pad is actuated by nitrogen die cylinders during the final 20 mm of the draw.

subject to alterations

F377

Application examples
Detail of progression compound tool
The clamping stripper is actuated by two nitrogen die cylinders
2480.12.01500.025. The units provide an initial cylinder force of 15kN each
and a stroke capacity of 25mm of which 20mm are utilized.

Drawing tool
Intended for use in a 100ton hydraulic press, with one nitrogen die cylinder
2480.12.03000.025 mounted in the drawing punch.
In this application the die cylinder serves to accomplish the initial pre-draw
of the internal shape, as well as for finish the draw over the draw ring
after the bottoming pressure of 30kN has been reached.
The nitrogen die cylinder has an initial cylinder force of 30kN,
a stroke capacity of 25mm of which 19,5mm are utilized in operation.
Stroking speed is 4SPM.

19,5 mm

Bending tool for round bars


This tool employs two nitrogen die cylinders 2480.13.00750.080 for actuating the downholder. Press stroke is 92mm. The stroke of the downholder
is approx. 66mm.
Because of manual loading, press strokes vary from 36 to 40SPM. Part
ejection is automatic. The nitrogen die cylinders provide an initial force of
7,5kN each, and a stroke capacity of 80mm.

F378

subject to alterations

Application examples
Bottom ejector in progression compound tool
Two nitrogen die cylinders 2480.13.00750.025 are used, providing an initial
force of 7,5kN each, and a stroke capacity of 25mm.
The actual working stroke is 10mm. The tool is run at a speed of 150SPM,
with a ram stroke of 48mm.

10 mm stroke

Drawing- and piercing tool


This tool is used in a 100 ton hydraulic press.
The nitrogen die cylinder is a 2480.13.03000.080, with a charge pressure of
130bar giving an initial cylinder force of 26kN.
Stroke capacity is 80 mm. The actual working stroke is 76 mm.
The press is run at 14 SPM.

subject to alterations

F379

Application example of gas springs


Gas springs facilitate tools storage and tools preparation for production
Gas springs find increasing use in large press tools - in the sole role of
aiding theier storage and production preparation.
The springs are bolted to either the upper or lower bolsters. They are
activated only when the tool is being taken out of the press.
Application examples 1 and 2 show that special spacer caps are inserted
prior to the tool being let down onto the gas springs this being done
whilst still in the press. During removal from the press and subsequent
storage, the springs will keep the top tool elevated.

Upon being prepared for production, the springs facilitate access to the
tool. Once back in the press, the spacer caps are removed and the storage
springs remain inactive during the production run.
It is recommended to affix warning signs to the tools in a prominent
position: the presence of gas springs in the tool often cannot be seen from
the outside.

Storage stop pins are provided next to the springs; when tools are stacked
one on top of the other, the increasing mass will force the springs to recade
and the tops will eventually abut against the storage pins. Once the stack
is removed, the springs take over adain and push the top tool up.

F380

subject to alterations

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


FIBROFLEX and FIBROELAST-sheets and -profiles

H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids


J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Elastomer

G2

FIBROFLEX Forming elastomers


The occurence of small batch lots in the press
shop generally makes the more expensive dies
of conventional design unadvisable and it is
in this sector in particular that FIBROFLEX
Forming elastomers can offer economical
alternatives.
Over many years in the past, rubber was used
for metal forming work, mostly with indifferent
results because of insufficient mechanical
resilience and susceptibility to damage by
workshop lubricants.
FIBROFLEX, a polyurethane elastomer of very
special properties, represents a synthetic
material of significant advantages over all
coventional rubber substances. It provides:

highestresistancetorupturing
outstandingelasticproperties
extensivelifespanwhenusedcorrectly
goodthermalresilience
inertnesstoalllubricantsusedinmetal
forming operations.

subject to alterations

To the designer of forming- and shearing dies,


FIBROFLEX offers highly attractive solutions to
many a tooling problem as for instance the
completion in one operation of intricate return
flanges etc. Special mention ought to be made
here of the specific suitability this elastomer
exhibits in the forming of delicate surfacecoated or surface-refined sheet metal.
The quite outstanding elastic properties of
FIBROFLEX have made it an almost
indispensable material in toolrooms
everywhere and also in many sectors of general
engineering. Its numerous successful uses
comprise bumper stops, strippers, ejector- and
forming pads, spring elements as well as noise
supression applications.
FIBROFLEX Forming elastomers, available in
three shore hardnesses to suit different
conditions, are supplied in a comprehensive
range of sections hollow and solid, also in sheet
form of many dimensions.
Intended as suggestions for the solution of
forming problems, a number of illustrated
application examples are contained in this
catalogue. Further detailled information on
elastomer tooling can be found in our free
publication Elastomers in sheet metal forming
and the toolroom, which we shall gladly mail
to interested customers.

G3

FIBROFLEX*
accurate parts
to customers
specifications
*Polyurethan
G4

subject to alterations

G5

Contents
G8-9
FIBROFLEX - Technical data

251.

G10

G11

G12

G13

G14

FIBROFLEX-Triangular rod (60)

G6

2541.4.

G20

2450.

G21

2450.10A.

G22

Damper, light-duty

G15

FIBROFLEX-Hollow round rod

256.

G19

Shock absorbing washer

FIBROFLEX-Round rod

254.

2531.4.

FIBROELAST-Hollow round rod

FIBROFLEX-Hollow Square rod

253.

G18

FIBROELAST-Round rod

FIBROFLEX-U-Profil rod

255.

2511.3.
FIBROELAST-Plate

FIBROFLEX-Square rod

250.

G17

FIBROFLEX-Hollow triangular rod


(60)

FIBROFLEX-Plate

252.

257.

2450.11B.

G23

Damper, light-duty

G16

2450.20.

G24-25

Damper, heavy-duty

subject to alterations

Contents
2451.10D.

G26

Damper stopper

G27-29
FIBROFLEX - Blanking, forming and
embossing tools Application examples

G31-37
Blanking and forming with
FIBROFLEX-Elastomers

subject to alterations

G7

Technical data on FIBROFLEX Forming elastomer


Physical properties:
FIBROFLEX-Type
Shore-A-Hardness
Density Density
Working temperature, max.
Rebound elasticity
Tensile stress
At 100% elongation
At 300% elongation
Tensile strength
Elongation at fracture
Tear strength
Abrasion resistance
Compressive Set
70h/24C
Resistance to Sea Water (saline)

53512

5
80
1,07
-40 bis +70
63

6
90
1,11
-40 bis +70
45

7
95
1,13
-40 bis +70
38

[MPa]
[MPa]
[N/mm]
[%]
[N/mm]
[mm]

53504
53504
53504
53504
53515
53516

4,1
8
36
450
21
70

6,8
15,2
38
400
29
50

11,8
30
49
360
50
41

[%]

53517

21

Shore A
[g/cm]
[C]
[%]

DIN
53505
53479

26
approximately 6 months

30

Guide lines for the machining of FIBROFLEX:


FIBROFLEX Forming elastomers can be machined on ordinary machine tools and with conventional cutters.
A keen cutting edge is mandatory.
FIBROFLEX Type
Identification colour
Shore-A-Hardness
Sawing
Circular saw, carbide-tipped, coarse toothed
Rake angle 2530
Clearance angle 1215
Drilling
Turning
Rake angle 25
Clearance angle 1215
Milling
Rake angle 25
Clearance angle 12 15

5
green
80

6
yellow
90

7
red
95

vc= approx. 1600 m/min.


vc= approx. 30 m/min.
vc= approx. 140 m/min.
vc= approx. 100 m/min.

vc = cutting speed
Please note that we can supply form parts, required in larger quantities, in the ready-cast condition. Enquiries are invited.

07.2015

subject to alterations

Technical data on FIBROFLEX Forming elastomers


Temperature resistance

Water resistance:

FIBROFLEX can be used safely at temperatures up to +70C.

FIBROFLEX exhibits outstanding long-term stability under exposure


to water of up to +50C. Swelling and/or destructive influences remain
absent.

FIBROFLEX will retain most of its flexibility at temperatures as low as


-62C. A gradual increase in rigidity sets in below -18C.

This typical resistance against hydrolysis is characteristic for the specific


molecular structure of the elastomer. Water-Oil emulsions present no
problems either.

Resistance to thermal shock is excellent.

Resistance to oxygen and ozone:


No traceable influences are incurred at normal atmospheric concentrations.

Resistance to aging:

These are clear advantages of FIBROFLEX over other polyurethane elastomer structures.

Resistance to oil, chemicals, and solvents

Aging shows no discernable effects in conditions of normal ambient temperatures and generally constant environmental surroundings.

FIBROFLEX is presenting an excellent resistance to oil and solvents and is,


particularly, suiting applications in connection with lubricating oil and fuel.
Typical data of chemical resistance are shown in the following table.

Table No 1 Resistance to some Chemicals


Diesel Fuel
Mineral Fats, acc. to additives
Vegetabilic Fats
Animal Fats
Petrol (free of alcohols)
Mineral Oils depending on additives
Paraffin
Rape Seed Oil
Lubrificants on Mineral Oil Basis
Soap Emulsions
Vaseline
Water at +95 C
Water at +20 C

+ to
+
+

+
+ to
+

+ to

resistant = can be used

conditionally resistant = conditional use

not resistant = not recommended

Please note that blended oils and fats may have detrimental influence due
to their various additives. In order to eliminate any risk, it is recommended
ot test the elastomer under exposure to any specific oily and/or fatty substance. Such tests ought to be run for several weeks.

subject to alterations

G9

FIBROFLEX-Plate
251.

Execution:

FIBROFLEX is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:


.5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
.6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
.7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.

Ordering Code (example):


FIBROFLEX-Plate
Spring rate MAT
Thickness s
Length a
Width b
Order No

80 Shore A
15 mm
250 mm
250 mm

=251.
=
5.
=
015.
=
0250.
=
0250
=251. 5.015. 0250. 0250

251. FIBROFLEX-Plate
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80

G10

axb
250 x 250

axb
250 x 500

axb
500 x 500

axb
500 x 1000

axb
1000 x 1000

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX-Square rod
252.

Execution:

FIBROFLEX is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:


.5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
.6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
.7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.

Note:

1) Dimension b machined

Ordering Code (example):


FIBROFLEX-Square rod
Spring rate MAT
Height a
Width b
Length l1
Order No

80 Shore A
20 mm
50 mm
1000 mm

=252.
=
5.
=
020.
=
050.
=
1000
=252.5.020. 050. 1000

252. FIBROFLEX-Square rod


a
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20

b
8
15
25
50
10
15
25
50
12
20
30
50
15
25
40
50
20
30
40
50

subject to alterations

1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)

l1

250

500

1000

a
22
25
25
25
25
30
40
40
45
50
50
60
60
80
80
100
100
100
125

b
22
25
40
60
80
30
40
60
45
50
180
60
80
80
100
100
125
180
125

l1
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)

250

500

1000

G11

FIBROFLEX-U-Profil rod
250.

Execution:

FIBROFLEX is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:


.5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
.6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
.7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.

Ordering Code (example):


FIBROFLEX-U-Profil rod
Spring rate MAT
Height a
Width b
Length l1
Order No

80 Shore A
75 mm
100 mm
250 mm

=250.
=
5.
=
075.
=
100.
=
0250
=250. 5.075.100. 0250

250. FIBROFLEX-U-Profil rod


a
50
50
75
100

G12

b
50
75
100
200

a1
35
35
50
60

b1
20
30
40
120

l1

250

500

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX-Hollow square rod


255.

Execution:

FIBROFLEX is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:


.5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
.6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
.7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.

Ordering Code (example):


FIBROFLEX-Hollow square rod
Spring rate MAT
Height a
Width b
Length l1
Order No

80 Shore A
80 mm
80 mm
250 mm

=255.
=
5.
=
080.
=
080.
=
0250
=255.5.080. 080. 0250

255. FIBROFLEX-Hollow square rod


a
40
45
50
50
60
60
80
80
100
100
100
125

b
60
45
50
180
60
80
80
100
100
125
180
125

subject to alterations

a1
20
20
30
40
50
50
50
75

b1
35
120
50
60
50
70
123
75

d1
20
25
30
40
-

l1

250

500

1000

G13

FIBROFLEX-Round rod
253.

Execution:

FIBROFLEX is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:


.5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
.6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
.7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.

Ordering Code (example):


FIBROFLEX-Round rod
Spring rate MAT
External diameter d1
Order No

=253.
80 Shore A =
5.
3 mm
=
003
=253.5.003

253. FIBROFLEX-Round rod


d1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
140
150
160
180
200

G14

l1

330

500

1000

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX-Hollow round rod


254.

Execution:

FIBROFLEX is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:


.5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
.6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
.7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.

Ordering Code (example):


FIBROFLEX-Hollow round rod
Spring rate MAT
External diameter d1
Order No

=254.
80 Shore A =
5.
80 mm
=
080
=254.5.080

254. FIBROFLEX-Hollow round rod


d1
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
140
150
160
180
200

subject to alterations

d2
6.5
8.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
17
17
21
21
27
50
50
50
50
50

l1

330

500

G15

FIBROFLEX-Triangular rod (60)


256.

Execution:

FIBROFLEX is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:


.5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
.6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
.7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.

Ordering Code (example):


FIBROFLEX-Triangular rod (60)
Spring rate MAT
Edge length b
Length l1
Order No

=256.
80 Shore A =
5.
50 mm
=
050.
250 mm
=
0250
=256. 5.050. 0250

256. FIBROFLEX-Triangular rod (60)


b
35
50
80

G16

l1

250

500

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX-Hollow triangular rod (60)


257.

Execution:

FIBROFLEX is available in 3 Shore hardnesses:


.5.=80 Shore A = colour: Green
.6.=90 Shore A = colour: Yellow
.7.=95 Shore A = colour: Red
Further technical data at the beginning of Chapter G.

Ordering Code (example):


FIBROFLEX-Hollow triangular rod (60)
Spring rate MAT
Edge length b
Length l1
Order No

=257.
80 Shore A =
5.
50 mm
=
050.
250 mm
=
0250
=257.5.050. 0250

257. FIBROFLEX-Hollow triangular rod (60)


b
35
50
80

subject to alterations

d1
8
12
20

l1

250

500

G17

FIBROELAST-Plate
2511.3.

Material:

Permanent set (70C): 45 [%]


Rebound elasticity: 58 [%]
Maximum deformation: 40 [%]

Polyester-based polyurethane
Hardness 65 Shore A

Colour:
white

Note:

Other plate thicknesses available upon request.

Physical properties:

Ordering Code (example):

Shore hardness A: 65
100% modulus of elasticity: 2,4 [N/mm]
300% modulus of elasticity: 4,6 [N/mm]
Tensile strength: 26 [N/mm]
Elongation: 550 [%]
Tear resistance: 46 [kN/m]

FIBROELAST-Plate
Thickness s
Width a
Length b
Order No

=2511.3.
6 mm =
006.
500 mm =
0500.
500 mm =
0500
=2511.3. 006. 0500. 0500

2511.3. FIBROELAST-Plate
s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
15

G18

axb
250 x 250

axb
250 x 500

axb
500 x 500

axb
500 x 1000

subject to alterations

FIBROELAST-Round rod
2531.4.

Material:

Polyester-based polyurethane
Hardness 70 Shore A

Colour:
white

Physical properties:

Shore hardness A: 70
100% modulus of elasticity: 3,0 [N/mm]
300% modulus of elasticity: 6,0 [N/mm]
Tensile strength: 28 [N/mm]
Elongation: 500 [%]
Tear resistance: 58 [kN/m]
Permanent set (70C): 45 [%]
Rebound elasticity: 55 [%]
Maximum deformation: 40 [%]

2531.4. FIBROELAST-Round rod


Order No
2531.4.016
2531.4.020
2531.4.025
2531.4.032
2531.4.040
2531.4.050
2531.4.063
2531.4.080
2531.4.100
2531.4.125

subject to alterations

d1
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125

l1
330
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

G19

FIBROELAST-Hollow round rod


2541.4.

Material:

Physical properties:

Polyester-based polyurethane
Hardness 70 Shore A

Colour:
white

Note:

FIBROELAST-Hollow round rods can also be used as springs.

Shore hardness A: 70
100% modulus of elasticity: 3,0 [N/mm]
300% modulus of elasticity: 6,0 [N/mm]
Tensile strength: 28 [N/mm]
Elongation: 500 [%]
Tear resistance: 58 [kN/m]
Permanent set (70C): 45 [%]
Rebound elasticity: 55 [%]
Maximum deformation: 40 [%]

2541.4. FIBROELAST-Hollow round rod


Order No
2541.4.016
2541.4.020
2541.4.025
2541.4.032
2541.4.040
2541.4.050
2541.4.063
2541.4.080
2541.4.100
2541.4.125

G20

d1
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125

d2
6.5
8.5
10.5
13.5
13.5
17
17
21
21
27

l1
330
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

subject to alterations

Shock absorbing washer


2450.

Mounting example

d1
d2

Material:

Polyurethan (FIBROFLEX)

Execution:

2450.6. (90 Shore A) available from stock


2450.5. (80 Shore A) and
2450.7. (95 Shore A) available upon request

2450. Shock absorbing washer


d1
6.4
8.5
10.5
10.5
11
12
13
13
13.5
13.5
14
14
15.5
17

d2
16
20
15
25
17
24
19
25
32
40
23
26
23
26

s
3
3
4
4
3
5
4
4
4
5
4
5
4
4

d1
17
17
17
18
18
21
21
21
21
21
22
23.5
25
26

d2
38
50
63
27
32
30
35
38
80
100
28
34
32
35

s
5
6
6
4
7
5
7
6
10
10
6
4
6
6

d1
26
27
27
31
32
32
32
37
37
37
42

d2
50
41
125
42
40
49
60
46
53
65
70

s
6
7
10
6
6
8
10
6
8
10
10

Ordering Code (example):


Shock absorbing washer
Shore A hardness MAT
Inside diameter d1
External diameter d2
Thickness s
Order No
subject to alterations

=2450.
80 Shore A=
5.
23.5 mm =
23.
34 mm
=
034.
4 mm
=
04
=2450. 5. 23. 034.04
G21

Damper, light-duty
2450.10A.

Mounting example

d1
d2

fmax.

244.9.

L 1*
L0

244.10.
2450.10A.
d3

244.10.
2192.12.

Description:

Dampers, light duty , made of co-polyester elastomer are found in the


elevating units in progressive dies in the automotive and white goods
industry. The increasing stresses on screws and bolts as well as noise
emission are reduced by the light duty dampers.
Benefits:
- High absorption of force and energy
- Long service life and high level of operating safety
- Noise reduction
- High degree of effectiveness

2450.10A.

Material:

Co-Polyester-Elastomer
Technical data:
Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
No absorption of water and no swelling.
Grease and oil resistant.
Approved temperature range: -40C to +90C (-40F to +194F)

Note:

Socket cap screw 2192.12. see Section C


Spacer tube 244.9. see Section F
Washer 244.10. see Section F

Damper, light-duty

Fmax.
Order No
d1
d2
d3
L0
L1*
Stroke (s)
in N
2450.10A.0236.0163.073 23.6 16.3 25.3 7.3 6.6
1.9
3000
*Dimension L1 is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
**W = Total energy per stroke
***Wh = Total energy per hour

11.2015

fmax.
in mm
2

W
in Nm/stroke (s)**
3

Wh
in Nm/h***
7500

Socket cap screw


M10

subject to alterations

Damper, light-duty
Mounting example

2450.11B.

d 3 /d 1

fmax.

244.9.
L 1*
L0

244.10.
2450.11B.
244.10.

d2

2192.12.

Description:

Dampers, light duty , made of co-polyester elastomer are found in the


elevating units in progressive dies in the automotive and white goods
industry. The increasing stresses on screws and bolts as well as noise
emission are reduced by the light duty dampers.
The two-ply version of the flanged damper can also be used depending
on the force or stroke without the use of an additional distance washer.
Benefits:
- High absorption of force and energy
- Long service life and high level of operating safety
- Noise reduction
- High degree of effectiveness

Material:

Co-Polyester-Elastomer
Technical data:
Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
No absorption of water and no swelling.
Grease and oil resistant.
Approved temperature range: -40C to +90C (-40F to +194F)

Note:

Socket cap screw 2192.12. see Section C


Spacer tube 244.9. see Section F
Washer 244.10. see Section F

2450.11B. Damper, light-duty


Fmax.
Order No
d1
d2
d3
L0
L1*
Stroke (s)
in N
2450.11B.0300.0203.118 30 20.3 30.2 11.8 10.7
2.7
5000
*Dimension L1 is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
**W = Total energy per stroke
***Wh = Total energy per hour

subject to alterations

fmax.
in mm
2.9

W
in Nm/stroke (s)**
8.6

Wh
in Nm/h***
20000

Socket cap screw


M12

11.2015

Damper, heavy-duty
Mounting example

2450.20.

d1

244.9.

L0

f max.

244.10.15.

244.10.15.

d2

2450.20.
d3

244.10.

2450.20.

Description:

2192.12.

The co-polyester elastomer dampers, heavy-duty, are used as holddown


dampers in the automotive and white goods industry. Increasing return
stroke speeds and the related stresses on screws and bolts in moveable,
suspended tool parts are absorbed by the hold-down dampers. Reduced
noise emission is a further additional positive sideeffect.
Benefits:
- High absorption of force and energy
- Slight settlement
- Energy absorption between 5 Nm and 269 Nm
- Long service life and high level of operating safety
- Noise reduction
- High degree of effectiveness

2450.20.

Co-Polyester-Elastomer
Technical data:
Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
No absorption of water and no swelling.
Grease and oil resistant.
Approved temperature range: -40C to +90C (-40F to +194F)

Note:

Socket cap screw 2192.12. see Section C


Spacer tube 244.9. see Section F
Washer 244.10. see Section F

Damper, heavy-duty

Order No
2450.20A.0264.0163.078
2450.20B.0321.0203.108
2450.20B.0458.0253.170
2450.20A.0546.0303.213
2450.20A.0618.0363.215
2450.20A.0785.0423.294
*Total energy per stroke

10.2014

Material:

d1
26.4
32.1
45.8
54.6
61.8
78.5

d2
16.3
20.3
25.3
30.3
36.3
42.3

d3
28.4
35.1
49.8
61.8
69.9
89

L0
7.8
10.8
17
21.3
21.5
29.4

Fmax. in N
(static < 0,1)
5500
9000
20000
30000
46000
75000

fmax.
in mm
2
4.4
4.9
7.6
8.2
11.4

W
in Nm/stroke (s)*
5
14.2
44.6
81.9
126.5
269

Socket cap screw


M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30

subject to alterations

Damper, heavy-duty
Selection table multiple layering

Order No.
2450.20A.0264.0163.078
2450.20B.0321.0203.108
2450.20B.0458.0253.170
2450.20A.0546.0303.213
2450.20A.0618.0363.215
2450.20A.0785.0423.294

L1*
7.1
9.8
15.3
19
19.5
27

W1
in Nm/stroke
F1 max in N
(s)**
(dynamic>0,1)
4100
3.5
6600
12
14500
19
22500
47
37500
76
46000
143

Wh1
H1
socket cap
in Nm/h*** total height screw
9000
17.1
M10
30000
23.8
M12
45000
31.3
M16
67000
39
M20
114000
39.5
M24
152000
50
M30

L1
H1

Simple layering

* Dimension L1 is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
** Total energy per stroke
*** Total energy per hour

L1*
19
19.5
27

Wh2
H2
socket cap
in Nm/h*** total height screw
107000
66
M20
174000
67
M24
272000
85
M30

H2

Order No.
2450.20A.0546.0303.213
2450.20A.0618.0363.215
2450.20A.0785.0423.294

W2
in Nm/stroke
F2 max in N
(s)**
(dynamic>0,1)
18000
78
35000
148
39000
233

L1

Double layering

* Dimension L1 is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.
** Total energy per stroke
*** Total energy per hour

L1*
19
19.5
27

Wh3
H3
socket cap
in Nm/h*** total height screw
127000
93
M20
194000
94.5
M24
281000
120
M30

* Dimension L1 is the slump which must be taken into account for the design.

H3

Order No.
2450.20A.0546.0303.213
2450.20A.0618.0363.215
2450.20A.0785.0423.294

W3
in Nm/stroke
F3 max in N
(s)**
(dynamic>0,1)
16000
100
28000
176
29000
255

L1

Threefold layering

** Total energy per stroke


*** Total energy per hour

subject to alterations

G25

Damper stopper
2451.10D.

Mounting example
Upper part of die

d1

d 1 -x

Damper stopper

Locking pin

c x 45

r1

Pull-down
clamp

Description:

Damper stopper made of co-polyester elastomer dampen the recoil on


the locking and unlocking pins in the manufacturing of jigs. Damper
stoppers are used in the automotive and white goods industry. Damper
stoppers sit inside the pull-down clamps and are radially stressed. The
number and size depends on the weight and the velocity of the pull-
down clamps.
Benefits:
- High absorption of force and energy
- Slight settlement
- UV protection

- Long service life and high level of operating safety


- Noise reduction
- High degree of eff ectiveness

Material:

Co-polyester elastomer, black


Technical data:
Surroundings: Resistant to microbes, seawater, chemicals.
No absorption of water and no swelling.
Grease and oil resistant.
Approved temperature range: -40C to +90C (-40F to +194F)

2451.10D. Damper stopper


Order No
2451.10D.040.060
2451.10D.050.070
2451.10D.063.080
2451.10D.080.090

Size
B
C
D
E

d1
40
50
63
80

Cut-in depth d1-x


8
10
12
14

Cut-in radius r1
7
8
9
10

c
3
4
5
6

l
60
70
80
90

Number and size (B, C, D, E) of damper stoppers for cushioning


Pull-down clamp weight kg
100
250
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000

G26

0.1
3xB
3xB
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xE
6xE
6xE

0.2
3xB
3xB
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
6xE
6xE

0.3
3xB
3xB
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
6xE
8xE

0.4
3xB
3xB
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
6xE
8xE

0.5
3xB
3xB
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
4xE
6xE
8xE

Pull-down clamp speed m/s


0.6
0.7
0.8
3xB
3xB
3xB
4xB
4xB
4xB
4xB
4xB
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
4xE
4xE
4xE
4xE
4xE
4xE
6xE
6xE
6xE
8xE
10 x E 10 x E
10 x E 10 x E 10 x E

0.9
3xB
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
6xE
8xE
10 x E
10 x E

1
4xB
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
4xE
4xE
6xE
8xE
10 x E
---

1.1
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
4xE
6xE
8xE
10 x E
10 x E
---

1.2
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
6xE
6xE
8xE
10 x E
10 x E
---

1.3
4xB
4xB
4xC
4xC
4xD
4xD
4xE
4xE
4xE
6xE
6xE
10 x E
10 x E
10 x E
---

subject to alterations

Recommendations for blanking, forming and embossing operations


with FIBROFLEX Elastomer
Blanking, forming and embossing with FIBROFLEX Tooling elastomer holds quite particular
attraction for small to medium batches where, in
comparison with conventional tooling, time and
cost can be saved in the toolroom.
Conventional dies always depend on the highly
accurate relationship between punch and matrix.
This does not apply to elastomer dies. Only one
part punch or matrix will be required. The
opposite member is provided by the elastomer cushion. This means that elastomer dies are
usually made very quickly and therefore cost less.
Moreover they afford great flexibility in regard of
component modification at a later stage.
Whereas the foregoing considerations left the
choice of an alternative solution, presswork with
surface-coated or surface-refined material usually does not: with any operational blemishes firmly ruled out, more often than not the soft touch
of a FIBROFLEX die is the only answer.

Metal forming with FIBROFLEX


Projects of metal forming with FIBROFLEX must
always be based on the rule that an elastomer
can be displaced but cannot be compressed.
Consequently it is of para-mount importance
to ensure that sufficient space is provided in an
elastomer forming die for the accommodation of
the displaced FIBROFLEX

Press selection
Due to the normally somewhat greater
bulk of elastomer dies, the availability of ample
die space in the press has to be assured.
Hydraulic presses with their characteristic slow
pressure rise are eminently suitable for elastomer tooling because this feature matches the
somewhat delayed deformation behaviour of
FIBROFLEX.
For the same reason, mechanical presses may
give a certain amount of trouble because of
overloading.

FIBROFLEX Blanking dies


In the actual working cycle of en elastomer blanking die, the ram force is initially absorbed by the
resistance of the deforming elastomer cushion.
As the limit of deformability is reached, shearing
and stock breakaway must have taken place. As
a general rule it can be stated that stock of high
ductility has a detrimental effect on elastomer
blanking. The brittler materials on the other
hand, such as spring steels, lamination quality
strip and certain aluminium alloys are blanked in
elastomer dies on quite a large scale. Soft materials like deep drawing steel etc. are unsuitable for
the process.

Since no demands need be made on press accuracy, older machines can often be put to good
use again with FIBROFLEX tooling.
Provided applications follow these general guide
lines, FIBROFLEX Tooling elastomer will prove
its enormous resilience time and again giving
shape to workpieces without losing its own.

Steel stock of up to 22,5 mm thickness can


today be handled on FIBROFLEX blanking dies,
while highly accurate blanks of intricate contour
can be processed from thin sheet of 0,2 to 0,01
mm thickness. It is here that the inherently uniform clamping pressure of the elastomer cushion
proves its beneficial influence as vindicated by
achieveable part tolerances of 0,01 mm.

subject to alterations

G27

Application examples of forming operations with FIBROFLEX Elastomers


Fig. 5

Vee-Bending
One of the easiest elastomer-forming operations is that of Vee-bending off
a solid punch and into a die cushion of stacked FIBROFLEX pads.

Displacement
possible:
a1 = 30-40% of a
b1 = 30-40% of b

The necessary penetration of the punch and the amount of over-bending


depend on the thickness, hardness and type of the material and furthermore on the bending radius, the length of the free legs on the piece part,
and lastly on the Shore hardness of the cushion.

Applicable to all kinds of bending operations is the general rule: the smaller
the bending radius, the less will be the spring-back of the bend and the
shallower is the required penetration of the punch.

Especially with larger batch quantities it is advisable to ensure all-round


retention of the stacked elastomer cushion; it also pays to make punch and
cushion identical in length.

Fig. 6

Bending of Vee- and U-Shapes


Bending of Vee- and U-shapes can be achieved either with stacked
FIBROFLEX pads of different hardness (Fig. 5), or with the aid of solid and
hollow FIBROFLEX Sections. These may consist of squares, channels or
triangular sections.
Displacement
possible:
a1 = 40-50% of a
b1 = 50-60% of b

Where solid sections or sheet is used as a cushion, wear of the elastomer


material can be reduced through creation of an additional displacement
space at the bottom of the cushion retainer box, similar to Fig. 11, where
gib inserts are placed along the corners.
Hollow cushions, as well as those of a channel configuration, exhibit greater die life and are therefore the preferred choice for bending operations.
In the case of a U-shaped bend with straight bottom it may be advisable
to insert a packing of 35 mm thickness, and of the same width as the flat
bottom of the bend, underneath the cushion. This measure increases the
forming pressure and helps to achieve a flat bottom on the workpiece.
The punch should be relieved on both sides in order to avail compensation
possibilities for springback.

Fig. 7

U-Bends with large radius


U-bends with a large bottom radius are difficult to accomplish.
Punch penetration must of need be large; springback can be quite
considerable.
Displacement possible:
a1 = 50-60% of a
b1 = 50-60% of b

In order to achieve good results, the use of hollow FIBROFLEX sections or


of channels becomes almost mandatory. This is illustrated in Figs. 7 and 12.
Another alternative consists of machined form cushions in accordance with
Fig. 13.
The hollow space of the channel-shaped cushion has the effect of increasing the horizontal pressure component in the die; this also holds true for
hollow die cushions.
In all cases is it necessary to ensure that the cushion retainer box is sufficiently rigid.

G28

subject to alterations

Application examples of forming operations with FIBROFLEX Elastomers


Fig. 8

Fig. 9

Depending on stock specifications the bending of a channel section may


either be done off a Vee-shaped punch as a voluntary choice or it may
become an absolute necessity.

FIBROFLEX Triangular sections are shaped to fit into the existing forming
grooves of bending brake dies, thus eliminating die changes and/or the
provision of a die cushion retainer box as required with square cushion
configurations.

Two operational sequences are required, and a goose-necked punch configuration is essential.

Fig. 10

Fig. 11

Displacement
possible:

Displacement
possible:

a1 = 50 - 60% of a
b1 = 50 - 60% of b

a1 = 40 - 50% of a
b1 = 50 - 60% of b

Fig. 12

subject to alterations

Fig. 13

Displacement
possible:

Displacement
possible:

a1 = 50 - 60% of a
b1 = 60 - 70% of b

b1 = 60 - 70% of b

G29

G30

subject to alterations

Blanking and
forming with
FIBROFLEXElastomers
G31

Blanking and forming with FIBROFLEX-Elastomers


Description

Choice of machine

FIBROFLEX forming materials for blanking,


embossing and forming are eminently suitable
for use in small and medium series production.
The main advantage is the reduction in tooling
costs compared with traditional productions
methods.
This means that, even with considerable workpiece changes or with prototypes, you can respond quickly to changing market requirements
and delivery times.
You can avoid scratching or damaging the icreasingly common coated an highly polished sheet
metals by using the gentle touch of elastometers for the forming process.

When FIBROFLEX matrices are used for


blanking, embossing and forming the machine must be able to accommodate the
displacement.
Hydraulic presses are preferable to mechanical presses because of their gradual pressure
build-up which suits the characteristics of the
FIBROFLEX forming material as it changes
shape.
If a mechanical press is overloaded as it approaches bottom dead centre (which is also the
cutting point), there is an risk of the press being
damaged.
With FIBROFLEX the machine is not subjected
to any stresses, so even old machines can be
used.

Forming with FIBROFLEX


When forming using elastometers, always
remenber the golden rule: whatever the extent
of the deformation, the elastic FIBROFLEX
forming material remains constant, i.e. it can
be displaced, but not compressed. The design
must allow the elastomer to flow into a relief
gap that is the secret of success.

G32

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX Forming
tool blanking drawing embossing

Combined blanking embossing punching


The workpiece is completed at one pass. The shape is determined by the
combined blanking, hole cutting and embossing matrix blank holder
punch, without a reverse shape mould on the cushion side.
The thrust plate in the carrier produces a concentration of pressure which
produces a better result in the active tool range. The thrust plate also provides the necessary compensation for constant volume.
When producing workpieces of a different shape, only the tool elements in
the lower section which produce the shape have to be exchanged.

subject to alterations

G33

FIBROFLEX Forming
tool dishing

Bulging a pot
For flaring and bulging operations we recommend the use of FIBROFLEX
concave profiles wherever possible.
The wedge shape of the elastomer and the shape of the pressure and
counter pressure punches both encourage the elastomer to deform in the
required direction.
For bulging work it is worth taking into account the basic principle for FIBROFLEX, namely that it maintains a constant volume. (Displaced volume
equals bulging volume see also description on page G17).

G34

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX Universal blanking and forming carrier

FIBROFLEX blanking matrices


When blanking with elastomers, the workpiece materials, in contrast to
the traditional blanking of workpiece materials, are subjected to their
elastic limits, beyond which the material breaks.
The thickness of sheet steel which can be cut usting FIBROFLEX is currently up to 2.5 mm.

During the blanking process the press pressure first deforms the elastomer. As soon as the elastomer reaches the limits of its deformation the
workpiece is cut.
The less the stretch of the sheet metal, the easier it can be cut using the
elastomer blanking process. Spring band steels, electric sheets and sheet
aluminium all cut well using this process. Deep-drawing sheet steel is
unsuitable for the elastomer blanking process.

The even clamping pressure which is excellent for pressing also means that
parts with intricate contours can be manufactured.
It is possible to achieve workpiece accuracy of 0,01 mm.

subject to alterations

G35

FIBROFLEX Forming tool


drawing embossing

Drawing and embossing


The limits for flaring and bulging depend on the workpiece material, its
thickness and hardness and also the height of the FIBROFLEX cushion.
Maximum permissible deformation of the FIBROFLEX cushion:
80 Shore A 35%
90 Shore A 30%
95 Shore A 25%

G36

subject to alterations

FIBROFLEX Forming tool


for flaring pipes

Flaring pipes
When flaring using FIBROFLEX, split cheeks with a conical external surround are required to allow the workpiece to be released.
Depending on wall thickness, flaring ratios of 1.2 can be achieved. Above
a workpiece diameter-to-length ratio of 2 : 1 it is advisable to use concave
cushions with bolt guides.

subject to alterations

G37

G38

subject to alterations

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
Tooling resin, metal adhesives, oils ang greases

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Chemical
Tooling aids

H2

FIBROLIT Tooling resins and metal adhesives


FIBROLIT Chemical tooling aids are offered as
a comprehensive range of reliable agents, specifically developed for the requirements of the
toolmaking trade, and closely integrated with
other FIBRO products.
Quite categorically the FIBROLIT bonding
technique relies on first principles only for the
attainment of absolute alignment accuracy.
Which could be called the very criterion of
modern high-precision toolmaking but often
in the past involved the accumulation of many
small errors from conventional diemaking
steps. And attempts at compensation on the
bench. Compromises.

Successful application of the FIBROLIT bonding technique however does depend on the
observance of a few guide lines. These are fully
explained in this section.
A quaint obstacle makes itself felt at times:
conservatism, rooted deeply in the traditions
of the toolmaking trade, sceptical of new ideas
that often promise much but keep little!
In convincing contrast, the FIBROLIT- Concept
offers uncompromising success indeed. This is
borne out by the unreserved acclaim from toolmaking experts all over the world.

The FIBROLIT-Concept achieves perfect die


alignment by way of epoxy-bonding of vital
die components, free from clamping stress and
heat distortion, press fit shrinkages and errors
arising from faulty machine tool geometry. And
without recourse to sophisticated, expensive
toolroom machines, thus saving both capacity
and costs.

subject to alterations

H3

Contents
H8-9
Representatives

FIBROLIT-ZWO - Technical data

H7

H7

H7

H7

FIBROLIT-Metal adhesive MK -
Technical data

H4

281.648

H10

281.706

H11

280.20

H11

FIBROLIT-LSP Leak Detector Spray

H8

Metal adhesive FIBROLIT MK

H10

Cleaner

Injection gun for FIBROFIX-SECHS

281.01

281.270

Anaerobic metal adhesives for


securing of screws and bearing
bushes

FIBROFIX-SECHS

280.09

H10

Anaerobic metal adhesives for


securing of screws and bearing
bushes

FIBROLIT-ZWO

280.08

281.243
Anaerobic metal adhesives for
securing of screws and bearing
bushes

FIBROLIT-ZWO

280.05

H9

Thinning agent for FIBROLIT-ZWO

H6

280.02

280.24

281.147

H12

Fluid Metal

H9

281.401

H12

Cyanoacrylate adhesive

subject to alterations

Contents
281.454

H12

280.34

H15

H13

280.35

H15

H13

280.36.006

H16

Cyanoacrylate adhesive

280.15
FIBROLIT-RL Penetration lubricant
spray

280.131
FIBROLIT-ARF Marking out blue

280.23

FIBROLIT Press tool lubricant

H13
FIBROFIX-SECHS Application with
the injection gun

FIBROLIT-ARF Marking out blue

280.8021

H14

Silicon oil

280.8001

H17

H18-19
FIBROLIT-ZWO und FIBROFIX-
SECHS Application examples

H14

Oil

280.822405

H14

Release agent

280.27

H14

FIBROLIT-TW Release agent

subject to alterations

H5

Technical data:
FIBROLIT ZWO
FIBROFIX SECHS
Physical properties:
viscosity at 25 C
pot life at 25 C (mixed mann = 100 g)
cuting time at 20 - 25C*
storage life at 20C
thermal resistance (Martens) DIN 53458
flashpoint of resin
flashpoint of hardener
decomposition temperature (ISO/R 871-68)
thermal conductivity, within range of 14-38C (VDE0304 section1/7.59)
density (resin)
density (hardener)
compressive strenght DINENISO604
tensile strenght DINENISO527-1,-2,-3
flexural strenght DINENISO178
ball indentation test DINENISO2039-1
impact test
modulus of elasticity (ex tensile test)
linear shrinkage

approx. 9000mPas
approx. 25min.
approx. 24 h
approx. 1Jahr
approx. 50 - 55C (75 - 80C*)
approx. 210 C
approx. 207 C
>300 C
0,531 W/km
approx. 2,5 g/ml
approx. 1,06 g/ml
approx. 130 - 140 N/mm2
approx. 50 N/mm2
approx. 70 N/mm2
approx. 213 N/mm2
3,57 KJ/m2
approx. 8760 N/mm2
approx. 0,05 - 0,12%

*cured at ambient room temperature for 24, or 15 h at 50 C

Chemical resistance
Chemical substance
Acetone
Formaline 30%
Xylol
Silicone solution DC 20
Dieselene
White spirits
Tetrachloroethylene
Perchloroethylene
Ethylacetate
Epichlorohydrene
Fluoric acid 10%
Chlophen T 64
Water
Sea Water
Solution of NaCl 5%
Formic acid
Lactic acid 10%
Sulphuric acid
Acetic acid 10%
Ammonia 25%
Aniline
Phenol90
Hydrocloric acid 10%
A
B
C

H6

Note
C
B
A
A
A
C
A
A
C
C
C
A
B
B
A
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
B

= no effect
= small effect
= destructive effect

subject to alterations

Tooling resin FIBROLIT-ZWO


Tooling resin FIBROFIX-SECHS
280.02

280.05

280.02

(hardener only)

FIBROLIT-ZWO Tooling epoxy resin

FIBROLIT-ZWO Consignment pack (Styrofoam)

resin: 365 ml, hardener: 50 ml

1 can of casting resin + 1 cartridge hardener

A well-tried epoxy resin, chiefly for casting purposes. Size and shape of
container permit easy stirring and mixing therein. Important: resin must
be stirred throroughly prior to addition of hardener, whereupon complete
intermixing requires further vigorous stirring which is a pre-requisite for
even hardening.

Full instruction printed on package. Best results are obtained if ambient


temperature and tempreature of steel components etc. are about 20 C.
Curing completed in 24 hours. Especially when smaller portions of resin are
spooned out, (for the mixing of small quantities of casting resin) it is important that removal is preceded by thorough stirring: fillers tend to settle
at the bottom of the can and must therefore be mixed evenly.
Mixing ratio by weight: 18 to 1 (resin : hardener).
Physical properties: in chapter H
Optional thinning agent: in chapter H

280.08

280.09

FIBROFIX-SECHS Tooling epoxy resin

Injection gun

six packs of ready-to-mix resin + hardener, 40 ml each

For the fast, tidy application of FIBROFIX SECHS, especially where small
gaps or inaccessible locations are involved. Gun accepts throw-away cartridge with mixed resin or adhesive. Forced injection through compressing
of cartridge by means of screw plunger. Empty cartridge is removed from
gun and thrown away. Gun remains clean at all times.

Six packs of tooling resin/hardener, for the expedient, clean use of tooling
resin in small volume. FIBROFIX SECHS contains the same resin as
FIBROLIT ZWO therefore identical instructions apply. FIBROFIX SECHS is
specifically suited for use in our Injection Gun 280.09 see details on page
H 17.

Styrofoam consignment package


Contents: 6 resin cartridges + 6 ampoules hardener + 1 stirring rod

subject to alterations

H7

Technical data:
Metal adhesive FIBROLIT MK
Thinning agent for FIBROLIT ZWO
Physical properties: FIBROLIT Metal adhesive
density of Resin MK
density of Hardener MK
tensile shear strenght
thermal resistance (Martens)
pot life (100 g-mixture)
shelf life at 20 - 25 C
time for complete curing at 20 - 25 C

1,16 0,01 g/ml


1,13 0,01 g/ml
40 - 50 N/mm2
45 - 50 C
15 - 20 min
approx. 1 jear
24 h approx.

Physical properties: Thinning agent


density
flash point (DIN 51584)
shelf life at 20 - 25 C
viscosity at 25 C

1,16 0,02 g/ml


97 C
approx. 1 year
1000 100 mPas

Chemical resistance
Chemical substance
Acetone
Formaline 30%
Xylol
Silicone solution DC 20
Dieselene
White spirits
Tetrachloroethylene
Perchloroethylene
Ethyl acetate
Epichlorohydrene
Fluoric acid 10%
Chlophen T 64
Water
Sea Water
NaCl -solution of 5%
Formic acid
Lactic acid 10%
Sulphuric acid
Acetic acid 10%
Ammonia 25%
Aniline
Phenol-90
Hydrocloric acid 10%
A

= no effect

= small effect

= destructive effect

H8

Note
C
B
A
A
A
C
A
A
C
C
C
A
B
B
A
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
B

subject to alterations

Metal adhesive FIBROLIT MK


Thinning agent for FIBROLIT-ZWO
281.01

280.24

FIBROLIT MK Metal adhesive

Thinning agent for FIBROLIT ZWO

two-component tin, containing altogether 325 ml

container of 500 ml

Two-component adhesive on eposy resin basis. Mixing ratio is 2:1 by


weight. Parts to be joined must be thoroughly degreased. Coarse surfaces
improve adhesion. Glue line should not exceed 0,6 to 0,7 mm in thickness.

A pure epoxy resin, this agent may be added at a certain ratio to FIBROLIT
ZWO in order to reduce the viscosity of the resin mix. Maximum admixture
= 5%. It must be noted that the addition of thinning agent will extend the
curing time.
Together with hardener 280.05, the thinning agent can be used as a casting
resin the correct mixing ratio is 5:1 by weight.

Application with brush or other suitable tool. The adhesive hardens


out completely after 24 hours, but reaches a tensile shear strength of
30 N/mm2 after 61/2 hours. Bushes epoxy-bonded with FIBROLIT MK
remain their geometry and size after hardening of the adhesive.

subject to alterations

H9

Anaerobic metal adhesives for securing of screws and bearing bushes


281.243
LOCTITE 243

281.270
LOCTITE 2701

For screws and nuts

For screws and nuts

For the securing of screws and bolts with medium bonding strength.
Protects against vibrations, corrosion and leakage, up to M 36.
Normal hand tools will suffice for dismantling.

For the securing of screws and bolts with high bonding strength, also for
studs and nuts. Suitable for threads up to M 20.
Reliably seals hydraulic/pneumatic lines up to 1/2 BSP.

Temperature resistant from -55 to +150C.


Temperature resistant from -55 to +150C.
Bonding strength: 6 - 14 N/mm2
Secured parts cannot be dismatled easily.
Contents of Bottle: 50 ml
Seals gaps up to 0,15 mm max.
Bonding strength: 11 - 20 N/mm2
Contents of Bottle: 50 ml

281.648
LOCTITE 648

For securing bushes and ball bearings


For bonding of bearings, bushes, bolts and other machine components.
Very fast bonding to handling strength. Temperature resistant from -55 to
+175C.
Where oil-impregnated sintered bushes are to be secured, the special
instructions must be observed.
Seals gaps up to 0,15 mm max.
Bonding strength: 16 - 30 N/mm2
Contents of Bottle 50 ml

H10

subject to alterations

Cleaner
Leak detector spray
281.706
LOCTITE 7061 Aerosol

Rapid-Cleaning spray
Spray can 400 ml
In order to achieve optimum results in bonding work, the affected
surfaces should be thoroughly cleaned beforehand. LOCTITE 706
Spray removes oil, grease and contamination from metal surfaces
treated with it. Upon evaporation, no residue remains.

Leak detector spray


280.20
FIBROLIT-LSP

400 ml
For fast and reliable detection of gas leaks and compressed air leaks:
Spray on to the suspect areas and foaming bubbles will appear at the
location of any leaks.
The valve also allows you to spray upwards.
FIBRO Leak detector spray tests connections, whether they are brazed,
screwed or welded, it tests fittings, valves, pressure vessels, hoses, pipework in short, anything that needs a good seal.
You can use FIBRO Leak detector spray for all gases:
compressed air, oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, town gas, natural gas, liquid
gas, carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, acetylene, propane, butane, other flammable gases, etc.
FIBRO Leak detector spray is non flammable, non corrosive, non toxic and
does not damage or crack plastics such as polyethylene, PVC etc.

subject to alterations

H11

Fluid metal
Cyanoacrylate adhesive
281.147
LOCTITE 147 twin syringe resin
LOCTITE 147 twin syringe hardener

281.401
LOCTITE 401

281.454
LOCTITE 454

Fluid metal for fast repairs

LOCTITE cyanoacrylate adhesive 401/454

Twin syringe 25 ml

Typ 401, 50 g

Typ 454, 20 g

Epoxy metal Product for high resistance repairs on steel and cast iron.
Sticks on metal, glass, ceramics and other materials.

Loctite 401 is a high performance


cyanoacrylate adhesive. It bonds
extremely rapidly to a wide variety
of materials, including porous
surfaces such as metal, plastics
and rubber.

Type 454 is as above but formulated to a thick, gel consistency.


Will not flow into unwanted areas.
Remains stationary on vertical
or overhead surfaces. Fixturing
strength depending to material
between 20 - 120 sec.

To be used e. g. for repairing of substandard working on tools and machine


parts. Suitable as quick filler.
Potlife

8 min.

Fixturing strength 30 min.


Full curing

H12

72 h.

subject to alterations

FIBROLIT- RL
FIBROLIT-ARF
280.15

280.131

280.23

FIBROLIT RL Penetration lubricant spray

FIBROLIT ARF Marking out blue

300 ml aerosol spray can

300 ml aerosol spray can 500 ml liquid container

Of enormous penetrating capability, spray deposit enters tiniest joint gaps


and thus releases corroded and seized parts such as nuts, bolts and press
fits. Acts as long-lasting rust protective and lubricant.

A fast-drying marking out blue of outstanding intensity.


Colour: dark blue.
Degrease before application.

subject to alterations

H13

Silicon oil
Oil
Release agent FIBROLIT-TW
280.8021
LOCTITE 8021

280.8001
LOCTITE 8001

Silicon oil

Oil

400 ml aerosol spray can

400 ml aerosol spray can

A release agent on silicon oil basis for the attainment of tight clearances
in connection with epoxy casting resins.

280.8001 is a low viscosity oil with good penetrating properties.


It is an excellent tool lubricant.

Applications include: cast guides on die set pillars, cast-in punches etc.
It is important to observe that components intended for above operations
must have smoothly finished surfaces in order to be released without
force after curing of the epoxy resins FIBROLITZWO or FIBROFIXSECHS.
FIBROLITTS is applied by spraying or with a rag; it should be rubbed in
well before casting of the resin.

280.822405

280.27

Release agent

Release agent FIBROLIT TW

400 ml aerosol spray can

500 ml liquid container

silicon-free release agent

A release agent on wax basis for the attainment of larger clearances in


connection with epoxy casting resins. Applications include: cast guides on
die set pillars, punches, cast-in bushes etc.

Application for moving parts such as guide pillars, punches etc. with epoxy
casting resins FIBROLIT-ZWO or FIBROFIX-SECHS.
The release agent is applied by spray distance 20 to 30 cm.
A uniform surface is achieved after rubbing with a cloth.

It is important to observe that components intended for above operations


must have smoothly finished surfaces in order to release without force
after curing of the epoxy resins FIBROLIT ZWO or FIBROFIX SECHS.
FIBROLIT TW is applied with a rag. It should be rubbed in well. Repeated
application will increase the clearance obtained.

10.2015

subject to alterations

FIBROLIT-Oil-LD Grease-LD
Long-term lubrication for sintered metal plain bearings
280.34

280.35

FIBROLIT Grease LD

FIBROLIT Oil LD

400 ml

1000 ml

Sintered guide bushings are filled under vacuum with special oil 280.35.
As additional long term lubrication use FIBROLIT Grease 280.34.
It replaces lost oil in the sintered guiding systems.

Further information see below.

New lubrication concept


FIBROLIT-LD is a new lubrication concept for sintered metal plain bearings in order to achieve even longer running times.
FIBROLIT-LD means that sintered bearing impregnation oils are kept in micro-cells for long-term and permanent lubrication in the form of a plastic oil
reservoir.
Optimum results are achieved if the bushes have already been impregnated with the matched oil.
The plastic FIBROLIT Grease-LD is provided in the oil supply grooves of the sintered bush. The supply groove is a advantage and is recommended but not
absolutely necessary for additional lubrication, A cappilary bridge to the surface of the sintered bearing is essential.
FIBROLIT-LD-Lubrication has a number of crucial adventages over previous methods such as grease depot lubrication or felts.

Type of additional lubrication


Provision of lubricating film
Wetting of shaft though unimpregnated bearing
Storability
Prevention of leaking and bleeding of oil
Oil output
Use of oil supply
Effectivity
Longer life of bearing
Automation
Automated application
Overall assessment

Felt

Grease depot

FIBROLIT Grease-LD

Very Good

Satisfactory

Good

Poor

Very Good

Very Good

Very Good

Poor

Satisfactory

Satisfactory

Satisfactory

Good

Good

Very Good

Satisfactory

Good

Difficult,
expensive
Satisfactory

Lubricability
FIBROLIT-LD is a gelled lubricant and has double the oil descharge capacity of conventional soap lubrication depot grease. An oil excess as with felts is not
encountered. The guide slot is therefore better dised and so supplied for a longer period. The service life of the guide is prolonged.
FIBROLIT-LD-additional lubrication offers longest service life.

Temperature and vibration-stable


FIBROLIT-LD is temperature-stable (-40 to +150C) and does not flow off under the effect of heat. The plastic oil reservoir retains its strength and remains
in place even under vibration forces.
The FIBROLIT-LD lubrication concept opens up a new dimension of possible stroke speeds for tools with sintered guides.

subject to alterations

H15

FIBROLIT Press tool lubricant


280.36.006

FIBROLIT 280.36.006 is a press tool lubricant without any detrimental influence on subsequent processes, thus eliminating the need for its removal
after the stamping operation.
FIBROLIT 280.36.006 evaporates at room temperature.
It is non-toxic and has no negative influence on the environment.

Advantages:
cleaning of components falls away
components do not stick together
welding and soldering possible without rinsing etc.
surface treatments possible without cleaning process
(electro-chemical, cataphoretic)
affords good corrosion resistance
no oxidisation or bacteria-infestation of the lubricant
increased tool life
exposure to 300 C results in absolutely residue-free
evaporation

Applications:
stamping of components from transformer sheet
all kinds of forming operations
an aid to bending and coining operations
manufacture of steel drums
assists difficult roll-forming processes
also suitable for special chip-removing operations

Application of FIBROLIT 280.36.006


to components, sheets and strip:
The lubricant can be applied by way of immersion, spraying and roll-coating.
The use of wipers ahead of press ingress successfully controls lubricant layer.

Drying time:
Depends on temperature and time span. An air blast as well as heat shortens the drying time considerably.

Suitable for:
Container 1000 ml

H16

All types of steel sheet, inox, aluminium, copper alloys, laquered and zinc
plated steel sheet/strip.

subject to alterations

Application of FIBROFIX SECHS with the FIBRO Injection gun


1 Injection gun

1
2 Injection cartridge
3 Glass ampoule with hardener
4 Stirring rod

subject to alterations

Stirring and mixing can be done with the


aid of a drilling machine, Stirring rod
held in the chuck.
Select slow revs in order to prevent air
bubbles from forming in the resin.

Place screw plunger into injection gun and


lock the bajonet mechanism. Holding nozzle
upwards, cut off its tip.

Unscrew nozzle from injection


cartridge. Stir up resin.
Open ampoule and hold over
cartridge. Use suitable rod to
push hardener down into
cartridge.

Open bajonet lock on injection gun and remove


screw plunger.
Screw nozzle back onto injection cartridge.
Place cartridge inside gun nozzle to front.

And this is how its done :


hold nozzle against small injection hole drilled from
outside of workpiece into bottom end of injection
gap. Turn plastic knob, thus injecting the resin
through the auxiliary hole into injection gap. The
rising resin will expel the air in the gap, thereby
preventing air from becoming entrapped. Inject
slowly so as to allow the resin to rise evenly all the
way round.

H17

Application examples: FIBROLIT ZWO, FIBROFIX SECHS


Casting of punch guides in guiding strippers

With simple dies, the following execution leads to expedient and good
results:

Suitable apertures in the stripper can be marked out from finished matrix.
Allowance must be made for a casting gap of 1 - 3 mm around the punch.

Prolonged storage and cold can cause the resin to become stiff and unworkable. Place resin container in hot water of about 60 C, then stir thoroughly and let cool down to room temperature.

Fig. 3:
Casting of the punch guide in a simple piercing/blanking die

The punch is set up squarely and positioned dimensionally correct relative


to the matrix. The punch guide is then cast in the prepared stripper
aperture the stripper being dowelled to the matrix, of course.
Fig. 1:

After hardening, the punch is forced lightly into the soft matrix, this being
facilitated by the usual undersized preliminary matrix aperture.

Casting of punch guide in guiding stripper


The matrix is then worked to the impressed contours, finished and finally
hardened.

Quite often it will suffice to drill a hole in approximation of a shaped


aperture as shown in fig. 2.
Where stripping forces are considerable and/or where large runs are anticipated, the cast epoxy resin guides in the stripper can be protected against
wear by a wear plate. This plate is fitted to the underside of the stripper
before or after casting.
Fast-running dies require lubrication of the punch guide; an oil well is
easily formed at the top end of the cast resin guide as shown in fig. 4.

Fig. 4:
Fig. 2:
Cast punch guide with oil well and wear plate underneath stripper
Cast guide for form punch

Where extremely thin casting gaps cannot be avoided, admixture of


FIBROLIT Thinning agent 280.24 will reduce the viscosity of the epoxy
mixture, thus facilitating casting or injection.

Quill punches ought to be given maximum support over their length; a


typical cast stripper guide for such thin punches is shown in fig. 5.

The casting aperture/hole in the stripper requires thorough degreasing.


Apply a coating of release agent to both the punch and the matrix. Bring
stripper and matrix into accurate alignment, then clamp together.
Various methods exist for the exact positioning of the punch prior to
casting. A magnetic vee block can be used for assuring verticality. Metal
foil or plastic shims may help in providing equal clearance with the matrix.
Segmented matrices are best made initially to zero clearance relief and
clearance to be ground after casting; this method ensures correct centring
of the punch versus the matrix inserts.
A ring of plasticine helps to confine the poured resin, also acts as a casting
funnel. Often the use of the FIBRO Injection gun 280.09 will be found much
easier, especially where access is obstructed.
Fig. 5:
Cast guide for thin Quill-Type Punch

H18

subject to alterations

Application examples: FIBROLIT ZWO, FIBROFIX SECHS


Fig. 6 shows a guiding stripper with jig-bored holes for a number of dowel
pins. The aperture was sawn. After driving in of the dowel pins the punch
is inserted and then the guide is cast around it. The line contact with the
hardened dowels makes the punch guide
more durable, and the lining up of the punch (prior to casting)
is eliminated.

A complicated guiding stripper with many intricately-shaped


punch guiding holes is shown in fig. 7. All apertures in the stripper were
drilled, sawn or milled, and the punch guides were cast with FIBRO tooling
resin.

Fig. 7:
Guiding stripper with numerous punch guides, cast with FIBRO tooling
resin

Fig. 6:
Cast punch guide with jig-bored positioning dowel pins

Examples of epoxy-casting and


epoxy-bonding work in a progression die

Cast-in liner bushes for dowel pins


These hardened Liner Bushes are used to great advantage where
it is necessary to dismantle or replace unhardened components frequently
for instance in precision stamping dies etc.
The jig-ground dowel pin holes in the hardened and ground plates assure
perfectly accurate interchangeability.
The unhardened counterpart is brought into precise position and alignment by way of casting-in of the hardened liner bushes. Either FIBROLIT
ZWO or FIBROFIX SECHS is used for casting.

subject to alterations

H19

H20

subject to alterations

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment
for presses, tool manufacture, assembly aids
Conveyor belts, pneumatic conveyors, electric conveyors

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Peripheral
equipment

J2

Peripheral equipment
Press and tools products
Ball bearing inserts and rails

If you need fast and reliable tool changing, you


will find that equipping or updating your press
with ball bearing inserts and rails is the ideal
solution.
With ball bearing inserts and rails you can move
or change tools fast, and above all accurately even if they weigh several tons. In the past this
has often been an awkward, inconvenient and
sometimes even critical process.
Equipping and retrofitting press tables with ball
bearing rails is extremely straightforward as
virtually every press table has fixing slots. The
ball bearing rails are simply inserted and fixed in
these slots.
Ball bearing inserts can be used for press tables
which do not have fixing slots. These are fitted in
the locating sockets.
The ball bearings of the inserts and rails will
move in any direction and project only slightly
above the surface of the press table. The result is
that only slight force is required for movement on
the table. When the tool is clamped in place it
sits on the table and the clamping pressure
causes the ball bearings to retract into their
sockets.

Roller inserts and roller rails

Roller inserts and rails will carry twice the load of


ball bearing inserts and rails and ensure precise
linear movement of the tool. This linear technology requires precise positioning of the tool when it
is transferred to the tool bench.
Roller rails are used especially on presses with
stationary mounting devices.
The special roller bearing technology operates
reliably at high temperatures (200C).
Unlike ball bearing rails, roller rails can be used in
tool base plates, i.e. installed upside down.

subject to alterations

Conveyor belts

Our conveyor belts are designed for use in a wide


variety of production applications.
There is a belt width and length to suit almost
every application.
The conveyor belts are powered by an electric
motor, which is electronically regulated to provide belt speeds from 0.02 to 30 metres per
minute.
The motor can be mounted horizontally or vertically, on either side of the belt for either direction
of movement. Conveyor belts are available with
or without profiles across the belt. Conveyor edge
rails are also available in a range of designs.

Pneumatic conveyors

This pneumatic conveyor is unique and is patented. It was designed to provide an effective and
affordable solution to the problems of conveying
parts and disposing of waste.
This beltless system conveys stampings and
waste from the tool area by vibration alone.

Electro-mechanical transporters

The FIBRO electro-mechanical transporters have


been developed to effectively and inexpensively
solve the problems of transporting parts and the
removal of stamping and cutting residues from
presses.
The principle behind the electro-mechanical
transporter is the so-called table cloth effect.
The slow acceleration during the forward stroke
pushes the parts or offcuts forwards. The fast
return stroke of the guiding system results in a
transport movement in only one direction.

J3

Contents
2198.32.

J8

Ball bearing insert without collar

2198.33.

J8

J9

J10

J10

J11

Counter view, mechanical

J4

2195.401.

J22

2195.402.

J23

2195.114.

J24

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt

J12-13

Spring mounted rollers to VW


Standard

3710.12.01

J21

Conveyor belt, electrically controlled

Roller rail

2198.50.55.

2195.302.

Conveyor belt, electrically controlled

Roller insert with collar

2198.44.

J20

Conveyor belt, electrically controlled

Roller insert without collar

2198.35.

2195.301.
Conveyor belt, electrically controlled

Ball bearing rail

2198.34.

J15

Installation frame for counter view

Ball bearing insert with collar

2198.42.

3710.00.12.01

2195.115.

J24

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt

J14

2195.116.

J24

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt

subject to alterations

Contents
2195.117.

J24

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt

2195.218.

J25

J25

J25

J25

J26

Stand for conveyor belt

subject to alterations

2299.002.

J33

2299.011.

J34

2299.012.

J34

Electro-mechanical transporter horizontal gear position, with profile


and support

J26

Stand for conveyor belt

2195.140./141.

J33

Electro-mechanical transporter vertical gear position, with profile


and support

Stand for conveyor belt

2195.130./131.

2299.001.

Electro-mechanical transporter horizontal gear position

Delimiting guide with loss


prevention for conveyor belt

2195.120./121.

J29

Electro-mechanical transporter vertical gear position

Delimiting guide with loss


prevention for conveyor belt

2195.221.

2199.03/10/40/70
Pneumatic conveyor

Delimiting guide with loss


prevention for conveyor belt

2195.220.

J26

Stand for conveyor belt

Delimiting guide with loss


prevention for conveyor belt

2195.219.

2195.150./151.

2299.121.

J35

Electro-mechanical transporter vertical gear position, two slides,


with profile and support

J26

2299.122.

J35

Electro-mechanical transporter horizontal gear position, two slides,


with profile and support

J5

Contents
2299.221.

J36

Electro-mechanical transporter vertical centre gear position, two


slides, with profile and support

2299.222.

J36

Electro-mechanical transporter horizontal centre gear position, two


slides, with profile and support

2299.510

J37

Electro-mechanical transporters Fastening element with height


adjustment system

2299.511

J37

Electro-mechanical transporters Fastening element

2299.520

J38

Electro-mechanical transporters Distance

2299.540

J38

Electro-mechanical transporters Quick clamp for guiding system

2299.541

J38

Electro-mechanical transporters Quick clamp for guiding system

2299.530

J39

Electro-mechanical transporters Angled mounting with adapter plate

J6

subject to alterations

Electronic Thread
Moulding
PATENTED

n on

please request your catalogue

atio
m
r
o
f
n
i
further
request

10.2014

Electronic Thread Moulding


The electronic thread moulding unit, specially designed for punching and forming processes, stands
out thanks to its excellent process integration. Regardless of whether the electronic thread moulding
unit is used in progressive dies or progression tools, in presses or in automatic punching and bending
machines, the desired threads are created in a reliable and controlled fashion. This improves thread
quality, increases reliability and ensures quick, cost-effective production.

Flexibility
The electronic thread moulding unit can be
used in a wide variety of presses, progressive
dies and automatic punching machines
thanks to its independent drive and versatile
control unit. If required, a thread cutter can
also be operated instead of the non-cutting
thread moulder. The compact design allows
for the greatest possible flexibility.
Integration takes place through installation
in existing equipment. The control unit of
the electronic thread moulding unit is coupled with the equipment according to requirements. The simple programming facilitates
quick calibration of all parameters.

Quality
The thread moulding unit produces high
quality threads in sizes M2-M24. The threads
stand out thanks to:
great strength and stability
high surface quality
The quality test includes an ongoing check of
the thread moulding cycle. The condition of
the thread tool, the tolerance of the core
hole and the quality of the resulting thread
are inferred from the monitored parameters.
If limit values are fallen short of or are exceeded, a stop signal is sent to the press or
equipment and a corresponding error message is produced. Furthermore, all data sets
can be read out from the controls and summarised externally as a report, for instance
within a quality assurance system.

Cost effectiveness
In addition to producing high quality
threads, the thread creation is above all extremely cost effective. Cost savings can be
achieved through:
long service life of the tools
faster processing times
avoiding rejects
eliminating the feeding of parts and additional production stages
a high level of investment security

At a glance
Versatile and flexible application
Autonomous system
Large spectrum of thread sizes M2-M24
(larger upon request)
Simple programming and control
High quality
Stability and strength
Surface quality
Integrated quality control
Cost effective
Cost savings
Short production times
A high level of investment security

Sample applications

10.2014

subject to alterations

Electronic Thread Moulding

The moulding head transforms horizontal


rotation into vertical rotation. The feed
motion is carried out by a leader. The thread
pitch of the leader corresponds to the pitch
of the thread to be moulded. The moulding
tool is operated with maximum precision
with the help of the head spindle sleeve. A
clamping sleeve is used to clamp the thread
moulder.

The controls and the servo regulator for the


drives are located in the control box. The size
of the control box varies according to the
number of systems that must be controlled.
The control unit can regulate up to 6 independent drives. 10 programmes per unit
allow unrestricted programming of the parameters (rotation speed of the leader, limitation of the torque, number of rotations of
the leader, cycle time, batch counter, process
data monitoring). Data storage may also
take place, which serves to record all the torque values.

A flexible and compact micro dosing unit


with a volumetric dosing pump allows for
precise and reliable lubrication. The nozzle
technology was developed for punching and
forming processes.

The drive shaft transfers the drive's torque


to the moulding head. By evening out differences in height and length, the moulding
head can be installed in every position within the tool. It is also manoeuvrable on holding-down plates. The maximum clearance
between the drive and the moulding head is
500 mm.

The bevel gear serves to limit the length of


the installation space required by the drive.
Using the bevel gear is optional.

subject to alterations

thread
cutting*

threaded/
punched
nut

weld nut

++ excellent
+ good
satisfactory
adequate
inadequate
Possible uses
Thread sizes
Tensile strength of the material
Flexibility
Quality
Surface
(Pull-out) resistance
Load capacity
Reliability
Time
Number of process stages
Processing time
Cost
Production costs
* as a discrete, downstream process stage

electronic
thread
moulding

Process comparison

++

++

+
++

+
++

++
++
++
++

+
++

++
++

++

The drive consists of one synchronous servomotor for each moulding head that must be
powered. The servomotor is configured
according to the thread size. This makes it
possible to create different thread sizes in a
tool using one control. Thanks to the constant cutting speed, significantly longer service lives are achieved than is the case with
mechanical, forced piloted systems.
The drive is independent from the press
stroke and press motion. The maximum rotation speed is 6000 U/min.

10.2014

Ball bearing insert without collar


Ball bearing insert with collar
2198.32.

Note:

The supporting ball bearings raise the object to be moved (tool) away
from the table surface and replace the surface friction with rolling
friction. This significantly reduces the force required to move the tool.

2198.32. Ball bearing insert without


collar
Order No
2198.32.020
2198.32.024
2198.32.030
2198.32.040

d
20
24
30
40

Load capacity
m [daN]
25
40
63
100

Ball
diameter
10
12
15
20

e
10
14
20
30

t
30
38
44
53

2198.33.

Note:

The supporting ball bearings raise the object to be moved (tool) away
from the table surface and replace the surface friction with rolling
friction. This significantly reduces the force required to move the tool.

J8

2198.33. Ball bearing insert with collar


Order No
2198.33.020
2198.33.024
2198.33.030
2198.33.040

d
20
24
30
40

Load capacity
m [daN]
25
40
63
100

Ball
diameter
10
12
15
20

e
25
30
35
50

t
3.5
4
5
6

l
31
39
45
54

subject to alterations

Ball bearing rail


2198.42.

Note:

The ball bearing rails are pushed into the DIN 650 T-shaped grooves in
the press table and are fixed in place by the clamping piece. The size
and number of the ball bearing rails is determined by the size of the T-
shaped groove and the load-bearing capacity required. Once the tool is
clamped in place, it lies on the press table and the clamping pressure
presses the ball bearings into the holes.
* T-shaped grooves are not absolutely necessary.

2198.42. Ball bearing rail


Order No
2198.42.18.105
2198.42.18.140
2198.42.18.175
2198.42.18.210
2198.42.18.280
2198.42.18.350
2198.42.22.120
2198.42.22.160
2198.42.22.200
2198.42.22.240
2198.42.22.320
2198.42.22.400
2198.42.28.135
2198.42.28.180
2198.42.28.225
2198.42.28.270
2198.42.28.360
2198.42.28.450
2198.42.36.150
2198.42.36.200
2198.42.36.250
2198.42.36.300
2198.42.36.400
2198.42.36.500

subject to alterations

a
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
22
22
22
28
28
28
28
28
28
36
36
36
36
36
36

Load capacity
m [daN]
75
100
125
150
200
250
120
160
200
240
320
400
190
250
320
380
500
630
300
400
500
600
800
1000

L
105
140
175
210
280
350
120
160
200
240
320
400
135
180
225
270
360
450
150
200
250
300
400
500

Number
of balls
3
4
5
6
8
10
3
4
5
6
8
10
3
4
5
6
8
10
3
4
5
6
8
10

Balls
diameter
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20

f
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

b*
30
30
30
30
30
30
37
37
37
37
37
37
46
46
46
46
46
46
56
56
56
56
56
56

c*
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25

h
30
30
30
30
30
30
38
38
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
48
48
48
61
61
61
61
61
61

x
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
40
40
45
45
45
45
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
50

y
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
19
19
19
19
19
19
24.5
24.5
24.5
24.5
24.5
24.5

J9

Roller insert without collar


Roller insert with collar
2198.34.

Note:

2198.34. Roller insert without collar

Torsion protection is provided by the customer.

Order No
2198.34.020
2198.34.024
2198.34.030
2198.34.040

Roller inserts provide double the capacity of ball bearing inserts.

d
20
24
30
40

Load capacity
m [daN]
50
80
125
200

Roller
diameter
10
13
16
19

e
10
14
20
30

t
30
38
44
53

2198.35.

Note:

2198.35. Roller insert with collar

Torsion protection is provided by the customer.

Order No
2198.35.020
2198.35.024
2198.35.030
2198.35.040

Roller inserts provide double the capacity of ball bearing inserts.

J10

d
20
24
30
40

Load capacity
m [daN]
50
80
125
200

Roller
diameter
10
13
16
19

e
25
30
35
50

t
3.5
4
5
6

l
31
39
45
54

subject to alterations

Roller rail
2198.44.

2198.44. Roller rail


Order No
2198.44.18.105
2198.44.18.140
2198.44.18.175
2198.44.18.210
2198.44.18.280
2198.44.18.350
2198.44.22.120
2198.44.22.160
2198.44.22.200
2198.44.22.240
2198.44.22.320
2198.44.22.400
2198.44.28.135
2198.44.28.180
2198.44.28.225
2198.44.28.270
2198.44.28.360
2198.44.28.450
2198.44.36.150
2198.44.36.200
2198.44.36.250
2198.44.36.300
2198.44.36.400
2198.44.36.500

subject to alterations

a
18
18
18
18
18
18
22
22
22
22
22
22
28
28
28
28
28
28
36
36
36
36
36
36

Load capacity
m [daN]
150
200
250
300
400
500
240
320
400
480
640
800
380
500
630
750
1000
1250
600
800
1000
1200
1600
2000

L
105
140
175
210
280
350
120
160
200
240
320
400
135
180
225
270
360
450
150
200
250
300
400
500

Number of
rollers
3
4
5
6
8
10
3
4
5
6
8
10
3
4
5
6
8
10
3
4
5
6
8
10

Roller
diameter
10
10
10
10
10
10
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
16
16
16
16
16
19
19
19
19
19
19

f
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

b*
30
30
30
30
30
30
37
37
37
37
37
37
46
46
46
46
46
46
56
56
56
56
56
56

c*
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25

h
30
30
30
30
30
30
38
38
38
38
38
38
48
48
48
48
48
48
61
61
61
61
61
61

x
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
40
40
45
45
45
45
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
50

y
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
19
19
19
19
19
19
24.5
24.5
24.5
24.5
24.5
24.5

J11

Spring mounted rollers to VW Standard


2198.50.55.01 Execution 1
Material: Steel
~102

82

11

18

15

spare part:
2198.50.55.01.07

9
50
38
10
40

45
15

10

48

Note:

Screws not included.

Application:

For stabilizing the sheet-metal strip in the tool and at the coil entry.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.

2198.50.55.02 Execution 2
Material: Steel

38

~162

98

11

15

9
10
40

45
15

48

50
38

10

spare part:
2198.50.55.01.07

Note:

Screws not included.

Application:

For stabilizing the sheet-metal strip in the tool and at the coil entry.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.

J12

subject to alterations

Spring mounted rollers to VW Standard


2198.50.55.03 Execution 3
Material: Steel
~102

82

11

18

15

spare part:
2198.50.55.01.07

10
40

45
15

10

48

50
38

Note:

Screws not included.

Application:

For stabilizing the sheet-metal strip in the tool and at the coil entry.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.

2198.50.55.04 Execution 4

Material: Steel

~ 135

82

11

18

15

10
40

15

45

48

50
38

10

spare part
2198.50.55.01.07

Note:

Screws not included.

Application:

For stabilizing the sheet-metal strip in the tool and at the coil entry.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762 M8.

subject to alterations

J13

Counter view, mechanical


3710.12.01

47,5

4,5

M4x25 (2x)

12

24

R8

19

38

28,5

6,5

24

Description:

3710.12.01 Counter view, mechanical

- monitors the productivity of a moulding tool

Note:

- max. operational temperature 120 C


- seven digit display, non-resettable, allows recording up to 10 million
cycles
- splash resistant, corrosion resistant
- incl. mounting screws M4x25
Installation into mould parting surface with 2 cylinder screws M4 x 25
DIN EN ISO 4762.
- An installation in the mould parting surface provides a good reading of
the counted values.

Patent

Mounting example

24

48

FT

26

28

,5
38

J14

M4x25 (2x)
R8

subject to alterations

Installation frame for counter view

8x45

12

40

3710.00.12.01

85

49

63
20

30

69

3710.00.12.01 Installation frame for


counter view

Note:

Fasten the installation frame on the tool, then insert the counter view.
Delivery includes:
2 socket head cap screws M6x16 to DIN EN ISO 4762 and 2 precision
parallel pins 2351.0600.024

Attention:

After installing the counter view into the installation frame,


disassembly is no longer possible (manipulation proof).

Mounting example
6
min. 13

22

8
85

82

20

3710.12.01

subject to alterations

3710.00.12.01

3710.00.12.01

22
29

33
19

20

3710.12.01

J15

J16

subject to alterations

Electrically
controlled
Conveyor belts

J17

J18

subject to alterations

Conveyor belts, electrically controlled


Description and ordering guidelines

Belt speed:

Description:

The standard speed is 5,5 m/min.


Speeds of 2,77,51120 m/min are available on request.

The conveyor belts are used to move parts and


waste out of the press. They are suitable for any
other application involving the movement of
parts or waste.

5,5

m/min.

Code

2,7

m/min.

Code

7,5

m/min.

Code

11

m/min.

Code

20

m/min.

Code

10 m/min. (Types 302 and 402 only)

Code

10

20 m/min.

Code

20

30 m/min.

Code

30 m/min. (Types 302 and 402 only)

Code

The belt consists of a woven glass fibre fabric with


a polyurethane coating.
The drives are designed for both continuous and
intermittent operation.

An electrical controller enables the belt speed to be set to between


0,02

0,02

230 V AC
1-ph.

with limited control precision.

Motors: (supply voltage)


Single-phase-motor 230 V50 HZ

Code

Three-phase-motor 230 V50 HZ (star delta control)

Code

Three-phase-motor 400 V50 HZ

Code

Motor position with gearbox:

Motor axis horizontal relative to direction of belt travel, right

Code

Motor axis horizontal relative to direction of belt travel, left

Code

Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, right, above

Code

Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, right, below

Code

Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, left, above

Code

Motor axis vertical relative to direction of belt travel, left, below

Code

Controller:

Accessories:

Delimiting guides, loss prevention and stands (see


following pages) only in conjunction with a
conveyor belt order.

Excluding electrical installation

Code

With manual ON/OFF switch and motor circuit-breaker

Code

With manual ON/OFF switch and motor circuit-breaker,


Code
additional emergency stop switch and 3 m cable with IEC 309 plug connector.

Fittings as for 2 + Motor frequency controller to regulate the belt speed,


230 V AC, single phased, with IEC 309 plug connector.
Code

Fittings as for 2 + Motor frequency controller to regulate the belt speed,


400 V AC, three phased, with IEC 309 plug connector.
Code

subject to alterations

400 V AC
3-ph.

J19

Conveyor belt, electrically controlled


2195.301.

2195.301. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled


a
030
050
075
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

Belt load:

Belt width a
30 50 75
100125150
175200225
250275300

500

750

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2250

2500

2750

3000

3250

3500

3750

4000

kg per meter conveyed


4
7
10
15

For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.

Ordering Code (example):


Conveyor belt
Typ 301
Belt width
Nominal belt length
Belt speed
Motor voltage 400 V
Motor position
Motor controller
Order No

J20

a = 100 mm
b = 1750 mm

= 2195.
= 2195.301.
= 2195.301.100.
= 2195.301.100.1750.
= 2195.301.100.1750.1
= 2195.301.100.1750.13
= 2195.301.100.1750.131
= 2195.301.100.1750.1311
= 2195.301.100.1750.1311
subject to alterations

Conveyor belt, electrically controlled


2195.302.

2195.302. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled


a
030
050
075
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

Belt load:
Belt width a
30 50 75
100125150
175200225
250275300

500

750

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2250

2500

2750

3000

3250

3500

3750

4000

kg per meter conveyed


4
7
10
15

For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.

Ordering Code (example):


Conveyor belt
Typ 302
Belt width
Nominal belt length
Belt speed
Motor voltage 400 V
Motor position
Motor controller
Order No
subject to alterations

a = 100 mm
b = 2500 mm

= 2195.
= 2195.302.
= 2195.302.100.
= 2195.302.100.2500.
= 2195.302.100.2500.1
= 2195.302.100.2500.13
= 2195.302.100.2500.131
= 2195.302.100.2500.1311
= 2195.302.100.2500.1311

J21

Conveyor belt, electrically controlled


2195.401.

2195.401. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled


a
030
050
075
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300

Belt load:

Belt width a
30 50 75
100125150
175200225
250275300

500

750

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2250

2500

2750

3000

3250

3500

3750

4000

kg per meter conveyed


5
10
14
17

For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.

Ordering Code (example):


Conveyor belt
Typ 401
Belt width
Nominal belt length
Belt speed
Motor voltage 400 V
Motor position
Motor controller
Order No

J22

a = 100 mm
b = 1750 mm

= 2195.
= 2195.401.
= 2195.401.100.
= 2195.401.100.1750.
= 2195.401.100.1750.1
= 2195.401.100.1750.13
= 2195.401.100.1750.131
= 2195.401.100.1750.1311
= 2195.401.100.1750.1311
subject to alterations

Conveyor belt, electrically controlled


2195.402.

2195.402. Conveyor belt, electrically controlled


a
030
050
075
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
350
400
450
500

500

750

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2250

2500

2750

3000

3250

3500

3750

4000

Belt load:

Belt width a
kg per meter conveyed
30 50 75
5
100125150
10
175200225
14
250275300
17
350400450
20
500
24
For more information refer to description and ordering guidelines.

Ordering Code (example):


Conveyor belt
Typ 402
Belt width
Nominal belt length
Belt speed
Motor voltage 400 V
Motor position
Motor controller
Order No
subject to alterations

a = 100 mm
b = 2500 mm

= 2195.
= 2195.402.
= 2195.302.100.
= 2195.302.100.2500.
= 2195.302.100.2500.1
= 2195.302.100.2500.13
= 2195.302.100.2500.131
= 2195.302.100.2500.1311
= 2195.402.100.2500.1311

J23

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt


2195.114.

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt


Description:
Delimiting guide made of stainless steel
h = 15 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)

Ordering Code (example):


Conveyor belt

Delimiting guide type

Note:

Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.

2195.115.

Guide height
Belt width
Frame length
Order No

= 2195.
=

114.

h = 15 mm =
015.
a = 100 mm =
100.
b = 1500 mm =
1500
= 2195.114.015.100.1500

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt


Description:
Delimiting guide made of stainless steel
h = 25 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)

Ordering Code (example):

Note:

Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.

2195.116.

Conveyor belt

= 2195.

Delimiting guide type

= 2195.115.

Guide height
Belt width
Frame length
Order No

h = 25 mm = 2195.115.025.
a = 150 mm = 2195.115.025.150.
b = 1500 mm = 2195.115.025.150.1500
= 2195.115.025.150.1500

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt


Description:
Conveyor edge rails of steel, brazed
h = 10 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)

Ordering Code (example):


Conveyor belt

Delimiting guide type

Note:

Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.

2195.117.

Guide height
Belt width
Frame length
Order No

= 2195.
= 2195.116.

h = 10 mm = 2195.115.010.
a = 100 mm = 2195.115.025.100.
b = 1500 mm = 2195.115.025.150.1500
= 2195.116.010.100.1500

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt


Description:
Trough conveyor edge rails of stainless steel,
with brazed on steel reinforcement walls
h = 15 - 100 mm (in 5 mm increments)

Ordering Code (example):

Note:

Only in conjunction with a conveyor belt order.

J24

Conveyor belt

= 2195.

Delimiting guide type

= 2195.117.

Guide height
Belt width
Frame length
Order No

h = 15 mm = 2195.115.015.
a = 100 mm = 2195.115.025.100.
b = 1500 mm = 2195.115.025.150.1500
= 2195.117.015.100.1500
subject to alterations

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss prevention


Delimiting
guide for conveyor belt with loss
2195.218.
prevention
Installation example:

2195.218.
Stainless steel profile

with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.114.


with loss prevention.
h = 25 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)

PVC loss prevention

Ordering Code (example):


Conveyor belt
Delimiting guide type 114
with loss prevention type 218
Guide height
Belt width
Frame length
Order No

= 2195.
=

218.

h = 25 mm =
025.
a = 150 mm =
150.
b = 1500 mm =
1500
= 2195.218.025.150.1500

Delimiting guide for conveyor belts with loss


prevention
Installation example:

2195.219.
Stainless steel profile
PVC loss prevention

with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.115.


with loss prevention.
h = 25 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)

Ordering Code (example):

a-30

= 2195.
=

219.
a

h = 25 mm =
025.
a = 150 mm =
150.
b = 1500 mm =
1500
= 2195.219.025.150.1500

Delimiting
guide for conveyor belt with loss
2195.220.
prevention
Installation example:
with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.114.
and longitudinal profile on edge of belt, with loss prevention.
h = 35 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)

2195.220.

Conveyor belt
Delimiting guide type 115
with loss prevention type 219
Guide height
Belt width
Frame length
Order No

a-20

a-30

Ordering Code (example):

Conveyor belt
= 2195.
Delimiting guide type 114
with loss prevention and longitudinal
=
220.
profile 2195.00.01.08.005
Guide height
h = 35 mm =
035.
Belt width
a = 150 mm =
150.
Frame length
b = 1500 mm =
1500
Order No
= 2195.220.035.150.1500

with profile on conveyor edge rail 2195.115.


and longitudinal profile on edge of belt, with loss prevention.
h = 35 - 50 mm (in 5 mm increments)

2195.221.

Stainless steel profile


PVC loss prevention

Delimiting guide for conveyor belt with loss


prevention
Installation example:

2195.00.01.08.005

a-40

Ordering Code (example):

Conveyor belt
= 2195.
Delimiting guide type 115
with loss prevention and longitudinal
=
221.
profile 2195.00.01.08.005
Guide height
h = 35 mm =
035.
Belt width
a = 150 mm =
150.
Frame length
b = 1500 mm =
1500
Order No
= 2195.221.035.150.1500
subject to alterations

Longitudinal profile on edge of belt


2195.00.01.08.005
a

J25

Stand for conveyor belt


Description:

2195.120./2195.121.

Stand, tilting with adjustable feet


.120.
Stand, tilting with adjustable castors .121.

h = height to customers requirements, min. 450mm


20% h = adjustable height range
amax. = 350 mm
bmax. = 2000 mm

45

h 20%

Ordering Code (example):

Conveyor belt
= 2195.
Stand with adjustable feet
= 2195.120.
Height
h = 450 mm = 2195.120.0450.
Belt width
a = 350 mm = 2195.120.0450.350
Order no
= 2195.120.0450.350

Description:

Table format with adjustable feet


Table format with adjustable castors

.130.
.131.

as required

2195.130./2195.131.

h = height to customers requirements, min. 450 mm


For use with beltwidths a
For use with frame length b

h 40 mm

Ordering Code (example):

Conveyor belt
= 2195.
Stand with adjustable castors
= 2195.131.
Height
h = 600 mm = 2195.141.0600.
Belt width
a = 350 mm = 2195.141.0450.350.
Nominal belt length b = 1000 mm = 2195.141.4050.350.1000
Order no
= 2195.131.0600.350.1000

Description:

Stand, with adjustable feet


Stand, with adjustable castors

.140.
.141.

as required

2195.140./2195.141.

h = height to customers requirements, min. 450mm


20% h = adjustable height range

a max. = 350 mm

h 20%

Ordering Code (example):

Conveyor belt
= 2195.
Stand with adjustable castors
= 2195.141.
Height
h = 450 mm = 2195.121.0450.
Belt width
a = 350 mm = 2195.121.0450.350
Order no
= 2195.141.0450.350

Description:

double adjustment with adjustable feet


.150.
double adjustment with adjustable castors .151.

as required

2195.150./2195.151.
b

h = height to customers requirements, min. 450mm


20% h = adjustable height range

h 20%

amax. = 400 mm
bmax. = 3000 mm

Ordering Code (example):

Conveyor belt
= 2195.
Stand with adjustable castors
=
151.
Height
h = 450 mm =
0450.
Belt width
a = 400 mm =
400.
Nominal belt length b = 3000 mm =
3000
Order no
= 2195.151.0450.400.3000

J26

as required

subject to alterations

Pneumatic
conveyors

J27

Pneumatic conveyors
Description

This pneumatic conveyor is unique and is patented. It was


designed to provide an effective and affordable solution to the problems of
conveying parts and disposing of waste.
This beltless system conveys stampings and waste from the tool area by
vibration alone.
A specially designed guide channel which is screwed to the body of the
conveyor vibrates rhythmically slowly forwards and fast backwards The
mass inertia of the parts is used to move them forwards. In this way the
parts in the guide channel progress
gently towards the storage containers.

The conveyor is maintenance-free and has a very low air


consumption so is extremely economical in operation.
The pneumatic conveyor is quiet running and very user friendly.
The conveyor was originally designed for press room use but can be used as
a conveyor with any tool. Blockages are a thing of
the past whether the conveyor is feeding parts for assembly or removing
and disposing of stampings and waste parts.

Guides

Technical data:

load, max.
air consumption
sound level
stroke length
guide channel
Modell
[kg]
[l/min.]
[db-A]
[mm]
weight max. [kg]
2199.03
3
0,55
68
20
1,4
2199.10
10
1,25
68
25
2,7
2199.40
40
5,42
70
27
5,4
2199.70
70
5,42
70
27
11,3
1. Recommended rate of vibration: 120 per minute 2. Speed of travel: 8 - 10 m / min. 3. Operating pressure: 4 - 5.5 bar
4. Slope of guide channel: max. 8

despatch weight
[kg]
1,4
2,8
7,2
5,5

Note:
Do not exceed 5.5 bar as excess pressure will damage the transporter.
Additional protection for the transporter can be provided by including a service unit in the circuit.
This consists of a filter, pressure control valve and lubricator.

J28

subject to alterations

Pneumatic conveyor
2199.03

2199.10

2199.40

2199.70

subject to alterations

J29

Pneumatic conveyors
2199.03/.10/.40/.70
How does the pneumatic conveyor work?
This compact pneumatic conveyor is driven by compressed air. The
vibrating rhythmic motion conveys stampings and stamping waste
whilst reducing your costs. Guide channels can be matched to any
tool opening and used for sorting various types of waste.

Model 2199.10

Stage 3: Finished item

Top plate
The guide channels are highly adaptable.

Stage 2: Stamping waste


Stage 1: Stamping
waste

pneumatic conveyor, model


2199.40

Punch

upper guide channel for


conveying parts

Stripping unit
Matrixes

Direction of
conveyor movement

Base
Bottom bolster
Follow-on tool

J30

Spacer
Mounting for
lower guide channel

Waste metal

Lower guide channel for


waste removal

Finished item

subject to alterations

Electromechanical
transporters

J31

Electro-mechanical transporters
General Information
The FIBRO electro-mechanical transporters
have been developed to effectively and inexpensively solve the problems of transporting
parts and the removal of stamping and cutting
residues from presses.
The principle behind the electro-mechanical
transporter is the so-called table cloth effect. The slow acceleration during the forward
stroke pushes the parts or offcuts forwards. The
fast return stroke of the guiding system results
in a transport movement in only one direction.
Due to its compact design, the FIBRO
electro-mechanical transporter is also suitable
for applications where only limited space is
available. The simple, sturdy and flexible design
provides a safe, reliable, efficient and a cost
efficient solution.
Basic advantages:
- compact design
- low maintenance
- low noise level ( < 70 dB)
Designs:
2299.001 vertical gear position
2299.002 horizontal gear position
2299.011 vertical gear position,
with profile and support
2299.012 horizontal gear position
with profile and support
2299.121 vertical gear position,
with two slides, profile and support
2299.122 horizontal gear position
with two slides, profile and support
2299.221 vertical centre gear position,
two slides, with profile and support
2299.222 horizontal centre gear position,
two slides, with profile and support

J32

Technical data:
Drive:
Alternating current (3 phases)
1375 min-1
0.09 kW rated capacity
0.51 A nominal current at 400 V
Weight 4.4 kg
Protection class IP55
(DIN EN 60529)
Delivery stroke:
20 mm
Conveying speed:
approx. 4.5m/min
Stroke frequency:
4 strokes/second
max. guiding system weight (incl. profile):
35 kg
max. bulk weight (guiding system weight,
profile, transport items):
100 kg
Temperature range
(permissible ambient temperature):
-20 to +60 C
Scope of delivery:
The transporters are supplied without
connection cable.
Design data (CAD):
2D + 3D CAD data for various CAD systems as
well as system-neutral interfaces are available
on the internet at:
http://fibro.partserver.de

subject to alterations

Electro-mechanical transporter
vertical gear position
horizontal gear position
2299.001 vertical gear position

Note:

The transporter can be attached at two levels.

Direction of conveyance/
work direction

2299.002 horizontal gear position

Note:

The transporter can be attached at two levels.

Direction of conveyance/
work direction

subject to alterations

J33

Electro-mechanical transporters
vertical gear position, with profile and support
horizontal gear position, with profile and support
2299.011.

Direction of conveyance/
work direction

Ordering example:
Transporter
Type 011
b = 1100 mm
a = 500 mm
Order No

= 2299.
=
011.
=
1100.
=
0500
= 2299.011. 1100.0500

2299.011. vertical gear position, with profile and support

b
a
500

500

600

700

800

900 1000 1100 1200




2299.012.

Direction of conveyance/
work direction
Profile cross-section

Suitable screw for T-slot


2140.30.08.08.

Ordering example:

Transporter
Type 012
b = 1100 mm
a = 500 mm
Order No

J34

= 2299.
=
012.
=
1100.
=
0500
= 2299.012.1100.0500

2299.012. horizontal gear position, with profile and support

b
a
500

500

600

700

800

900 1000 1100 1200




subject to alterations

Electro-mechanical transporters
vertical gear position, two slides, with profile and support
horizontal gear position, two slides, with profile and support
Ordering example:

2299.121.

Transporter
Type 121
b = 1400 mm
a = 900 mm
Order No

Direction of conveyance/
work direction

2299.121. vertical gear position, two slides, with profile and support

b
a
900
1200
1500

1300

1400

1500

1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

2600

2700

2800

2900

3000

2299.122.

Ordering example:

Transporter
Type 122
b = 2200 mm
a = 1200 mm
Order No

Direction of conveyance/
work direction

2299.122. horizontal gear position, two slides, with profile and support

b
a
900
1200
1500

= 2299.
=
121.
=
1400.
=
0900
= 2299.121.1400.0900

1300

1400

1500

1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

= 2299.
=
122.
=
2200.
=
1200
= 2299.122.2200.1200

2500

2600

2700

2800

2900

3000

J35

Electro-mechanical transporters
vertical centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
horizontal centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support
2299.221.

Ordering example:

Transporter == 2299.
Type 221
==
221.
b = 3400 mm ==
3400.
a = 1720 mm ==
1720
Order No
== 2299.221.3400.1720

Direction of conveyance/
work direction

2299.221. vertical centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support

b
a
1720
2320
2920

3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900 5000

2299.222.

Ordering example:
Transporter
Type 222
b = 3400 mm
a = 1720 mm
Order No

Direction of conveyance/
work direction

= 2299.
=
222.
=
3400.
=
1720
= 2299.222.3400.1720

2299.222. horizontal centre gear position, two slides, with profile and support

b
a
1720
2320
2920

J36

3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900 5000

subject to alterations

Electro-mechanical transporters
Fastening element with height adjustment system
Fastening element
2299.510 Fastening element with height adjustment system

2299.511 Fastening element

Note:

Fastening of the transporters


2299.011./012./121./122./221./222.
with or without height adjustment system.
2299.510 2x M10
2299.511 2x M8
Fastening screws are not included in scope of
delivery.

2299.540

2299.121.
2299.510.
2299.510.
subject to alterations

J37

Electro-mechanical transporters
Distance
Quick clamp for guiding system
2299.520 Distance

Application example

Note:

Distance for fastening element with height


adjustment system 2299.510
Fastening screws are not included in scope of
delivery.

2299.540
Quick clamp for guiding system
low version

2299.541
Quick clamp for guiding system
high version

Note:

The guiding system tensioners fit the T-slots of


the profile used for the transporters.
Max. side wall height of the guiding system
( l1 ):
2299.540 = 23 mm
2299.541 = 52 mm

J38

subject to alterations

Electro-mechanical transporters
Angled mounting with adapter plate
2299.530 Angeled mounting

Adapter plate

Note:

The angeled mounting and the adapter together


allow individual mounting of the transporters
2299.001 and 2299.002.
Fastening screws are not included in
scope of delivery.

2299.530

2299.530
2299.001.
subject to alterations

2299.002.
J39

J40

subject to alterations

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
Flex cam, cam slide units, roller slide units

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Cam units

K2

Flex cam

Please request your catalogue


K3

Standard
Cam slide units

Please request your catalogue


K4

Roller
Slide units

Please request your catalogue


K5

Cam slide units


KBV1
with Gas spring
Please request your catalogue
K6

Cam slide units


Kbv2
with Gas spring
Please request your catalogue
K7

FIBRO Compact
Cam (FCC)
Tool slides
Please request your catalogue
K8

A Die Sets
B Precision Ground Plates and Flat Bars
C Lifting and Clamping Devices
D Guide elements
E

Ground Precision Components

Springs

G Elastomer-Bars, -Sheets, -Sections


H FIBRO Chemical Tooling Aids
J

Peripheral Equipment

K Cam Units
L

Standard Parts for Mould Making

Standard parts
for
Mould making

L2

subject to alterations

L3

Contents
2442.12.

L10

Centring unit

2442.13.

L10

L11

L11

L12

L13

Guide pillar

L4

3111.31.

L24

3110.11.

L25

3100.09.

L26

Guide sleeve

L14

Guide pillar

3202.13.

L20-23

Guide pillar (Angle pin)

Centring sleeve

3202.12.

3111.21.

Guide pillar with flange

Ejector rod

3100.04.

L16-19

Locating guide pillar, shouldered

Retaining washer

3300.10.

3111.20.
Guide pillar, shouldered

Adjusting washer

2442.12.4.

L15

Guide pillar

Centring unit, flat

2442.12.3.

3111.10.

3120.40.

L27

Guide bush, headed

L14

3120.42.

L28

Locating guide bush, headed

subject to alterations

Contents
3120.65.

L29

Ball bearing guide, complete

2087.72.

L30

L31

L32

L33

L34-35

Rectangular Guide, Steel with solid


lubricant

subject to alterations

237.8.

L46-47

238.1.

L48

238.8.

L49

Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped,


DIN ISO 8694

L36-37

Guide bush, Bronze

3131.40.

L44-45

Ejector pin, hardened, round


stepped, DIN ISO 8694

Guide bush, Bronze with solid


lubricant

3120.71.

237.1.

Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant

3120.70.

L42

Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant

2087.73.

2967.10.
Bolt guide

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant

2087.71.

L39

Rectangular guide, Steel with Rollers

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with


solid lubricant

2087.70.

3131.80.

239.1.

L50-51

Ejector pin, hardened, similar


to DIN 1530 Shape D

L38

239.8.

L52

Ejector pin, nitrided, similar


to DIN 1530 Shape D

L5

Contents
263.1.

L54

Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to


DIN ISO 8693

263.8.

Gas spring MOULD LINE -


Description

L55

L56

L57

Ejector sleeve, nitrided,


DIN ISO 8405

2280.01.

L58

L59

O-ring, Viton

L6

3479.032.

L73

3487.12.00300.

L74-75

Gas spring MOULD LINE

L60

Quill holder for core tempering

3800.01.01.01.

L72

Gas spring (spring-loaded plunger)


MOULD LINE

Date stamp complete (short version)


, embossed lettering

3820.10.

3479.030.
Gas spring (spring-loaded plunger)
MOULD LINE

Date stamp complete, embossed


lettering

2280.02.

L70
Gas springs from FIBRO The Safer Choice

Ejector sleeve, hardened,


DIN ISO 8405

264.8.

L67-68
Gas spring MOULD LINE - Installation
instructions

Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to


DIN ISO 8693

264.1.

L64-66

3487.12.00500.

L76-77

Gas spring MOULD LINE

L61

3487.12.00750.

L78-79

Gas spring MOULD LINE

subject to alterations

Contents
3487.12.01000.

L80-81

Gas spring MOULD LINE

subject to alterations

L7

L8

subject to alterations

Guide elements
for
Mould making

L9

Centering unit
Centring unit, flat
Mounting example

Description:

Conical centring units are used to increase repeat accuracy in mould, die
and machine-making.

2442.12.

2442.12. Centering unit


Order No
2442.12.012.034
2442.12.014.034
2442.12.016.034
2442.12.020.054
2442.12.025.054
2442.12.026.054
2442.12.030.072
2442.12.032.072
2442.12.042.092

d1
12
14
16
20
25
26
30
32
42

d2
8
10
10
15
20
20
25
25
35

l1
34
34
34
54
54
54
72
72
92

l2
6
7.5
7.5
12
12
12
15
15
15

l3
4
6
6
9
10
10
14
14
18

m
M4
M5
M5
M8
M8
M8
M10
M10
M10

s1
17
17
17
27
27
27
36
36
46

2442.13.
s1

s1
0,5
l2
d H8

0,5
l2

0,4

m
v
d 1 e7
d 1 h6

1,6

1,6

0,4

15
1,5

1,6

l3
l

+0,4
1 +0,2

2442.13. Centring unit, flat


Order No
2442.13.030.072
2442.13.042.092
2442.13.054.112
2442.13.080.152

06.2015

d1
30
42
54
80

d
4
5
6
8

l1
72
92
112
152

l2
5
6
8
8

l3
10
14
17
27

v
18
23
30
42

s1
36
46
56
76

t
5
7
8
11

m
M10
M10
M12
M16

subject to alterations

Adjusting washer
Retaining washer
2442.12.3.

2442.12.3. Adjusting washer


Order No
2442.12.3.012.010
2442.12.3.014.005
2442.12.3.014.010
2442.12.3.014.014
2442.12.3.014.019
2442.12.3.016.005
2442.12.3.016.010
2442.12.3.016.015
2442.12.3.016.019
2442.12.3.016.020
2442.12.3.016.025
2442.12.3.020.009
2442.12.3.020.010
2442.12.3.020.015

d1
12
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20

d
4.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
8.5

s
10
5
10
14
19
5
10
15
19
20
25
9
10
15

Order No
2442.12.3.020.020
2442.12.3.020.030
2442.12.3.020.040
2442.12.3.025.009
2442.12.3.025.010
2442.12.3.025.015
2442.12.3.025.020
2442.12.3.025.025
2442.12.3.025.035
2442.12.3.025.045
2442.12.3.025.055
2442.12.3.026.009
2442.12.3.026.010
2442.12.3.026.020

d1
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26

d
8.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
8.5
8.5
8.5

s
20
30
40
9
10
15
20
25
35
45
55
9
10
20

Order No
2442.12.3.026.030
2442.12.3.030.010
2442.12.3.030.020
2442.12.3.030.030
2442.12.3.030.040
2442.12.3.030.050
2442.12.3.032.010
2442.12.3.032.020
2442.12.3.032.030
2442.12.3.032.040
2442.12.3.032.050
2442.12.3.042.010
2442.12.3.042.020
2442.12.3.042.030

d1
26
30
30
30
30
30
32
32
32
32
32
42
42
42

d
8.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
10.5
10.5
10.5

s
30
10
20
30
40
50
10
20
30
40
50
10
20
30

2442.12.4.
d 2 0,1
k 0,1

+0,2

h +0,1

1,6

1,6

d3
d 4 -0,2
-0,4

2442.12.4. Retaining washer


Order No
2442.12.4.014
2442.12.4.020
2442.12.4.026
2442.12.4.030
2442.12.4.042

subject to alterations

d4
14
20
26
30
42

d3
5.5
8.5
8.5
11
11

d2
16
25.5
31.5
35.5
47.5

h
5
9
9
10
10

k
3.2
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3

L11

Ejector rod
3300.10.

d2

d 1 g6
d2

R Z4

l2

SW

l4

l js12

3300.10. Ejector rod


d1
10
d2
M6
16
l2
9
l4
AF*
9
l
60

70

80

100

120

140

160
180
200
220
240
260
300
*SW = Width across flats

14
M8
16
11
12

18
M10
20
12
14

20
M12
25
14
16

24
M12
25
14
19

30
M16
30
16
24

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector rod
=3300.10.
020.
Guide diameter d1 20 mm =
Length l
100 mm=
100
Order No
=3300.10.020.100
L12

subject to alterations

Centring sleeve
3100.04.
l2

d 3 k6
d2

d 1 +0,5
d 3 j6

R Z4

l1
l 0,5

3100.04.
d3
d2
d1
l1
l2
l
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300

Centring sleeve
14
M6
11
8
2

20
M8
16
13
2

26
M10
21
13
2.5

30
M12
25
13
2.5

42
M16
33
13
4.5

54
M20
43
13
4.5

Ordering Code (example):


Centring sleeve
=3100.04.
030.
Guide diameter d3 30 mm=
Length l
40 mm=
040
Order No
=3100.04.030.040
subject to alterations

L13

Guide pillar

R2

d1

h4

d 4 -0,2

3202.12.

0,4x45

l1

k 0,05
l

3202.12. Guide pillar


Order No
3202.12.012.080
3202.12.012.100
3202.12.012.120
3202.12.018.120
3202.12.018.140
3202.12.018.160
3202.12.030.160
3202.12.030.200
3202.12.030.240

d1
12
12
12
18
18
18
30
30
30

l
80
100
120
120
140
160
160
200
240

d4
16
16
16
22
22
22
36
36
36

k
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6

l1
4
4
4
7
7
7
7
7
7

R2

d1

h4

3202.13.

l1
l

3202.13. Guide pillar


Order No
3202.13.012.100
3202.13.012.125
3202.13.018.125
3202.13.018.160
3202.13.030.160
3202.13.030.240

L14

d1
12
12
18
18
30
30

l
100
125
125
160
160
240

l1
3
3
6
6
6
6

subject to alterations

Guide pillar
3111.10.

d1 m6

d1 g6

d 4 -0,2

R Z 2,5

k 0,2

l1

l2
l

3111.10. Guide pillar


d1
d4
k
l1
l
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
300
360

10
12
3
4
l2
17
17
22
27

12
16
6
7

14
18
8
7

16
20
8
7

17
22
27
36

17
22
27
36
46
46

22
27
27
36
46
46

18
22
8
7

20
24
8
7

27
27
36
46
46
56
56

27
27
36
46
46
56
56

22
26
15
7

24
28
15
7

30
36
15
7

32
36
15
7

40
48
15
10

50
58
15
10

36
46
46
56
56
76
76

36
46
46
56
56
76
76

56

56

56

56

56

56

76

76

76
96

76
96

60
68
20
12

76
96
116

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar
=3111.10.
022.
Guide diameter d1 22 mm =
Length l
100 mm =
100
Order No
=3111.10.022.100
subject to alterations

L15

Guide pillar, shouldered


3111.20.

0,8

0,8

d1 g6

d 3 k6

d 4 -0,2

d 3 e7

0,01 A

k 0,05
s

l1
l

-0,5
-1,0

3111.20. Guide pillar, shouldered


d1
s
d3
d4
l1
k
l
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
65
70
75
85
90
95
105
110

9
12
14
16
4
3

9
17
14
16
4
3

9
22
14
16
4
3

9
27
14
16
4
3

9
36
14
16
4
3

9
46
14
16
4
3

10
12
14
16
4
3

10
17
14
16
4
3

10
22
14
16
4
3

10
27
14
16
4
3

10
36
14
16
4
3

10
46
14
16
4
3

14
22
20
25
7
6

14
27
20
25
7
6

14
36
20
25
7
6

14
46
20
25
7
6

14
56
20
25
7
6

14
66
20
25
7
6

14
76
20
25
7
6

14
86
20
25
7
6

15
22
20
25
7
6

15
27
20
25
7
6

15
36
20
25
7
6

15
46
20
25
7
6

15
56
20
25
7
6

15
66
20
25
7
6

15
76
20
25
7
6

15
86
20
25
7
6

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar, shouldered
Guide diameter d1
Einbaulaenge s
Guide length l
Order No
L16

=3111.20.
24 mm=
024.
27 mm=
027.
25 mm=
025
=3111.20.024.027.025
subject to alterations

Guide pillar, shouldered


3111.20.

0,8

0,8

d1 g6

d 3 k6

d 4 -0,2

d 3 e7

0,01 A

k 0,05
s

l1
l

-0,5
-1,0

3111.20. Guide pillar, shouldered


d1
s
d3
d4
l1
k
l
20
25
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
95
105
115
125
135
155
165

18
22
26
31
7
6

18
27
26
31
7
6

18
36
26
31
7
6

18
46
26
31
7
6

18
56
26
31
7
6

18
66
26
31
7
6

18
76
26
31
7
6

18
86
26
31
7
6

18
96
26
31
7
6

18
116
26
31
7
6

20
22
26
31
7
6

20
27
26
31
7
6

20
36
26
31
7
6

20
46
26
31
7
6

20
56
26
31
7
6

20
66
26
31
7
6

20
76
26
31
7
6

20
86
26
31
7
6

20
96
26
31
7
6

20
116
26
31
7
6

22
36
30
35
7
6

22
46
30
35
7
6

22
56
30
35
7
6

22
27
30
35
7
6

22
66
30
35
7
6

22
76
30
35
7
6

22
86
30
35
7
6

22
96
30
35
7
6

22
116
30
35
7
6

22
136
30
35
7
6

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar, shouldered
Guide diameter d1
Einbaulaenge s
Guide length l
Order No
subject to alterations

=3111.20.
24 mm=
024.
27 mm=
027.
25 mm=
025
=3111.20.024.027.025
L17

Guide pillar, shouldered


3111.20.

0,8

0,8

d1 g6

d 3 k6

d 4 -0,2

d 3 e7

0,01 A

k 0,05
s

l1
l

-0,5
-1,0

3111.20. Guide pillar, shouldered


d1
s
d3
d4
l1
k
l
25
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
95
105
115
125
135
155
165
175
195

24
27
30
35
7
6

24
36
30
35
7
6

24
46
30
35
7
6

24
56
30
35
7
6

24
66
30
35
7
6

24
76
30
35
7
6

24
86
30
35
7
6

24
96
30
35
7
6

24 24
116 136
30 30
35 35
7 7
6 6

30
27
42
47
7
6

30
36
42
47
7
6

30
66
42
47
7
6

30
76
42
47
7
6

30
86
42
47
7
6

30
96
42
47
7
6

30 30 30
116 136 156
42 42 42
47 47 47
7 7 7
6 6 6

30
196
42
47
7
6

32
27
42
47
7
6

32
66
42
47
7
6

32
76
42
47
7
6

32
86
42
47
7
6

32
96
42
47
7
6

32 32 32
116 136 156
42 42 42
47 47 47
7 7 7
6 6 6

32
196
42
47
7
6

32
56
42
47
7
6

32
46
42
47
7
6

32
36
42
47
7
6

30
56
42
47
7
6

30
46
42
47
7
6

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar, shouldered
Guide diameter d1
Einbaulaenge s
Guide length l
Order No
L18

=3111.20.
24 mm=
024.
27 mm=
027.
25 mm=
025
=3111.20.024.027.025
subject to alterations

Guide pillar, shouldered


3111.20.

0,8

0,8

d1 g6

d 3 k6

d 4 -0,2

d 3 e7

0,01 A

k 0,05
s

l1
l

-0,5
-1,0

3111.20. Guide pillar, shouldered


d1
s
d3
d4
l1
k
l
75
95
115
135
155
175
195
215
235
275
315

40
56
54
60
7
10

40
66
54
60
7
10

40
76
54
60
7
10

40
86
54
60
7
10

40
96
54
60
7
10

40
116
54
60
7
10

40
136
54
60
7
10

40
156
54
60
7
10

40
196
54
60
7
10

42
56
54
60
7
10

42
66
54
60
7
10

42
76
54
60
7
10

42
86
54
60
7
10

42
96
54
60
7
10

42
116
54
60
7
10

42
136
54
60
7
10

42
156
54
60
7
10

42
196
54
60
7
10

50
96
66
72
10
10

50
116
66
72
10
10

50
136
66
72
10
10

50
156
66
72
10
10

50
196
66
72
10
10

60
96
80
86
10
20

60
116
80
86
10
20

60
136
80
86
10
20

60
156
80
86
10
20

60
196
80
86
10
20

60
246
80
86
10
20

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar, shouldered
Guide diameter d1
Einbaulaenge s
Guide length l
Order No
subject to alterations

=3111.20.
24 mm=
024.
27 mm=
027.
25 mm=
025
=3111.20.024.027.025
L19

Locating guide pillar, shouldered


3111.21.
0,01 A

0,8

d1 g6

d 3 e7

d 4 -0,2

0,8

d 3 k6

0,8

d 3 e7

0,01 A

k 0,05
f

l1

s -0,5
-1,0

3111.21. Locating guide pillar, shouldered


d1
s
d3
d4
l1
k
f
l
20
25
30
35
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
85
90
95
105
110
125
135
145
150
155
165

9
12
14
16
7
3
3

9
17
14
16
7
3
3

9
22
14
16
7
3
3

9
27
14
16
7
3
3

9
36
14
16
7
3
3

9
46
14
16
7
3
3

9
56
14
16
7
3
3

10
12
14
16
7
3
3

10
17
14
16
7
3
3

10
22
14
16
7
3
3

10
27
14
16
7
3
3

10
36
14
16
7
3
3

10
46
14
16
7
3
3

10
56
14
16
7
3
3

14
17
20
25
7
6
9

14
22
20
25
7
6
9

14
27
20
25
7
6
9

14
36
20
25
7
6
9

14
46
20
25
7
6
9

14
56
20
25
7
6
9

14
66
20
25
7
6
9

14
76
20
25
7
6
9

14
86
20
25
7
6
9

14
96
20
25
7
6
9

14
116
20
25
7
6
9

Ordering Code (example):


Locating guide pillar, shouldered
Guide diameter d1
Mounting length s
Guide length l
Order No
L20

=3111.21.
22 mm =
022.
17
=
017.
35
=
035
=3111.21.022.017.035
subject to alterations

Locating guide pillar, shouldered


3111.21.
0,01 A

0,8

d1 g6

d 3 e7

d 4 -0,2

0,8

d 3 k6

0,8

d 3 e7

0,01 A

k 0,05
f

l1

s -0,5
-1,0

3111.21. Locating guide pillar, shouldered


d1
s
d3
d4
l1
k
f
l
30
35
45
50
55
65
70
75
85
90
95
105
110
115
120
125
135
145
150
155
165
225
245
255

15
17
20
25
7
6
9

15
22
20
25
7
6
9

15
27
20
25
7
6
9

15
36
20
25
7
6
9

15
46
20
25
7
6
9

15
76
20
25
7
6
9

15
86
20
25
7
6
9

15
96
20
25
7
6
9

15
116
20
25
7
6
9

18
17
26
31
7
6
9

18
22
26
31
7
6
9

18
27
26
31
7
6
9

18
36
26
31
7
6
9

18
46
26
31
7
6
9

18
56
26
31
7
6
9

18
66
26
31
7
6
9

18
76
26
31
7
6
9

18
86
26
31
7
6
9

18
96
26
31
7
6
9

18 18
116 136
26 26
31 31
7 7
6 6
9 9

20
17
26
31
7
6
9

20
22
26
31
7
6
9

20
27
26
31
7
6
9

20
36
26
31
7
6
9

20
46
26
31
7
6
9

20
56
26
31
7
6
9

20
66
26
31
7
6
9

15
66
20
25
7
6
9

15
56
20
25
7
6
9

20
76
26
31
7
6
9

20
86
26
31
7
6
9

20 20
116 136
26 26
31 31
7 7
6 6
9 9

20
96
26
31
7
6
9

Ordering Code (example):


Locating guide pillar, shouldered
Guide diameter d1
Mounting length s
Guide length l
Order No
subject to alterations

=3111.21.
22 mm =
022.
17
=
017.
35
=
035
=3111.21.022.017.035
L21

Locating guide pillar, shouldered


3111.21.
0,01 A

0,8

d1 g6

d 3 e7

d 4 -0,2

0,8

d 3 k6

0,8

d 3 e7

0,01 A

k 0,05
f

l1

s -0,5
-1,0

3111.21. Locating guide pillar, shouldered


d1
22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
s
17 22 27 36 46 56 66 76 86
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
d3
35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35
d4
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
l1
k
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
f
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
l
35

45

55


65

75


85

95


105

115

125

130

135

145

155

165

175
185
195
205

225
245

285

295

22 22 22 22 24
96 116 136 156 17
30 30 30 30 30
35 35 35 35 35
7 7 7 7 7
6 6 6 6 6
9 9 9 9 9

24
27
30
35
7
6
9

24
36
30
35
7
6
9

24
46
30
35
7
6
9

24
56
30
35
7
6
9

24
66
30
35
7
6
9

24
22
30
35
7
6
9

24
76
30
35
7
6
9

24
86
30
35
7
6
9

24 24 24 24 30
96 116 136 156 27
30 30 30 30 42
35 35 35 35 47
7 7 7 7 7
6 6 6 6 6
9 9 9 9 9

30
36
42
47
7
6
9

30
46
42
47
7
6
9

30
56
42
47
7
6
9

30
66
42
47
7
6
9

30
86
42
47
7
6
9

30 30 30 30 30
96 116 136 156 196
42 42 42 42 42
47 47 47 47 47
7 7 7 7 7
6 6 6 6 6
9 9 9 9 9

30
76
42
47
7
6
9

Ordering Code (example):


Locating guide pillar, shouldered
Guide diameter d1
Mounting length s
Guide length l
Order No
L22

=3111.21.
22 mm =
022.
17
=
017.
35
=
035
=3111.21.022.017.035
subject to alterations

Locating guide pillar, shouldered


3111.21.
0,01 A

0,8

d1 g6

d 3 e7

d 4 -0,2

0,8

d 3 k6

0,8

d 3 e7

0,01 A

k 0,05
f

l1

s -0,5
-1,0

3111.21. Locating guide pillar, shouldered


d1
s
d3
d4
l1
k
f
l
45
55
65
75
85
95
105
115
125
135
155
165
175
185
195
205
215
225
235
245
285
295

32
27
42
47
7
6
9

32
36
42
47
7
6
9

32
46
42
47
7
6
9

32
56
42
47
7
6
9

32
66
42
47
7
6
9

32
76
42
47
7
6
9

32
86
42
47
7
6
9

32
96
42
47
7
6
9

32 32 32 32
116 136 156 196
42 42 42 42
47 47 47 47
7 7 7 7
6 6 6 6
9 9 9 9

40
46
54
60
7
10
12

40
56
54
60
7
10
12

40
66
54
60
7
10
12

40
76
54
60
7
10
12

40
86
54
60
7
10
12

40
96
54
60
7
10
12

40 40 40 40
116 136 156 196
54 54 54 54
60 60 60 60
7 7 7 7
10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12

40
246
54
60
7
10
12

42
46
54
60
7
10
12

42
56
54
60
7
10
12

42
66
54
60
7
10
12

42
76
54
60
7
10
12

42
86
54
60
7
10
12

42
96
54
60
7
10
12

42 42 42 42
116 136 156 196
54 54 54 54
60 60 60 60
7 7 7 7
10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12

42
246
54
60
7
10
12

Ordering Code (example):


Locating guide pillar, shouldered
Guide diameter d1
Mounting length s
Guide length l
Order No
subject to alterations

=3111.21.
22 mm =
022.
17
=
017.
35
=
035
=3111.21.022.017.035
L23

Guide pillar with flange


3111.31.

Material:

Steel, case hardened


Surface hardness: 62 + 2 HRC
Penetration depth: 1,2 mm

Execution:
ground

Note:

Fit for receiving bore: H7


Screws not included.

Fixing:

Use socket cap screws DIN EN ISO 4762


M 8 x 20
M 10 x 25
M 12 x 30
M 14 x 35
M 16 x 40.

3111.31. Guide pillar with flange


d1
d2
d3
d5
d6
d7
r1
l2
l3
l5
l7
l8
l9
l10
l1
67
80
95
112
132
160
190
224
436

32
40
76
55
9
15
4
11
6
15.1
19
8
9
1.5
l
97
110
125
142

40
50
92
68
11
18
4
13
6
18.4
23
9
10
1.5
116
131
148
168

50
63
112
84
14
20
5
14
8
22.5
28
10
12
2

137
154
174
202

63
80
138
105
16
24
6
16
8
27.4
34
13
15
3

162
182
210
240
486

80
100
170
130
18
26
8
20
10
32.1
40
15
18
4

192
220
250
284

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar with flange
Guide diameter d1
Guide length l1
Order No
L24

=3111.31.
50 mm =
050.
132 mm=
132
=3111.31. 050. 132
subject to alterations

Guide pillar (Angle pin)


3110.11.

d1 g6

d 4 -0,2

R Z 2,5

k -0,2

l1
l

3110.11. Guide pillar (Angle pin)


d1
d4
k
l1
l
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
300
360

8
10
3
4

9
12
3
4

10
12
3
4

12
16
6
7

14
18
8
7

15
18
8
7

16
20
8
7

18
22
8
7

20
24
8
7

22
26
15
7

24
28
15
7

30
36
15
7

32
36
15
7

40
48
15
10

50
58
15
10

Ordering Code (example):


Guide pillar (Angle pin)
Guide diameter d1
Length l
Order No
subject to alterations

=3110.11.
18 mm =
018.
60 mm =
060
=3110.11.018.060
L25

Guide sleeve
3100.09.

d2

d 1 g6

R Z4

l js10

3100.09.
d1
d2
l
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
300

Guide sleeve
10
6.2

14
8.3

18
10.4

24
12.5

30
16.5

Ordering Code (example):


Guide sleeve
=3100.09.
018.
Guide diameter d1 18 mm=
Length l
40 mm=
040
Order No
=3100.09.018.040
L26

subject to alterations

Guide Bush, headed


3120.40.
s -0,5
-1,0

s -0,5
-1,0

d 1 H7

d 1 +0,5
+0,2

d 3 e7
d 3 k6

d 4 -0,2
d 1 H7

0,8

0,8

k 0,05

l
0,01 A

3120.40. Guide Bush, headed


d1
910
910
910
910
910
910
910
910
910
12
12
12
12
12
12
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
16
16
16
16
16
16
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
2224
2224
2224

s
9
12
17
22
27
36
46
56
66
17
22
27
36
46
56
12
17
22
27
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
17
22
27
36
46
56
17
22
27
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
17
22
27

l
9
12
17
22
27
36
46
46
46
17
22
27
36
46
56
12
17
22
27
36
46
56
56
56
56
56
17
22
27
36
46
56
17
22
27
36
46
56
66
76
76
76
76
17
22
27

d3
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
22
22
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
30
30
30

d4
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
23
23
23
23
23
23
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
27
27
27
27
27
27
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
35
35
35

k
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d1
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
50
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

s
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
136
156
27
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
136
156
176
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
136
156
196
246
76
96
116
136
156
196
76
96
116
136
156
196
246

l
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
96
96
96
27
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
116
116
116
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
136
136
136
136
76
96
116
136
136
136
76
96
116
136
136
136
136

d3
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
66
66
66
66
66
66
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

d4
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
72
72
86
86
86
86
86
86
86

k
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

Ordering Code (example):


Guide Bush, headed
d1
Length s
Order No
subject to alterations

=3120.40.
22 mm =
022.
17 mm =
017
=3120.40.022.017
L27

Locating guide bush, headed


3120.42.
l (l 1)
s -0,5
-1,0

s -0,5
-1,0

0,8

d 1 +0,5
+0,2

d 4 -0,2
d 3 e7

d 1 H7
d 3 e7
d 3 k6

0,8

0,8

k 0,05
0,01 A

d 1 H7

l
0,01 A

l1

3120.42. Locating guide bush, headed


d1
910
910
910
910
910
910
910
910
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1415
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
1820
2224
2224
2224

s
12
17
22
27
36
46
56
66
17
22
27
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
17
22
27
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
136
17
22
27

l
15
20
25
30
39
46
46
46
26
31
36
45
55
56
56
56
56
56
56
26
31
36
45
55
65
75
76
76
76
76
76
26
31
36

l1
15
20
25
30
39
49
59
69
26
31
36
45
55
65
75
85
95
105
125
26
31
36
45
55
65
75
85
95
105
125
145
26
31
36

d3
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
30
30
30

d4
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
35
35
35

f
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

k
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d1
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
2224
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
3032
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042
4042

s
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
136
156
27
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
136
156
176
196
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
136
156
196
246

l
45
55
65
75
85
95
105
96
96
96
36
45
55
65
75
85
95
105
125
116
116
116
116
58
68
78
88
98
108
128
136
136
136
136

l1
45
55
65
75
85
95
105
125
145
165
36
45
55
65
75
85
95
105
125
145
165
185
205
58
68
78
88
98
108
128
148
168
208
258

d3
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54

d4
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

f
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

k
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Ordering Code (example):


Locating guide bush, headed
Guide diameter d1
Length with collar s
Order No
L28

=3120.42.
22 mm =
022.
17
=
017
=3120.42.022.017
subject to alterations

Ball bearing guide, complete


3120.65.

d 3 e7

l 1 1,5

Stroke max.

6 0,05

s2

l2

d 4 -0,2
d 3 k6
d 3 e7

3202.12.
3202.13.

d 1 h4

3120.65. Ball bearing guide, complete


d1
12
12
18
18
18
30
30
30

l
24
24
34
34
34
54
54
54

l1
40
56
45
56
71
56
75
95

l2
2.1
2.1
3
3
3
4.8
4.8
4.8

d3
22
22
30
30
30
46
46
46

d4
26
26
35
35
35
52
52
52

f
6
6
11
11
11
21
21
21

s2
18
18
23
23
23
33
33
33

Strokemax.
50
82
44
66
96
32
78
110

Ordering Code (example):


Ball bearing guide, complete
Guide diameter d1
Total length of ball bearing guide l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=3120.65.
18 mm =
018.
45 mm =
045
=3120.65.018.045
L29

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2087.72.

0,02

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating.

Note:

Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the


end of chapter D.

Attention:

Bushes can only be used with axial motion!

2087.72. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
d3
r
l3
l4
l1
12
17
22
27
36
46
56
66
76
86
96
116
136
156
196

9 10
14
16
0.5
3
1.5

12
18
23
1
6
2

14 15
20
25
1
6
2

16
22
27
2
6
2

18 20
26
31
2
6
2

22 24
30
35
3
6
3

25
32
38
3
6
3

30 32
42
47
3
6
4

40 42
54
60
3
10
5

50
66
72
3
10
5

60
80
86
3
20
5

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Total length l1
Order No
L30

=2087.72.
22 mm =
022.
17 mm =
017
=2087.72.022.017
subject to alterations

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2087.70. Guide bush with collar, Bronze
with solid lubricant
d1
d2
d3
l3
l4
l5
r
l1 l2
15 12
20 17
25 22
30 27
39 36
49 46
59 56
69 66
23 17
28 22
33 27
42 36
52 46
62 56
72 66
82 76
92 86
25 17
30 22
35 27
44 36
54 46
64 56
74 66
84 76
94 86
104 96
124 116
144 136
164 156
58 46
68 56
78 66
88 76
98 86
108 96
128 116
148 136
168 156
208 196

9 10
14
16
3
1.5
3
0.5

14 15
20
25
6
2
6
1

18 20
26
31
6
2
8
2

22 24
30
35
6
3
8
3

30 32
42
47
6
4
8
3

40 42
54
60
10
5
12
3

2087.70.

0,02

0,02

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating.

Note:

Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the


end of chapter D.

Attention:

Bushes can only be used with axial motion!

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid
lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Length with collar l2
Order No
subject to alterations

=2087.70.
22 mm =
022.
17 mm =
017
=2087.70. 022. 017
L31

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2087.71.
0,02

0,02

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating.

Note:

Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the


end of chapter D.

Attention:

Bushes can only be used with axial motion!

2087.71. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
d3
r
l1
l2
l5

14 15
20
25
1
26
17
9

18 20
26
31
1.5
39
22
17

22 24
30
35
2
49
27
22

30 32
42
47
2
63
36
27

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Length with collar l2
Order No
L32

=2087.71.
22 mm =
022.
27 mm =
027
=2087.71.022.027
subject to alterations

Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


2087.73.

Material:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating.

Note:

Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the


end of chapter D.

Attention:

Bushes can only be used with axial motion!

2087.73. Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
d3
r1
r2
l1
l2
l3
l4

25
35
40
3
2
43
24
7.5
11.5

30
42
47
3
2
43
24
7.5
11.5

40
50
60
4
2
60
35.5
6
18.5

40
50
60
4
2
64
39.5
6
18.5

50
63
72
4
3
77
44.5
8
24.5

50
63
72
4
3
92
55.5
8
28.5

60
80
86
3
3
78
49
7.5
21.5

63
80
90
4
3
95
55.5
8
31.5

63
80
90
4
3
100
62.5
8
29.5

63
80
90
4
3
108
62.5
8
37.5

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush with collar, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
Total length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=2087.73.
50 mm=
050.
77 mm=
077
=2087.73.050.077
L33

Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant


3120.70.

Material:

Fixing:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating.

Connecting with adhesive or if needed secure with threaded pin or flat


mushroom head screw 2192.61.

Note:

Bushes can be used radially and axially.


Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

3120.70. Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
r
l4
l1
8
10
12
15
16
20
25
30
35
37
40
47
50
60
70
77
80

8
12
0.5
2

10
14
0.5
2

10
15
0.5
2

12
18
0.5
2

13
19
0.5
2

14 15 16 18 19 20 20 20 24 25 25 25 28 30 30 30 31.5 32 35 35 38 40 40
20 21 22 24 25 26 28 30 32 32 33 35 38 38 40 42 40 42 44 45 48 50 55
0.5 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4 4 4

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
External diameter d2
Installation length l1
Order No
L34

=3120.70.
40 mm=
040.
55 mm=
055.
25 mm=
025
=3120.70.040. 055.025
subject to alterations

Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant


3120.70.

Material:

Fixing:

Bronze with solid lubricant, oilless lubricating.

Connecting with adhesive or if needed secure with threaded pin or flat


mushroom head screw 2192.61.

Note:

Bushes can be used radially and axially.


Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

3120.70. Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant


d1
d2
r
l4
l1
30
35
40
50
60
70
80
95
100
120
130
140
150

45 45 45 50 50 50 55
55 56 60 60 62 65 70
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

60
74
2
4

60
75
2
4

63
75
2
4

65
80
2
4

70
85
2
4

70
90
2
4

75
90
2
4

75
95
2
4

80 80 85 90 100 110 120 125 130 140 150 160


96 100 100 110 120 130 140 145 150 160 170 180
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush, Bronze with solid lubricant
Guide diameter d1
External diameter d2
Installation length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=3120.70.
40 mm=
040.
55 mm=
055.
25 mm=
025
=3120.70.040. 055.025
L35

Guide bush, Bronze


3120.71.

Material:

Fixing:

Bronze.

Connecting with adhesive or if needed secure with threaded pin or flat


mushroom head screw 2192.61.

Note:

Bushes can be used radially and axially.


Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

3120.71. Guide bush, Bronze


d1
d2
r
l4
l1
8
10
12
15
16
20
25
30
35
37
40
47
50
60
70
77
80

8
12
0.5
2

10
14
0.5
2

10
15
0.5
2

12
18
0.5
2

13
19
0.5
2

14 15 16 18 19 20 20 20 24 25 25 25 28 30 30 30 31.5 32 35 35 38 40 40
20 21 22 24 25 26 28 30 32 32 33 35 38 38 40 42 40 42 44 45 48 50 55
0.5 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4 4 4

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush, Bronze
Guide diameter d1
External diameter d2
Installation length l1
Order No
L36

=3120.71.
40 mm=
040.
55 mm=
055.
25 mm=
025
=3120.71.040. 055.025
subject to alterations

Guide bush, Bronze


3120.71.

Material:

Fixing:

Bronze.

Connecting with adhesive or if needed secure with threaded pin or flat


mushroom head screw 2192.61.

Note:

Bushes can be used radially and axially.


Assembly guide lines / Dimensional requirements and tolerances at the
end of chapter D.

3120.71. Guide bush, Bronze


d1
d2
r
l4
l1
30
35
40
50
60
70
80
95
100
120
130
140
150

45 45 45 50 50 50 55
55 56 60 60 62 65 70
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

60
74
2
4

60
75
2
4

63
75
2
4

65
80
2
4

70
85
2
4

70
90
2
4

75
90
2
4

75
95
2
4

80 80 85 90 100 110 120 125 130 140 150 160


96 100 100 110 120 130 140 145 150 160 170 180
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Ordering Code (example):


Guide bush, Bronze
Guide diameter d1
External diameter d2
Installation length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=3120.71.
40 mm=
040.
55 mm=
055.
25 mm=
025
=3120.71.040. 055.025
L37

Rectangular guide, Steel with solid lubricant


3131.40.

Material:

Steel with solid lubricant


Surface: case hardened, 580+40 HV 30
Steel
Surface: case hardened, 700+60 HV 30

Note:

The maximum operating temperature is


200C.

3131.40. Rectangular guide, Steel with solid lubricant


Order No
3131.40.022.016.020
3131.40.022.016.040
3131.40.027.020.025
3131.40.027.020.050
3131.40.036.025.032
3131.40.036.025.063
3131.40.046.032.040
3131.40.046.032.080
3131.40.056.040.050
3131.40.056.040.100
3131.40.066.050.056
3131.40.066.050.112

L38

l2
22
22
27
27
36
36
46
46
56
56
66
66

b2
16
16
20
20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
50

l1
20
40
25
50
32
63
40
80
50
100
56
112

b1
40
40
45
45
50
50
63
63
85
85
100
100

r
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10

t1
20
20
22
22
25
25
32
32
36
36
40
40

t2
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
9
9
11
11
13
13

t3
11
11
13
13
14
14
19
19
22
22
24
24

d1
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
9
9
11
11
14
14

d2
11
11
11
11
11
11
15
15
18
18
20
20

b3
26
26
31
31
35
35
45
45
60
60
74
74

l3
15
15
19
19
27
27
35
35
40
40
48
48

l4
7
7
7
7
9
9
11
11
15
15
18
18

subject to alterations

Rectangular guide, Steel with rollers


3131.80.

Description:

The rectangular guides with rollers guarantee


the greatest precisionwhen their mould is
moved together. The rectangular guides must
always be installed in the outer area of the
mould plates to ensure problem-free
functionality.
Advantages: no play or friction, low
maintenance and no lubrication

Material:

Steel
Hardness: 56-58 HRC
Surface: burnished

Note:

The maximum operating temperature is


150C.

3131.80. Rectangular guide, Steel with rollers


Order No
3131.80.032.063
3131.80.040.100

subject to alterations

t
32
40

w
63
100

a
46
66

b
46
66

c
27
36

d
21
33

e
12.1
19.5

h
92
132

r
8
10

s1
9
13

s2
11
18

s3
35
48

d1
15
20

d2
9
13.5

t1
9
13

L39

L40

subject to alterations

Forming /
Demoulding

L41

Bolt guide
2967.10.

Application example

Mounting example

-0
-0, ,03
1

.30
d

h7

max

stroke

2967.10. Bolt guide


Order No
2967.10.08.010
2967.10.10.018
2967.10.12.020
2967.10.16.025
2967.10.20.030
2967.10.25.035
2967.10.30.040
2967.10.35.045
2967.10.40.050
2967.10.45.055

L42

d
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
45

Stroke
10
18
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55

b
33
45
57
65
80
93
101
120
130
140

l
32
45
50
65
80
90
100
120
135
150

h
22
27
32
36
42
50
55
62
70
80

b1
30
40
51
58
72
85
93
110
120
130

b2
19
25
31
38
44
52
60
70
80
90

b3
24
32
39
46
56
66
74
85
95
105

l1
20
30
35
40
55
65
70
80
90
110

h1
5
5
7
8
11
15
15
15
15
15

h2
7
8
10
10
12
15
15
18
18
20

h3
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
35
40
45

d1
8
10
11
14
17
20
20
20
26
26

d2
4
5
7
9
11
14
14
14
17.5
17.5

d3
3
4
6
6
8
10
10
10
10
10

F
7
9
11
14.5
18
22.5
27
32
36
40

subject to alterations

subject to alterations

L43

Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751


Material:

237.1.

WS
Order No 237.1.
Hardness:
Shaft 60 2 HRC
Head 45 5 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shank hardened and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

237.1. Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751


d1

d2

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.2
2.5
2.7
3
3.2
3.5
3.7
4
4.2
4.5

2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
8

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3

l1
40

l1
63

l1
80

l1
100

l1
125

l1
160

l1
200

l1
250

l1
315

l1
400

l1
500

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751
Shank diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
L44

=237.1.
5 mm =
0500.
40 mm=
040
=237.1. 0500.040
subject to alterations

Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751


Material:

237.1.

WS
Order No 237.1.
Hardness:
Shaft 60 2 HRC
Head 45 5 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shank hardened and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

237.1. Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751


d1

d2

4.7
5
5.2
5.5
6
6.2
6.5
7
8
8.2
8.5
9
10
10.2
10.5
11
12
12.2
12.5
14
16
18
20

8
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
22
22
24
26

3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
8

0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1

l1
40

l1
63

l1
80

l1
100

l1
125

l1
160

l1
200

l1
250

l1
315

l1
400

l1
500

l1
630

l1
800

l1
1000

l1
1250

l1
1600

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector pin, hardened, DIN ISO 6751
Shank diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=237.1.
5 mm =
0500.
40 mm=
040
=237.1. 0500.040
L45

Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751


Material:

237.8.

NWA
Order No 237.8.
Hardness:
Shaft* 950 HV 0,3
Head 45 5 HRC
Tensile Strength (core) > 1400 N/mm
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shank nitrided and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

Note:

*Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness


testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
Test load = 3 N max.

237.8. Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751


d1

d2

1.5
2
2.2
2.4
2.5
2.7
2.9
3
3.2
3.4
3.5
3.7
3.9
4
4.2
4.4
4.5
4.7
4.9
5
5.2
5.4
5.5
5.7
5.9
6

3
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
12

1.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5

0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5

l1
100

l1
125

l1
160

l1
200

l1
250

l1
315

l1
400

l1
500

l1
630

l1
800

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751
Shank diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
L46

=237.8.
6.2 mm =
0620.
100 mm =
100
=237.8. 0620. 100
subject to alterations

Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751


Material:

237.8.

NWA
Order No 237.8.
Hardness:
Shaft* 950 HV 0,3
Head 45 5 HRC
Tensile Strength (core) > 1400 N/mm
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shank nitrided and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

Note:

*Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness


testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
Test load = 3 N max.

237.8. Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751


d1

d2

6.2
6.5
6.7
6.9
7
7.2
7.8
8
8.2
8.4
8.5
9
9.7
10
10.2
10.5
11
12
12.2
12.5
14
16
18
20
25
32

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
22
22
24
26
32
40

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
10
10

0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
1
1

l1
100

l1
125

l1
160

l1
200

l1
250

l1
315

l1
400

l1
500

l1
630

l1
800

l1
1000

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector pin, nitrided, DIN ISO 6751
Shank diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=237.8.
6.2 mm =
0620.
100 mm =
100
=237.8. 0620. 100
L47

Ejector pin, hardened, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694


Material:

238.1.
k -0,05

d 2 -0,2

WS
Order No 238.1.
Hardness:
Shaft 60 2 HRC
Head 45 5 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

3
0,

-1
2 -2

Execution:

d 3 -0,1

Shank hardened and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

l 1 +2

60

radiused

d 1 g6

238.1. Ejector pin, hardened, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694


d1
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5

d2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

k
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

l1
l2

63
30

80
32

100
50

125
50

160
63

200
80

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector pin, hardened, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694
Diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
L48

=238.1.
1.7 mm =
0170.
80 mm =
080
=238.1. 0170. 080
subject to alterations

Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694


Material:

238.8.

NWA
Order No 238.8.
Hardness:
Shaft* 950 HV 0,3
Head 45 5 HRC
Tensile Strength (core) > 1400 N/mm

d 3 -0,1

Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die


components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

-1
2 -2

0,

k -0,05

d 2 -0,2

60

l 1 +2

Execution:

Shank nitrided and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

radiused

Note:

*Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness


testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
Test load = 3 N max.
d 1 g6

238.8. Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694


d1
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.2
2.5

d2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

d3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

k
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

l1
l2

63
30

80
32

100
50

125
50

160
63

200
80

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector pin, nitrided, round stepped, DIN ISO 8694
Diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=238.8.
1.5 mm =
0150.
63 mm =
063
=238.8. 0150. 063
L49

Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D


239.1.

Material:

60

WS
Order No 239.1.
Hardness:
Shaft 60 2 HRC
Head 45 5 HRC

k +0,2

d 2 -0,2

Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die


components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

l 1 +2

radiused

Execution:

Shank hardened and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

d 1 g6

239.1. Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D


d1

d2

0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.25
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.75
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.25
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.75
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.2

1.4
1.6
1.8
1.8
2
2
2
2.2
2.2
2.5
2.5
2.8
2.8
2.8
3
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.5
3.5
3.5
4
4
4
4
4
4.5
4.5
4.5

0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5

l1
40

l1
60

l1
71

l1
80

l1
100

l1
125

l1
160

l1
200

l1
250

l1
315

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
Shank diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
L50

=239.1.
3.2 mm =
0320.
71 mm =
071
=239.1. 0320.071
subject to alterations

Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D


Material:

239.1.

WS
Order No 239.1.
Hardness:
Shaft 60 2 HRC
Head 45 5 HRC

60

k +0,2

d 2 -0,2
radiused

l1

+2

Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die


components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shank hardened and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

d 1 g6

239.1. Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D


d1

d2

3.25
3.5
3.6
3.75
4
4.1
4.2
4.25
4.5
4.6
5
5.1
5.2
5.25
5.5
6
6.2
6.5
7
7.5
8
8.2
8.5
9
10
12
14
16

4.5
5
5
5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
6
6
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
10
11
11
12
14
16
18

0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
1.5

l1
40

l1
60

l1
71

l1
80

l1
100

l1
125

l1
160

l1
200

l1
250

l1
315

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
Shank diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=239.1.
3.2 mm =
0320.
71 mm =
071
=239.1. 0320.071
L51

Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D


239.8.

Material:

60

NWA
Order No 239.8.
Hardness:
Shaft* 950 HV 0,3
Head 45 5 HRC
Tensile Strength (core) > 1400 N/mm

d 2 -0,2

l 1 +2

k +0,2

radiused

Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die


components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shank nitrided and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

Note:

*Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness


testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
Test load = 3 N max.

d 1 g6

239.8. Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D


d1

d2

3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

4.5
5.5
6.5
8
10
12
14
16
18

0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
1.5
1.5

l1
100

l1
125

l1
160

l1
200

l1
250

l1
315

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN 1530 Shape D
Shank diameter d1
Length l1
Order No
L52

=239.8.
8 mm
=
0800.
100 mm =
100
=239.8. 0800. 100
subject to alterations

subject to alterations

L53

Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN ISO 8693


Material:

263.1.

WS
Order No 263.1.
Hardness:
Shaft 60 2 HRC
Head 45 5 HRC
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shank hardened and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

Note:

Special dimensions a and b available on


request.

263.1. Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN ISO 8693


d1
d2
k
r
a
b
l1 l2 l3 l4
63 30 25 10
80 40 30 10
100 50 40 10
125 60 50 15
160 80 50 30
200 100 60 40
250 125 60 65
315 160 70 85

4
8
3
0.3
1
3.5

4.2
8
3
0.3
0.8
3.8

4.2
8
3
0.3
1
3.8

4.2
8
3
0.3
1.2
3.8

5
10
3
0.3
1
4.5

5
10
3
0.3
1.2
4.5

5
10
3
0.3
1.5
4.5

6
12
5
0.5
1
5.5

6
12
5
0.5
1.2
5.5

6
12
5
0.5
1.5
5.5

6
12
5
0.5
2
5.5

8
14
5
0.5
1.2
7.5

8
14
5
0.5
1.5
7.5

8
14
5
0.5
2
7.5

10
16
5
0.5
1.5
9.5

10
16
5
0.5
2
9.5

12
18
7
0.8
2
11.5

12
18
7
0.8
2.5
11.5

Ordering Code (example):


Flat ejector pin, hardened, similar to DIN ISO 8693
Width a
Length b
Length l1
Order No
L54

=263.1.
1.5 mm =
15.
5.5 mm =
055.
100 mm =
100
=263.1. 15. 055.100
subject to alterations

Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN ISO 8693


Material:

263.8.

NWA
Order No 263.8.
Hardness:
Shaft* 950 HV 0,3
Head 45 5 HRC
Tensile Strength (core) > 1400 N/mm
Description of FIBRO materials for tool and die
components see at the beginning of Chapter E.

Execution:

Shank nitrided and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.

Note:

*Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness


testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
Test load = 3 N max.
Special dimensions a and b available on
request.

263.8. Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN ISO 8693


d1
d2
k
r
a
b
l1 l2 l3 l4
63 30 25 10
80 40 30 10
100 50 40 10
125 60 50 15
160 80 50 30
200 100 60 40
250 125 60 65
315 160 70 85
400 200 95 105

4
8
3
0.3
1
3.5

4.2
8
3
0.3
0.8
3.8

4.2
8
3
0.3
1
3.8

4.2
8
3
0.3
1.2
3.8

5
10
3
0.3
1
4.5

5
10
3
0.3
1.2
4.5

5
10
3
0.3
1.5
4.5

6
12
5
0.5
1
5.5

6
12
5
0.5
1.2
5.5

6
12
5
0.5
1.5
5.5

6
12
5
0.5
2
5.5

8
14
5
0.5
1.2
7.5

8
14
5
0.5
1.5
7.5

8
14
5
0.5
2
7.5

10
16
5
0.5
1.5
9.5

10
16
5
0.5
2
9.5

12
18
7
0.8
2
11.5

12
18
7
0.8
2.5
11.5

16
22
7
0.8
2
15.5

16
22
7
0.8
2.5
15.5

Ordering Code (example):


Flat ejector pin, nitrided, similar to DIN ISO 8693
Width a
Length b
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=263.8.
2 mm
=
20.
5.5 mm =
055.
125 mm =
125
=263.8. 20.055.125
L55

Ejector sleeve, hardened, DIN ISO 8405


Material:

264.1.
d2

-0,2

Description of FIBRO materials for tool and


die components see at the beginning of
Chapter E.

k -0,05

r +0

,2

*d 4

WS
Order No 264.1.
Hardness:
Shaft 60 2 HRC
Head 45 5 HRC

l 1 +1

Execution:

Shank hardened and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.
Guide bore precision ground and honed.
*up to d4 = 4,5 tolerance +0,2/-0,1
*from d4 = 5 tolerance +0,3/-0,1

l 2+0,1

honed

d 3 H5
d 1 g6

264.1. Ejector sleeve, hardened, DIN ISO 8405


d1

d3

d4

d2

l2

2.5
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16

1.25
1.5
1.6
2
2.2
2.5
2.7
3
3.2
3.5
3.7
4
4.2
5
5.2
6
6.2
8
8.2
10
10.5
12
12.5

1.6
1.8
1.9
2.5
2.4
3
3
3.5
3.5
4
4
4.3
5
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
11
12.5
13

5
6
6
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
20
20
22
22
22
22

2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
7
7

0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8

20
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

l1
70

l1
75

l1
80

l1
90

l1
100

l1
125

l1
150

l1
175

l1
200

l1
225

l1
250

l1
275

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector sleeve, hardened, DIN ISO 8405
Diameter ejector pin d3
Length l1
Order No
12.2014

=264.1.
4 mm =
0400.
75 mm =
075
=264.1. 0400. 075
subject to alterations

Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405


Material:

264.8.

NWA
Order No 264.8.
Hardness:
Shaft** 950 HV 0,3
Head 45 5 HRC
Tensile Strength (core) > 1400 N/mm

d2

-0,2

k -0,05

r +0

,2

*d 4

Execution:

honed
l 2+0,1

Shank nitrided and precision ground.


Head hot upset-forged.
Guide bore precision ground and honed.
*up to d4 = 4,5 tolerance +0,2/-0,1
*from d4 = 5 tolerance +0,3/-0,1

d 3 H5
d 1 g6

Note:

**Owing to thinness of nitrided skin, hardness


testing on shank restricted to Vickers only.
Test load = 3 N max.

264.8.

l1

+1

Description of FIBRO materials for tool and


die components see at the beginning of
Chapter E.

Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405

d1

d3

d4

d2

l2

3
3
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
14
16

1.5
1.6
2
2.2
2.5
2.7
3
3.2
3.5
3.7
4
4.2
5
5.2
6
6.2
8
8.2
10
10.2
12

1.8
1.9
2.5
2.4
3
3
3.5
3.5
4
4
4.3
5
5.5
5.5
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
12.5

6
6
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
14
14
14
16
16
20
20
22
22
22

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
7

0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8

35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

l1
75

l1
100

l1
125

l1
150

l1
175

l1
200

l1
225

l1
250

l1
275

Ordering Code (example):


Ejector sleeve, nitrided, DIN ISO 8405
Diameter ejector pin d3
Length l1
Order No
subject to alterations

=264.8.
4 mm =
0400.
75 mm =
075
=264.8. 0400. 075
12.2014

Date stamp complete, embossed lettering


d 1 h6
d 2

Mounting example
s

2280.01.
Insert
2280.01.xxx.xx.2

+0,1

Compression
spring

Sleeve
2280.01.xxx.10.1
with fixing thread

m
Marking
embossing
Embossing
depth a

Material:

Mounting:

1.2767, hardened HRC 542, ground

Note:

The sleeve and insert can be ordered separately (see ordering example).

Description:

- sleeve with engraving


- adjustable insert with display arrow and year (can be rotated using an
ordinary screwdriver)
- metric thread for fixing
- mirror image engraving

Fixing:
Screw in the insert in a clockwise direction until it is flush with the top
edge and set to the required position.
Setting:
Set the insert by turning clockwise or anti-clockwise. When correctly set,
the insert of a stamp with d1 = 6mm (.060.) is typically a maximum of
0.1mm above or below the top edge of the sleeve.
Changing:
To change the insert turn it anti-clockwise to remove.

2280.01. Date stamp complete, embossed lettering


d1
4
5
6
8
10
12
16

d2
2.5
3.1
3.1
4.6
4.6
6.4
8.4

l
14
17
17
20
20
25
33

m
2
3
3
4
5
6
8

t
2
3
3
4
4
6
8

s
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.35
0.35
0.5
0.6

a
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6

Ordering examples:
Date insert, complete
= 2280.
Standard version
= 2280.01.
Sleeve diameter d1 = 5
= 2280.01.050.
Sleeve with display:
Months (1-12)
= 2280.01.050.10.
Insert with display: Arrow + year
(variable) e.g. 2004
= 2280.01.050.10.04
Order No
= 2280.01.050.10.04

L58

Date insert, Sleeve


Standard version
Sleeve diameter d1 = 5
Sleeve with display:
Months (1-12)
Sleeve
Order No

= 2280.
= 2280.01.
= 2280.01.050.
= 2280.01.050.10.
= 2280.01.050.10.1
= 2280.01.050.10.1

Date insert, Insert


= 2280.
Standard version
= 2280.01.
Sleeve diameter d1 = 5
= 2280.01.050.
Insert with display: Arrow + year
(variable) e.g. 2004
= 2280.01.050.04.
Insert
= 2280.01.050.04.2
Order No
= 2280.01.050.04.2

subject to alterations

Date stamp complete (short version), embossed lettering


2280.02.

Compression
spring
Sleeve
2280.02.xxx.10.1

Insert
2280.02.xxx.xx.2

setting range

d 1 m6
d 2H7

Transition fit

d 1 H7
m6

0,05

Mounting example

Marking
embossing
Embossing
depth a

Material:

Mounting:

1.2767, hardened HRC 542, ground

Note:

The sleeve and insert can be ordered separately (see ordering example).

Description:

- sleeve with engraving


- adjustable insert with display arrow and year (can be rotated using an
ordinary screwdriver)
- metric thread for fixing
- mirror image engraving

2280.02.
d1
2.6
3
4
5
6
8
10
12

Fixing:
Screw in the insert in a clockwise direction until it is flush with the top
edge and set to the required position.
Setting:
Set the insert by turning clockwise or anti-clockwise. When correctly set,
the insert of a stamp with d1 = 6mm (.060.) is typically a maximum of
0.1mm above or below the top edge of the sleeve.
Changing:
To change the insert turn it anti-clockwise to remove.

Date stamp complete (short version), embossed lettering


d2
1.4
1.5
2.1
3.1
3.1
4.4
5.2
6.2

l
4
4
5
8
8
10
12
14

s
0.2
0.2
0.25
0.2
0.2
0.25
0.35
0.35

a
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.6

Ordering examples:
Date insert, complete
= 2280.
Standard version
= 2280.02.
Sleeve diameter d1 = 5
= 2280.01.050.
Sleeve with display:
Months (1-12)
= 2280.01.050.10.
Insert with display: Arrow + year
(variable) e.g. 2004
= 2280.01.050.10.04
Order No
= 2280.01.050.10.04

subject to alterations

Date insert, Sleeve


Standard version
Sleeve diameter d1 = 5
Sleeve with display:
Months (1-12)
Sleeve
Order No

= 2280.
= 2280.02.
= 2280.01.050.
= 2280.01.050.10.
= 2280.01.050.10.1
= 2280.01.050.10.1

Date insert, Insert


= 2280.
Standard version
= 2280.02.
Sleeve diameter d1 = 5
= 2280.01.050.
Insert with display: Arrow + year
(variable) e.g. 2004
= 2280.01.050.04.
Insert
= 2280.01.050.04.2
Order No
= 2280.01.050.04.2

L59

Quill holder for core tempering


3820.10.

order separatley
o-ring
3800.01.01.01. 1)

d 7 H7

55 0,01
l

0,01

38

19

3
13,5

l1

l4
l3
( l2)

d 5 H7

order separatley
o-ring
3800.01.01.01. 2)

b
d8

d g6

set screw (3X)


3810.02.02.12.038
(included)

Description:

3820.10. Quill holder for core tempering

Material:

Order No
3820.10.025.025
3820.10.030.030
3820.10.040.040

The quill holder is preferably used with bolt guide 2967.10. and quills
with internal bore for slider tempering. 4 connections make it possible
to implement tempering circuits either directly or in series.
Stainless steel

d
25
30
40

d7
25
30
40

d8
65
70
80

d5
22
27
37

b
60
65
75

l
100
105
115

l1
26
31
41

l2
45
50
60

l3
l4
19 13
22 14.5
28 16.5

Mounting example
1. Swivelled
Slider without sealing surfaces

L60

2. Swivelled
Slider with sealing surfaces

3. Not swivelled
Slider without sealing surfaces

4. Not swivelled
Slider with sealing surfaces

subject to alterations

O-ring, Viton
3800.01.01.01.

3800.01.01.01.

O-ring, Viton

Order No
3800.01.01.01.0240.30
3800.01.01.01.0210.30
3800.01.01.01.0292.30
3800.01.01.01.0260.30
3800.01.01.01.0392.30
3800.01.01.01.0360.30

d1
24
21
29.2
26
39.2
36

subject to alterations

1)
2)
1)
2)
1)
2)

d2
3
3
3
3
3
3

Material:
used in
3820.10.025.025
3820.10.025.025
3820.10.030.030
3820.10.030.030
3820.10.040.040
3820.10.040.040

Viton (FPM)

Note:

Operating temperature -15C to +200C

L61

L62

subject to alterations

Mould Line
Gas springs and
Spring plungers
for Mould making
L63

FML Gas springs for Mould making

L64

subject to alterations

FML Gas springs for Mould Making


FIBRO Mould Line Gas springs (FML)

Functioning

FIBRO FML Gas springs are an ideal supplement to and


expansion of the traditional FIBRO product lines of helical,
disc and elastomer springs for manufacturing tools, devices,
moulds and machines.

The pressure medium is a commercially available, environment-friendly nitrogen. FIBRO FML Gas springs have a
standard charge pressure of max. 150 bar.

Gas springs can be used for all applications where lift movements are required in parallel to mould opening.
FIBRO Mould Line Gas springs (FML), which were specially
developed for mould making, are characterised by their high
force, small size, long service life and a constant operating
temperature of 120C.

Pressure Build-Up
In operation the piston rod enters the spring space whose
volume is progressively reduced. The resulting pressure rise
can be plotted on the Gas spring Diagram as a multiplication factor. The spring force is the product of initial force
times that pressure-rise factor and can therefore be calculated easily.

Of course, FIBRO FML Gas springs are approved as per European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (14th GSGV
ordinance on pressure vessels). FIBRO FML Gas springs are
filled with nitrogen and do not require any pressure space
that is positioned externally or in tool plates. They also
require no gas supply lines.

Working temperature

In certain special cases, however, monitoring of charge


pressure in the installed state is required. These may be
found in the list of accessory products if needed. As long as
all mounting details are laid out with due circumspection,
it is no problem at all to remove and install FIBRO FML Gas
springs.

Installation

The spring temperature should not exceed +120C.

Charge pressure
Modification of charge pressure allows variation of the force
rating and can be predetermined from the spring Diagram.

FIBRO FML Gas springs can be used in any installation position. Whether or not external forces act on them when at rest
is of no consequence.and can therefore be calculated easily.

Operating instructions are included with every delivery of


FIBRO FML Gas springs. Application examples are shown on
the following pages.

All FIBRO Gas springs meet the requirements of the


Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
The Pressure Equipment Directive (97/23/EC) has been ratified by the european parliament and the council of europe. The
requirements of the pressure equipment directive came into force throughout the EC on 29 May 2002.
The directive defines pressure equipment as vessels, pipework, safety devices and pressure accessories. In terms of the directive a vessel is a casing which is designed and manufactured to contain fluids under pressure.
It follows from this definition that nitrogen gas springs of all sizes are deemed to be pressure vessels and must in this respect
comply with the pressure equipment directive (97/23/EC) from 29 May 2002.

subject to alterations

L65

FML Gas springs for Mould making


Maintenance

Warning signs

FIBRO FML Gas springs are designed for long-term maintenance-free operation. We recommend lightly oiling the
piston rod before using. Sealing and guide elements can be
replaced easily in very little time.

These are available on request. The signs should be affixed


near the springs in as prominent a position as possible.

They are available in a spare parts kit.


Each spare parts kit comes with detailed instructions for
maintenance of Gas springs.

Caution!
Gas springs may only be charged with commercial grade
5.0 nitrogen gas.

Accessories
The range of accessories for gas springs includes fastening
devices, charging and control units, screw connections and
lines for setting up compound systems.

Advantages of the FIBRO Mould Line series:


Very little calibration work required in the tool

WARNING

This tool is equipped with


__ Gas Springs with a max. pressure of
150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
Working pressure ______ bar.
Read maintenance instructions
before working on gas springs.

FIBRO
Business Area Standard Parts
D-74851 Hassmersheim Postfach 1120
T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* F +49 (0) 6266-73-237

Size 35350 mm
Language
german
english
french
italian
spanish
polish
czech
turkish
chinese

Order No
2480.00.035.050.1
2480.00.035.050.2
2480.00.035.050.3
2480.00.035.050.4
2480.00.035.050.5
2480.00.035.050.PL
2480.00.035.050.CZ
2480.00.035.050.TR
2480.00.035.050.CN

No lubrication required
No maintenance required for up to 1,000,000 strokes1
Variably adjustable forces
For mould temperatures of up to 120C
Approved as per the european pressure equipment directive 97/23/EC (14th GSGV regulation for pressure vessels)
Standard safety features (FIBRO Safer Choice)2
Safety piston rod
Excess pressure protection
Overstroke protection
A pressure monitoring system makes it possible to recognise an impending failure at an early point (prevention)
No tool breakage if the 2nd separation level is locked
(the plate comes to a standstill; after the jam is removed,
production can be resumed)
Used worldwide in one million FIBRO Gas springs
Cost savings: approximately 60-70%
(e.g. compared to a latch-locking unit)
1

At 80C to 120C/ 500,000 strokes

Depending on type of spring

WARNING

This tool is equipped with ___ Gas Springs with a


max. pressure of 150 or 180 bar, depending on spring type.
No. pcs. spring type
fill.press./bar
force/daN
1 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
2 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
3 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
4 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
5 ____ _____________________ _____________ ______________
Read maintenance instructions before working on gas springs.

FIBRO
Business Area Standard Parts
D-74851 Hassmersheim Postfach 1120
T +49 (0) 6266-73-0* F +49 (0) 6266-73-237

Size 753105 mm
Language
german
english
french
italian
spanish
polish
czech
turkish
chinese

Order No
2480.00.075.105.1
2480.00.075.105.2
2480.00.075.105.3
2480.00.075.105.4
2480.00.075.105.5
2480.00.075.105.PL
2480.00.075.105.CZ
2480.00.075.105.TR
2480.00.075.105.CN

Size 1103150 mm
Language
german
english
french
italian
spanish
polish
czech
turkish
chinese

L66

Order No
2480.00.110.150.1
2480.00.110.150.2
2480.00.110.150.3
2480.00.110.150.4
2480.00.110.150.5
2480.00.110.150.PL
2480.00.110.150.CZ
2480.00.110.150.TR
2480.00.110.150.CN
subject to alterations

Installation instructions
FML Gas springs
Mounting examples
Mounting possibilities for gas springs are listed below.
For additional information on mounting, see the corresponding pages in the catalogue.

OK

OK

Screw mounted at the base

Screw mounted at the base with 2480.011.

OK

Fastened with 2480.044./045./047.

+1
+0,5
+2
38: +0,5

OK

Fastened with 2480.055./057./064.

Installation
principle:

subject to alterations

L67

min.0C

To achieve the best possible service-life and safety from the gas spring,
the directions below must be followed.

Mounting instructions

berstand bei voll


genutztem Hub

Einbauanweisung
OK

max. 1,6 m/s


bzw. 0,5Sichern
m/s1)
mglich,

max. 120C

min. 0C

max. 150 bar (20C) N2

Einbau-Richtli
von Gasdruckf

max. 80 C
bzw. 180 C1)

OK

F
Wenn
der Gasdruckfeder
im Werkzeug/Maschine
max. 150unt
bar
(20 C)
Federboden
eingebrachten
Gewindebohrungen
oder
Befestigungselem
max. 1,6 m/s
F
bzw. 180 bar1)
Wenn mglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder
im Werkzeug/Maschine
unter Verwendung
imAnzugsdrehmomente fr die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederbode
Dieder
max.
bzw. 0,5 m/s1)
N2
max. 80 C
max. 150 bar
Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen oder Befestigungselemente.
2) 1) M12 = 80 Nm)
= 10 Nm; M8
=bzw.
Nm;
2)
C
min. 0,5
45
3 180
mm
(20=
C) 24 Nm; M10
min. 0,5 3 mm(M6
Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente fr die Gewinde im Gasdruckfederboden sind zu beachten:
bzw. 180 bar1)
Einbau-Richtlinien
Die Gewindebohrung
in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung d
N2
max. 80 C
min. 0,5 3(M6
mm2)= 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm; M12 = 80 Nm)
1)
werden.
Sie dient ausschlielich
nur zu Wartungszwecken.
bzw. 180 C
von Gasdruckfedern
Die Gewindebohrung in der Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und min.0C
Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolben
werden. Sie dient ausschlielich nur zu Wartungszwecken.
gedrckten Position frei wird (innere Beschdigung der Gasdruckfeder
Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen,
dass
die
Kolbenstange
abrupt aus der
Um
eine
bestmgliche
Lebensdauer
und Sicherheit
der
zu gewhrleisten,
2) berstand
2) berstand bei voll
bei voll
Gasdruckfeder
parallel
zurGasdruckfedern
Krafteinleitung
einbauen.
min.0C
gedrckten Position frei wird (innere Beschdigung der
Gasdruckfeder).
mssen
die
Einbaurichtlinien
befolgt
werden.
genutztem
Hub
genutztem Hub
1) je nach Federtyp
Kontaktoberflche
zur Bettigung der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig
berstand bei voll Gasdruckfeder parallel zur Krafteinleitung einbauen.
und
sollte
eine
hinreichende
Hrte aufweisen.
enutztem Hub
Einbauanweisung
Kontaktoberflche zur Bettigung der Kolbenstange
muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
1) je nach Federtyp
F
Es drfen keine seitliche Krfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
max. 1,6 m/s
und sollte eine hinreichende Hrte aufweisen.
im
Wenn
mglich,
Sichern
der
Gasdruckfeder
im
bzw.mglich,
0,5 m/s1) Sichern der Gasdruckfeder
Wenn
Werkzeug/Maschine
unter
Verwendung
derWerk
im
OK 150
max.
bar
Kolbenstange gegenFederboden
mechanische
BeschdigungGewindebohrungen
und Kontakt mit
Fls
eingebrachten
od
Es drfen keine seitliche Krfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
(20 C)
Federboden eingebrachten Gewindebohrungen
oder
Befestigungselemente.
F
1)
nn mglich, Sichern der Gasdruckfeder im Werkzeug/Maschine unter Verwendung
der
im
bzw.
180
bar

Es
wird
empfohlen,
eine
Hubreserve
von
10%
der
nominellen
Hubln
Die
max.
Anzugsdrehmomente
fr
die
Gewinde
Diemit
max.
Anzugsdrehmomente
fr die Gewinde2) im Gasdruckfederboden
sind zu beachten: im
Kolbenstange
gegen mechanische
Beschdigung und Kontakt
Flssigkeiten
schtzen. max.
N2
min.
mm
80
C 0,5 3(M6
erboden eingebrachten
Gewindebohrungen
oder Befestigungselemente.
=
10
Nm;
M8
=
24
Nm;
M10
= 45
Nm; M12
(M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24
Nm;
M10
=
45
Nm;
M12
=
80
Nm)
1)
Der
maximale
Flldruck
(bei 20C) darf nicht berschritten
werden,
da
bzw. 180 C
Es wird empfohlen,
eine Hubreserve
von 10% der nominellen
Hublnge oder 5 mm
vorzusehen.
max. Anzugsdrehmomente
fr die Gewinde
im Gasdruckfederboden
sind zu beachten:
Systemsicherheit
gewhrleistet
werden
kann.

Die
Gewindebohrung
in
der
Kolbenstange
darf
nic

Die
Gewindebohrung
in
der
Kolbenstange
darf
nicht
zur
Befestigung
der
Gasdruckfeder
verw
6 = 10 Nm; M8 =
Nm; M10Flldruck
= 45 Nm;
M12
= 80
Nm)
min. 0,5 3werden,
mm2)
Der24maximale
(bei
20C)
darf
nicht berschritten
keine
werden.
Sie dient ausschlielich
nur zu
Wartungsz
werden. da
Sieansonsten
dient ausschlielich
nur zu Wartungszwecken.
Ein berschreiten
der
max. zulssigen
Arbeitstemperatur
verringert
die
Systemsicherheit
gewhrleistet
werden
kann.
Gewindebohrung
in der Kolbenstange
darf nicht
zur Befestigung
der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
Gasdruckfeder
wesentlich.

Gasdruckfeder
nicht
in
einer
Art
und
Weise
einsetz

Gasdruckfeder
nicht
in
einer
Art
und
Weise
einsetzen,
dass
die
Kolbenstange
abrupt
aus
der
rden. Sie dient ausschlielich
nur zu
min.0C
Ein berschreiten
derWartungszwecken.
max. zulssigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert
die Lebensdauer
der (innere
gedrckten
frei wirdsollte
(innere
Beschdigun
gedrckten
Position frei
wird
derPosition
Gasdruckfeder).
Die
OberflcheBeschdigung
der Kolbenstange
/ des Kolbens
komplett
beaufs
2) berstand bei voll
wesentlich.
druckfeder nichtGasdruckfeder
in einer Art und
Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der

Gasdruckfeder
parallel
zur
Krafteinleitung
einbaue

Gasdruckfeder
parallel
zur
Krafteinleitung
einbauen.
genutztem
Hub

Entfernen
Sie
die
Adapter-Bodenplatte
2480.00.20
von
der
Gasdruckfe
rckten Position
freiOberflche
wird (innere
Gasdruckfeder).
Die
derBeschdigung
Kolbenstangeder
/ des
Kolbens sollte komplett
beaufschlagt werden.
1) je nach Federtyp
sem Zustand.
Kontaktoberflche
der Kolbenstang
zur Bettigung
Kontaktoberflche zur Bettigung
der Kolbenstange
muss rechtwinklig
zum Gasdruckfederhu
2) berstand bei voll
druckfeder parallel
zur
Krafteinleitung
einbauen.
Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20
von
der
Gasdruckfeder
2490.12.
nur inHrte
drucklound sollte eine hinreichende
und sollte eine hinreichende
aufweisen.
genutztem Hub
OK Hrte aufweisen.
semBettigung
Zustand. der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
taktoberflche zur
Es drfen
keine
seitlicheimKrfte
auf die Gasdruckfe
Es drfen keine seitliche
Krfte
auf die Sichern
Gasdruckfeder
wirken.
Wenn
mglich,
der FGasdruckfeder
Werkzeug/Maschine
unt
sollte eine hinreichende Hrte aufweisen.
Federboden
eingebrachten
Gewindebohrungen
oder
Befestigungsele

Kolbenstange
gegen
mechanische
Beschdigung
Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschdigung und Kontakt mit Flssigkeiten schtzen. u
drfen keine seitliche Krfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
DieWerkzeug/Maschine
max. Anzugsdrehmomente
fr die Gewinde
Gasdruckfederbod
Wenn mglich, Sichern
der Gasdruckfeder
im
unter
Verwendung
imim
10%
Es wird
empfohlen,
eineder
Hubreserve
10% der
Es
wird
empfohlen, eine
Hubreserve
von
der
nominellen
Hublnge
oder
5 von
mm
benstange gegen mechanische Beschdigung und Kontakt
mit
Flssigkeiten
schtzen.
(M6
=
10
Nm;
M8
=
24
Nm;
M10
=
45
Nm;
M12
=
80
Nm) vorzuse
2)
Federboden eingebrachten
Gewindebohrungen
oder Befestigungselemente.
min.
0,5 3 mm
Derberschritten
maximale Flldruck
20C) darf keine
nicht ber
Der maximale Flldruck
(bei
20C) darf nicht
werden,(bei
da ansonsten
nderungen
vorbehalten

2)

max.
Cmm2)
min.
0,580
3
bzw. 180 C1)

max. 1,6 m/s


bzw. 0,5 m/s1)
max. 150 bar
(20 C)
bzw. 180 bar1)
N2

Einbau-Richtlinien
min.0C
von min.0C
Gasdruckfedern
Um eine bestmgliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern

protection at full stroke

2) berstand bei voll


mssen
die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
genutztem Hub
1) je nach Federtyp
Um eine bestmgliche 1)Lebensdauer
zu gewhrleisten,
je nach Federtyp und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern
Einbauanweisung
mssen die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.

max. 1,6 m/s


bzw. 0,5OK
m/s1)
1)

min.0C

C2)
min. 0,5max.
3 80
mm
bzw. 180 C1)

max. 150 bar


(20 C)
bzw. 180 bar1)
N2

Secure the gas spring to the tool/machine whenever possible, using the threaded hole(s) in
the base of the gas spring or a suitable flange. Never exceed the maximum torque values
for the threads in the base of the gas spring: (M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm; M10 = 45 Nm;
M12=80Nm)
The threaded hole in the piston rod top should not be used for mounting purposes. It is only
to be used when carrying and servicing the gas spring.
Do not use the gas spring in such a way that the piston rod is realised freely from its
compressed position, as this could cause internal damage to the gas spring.
Make sure the gas spring is mounted parallel to the direction of the compression stroke.
Ensure the contact surface of the piston rod top is perpendicular to the direction of the
compression stroke and is sufficiently hardened.
The gas spring should not be subjected to the side loads.
Protect the piston rod against mechanical damage and contact with fluids.
We do not recommend the last 5 mm or 10% of the nominal stroke be utilised.
The maximum charging pressure as a function of the working temperature must not be
exceeded as it may effect the safety of the product.
Exceeding the gas springs recommended operating temperature will shorten the service-life
of the gas spring.
The entire contact surface of the piston rod / piston should be used.

je nach Federtyp

min. 1-3 mm 1)

e nach Federtyp

max. 1,6 m/s


bzw. 0,5 m/s1)

auanweisung

L68

max. 1,0 m/s

1)

Um eine bestmgliche
Lebensdauer
und Sicherheit
Um eine bestmgliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit
der Gasdruckfedern
zu gewhrleisten,
min.0C
mssen
die
Einbaurichtlinien
befolgt
werden.
mssen die Einbaurichtlinien
befolgt werden.
1) je nach Federtyp
ine bestmgliche Lebensdauer und Sicherheit der Gasdruckfedern zu gewhrleisten,
en die Einbaurichtlinien befolgt werden.
Einbauanweisung
Einbauanweisung

von Gasdruckfedern

Mounting directions
FML Gas springs

758520021

subject to alterations

2 1758520021

2 1758520021

2 1758520021

nderungen vorbehalten

wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen


oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
DieHublnge
max. Anzugsdrehmomente
fr die Gewinde
im Gasdruckfederboden
sind zugewhrleistet
beachten:
Die Gewindebohrung
in der Kolbenstange
darf nicht
zur Befestigung

Systemsicherheit
werden
kann.
Systemsicherheit
gewhrleistet
werden
kann.
(M6
=
10
Nm;
M8
=
24
Nm;
M10
=
45
Nm;
M12
=
80
Nm)
werden.
Sie
dient
ausschlielich
nur
zu
Wartungszwecken.
r maximale Flldruck
(bei
20C)
darf
nicht
berschritten
werden,
da
ansonsten
keine
nderungen vorbehalten
Ein berschreiten
der max.
zulssigen
Arbeitstemp
Eininberschreiten
der max.
zulssigen
Arbeitstemperatur
verringert
die
Lebensdauer
der
Fnicht
111
temsicherheit gewhrleistet werden kann.
Die Gewindebohrung
der Kolbenstange
darf
nicht
zur Befestigung
derArt
Gasdruckfeder
verwendet
Gasdruckfeder
in einer
und
Weise einsetzen,
dass die
Kolben
Gasdruckfeder
wesentlich.
Gasdruckfeder
wesentlich.
werden. die
Sie Lebensdauer
dient ausschlielich
nur zu Wartungszwecken.
gedrckten Position frei wird (innere Beschdigung der Gasdruckfeder
berschreiten der max. zulssigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert
der
Die Oberflche
der Kolbenstange /werden.
des Kolbens so
Die
Oberflche
Kolbenstange
desparallel
Kolbens
komplett
druckfeder wesentlich.
Gasdruckfeder nicht
in einer
Art undder
Weise
einsetzen, /dass
die
Kolbenstange
abruptbeaufschlagt
aus
der
Gasdruckfeder
zursollte
Krafteinleitung
einbauen.
2) berstand
bei voll
Entfernenvon
Sieder
dieGasdruckfeder
Adapter-Bodenplatte
2480.00.20
werden.
Entfernen
Sie die Beschdigung
Adapter-Bodenplatte
2480.00.20
2490.12.
nur in dr
gedrckten
Position
frei wird
der Gasdruckfeder).
genutztem
Hub (innere
Oberflche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett
beaufschlagt
Kontaktoberflche
zur
semBettigung
Zustand. der Kolbenstange muss rechtwinklig
sem
Zustand.
Gasdruckfeder
Krafteinleitung
und sollte eine hinreichende Hrte aufweisen.
fernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der
Gasdruckfeder parallel
2490.12.zur
nur
in drucklo- einbauen.
Zustand.
Kontaktoberflche zur Bettigung der Kolbenstange
zumauf
Gasdruckfederhub
seinwirken.
Es drfenmuss
keinerechtwinklig
seitliche Krfte
die Gasdruckfeder
und sollte eine
hinreichende
aufweisen.
Wenn
mglich, Hrte
Sichern
der Gasdruckfeder
im
Werkzeug/Maschine
unter
Verwendung
der im
Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschdigung und Kontakt
mit Fls
Federboden
eingebrachten
Gewindebohrungen
oder
Befestigungselemente.
Es drfen keine seitliche Krfte auf die Gasdruckfeder
wirken.
Es fr
wird
eine
Hubreserve von 10%
derzunominellen
Die max. Anzugsdrehmomente
dieempfohlen,
Gewinde im
Gasdruckfederboden
sind
beachten: Hubln
Kolbenstange gegen
mechanische
Beschdigung
und
Kontakt
mit
Flssigkeiten
schtzen.
(M6 = 10 Nm; M8 = 24 Nm;
M10
= 45 Nm;
M12 = (bei
80 Nm)
Der
maximale
Flldruck
20C) darf nicht berschritten werden, d
nderungen
vorbehalten oder
Es wird empfohlen,
eine
Hubreserve
von
10%
der
nominellen
Hublnge
5 mm
vorzusehen.
nderungen
vorbehalten
Systemsicherheit
gewhrleistet
werden
kann.
Kolbenstange darf nicht zur Befestigung der Gasdruckfeder verwendet
Die Gewindebohrung in der
dient
ausschlielich
nur zu Wartungszwecken.
Der maximale werden.
FlldruckSie
(bei
20C)
darf nicht
werden,
da zulssigen
ansonsten Arbeitstemperatur
keine
Einberschritten
berschreiten
der max.
verringert di
vorbehalten
F111
Systemsicherheit
gewhrleistet
werden
kann.
Gasdruckfeder
wesentlich.
Gasdruckfeder nicht in einer Art und Weise einsetzen, dass die Kolbenstange abrupt aus der
gedrckten
frei Arbeitstemperatur
wird
(innere
Beschdigung
der
Ein berschreiten
der max.Position
zulssigen
verringert
dieGasdruckfeder).
Lebensdauer
der
Die
Oberflche
der Kolbenstange
/ des Kolbens
sollte komplett beauf
Gasdruckfeder
wesentlich. parallel zur Krafteinleitung
Gasdruckfeder
einbauen.
Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckf
Die Oberflche
der Kolbenstange zur
/ des
Kolbens
sollte
komplett beaufschlagt
werden.zum Gasdruckfederhub sein
sem Zustand.
Kontaktoberflche
Bettigung
der
Kolbenstange
muss rechtwinklig
undAdapter-Bodenplatte
sollte eine hinreichende
Hrte aufweisen.
Entfernen Sie die
2480.00.20
von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklosem Zustand. Es drfen keine seitliche Krfte auf die Gasdruckfeder wirken.
Kolbenstange gegen mechanische Beschdigung und Kontakt mit Flssigkeiten schtzen.
Es wird empfohlen, eine Hubreserve von 10% der nominellen Hublnge oder 5 mm vorzusehen.
Der maximale Flldruck (bei
20C)
darf nicht berschritten werden, da ansonsten keine
nderungen
vorbehalten
Systemsicherheit gewhrleistet werden kann.

Ein berschreiten der max. zulssigen Arbeitstemperatur verringert die Lebensdauer der
nderungen vorbehalten
F111
Gasdruckfeder wesentlich.
Die Oberflche der Kolbenstange / des Kolbens sollte komplett beaufschlagt werden.
Entfernen Sie die Adapter-Bodenplatte 2480.00.20 von der Gasdruckfeder 2490.12. nur in drucklosem Zustand.

2 1758520021

2 1758520021

2 1758520021

subject to alterations

L69

FIBRO-Gas Springs The Safer Choice


Optimum safety for tools and operators
At FIBRO, safety and reliability are paramount. Particularly when it comes to our gas springs. With their unique range of safety features, FIBRO gas springs
are the safest on the market.

The benefit
for you:

DE-74855 Hassmersheim Tel. +49(0)6266-73-0* Fax *237

FIBRO gas springs are developed, manufactured and tested


for
a minimum
2 million*
strokes in
accordance
with

of

full

DGRL97/23/EG.
The
springs
this
fullperformance

deliver


at
the
maximum
permissible
limits in terms
of filling
pres

sure and operating temperature - even when combined



with
any of the
various
mounting
types available.

Bestell-Nr.:
Order-No.:

GE

ZU

FIBRO GmbH Normalien Standard Parts

7/

97

/23/EC
for
2 Million strokes

PED
million
strokes
approval
for
2

LASS

EN

PROVED
AP


23/E

1)
FIBRO safety features

2480.13.05000.050

Flldruck:
Filling pressure:

150 bar

Federkraft:
Spring Force:

5000 daN

PED-zugelassen fr 2.000.000 Hbe bei voller Hubauslastung.


PED-approved for 2.000.000 strokes at full stroke load.

Gasdruckfeder Warnung! Nicht ffnen - hoher Druck; Flldruck


max. 150 bar. Bitte Bedienungsanleitung beachten!
Gas Spring Warning! Do not open - high pressure; filling pressure
max. 150 bar. Please follow instructions for use!

* Calculation value for durability

Ressort gaz Attention! Ne pas ouvrir - haute pression; pression de


remplissage max. 15 MPa. Veuiller observer les instructions demploi!

Guaranteed safety and reliability for the


entire
life of
the
spring

service

Molle a gas Attenzione! Non aprire - pression alta massima; pressione


de riempimento max. 150 bar. Si prega di osservare le istruzioni per luso!
Muelle de gas Atencin! No abrir - alta presin; cardago
a mass. 150 bar. Por favor observar las instrucciones!

kits

Repair
and qualified
training
sessions
available
through
FIBRO
Service
effectiveness
and

offer
increased


process
reliability.

Overstroke protection

S>max

Conventional gas springs can burst in the event of an


stroke.

over-extended
If this happens, parts flying around
can become dangerous projectiles.


FIBRO
gas springs
are
different:
in
the event
of an overstroke
depending
on the


and

spring
type
protection
system
will ensure that
the
patented

either the cylinder wall of the gas spring is deformed in a


predefined manner (A) or the piston rod destroys a rup
ture bolt in the floor of the cylinder (B), thereby allowing


the
gas to
escape
into
the atmosphere.

(A)

The benefit
for you:

No risk of parts flying around in the event


of
an overstroke

Possible causes of
triggering:


Lack of stroke limitations in the tool/machine and placing
the piston rods under a load (e.g. sheet-metal holder, slide
reset, etc.), double sheet, incorrect installation position,

etc.

(B)

Return stroke protection

V>max

The benefit
for you:
Possible causes of
triggering:

A particularly dangerous situation can arise with conven


tional gas
springs
if tool components become jammed
and the pressure on the compressed piston rod is then
abruptly
released:
this case, the piston rod is then fired


in
out of the cylinder like a missile.
FIBRO
gas springs
are
different:



special
guides and a patented safety stop in the piston

ensure

rods
your safety.
If the speed is too high during the
stroke,

automati
return
the collar
on the
piston rodwill
cally
integrated
safety
stop then
destroys
the
break.
The

seal,
allows
the
gas
to escape
into the
which

atmosphere

and
the
gas spring
become
depressurised.

to

No risk of a piston rod firing out



if the
return stroke
is too
fast

Sudden
loosening of jammed components, such as
sheet-metal holder, slide, ejector, scraper function, etc.

Overpressure protection
Conventional gas springs can burst if the internal pressure
rises above a maximum permitted value. If this happens,
parts flying around can become dangerous projectiles.
FIBRO gas springs are different:
if the pressure rises above the maximum permitted value,
the safety collar on the sealing set is automatically destroyed. The gas then escapes into the atmosphere and the
gas spring is depressurised.

P>max
The benefit
for you:

No risk of bursting parts in the event of


overpressure

Possible causes of
triggering:

Incorrect filling (max. filling pressure 150 or 180 bar, nitrogen), infeed of liquid operating material, etc.

After a protection function is triggered, the spring cannot be repaired and can no longer be used. It must be replaced completely.
1) The safety features mentioned here have been implemented with few exceptions on all FIBRO gas springs.
Please refer to the relevant data sheets to check the current safety equipment which is provided with the gas spring you are interested in, or contact
FIBRO GmbH directly for more information.

02.2016

subject to alterations

Gas springs The Safer Choice


FIBRO reliability features
Flexible guides: The Flex GuideTM System

TM

Flex Guide

Extended service life


Increased stroke frequency, i.e. more strokes per
minute
Life time & Frequency

The benefits for you:

Lateral movement

The Flex GuideTM System is a flexible guide in the gas spring which
absorbs lateral movements of the piston rod. It minimises friction and
lowers the operating temperature.

Conventional Guide

high

FlexGuideTM System

Flex GuideTM System

Conventional Guide
low
low

high
Lateral Movement

Safe hose connections: The Dual SealTM System


TM

Dual Seal

The benefits for you:

The FIBRO Dual SealTM System combines a metal seal with a soft
elastomer seal. On hose connection systems, the system provides two
leak-tight connections and prevents rotation.

Leak-tight connection, even under vibrations


High process reliability
Minimised tool down time
Simple installation thanks to anti-rotation function
Wireless monitoring:
The Wireless Pressure Monitoring (WPM) System

WPM
The benefits for you:

The optional Wireless Pressure Monitoring System (WPM) (patent


pending) wirelessly monitors the pressure and temperature of FIBRO gas
springs. Before a defective part is produced, the press operator receives a
message from the WPM and can take appropriate action.

Preventative quality assurance


High process reliability
Minimised tool down time
Reduced maintenance and costs
Potential faults are individually displayed. As a result,
service intervals can be extended.
Maintenance and repair costs are reduced.

Protected piston rods: FIBRO Concertina Shrouds


Dirt

PRP
The benefits for you:

subject to alterations

Oil

The FIBRO Piston Rod Protection (patented) reliably protects the piston
rods in gas springs against dirt, oil and emulsion. In this way, the system
prevents damage to the piston rod surface and leaks at internal seals.

Significantly longer service life for gas springs under


harsh operating conditions

02.2015

Gas spring (Spring plunger) MOULD LINE, with hexagon socket


3479.030.

Description:

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper


pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).

R3

Note:

5
Thread
lock

l min.

l 0,5

35

Stroke max.

Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

M16x1,5

97

ROVE
PP

Valve M6

/23/EC

9,5
12

V>max

2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:


2480.004.00040.1 (M16 x 1,5)

P>max

3479.030.
Gas spring (Spring plunger)
MOULD LINE, with hexagon
socket
Strokemax.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80

lmin.
55
65
75
85
95
105
115
125

AF 10

l
65
85
105
125
145
165
185
205

Hexagon nut 2)
8

Order No
3479.030.00040.010
3479.030.00040.020
3479.030.00040.030
3479.030.00040.040
3479.030.00040.050
3479.030.00040.060
3479.030.00040.070
3479.030.00040.080

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure depends on working
temperature:
150 bar (20C) at 0C-80C
125 bar (20C) at 80C-100C
115 bar (20C) at 100C-120C
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20C)
Working temperature: 0C to +120C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
20 (at 0C-80C)
15 (at 80C-100C)
10 (at 100C-120C)
Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s

A/F 24

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
20C

150

010

2,2

100C

125

020

030

040

050

060

070

080

2,0

120C

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

80C

100
75
50

1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

25

1,0
0

10

20

30
force daN

40

50

60

10

25

50

75

80

stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!

07.2015

subject to alterations

Gas spring (Spring plunger) MOULD LINE, with hexagon socket


3479.032.
R8

12

Note:

Stroke max

Worn gas springs cannot be repaired, they


have to be replaced completely.

M24x1,5

l min.

l 0,5

Thread
lock

ROVE
PP

2) Hexagon nut order supplementary:


2480.004.00170

Valve M6

9,5

97

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure depends on working
temperature:
150 bar (20C) at 0C-80C
125 bar (20C) at 80C-100C
115 bar (20C) at 100C-120C
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20C)
Working temperature: 0C to +120C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
20 (at 0C-80C)
15 (at 80C-100C)
10 (at 100C-120C)
Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s

Spring plungers are used as ejectors, damper


pins, fixing and retaining pins in many sectors
of the tool-, jig- and fixture-making industries.
Assembly requires the use of special FIBRO
insertion tool (2470.12.010.017).

35

Description:

/23/EC

21,5

V>max

3479.032.
Gas spring (Spring plunger)
MOULD LINE, with hexagon
socket

AF 17

10

Hexagon nut

Order No
3479.032.00170.010
3479.032.00170.020
3479.032.00170.030
3479.032.00170.040
3479.032.00170.050
3479.032.00170.060
3479.032.00170.070
3479.032.00170.080

2)

A/F 36

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Strokemax.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80

lmin.
55
65
75
85
95
105
115
125

l
65
85
105
125
145
165
185
205

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise


nominal stroke
20C

150

010

2,2

100C

125

020

030

040

050

060

070

080

2,0

120C

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

80C

100
75
50

1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

25

1,0
0

50

100
150
force daN

200

250

10

25

50

75

80

stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

07.2015

M3 (4x)

7 (4x)

2480.057.00150
Stroke
17
x

x 60

9
A-A

y
+1

+1

32 +0,5

32 +0,5

7 (4x)

2480.055.00150
Stroke
17
x

M5 (4x)

Gas spring Mould Line


Mounting variations

45
x y

45
35

35

A
35

35
2480.044.03.00150 2)

2480.044.00150 2)
20
X
9 (2x)

48
20,9
4

2)

20

Caution:
Spring force must be absorbed
by stop surface!

15

54

72
90

41

22

9
15

50

68

10

Note:

32,1

32,2
22,5
45

+1,0

+0,5

Mounting example:

L74

subject to alterations

Gas spring MOULD LINE


Note:

3487.12.00300.

Initial spring force at 150 bar/20C is 300 daN


Order No. for spare parts kit: 3487.12.00300
Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2
Max. filling pressure depends on working
temperature:
150 bar (20C) at 0C-80C
125 bar (20C) at 80C-100C
115 bar (20C) at 100C-120C
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20C)
Working temperature: 0C to +120C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
20 (at 0C-80C)
15 (at 80C-100C)
10 (at 100C-120C)
Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s

16

12,5

R1

4
3,5

l min.

l 0,25

stroke max.

M6

M6 Valve

97

27
32 -0,2

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

V>max

P>max

X
20
M6 x 6 deep
(2x)

3487.12.00300.
Gas spring MOULD LINE
Order No*
3487.12.00300.010
3487.12.00300.013
3487.12.00300.016
3487.12.00300.019
3487.12.00300.025
3487.12.00300.032
3487.12.00300.038
3487.12.00300.050
3487.12.00300.063
3487.12.00300.075
3487.12.00300.080
3487.12.00300.100
3487.12.00300.125

Strokemax.
10
13
16
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
40
43
46
49
55
62
68
80
93
105
110
130
155

l
50
56
62
68
80
94
106
130
156
180
190
230
280

*Stroke lengths 100 and 125 only by request!

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

20C

150

013 019
010 016
025

1,7

nominal stroke
032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,6

100C

125

120C

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

80C

100
75
50

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

25

1,0
0

100

200
force daN

300

400

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

07.2015

M4 (4x)

7 (4x)

2480.057.00250
Stroke
17
x

x 68

9
A-A

y
+2

+2

38 +0,5

38 +0,5

7 (4x)

2480.055.00250
Stroke
17
x

M5 (4x)

Gas spring Mould Line


Mounting variations

52
x y

52
40

40

A
40

40
2480.044.03.00250 2)

9 (2x)

2480.044.00250 2)
20
X

54
23,9
4

20

15

77
95

59

43

25

9
15

54

74

16

38,2

38,2
27,5
55

Note:
2)

L76

Caution:
Spring force must be absorbed
by stop surface!

subject to alterations

Gas spring MOULD LINE


Note:

Initial spring force at 150 bar/20C is 500 daN

3487.12.00500.

Order No. for spare parts kit: 3487.12.00500

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure depends on working
temperature:
150 bar (20C) at 0C-80C
125 bar (20C) at 80C-100C
115 bar (20C) at 100C-120C
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20C)
Working temperature: 0C to +120C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
20 (at 0C-80C)
15 (at 80C-100C)
10 (at 100C-120C)
Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s

M6

l 0,25

12,5

20

4
4

l min.

R1

M6 Valve

97

33
38 -0,2

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

X
20

M6 x 6 deep
(4x)

V>max

3487.12.00500.
Gas spring MOULD LINE

25

45

Order No*
3487.12.00500.010
3487.12.00500.013
3487.12.00500.016
3487.12.00500.019
3487.12.00500.025
3487.12.00500.032
3487.12.00500.038
3487.12.00500.050
3487.12.00500.063
3487.12.00500.075
3487.12.00500.080
3487.12.00500.100
3487.12.00500.125

M6 Valve

P>max

Strokemax.
10
13
16
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
40
43
46
49
55
62
68
80
93
105
110
130
155

l
50
56
62
68
80
94
106
130
156
180
190
230
280

*Stroke lengths 100 and 125 only by request!

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure
20C

150

80C

100C

125

120C
100
75
50
25

013 019
010 016
025

1,6

nominal stroke
032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

1,5
pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

100

200
300
400
force daN

500

600

1,0

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

07.2015

2480.011.00500.2

M10 (2x)

A-A

15 (2x)

M10
(2x)

12
20

9 (2x)

70
50

9 (2x)
15 (2x)

50
70

20

50
70

15 (2x)

9 (4x)
y

+2
+0,5

M5 (4x)

13

64
x y

45,2

x 86

45,2

+2
+0,5

M6 (4x)

13

20

12
12

2480.057.00500
stroke
23
x

9 (4x)

2480.055.00500
stroke
23
x

12

50
70

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

20

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

12

20

70
50

20

12

70
50

12

15 (2x)

2480.011.00500.1

15 (2x)

2480.011.00500

M10 (2x)

Gas spring Mould Line


Mounting variations

64
50

50

A
50

50
2480.044.03.00500 2)

9 (2x)

2480.044.00500 2)
20
X

27,5
4

20

15

64

82
100

45

28

60

80

22

9
15

60

45,5

45,5

60
2480.064.00500 4)
stroke
A-A

30

Note:
23

2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

5)

45,2

+2
+0,5

M5 (2x)

64
50

64
50

18,4

11.2014

A
subject to alterations

Gas spring MOULD LINE


Note:

Initial spring force at 150 bar/20C is 750 daN

3487.12.00750.

Order No. for spare parts kit: 3487.12.00750

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure depends on working
temperature:
150 bar (20C) at 0C-80C
125 bar (20C) at 80C-100C
115 bar (20C) at 100C-120C
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20C)
Working temperature: 0C to +120C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
20 (at 0C-80C)
15 (at 80C-100C)
10 (at 100C-120C)
Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s

M6

l 0,25

16,5

25

4
4

l min.

R1

M6 Valve

97

40
45,2 0,1

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

X
20
M8 x 6 deep
(2x)

V>max

P>max

3487.12.00750.
Gas spring MOULD LINE
Order No*
3487.12.00750.010
3487.12.00750.013
3487.12.00750.016
3487.12.00750.019
3487.12.00750.025
3487.12.00750.032
3487.12.00750.038
3487.12.00750.050
3487.12.00750.063
3487.12.00750.075
3487.12.00750.080
3487.12.00750.100
3487.12.00750.125

Strokemax.
10
13
16
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
42
45
48
51
57
64
70
82
95
107
112
132
157

l
52
58
64
70
82
96
108
132
158
182
192
232
282

*Stroke lengths 100 and 125 only by request!

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

20C

150

013 019
010 016
025

80C

nominal stroke
032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

100C

125

120C

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

1,6

100
75
50
25

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

200

400
600
force daN

800

1000

1,0

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

07.2015

20

15 (2x)

56,5
75

15 (2x)

M5 (4x)

A-A

M10
(2x)
75
56,5
20

9 (2x)

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

12

56,5
75

15 (2x)

+2
+0,5

13

70
x y

50,2

50,2

+2
+0,5

x 95

20

20

9 (4x)

2480.057.00750
stroke
24
x

9 (4x)

2480.055.00750
stroke
24
x

13

12

56,5
75

M6 (4x)

20

DIN 74 Km 8 (4x)

12

12
12
9 (2x)

12

75
56,5

20

2480.011.00750.3

75
56,5

12

2480.011.00750.1

15 (2x)

15 (2x)

M10 (2x)

2480.011.00750

M10 (2x)

Gas spring Mould Line


Mounting variations

70
56,5

56,5

A
56,5

56,5
2480.044.00750 2)
30
X

65

9 (2x)

+2
+0,5

M5 (2x)

50,2

20
34,5

80

Note:
2)

Attention:
The spring force must be absorbed by the stop surface!

4)

Square collar flange, non-rotating, fixing for composite


connection.

5)

Machine screws with hexagonal socket (compact head


recommended)

6)

Installation height increased


from 22mm to 24mm,
installation position from 3mm
to 5mm according to VDI3003.

70
60
32

25

30
5

DIN 74 - Km 10 (2x)

11
18

68

90
40,1

10 +0,1
11,5

30

60

28,1 20

11
9

25,5

40

2480.044.03.00750 2)

18

15

22

33
A

2480.047.00750 2)

10 +0,1

11

50,5

30
19

12

110
130

90

70
56,5

40

19,5

60

70
56,5

70

5
38

5)

4 0,1

24

2480.045.00750 2)

13

2480.064.00750 4)
stroke
A-A

50,5

DIN 74 - Km 8 (2x)

11.2014

subject to alterations

Gas spring MOULD LINE


Note:

Initial spring force at 150 bar/20C is 1000


daN

3487.12.01000.

Order No. for spare parts kit: 3487.12.01000

stroke max.

Pressure medium: Nitrogen - N2


Max. filling pressure depends on working
temperature:
150 bar (20C) at 0C-80C
125 bar (20C) at 80C-100C
115 bar (20C) at 100C-120C
Min. filling pressure: 25 bar (20C)
Working temperature: 0C to +120C
Temperature related force increase: 0.3%/C
Max. recommended extensions per minute:
20 (at 0C-80C)
15 (at 80C-100C)
10 (at 100C-120C)
Max. piston speed: 1.0 m/s

M6

l 0,25

17,5

28

8
7

l min.

R2

M6 Valve

97

43
50,2 0,1

ROVE
PP

/23/EC

S>max

X
20
M8 x 6 deep
(2x)

V>max

P>max

3487.12.01000.
Gas spring MOULD LINE
Order No*
3487.12.01000.013
3487.12.01000.016
3487.12.01000.019
3487.12.01000.025
3487.12.01000.032
3487.12.01000.038
3487.12.01000.050
3487.12.01000.063
3487.12.01000.075
3487.12.01000.080
3487.12.01000.100
3487.12.01000.125

Strokemax.
13
16
19
25
32
38
50
63
75
80
100
125

lmin.
51
54
57
63
70
76
88
101
113
118
138
163

l
64
70
76
88
102
114
138
164
188
198
238
288

*Stroke lengths 100 and 125 only by request!

Initial spring force


versus charge pressure

Spring force Diagram displacement versus stroke rise

20C

150

013 019
016
025

80C

nominal stroke
032 038

050

063

075 080

100

125

100

125

100C

125

120C

pressure rise factor

charge pressure (bar)

1,6

100
75
50
25

1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1

200

400
600
800
force daN

1000

1200

1,0

10

25

50

75
stroke in mm

Pressure rise factor accounts for displacement but not external influences!
subject to alterations

07.2015

Gas spring
accessories
see registry F:
Gas spring accessories
L82

Auxiliary
equipment
see registry H: Chemical tooling aids
see registry J: Peripheral equipment
L83

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi